coverage – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Wed, 23 Jul 2025 18:12:16 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png coverage – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 DRC journalist Sadam Kapanda receives death threats for coverage of Kasaï province conflict https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/drc-journalist-sadam-kapanda-receives-death-threats-for-coverage-of-kasai-province-conflict/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/drc-journalist-sadam-kapanda-receives-death-threats-for-coverage-of-kasai-province-conflict/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 18:12:16 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=500187 Kinshasa, July 23, 2025—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo must ensure the safety of journalist Sadam Kapanda wa Kapanda, who has received death threats from at least two local officials and two unidentified callers for his reporting, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday. 

Kapanda, a reporter with the privately owned broadcaster Notre Chaîne de Radio and the Identitenews news site, told CPJ that the death threats related to his coverage of the National Fund for the Repair of Victims of Sexual Violence and Crimes against Peace and Security of Humanity (FONAREV).

Established by the government in 2022, the fund has worked in response to the Kamuina Nsapu rebellion that erupted in August 2016 in Kasaï province, which killed thousands and displaced millions. Kapanda’s reporting has alleged fraud, manipulation, and nepotism by FONAREV Regional Coordinator Myrhant Mulumba, as Kapanda uncovered the identities of victims of the Kamuina Nsapu militias. 

“Journalists in the DRC too regularly face threats and intimidation from public officials. Authorities must investigate the death threats against journalist Sadam Kapanda wa Kapanda and ensure his safety,” said CPJ Regional Director Angela Quintal, from New York. “Reporting on matters of public interest, especially amid conflict, is essential for those with power to be held accountable and for the public to be informed about issues and actors that affect their lives.”

In separate calls and messages on July 2, 2025, Mulumba and Kasaï provincial Minister of the Interior Peter Tshisuaka threatened to kill Kapanda if he did not halt his critical coverage of the fund, according to the journalist and messages reviewed by CPJ. Kapanda said that Mulumba also offered him a job with the fund if he agreed to stop criticizing their operations, which Kapanda refused. 

Tshisuaka responded to CPJ’s request for comment by messaging app saying that, “The journalist does his job, and I do my job too, Kapanda should look for work elsewhere.” CPJ’s calls and messages to Mulumba went unanswered.

A third, unknown caller on July 2 threatened to have Kapanda killed, Kapanda told CPJ. On July 9, Kapanda said he received an additional death threat from an unidentified caller.

Around 2 a.m. on July 15, two unidentified, armed men arrived at Kapanda’s home and sought to enter, but fled when his neighbors began shouting, the journalist told CPJ. On July 16 and 17, Kapanda received further death threats via phone calls and messages, copies of which CPJ reviewed.

Kapanda told CPJ that he was unaware of police having opened an investigation into the threats.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/drc-journalist-sadam-kapanda-receives-death-threats-for-coverage-of-kasai-province-conflict/feed/ 0 545821
How live TV technology changes have opened up remote areas of Fiji https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 06:57:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117154 By Anish Chand in Suva

How Pacific live media communications have changed in the past 21 years.

In May 2004, the live broadcast of Ratu Sir Kamisese Mara’s funeral from Lau required a complex and resource-intensive setup.

Fiji TV relied on assistance from TVNZ, deploying a portable satellite installation to transmit signals from Lau to a satellite up in the sky, then to Auckland, back to another satellite, and finally down to Suva.

This set-up required approval from FINTEL.

This intricate process underscored the technological limitations of the time, where live coverage from remote Fiji areas demanded significant logistical coordination and international support.

Fast forward to 2025, 21 years later, and the communication and media landscape in Fiji has undergone a remarkable transformation.

Today, I see video production houses, TV stations, radio stations, and newspaper media outlets delivering live coverage directly from Lau.

This shows how high-speed internet, mobile networks, and portable streaming devices like Starlink has eliminated the need for cumbersome satellite relays. No approval from any authority.

Where once international partnerships were essential, today’s media teams in Fiji can operate independently, delivering seamless live coverage of cultural, political, and social events from even the most isolated areas.

Republished from Fiji Times managing digital editor Anish Chand’s social media post with permission. He is a former Fiji TV news operations manager.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/how-live-tv-technology-changes-have-opened-up-remote-areas-of-fiji/feed/ 0 543381
Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 20:13:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159467 As the second Trump administration is dispatching its minions to stalk US streets, smashing citizens’ First Amendment rights, in partnership with unregulated Big Tech, it also surveils online, helping itself to citizens’ personal identifiable information (PII). In the age of surveillance capitalism, information is a hot commodity for corporations and governments, precipitating a multi-billion-dollar industry […]

The post Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
As the second Trump administration is dispatching its minions to stalk US streets, smashing citizens’ First Amendment rights, in partnership with unregulated Big Tech, it also surveils online, helping itself to citizens’ personal identifiable information (PII).

In the age of surveillance capitalism, information is a hot commodity for corporations and governments, precipitating a multi-billion-dollar industry that not only profits from the collection and commodification of citizens’ PII, but also puts individuals, businesses, organizations, and governments at risk for cyberattacks and data theft.

Social security numbers, location details, health information, student loan and financial data, purchasing habits, library borrowing and internet browsing history, and political and religious affiliations are just some of the personal information that data brokers buy and sell to advertisers, banks, insurance companies, mortgage brokers, law enforcement and government agencies, foreign agents, and even spammers, scammers, and stalkers. Over time, that information often ends up changing hands again and again.

As an example, and to the alarm of civil liberties experts, the Airlines Reporting Corporation (ARC), “a shady data broker” owned by at least eight US-based commercial airlines, including Delta, American, and United, has been collecting US travelers’ domestic flight records and selling them to Customs and Border Protection, and the Department of Homeland Security; and as part of the deal, government officials are forbidden to reveal how ARC sourced the flight data.

Online users should know that many data brokers camp out on Facebook and at Google’s advertising exchange, drawing from such sources as credit card transactions, frequent shopper loyalty programs, bankruptcy filings, vehicle registration records, employment records, military service, and social media posting and web tracking data harvested from websites, apps, and mobile and wearable biometric devices to “craft customized lists of potential targets.” Even when gathered data is de-identified, privacy experts warn that this is not an irreversible process, and the risk of re-identifying individuals is both real and underestimated.

Government’s misuse and abuse of citizens’ privacy

Many Americans do not realize that the United States is one of the few advanced economies without a federal data protection agency. If the current administration continues on its path of eroding citizen privacy, the scant statutory protections the United States does have may prove meaningless.

The Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) of 1970 was enacted to protect consumers from government overreach into personal identifiable data, and has been promoted as the primary consumer privacy protection. However, in 2023, attorney and internet privacy advocate Lauren Harriman warned how data brokers circumvent the FCRA, for instance, “pay[ing] handsome sums to your utility company for your name and address.” Data brokers then repackage those names and addresses with other data, without conducting any type of accuracy analysis on the newly formed dataset, before then selling that new dataset to the highest third-party bidder.

Invasion of the data snatchers

Though the “gut-the-government bromance” between the president and Elon Musk appears to be on the rocks just six months into Trump 2.0, the Department of Government Efficiency’s unfettered access to data is concerning, especially after the June 6, 2025, Supreme Court ruling that gave the Musk-led DOGE complete access to confidential Social Security information irrespective of the privacy rights once upheld by the Social Security Act of 1935. The act prohibits the disclosure of any tax return in whole or in part by officers or employees of the Social Security Administration and the Department of Health and Human Services.

Nevertheless, DOGE has commandeered the Social Security Administration (SSA) and Department of Health and Human Services systems and those of at least fifteen other federal agencies containing Americans’ personal identifiable information without disclosing “what data has been accessed, who has that access, how it will be used or transferred, or what safeguards are in place for its use.”

Since DOGE infiltrated the Social Security Administration, the agency’s website has crashed numerous times, creating interruptions for beneficiaries. In June, Senators Elizabeth Warren and Ron Wyden issued a letter to the SSA’s commissioner, detailing their concerns about DOGE’s use of PII. Warren told Wired that “DOGE staffers hacking away Social Security’s backend tech with no safeguards is a recipe for disaster…[and] risks people’s private data, creates security gaps, and could result in catastrophic cuts to all benefits.”

Likewise, the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 (updated in 1986) was enacted to ensure data protection, prohibiting—with rare exceptions—the release of taxpayer information by Internal Revenue Service employees. According to the national legal organization Democracy Forward, “Changes to IRS data practices—at the behest of DOGE—throw into question those assurances and the confidentiality of data held by the government collected from hundreds of millions of Americans.”

Equally troubling is that Opexus, a private equity-owned federal contractor, maintains the IRS database. Worse still is that two Opexus employees—twin brothers and skilled hackers with prison records for stealing and selling PII on the dark web—Suhaib and Muneeb Akhter, had access to the IRS data, as well as to that of the Department of Energy, Defense Department, and the Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Inspector General.

In February 2025, approximately one year into their Opexus employment, the twins were summoned to a virtual meeting with human resources and fired. During that meeting, Muneeb Akhter, who still had clearance to use the servers, accessed an IRS database from his company-issued laptop and blocked others from connecting to it. While still in the meeting, Akhter deleted thirty-three other databases, and about an hour later, “inserted a USB drive into his laptop and removed 1,805 files of data related to a ‘custom project’ for a government agency,” causing service disruptions.

That investigations by the FBI and other federal law enforcement agencies are underway does little to quell concerns about the insecurity of personal identifiable information and sensitive national security data. And although the Privacy Act of 1974, the Fourth Amendment, the Fifth Amendment, and the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986 were all established to protect PII, the June Supreme Court ruling granting DOGE carte blanche data access dashes all confidence that laws will be upheld.

Americans don’t know what they don’t know

Perhaps most disconcerting in this whole scenario is that too few citizens realize just how far their online footprints travel and how vulnerable their private information actually is. According to internet culture reporter Kate Lindsay, citizen ignorance comes not only from a lack of reporting on how tech elites pull government strings to their own advantage, but also from fewer corporate news outlets covering people living with the consequences of those power moves. Internet culture and tech, once intertwined topics for the establishment press, are now more separately focused on either AI or the Big Tech power players, but not on holding them to account.

The Tech Policy Press argues that the government’s self-proclaimed need for expediency and efficiency cannot justify flouting data privacy policies and laws, and that the corporate media is largely failing their audiences by not publicizing the specifics of how the government and its corporate tech partners are obliterating citizens’ privacy rights. “To make matters worse, Congress has been asleep at the switch while the federal government has expanded the security state and private companies have run amok in storing and selling our data,” stated the senator from Silicon Valley, Ro Khanna.

A 2023 Pew Research Center survey of Americans’ views on data privacy found that approximately six in ten Americans do not bother to read website and application policies. When online, most users click “agree” without reading the relevant terms and conditions they accept by doing so. According to the survey, Americans of all political stripes are equally distrustful of government and corporations when it comes to  how third parties use their PII. Respondents with some higher education reported taking more online privacy precautions than those who never attended college. The latter reported a stronger belief that government and corporations would “do the right thing” with their data. The least knowledgeable respondents were also the least skeptical, pointing to an urgent need for critical information literacy and digital hygiene skills.

Exploitation of personal identifiable information

After Musk’s call to “delete” the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), approximately 1,400 staff members were fired in April, emptying out the agency that was once capable of policing Wall Street and Big Tech. Now, with the combined forces of government and Big Tech, and their sharing of database resources, the government can conduct intrusive surveillance on almost anyone, without court oversight or public debate. The Project on Government Oversight has argued that the US Constitution was meant to protect the population from authoritarian-style government monitoring, warning that these maneuvers are incompatible with a free society.

On May 15, 2025, the CFPB, against the better judgment of the ​​Committee on Oversight and Government Reform and wider public, quietly withdrew a rule, proposed in 2024, that would have imposed limits on US-based data brokers who buy and sell Americans’ private information. Had the rule been enacted, it would have expanded the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) data protections for citizens. However, in February, Russell Vought, the self-professed White nationalist and Trump 2.0 acting director of the Office of Management and Budget and the CFPB, demanded its withdrawal, alleging the ruling would have infringed on financial institutions’ capabilities to detect and prevent fraud. Vought also instructed employees to cease all public communications, pending investigations, and proposed or previously implemented rules, including the proposal titled “Protecting Americans from Harmful Data Broker Practices.”

The now-gutted CFPB lacks both the resources and authority needed to police the widespread exploitation of consumers’ personal information, says the Electronic Privacy Information Center, the privacy rights advocacy agency.

Double standards for data privacy

Although the government’s collection of PII has always been a double-edged sword, with Big Tech on the side of Trump 2.0, data surveillance of law-abiding citizens has soared to worrying heights. Across every presidency since 9/11, government surveillance has become increasingly more extensive and elaborate. Moreover, Big Tech is all too willing to pledge allegiance to whichever party happens to be in power. According to investigative journalist Dell Cameron, the US Defense Intelligence Agency, Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, and Customs and Border Protection are among the largest “federal agencies known to purchase Americans’ private data, including that which law enforcement agencies would normally require probable cause to obtain.”

Meanwhile, it’s a Big Tech and data broker free-for-all. DOGE’s and the feds’ activities are shrouded in secrecy, often facilitated by the Big Tech lobbying money that seeks to replace legitimate privacy laws with “fake industry alternatives.” Banks, credit agencies, and tech companies must adhere to consumer privacy laws. “Yet DOGE has been granted sweeping access across federal agencies—with no equivalent restrictions,” said business reporter Susie Stulz.

Know your risks

Interpol has warned that scams known as “pig butchering” and “business email compromise” and those used for human trafficking are on the rise due to an increase in the use of new technologies, including apps, AI deepfakes, and cryptocurrencies. Hacking agents, humans, and bots are becoming more sophisticated, while any semblance of data privacy guardrails for citizens has been removed.

Individual choices matter. At minimum, when using technology, consider if a website or app’s services are so badly needed or wanted that you are willing to give up your personal identifiable information. Standard advice to delete and block phishing and spam emails and texts remains apropos, but only scratches the surface of online protection.

Privacy advocates assert that DOGE’s access to personal identifiable information escalates the risk of exposure to hackers and foreign adversaries as well as to widespread domestic surveillance. Trump’s latest contract with tech giant Palantir to create a national database of Americans’ private information raises a big red flag for civil rights organizations, “that this could be the precursor to surveillance of Americans on a mass scale.” Palantir’s involvement in government portends to be the last step “in transforming America from a constitutional republic into a digital dictatorship armed with algorithms and powered by unaccountable, all-seeing artificial intelligence,” wrote constitutional law and human rights attorney John W. Whitehead.

A longtime J.D. Vance financial backer, Palantir’s Peter Thiel, the South African, White nationalist billionaire and right-wing donor, is credited with catapulting Vance’s political career. Unsurprisingly, the Free Thought Project reported that since Trump’s return to the White House, “Palantir has racked up over $100 million in government contracts, and is slated to strike a nearly $800 million deal with the Pentagon.” Palantir, incidentally, is also contracted with the Israeli government, as is Google.

Know your rights

The right to privacy is enshrined in Article 12 of the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights. “No one shall be subjected to arbitrary interference with his privacy, family, home or correspondence, nor to attacks upon his honor and reputation. Everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.” Article 17 of the 1966 International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights asserts the same, and in 1992, the United States ratified the treaty, thereby consenting to its binding terms.

But is privacy actually a protected civil right in the United States? According to legal scholars Anita Allen and Christopher Muhawe, the history of US civil rights law shows limited support for conceptualizing privacy and data protection as a civil right. Nonetheless, civil rights law is a dynamic moral, political, and legal concept, and if privacy is interpreted as a civil right, privacy protection becomes a fundamental requirement of justice and good government.

Protection from surveillance needs to be top-down through legal and policy limits on data collection, and bottom-up by putting technological control of personal data into the hands of consumers, i.e., the targets of surveillance.

As long as the public is uninformed and the corporate press remains all but silent, the more likely it is that these unconstitutional practices will not only continue but will become normalized. Until the United States is actually governed by and for the people, we the people can start practicing surveillance self-defense now. Although constitutional lawyers are typically considered the first responders to assaults on the Constitution and privacy rights, a constellation of efforts over time is required to, as much as possible, keep private data private.

Ultimately, though, the safeguarding of data cannot be left to the government or corporations, or even the lawyers. For that reason, the Electronic Frontier Foundation’s tips and tools for customizing individualized digital security plans are made available to everyone. By implementing such plans and possessing strong critical media and digital literacy skills, civil society will be better informed and more empowered in the defense of privacy rights.

The post Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mischa Geracoulis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance/feed/ 0 541354
Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance-2/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 20:13:35 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159467 As the second Trump administration is dispatching its minions to stalk US streets, smashing citizens’ First Amendment rights, in partnership with unregulated Big Tech, it also surveils online, helping itself to citizens’ personal identifiable information (PII). In the age of surveillance capitalism, information is a hot commodity for corporations and governments, precipitating a multi-billion-dollar industry […]

The post Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
As the second Trump administration is dispatching its minions to stalk US streets, smashing citizens’ First Amendment rights, in partnership with unregulated Big Tech, it also surveils online, helping itself to citizens’ personal identifiable information (PII).

In the age of surveillance capitalism, information is a hot commodity for corporations and governments, precipitating a multi-billion-dollar industry that not only profits from the collection and commodification of citizens’ PII, but also puts individuals, businesses, organizations, and governments at risk for cyberattacks and data theft.

Social security numbers, location details, health information, student loan and financial data, purchasing habits, library borrowing and internet browsing history, and political and religious affiliations are just some of the personal information that data brokers buy and sell to advertisers, banks, insurance companies, mortgage brokers, law enforcement and government agencies, foreign agents, and even spammers, scammers, and stalkers. Over time, that information often ends up changing hands again and again.

As an example, and to the alarm of civil liberties experts, the Airlines Reporting Corporation (ARC), “a shady data broker” owned by at least eight US-based commercial airlines, including Delta, American, and United, has been collecting US travelers’ domestic flight records and selling them to Customs and Border Protection, and the Department of Homeland Security; and as part of the deal, government officials are forbidden to reveal how ARC sourced the flight data.

Online users should know that many data brokers camp out on Facebook and at Google’s advertising exchange, drawing from such sources as credit card transactions, frequent shopper loyalty programs, bankruptcy filings, vehicle registration records, employment records, military service, and social media posting and web tracking data harvested from websites, apps, and mobile and wearable biometric devices to “craft customized lists of potential targets.” Even when gathered data is de-identified, privacy experts warn that this is not an irreversible process, and the risk of re-identifying individuals is both real and underestimated.

Government’s misuse and abuse of citizens’ privacy

Many Americans do not realize that the United States is one of the few advanced economies without a federal data protection agency. If the current administration continues on its path of eroding citizen privacy, the scant statutory protections the United States does have may prove meaningless.

The Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) of 1970 was enacted to protect consumers from government overreach into personal identifiable data, and has been promoted as the primary consumer privacy protection. However, in 2023, attorney and internet privacy advocate Lauren Harriman warned how data brokers circumvent the FCRA, for instance, “pay[ing] handsome sums to your utility company for your name and address.” Data brokers then repackage those names and addresses with other data, without conducting any type of accuracy analysis on the newly formed dataset, before then selling that new dataset to the highest third-party bidder.

Invasion of the data snatchers

Though the “gut-the-government bromance” between the president and Elon Musk appears to be on the rocks just six months into Trump 2.0, the Department of Government Efficiency’s unfettered access to data is concerning, especially after the June 6, 2025, Supreme Court ruling that gave the Musk-led DOGE complete access to confidential Social Security information irrespective of the privacy rights once upheld by the Social Security Act of 1935. The act prohibits the disclosure of any tax return in whole or in part by officers or employees of the Social Security Administration and the Department of Health and Human Services.

Nevertheless, DOGE has commandeered the Social Security Administration (SSA) and Department of Health and Human Services systems and those of at least fifteen other federal agencies containing Americans’ personal identifiable information without disclosing “what data has been accessed, who has that access, how it will be used or transferred, or what safeguards are in place for its use.”

Since DOGE infiltrated the Social Security Administration, the agency’s website has crashed numerous times, creating interruptions for beneficiaries. In June, Senators Elizabeth Warren and Ron Wyden issued a letter to the SSA’s commissioner, detailing their concerns about DOGE’s use of PII. Warren told Wired that “DOGE staffers hacking away Social Security’s backend tech with no safeguards is a recipe for disaster…[and] risks people’s private data, creates security gaps, and could result in catastrophic cuts to all benefits.”

Likewise, the Internal Revenue Code of 1939 (updated in 1986) was enacted to ensure data protection, prohibiting—with rare exceptions—the release of taxpayer information by Internal Revenue Service employees. According to the national legal organization Democracy Forward, “Changes to IRS data practices—at the behest of DOGE—throw into question those assurances and the confidentiality of data held by the government collected from hundreds of millions of Americans.”

Equally troubling is that Opexus, a private equity-owned federal contractor, maintains the IRS database. Worse still is that two Opexus employees—twin brothers and skilled hackers with prison records for stealing and selling PII on the dark web—Suhaib and Muneeb Akhter, had access to the IRS data, as well as to that of the Department of Energy, Defense Department, and the Department of Homeland Security’s Office of Inspector General.

In February 2025, approximately one year into their Opexus employment, the twins were summoned to a virtual meeting with human resources and fired. During that meeting, Muneeb Akhter, who still had clearance to use the servers, accessed an IRS database from his company-issued laptop and blocked others from connecting to it. While still in the meeting, Akhter deleted thirty-three other databases, and about an hour later, “inserted a USB drive into his laptop and removed 1,805 files of data related to a ‘custom project’ for a government agency,” causing service disruptions.

That investigations by the FBI and other federal law enforcement agencies are underway does little to quell concerns about the insecurity of personal identifiable information and sensitive national security data. And although the Privacy Act of 1974, the Fourth Amendment, the Fifth Amendment, and the Computer Fraud and Abuse Act of 1986 were all established to protect PII, the June Supreme Court ruling granting DOGE carte blanche data access dashes all confidence that laws will be upheld.

Americans don’t know what they don’t know

Perhaps most disconcerting in this whole scenario is that too few citizens realize just how far their online footprints travel and how vulnerable their private information actually is. According to internet culture reporter Kate Lindsay, citizen ignorance comes not only from a lack of reporting on how tech elites pull government strings to their own advantage, but also from fewer corporate news outlets covering people living with the consequences of those power moves. Internet culture and tech, once intertwined topics for the establishment press, are now more separately focused on either AI or the Big Tech power players, but not on holding them to account.

The Tech Policy Press argues that the government’s self-proclaimed need for expediency and efficiency cannot justify flouting data privacy policies and laws, and that the corporate media is largely failing their audiences by not publicizing the specifics of how the government and its corporate tech partners are obliterating citizens’ privacy rights. “To make matters worse, Congress has been asleep at the switch while the federal government has expanded the security state and private companies have run amok in storing and selling our data,” stated the senator from Silicon Valley, Ro Khanna.

A 2023 Pew Research Center survey of Americans’ views on data privacy found that approximately six in ten Americans do not bother to read website and application policies. When online, most users click “agree” without reading the relevant terms and conditions they accept by doing so. According to the survey, Americans of all political stripes are equally distrustful of government and corporations when it comes to  how third parties use their PII. Respondents with some higher education reported taking more online privacy precautions than those who never attended college. The latter reported a stronger belief that government and corporations would “do the right thing” with their data. The least knowledgeable respondents were also the least skeptical, pointing to an urgent need for critical information literacy and digital hygiene skills.

Exploitation of personal identifiable information

After Musk’s call to “delete” the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB), approximately 1,400 staff members were fired in April, emptying out the agency that was once capable of policing Wall Street and Big Tech. Now, with the combined forces of government and Big Tech, and their sharing of database resources, the government can conduct intrusive surveillance on almost anyone, without court oversight or public debate. The Project on Government Oversight has argued that the US Constitution was meant to protect the population from authoritarian-style government monitoring, warning that these maneuvers are incompatible with a free society.

On May 15, 2025, the CFPB, against the better judgment of the ​​Committee on Oversight and Government Reform and wider public, quietly withdrew a rule, proposed in 2024, that would have imposed limits on US-based data brokers who buy and sell Americans’ private information. Had the rule been enacted, it would have expanded the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA) data protections for citizens. However, in February, Russell Vought, the self-professed White nationalist and Trump 2.0 acting director of the Office of Management and Budget and the CFPB, demanded its withdrawal, alleging the ruling would have infringed on financial institutions’ capabilities to detect and prevent fraud. Vought also instructed employees to cease all public communications, pending investigations, and proposed or previously implemented rules, including the proposal titled “Protecting Americans from Harmful Data Broker Practices.”

The now-gutted CFPB lacks both the resources and authority needed to police the widespread exploitation of consumers’ personal information, says the Electronic Privacy Information Center, the privacy rights advocacy agency.

Double standards for data privacy

Although the government’s collection of PII has always been a double-edged sword, with Big Tech on the side of Trump 2.0, data surveillance of law-abiding citizens has soared to worrying heights. Across every presidency since 9/11, government surveillance has become increasingly more extensive and elaborate. Moreover, Big Tech is all too willing to pledge allegiance to whichever party happens to be in power. According to investigative journalist Dell Cameron, the US Defense Intelligence Agency, Defense Counterintelligence and Security Agency, and Customs and Border Protection are among the largest “federal agencies known to purchase Americans’ private data, including that which law enforcement agencies would normally require probable cause to obtain.”

Meanwhile, it’s a Big Tech and data broker free-for-all. DOGE’s and the feds’ activities are shrouded in secrecy, often facilitated by the Big Tech lobbying money that seeks to replace legitimate privacy laws with “fake industry alternatives.” Banks, credit agencies, and tech companies must adhere to consumer privacy laws. “Yet DOGE has been granted sweeping access across federal agencies—with no equivalent restrictions,” said business reporter Susie Stulz.

Know your risks

Interpol has warned that scams known as “pig butchering” and “business email compromise” and those used for human trafficking are on the rise due to an increase in the use of new technologies, including apps, AI deepfakes, and cryptocurrencies. Hacking agents, humans, and bots are becoming more sophisticated, while any semblance of data privacy guardrails for citizens has been removed.

Individual choices matter. At minimum, when using technology, consider if a website or app’s services are so badly needed or wanted that you are willing to give up your personal identifiable information. Standard advice to delete and block phishing and spam emails and texts remains apropos, but only scratches the surface of online protection.

Privacy advocates assert that DOGE’s access to personal identifiable information escalates the risk of exposure to hackers and foreign adversaries as well as to widespread domestic surveillance. Trump’s latest contract with tech giant Palantir to create a national database of Americans’ private information raises a big red flag for civil rights organizations, “that this could be the precursor to surveillance of Americans on a mass scale.” Palantir’s involvement in government portends to be the last step “in transforming America from a constitutional republic into a digital dictatorship armed with algorithms and powered by unaccountable, all-seeing artificial intelligence,” wrote constitutional law and human rights attorney John W. Whitehead.

A longtime J.D. Vance financial backer, Palantir’s Peter Thiel, the South African, White nationalist billionaire and right-wing donor, is credited with catapulting Vance’s political career. Unsurprisingly, the Free Thought Project reported that since Trump’s return to the White House, “Palantir has racked up over $100 million in government contracts, and is slated to strike a nearly $800 million deal with the Pentagon.” Palantir, incidentally, is also contracted with the Israeli government, as is Google.

Know your rights

The right to privacy is enshrined in Article 12 of the 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights. “No one shall be subjected to arbitrary interference with his privacy, family, home or correspondence, nor to attacks upon his honor and reputation. Everyone has the right to the protection of the law against such interference or attacks.” Article 17 of the 1966 International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights asserts the same, and in 1992, the United States ratified the treaty, thereby consenting to its binding terms.

But is privacy actually a protected civil right in the United States? According to legal scholars Anita Allen and Christopher Muhawe, the history of US civil rights law shows limited support for conceptualizing privacy and data protection as a civil right. Nonetheless, civil rights law is a dynamic moral, political, and legal concept, and if privacy is interpreted as a civil right, privacy protection becomes a fundamental requirement of justice and good government.

Protection from surveillance needs to be top-down through legal and policy limits on data collection, and bottom-up by putting technological control of personal data into the hands of consumers, i.e., the targets of surveillance.

As long as the public is uninformed and the corporate press remains all but silent, the more likely it is that these unconstitutional practices will not only continue but will become normalized. Until the United States is actually governed by and for the people, we the people can start practicing surveillance self-defense now. Although constitutional lawyers are typically considered the first responders to assaults on the Constitution and privacy rights, a constellation of efforts over time is required to, as much as possible, keep private data private.

Ultimately, though, the safeguarding of data cannot be left to the government or corporations, or even the lawyers. For that reason, the Electronic Frontier Foundation’s tips and tools for customizing individualized digital security plans are made available to everyone. By implementing such plans and possessing strong critical media and digital literacy skills, civil society will be better informed and more empowered in the defense of privacy rights.

The post Insufficient Press Coverage of Big Data Surveillance first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Mischa Geracoulis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/insufficient-press-coverage-of-big-data-surveillance-2/feed/ 0 541355
Cuckoo for Cuomo: Ex-Governor’s Name Dominated Coverage of NYC Mayoral Race https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/cuckoo-for-cuomo-ex-governors-name-dominated-coverage-of-nyc-mayoral-race/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/cuckoo-for-cuomo-ex-governors-name-dominated-coverage-of-nyc-mayoral-race/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 21:18:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9046182 After years of dealing with a corruption-ridden Mayor Eric Adams, beleaguered New Yorkers on June 24 selected a mayoral candidate in the Democratic primary—often the city’s de facto general election. While the city’s ranked-choice voting system meant that the official winner won’t be known until July 1, the presumed victor is the top vote-getter in the first round: state assembly member Zorhan Mamdani.

But for much of this election cycle, it has been easy for a casual consumer of news to believe that only one person was in the running to replace Adams: disgraced former New York State Gov. Andrew Cuomo.

A FAIR analysis of media coverage of the top six Democratic candidates (based on polling through the end of May) found that Cuomo’s name appeared in headlines seven times more often than Zohran Mamdani, who for months had been in second place in opinion polls, and nine times more often than Brad Lander, who typically came in No. 3 in the polls (as he did in first-round voting). The omissions were sometimes egregious; for example, one May 2025 New York Times article (5/17/25) was headlined “Can Cool Kids Get This Mayoral Candidate Elected?” Mamdani was the candidate in question, but his name was relegated to the subhead.

NYC Mayoral Candidate Mentions in News Headlines

By far the most references

FAIR searched the Nexis Uni news database for US news stories that included each  candidate’s name and the words “mayor” and “election.” (We looked on May 28, 2025, going from September 1, 2024, until the date of search.) We then manually filtered out duplicates and false positives. Cuomo received by far the most references, with 411. Lander had the second-most, with 266; Mamdani had only 203.
News Mentions of NYC Democratic Mayoral Candidates

Cuomo’s mentions increased markedly after he announced his candidacy on March 1, but rumors of his candidacy made him the most-mentioned candidate in most of the preceding months.

FAIR searched Media Cloud‘s New York state and local news database as well, with similar results: Cuomo became the clear leader in mentions in February, with far greater coverage than his competitors in the three months before the election. Cuomo had 141 mentions in New York media in the month of May, versus 84 for Mamdani and 78 for Lander.

Media Cloud analysis of New York Democratic mayoral primary coverage.

Media Cloud analysis of New York Democratic mayoral primary coverage.

 

Familiarity creates affinity

Maisie Williams as Arya Stark

Maisie Williams as Arya Stark from Game of Thrones.

To understand why this matters, consider a different name—Arya.

 

The first time the name Arya appears on the Social Security Administration’s list of most popular baby names is in 2010, where it crawled onto the list as the 942nd-most popular name for girls. That’s the same year that Game of Thrones debuted with a bang, introducing the country to Arya Stark—a main character and a fan favorite.  By 2019, when the show fizzled its way off the air, the name Arya had become the 92nd-most popular baby name for girls in the country.

Despite the truism that familiarity breeds contempt, familiarity can in fact create affinity, according to Kentaro Fukumoto, a professor of political science at the University of Tokyo.

“In psychology, there’s a theory called the mere exposure effect,” Fukumoto told FAIR. “The theory argues that when you’re exposed to something [enough] you start to like it.”

Mere exposure effect is how one goes from not even knowing the name Arya to deciding to name your child Arya. It’s also how we sometimes go from hating a song on the radio to loving it. And it’s why companies—and politicians—run ads. The hope is that if we hear a name often enough, it will unconsciously motivate us to buy the product or vote for the candidate. And there’s some evidence, at least when it comes to politicians, that they’re right.

Name-recognition effect

In 2018, Fukumoto published a study that looked at what happened in Japanese elections when a Japanese national candidate shared a last name with a candidate in a down-ballot race—and thus voters were exposed to that name a lot.  Fukumoto found that in districts where candidates shared a name, the national candidate received a 69% boost, compared to how they performed in districts where they didn’t share a name.  So, for example, if a national candidate had 10% of the vote share, in districts where they shared a name with a down-ballot candidate, their vote share would become 17% —a sizable jump.

Lawn signs promoting Joe Sesta and Rendell for Governor.

Campaigns use lawn signs in part to increase the familiarity of their candidates’ names (Creative Commons photo: Eric Behrens).

Fukumoto cautions that for major candidates, the effect is likely not as large, but the effect is very important for minor candidates—say, a lesser-known candidate challenging an incumbent. In the New York City mayoral race, Mamdani and the other less-covered candidates certainly were much less well-known than Cuomo, who not only served as governor, but whose father also served as governor from 1983–94.

A 2013 study by researchers at Vanderbilt University also found that name recognition can give candidates a boost. That study took advantage of the fact that a local school had strict routes for parents to drive down, to avoid creating the dreaded overburdened school pick-up line. The researchers placed four lawn signs for a local election with a fictional candidate—Ben Griffin—along one of the routes, and then surveyed all of the parents afterwards. They found that parents who drove along the route with the sign were 10 percentage points more likely than those who didn’t drive along the route to say that they would put Griffin—who, remember, did not exist—in their top three choices for a council seat.  And that’s a handful of lawn signs placed along one road.

In aggregate, news outlets prioritizing one candidate over others could shift the outcome of the election. When one considers that the 2021 mayoral primary election was decided by just 7,000 votes, it matters that Lander received roughly 35% less attention, Mamdani 50% less attention, and Adrienne Adams, the speaker of the New York City Council (and no relationship to Eric Adams), received 62% less coverage than Cuomo.

 

Bad publicity still publicity

New Republic: Andrew Cuomo Sexually Harassed Even More Women Than Initially Reported

Some of Cuomo’s coverage may have related to his history of scandals (New Republic, 1/26/24)—but a FAIR analysis (4/9/25) found media downplayed that record.

Some of Cuomo’s mentions were likely tied to the continued fallout of his governorship, including his concealment of nursing home deaths during the Covid-19 pandemic, and lawsuits tied to the New York attorney general’s report on complaints that he had sexually harassed employees. That report affirmed that Cuomo had sexually harassed members of his own staff as well as other state employees, creating a culture “filled with fear and intimidation.”

But at the same time, many of the candidates in the race were current government officials, who might be expected to generate news coverage in the course of their work. Adrienne Adams has been the speaker of the New York City Council since 2022. Lander is the city’s current comptroller, widely considered the second most powerful citywide office, serving as the chief financial officer and auditor of the city agencies. Mamdani is a New York State Assembly member, and Zellnor Myrie is a New York State senator.

And negative news coverage doesn’t mean negative election impact for candidates receiving outsize media attention—Donald Trump famously received billions of dollars worth of free media in his 2016 campaign, much of it negative.

Thumbs on the scale

Atlantic: New York Is Not a Democracy

The Atlantic‘s Annie Lowrey (6/12/25) noted that “the political scion with a multimillion-dollar war chest and blanket name recognition could lose to the young Millennial whom few New Yorkers had heard of as of last year”—before going on to argue that “if this is democracy, it’s a funny form of it.”

Further, while the analysis focused on the frequency of occurrences, not the tone, in recent weeks some news outlets have made their support for Cuomo more explicit. The New York Times editorial board said in 2024 that it would no longer endorse candidates for local races, but still this week published a confusingly written piece (6/16/25) that amounted to an endorsement for the former governor. (In April, a FAIR analysis—4/9/25—found the Times’ coverage of the former governor’s record notably forgiving.)

Similarly, Annie Lowrey in the Atlantic  (6/12/25) wrote a piece, rife with inaccuracies about voting methods, criticizing the city’s system for primaries as anti-democratic. New York City uses a ranked-choice system, which allows voters to rank mayoral candidates in their order of preference. While mathematicians don’t all agree on which voting systems are the best at accurately capturing voter preferences, there is broad consensus that plurality voting—where the candidate who gets the most votes in a single round wins—is the worst. Like the New York Times editorial, Lowrey’s article ends up as a de facto endorsement for the former governor, but by criticizing the system, it also acts to undermine the election itself. In other words, if Cuomo loses under this system—according to Lowrey—no he didn’t.

It’s unsettling that news outlets that proclaim to be for democracy are putting their thumbs on the scale, providing Cuomo with extensive coverage even as he mostly avoided actually meeting the people he has said he wants to govern.

However, while name recognition is important, news coverage is not the only way to get it. In 2018, Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez unseated Joe Crowley, a Democrat who had served as the US representative for New York’s 14th District for almost two decades, and received almost no media attention before she did so. She did it, in part, by knocking on doors.

Mamdani, who entered the race in the low single digits as a relatively unknown assemblymember, and headed into Primary Day neck and neck with Cuomo in polling, pledged to knock on at least 1 million doors before NYC’s June 24 Democratic primary. Two weeks ago, on TikTok, Mamdani said they were on track to reach that goal 10 days early.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Kendra Pierre-Louis.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/cuckoo-for-cuomo-ex-governors-name-dominated-coverage-of-nyc-mayoral-race/feed/ 0 541139
Live coverage of protests banned in Kenya, at least 2 journalists injured https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/live-coverage-of-protests-banned-in-kenya-at-least-2-journalists-injured/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/live-coverage-of-protests-banned-in-kenya-at-least-2-journalists-injured/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 18:24:24 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=492506 Nairobi, June 25, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is alarmed by Kenyan authorities’ Wednesday ban on live coverage of deadly protests, in which at least two journalists were injured, and the shutdown of at least three broadcasters.

Protesters took to the streets in most of Kenya’s 47 counties to mark the one-year anniversary of anti-tax demonstrations, in which at least 60 people were killed.

Several people were killed in Wednesday’s violence.

“Restricting protest coverage sends a clear message that President William Ruto’s government is not committed to democratic values or the constitutional freedoms he has vowed to protect,” said CPJ Regional Director Angela Quintal. “Authorities must investigate attacks on journalists, ensuring accountability, rescind the ban on live coverage, and desist from further censorship.”

In a directive, reviewed by CPJ, the Communications Authority of Kenya ordered “all television and radio stations to stop any live coverage of the demonstrations” or face unspecified “regulatory action.” The information technology regulator cited constitutional provisions that prevent freedom of expression involving “propaganda for war” and “incitement to violence.”

Police and Authority officials then switched off the broadcast signal of several privately owned media houses, including NTV, K24, and KTN, which continued to share content online and on social media.

Civil society organizations including the Kenya Editors’ Guild challenged the ban, citing a November High Court ruling that the Authority did not have the constitutional mandate to set or enforce media standards.

Late Wednesday, the Law Society of Kenya secured High Court orders, reviewed by CPJ, directing broadcast signals to be restored immediately.

NTV reporter Ruth Sarmwei was treated in hospital after being hit on the leg by an unknown projectile while interviewing protestors in the city of Nakuru, Joseph Openda, chairperson of the Nakuru Journalists Association, told CPJ. Standard Media Group said its photojournalist David Gichuru was “struck by a stone hurled by a protestor” in the capital Nairobi. 

CPJ’s requests for comment via email to the Communications Authority of Kenya and via messaging app to its director general David Mugonyi did not receive replies.

Police spokesperson Muchiri Nyaga declined to comment by phone. 


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/live-coverage-of-protests-banned-in-kenya-at-least-2-journalists-injured/feed/ 0 541091
Israel censors foreign press coverage of Iranian strike sites https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/israel-censors-foreign-press-coverage-of-iranian-strike-sites/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/israel-censors-foreign-press-coverage-of-iranian-strike-sites/#respond Mon, 23 Jun 2025 12:43:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=491963 New York, June 23, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is deeply alarmed by Israeli authorities’ orders that international media obtain prior approval from the military censor before broadcasting news from combat zones or missile impact areas in the country. 

Communications Minister Shlomo Karhi and Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir announced Friday that broadcasting from those locations without advance, written permission, would be a criminal offense, as Israel seeks to control reporting about its week-old conflict with Iran.

“We are deeply concerned by the Israeli authorities’ escalating efforts to suppress press freedom through censorship and intimidation,” said CPJ Regional Director Sara Qudah. “Journalists must be allowed to report on the Iran-Israel conflict without obstruction or fear of retaliation. Silencing the press deprives the world of a clear, unfiltered view of the reality unfolding in the region.”

On Thursday, Israeli police said they stopped international media transmitting live broadcasts from missile landing sites, which revealed their exact locations, including “news agencies through which Al Jazeera was illegally broadcasting.” That same day, the Government Press Office banned live broadcasts from crash sites.

The Union of Journalists in Israel denounced the move and said there were no teams filming in Israel for Al Jazeera, which purchases live broadcasts from other international networks operating legally in Israel. Israel banned Al Jazeera’s operations in the country in May, citing security concerns.

On June 18, IDF military censors issued an order, which CPJ reviewed, requiring anyone seeking to broadcast, including via social media, the aftermath of Iranian rocket and drone attacks on Israel’s military sites to obtain prior approval from the army.

On June 16, Israeli police raided a hotel in the northern port city of Haifa where Palestinian journalists were covering the attacks, confiscated their equipment, and launched an investigation.

CPJ emailed the police, the IDF’s North America Media Desk, and the government spokesperson requesting comment but did not immediately receive a response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/israel-censors-foreign-press-coverage-of-iranian-strike-sites/feed/ 0 540579
Insufficient Press Coverage on the Big Data Surveillance Complex  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/insufficient-press-coverage-on-the-big-data-surveillance-complex/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/insufficient-press-coverage-on-the-big-data-surveillance-complex/#respond Thu, 19 Jun 2025 15:00:45 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=46614 Mischa Geracoulis As the second Trump administration is dispatching its minions to stalk US streets, smashing citizens’ First Amendment rights, in partnership with unregulated Big Tech, it also surveils online, helping itself to citizens’ personal identifiable information (PII). In the age of surveillance capitalism, information is a hot commodity for…

The post Insufficient Press Coverage on the Big Data Surveillance Complex  appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/insufficient-press-coverage-on-the-big-data-surveillance-complex/feed/ 0 539977
DRC regulator bars coverage of ex-President Joseph Kabila and his political party https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/drc-regulator-bars-coverage-of-ex-president-joseph-kabila-and-his-political-party/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/drc-regulator-bars-coverage-of-ex-president-joseph-kabila-and-his-political-party/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 17:44:42 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=486385 Kinshasa, June 6, 2025—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo should reverse the 90-day suspension of media coverage on the activities of the People’s Party for Reconstruction and Democracy (PPRD), the political party of former President Joseph Kabila, and all other restrictions on reporting, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

“The authorities in the DRC should reverse the prohibition of coverage related to former President Joseph Kabila and his political party and cease threatening legal action for reporting on matters of public interest,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa regional director. “Escalation of fighting in eastern DRC has brought heightened dangers for journalists, which the government should be seeking to mitigate, not enhance. The Congolese people need unfettered access to information, not censorship.”

On June 2, the Higher Council for Audiovisual and Communication (CSAC), the DRC’s media regulator, ordered the media to cease coverage on the party’s activities for 90 days. The order, which CPJ reviewed, also forbids communication channels from “offering space” to PPRD members or Kabila “under penalty of very heavy sanction in accordance with the law,” with the prosecutor general in charge of enforcement.

As justification, the order claimed that Kabila and the party financially and ideologically support the M23 and AFC rebel groups in the eastern part of the country. It follows other government efforts to curb the influence of Kabila and his party, including the suspension of its activities in April. On May 22, the DRC’s Senate lifted immunities that were previously granted to Kabila, who became a life-long senator when his presidency ended in 2019. The government has accused the former president of treason, war crimes, crimes against humanity, and participation in an insurrectionist movement for his alleged support of the M23 rebellion.

On May 23, Kabila broadcast a nationwide speech on his YouTube channel, which has since been taken down, in which he criticized current DRC President Félix Antoine Tshisekedi and proposed his own solutions for restoring peace in the east. Since late May, Kabila has been engaging in discussions with various actors in the eastern city of Goma, which is under M23 control.

CPJ’s calls and messages to Oscar Kabamba, a spokesperson for the CSAC, went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/drc-regulator-bars-coverage-of-ex-president-joseph-kabila-and-his-political-party/feed/ 0 537058
Once Again, NYT Coverage of Anti-Trans Attacks Leaves Out Trans Voices   https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/once-again-nyt-coverage-of-anti-trans-attacks-leaves-out-trans-voices/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/once-again-nyt-coverage-of-anti-trans-attacks-leaves-out-trans-voices/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 22:18:25 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045751  

NYT: Justice Department Investigates California Over Trans Athlete Policies

The New York Times (5/28/25) gave the last word to a Trump official who framed trans participation in high school sports as “violating women’s civil rights.”

California public schools are the latest target of Donald Trump’s Department of Justice, which is ramping up an investigation into high school sports after a transgender girl qualified for three track and field events at the upcoming state championships.

The DoJ is alleging that the California Interscholastic Federation (CIF) allowing transgender girls to compete in girls’ sports could violate Title IX, which prohibits discrimination based on sex.

The New York Times (5/28/25) covered this latest right-wing attack on trans youth in a fashion all too common for the paper (FAIR.org, 5/11/23): devoid of any perspectives from trans individuals.

The article, by Soumya Karlamangla, quoted four government officials who are against the participation of trans girls in girls sports. After quoting Trump demanding that “local authorities” bar the trans athlete’s participation, the paper turned to Harmeet K. Dhillon, assistant attorney general for civil rights, who said in a statement, “It is perverse to allow males to compete against girls, invade their private spaces, and take their trophies.” The Times left this claim unchallenged, despite its inflammatory and misgendering language.

It quoted Gov. Gavin Newsom, speaking on his podcast (3/6/25) to far-right influencer Charlie Kirk, calling trans athletes’ participation in female sports “deeply unfair.” And it quoted Bill Essayli, US attorney for the Central District of California, asserting in a statement that “discrimination on the basis of sex is illegal and immoral”—by which he means that including trans female athletes discriminates against other women, and seeks to deny that discrimination against trans athletes is sex discrimination.

The Times made no effort to evaluate Essayli’s claim—for instance, by noting that courts have interpreted Title IX preventing discrimination “on the basis of sex” to also protect trans students.

Against these four anti–trans rights sources, the piece cited only one statement from a coalition of LGBTQ advocates, which pointed out that sports organizations were following “inclusive, evidence-based policies that ensure fairness for all athletes, regardless of their gender identity.” The coalition argued: “Undermining that now for political gain is a transparent attempt to scapegoat a child and distract from real national challenges Americans are facing.”

Physical and mental health benefits

Defector: It’s A Great Time To Be A Pathetic Loser

“I’m still a child, you’re an adult, and for you to act like a child shows how you are as a person,” said AB Hernandez, the 16-year-old transgender athlete, referring to the people who “spent hours heckling and harassing Hernandez as she competed” (Defector, 5/28/25).

Including the voices of trans athletes and their families, or of more rights advocates, might have introduced readers to some of the many arguments and evidence that exist in support of allowing trans athletes to compete in alignment with their identities.

Gender nonconforming people are already at heightened risk for suicide, according to a 2020 study. Eighty-six percent of trans youth have considered killing themselves. School belonging, emotional neglect by family, and internalized self-stigma made statistically significant contributions to recent suicidality in this population. Furthermore, a study in the journal Nature (9/26/24) found that state-level anti-transgender laws increased suicide attempts by transgender and nonbinary youth.

Meanwhile, playing school sports confers physical and mental health benefits that should not be denied to trans children. The Human Rights Campaign’s analysis of the 2023 LGBTQ+ Youth survey, by HRC and the University of Connecticut, found that

high school-aged transgender and non-binary student athletes reported higher grades, lower levels of depression, and were less likely to feel unsafe at school than those who did not play sports.

Not biological men 

Ohio Capital Journal: GOP passes bill aiming to root out ‘suspected’ transgender female athletes with genital inspection

Ohio Capital Journal (6/3/22) noted that a proposed state ban on trans athletes was accompanied by intrusive verification requirements: “If someone is suspected to be transgender, she must go through evaluations of her external and internal genitalia, testosterone levels and genetic makeup.”

The idea that cisgender boys will “pretend” to be trans in order to participate in girls’ sports is preposterous. Not to mention, natural variations, both physical and otherwise, are common in all sports—especially in schools where children are growing rapidly at different paces (HRC). It’s a combination of factors—not just one—that determine athleticism.

In 2024, the Times (4/23/24) reported on a study by the International Olympic Committee that found that while trans women displayed an advantage in handgrip strength over their cisgender counterparts, they are actually weaker in other areas, like jumping ability, cardiovascular fitness and lung function. The main point of the study was that, when it comes to athletics, trans women are not biological men

Bans on transgender athletes participating in girls’ sports also put cisgender girls at risk. For example, in 2022, House Republicans in Ohio passed a bill banning trans girls from girls’ sports. It includes genital inspection for any girl who is “accused” of being trans (Ohio Capital Journal, 6/3/22). Cisgender athletes are frequently accused of being trans by transphobes claiming to “protect” women (FAIR.org, 8/21/09; Extra!, 10/12).

During the 2024 summer Olympics, Algerian boxing champion Imane Khelif, who is a cisgender woman, was accused of being male. Now World Boxing has announced all athletes must undergo mandatory genetic testing to determine their sex (CNN, 5/30/25).

The Times’ framing, which allowed adult politicians and attorneys to smear already vulnerable trans children as predatory, “perverse” and invasive, without any perspectives from actual transgender people, let alone any proper legal arguments in their favor, fell short of even “both-sidesing” the issue.

As journalist and activist Erin Reed said recently on CounterSpin (5/23/25):

“Both sides” coverage and “the truth is in the middle” coverage and “giving both sides a chance to make their point”—that would be an improvement over what we have right now…. This is not even “both sides” reporting. It’s not even “the truth is in the middle” reporting. These papers have taken a position on this, and it’s a position that’s not supported by the science.


FEATURED IMAGE: AB Hernandez, the 16-year-old Californian at the center of a debate about trans youth participation in sports (Capital & Main, 5/15/25).

ACTION ALERT: You can send a message to the New York Times at letters@nytimes.com or via Bluesky: @NYTimes.com. Please remember that respectful communication is the most effective. Feel free to leave a copy of your message in the comments thread here.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Olivia Riggio.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/once-again-nyt-coverage-of-anti-trans-attacks-leaves-out-trans-voices/feed/ 0 535818
Highlights of RFA Uyghur coverage https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/05/07/uyghur-rfa-highlights/ https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/05/07/uyghur-rfa-highlights/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 20:27:51 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/05/07/uyghur-rfa-highlights/ Radio Free Asia has provided a unique, international news service for Uyghurs that has exposed China’s creeping persecution of the minority Muslim group in real time, culminating in the eventual U.S. government declaration of a genocide.

RFA Uyghur was in the vanguard on reporting a massive crackdown in the Xinjiang region in the far west of China in 2017 which led to an estimated 1.8 million people confined in internment camps. By speaking directly to sources inside Xinjiang, it documented the repression of Uyghurs as the crackdown began before other news outlets were focusing on the issue.

RFA has also played an important role in promoting Uyghur language and culture as it came under attack, and focused on the human struggles and resilience of Uyghurs to retain their dignity and identity.

A photo posted to the WeChat account of the Xinjiang Judicial Administration shows Uyghur detainees listening to a “de-radicalization” speech at a re-education camp in Hotan prefecture’s Lop county, April 2017.
A photo posted to the WeChat account of the Xinjiang Judicial Administration shows Uyghur detainees listening to a “de-radicalization” speech at a re-education camp in Hotan prefecture’s Lop county, April 2017.
(Chinese social media)

Mass detentions begin in 2017

During 2017, as Uyghurs faced growing pressure from Chinese authorities in Xinjiang, RFA documented the crisis as it happened. The Uyghur service reported on the confiscations of Qurans, forced sampling of Uyghurs’ DNA who had committed no crime, checking of digital devices as surveillance grew evermore intrusive, and the conversion of mosques into propaganda centers.

Then in September, RFA confirmed with police sources that thousands of Uyghurs and other Muslim ethnic minorities were being held in re-education camps without contact with their families under a policy designed to counter “extremism.”

A cemetery on the outskirts of Xinjiang's Aksu city, where bodies from a destroyed Uyghur graveyard were recently moved, Sept. 14, 2019.
A cemetery on the outskirts of Xinjiang's Aksu city, where bodies from a destroyed Uyghur graveyard were recently moved, Sept. 14, 2019.
(AFP)

Mass deaths reported in an internment camp

In October 2019, RFA reported that at least 150 detainees had died over a six-month period in just one internment camp in Kuchar County, marking the first confirmation of mass deaths since the camps were introduced in 2017. This information came from a police officer who had served as an administrative assistant at the No. 1 Internment Camp in the Yengisher district.

The report corroborated earlier statements from a former police chief who was himself detained for revealing that possibly more than 200 residents from his township had died in the camps.

A facility believed to be an internment camp located north of Kashgar, in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region, June 2, 2019.
A facility believed to be an internment camp located north of Kashgar, in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region, June 2, 2019.
(AFP)

Still held at camps despite China claims

Radio Free Asia Uyghur Service revealed during the 2018 to 2020 period that despite Chinese claims that internment camps in Xinjiang had been closed, multiple facilities remained operational, including large camps in Kashgar city and surrounding regions. RFA Uyghur Service reported that thousands of Uyghurs continued to be detained in these facilities without legal process, with officials admitting people were “continuously coming in.” Some of the largest camps, like Yanbulaq School in Kashgar, held thousands of people who were forced to learn Mandarin Chinese and undergo political indoctrination.

Xu Guixiang, a spokesperson for Xinjiang's Communist Party, drinks as a screen showing a footage of former U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs office in Beijing, Monday, Feb. 1, 2021. Xu accused  Pompeo of trying to undermine Beijing's relations with President Joe Biden by declaring China's actions against the Uyghur ethnic group a
Xu Guixiang, a spokesperson for Xinjiang's Communist Party, drinks as a screen showing a footage of former U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs office in Beijing, Monday, Feb. 1, 2021. Xu accused Pompeo of trying to undermine Beijing's relations with President Joe Biden by declaring China's actions against the Uyghur ethnic group a "genocide."
(Andy Wong/AP)

US: Genocide against Uyghurs in Xinjiang

On the eve of the first Trump administration’s exit from office in January 2021, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo declared that the U.S. had determined China’s repression of Uyghurs and other mostly Muslim ethnic minorities in Xinjiang, including its use of internment camps and forced sterilizations, amounted to “genocide” and “crimes against humanity.”

The landmark decision was welcomed by Uyghur groups who said it would make it impossible for the international community to ignore the atrocities in Xinjiang.

Police guard detainees as they appear to recite words or sing at the Tekes County Detention Center in northwestern China’s Xinjiang region in this image released on May 24, 2022.
Police guard detainees as they appear to recite words or sing at the Tekes County Detention Center in northwestern China’s Xinjiang region in this image released on May 24, 2022.
(Victims of Communism Memorial Foundation via AFP)

Xinjiang police files

RFA provided crucial coverage of the Xinjiang Police Files leak, documenting how these official Chinese records revealed detailed information about thousands of Uyghur detainees. The files included clear images and information about camp detainees arrested in 2018 in Kashgar Kona Sheher county, with the youngest being just 14 years old and the oldest 73.

RFA interviewed Uyghurs in exile who found images and information about their missing relatives, friends, and former cellmates in the leaked documents, giving many their first confirmation of what had happened to their loved ones.

Stories of Uyghur resilience and success

RFA has reported on the Uyghur diaspora community who have prevailed through adversity and achieved professional success. In the United States, Adalet Sabit described the challenges of raising a young Uyghur daughter who has been separated from her father. Adalet’s husband, Ablimit Abliz, was prevented from leaving China after authorities confiscated his passport.

RFA also spoke to Arfiya Eri, the first person of Uyghur heritage to run as a major party candidate in a Japanese election. Born and raised in Japan, she defined success as “when an individual can live the life they desire freely, following the path they have chosen.”

Edited by RFA Staff.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Uyghur.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/05/07/uyghur-rfa-highlights/feed/ 0 531657
Highlights of RFA coverage of Laos https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/05/07/laos-rfa-story-highlights/ https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/05/07/laos-rfa-story-highlights/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 14:08:34 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/05/07/laos-rfa-story-highlights/ Communist-run Laos is stuck in a political rut but it has seen a physical and economic transformation since Radio Free Asia first went on air nearly three decades ago.

RFA Lao has covered the plight of dissidents and the rural poor, and the country’s embrace of hydropower and other mega-projects that have brought new infrastructure to one of Southeast Asia’s poorest countries, and with it a growing national debt.

RFA has also covered human interest stories, including migrant workers who travel to neighboring countries to make a living, and those who are vulnerable to human traffickers and scams.

Environmental destruction on the Mekong

Video: Rare video shows major dam construction near Luang Prabang, Lao

RFA Lao has reported on the headlong rush to dam one of Asia’s greatest waterways, the Mekong River, a move decried by environmentalists and many Lao people who are negatively impacted by such mega-projects. Among the most controversial of these is a major dam near the historic city of Luang Prabang, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. RFA has reported on the project since its inception and obtained exclusive footage of the dam construction site.

Illustration
Illustration
(Vincent Meadows/RFA)

Scamming in the Golden Triangle

Before the explosion of cyber scams in Southeast Asia gained wide public attention, RFA Lao was reporting on how young women were being trafficked into the Golden Triangle Special Economic Zone on the banks of the Mekong in Bokeo province. When women failed to meet call center quotas, they told RFA of how they were forced to sell their bodies for sex. Some sought help in alerting authorities so they could escape. The SEZ run by U.S.-sanctioned tycoon Zhao Wei appeared beyond the control of the Lao government.

Illustration
Illustration
(Paul Nelson/RFA; Adobe Stock)

Birth surrogacy

Many young Lao people turn to neighboring countries to make a living. Usually that means migratory labor - typically traveling to Thailand to find work in construction or hospitality. But other opportunities may skirt the law. RFA Lao interviewed a Lao woman who had acted as a birth surrogate for a Chinese couple at the Lao-China border, providing a rare insight into an illegal industry that continues to thrive.

Shui-Meng Ng holds a picture of her missing Laos husband Sombath Somphone, an environmental campaigner, in Bangkok, Dec. 12, 2018.
Shui-Meng Ng holds a picture of her missing Laos husband Sombath Somphone, an environmental campaigner, in Bangkok, Dec. 12, 2018.
(Romeo Gacad/AFP)

Where is Sombath Somphone?

The 2012 disappearance of civil society activist Sombath Somphone has been the single most enduring human rights case against the communist government in Laos. RFA Lao has reported on the case since Sombath’s apparent abduction after he was stopped at a police checkpoint on a Vientiane street, and the subsequent appeals from his wife, supporters and foreign governments over the years for information about what happened to him.

Video: Smiles for the boat ride home to Laos — Workers return for Buddhist New Year

Young migrant workers returning home

Job opportunities are few inside Laos, and many migrate to find work. The migration reverses when Lao workers head home from Thailand each April to celebrate Pii Mai, the Lao New Year. It’s a time for family reunions, temple visits, and festive water celebrations. RFA Lao reported on how workers mark this special return after months - or even years - away.

Lao villagers in Attapeu province's Sanamxay district wait for rescue following collapse of a dam, July 24, 2018.
Lao villagers in Attapeu province's Sanamxay district wait for rescue following collapse of a dam, July 24, 2018.
(Photo courtesy of Attapeu Today)

Xe Pian Xe Namnoy dam collapse

The collapse of a feeder dam for the Xe Pian Xe Namnoy hydropower project was the worst disaster suffered by Laos as it accelerated its push to become the battery of Southeast Asia. The nighttime disaster on July 24, 2018, claimed dozens of lives in southern Attapeu province, and caused the displacement of thousands more. RFA Lao has tracked the plight of the displaced in the subsequent years as they battled for proper compensation and a new place to live in the face of official corruption.

Edited by RFA staff.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Lao.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/05/07/laos-rfa-story-highlights/feed/ 0 531549
Do Mob Wars Help Crime Victims?: Understanding media coverage of healthcare price battles https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/do-mob-wars-help-crime-victims-understanding-media-coverage-of-healthcare-price-battles/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/do-mob-wars-help-crime-victims-understanding-media-coverage-of-healthcare-price-battles/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 19:14:19 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9045359  

Summit Daily: ‘What do we do?’ CommonSpirit hospitals no longer in-network for thousands of Coloradans with Anthem insurance

The Summit (Colo.) Daily (5/2/24) amplified the anxiety health consumers felt in the face of providers’ and insurers’ threats.

This time last year, tens of thousands of people in Colorado anxiously wondered if they’d have to find a new doctor or start using a different hospital. Contracts setting payment levels for Catholic Church–affiliated hospital chain CommonSpirit Health to be a member of preferred provider networks run by insurer Anthem Blue Cross Blue Shield of Colorado were set to expire on May 1, 2024, and negotiations were a train wreck.

CommonSpirit accused Anthem of trying to pay rates so low that its hospitals couldn’t afford to take care of patients, while Anthem shot back that CommonSpirit wanted rate increases at more than twice the rate of inflation (CBS KKTV 11, 4/30/24).

Media coverage reached a fever pitch as the deadline approached. Without a new agreement, Coloradans covered by Anthem insurance plans would have to pay far more out of pocket to use CommonSpirit hospitals and the system’s affiliated doctors (Denver Post, 4/26/24). The potential consequences would be extreme in communities where CommonSpirit is a dominant provider, especially in the state’s rural and resort areas, where the company’s facilities are the only available option for miles around (KOAA, 5/1/24). “What Do We Do?” a plaintive Summit Daily headline (5/2/24) asked.

The high-stakes negotiations dragged on for more than two weeks past the contract’s expiration, with the two corporate giants contending that the other side wanted dangerously low or unaffordably high rates.

The eventual settlement was greeted with a mixture of relief and anger from patients whose care had been disrupted. La Plata County resident Christie Hunter, whose son Ollie suffers from myasthenia gravis, an autoimmune disorder that weakens voluntary muscles, told the Durango Herald (5/17/24, 5/1/24) she was glad the two healthcare titans had settled, but angry that the dispute disrupted her family’s healthcare. The time spent looking for new providers “would have been much better spent trying to help my son, and get him feeling well enough to go to school.” Ollie’s first day at school after months of treatment and preparation was the day the Hunters received initial notice that they could lose access to his specialists.

Although the high-stakes conflict was about money, the terms of the new five-year price deal remain secret.

Performative hostage-taking

This kind of performative patient hostage-taking has become standard practice in hospital rate negotiations across the US. At least four major network contracts in Ohio/Virginia, Connecticut, Texas and Missouri expired at the beginning of April alone.

Media coverage usually captures the anxiety that patients like the Hunters experience at the disruption of critical medical relationships. Otherwise, the quality and depth of coverage varies widely. Some reporting fuels public hysteria to the benefit of the parties, while the best coverage provides critical national context and alerts audiences what to expect.

To help FAIR readers understand what’s happening when these conflicts hit their communities, we’ve assembled a few lessons from the past few years, and principles that should frame local and regional media coverage.

Think mob war

These stories are best understood as economic warfare between gangsters dividing money already looted from the public. Insurers, who offer employers and patients nothing the government can’t do better and cheaper, fight with hospital corporations who wield monopoly power to negotiate the world’s highest prices for inpatient care, leaving millions of Americans saddled with unmanageable medical debt.

Communicating with the public and political leaders through the media is a key negotiating strategy for both hospitals and insurance companies. Each side accuses the other of threatening patients’ access to doctors and hospitals. The corporations issue a deluge of press releases, statements and FAQ webpages to inform patients of pending changes to coverage, and the consequences for their financial, physical and mental health—all seasoned with a heavy dose of spin. The goal is to ratchet up public anxiety as the deadline approaches, and attach blame to the other side to win concessions.

Negotiations receive intense local and regional media coverage, following the same script. Both sides publicize the looming deadline, and warn that patients may lose access to local hospitals and valued doctors. Insurers accuse hospitals of price-gouging, while hospitals insist that insurers want to pay them less than it costs to take care of patients.

You’ll probably keep your doctor

KFF Health News: Patients Suffer When Health Care Behemoths Quarrel Over Contracts

KFF Health News (2/1/19) accurately characterized the antagonists in the rate disputes as “behemoths.”

Outlets frequently catch on to the fact that they’re witnessing “a battle of Goliath and Goliath,” as Dallas-based D Magazine (4/1/25) framed a recent clash in Texas. But reporters and editors should also alert their audiences to the fact that the conflicts usually resolve themselves after a few weeks or months of widespread terror.

Large local and regional insurers can’t run provider networks without major hospital systems, and hospital systems can’t afford to lose access to patients covered by major health insurers. As Georgetown University professor Sabrina Corlette told KFF Health News (2/1/19) during a 2019 dispute in California:

When you have a big behemoth healthcare system and a big behemoth payer with tens of thousands of enrolled lives, the incentives to work something out privately become much stronger.

This is what the market looks like 

The US healthcare financing system relies on the mechanism of having private health insurance companies build networks that use financial and bureaucratic coercion to force patients to use hospitals and doctors within the network, instead of other providers. Insurers offer hospitals privileged access to the thousands of “lives” they cover in exchange for discounted rates. This is supposed to lower costs and improve the quality of healthcare.

You can’t have networks with discounted rates without rate negotiations, which is why these high-stakes gang wars are so common and will continue. The degree to which these rate negotiations are central to the functioning of “market-based” healthcare is a critical piece of context for reporters, too often missing from coverage.

In Colorado, for example, Pueblo Chieftain reporter Tracy Harmon largely followed the companies’ scripts in two stories (5/14/24, 5/20/24) on the Anthem/CommonSpirit fight, focusing on patients’ need for access and sourced almost exclusively to the two combatants.

Summit Daily News reporter Ryan Spencer (4/14/24) offered some additional context, using public data to show that the CommonSpirit hospital in Summit charged rates at twice the statewide average, and “reported profit margins of 35% or more in 2020 and 2021,” according to a report by the state Division of Insurance. Neither Spencer nor Harmon made the critical policy point that the network rate negotiations are supposed to be the country’s primary cost control mechanism.

It doesn’t work

In Colorado, Durango Herald reporter Reuben Schafir (3/23/24) came closest to discussing the core policy problem illustrated by corporate collisions over hospital rates. A spokesperson for a consumer healthcare NGO told Schafir: “These negotiations are often a lose/lose situation for consumers. Even a timely agreement would likely result in higher healthcare costs.”

In other words, the primary US cost control mechanism doesn’t work. Leaving prices to the outcome of mob wars has given the US the highest hospital prices in the world. Since hospital care remains the largest single element of national health spending, the failure of market-based hospital rate negotiations is one of the driving forces making the US an outlier as the costliest system in existence.

Fort Worth Star Telegram: Blue Cross Blue Shield contract fallout. What can North Texas policyholders expect now?Read more at: https://www.star-telegram.com/news/state/texas/article303406331.html#storylink=cpy

MIT economist Jonathan Gruber told the Fort Worth Star-Telegram (4/3/25) that insurer/provider conflicts illustrate why “the government should step in and regulate prices.”

The Fort Worth Star-Telegram got this right. On April 1, contracts between Southwestern Health Resources (SWHR) and Blue Cross Blue Shield of Texas (BCBSTX) expired amidst the usual anxious media coverage (e.g., Dallas Morning News, 4/1/25; WFAA, 4/2/25; KDFW Fox 4, 4/1/25).

A long Q&A-style summary in the Star-Telegram (4/3/25; non-paywall MSN text here) featured MIT economist Jonathan Gruber saying that “really the insurers and the providers are both bad guys when it comes to costs.” According to Gruber, markets have failed, and

situations like these contract negotiations breaking down are good examples of why the government should step in and regulate prices that the private sector has failed to keep within reach of the average consumer.

Gruber’s quote could well have been national news itself. Gruber was the intellectual architect of the Affordable Care Act, and it’s remarkable for an expert of his stature and influence to say categorically that markets have failed, and that government needs to regulate prices. Regardless, Gruber’s observation that market contracts between private insurers and hospitals have failed, and are likely to continue failing, is essential to understanding what’s happening when the healthcare mob wars come to your town.

Washington gangsters agree

As usual in mob wars, politicians bought by the combatants publicly wring their hands, while collecting millions of dollars in campaign assistance from each side and doing nothing to end the carnage. When the allegedly charitable Northeast Georgia Health System and insurer UnitedHealthcare ramped up their fear campaigns in 2023, Sen. Raphael Warnock (D–Ga.) sent strongly worded letters to both parties, typically devoid of anything indicating whether and how Senator Warnock and colleagues intend to prevent this from happening again. The dispute was a rare one that ended without an agreement.

Excerpt from Sen. Sen. Raphael Warnock's letter to healthcare executives

The ultimate missing context for these stories is that for all their public antagonism, the insurance and hospital industries march in lockstep on the most important policy questions in the nation’s capital. The American Hospital Association and health insurers both spend millions of the dollars they get from premiums, and the rates exchanged under the terms of these contracts, to defeat Medicare for All, and make even modest partial reforms, like Gruber’s proposed price regulation, politically impossible.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by John Canham-Clyne.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/do-mob-wars-help-crime-victims-understanding-media-coverage-of-healthcare-price-battles/feed/ 0 530834
Order to End Federal Support for NPR and PBS Is a Legally Dubious Push to Censor Media Coverage Trump Dislikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/order-to-end-federal-support-for-npr-and-pbs-is-a-legally-dubious-push-to-censor-media-coverage-trump-dislikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/order-to-end-federal-support-for-npr-and-pbs-is-a-legally-dubious-push-to-censor-media-coverage-trump-dislikes/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 12:11:56 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/order-to-end-federal-support-for-npr-and-pbs-is-a-legally-dubious-push-to-censor-media-coverage-trump-dislikes Late Thursday night, President Donald Trump issued an executive order aiming to end federal support of NPR and PBS “to the maximum extent allowed by law.”

In April, the White House revealed a plan to ask Congress to claw back nearly $1.1 billion in already-approved federal funding for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting (CPB), the entity that provides federal support for NPR and PBS affiliates. Thursday night’s executive order instructs the CPB to cease funding the two entities by June 30.

Free Press Co-CEO Craig Aaron said:

“Trump’s attack on public media shows why our democracy is on life support. Healthy democracies have independent, well-funded and robust public-media systems. At their best, noncommercial media put the public interest before profits and hold power to account. Trump’s outrageous order to end federal support for NPR and PBS takes U.S. media in the opposite direction. It’s riddled with falsehoods and disinformation about public media, much of it seemingly cribbed from right-wing blogs and newsletters. Despite the president’s twisted claims, public broadcasting remains an incredibly popular use of taxpayer dollars, and local stations provide trustworthy news and cultural programming, as well as lifesaving coverage during emergencies.

“The order’s legality is dubious at best — Congress appropriates funds for public broadcasting, and the president doesn’t get a magic eraser for programs he doesn’t like. The government’s unhinged attempt to defund news outlets they deem biased is blatant censorship. This represents a dangerous assault on independent journalism and public accountability — and it’s not happening in isolation. The Trump administration is also pushing Congress to rescind public media’s already-approved budget and is trying to remove board members at the Corporation for Public Broadcasting for no legally justifiable reason. Brendan Carr, Trump’s top censor at the Federal Communications Commission, has also launched an investigation into the underwriting practices of NPR and PBS, using it as a pretext to call for an end to funding.

“After years of attacking journalists and lying about their work, it’s no surprise that Trump and his minions are trying to silence and shutter any newsroom that dares to ask him questions or show the devastating impact of his policies on local communities. Yet in many of those communities, the local public-media station is the only source of independent reporting. Trump, of course, prefers fawning propaganda — which too many commercial TV and radio broadcasters are willing to provide in exchange for regulatory favors, or to stay off the president’s target list. Since Trump can’t shake down NPR and PBS the same way he’s doing to CBS and ABC, he’s trying to starve them of the resources they need to survive.

“Attacking journalists and the media is on page one of the authoritarian playbook. This is why everyone who cares about accountability and democracy should be deeply concerned about public media’s future. The current system is far from perfect, and for too long public broadcasting’s leaders have cowered and conceded when they should have been pushing back. But all of us who care about an independent press, an informed populace, a responsive government and a thriving democracy have a stake in the outcome of this fight. If we unite to defend public media — and I believe we can and will prevail — then we might just save our democracy, too.”

Background: In February, Craig Aaron testified before the House Judiciary Committee about the Trump administration’s campaign of censorship against media viewpoints the president doesn’t like, calling it a “free-speech emergency.” In May 2024, he testified about false claims of bias at NPR and PBS. Free Press Action is leading grassroots efforts to craft public policy that supports local noncommercial news and information.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/order-to-end-federal-support-for-npr-and-pbs-is-a-legally-dubious-push-to-censor-media-coverage-trump-dislikes/feed/ 0 530798
Kyrgyz authorities move to shutter Aprel TV over ‘negative’ government coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/kyrgyz-authorities-move-to-shutter-aprel-tv-over-negative-government-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/kyrgyz-authorities-move-to-shutter-aprel-tv-over-negative-government-coverage/#respond Thu, 24 Apr 2025 20:21:48 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=473464 New York, April 24, 2025 —The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns a lawsuit filed by Kyrgyz prosecutors against independent broadcaster Aprel TV, which the outlet reported on April 23, over alleged “negative” and “destructive” coverage of the government.

“Kyrgyz authorities continue a deplorable pattern of shuttering news outlets on illegitimate grounds that their ‘negative’ reporting could spark unrest,” said CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia Senior Researcher Anna Brakha. “In a democratic society, critical news coverage is not a grounds to shutter media. Kyrgyz authorities must allow Aprel TV to operate freely.”

According to the prosecutors’ filing, reviewed by CPJ, authorities seek to close down Aprel TV by revoking its broadcast license and terminating its social media operations on the basis of an investigation by Kyrgyzstan’s State Committee for National Security.

The filing alleges that the outlet’s critical reporting portrays the authorities “in an unfavorable light” and “undermines the authority of the government,” which “could subsequently be aggravated [by] other social or global triggers and provoke calls for mass unrest with the aim of a subsequent seizure of power.”

In a statement, Aprel TV rejected the accusations, saying it is the function of journalism to focus on “sensitive issues of public concern,” in the same way “state media constantly report on government successes.”

Aprel TV has around 700,000 subscribers across its social media accounts and broadcasts via Next TV, which reports say is owned by an opposition politician. In 2019, authorities seized Aprel TV’s assets and its reporters have since been harassed by law enforcement officials.

The channel, whose flagship news show is highly critical of the government and often adopts an irreverent tone, was previously owned by former Kyrgyz President Almazbek Atambayev but the outlet said in its statement that it is no longer affiliated with any politicians or political forces.

Following current President Sadyr Japarov’s ascent to power in 2020, Kyrgyz authorities have launched an unprecedented assault on the country’s previously vibrant media, shuttering leading outlets and jailing journalists often on the grounds that their critical reporting could lead to social unrest.

CPJ’s emails to the office of the prosecutor general and the State Committee for National Security for comment but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/kyrgyz-authorities-move-to-shutter-aprel-tv-over-negative-government-coverage/feed/ 0 529258
DRC journalist Émérite Amisi Musada reports being abducted, tortured over war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage/#respond Mon, 21 Apr 2025 22:02:41 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=473052
Kinshasa, April 21, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is alarmed by the mistreatment of Congolese journalist Émérite Amisi Musada, who was abducted by men in civilian clothes on April 15 after being threatened over his reporting on the eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo, and calls for authorities to hold those responsible to account.

Four days after Amisi, a reporter with the privately owned news website Déboutrdc.net, went missing in Bukavu, the capital of the DRC’s eastern South Kivu province, he was found naked on the edge of nearby Lake Kivu on April 19. Amisi, who spoke with CPJ from his bed at a Bukavu hospital, said that he was taken and tortured by unidentified men. Bukavu is under the control of the M23 rebel group, which in recent months has advanced in the country’s eastern provinces against the DRC military.

“DRC authorities and the M23 rebels, who now control the city of Bukavu, must conduct thorough investigations into the abduction and mistreatment of journalist Émérite Amisi Musada and ensure accountability,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa regional director, from Luanda, Angola. “The safety of journalists must be a priority for all sides in the fighting, which has intensified in the eastern DRC.”

Amisi told CPJ that when he left his house, “I was blocked by four people in civilian clothes, one of whom sprayed a gas in my nose to the point of losing consciousness.”

When he woke up in a house somewhere, Amisi was beaten with a stick, sodomized with a rubber rod, and “subjected to a long interrogation about my reports on the war in the east of the country,” he said.

Four men with revolvers interrogated him about his outlet, including the password to gain administrative access to the siteand sources for their war coverage. When Amisi did not provide them with the information, the men stripped him, put him in their vehicle, and left him at the edge of the lake, where he was found by a civilian and taken to the hospital, he said.

Amisi has published several articles on the clashes between M23 and the military.

On April 10, Amisi had received threatening WhatsApp messages, which CPJ reviewed, from a sender who identified themselves as a DRC army general named Guy Kapinga.

One message, addressed to “Rwandan traitors” and written in the local Lingala language, said: “You are eating up the money of the West in order to sabotage the efforts of the head of state. I know your church well and we are keeping an eye on you. You will not flee Bukavu, continue to publish articles against the head of state and the army. We will have you in a short time.”

CPJ repeatedly called the number that sent the messages, but the line did not connect. CPJ’s calls to DRC military spokesperson Sylvain Ekenge went unanswered, and CPJ’s messages to M23 spokesperson Lawrence Kanyuka also went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage/feed/ 0 527992
DRC journalist Émérite Amisi Musada reports being abducted, tortured over war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage-2/#respond Mon, 21 Apr 2025 22:02:41 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=473052
Kinshasa, April 21, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists is alarmed by the mistreatment of Congolese journalist Émérite Amisi Musada, who was abducted by men in civilian clothes on April 15 after being threatened over his reporting on the eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo, and calls for authorities to hold those responsible to account.

Four days after Amisi, a reporter with the privately owned news website Déboutrdc.net, went missing in Bukavu, the capital of the DRC’s eastern South Kivu province, he was found naked on the edge of nearby Lake Kivu on April 19. Amisi, who spoke with CPJ from his bed at a Bukavu hospital, said that he was taken and tortured by unidentified men. Bukavu is under the control of the M23 rebel group, which in recent months has advanced in the country’s eastern provinces against the DRC military.

“DRC authorities and the M23 rebels, who now control the city of Bukavu, must conduct thorough investigations into the abduction and mistreatment of journalist Émérite Amisi Musada and ensure accountability,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa regional director, from Luanda, Angola. “The safety of journalists must be a priority for all sides in the fighting, which has intensified in the eastern DRC.”

Amisi told CPJ that when he left his house, “I was blocked by four people in civilian clothes, one of whom sprayed a gas in my nose to the point of losing consciousness.”

When he woke up in a house somewhere, Amisi was beaten with a stick, sodomized with a rubber rod, and “subjected to a long interrogation about my reports on the war in the east of the country,” he said.

Four men with revolvers interrogated him about his outlet, including the password to gain administrative access to the siteand sources for their war coverage. When Amisi did not provide them with the information, the men stripped him, put him in their vehicle, and left him at the edge of the lake, where he was found by a civilian and taken to the hospital, he said.

Amisi has published several articles on the clashes between M23 and the military.

On April 10, Amisi had received threatening WhatsApp messages, which CPJ reviewed, from a sender who identified themselves as a DRC army general named Guy Kapinga.

One message, addressed to “Rwandan traitors” and written in the local Lingala language, said: “You are eating up the money of the West in order to sabotage the efforts of the head of state. I know your church well and we are keeping an eye on you. You will not flee Bukavu, continue to publish articles against the head of state and the army. We will have you in a short time.”

CPJ repeatedly called the number that sent the messages, but the line did not connect. CPJ’s calls to DRC military spokesperson Sylvain Ekenge went unanswered, and CPJ’s messages to M23 spokesperson Lawrence Kanyuka also went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/21/drc-journalist-emerite-amisi-musada-reports-being-abducted-tortured-over-war-coverage-2/feed/ 0 527993
EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage-2/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 21:32:27 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157372 The Trump administration’s EPA has put the home insurance industry, home mortgage industry, real estate industry, and individual homeownership on notice that the rules are changing against their best interests. Already, before these negativePreview (opens in a new tab) changes to EPA policy, radical climate change has forced insurance companies to eliminate home coverage in […]

The post EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
The Trump administration’s EPA has put the home insurance industry, home mortgage industry, real estate industry, and individual homeownership on notice that the rules are changing against their best interests. Already, before these negativePreview (opens in a new tab) changes to EPA policy, radical climate change has forced insurance companies to eliminate home coverage in regions of America. (“Trump’s EPA Plans to Stop Collecting Greenhouse Gas Emissions Data From Most Polluters,” ProPublica, April 10, 2025)

The Environmental Protection Agency has thrust a dagger into the heart of American homeownership, and the home insurance industry and the mortgage industry by throwing out accountability of greenhouse gases. The relationship between greenhouse gases and global heat/climate change is accepted by nearly 100% of climate scientists, including Exxon’s own in-house scientists, to wit: “The researchers report that Exxon scientists correctly dismissed the possibility of a coming ice age, accurately predicted that human-caused global warming would first be detectable in the year 2000, plus or minus five years, and reasonably estimated how much CO2 would lead to dangerous warming.” (“Research Shows That Company Modeled and Predicted Global Warming with ‘Shocking Skills and Accuracy’ Starting in the 1970s,” Harvard Gazette, Jan. 12, 2023.

The single most important thing governments can do in today’s changing climate environment is to identify and monitor sources of greenhouse gases that cause radical climate change. The whole world is doing this to know how to mitigate the problem. But the EPA of the USA is tossing this out the window. (“Nobody’s Insurance Rates are Safe from Climate Change,” Yale Climate Connections, Jan. 14, 2025. “Home Insurance Problem is Set to Intensify,” Business Insider, Oct. 22, 2024. “More Americans, Risking Ruin, Drop Their Home Insurance, New York Times, Jan. 16, 2025.)

The world insurance industry understands the problem: “Climate change is a source of financial risk, impacting the resilience of individual insurers as well as global financial stability. While insurers are exposed to both transition and physical risks through their underwriting and investment activities, they can also be key agents in identifying, mitigating and managing climate risk, thereby contributing to a sustainable transition to net-zero.” (International Association of Insurance Supervisors)

Significantly, the EPA has effectively deleted the second sentence to that statement by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors. Namely: You cannot “identify, mitigate and manage climate risk” without knowing where it’s coming from. The EPA is removing that critical component, leaving insurance companies swinging from the branches, directionless.

The Trump EPA is eye-gouging the home insurance industry and real estate market by changing national standards for collecting and reporting greenhouse gas emissions. This data is crucial to determination of national climate mitigation policies on a worldwide basis. Meanwhile, climate change has been identified by the home insurance industry as its most serious issue, as climate change transforms the American home insurance industry into a basket case that risks undermining the American real estate market down the tubes. Home mortgage companies stand to lose billions. As it stands, real estate is America’s biggest asset class, and it has now been hit hard by EPA rulings.

No other country in the world has chosen to completely ignore climate change. To do so is a risk to every homeowner in America because climate change has turned into a monster that randomly destroys real property, forcing home insurance rates to the moon.

And the outlook for climate change, according to state-of-the-art climate research, has turned grim, as follows.

Is Earth Losing Resilience?

Knowing/identifying the data behind climate change, which EPA is eliminating, has never more important to safeguard the planetary system. A major study by Johan Rockstrom of Potsdam Institute questions Earth’s resilience, as follows:

“We have received enough concerning signals from the Earth system, forcing us to seriously ask the question, are we seeing the first signs of Earth losing resilience?”

“The most recent estimates already point to implications of a weaker planet showing first signs of accelerated warming. The 1.5°C limit will be breached earlier, probably already before 2030. And the BIG question out there is what does all this mean for the risk of crossing tipping points in the Earth system? We already have evidence that multiple tipping elements are likely to cross their thresholds when 1.5°C is breached permanently. This places us in a very delicate situation, given that these tipping elements (Tropical Coral Reef systems, the Greenland Ice Sheet, the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, abrupt thawing of permafrost, and collapse of the Barent sea ice) would not only affect billions of people, but comprise feedback systems, i.e., they can trigger permanent changes in the functioning of Earth, which would accelerate warming even further.”(Rockstrom)

And the EPA wants to ignore greenhouse gases. This is the closest we’ll ever get to mimicking Nero fiddling while Rome burned.

The post EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage-2/feed/ 0 525299
EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 05:56:50 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360305 The Trump administration’s EPA has put the home insurance industry, home mortgage industry, real estate industry, and individual homeownership on notice that the rules are changing against their best interests. Already, before these negative changes to EPA policy, radical climate change has forced insurance companies to eliminate home coverage in regions of America. Trump’s EPA More

The post EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Image by Getty and Unsplash+.

The Trump administration’s EPA has put the home insurance industry, home mortgage industry, real estate industry, and individual homeownership on notice that the rules are changing against their best interests. Already, before these negative changes to EPA policy, radical climate change has forced insurance companies to eliminate home coverage in regions of America.

Trump’s EPA Plans to Stop Collecting Greenhouse Gas Emissions Data From Most Polluters, ProPublica, April 10, 2025)

The Environmental Protection Agency has thrust a danger into the heart of American homeownership, and the home insurance industry and the mortgage industry by throwing out accountability of greenhouse gases. The relationship between greenhouse gases and global heat/climate change is accepted by nearly 100% of climate scientists, including Exxon’s own in-house scientists, to wit: “The researchers report that Exxon scientists correctly dismissed the possibility of a coming ice age, accurately predicted that human-caused global warming would first be detectable in the year 2000, plus or minus five years, and reasonably estimated how much CO2 would lead to dangerous warming.” (Research Shows That Company Modeled and Predicted Global Warming with ‘Shocking Skills and Accuracy’ Starting in the 1970s, The Harvard Gazette, Jan. 12, 2023.

The single most important thing governments can do in today’s changing climate environment is to identify and monitor sources of greenhouse gases that cause radical climate change. The whole world is doing this to know how to mitigate the problem. But the EPA of the USA is tossing this out the window.

Nobody’s Insurance Rates are Safe from Climate Change, Yale Climate Connections, Jan. 14, 2025.

Home Insurance Problem is Set to Intensify, Business Insider, Oct. 22, 2024.

More Americans, Risking Ruin, Drop Their Home Insurance, The New York Times, Jan. 16, 2025

The world insurance industry understands the problem: “Climate change is a source of financial risk, impacting the resilience of individual insurers as well as global financial stability. While insurers are exposed to both transition and physical risks through their underwriting and investment activities, they can also be key agents in identifying, mitigating and managing climate risk, thereby contributing to a sustainable transition to net-zero.” (International Association of Insurance Supervisors)

Significantly, the EPA has effectively deleted the second sentence to that statement by the International Association of Insurance Supervisors. Namely: You cannot “identify, mitigate and manage climate risk” without knowing where it’s coming from. The EPA is removing that critical component, leaving insurance companies swinging from the branches, directionless.

The Trump EPA is eye-gouging the home insurance industry and real estate market by changing national standards for collecting and reporting greenhouse gas emissions. This data is crucial to determination of national climate mitigation policies on a worldwide basis. Meanwhile, climate change has been identified by the home insurance industry as its most serious issue, as climate change transforms the American home insurance industry into a basket case that risks undermining the American real estate market down the tubes. Home mortgage companies stand to lose billions. As it stands, real estate is America’s biggest asset class, and it has now been hit hard by EPA rulings.

No other country in the world has chosen to completely ignore climate change. To do so is a risk to every homeowner in America because climate change has turned into a monster that randomly destroys real property, forcing home insurance rates to the moon.

And the outlook for climate change, according to state-of-the-art climate research, has turned grim, as follows.

Is Earth Losing Resilience?

Knowing/identifying the data behind climate change, which EPA is eliminating, has never more important to safeguard the planetary system. A major study by Johan Rockstrom of Potsdam Institute questions Earth’s resilience, as follows:

“We have received enough concerning signals from the Earth system, forcing us to seriously ask the question, are we seeing the first signs of Earth losing resilience?”

“The most recent estimates already point to implications of a weaker planet showing first signs of accelerated warming. The 1.5°C limit will be breached earlier, probably already before 2030. And the BIG question out there is what does all this mean for the risk of crossing tipping points in the Earth system? We already have evidence that multiple tipping elements are likely to cross their thresholds when 1.5°C is breached permanently. This places us in a very delicate situation, given that these tipping elements (Tropical Coral Reef systems, the Greenland Ice Sheet, the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, abrupt thawing of permafrost, and collapse of the Barent sea ice) would not only affect billions of people, but comprise feedback systems, i.e., they can trigger permanent changes in the functioning of Earth, which would accelerate warming even further.”(Rockstrom)

And the EPA wants to ignore greenhouse gases. This is the closest we’ll ever get to mimicking Nero fiddling while Rome burned.

The post EPA Torches Home Insurance Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/epa-torches-home-insurance-coverage/feed/ 0 525059
TRNN wins 2025 Izzy Award for coverage of East Palestine, OH, trainwreck & chemical disaster https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/trnn-wins-2025-izzy-award-for-coverage-of-east-palestine-oh-trainwreck-chemical-disaster/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/trnn-wins-2025-izzy-award-for-coverage-of-east-palestine-oh-trainwreck-chemical-disaster/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 21:51:20 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=333263 TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez sits on a bench in downtown East Palestine, OH, on March 24, 2024. Photo by Mike Balonek.TRNN is honored to share this prestigious award with Steve Mellon of Pittsburgh Union Progress. But this story is not over, and the work is not done until the people of East Palestine get justice.]]> TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez sits on a bench in downtown East Palestine, OH, on March 24, 2024. Photo by Mike Balonek.

The Real News Network (TRNN) is honored to be one of the 2025 recipients of the Izzy Award, recognizing “outstanding achievement[s] in independent journalism/independent media,” for our on-the-ground documentary report, “Trainwreck in ‘Trump Country’: Partisan politics hasn’t helped East Palestine, OH,” directed by Mike Balonek. On behalf of TRNN and our entire team of grassroots journalists and movement media makers, I am beyond grateful and humbled to accept this prestigious award. I am equally honored to share this award with journalist Steve Mellon of Pittsburgh Union Progress, who co-hosted the report with me, and who has done more in-depth, consistent, and humane coverage of the East Palestine train derailment and chemical disaster than anyone else in the country—all while he and his colleagues have been on strike at the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette since October 2022. TRNN continues to stand in full solidarity with our striking colleagues, we condemn the illegal strike-breaking and union-busting actions of the Pittsburgh Post-Gazette’s owners, and we call on our fellow media organizations to do the same. 

I am admittedly apprehensive about accepting an award for our coverage on this catastrophic and preventable tragedy when people living in and around East Palestine have had their lives upended and are still going through hell. Chris Albright, the resident who spoke to me and Steve Mellon in this documentary report while we sat in his dining room, was just hospitalized again and spent the past weekend in critical care due to heart-related issues caused by the derailment. Some people we spoke to while filming in East Palestine last year have since had to move and leave everything behind to save their and their family’s health, becoming refugees from their own hometowns. 

“Nothing has changed,” Ashley McCollom, a displaced East Palestine resident, told me in February. “It feels like the town is basically the same, the reactions, the uncomfortable feeling, the stress… you can clearly smell something’s not right.” I would like to take the opportunity of this award announcement to reiterate the same plea I’ve been making for two years: Please don’t forget about East Palestine. Don’t look away, don’t give up on these people, as so many politicians, pundits, and unaffected members of the public have. They are working people just like you and me, they are our neighbors, and they desperately need help. Please, I beg you, help them. 

None of these residents did anything to deserve this nightmare, they did not cause it, yet they are the ones paying the unimaginable price for the corporate greed and government negligence that did. And it’s not just the chemically poisoned residents living in and around East Palestine. As we have shown in our extensive, ongoing coverage of and interviews with working-class residents living, working, and fighting for justice in America’s “sacrifice zones”—from communities throughout South Baltimore that have been poisoned for generations by rail giant CSX Transportation and dozens of other toxic polluters concentrated in their part of the city, to residents in Western North Carolina, whose lives and towns were devastated by Hurricane Helene, to residents living near Conyers, GA, who have been affected by the nightmare-inducing chemical fire at the BioLab facility in September, to so many other communities—this life-destroying scourge is coming for all of us. And it’s going to need to be us, the ones in the path of all this reckless and preventable destruction—working people, fighting as one—who are going to stop them.

We at TRNN accept this award proudly as recognition of our dedication to the people of East Palestine, to our neighbors and fellow workers at the center of these all-too-frequent national tragedies, and to the work of lifting up their voices and reporting on their stories truthfully, transparently, and fearlessly. But these stories are not over, and the work is not done until people get justice, until the corporate monsters, corporate politicians, and Wall Street vampires poisoning our communities are stopped and held accountable for their crimes. And you have a role to play in shaping that outcome—we all do. What happens next depends on what you and others do about it, how you turn the information and perspectives we provide through our journalism, and the connections we facilitate on our platforms, into action

That is our team’s stubbornly held belief and the shared mission we embody in all the work we do, from our on-the-ground documentary reporting around the world to the investigative, grassroots journalism and human-centered storytelling we produce regularly on Police Accountability Report, The Marc Steiner Show, Rattling the Bars, Inequality Watch, Working People, Edge of Sports TV, Solidarity Without Exception, Stories of Resistance, and more. We don’t give up on people when the news cycle has moved on, we don’t abandon critical stories just to chase clicks; we keep coming back, we keep listening, we keep reporting, we keep connecting people we meet through that reporting, and we keep doing everything we can to make media that empowers others to be and make the change they’re waiting for. Moreover, rather than see one another as competitors, we commit to collaborating with similarly mission-driven outlets—from Pittsburgh Union Progress to our partners in the Movement Media Alliance, of which TRNN is a founding member—to carry out our mission in the most impactful ways and to better serve and empower the public.  

At TRNN, we don’t just tell you about what’s happening in the world and expect you to simply react to it; we take you to the heart of the action where people are making change happen, and we encourage you to do something with it. No one can do everything, but everyone can do something. TRNN is journalism and human-centered storytelling for people who are doing something and for people who want to do something but don’t know where to start. It starts here, now, with you, with us. We are working to change the world, and that work is gruelling, expensive, and time-consuming, and we cannot do it without you.

 If you appreciate our award-winning journalism, then please become a supporter today

Thank you to the Park Center for Independent Media and to the award committee for honoring us with this Izzy Award. Thank you to all of our supporters who make our work possible, and thank you to everyone fighting wherever you are to make change and justice inevitable. Lastly, thank you to the people of East Palestine for opening your hearts and homes to us, and for trusting us to share your stories with the world—we won’t stop, and we won’t forget about you. 

For more information about how you can help the residents of East Palestine, OH, email us at contact@therealnews.com.

Take care of yourselves. Take care of each other. Solidarity forever, 
Maximillian Alvarez
Editor-in-Chief & Co-Executive Director, TRNN


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/trnn-wins-2025-izzy-award-for-coverage-of-east-palestine-oh-trainwreck-chemical-disaster/feed/ 0 524564
NY Times Continues To Show Extreme Bias in Gaza Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/ny-times-continues-to-show-extreme-bias-in-gaza-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/ny-times-continues-to-show-extreme-bias-in-gaza-coverage/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 06:56:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356262 The United States government has been the primary enabler of the genocide perpetrated by the Israeli war machine against the Palestinian people of Gaza. It has provided essentially unlimited military support and diplomatic cover since October 7, and an important factor in allowing that to occur has been the role played by the mainstream media, More

The post NY Times Continues To Show Extreme Bias in Gaza Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Image by Jakayla Toney.

The United States government has been the primary enabler of the genocide perpetrated by the Israeli war machine against the Palestinian people of Gaza. It has provided essentially unlimited military support and diplomatic cover since October 7, and an important factor in allowing that to occur has been the role played by the mainstream media, whose coverage of Israel-Palestine has been so biased and misleading that it has kept many Americans ignorant about the meaning of the events in the Middle East.

In this article we will examine a recent episode of The Daily, a podcast produced by The New York Times. On February 26, 2025 it presented an interview with Jerusalem Bureau chief Patrick Kingsley about the end of the first phase of the Israel-Hamas ceasefire and the prospects for the future. The episode is instructive in that the Times’ bias is revealed clearly in how it dehumanizes Palestinians, conceals the power imbalance between the two parties, whitewashes war crimes, misrepresents ceasefires and other peace efforts, and erases the historical context.

Much has been written about the American mainstream media’s pro-Israel bias, especially since October 7.

An analysis by The Intercept examined the coverage of Gaza in The New York Times, Los Angeles Times, and The Washington Post. It found that in the first six weeks after the October 7 attack, these outlets used terms like “slaughter” or “massacre” nearly 200 times when referring to the killing of Israelis, but only five times in reference to Palestinians. This stark contrast in language occurred even as the number of Palestinians killed by Israeli attacks had already reached 20 times the number of Israelis killed in the Hamas attack.

In April of 2024, The Intercept revealed a leaked internal memo from The New York Times that provided editorial guidance to its journalists covering the Israel-Hamas conflict. The memo instructed reporters to avoid using terms such as “genocide,” “ethnic cleansing,” and “occupied territory” when describing Palestinian land. Additionally, it advised against using the term “Palestine” except in very rare cases and recommended steering clear of the phrase “refugee camps” to describe areas in Gaza historically settled by displaced Palestinians. In addition, the memo claims that words like “slaughter,” “massacre” and “carnage” are often too emotional to describe Israel’s bombardment of Gaza. Ironically, the stated purpose of the memo was to issue “guidance like this to ensure accuracy, consistency and nuance in how we cover the news,” as a Times spokesman told The Intercept.

Protests against both the genocide and Western support for it have succeeded in bringing the topic of Israel-Palestine to light, and Americans are now more aware of the scale of Israel’s atrocities—currently and since the beginning of the conflict—than ever before.

The United States’ continuing blind support for Israel’s repeated violations of international law can be blamed on the weapons industry, the Israel lobby, Christian Zionism and good old-fashioned racism. (After all, one justification for the creation of the Israeli state, as argued by Zionism’s founding father, Theodor Herzl, was that it would be “… part of a defensive wall for Europe in Asia, an outpost of civilization against barbarism.”)

But the mainstream media in the West must also bear much of the responsibility. The work of the special interest groups mentioned above would be much more difficult to accomplish were it not for the media’s misleading coverage of the events in the Middle East.

The editors of the Times, as evidenced in the memo alluded to above, are very much aware of the power of language, and in this episode of The Daily, both Kingsley and the interviewer, Rachel Abrams, go to great effort to use terminology that paints Israel in a positive light while demonizing the Palestinians.

There are dozens of examples in the twenty-five minute interview, in which the Israelis captured by Hamas are referred to as hostages, while the Palestinians held in Israeli prisons are labelled prisoners. (The Times is far from the only outlet using the same terminology.) The reasons for this choice are obvious. The term “prisoner” has a strong connotation of guilt. Hostages are presumed innocent, but prisoners have likely committed crimes and do not deserve our sympathy. In reality, thousands of the detained Palestinians have never even been charged with a crime, and many were abducted by the IDF after October 7, presumably as trading chips in a future exchange. How could they be thought of as anything other than hostages?

Even the descriptions of the conditions of the Israeli captives differs markedly from those of the Palestinians. Upon their release the Israeli hostages “looked extremely gaunt, malnourished, starved … emaciated,” while the Palestinians were held in “difficult conditions.” There was no mention of the “widespread torture in custody, including through beatings, starvation and other cruel inhuman or degrading treatment,” or the fact that “at least sixty Palestinian detainees have died while in Israeli custody since 7 October 2023,” as documented by human rights organizations.

The scenes during the release of the Israeli hostages were described by both Abrams and Kingsley as “ghoulish,” while those of the Palestinians’ release were “uncomfortable.”

The low value of Palestinian life is reinforced by the fact that no Palestinian prisoner is treated as an individual throughout the interview. We don’t learn anything about their stories, their names, their work, their families. They are faceless and anonymous.

Meanwhile, nearly four minutes are spent on the tragic story of the Israeli Bibas family, whose bodies Hamas returned last week.

The Bibases are real. They are a family. They have names and faces. Kingsley discusses “the most unsettling and disturbing hostage release ceremony … when the bodies of three Israeli civilians from the same family, two very young boys, Ariel Bibas and his brother, Kfir Bibas, four years old and eight months old, respectively, at the time of their capture … and their mother, Shiri Bibas, a thirty-two-year-old accountant.”

The ceremony was “seen in Israel as enormously disrespectful, ghoulish essentially …. This family had been one of the main emblems of Israeli trauma … and to see the spectacle of these two young children and their mother returned in this way and then on top of that to learn that their mother Shiri was in fact still in Gaza was an immensely triggering and re-traumatizing event.” After the bodies were returned, “that family was finally able to have some degree of closure.”

It is during the discussion of the Bibas family that the first and only mention of the suffering of Palestinians throughout the interview occurs.

“Hamas claims that Netanyahu was to blame for the deaths of the tens of thousands of Palestinians,” Kingsley says, responding to Abrams’ comment about Hamas’ decision to display images of Benjamin Netanyahu’s face as Dracula on the coffins of the members of the Bibas family.

Another example of language manipulation is the naming of the events in Gaza since October 7. The genocide is referred to as a war, which carries a connotation of two equally strong parties, instead of one of the most powerful (nuclear-armed) militaries in the world backed by its superpower patron versus a guerrilla organization firing homemade rockets constructed despite a brutal seventeen-year siege forced upon the people of Gaza. The IDF tries to propagate this misleading terminology by inflating the ratio of “militants” killed to civilians killed.

Kingsley names October 7 as the beginning of the war, thereby completely erasing its historical context. Gone are the Zionist occupation of 78% of historic Palestine and the ethnic cleansing of 750,000 Palestinians in 1947-1949, the occupation of the remaining 22% of historic Palestine and expulsion of a further 300,000 Palestinians in 1967, and the brutal fifty-seven year-long regime of killing, occupation, military control, home demolitions, Apartheid, incarceration, theft of land and resources, settlement expansion, and enforcement of extensive movement restrictions through checkpoints, roadblocks, and the separation barrier. Gone is the Israeli blockade of Gaza since 2007, restricting the movement of people and goods, which has led to severe humanitarian crises, including shortages of food, medicine, and clean water. Not mentioned are the murderous assaults on the Strip—euphemistically called “mowing the lawn”—that the IDF engages in every years as a deterrent to all Arabs in the region. None of that is relevant for the Times’ journalists. The only context, we are told, is that Hamas attacked Israel on October 7.

Kingsley does mention 1948 and 1967, but only in the context of Trump’s plan to expel the residents of Gaza, but he once again uses language absolving the Zionists of any responsibility.

“Hundreds of thousands of Palestinians were forced to flee their homes,” says Kingsley, speaking of 1948. He adds, perhaps realizing that he has come perilously close to assigning blame to someone other than the Palestinians themselves, “or fled their homes during the war surrounding Israel’s creation.” The perpetrators of the campaign of ethnic cleansing are not mentioned. Who forced the Palestinians to leave? Did there just happen to be a war as Israel was being created? No mention of the Zionist plan to ethnically cleanse all of historical Palestine. No mention of the 300,000 Palestinians who were ethnically cleansed by Zionist forces before the war even began.

Kingsley also absolves Israel of any wrong-doing during the current cease-fire.

“Several mini-crises aside,” he says, “it [the cease-fire] has gone roughly to plan,” completely ignoring the violations that Israel has committed. In fact, the Gaza Government Media Office (GMO) has documented over 350 instances of Israeli violations since the ceasefire began, including military incursions, gunfire, airstrikes, heightened surveillance, and the obstruction of humanitarian aid. According to the GMO, Israeli forces have continued to target Palestinians, resulting in numerous deaths and injuries despite the ceasefire. There have also been delays preventing displaced families from returning to northern Gaza and the failure to meet the agreed-upon levels of aid and emergency relief entering the enclave.

In conclusion, The New York Times’ coverage of Gaza is a case study in media bias, shaping public perception through selective language, omission of crucial historical context, and a dehumanization of Palestinian suffering. The podcast episode of The Daily analyzed in this article exemplifies these tactics, from its asymmetrical language around hostages and prisoners to its erasure of decades of Israeli occupation and violence. By presenting a distorted version of events, the Times plays a significant role in sustaining US political and military support for Israel, ultimately enabling further atrocities against Palestinians. As more people become aware of this systemic bias, it is imperative to challenge mainstream narratives and seek out independent and critical journalism to uncover the full truth of the situation in Gaza.

The post NY Times Continues To Show Extreme Bias in Gaza Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Richard Hardigan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/ny-times-continues-to-show-extreme-bias-in-gaza-coverage/feed/ 0 516319
Israel’s genocide is expanding into the West Bank – but Western media ‘ignores’ it https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/israels-genocide-is-expanding-into-the-west-bank-but-western-media-ignores-it/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/israels-genocide-is-expanding-into-the-west-bank-but-western-media-ignores-it/#respond Sun, 02 Mar 2025 03:08:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111441 Pacific Media Watch

With international media’s attention on the Israeli and Palestinian captives exchange,  Israel’s military and settlers have been forcibly displacing tens of thousands of Palestinians in the occupied West Bank, says Al Jazeera’s Listening Post media programme.

The European Union has condemned Israel’s military operation in West Bank, attacking and killing refugees, and destroying refugee camps while the Western media has been barely reporting this.

It has also criticised the violence by settlers in illegal West Bank villages.

Israel’s military operation in the occupied territory has been ongoing for more than 40 days and has resulted in dozens of casualties, the displacement of about 40,000 Palestinians from their homes, and the destruction of civilian infrastructure.

The EU has expressed its “grave concern” about Israel’s continuing military operation in the occupied West Bank in a statement.

“The EU calls on Israel, in addressing its security concerns in the occupied West Bank, to comply with its obligations under international humanitarian law by ensuring the protection of all civilians in military operations and allow the safe return of displaced persons to their homes,” the statement read.

“At the same time, extremist settler violence continues throughout the West Bank, including East Jerusalem.

Israel ‘has duty to protect’
“The EU recalls that Israel, as the occupying power, has the duty to protect civilians and to hold perpetrators accountable.”

The bloc also condemned Israel’s policy of expanding settlements in the West Bank, and urged that demolitions “including of EU and EU member states-funded structures, must stop”.

“As we enter the holy month of Ramadan, we call on all parties to exercise restraint to allow for peaceful celebrations,” the EU said.

Meanwhile, Israeli journalists are parroting military talking points of security operations.


Israel invades the West Bank.  Video: AJ: The Listening Post

Contributors:
Abdaljawad Omar – Assistant professor, Birzeit University
Jehad Abusalim – Co-editor, Light in Gaza: Writings Born of Fire
Ori Goldberg – Academic and political commentator
Samira Mohyeddin – Founder, On the Line Media

On the Listening Post radar:
This week, the return of the Bibas family bodies dominated Israeli media coverage.

Tariq Nafi reports on how their deaths have been used for “hasbara” — propaganda — after the family accused Netanyahu’s government of exploiting their grief for political purposes.

The Kenyan ‘manosphere’
Populated by loudmouths, shock artists and unapologetic chauvinists, the Kenyan “manosphere” is promoting an influential — and at times dangerous — take on modern masculinity.

Featuring:
Audrey Mugeni – Co-founder, Femicide Count Kenya
Awino Okech – Professor of feminist and security studies, SOAS
Onyango Otieno – Mental health coach and writer


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/israels-genocide-is-expanding-into-the-west-bank-but-western-media-ignores-it/feed/ 0 515822
Coverage of Israeli and Palestinian Captives Demonstrates Dehumanization in Action https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/coverage-of-israeli-and-palestinian-captives-demonstrates-dehumanization-in-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/coverage-of-israeli-and-palestinian-captives-demonstrates-dehumanization-in-action/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 18:21:43 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044234  

Three Israeli men held by Hamas in the Gaza Strip were freed on Saturday, February 8,  in exchange for 183 Palestinian prisoners held by Israel. It was the latest round of captive releases stipulated by the January ceasefire deal that ostensibly paused Israel’s genocide in Gaza, launched in October 2023, the official Palestinian death toll of which has now reached nearly 62,000—although the true number of fatalities is likely quite a bit higher (FAIR.org, 2/5/25).

In all, 25 Israeli captives and the bodies of eight others were slated to be released over a six-week period, in exchange for more than 1,900 Palestinians imprisoned in Israel—the disproportionate ratio a reflection both of the vastly greater number of captives held by Israel and the superior value consistently assigned to Israeli life.

Hamas halted releases on Monday on account of Israel’s violations of the ceasefire agreement, with Reuters (2/10/25) oh-so-diplomatically noting that the “ceasefire…has largely held since it began on January 19, although there have been some incidents in which Palestinians have been killed by Israeli forces.”

But Saturday’s exchange offered a revealing view of the outsized role US corporate media play in the general dehumanization of the Palestinian people—an approach that conveniently coincides with the Middle East policy of the United States, which is predicated on the obsessive funneling of hundreds of billions of dollars in assistance and weaponry to Israel’s genocidal army. And now that President Donald Trump has decided that the US can take over Gaza by simply expelling its inhabitants, well, dehumanizing them may serve an even handier purpose.

Granted, it’s a lot easier for a news report to tell the individual stories of three people than to tell the stories of 183. But the relentless empathetic media attention to the three Israeli men—who, mind you, are not the ones currently facing a genocide—deliberately leaves little to no room for Palestinian victims of an Israeli carceral system that has for decades been characterized by illegal arbitrary detention, torture and in-custody death.

So it is that we learn the names and ages of the three Israelis, the names of their family members, and empathy-inducing details of their captivity and physical appearance, while the 183 Palestinians remain at best a side note, and at worst a largely faceless mass of newly freed terrorists.

‘Like Holocaust survivors’

NYT: Hamas Makes Gaunt Israeli Hostages Thank Captors Before Release

Deep into this story, the New York Times (2/8/25) admits that many released Palestinian prisoners were also “in visibly poor condition”—but it doesn’t explain that both the Israeli and Palestinian prisoners were emaciated for the same reason: because Israel had deliberately deprived them of food.

Take, for example, the Saturday New York Times intervention (2/8/25) headlined “Hamas Makes Gaunt Israeli Hostages Thank Captors Before Release,” which recounts the plight of the “three frail, painfully thin hostages” who elicited the following comparison from Israeli foreign minister Gideon Saar: “The Israeli hostages look like Holocaust survivors.”

When we finally get around to the Palestinian prisoners, we are immediately informed that “at least some were convicted of involvement in deadly attacks against Israelis, who view them as terrorists.” Needless to say, such media outlets can rarely be bothered to profile Palestinian prisoners with less sensational biographies—like all the folks arbitrarily swept up in raids and never charged with a crime.

The article does acknowledge, more than 20 paragraphs later, that “many of the released Palestinian prisoners were in visibly poor condition,” too—albeit not meriting a comparison to Holocaust survivors—and that “Palestinian prisoners have recounted serious allegations of abuse in Israeli jails.” It also mentions that “Israeli forces raided the West Bank family homes of at least four of [the] men before their release, warning their relatives not to celebrate their freedom”—evidence, according to the Times, that Israel has simply been “particularly assertive in suppressing celebrations for detainees.”

And yet all of this “assertiveness” is implicitly justified when we are supplied with the biographical details of a handful of released detainees, who unlike the three Israelis are categorically ineligible for pure and unadulterated victimhood, consisting instead of the likes of 50-year-old Iyad Abu Shkhaydem, who “had been serving 18 life sentences, in part for planning the 2004 bombings of two buses in Beersheba, in central Israel, that killed 16 people.”

Of course, the corporate media are more interested in obscuring rather than supplying context, which is why we never find the New York Times and its ilk dwelling too critically on the possibility that Palestinian violence might be driven by, you know, Israel’s usurpation of Palestinian land, coupled with systematic ethnic cleansing and regular bouts of mass slaughter.

In the media’s view, the Hamas-led October 7, 2023, attacks that killed some 1,200 Israelis and saw more than 250 taken captive was just about the most savage, brutal thing to have ever happened. Never mind Israel’s behavior for the past 77 years, which includes killing nearly 8,000 Palestinians in the Gaza Strip from September 2000 through September 2023, according to the Israeli human rights group B’Tselem.

But that’s what happens when one side is appointed as human and the other is not—and when the US media takes its cues from a genocidal state whose officials refer to Palestinians as “human animals.”

‘Shocked Israelis’

NYT: ‘Dad, I Came Back Alive!’ Israeli Hostages Start to Give Glimpses of Ordeal.

This New York Times story (2/9/25) is not matched by one in which Palestinian captives “Give Glimpses of Ordeal”—but then, the Times doesn’t have a correspondent who’s married to a Palestinian PR agent, or who has a son who’s a fighter for Hamas.

On Sunday, the New York Times ran another article (2/9/25) on the “torment” the Israeli hostages had endured. Times Jerusalem correspondent Isabel Kershner managed to find space in it to discuss the “bright magenta track suit” worn by a female Israeli hostage released last month, but not much space to talk about Palestinians, aside from specifying that “some” of the prisoners slated for release were “convicted of killing Israelis.” (Kershner, it bears recalling, was called out by FAIR back in 2012 for utilizing her Times post to provide a platform for her husband’s Zionist propaganda outfit. In 2014, it was revealed that her son was in the Israeli military.)

While Kershner described the three Israelis released on Saturday as being in “emaciated condition,” many other media outlets opted for “gaunt.” Reuters (2/8/25) announced that the “gaunt appearance” of the three hostages had “shocked Israelis”—and reminded its audience that “some” of the 183 released Palestinians were “convicted of involvement in attacks that killed dozens of people.”

NBC News (2/9/25) also went with “gaunt,” as did CNN (2/9/25). But aside from common vocabulary, a recurring theme throughout media coverage of the prisoner exchanges is the sheer humanity infused into the Israeli characters: their suffering, their weepy reunions with their families, their heart-rending discoveries that certain loved ones have not survived. This same humanity is blatantly denied to Palestinians; after all, emotionally conditioning audiences to empathize with Israel’s enemies would run counter to US machinations abroad and the Orientalist media traditions that help sustain them.

Again, many of the media reports do acknowledge that quite a few released Palestinians were looking worse for the wear, had difficulty walking, or had to be transferred to hospital. But such information is not presented as “shocking” to anyone—perhaps because maltreatment and abuse of Palestinian prisoners is business as usual in Israel.

Conspicuously, the continuous invocation of the factoid that “some” released Palestinians had been convicted of killing Israelis is never accompanied by the corresponding note that “some” of the released Israelis happen to be active-duty soldiers in an army whose fundamental purpose is to kill and displace Palestinians. When individual hostages’ army service is mentioned, it is done so in a positive light—as in Kershner’s recounting of the uplifting aftermath of the January 25 release of 20-year-old soldier Daniella Gilboa: “Days later, she was singing at a party marking the discharge of the army lookouts from Beilinson Hospital near Tel Aviv.”

Weaponization of empathy

CNN: Pale, gaunt Israeli hostages freed from Gaza captivity as scores of Palestinian prisoners released under ceasefire deal

CNN‘s article (2/9/25) acknowledged that Israel “intentionally reduc[ed] food servings to Palestinian prisoners in what’s been described as the minimum required for survival”—but there’s no headline about “gaunt” Palestinian captives.

To be sure, the media’s effective weaponization of empathy is crucial given that Palestinians are killed by Israelis at an astronomically higher rate than Israelis are killed by Palestinians. Any objective comparison of fatalities or consideration of history unequivocally establishes Palestinians as victims of Israeli aggression—hence the need for the US politico-media establishment’s re-education campaign.

Meanwhile, speaking of “humanity,” a Telegraph article (2/8/25) published on the Yahoo! News website quoted Israeli President Isaac Herzog as detecting a “crime against humanity” in the appearance of the three men released on Saturday, who had returned from captivity “starved, emaciated and pained.” This from a leader of a country that has just bombed an entire territory and a whole lot of its people to bits, while also utilizing starvation as a weapon of war. Starvation is furthermore par for the course in Israeli prisons; as even CNN (2/9/25) observed in one its articles on Saturday’s “pale, gaunt Israeli hostages”:

The Israeli prison system has come under fire for intentionally reducing food servings to Palestinian prisoners in what’s been described as the minimum required for survival, on the orders of then National Security Minister Itamar Ben Gvir last year.

It brings back memories of that time in 2006 that Dov Weisglass, an adviser to the Israeli government, offered the following rationale for restricting food imports into Gaza: “The idea is to put the Palestinians on a diet, but not to make them die of hunger.”

In November 2023, the Associated Press reported that a 78-year-old female hostage released by Hamas had “said in an interview that she was initially fed well in captivity until conditions worsened and people became hungry.” In this case, the AP semi-connected the dots: “Israel has maintained a tight siege on Gaza since the war erupted, leading to shortages of food, fuel and other basic items.”

In other words, there’s no one but the Israeli government to thank for those shockingly “gaunt” faces—the Israeli ones in headlines and the Palestinians relegated to the bottom of stories. And with Israel gearing up to renew its genocidal onslaught with fanatical US encouragement, there are no doubt plenty of crimes against humanity yet to come.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Belén Fernández.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/coverage-of-israeli-and-palestinian-captives-demonstrates-dehumanization-in-action/feed/ 0 513784
Deny, Defend, Disinform: Corporate media coverage of healthcare in the 2024 presidential elections https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/deny-defend-disinform-corporate-media-coverage-of-healthcare-in-the-2024-presidential-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/deny-defend-disinform-corporate-media-coverage-of-healthcare-in-the-2024-presidential-elections/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 16:44:20 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044149  

Election Focus 2024The murder of UnitedHealth Group executive Brian Thompson, and the subsequent arrest of Luigi Mangione, focused media and policymakers’ attention on the savage practices of private US health insurance. In the immediate aftermath, major media outlets scolded social media posters for mocking Thompson with sarcastic posts, such as “I’m sorry, prior authorization is required for thoughts and prayers.”

As public fury failed to subside, it began to dawn on at least some media organizations that the response to Thompson’s murder might possibly reflect deep, widespread anger at a healthcare system that collects twice as much money as those in other wealthy countries, makes it difficult for half the adult population to afford healthcare even when they’re supposedly “insured,” and maims, murders and bankrupts millions of people by denying payment when they actually try to use their alleged benefits. As Rep. Ro Khanna (D.–Calif.) said to ABC News  (12/8/24), “There is no justification for violence, but the outpouring afterwards has not surprised me.”

Any reporter, editor or pundit who writes regularly about healthcare and professes to be mystified or outraged by the public reaction to Thompson’s murder should take a deep look at their own assumptions, sources and professional behavior.

FAIR reviewed coverage of healthcare in the presidential election by the New York Times, Wall Street Journal and Washington Post, as well as KFF Health News (KHN), the leading outlet specializing in the healthcare issue, whose reporting is often picked up by corporate media. The coverage by these outlets amounts to little more than sophisticated public relations for this corporate healthcare killing machine and, especially, the Republican and Democratic politicians who created and nurture it.

The coverage was marred by many of the media failings FAIR has exposed since its inception. These outlets:

  • took false major-party “facts” at face value and published candidates’ platitudes without challenging their substance;
  • anointed former President Donald Trump and Vice President Kamala Harris as the only legitimate horses in the race, blacking out the content of third-party candidate proposals like “Medicare for All”; and
  • added insult to injury by legitimizing their own failed coverage with analysis asking why there were no major healthcare reform proposals to cover.

Tsunami of fake good news

In March 2024, I reported (Healing and Stealing, 3/23/24) that Democrats were preparing to unleash a “tsunami of fake good news” about healthcare and the Affordable Care Act to try to influence media coverage of the campaign.

Major media fell for it hook, line and sinker. No campaign tactic and media failure did more to lengthen the distance between a public brutalized by a failing healthcare system and an out-of-touch corporate media.

President Joe Biden (until he dropped out) and Harris spun a narrative of “progress” under the Affordable Care Act to attract voters. The progress narrative relied on two new healthcare policy “records”: a record-low uninsurance rate and record-high Obamacare enrollment.

In a story on why “big, prominent plans for health reform are nowhere to be seen,” the New York Times Margot Sanger-Katz (9/13/24) explained that the “overall state of the health system” is different than in 2019 for several reasons, including that the “uninsured rate is near a record low.”

NYT: More Than 20 Million People Have Signed Up for Obamacare Plans, Blowing by Record

The New York Times (1/10/24) reported that signups for the ACA set a “record”—but not that this was less than the number of people who had been kicked off Medicaid.

KHN’s Phil Galewitz (9/10/24) similarly reported:

Before Congress passed the ACA in 2010, the uninsured rate had been in double digits for decades. The rate fell steadily under Barack Obama but reversed under President Donald Trump, only to come down again under President Joe Biden.

Meanwhile, insurance plans sold on the Affordable Care Act exchanges reached a record enrollment of 21 million in early 2024, or, as the Times’ Noah Weiland (1/10/24) put it, “blowing by the previous record and elevating the health and political costs of a repeal.”

The two “facts” are both distorted and largely irrelevant to people’s actual experience of the healthcare system. As Galewitz acknowledged, because of survey lags, the uninsurance data don’t reflect the 2023–24 disenrollment of some 25 million from Medicaid, the joint federal/state insurance program for low-income Americans, which had been temporarily expanded under Covid.

But the Medicaid disenrollment is reflected in the record signups to Obamacare, where some of those who lost Medicaid coverage fled in 2024. Yet according to KHN, 6 million of the 25 million people who lost Medicaid coverage became uninsured. Most of them haven’t yet been captured in uninsured data, allowing the Democrats to have their cake and eat it too.

The fact that the uninsured data likely understate uninsurance by as much as 6 million people escaped most political coverage—the Washington Post’s Dan Diamond (9/11/24), for example, added no caveats when reporting that the Biden administration

had released data showing that nearly 50 million Americans have obtained health coverage through the Affordable Care Act’s health insurance exchanges since they were established more than a decade ago, helping lower the national uninsured rate to record lows in recent years.

The Times‘ Sanger-Katz (9/13/24) likewise failed to mention it.

Private insurance ≠ healthcare 

WaPo: What Kamala Harris learned from embracing, abandoning Medicare-for-all

The lesson Kamala Harris learned, according to the Washington Post (9/11/24), is that “incremental change, not a sweeping overhaul, is the best path to improving US healthcare.”

Far more importantly, the rate of uninsurance no longer measures whether or not people have adequate healthcare, or are protected from financial ruin if they get sick or injured. Data show that people who supposedly have insurance can’t get healthcare, rendering the raw uninsurance rate a relatively meaningless measure of the burden of the crisis-stricken US healthcare system.

National surveys by the Commonwealth Fund every two years include one of the few comprehensive attempts to measure underinsurance, and the impact of medical costs on people nominally “covered.” In 2022, Commonwealth found that 46% of adults aged 19–64 skipped needed medical treatment due to out-of-pocket costs. That number included 44% of adults buying insurance through ACA exchanges or the individual insurance market—even with the much-hyped expanded premium subsidies in place.

Commonwealth didn’t release its 2024 surveys until November 21, well after Election Day. During the last two years of the Biden/Harris administration, the percentage of working age adults skipping medical care due to costs increased from 46% to 48%, no matter the source of coverage (Healing and Stealing, 11/21/24).

When people with private insurance do attempt to get healthcare, their insurers often refuse to pay for care. The slain Brian Thompson was CEO of UnitedHealth Group’s insurance subsidiary. According to an analysis of federal data by ValuePenguin (5/15/24), a consumer website run by online lender LendingTree, UnitedHealthcare denied 32% of claims submitted to its ACA and individual market plans in 2022, the highest rate in the industry.

Corporate media political reporters usually delivered the misleading progress narrative “facts” without reference to this critical context. The Washington Post’s Dan Diamond (9/11/24), explaining that Harris learned “the importance of incremental progress” as vice president after retreating from support for Medicare for All, noted the administration’s achievement of “record levels of health coverage through the Affordable Care Act,” with no reference to the Medicaid purge or underinsurance.

Substance-free coverage of a substance-free campaign 

The Campaign Issue That Isn’t: Health Care Reform

New York Times (9/13/24): “After years of crises and emergencies, no part of the system is currently ablaze.”

The New York Times’ Margot Sanger-Katz wrote in “The Campaign Issue That Isn’t: Healthcare Reform” (9/13/24):

As you may have noticed, with less than two months until Election Day, big, prominent plans for health reform are nowhere to be seen. Even in an election that has been fairly light on policy proposals, healthcare’s absence is notable.

It’s true that neither Harris nor Trump offered any concrete proposals for improving US healthcare. Harris campaigned on “strengthening” the ACA, but her only specific “improvement” was a promise to support keeping the expanded subsidies that help people pay their ACA health insurance premiums—passed in the first year of Biden’s term—from expiring as scheduled next year. In other words, “strengthen” the ACA by maintaining its dismal status quo.

As for Trump, the Times’ Weiland (8/12/24) reported that the authors of Project 2025, the consensus right-wing NGO blueprint published by the Heritage Foundation, “were not calling for a repeal of the Affordable Care Act.” At the debate, Trump said he wouldn’t repeal unless he had a better plan, and drew mockery for saying he had “concepts of a plan.”

Ultimately, mass deportation was his primary healthcare policy (Healing and Stealing, 10/16/24, 9/10/24); the RNC Platform maintained that undocumented immigrants were the cause of high healthcare costs. (It’s nonsense. Undocumented taxpayers actually paid more in taxes that were earmarked specifically for healthcare in 2022 than the estimated total cost of healthcare for all undocumented immigrants in the US.)

What you see depends on where you look 

One reason Sanger-Katz and colleagues had a hard time finding “big” plans for healthcare is that she and her colleagues chose to look for them only in the two major parties’ platforms.

Whether Eugene Debs campaigning for Social Security from prison in 1920, Henry Wallace fighting for desegregation after walking out of the 1948 Democratic convention, or Cynthia McKinney proposing an end to the Afghan War in 2008, third-party candidates have a long track record of promoting policies dismissed as unrealistic ideological fantasies that later become consensus policy. Yet corporate media outlets repeat the same failure to pay attention every four years (FAIR.org, 10/23/08).

Green Party candidate Jill Stein, the only medical doctor in the race, supported Medicare for All as a

precursor to establishing a British-style National Healthcare Service which will replace private hospitals, private medical practice and private medical insurance with a publicly owned, democratically controlled healthcare service that will guarantee healthcare as a human right to everyone in the United States.

Stein placed special emphasis on taking “the pharmaceutical industry into public ownership and democratic control.”

Justice for All Party candidate Cornel West’s Health Justice agenda also envisioned a system “Beyond Medicare for All,” including “nationalization of healthcare industries.”

Prior to suspending his campaign and endorsing Trump, Robert F. Kennedy Jr. told Jacobin (6/9/23) he would keep private insurance for those who want it, but also have a public program “available to everybody.” Although he used the phrase “single-payer,” Kennedy described a program most similar to a voluntary “public option,” an untested idea whose ultimate impact on the breadth, depth and cost of coverage remains speculative.

Outside the world inhabited by elite media, Medicare for All is a fiscally modest proposal that receives consistent support among large segments of the US population, reaching majorities depending on the wording of poll questions (KFF, 10/26/20). In 2022, the Congressional Budget Office (2/22) estimated that a single-payer system with no out-of-pocket costs for doctor visits or hospital care, minimal copays for prescription drugs, and doctor and hospital prices at the current average would cover everyone for all medical conditions—including services that are almost never fully covered, like vision, dental and hearing—and still lower expected total national health expenditures by about a half a percent.

Even with candidates in the race proposing even broader expansion of the public role in healthcare, through nationalizing hospitals and drug manufacturing, Medicare for All remains beyond the boundary of acceptable corporate media debate. This has been true for 30 years, when FAIR (Extra!, 1–2/94) reported on media coverage of the failed Clinton administration healthcare reform effort.

Just one election cycle back, during the Democratic primaries, multiple candidates—led by Vermont Sen. Bernie Sanders, but also including Kamala Harris—supported Medicare for All, and media were forced to cover it, generally with considerable hostility (FAIR.org, 3/20/19, 4/29/19, 10/2/19). But with Harris backing away from it entirely, media found themselves returning to a place of comfortably ignoring the popular proposal.

Missing Medicare for All

WaPo: Democrats are taking third-party threats seriously this time

Leading papers covered third parties as potential spoilers, but not as potential sources of new ideas (Washington Post, 3/14/24).

FAIR searched the Nexis, ProQuest and Dow Jones databases, and the websites of the New York Times, Washington Post, Wall Street Journal and KFF Health News, for election or healthcare policy stories and podcasts mentioning different iterations of “Medicare for All,” “single-payer” and “universal healthcare,” between January 1 and Election Day 2024. We found 89 news and 107 opinion pieces.

Ninety percent of the news articles came after Biden dropped out of the race. The coverage overwhelmingly focused on Harris’s reversal of her brief support for Medicare for All in 2019, with 96% of these stories mentioning her shift.

The ubiquitous Republican claim that Harris sought to give undocumented people free Medicare was based on the obviously false premise that Harris had not abandoned support for Medicare for All. Asked in 2019 whether her support for universal health insurance would include eligibility for undocumented immigrants, she said yes (New York Times, 10/30/24). Since that time, Harris has repudiated Medicare for All, and no Democrat has advocated enrolling the 11 million undocumented immigrants in Medicare, let alone for “free.”

KHN (8/1/24) and the New York Times (10/30/24) corrected this GOP distortion, but all four outlets left readers hard-pressed to learn any other details of Medicare for All, or other meaningful alternatives to the status quo, especially not any proposed by other candidates.

All four outlets wrote frequently about whether third-party candidates might siphon votes from Trump or Harris (e.g., Wall Street Journal, 11/10/23; Washington Post, 3/14/24; New York Times, 10/14/24). However, they blacked out the content of those parties’ healthcare policy positions, leaving readers with no information to help them decide if voting for a candidate other than Trump or Harris might benefit them.

Voters in the dark

NYT: Where Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Stands on the Issues

In 2,000 words on “Where Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Stands on the Issues,” the New York Times (6/14/24) avoided any discussion of where he stands on major healthcare reform issues.

The New York Times, Washington Post, Wall Street Journal and KHN frequently mentioned one or more of the third-party candidates in other political coverage as a threat to the major-party candidates. But out of the 89 news articles bringing up Medicare for All, single-payer or universal healthcare, only three included third-party candidates at all, each one in passing as possible spoilers. Exactly zero offered any information at all about the candidates’ healthcare proposals.

For example, the New York Times published 34 news articles and podcasts mentioning a version of Medicare for All or single-payer, without a single word on the healthcare proposals of the third-party candidates who remained after Kennedy’s endorsement of Trump. One article (10/24/24) included a passing Stein spoiler reference. Another (8/22/24), on Harris’s commitment to “the art of the possible,” quoted West’s vice presidential running mate, Melina Abdullah, criticizing Harris for shifting many of her policy positions, but again without reference to West and Abdullah’s proposals for healthcare.

Times readers were more likely to get news about the healthcare reform positions of foreign political leaders than non–major-party candidates running for president of the United States. The paper ran six stories about Indonesia (2/12/24, 2/15/24, 10/19/24), Thailand (2/18/24) and South Africa (6/3/24, 6/7/24) that mentioned a politician’s position on “universal healthcare,” while blacking out discussion of third-party candidates’ healthcare proposals, except to some degree for Robert F. Kennedy Jr.

Before leaving the race, Kennedy’s half-baked notions about vaccines, activism on environmental health and food safety, and criticism of Covid lockdowns received frequent mention, but as with the other third-party candidates, his views on major healthcare reform issues went missing, including from a 2,000-word Times analysis of “Where Robert F. Kennedy Jr. Stands on the Issues” (6/14/24).

The third-party healthcare blackout was even tighter in the Washington Post. The 38 Post news articles mentioning Medicare for All or single-payer had only one reference to Stein or West—a quote from West unrelated to healthcare (8/21/24). The Post never reported either candidate’s healthcare proposals. A webpage on which reporters tracked third-party ballot access offered a short “Pitch to Voters” for each party that included no healthcare policy.

Medicare for All spin and bad facts

NYT: Despite Trump’s Accusations, Democrats Have Largely Avoided Medicare for All

Like Democrats, the New York Times‘ Noah Weiland (8/22/24) largely avoided talking about what Medicare for All would do.

The four outlets’ descriptions of Medicare for All, single payer and universal healthcare were nearly as sparse as coverage of third-party candidates’ healthcare positions, and as distorted as reporting on the ACA. Only 23 of the 89 news stories included any description at all of these policies, the overwhelming majority of them a brief phrase in the reporter’s own words.

Only three New York Times stories included any Medicare for All substance, and these were barely intelligible. The most extensive was an article debunking Trump’s claims that Harris continued to support the policy, in which Noah Weiland (8/22/24) wrote nearly 1,300 words without explaining what the Medicare for All is or would do. Readers wouldn’t know that the current Medicare for All bills before Congress would cover everyone in the country with no out-of-pocket costs, and free choice of doctors and hospitals. They would, however, have learned that Harris “proposed a less sweeping plan” in 2019, which would include “a role for private plans.”

Weiland treated readers to what may be the most emphatic recitation of the ACA progress narrative. Biden’s pursuit of a “more traditional set of healthcare priorities” has yielded “explosive growth” in the ACA exchanges, he wrote. According to unnamed experts, that growth, and changes to Medicare and Medicaid, have “complicated” pursuit of Medicare for All.

Times readers would also have learned that expanding Medicaid is an incremental step toward Medicare for All, what bill supporter Rep. Ed Markey says is part of the policy’s “DNA.” In reality, Medicaid’s eligibility standards are literally the opposite of Medicare for All—means-tested coverage that requires you to prove you’re appropriately impoverished every year, and which disappears if you get a big enough raise at your job.

The vast majority of Times coverage of Medicare for All included no content whatsoever, simply mentioning it as a policy that Harris once supported, with the occasional political characterization (7/24/24) that it was one of her since-abandoned “left-leaning positions that can now leave her vulnerable to attack from Republicans.”

‘A proposal that worried many Americans’

WaPo: Fact-checking GOP Trump fliers flooding swing-state mailboxes

Washington Post factchecker Glenn Kessler (9/9/24) said it was mostly true that Medicare for All would “raise taxes [and] increase national debt,” citing studies of Bernie Sanders’ plan that “estimated that national health expenditures would rise over 10 years.” He didn’t note that CBO found that under most single-payer plans, national health expenditures would rise—but much less than they would under the status quo.

Eleven of the 36 Washington Post stories in our sample published after Biden’s withdrawal made some substantive policy comment about Medicare for All, all but three in a single passing phrase. Every article except one said that Medicare for All would “abolish” or replace private insurance, sometimes noting private insurance would be replaced by a “government” plan—using the industry-preferred framing instead of the more neutral descriptor “public.” In the majority of stories, this was the only substantive point made about Medicare for All.

The Post‘s Glenn Kessler (9/9/24) “factchecked” Republican claims that Medicare for All would “raise taxes, increase national debt and functionally eliminate private health insurance.” Calling it “mostly true,” Kessler cited the figure of $32.6 trillion over 10 years, and claimed that “four of the five key studies on the effect of the Sanders plan estimated that national health expenditures would rise over 10 years.”

Kessler skipped a big fact. When the CBO insisted that raising the minimum wage would cause 1.4 million lost jobs, his editors (4/18/21) indignantly defended the agency as “admirably apolitical.” But Kessler neglected to mention that the “nonpartisan scorekeepers” at the CBO (12/10/20) found that four of the five versions of single-payer healthcare that they analyzed would raise national health expenditures, but by significantly less  than preserving the status quo.

Healthcare reporter Dan Diamond (9/11/24) wrote the Post’s most detailed take on Harris’s about-face on a plan “to eliminate private insurance, a proposal that worried many Americans who feared losing access to their doctors.” Diamond managed not to let readers know that, in contrast to private insurance plans that penalize patients for seeing “out-of-network” doctors, Medicare for All would free patients to see any doctor they want without financial penalty.

Diamond added that Harris pulled back from Medicare for All because “polls across 2019 found that many Americans were worried that shifting to a national government-run health system could delay access to care,” without mentioning that half of all American working adults already skip treatments altogether every year (Commonwealth, 11/24).

Voters’ 2019 “worries” were likely stimulated in part by a multi-million-dollar lobbying and advertising blitz by the hospital, insurance and pharmaceutical industries, reported on by the Post‘s Jeff Stein (4/12/19), and based on the same distortions and inaccuracies Diamond and Kessler repeated five years later (Public Citizen, 6/28/19).

In a story (Washington Post, 4/3/20) on Sen. Bernie Sanders supporting the Biden/Harris administration’s drug cost control policies, Diamond reported that during the 2020 primaries, Sanders “argued that Medicare for All would help rein in high drug costs by forcing pharmaceutical companies to negotiate with the government.” It was the only positive framing of Medicare for All we could find in the Post’s coverage. Biden and Harris have done exactly what Sanders proposed, although to date they’ve only negotiated lower prices for 10 drugs, the prices won’t take effect for another year, and they only apply to our current “Medicare for Some.”

Expert content suppression 

KFF: Compare the Candidates on Health Care Policy

KFF’s website limited its discussion of candidates’ healthcare proposals to the “viable contenders”—a choice that excluded virtually all ideas for improving the US healthcare system.

No outlet ignored the third-party candidates’ healthcare proposals more firmly, or took the tiny increments proposed by the major parties more seriously, than the one best equipped to inform the public about the state of US healthcare: KFF Health News.

KHN is a subsidiary of what used to be known as the Kaiser Family Foundations, but now goes by the acronym KFF. Founded with money from the family of steel magnate Henry Kaiser, tax-exempt KFF occupies a unique role as both news outlet and major source for healthcare information, calling itself “a one-of-a-kind information organization.”

KFF’s research and polling arms publish a large volume of detailed data and analysis of healthcare policy, covered widely in the media. This work lends additional credibility to KHN’s respected and widely republished news reporting.

With a staff of 71 reporters, editors, producers and administrators, as of November 1, KHN is devoted entirely to healthcare. Unlike taxpaying competitors like Modern Healthcare and Healthcare Dive—which regularly cover KFF’s research output—KHN publishes without a paywall, and permits reprints without charge. KHN forms partnerships with outlets of all sizes and focus, from an in-depth investigative series on medical debt with NPR and CBS News, to providing regular policy and political reporting to the physician-targeted website Medscape.

Excluding opinion articles, letters to the editor and brief daily newsletter blurbs linking to other outlets’ content, FAIR’s searches yielded just five KHN news stories from January 1 to Election Day that referred to Medicare for All, single-payer or universal healthcare. Two were state-focused—a one-paragraph mention of a proposed California single-payer bill in a broader legislative round-up (4/24/24), and a profile (7/15/24) of Anthony Wright, newly appointed executive director of the DC nonprofit Families USA.

The remaining three (7/21/24, 8/1/24, 9/11/24) were passing mentions without substance. KHN went the entire year without once mentioning Jill Stein or Cornel West.

KHN’s news coverage appeared to follow the lead of its affiliated research entity. KFF published a web page to “Compare the Candidates on Healthcare Policy,” last updated October 8, that declared

the general election campaign is underway, spotlighting former President Trump, the Republican nominee, and Vice President Harris, the Democratic nominee, as the viable contenders for the presidency.

The comparisons highlighted the differences rather than the similarities, and included without context the standard claim that the Biden/Harris “administration achieved record-high enrollment in ACA Marketplace plans.”

KFF had long since decided that discussion of Medicare for All is over. President Drew Altman told the New York Times (8/22/24) that KFF stopped polling on Medicare for All after the 2020 primaries because “there hasn’t been debate about it.” Yet pollsters regularly ask voters about healthcare issues that have no immediate chance of passage. The AP has asked people for a quarter century if they think it’s the federal government’s responsibility to “make sure all Americans have healthcare coverage,” and the Pew Research Center and other organizations have polled on abortion for decades, even when federal legislation was extremely unlikely.

The lack of “debate” about Medicare for All or single-payer is a flimsy excuse for blinkered coverage. In fact, KHN and the other outlets all ignored major healthcare reform stories with looming deadlines for action by the incoming president—federal approval for state-level reform (Healthcare Dive, 4/24/24). California and Oregon passed laws in 2023 instructing their governors to seek federal permission to dramatically restructure their state healthcare systems, including formation of a single-payer system in Oregon. Negotiations were supposed to begin in the first half of this year. None of these four agenda-setting outlets asked 2024 presidential candidates whether they planned to flex White House power to help major state-level reforms.

Complicit in mass death

All four of these outlets have done detailed reporting on some aspects of the extraordinarily expensive mass-killing machine that passes for the US “healthcare system.” Claims denials, aggressive collections, medical debt and massively inflated prices have all graced their pages.

But when it comes to political coverage, reporters and editors refuse to use their knowledge to challenge candidates effectively. The public’s experiences disappear, as journalists regurgitate bad facts and focus on self-evidently meaningless “proposals” framed by corporate power within their insular Beltway cultural bubble.

UnitedHealth Group executive Brian Thompson’s murder exposed the degree to which that behavior makes them complicit in mass death.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by John Canham-Clyne.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/deny-defend-disinform-corporate-media-coverage-of-healthcare-in-the-2024-presidential-elections/feed/ 0 513697
North Korean TV coverage of European football leaves out South Korean players https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/02/12/north-korea-premier-champions-league-football-epl-uefa/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/02/12/north-korea-premier-champions-league-football-epl-uefa/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 22:20:37 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/02/12/north-korea-premier-champions-league-football-epl-uefa/ Read a version of this story in Korean

North Korean state television began airing matches from two major European football leagues last month, but notably absent are games involving South Korean players, a study by a Washington-based think tank revealed.

Broadcasts of the English Premier League and the UEFA Champions League -- the yearly tournament for Europe’s best teams -- is delayed by several months, but is still quite popular with North Korean viewers, said the report by the Stimson Center’s 38 North project.

State TV is rife with propaganda, but sports is “one of the few moments each day when state TV is not trying to send an overt or underlying message to its viewers,” 38 North said.

“There wasn’t really any intention to the research except that we thought it was interesting,” Martyn Williams, who co-authored the report, told RFA Korean. “We just saw a lot of football on KCTV. It’s the main international sport they broadcast.”

Football and circuses to distract the masses

Sports became more important during the pandemic, during which Korean Central Television, or KCTV, had to double its output as people were spending more time at home, the report said.

That meant that an extra hour was slotted for sports, especially soccer, and the trend has continued.

The football matches are shown an average of four months after they were played -- the English Premier League, or EPL, season began in August, and the Champions League began in September.

Tottenham Hotspur's South Korean striker Son Heung-Min, center, and Aston Villa's French midfielder Boubacar Kamara, right, fight for the ball during the English FA Cup fourth round football match between Aston Villa and Tottenham Hotspur in Birmingham, England, Feb. 9, 2025.
Tottenham Hotspur's South Korean striker Son Heung-Min, center, and Aston Villa's French midfielder Boubacar Kamara, right, fight for the ball during the English FA Cup fourth round football match between Aston Villa and Tottenham Hotspur in Birmingham, England, Feb. 9, 2025.
(Justin Tallis/AFP)

The apparent ban on airing matches with South Korean players means that North Korean fans won’t see matches featuring South Korean national team captain Son Heung-min, who also captains the Premier League club Tottenham Hotspur.

The report revealed that coverage of last year’s EPL left out Hwang Hee-chan and the Wolverhampton Wanderers, and Kim Ji-soo, who plays for Brentford.

In the Champions League, it remains to be seen if the French side Paris Saint-Germain and Lee Kang-in will be broadcast because of the delay, but KCTV coverage of last year’s Champions League featured the team only in its losing effort against Germany’s Borussia Dortmund in the semifinal.

Premier League preference

The report said that in 2022, matches from the EPL, Germany’s Bundesliga, Spain’s La Liga, France’s Ligue 1, and Italy’s Serie A were aired, but the following year, KCTV settled on the Premier League, the FIFA World Cup, and the UEFA Champions League.

Matches are shortened from 90 minutes to 60 minutes and are aired right before the 5 p.m. news bulletin, it said.

RELATED STORIES

North Korea draws navigable group in round 3 of FIFA World Cup Asian qualifiers

Experts: North Korea’s Chinese-made soccer uniforms might violate sanctions

North Korea beats Japan, US to win third U-20 Women’s World Cup

The report noted that only 21 of the Premier League’s 380 matches last season were aired, and six teams were not shown at all.

“It is perhaps not a coincidence that three of those teams—Brentford, Spurs and Wolves—were not broadcast, as they have South Korean players in their teams," it said.

World Cup whiteout

38 North said political messages still do make their way into football coverage, however.

For example, in KCTV’s matches of the 2022 FIFA World Cup in Qatar, South Korea was not shown until it was eliminated in a 4-1 drubbing to Brazil.

A North Korean broadcast of the women's football match between South Korea and North Korea at the 2022 Asian Games, which were held in 2023 due to COVID, shows graphics that label the South Korean team as
A North Korean broadcast of the women's football match between South Korea and North Korea at the 2022 Asian Games, which were held in 2023 due to COVID, shows graphics that label the South Korean team as "puppets."
(Korean Central Television via 38 North)

In a quarterfinal match between North and South Korea’s women’s sides at the 2022 Asian Games in Hangzhou, China, which were postponed to 2023 because of COVID, KCTV graphics labeled the South Korean team as “puppets,” a derogatory term that implies that South Korea is a puppet state controlled by the United States.

In North Korea, there exist certain taboos about openly supporting athletes from the South, according to Lee Hyunseung of the U.S.-based Global Peace Foundation, who escaped from North Korea in 2014.

Lee said that when he was young he watched Italian and Spanish soccer matches on KCTV.

“At the time, I had no idea about Korean players like Park Ji-sung , Ahn Jung-hwan , and Seol Ki-hyeon who were playing in European leagues,” he told RFA Korean, referring to players who became household names in the South as part of the national team that unexpectedly advanced to the semifinals in the 2002 FIFA World Cup.

“It was only after I went to study abroad in China that I was able to watch their matches,” he said.

He said that North Koreans tend to cheer for South Korean players on European teams despite the taboos.

“That is why the North Korean regime is very concerned about this,” said Lee. “They must never show that South Korea is better than North Korea . They are afraid of that because it weakens the North Korean regime.”

Translated by Eugene Whong. Edited by Eugene Whong and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Jamin Anderson for RFA Korean.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/02/12/north-korea-premier-champions-league-football-epl-uefa/feed/ 0 513442
ProPublica’s Coverage of Donald Trump’s Appointments — and How They Could Reshape Federal Agencies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/propublicas-coverage-of-donald-trumps-appointments-and-how-they-could-reshape-federal-agencies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/propublicas-coverage-of-donald-trumps-appointments-and-how-they-could-reshape-federal-agencies/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/donald-trump-appointments-cabinet-propublica-reporting by ProPublica

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

During his campaign, Donald Trump vowed to remake the federal government, promising to cut jobs, slash spending, end diversity and inclusion programs, and dismantle the Department of Education. Now, he’s chosen a slate of nominees for cabinet posts and other key positions who have a history of pushing back against the work of the departments and agencies they’ve been tapped to lead.

When Doug Burgum was governor of North Dakota, the state sued the Department of the Interior at least five times, ProPublica reported in partnership with the North Dakota Monitor. Trump selected Burgum to lead that same department. Meanwhile, Scott Turner, Trump’s nominee for secretary of Housing and Urban Development, has a history of voting against protections for poor tenants. And Trump’s choice to lead the Internal Revenue Service once supported legislation to abolish it entirely.

As confirmation hearings continue in the Senate, read through ProPublica’s reporting on how some of Trump’s selections could reshape federal agencies.

Doug Burgum, Department of the Interior

Doug Burgum, the former governor of North Dakota, has been confirmed as the secretary of the interior, which manages federal lands and natural resources.

North Dakota sued the same department at least five times, ProPublica and the North Dakota Monitor reported this month.

One of the lawsuits took aim at the agency’s rule that limited the amount of methane oil companies could release. Another targeted the department’s Public Lands Rule, which places conservation of public lands on equal footing with natural resource exploitation. Burgum did not respond to ProPublica’s request for comment, but he has previously said that many of the environmental policies of the administration of President Joe Biden posed “an existential threat to the energy and ag sectors, our economy and our way of life.”

Read more.

Billy Long, Internal Revenue Service

Trump chose Billy Long, who represented Missouri in the U.S. House of Representatives for over a decade, to lead the Internal Revenue Service. Long previously supported legislation that would have abolished the agency altogether. Trump has said he wants to end “IRS overstepping” and issued an executive order that places a hiring freeze on the agency until the new Treasury secretary “determines that it is in the national interest to lift the freeze.”

Tax experts told ProPublica’s Jeremy Kohler and Alex Mierjeski last month that they believe Long doesn’t have the right credentials to oversee the agency. Long, who didn’t respond to ProPublica’s request for comment, labeled himself as a certified tax and business advisor, or CTBA, on the social network X. That designation — which tax experts told ProPublica they hadn’t heard about — is offered only by a small, Florida-based firm after the completion of a three-day seminar.

Read more.

Scott Turner, Department of Housing and Urban Development

Trump nominated Scott Turner to lead the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, which oversees federal efforts to provide housing assistance to low-income residents. But, as ProPublica’s Jesse Coburn and Andy Kroll reported in December, Turner has previously opposed legislation that would provide aid and protections for poor tenants.

During his time in the Texas House of Representatives, Turner opposed legislation to expand affordable rental housing in the state and endorsed a bill to allow landlords to turn down applicants because they received federal housing assistance. Turner has also previously described welfare as “one of the most destructive things for a family.”

A spokesperson for Turner told ProPublica in December: “Of course ProPublica would try and paint a negative picture of Mr. Turner before he is even given the opportunity to testify. We would expect nothing less from a publication that solely serves as a liberal mouthpiece.”

Read more.

Paul Atkins, Securities and Exchange Commission

Paul Atkins is Trump’s choice to lead the Securities and Exchange Commission. Atkins, who worked as an SEC commissioner under George W. Bush before serving as the co-chair of a crypto advocacy group, will be responsible for regulating Trump’s own publicly traded company.

Current and former SEC officials told ProPublica’s Justin Elliott, Robert Faturechi and Mierjeski in December that they worried the agency wouldn’t aggressively regulate Trump Media, which has previously tangled with the commission. Trump’s crypto investments — which include a Trump-affiliated token by a company called World Liberty Financial and a memecoin known as $Trump launched days before his second inauguration — could also come into conflict with the agency.

Under Biden, SEC chair Gary Gensler led a crackdown on crypto. On the campaign trail, Trump promised to deregulate the industry.

Read more.

Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, National Institutes of Health

Robert F. Kennedy Jr., Trump’s nominee for secretary of Health and Human Services, has said he wants to dedicate half of the National Institutes of Health’s budget toward “preventive, alternative and holistic approaches to health.” Kennedy has also said he wants to replace 600 employees at the NIH.

Stanford Professor Dr. Jay Bhattacharya, if confirmed as the head of the NIH, would get to appoint the next director of the NIH’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, which plays a key role in researching infectious diseases and developing treatments. At the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, Bhattacharya became a vocal critic of how then-NIAID Director Anthony Fauci handled the federal response. He also helped author the Great Barrington Declaration, which argued against restrictions for those “at minimal risk of death” until herd immunity is reached.

Experts and advocates told ProPublica’s Anna Maria Barry-Jester this month that overhauling the NIH’s and NIAID’s work could deter research and hamstring the development of future treatments. Bhattacharya declined an interview request.

Read more.

David Fotouhi, Environmental Protection Agency

Trump tapped lawyer David Fotouhi for the second highest role at the Environmental Protection Agency. If confirmed by the Senate, he’ll be the deputy administrator under Lee Zeldin, a former member of the U.S. House of Representatives chosen to lead the agency.

This month, ProPublica’s Sharon Lerner reported that Fotouhi played a critical role in pushing to roll back climate regulations while working as a lawyer in the department during Trump’s first term. He has since worked on a lawsuit challenging the EPA’s water quality standards for PCBs, toxic chemicals linked to some cancers. In October, Fotouhi, who declined to comment to ProPublica, challenged the EPA’s ban on the cancer-causing substance asbestos.

Read more.

Do You Work for the Federal Government? ProPublica Wants to Hear From You.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/propublicas-coverage-of-donald-trumps-appointments-and-how-they-could-reshape-federal-agencies/feed/ 0 511760
Insurers Failed to Comply With Mental Health Coverage Law, Department of Labor Report Finds https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/insurers-failed-to-comply-with-mental-health-coverage-law-department-of-labor-report-finds/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/insurers-failed-to-comply-with-mental-health-coverage-law-department-of-labor-report-finds/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/department-labor-investigation-health-insurance-doctors-healthcare by Duaa Eldeib, Maya Miller, Annie Waldman and Max Blau

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The U.S. Department of Labor found widespread noncompliance and violations of federal law in how health plans and insurers cover mental health care, findings that mirror a recent ProPublica investigation.

Health plans, and the companies that administer them, have excluded key behavioral treatments, such as therapies for substance use and autism, and offered inadequate networks of mental health providers, according to a 142-page report released Jan. 17 in conjunction with the Treasury and Health and Human Services departments.

The report, which the agencies are required to file regularly to Congress, also detailed the results of secret shopper surveys of more than 4,300 mental health providers listed in insurance directories and found an “alarming proportion” were “unresponsive or unreachable.” Such error-ridden plans, commonly known as ghost networks, make it harder for patients to get the treatment they need, ProPublica has previously found.

Since 2021, the Labor Department has addressed violations in health plans that serve more than 7 million people, according to the report. The agency has worked to remedy the problems by seeking changes to plan provisions, policies and procedures, as well as working to ensure wrongly denied claims were paid.

But the report acknowledged that while plans and insurers have made some progress, they continue to fall short. For instance, federal officials wrote that insurers were working faster to fix problems in their plans once they had been identified, but officials had not seen sufficient improvement overall.

The report examined the enforcement and implementation of the federal Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act, which requires health insurance plans to provide the same access to mental health care as they do to medical care. Last week, on the same day the report was released, department staff told ProPublica that the agency was investigating issues related to our reporting.

ProPublica has spent the last year investigating how insurers interfere with mental health treatment, including employing aggressive tactics that push therapists out of network; deploying an algorithmic system to limit coverage; creating ghost networks; cutting access to treatment for children with autism; relying on doctors whose judgments have been criticized by courts; and using patients’ progress to justify denials.

The Labor Department regulates insurance plans for about 136 million Americans who receive health coverage through their employers and is responsible for enforcing federal protections around their mental health claims. Federal regulators have struggled to hold insurance companies accountable for improperly denying mental health coverage, in part because of staffing and budgetary constraints.

The agency has asked Congress for additional funding on multiple occasions and, in its most recent congressional report, wrote that the agency is left with one investigator for every 13,900 plans it regulates, a higher workload than in previous years. Some temporary funding runs out in September, and its “full depletion will likely have catastrophic effects” on its enforcement capabilities, according to the report.

Timothy Hauser, a deputy assistant secretary of labor, said in an interview on the day of the report’s release that the agency is investigating the oversight and management of doctors hired by insurance companies who repeatedly deny mental health coverage for patients — and may open additional investigations.

Hauser, who has worked at the agency for more than three decades and is staying on in the new administration, said the agency is probing how insurers use and supervise doctors they rely on to conduct reviews of coverage and whether those doctors review cases in a “fair and dispassionate” way. ProPublica’s reporting raised serious concerns around those issues.

Last month, ProPublica examined how insurance companies, including UnitedHealth Group, Cigna, and Blue Cross and Blue Shield, rely on doctors to make crucial decisions on whether to approve mental health coverage even after courts have criticized their judgment. Judges have ruled that in denying such coverage, insurers violated federal law and acted in ways that were “puzzling,” “disingenuous” and even “dishonest.”

Some insurers and doctors, according to court records, engaged in “selective readings” of the medical evidence, “shut their eyes” to medical opinions that opposed their conclusions, and made critical errors in their reviews that were sometimes contradicted by medical records they had said they read.

Hauser said he could not comment on specific investigations but said that agency officials have discussed the ProPublica story, which he said “will have an impact on the questions we ask” and the “approaches we take.”

At least one investigation in the past has resulted in the removal of a doctor and the outside review organization they worked for, a spokesperson for the Labor Department said previously.

Insurance companies across the country rely on doctors working on their behalf to determine whether the treatment sought by the patients’ own doctors is medically necessary. If they determine it is not, they recommend denying coverage, which can leave patients in crisis and without the treatment they need. In some cases, those decisions have led to fatal consequences.

“It’s supposed to be done with impartiality and without having been structured in such a way as to incentivize the physicians to favor denying claims as opposed to granting claims,” Hauser said. “Similarly, the physicians and the providers should not be selected because of their propensity to to deny claims.”

United, Cigna and Blue Cross and Blue Shield did not immediately respond to requests for comment but in the past have said they employ licensed physicians to conduct reviews and work to ensure the doctors issue appropriate coverage decisions. The companies have said they conduct regular audits of doctors’ decisions, provide mentorship and coaching opportunities and are committed to providing access to safe, effective and quality care to patients.

Hauser said he was struck by the story of Emily Dwyer, who was featured in a ProPublica article that examined the role of company psychiatrists. She was 15 and suffered from severe anorexia — she arrived at a residential treatment center wearing her 8-year-old sister’s jeans — when United Healthcare denied her coverage.

United argued that three separate doctors had reviewed her case. The Dwyers sued and lost, but appealed to the 5th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, which reversed that decision and ruled unanimously in favor of the family. In a harshly critical opinion, the judges wrote that the denial letters issued by the three doctors were “not supported by the underlying medical evidence.” In fact, the court found, they were “contradicted by the record.”

Dwyer, who was pleased to learn of the agency’s investigation, said she hopes it results in “substantive action.”

“I never would have thought that our story would be part of that,” she said. “I think it’s incredible that the Department of Labor is paying attention to this issue and is investigating the insurance doctors. But I also hope they look beyond the actions of the individual doctors to deeper issues of the way insurance companies operate more systematically.”


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Duaa Eldeib, Maya Miller, Annie Waldman and Max Blau.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/insurers-failed-to-comply-with-mental-health-coverage-law-department-of-labor-report-finds/feed/ 0 510924
Al Jazeera says correspondent’s arrest latest bid to gag Jenin coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/al-jazeera-says-correspondents-arrest-latest-bid-to-gag-jenin-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/al-jazeera-says-correspondents-arrest-latest-bid-to-gag-jenin-coverage/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 22:42:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109929 Pacific Media Watch

The Al Jazeera Network has condemned the arrest of its occupied West Bank correspondent by Palestinian security services as a bid by the Israeli occupation to “block media coverage” of the military attack on Jenin.

Israeli soldiers have killed at least 12 Palestinians in the three-day military assault that has rendered the refugee camp “nearly uninhabitable” and forced displacement of more than 2000 people. Qatar’s Foreign Ministry said the Jenin operation was a “flagrant violation of international humanitarian law and human rights”.

Al Jazeera said in a broadcast statement that the arrest of its occupied West Bank correspondent Muhammad al-Atrash by the Palestinian Authority (PA) could only be explained as “an attempt to block the media coverage of the occupation’s attack in Jenin”.

“The arbitrary actions of the Palestinian Authority are unfortunately identical to the occupation’s targeting of the Al Jazeera Network,” it said.

“We value the positions and voices that stand in solidarity and defend colleague Muhammad al-Atrash and the freedom of the press.”

The network said the journalist was brought before a court in Hebron after being arrested yesterday while covering the events in Jenin “simply for doing his professional duty as a journalist”.

“We confirm that these practices will not hinder our ongoing professional coverage of the facts unfolding in the West Bank,” Al Jazeera’s statement added.

The Israeli occupation has been targeting Al Jazeera for months in an attempt to gag its reporting.

Calling for al-Atrash’s immediate release, the al-Haq organisation (Protecting and Promoting Human Rights & the Rule of Law in the Occupied Palestinian Territory) said in a statement: “Freedom of opinion and expression cannot be guaranteed without ensuring freedom of the press.”

Rage over AJ ban
Earlier this month journalists expressed outrage and confusion about the PA’s decision to shut down the Al Jazeera office in the occupied West Bank after the Israeli government had earlier banned the Al Jazeera broadcasting network’s operation within Israel.

“Shutting down a major outlet like Al Jazeera is a crime against journalism,” said freelance journalist Ikhlas al-Qarnawi.

Also earlier this month, award-winning Palestinian journalist Daoud Kuttab criticised the Israeli government for targeting journalists and attempting to “cover up” the assassination of five Palestinian journalists last month.

He said a December 26 press statement by the Israeli army attempted to “justify a war crime”.

“It unabashedly admitted that the military incinerated five Palestinian journalists in a clearly marked press vehicle outside al-Awda Hospital in the Nuseirat refugee camp, central Gaza Strip,” Kuttab said in an op-ed article.

Many Western publications had quoted the Israeli army statement as if it was an objective position and “not propaganda whitewashing a war crime”, he wrote.

“They failed to clarify to their audiences that attacking journalists, including journalists who may be accused of promoting ‘propaganda’, is a war crime — all journalists are protected under international humanitarian law, regardless of whether armies like their reporting or not.”

Israel not only refuses to recognise any Palestinian media worker as being protected, but it also bars foreign journalists from entering Gaza.

“It has been truly disturbing that the international media has done little to protest this ban,” wrote Kuttab.

“Except for one petition signed by 60 media outlets over the summer, the international media has not followed up consistently on such demands over 15 months.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/al-jazeera-says-correspondents-arrest-latest-bid-to-gag-jenin-coverage/feed/ 0 510859
Baltimore Media ‘Create a False Impression That Youth Are Responsible for a Lot of Very Dangerous Crime’: CounterSpin interview with Richard Mendel on youth crime coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/baltimore-media-create-a-false-impression-that-youth-are-responsible-for-a-lot-of-very-dangerous-crime-counterspin-interview-with-richard-mendel-on-youth-crime-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/baltimore-media-create-a-false-impression-that-youth-are-responsible-for-a-lot-of-very-dangerous-crime-counterspin-interview-with-richard-mendel-on-youth-crime-coverage/#respond Mon, 06 Jan 2025 22:09:23 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043628  

Janine Jackson interviewed the Sentencing Project’s Richard Mendel about coverage of youth crime for the December 20, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Sentencing Project: Baltimore youth are severely misrepresented in media. There's more to the story.

Sentencing Project (12/11/24)

Janine Jackson: Some listeners may know the Sentencing Project for their work calling out racial disparities in sentencing associated with crack versus powder cocaine, and mandatory minimums. A recent project involves looking into another factor shaping public understanding and public policy around criminal justice—the news media. In this case, the focus is young people.

The Real Cost of ‘Bad News’: How Misinformation Is Undermining Youth Justice Policy in Baltimore” has just been released. We’re joined now by the report’s author. Richard Mendel is senior research fellow for youth justice at the Sentencing Project. He joins us now by phone from Prague. Welcome to CounterSpin, Richard Mendel.

Richard Mendel: Thanks for having me.

JJ: Before we get into findings, what, first of all, is the scope of this study? What did you look at, and then, what were you looking to learn, or to illuminate?

RM: We’ve been seeing, just anecdotally, a big increase in fearful reporting, sensational reporting, about youth crime over the last few years. And we, luckily, in this country had a very long period of almost continually declining youth crime rates, from the mid-’90s to 2010 or so, and continuing positive trends.

And then we saw some increase nationally in the murder rate, and young people took part in that, in 2020 and 2021. But there’s really been an epidemic of scary and problematic reporting, we saw across the country.

We decided to look in depth at how media is covering youth crime, and we decided to pick one jurisdiction, and we looked in Baltimore, but I think that a lot of the findings would probably be seen in other places, too. And what we did was we looked at many of the major outlets, the four main local TV news stations, as well as the Baltimore Sun, and an online paper, a prominent one in Baltimore, called the Baltimore Banner.

We just looked at all their crime coverage to see, first of all, what share of crime coverage is focusing on young people. And then, of the crime, what are they saying about the trends in youth crime, and how are they presenting their information? And that’s what we did, and we found really alarming results.

JJ: Let’s get into it. What were some of the key things revealed by the research?

Richard Mendel

Richard Mendel: “Young people in Baltimore…are 5% of arrests..and yet almost 30% of the stories that identified the age of the offenders focused on young people.”

RM: What we found is that young people in Baltimore, according to the Baltimore Police Department, are 5% of arrests in the Baltimore area, and yet almost 30% of the stories that identified the age of the offenders focused on young people. One station, more than a half of them focused on young people, and really creating a misimpression in the public that the young people are responsible for most of the crime, or a huge portion of it, when it’s really just not true.

Also, a lot of the coverage indicated a spike in youth crime, which really is not supported by the data; the trends are mixed. Some of the findings, in some areas, there are areas of concern, but overall, things are still trending downward, mostly. And just a lot of the rhetoric around young people, really using the sensationalistic, fear-inducing rhetoric to describe their role in crime.

So it was really creating a false impression among the public, presumably, that youth are responsible for a lot of very dangerous crime, and creating a crisis atmosphere in the legislature this year in Maryland to do something about this perceived problem, which is really a creation of the media rather than the fact.

JJ: Before we talk about impacts, I would just note that part of the way that media can just paint a picture about crime rates rising when they are not, or that doesn’t match the reality, is they don’t use numbers. They don’t use statistics, they just kind of tell stories. That was part of what you found, is that they didn’t use data to back up these claims.

RM: In many cases they didn’t. And in other cases, they cherry picked them—there’s overall arrest, there’s arrest for this, there’s arrest for that. And they, in many cases, just focused on the couple of crime categories where the crime rates were going up, and made a huge deal out of that, while ignoring all the other crime categories where youth offending was down. It’s a combination of not reporting, not using data, or not using data in responsible ways.

JJ: Well, of course the point is not just to say that this is inadequate and bad journalism, which it is, but these media problems and the story that they tell have effects.

Fox45: City in Crisis

Fox45 (12/28/22)

RM: For certain. And I think that the Baltimore example is an extreme example. One of the stations in the area made a crusade out of highlighting as much as they can, and in as fearful ways as they can, almost every instance of youth offending. And more than half of the stories on that station were about youth. Many of them were long. And each incident was then followed by going back to show frightening video of previous incidents, and just over and over again, and many assertions that youth crime is out of control. And a banner headline behind the anchors on that station, “City in Crisis,” whenever they were looking at youth crime stories. So it was really just a fearmongering approach.

And it really affected the legislature this year. At the beginning of the Maryland legislative session, the Senate president, at a news conference, said that we need to do something about youth crime this year, because of a “perception problem.” And he even acknowledged that youth are responsible for less than 10% of the crimes, and that they’ve addressed it two years previously, in a comprehensive bill to update their approach to youth justice, that was a two-year study commission, and they really followed the evidence.

And this time, they created a policy environment that was very much crisis-driven, and there were no hearings, there was no expert testimony, there was no process, other than backroom discussion, and come up with something to solve the perception problem created by the media, not to address real problems in the real world.

JJ: I just want to draw you out just on precisely that point, because corporate media frame questions of crime, or of court-involved people, as a problem, a scandal, a controversy. And it has to be a perennial, unsolvable problem, or that boilerplate story goes away. But the reality is, we do know what works to reduce youth crime and to promote public safety. So please talk a bit more about that.

Sentencing Project:

Sentencing Project (3/1/23)

RM: Yes, all of the evidence shows that detention and incarceration lead to bad outcomes. Comparable young people, if they’re based in detention, versus allowed to remain free pending their trial, and if they’re incarcerated following their trial, they do worse than young people who remain in the community.

And it just makes sense. Disconnecting young people from school, disconnecting them from their family, and instead surrounding them by other troubled young people, and disrupting their natural adolescent development, it’s not a good approach. And the results show it, that the recidivism is much higher if you’re punitive towards them. And just involving them in the system, arresting them, disrupting their educations and getting a record like that, really leads to worse outcomes for young people. And the kids who were diverted from the system, again, do much better.

JJ: And so that diversion, what can that look like? It’s not just, don’t do what you’ve been doing, but there are things that have been tried and that have shown success, right, in terms of diverting young people?

RM: Some of diversion programs just connect young people to positive mentors in the community, and there’s a very promising approach of restorative justice, in which the young person meets with the persons that they’ve harmed, and makes apologies, and together craft a solution for the young person to have restored some of the harm that they’ve caused. That leads to much, much higher victim satisfaction, which is an important goal of the justice system, which the traditional system does terrible at, and also leads to better outcomes for the young people.

JJ: Finally, I’m not sure how much media coverage you can expect on the report, though media do love to talk about themselves. But I wonder what audiences you do hope to get this work in front of, and what are just some of the recommendations or things that you would hope folks would take away?

Share of Baltimore Crime Stories That Focused on People Under 18

Sentencing Project (12/11/24)

RM: We had three goals in terms of the report, and first is to influence media themselves, just to help them see the impact of their current practices. And I think that most reporters are well-intentioned, but I think that they maybe don’t understand the impact of their current approach. And we’re trying to show them there’s some better ways to cover this issue, in terms of the proportion of coverage focused on young people, in terms of presenting trends in fair and accurate ways, in terms of showing the impacts of not having the knee-jerk “more punishment is safer,” because the actual research shows the opposite. So that’s one audience.

Another audience are political leaders that have a responsibility to pursue policies that really do produce the best long-term safety, and not to succumb to pressure created by media narratives like the ones that we’ve seen in Baltimore and around the country.

And the third is to provide a tool for advocates around the country, people who care about this, that there’s ways of pushing back against irresponsible or misleading or imbalanced coverage in the media. And to do studies like this and show, “Hey, the picture that’s being presented is not accurate.” And make sure that the people in the community know and that the political leaders in that community know and that the media in that community know the negative, scary picture that you’re painting isn’t the reality. And the punitive solutions that are being suggested in response to this made-up problem are going to make things worse rather than better.

JJ: We’ve been speaking with Richard Mendel, senior research fellow at the Sentencing Project. You can find the report, “The Real Cost of ‘Bad News’” on their website, SentencingProject.org. Richard Mendel, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

RM: Thank you. Great to be with you.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/baltimore-media-create-a-false-impression-that-youth-are-responsible-for-a-lot-of-very-dangerous-crime-counterspin-interview-with-richard-mendel-on-youth-crime-coverage/feed/ 0 508603
Her Mental Health Treatment Was Helping. That’s Why Insurance Cut Off Her Coverage. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/her-mental-health-treatment-was-helping-thats-why-insurance-cut-off-her-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/her-mental-health-treatment-was-helping-thats-why-insurance-cut-off-her-coverage/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/mental-health-insurance-denials-patient-progress by Maya Miller and Duaa Eldeib

This article discusses suicide.

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Geneva Moore’s therapist pulled out her spiral notebook. At the top of the page, she jotted down the date, Jan. 30, 2024, Moore’s initials and the name of the doctor from the insurance company to whom she’d be making her case.

She had only one chance to persuade him, and by extension Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Texas, to continue covering intensive outpatient care for Moore, a patient she had come to know well over the past few months.

The therapist, who spoke on the condition of anonymity out of fear of retaliation from insurers, spent the next three hours cramming, as if she were studying for a big exam. She combed through Moore’s weekly suicide and depression assessments, group therapy notes and write-ups from their past few sessions together.

If you or someone you know needs help, here are a few resources:

She filled two pages with her notes: Moore had suicidal thoughts almost every day and a plan for how she would take her own life. Even though she expressed a desire to stop cutting her wrists, she still did as often as three times a week to feel the release of pain. She only had a small group of family and friends to offer support. And she was just beginning to deal with her grief and trauma over sexual and emotional abuse, but she had no healthy coping skills.

Less than two weeks earlier, the therapist’s supervisor had struck out with another BCBS doctor. During that call, the insurance company psychiatrist concluded Moore had shown enough improvement that she no longer needed intensive treatment. “You have made progress,” the denial letter from BCBS Texas read.

Moore’s denial letter from Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Texas contradicts many of her therapist’s assessments. (Obtained and highlighted by ProPublica)

When the therapist finally got on the phone with a second insurance company doctor, she spoke as fast as she could to get across as many of her points as possible.

“The biggest concern was the abnormal thoughts — the suicidal ideation, self-harm urges — and extensive trauma history,” the therapist recalled in an interview with ProPublica. “I was really trying to emphasize that those urges were present, and they were consistent.”

She told the company doctor that if Moore could continue on her treatment plan, she would likely be able to leave the program in 10 weeks. If not, her recovery could be derailed.

The doctor wasn’t convinced. He told the therapist that he would be upholding the initial denial. Internal notes from the BCBS Texas doctors say that Moore exhibited “an absence of suicidal thoughts,” her symptoms had “stabilized” and she could “participate in a lower level of care.”

The call lasted just seven minutes.

Moore was sitting in her car during her lunch break when her therapist called to give her the news. She was shocked and had to pull herself together to resume her shift as a technician at a veterinary clinic.

“The fact that it was effective immediately,” Moore said later, “I think that was the hardest blow of it all.”

After BCBS Texas denied Moore’s treatment, her therapist, pictured here, urged the company to reconsider. (Ilana Panich-Linsman, special to ProPublica)

Many Americans must rely on insurers when they or family members are in need of higher-touch mental health treatment, such as intensive outpatient programs or round-the-clock care in a residential facility. The costs are high, and the stakes for patients often are, too. In 2019 alone, the U.S. spent more than $106.5 billion treating adults with mental illness, of which private insurance paid about a third. One 2024 study found that the average quoted cost for a month at a residential addiction treatment facility for adolescents was more than $26,000.

Health insurers frequently review patients’ progress to see if they can be moved down to a lower — and almost always cheaper — level of care. That can cut both ways. They sometimes cite a lack of progress as a reason to deny coverage, labeling patients’ conditions as chronic and asserting that they have reached their baseline level of functioning. And if they make progress, which would normally be celebrated, insurers have used that against patients to argue they no longer need the care being provided.

Their doctors are left to walk a tightrope trying to convince insurers that patients are making enough progress to stay in treatment as long as they actually need it, but not so much that the companies prematurely cut them off from care. And when insurers demand that providers spend their time justifying care, it takes them away from their patients.

“The issues that we grapple with are in the real world,” said Dr. Robert Trestman, the chair of psychiatry and behavioral medicine at the Virginia Tech Carilion School of Medicine and chair of the American Psychiatric Association’s Council on Healthcare Systems and Financing. “People are sicker with more complex conditions.”

Mental health care can be particularly prone to these progress-based denials. While certain tests reveal when cancer cells are no longer present and X-rays show when bones have healed, psychiatrists say they have to determine whether someone has returned to a certain level of functioning before they can end or change their treatment. That can be particularly tricky when dealing with mental illness, which can be fluid, with a patient improving slightly one day only to worsen the next.

Though there is no way to know how often coverage gets cut off mid-treatment, ProPublica has found scores of lawsuits over the past decade in which judges have sharply criticized insurance companies for citing a patient’s improvement to deny mental health coverage. In a number of those cases, federal courts ruled that the insurance companies had broken a federal law designed to provide protections for people who get health insurance through their jobs.

Reporters reviewed thousands of pages of court documents and interviewed more than 50 insiders, lawyers, patients and providers. Over and over, people said these denials can lead to real — sometimes devastating — harm. An official at an Illinois facility with intensive mental health programs said that this past year, two patients who left before their clinicians felt they were ready due to insurance denials had attempted suicide.

Dr. Eric Plakun, a Massachusetts psychiatrist with more than 40 years of experience in residential and intensive outpatient programs, and a former board member of the American Psychiatric Association, said the “proprietary standards” insurers use as a basis for denying coverage often simply stabilize patients in crisis and “shortcut real treatment.”

Plakun offered an analogy: If someone’s house is on fire, he said, putting out the fire doesn’t restore the house. “I got a hole in the roof, and the windows have been smashed in, and all the furniture is charred, and nothing’s working electrically,” he said. “How do we achieve recovery? How do we get back to living in that home?”

Unable to pay the $350-a-day out-of-pocket cost for additional intensive outpatient treatment, Moore left her program within a week of BCBS Texas’ denial. The insurer would only cover outpatient talk therapy.

During her final day at the program, records show, Moore’s suicidal thoughts and intent to carry them out had escalated from a 7 to a 10 on a 1-to-10 scale. She was barely eating or sleeping.

A few hours after the session, Moore drove herself to a hospital and was admitted to the emergency room, accelerating a downward spiral that would eventually cost the insurer tens of thousands of dollars, more than the cost of the treatment she initially requested.

Moore’s wrists still show scars from where she was cutting herself. (Ilana Panich-Linsman, special to ProPublica) How Insurers Justify Denials

Buried in the denial letters that insurance companies send patients are a variety of expressions that convey the same idea: Improvement is a reason to deny coverage.

“You are better.” “Your child has made progress.” “You have improved.”

In one instance, a doctor working for Regence Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Oregon wrote that a patient who had been diagnosed with major depression was “sufficiently stable,” even as her own doctors wrote that she “continued to display a pattern of severe impairment” and needed round-the-clock care. A judge ruled that “a preponderance of the evidence” demonstrated that the teen’s continued residential treatment was medically necessary. The insurer said it can’t comment on the case because it ended with a confidential settlement.

In another, a doctor working for UnitedHealth Group wrote in 2019 that a teenage girl with a history of major depression who had been hospitalized after trying to take her own life by overdosing “was doing better.” The insurer denied ongoing coverage at a residential treatment facility. A judge ruled that the insurer’s determination “lacked any reasoning or citations” from the girl’s medical records and found that the insurer violated federal law. United did not comment on this case but previously argued that the girl no longer had “concerning medical issues” and didn’t need treatment in a 24-hour monitored setting.

To justify denials, the insurers cite guidelines that they use to determine how well a patient is doing and, ultimately, whether to continue paying for care. Companies, including United, have said these guidelines are independent, widely accepted and evidence-based.

Insurers most often turn to two sets: MCG (formerly known as Milliman Care Guidelines), developed by a division of the multibillion-dollar media and information company Hearst, and InterQual, produced by a unit of UnitedHealth’s mental health division, Optum. Insurers have also used guidelines they have developed themselves.

MCG Health did not respond to multiple requests for comment. A spokesperson for the Optum division that works on the InterQual guidelines said that the criteria “is a collection of established scientific evidence and medical practice intended for use as a first level screening tool” and “helps to move patients safely and efficiently through the continuum of care.”

A separate spokesperson for Optum also said the company’s “priority is ensuring the people we serve receive safe and effective care for their individual needs.” A Regence spokesperson said that the company does “not make coverage decisions based on cost or length of stay,” and that its “number one priority is to ensure our members have access to the care they need when they need it.”

In interviews, several current and former insurance employees from multiple companies said that they were required to prioritize the proprietary guidelines their company used, even if their own clinical judgment pointed in the opposite direction.

“It’s very hard when you come up against all these rules that are kind of setting you up to fail the patient,” said Brittainy Lindsey, a licensed mental health counselor who worked at the Anthem subsidiary Beacon and at Humana for a total of six years before leaving the industry in 2022. In her role, Lindsey said, she would suggest approving or denying coverage, which — for the latter — required a staff doctor’s sign-off. She is now a mental health consultant for behavioral health businesses and clinicians.

A spokesperson for Elevance Health, formerly known as Anthem, said Lindsey’s “recollection is inaccurate, both in terms of the processes that were in place when she was a Beacon employee, and how we operate today.” The spokesperson said “clinical judgment by a physician — which Ms. Lindsey was not — always takes precedence over guidelines.”

In an emailed statement, a Humana spokesperson said the company’s clinician reviewers “are essential to evaluating the facts and circumstances of each case.” But, the spokesperson said, “having objective criteria is also important to provide checks and balances and consistently comply with” federal requirements.

The guidelines are a pillar of the health insurance system known as utilization management, which paves the way for coverage denials. The process involves reviewing patients’ cases against relevant criteria every handful of days or so to assess if the company will continue paying for treatment, requiring providers and patients to repeatedly defend the need for ongoing care.

Federal judges have criticized insurance company doctors for using such guidelines in cases where they were not actually relevant to the treatment being requested or for “solely” basing their decisions on them.

Wit v. United Behavioral Health, a class-action lawsuit involving a subsidiary of UnitedHealth, has become one of the most consequential mental health cases of this century. In that case, a federal judge in California concluded that a number of United’s in-house guidelines did not adhere to generally accepted standards of care. The judge found that the guidelines allowed the company to wrongly deny coverage for certain mental health and substance use services the moment patients’ immediate problems improved. He ruled that the insurer would need to change its practices. United appealed the ruling on grounds other than the court’s findings about the defects in its guidelines, and a panel of judges partially upheld the decision. The case has been sent back to the district court for further proceedings.

Largely in response to the Wit case, nine states have passed laws requiring health insurers to use guidelines that align with the leading standards of mental health care, like those developed by nonprofit professional organizations.

Cigna has said that it “has chosen not to adopt private, proprietary medical necessity criteria” like MCG. But, according to a review of lawsuits, denial letters have continued to reference MCG. One federal judge in Utah called out the company, writing that Cigna doctors “reviewed the claims under medical necessity guidelines it had disavowed.” Cigna did not respond to specific questions about this.

Timothy Stock, one of the BCBS doctors who denied Moore’s request to cover ongoing care, had cited MCG guidelines when determining she had improved enough — something judges noted he had done before. In 2016, Stock upheld a decision on appeal to deny continued coverage for a teenage girl who was in residential treatment for major depression, post-traumatic stress disorder and anxiety. Pointing to the guidelines, Stock concluded she had shown enough improvement.

The patient’s family sued the insurer, alleging it had wrongly denied coverage. Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Illinois argued that there was evidence that showed the patient had been improving. But, a federal judge found the insurer misstated its significance. The judge partially ruled in the family’s favor, zeroing in on Stock and another BCBS doctor’s use of improvement to recommend denying additional care.

“The mere incidence of some improvement does not mean treatment was no longer medically necessary,” the Illinois judge wrote.

In another case, BCBS Illinois denied coverage for a girl with a long history of mental illness just a few weeks into her stay at a residential treatment facility, noting that she was “making progressive improvements.” Stock upheld the denial after an appeal.

Less than two weeks after Stock’s decision, court records show, she cut herself on the arm and leg with a broken light bulb. The insurer defended the company’s reasoning by noting that the girl “consistently denied suicidal ideation,” but a judge wrote that medical records show the girl was “not forthcoming” with her doctors about her behaviors. The judge ruled against the insurer, writing that Stock and another BCBS doctor “unreasonably ignored the weight of the medical evidence” showing that the girl required residential treatment.

Stock declined to comment. A spokesperson for BCBS said the company’s doctors who review requests for mental health coverage are board certified psychiatrists with multiple years of practice experience. The spokesperson added that the psychiatrists review all information received “from the provider, program and members to ensure members are receiving benefits for the right care, at the right place and at the right time.”

The BCBS spokesperson did not address specific questions related to Moore or Stock. The spokesperson said that the examples ProPublica asked about “are not indicative of the experience of the vast majority of our members,” and that it is committed to providing “access to quality, cost-effective physical and behavioral health care.”

A Lifelong Struggle

A former contemporary dancer with a bright smile and infectious laugh, Moore’s love of animals is eclipsed only by her affinity for plants. She moved from Indiana to Austin, Texas, about six years ago and started as a receptionist at a clinic before working her way up to technician.

Moore’s depression has been a constant in her life. It began as a child, when, she said, she was sexually and emotionally abused. She was able to manage as she grew up, getting through high school and attending Indiana University. But, she said, she fell back into a deep sadness after she learned in 2022 that the church she found comfort in as a college student turned out to be what she and others deemed a cult. In September of last year, she began an intensive outpatient program, which included multiple group and individual therapy sessions every week.

Moore, 32, had spent much of the past eight months in treatment for severe depression, post-traumatic stress disorder and anxiety when BCBS said it would no longer pay for the program in January.

The denial had come to her without warning.

“I was starting to get to the point where I did have some hope, and I was like, maybe I can see an actual end to this,” Moore said. “And it was just cut off prematurely.”

At the Austin emergency room where she drove herself after her treatment stopped, her heart raced. She was given medication as a sedative for her anxiety. According to hospital records she provided to ProPublica, Moore’s symptoms were brought on after “insurance said they would no longer pay.”

A hospital social worker frantically tried to get her back into the intensive outpatient program.

“That’s the sad thing,” said Kandyce Walker, the program’s director of nursing and chief operating officer, who initially argued Moore’s case with BCBS Texas. “To have her go from doing a little bit better to ‘I’m going to kill myself.’ It is so frustrating, and it’s heartbreaking.”

After the denial and her brief admission to the hospital emergency department in January, Moore began slicing her wrists more frequently, sometimes twice a day. She began to down six to seven glasses of wine a night.

“I really had thought and hoped that with the amount of work I’d put in, that I at least would have had some fumes to run on,” she said.

She felt embarrassed when she realized she had nothing to show for months of treatment. The skills she’d just begun to practice seemed to disappear under the weight of her despair. She considered going into debt to cover the cost of ongoing treatment but began to think that she’d rather end her life.

“In my mind,” she said, “that was the most practical thing to do.”

Whenever the thought crossed her mind — and it usually did multiple times a day — she remembered that she had promised her therapist that she wouldn’t.

Moore’s therapist encouraged her to continue calling BCBS Texas to try to restore coverage for more intensive treatment. In late February, about five weeks after Stock’s denial, records show that the company approved a request that sent her back to the same facility and at the same level of care as before.

But by that time, her condition had deteriorated so severely that it wasn’t enough.

Eight days later, Moore was admitted to a psychiatric hospital about half an hour from Austin. Medical records paint a harrowing picture of her condition. She had a plan to overdose and the medicine to do it. The doctor wrote that she required monitoring and had “substantial ongoing suicidality.” The denial continued to torment her. She told her doctor that her condition worsened after “insurance stopped covering” her treatment.

Her few weeks stay at the psychiatric hospital cost $38,945.06. The remaining 10 weeks of treatment at the intensive outpatient program — the treatment BCBS denied — would have cost about $10,000.

Bracelets and a watch cover Moore’s scars from cutting herself. (Ilana Panich-Linsman, special to ProPublica)

Moore was discharged from the hospital in March and went back into the program Stock had initially said she no longer needed.

It marked the third time she was admitted to the intensive outpatient program.

A few months later, as Moore picked at her lunch, her oversized glasses sliding down the bridge of her nose every so often, she wrestled with another painful realization. Had the BCBS doctors not issued the denial, she probably would have completed her treatment by now.

“I was really looking forward to that,” Moore said softly. As she spoke, she played with the thick stack of bracelets hiding the scars on her wrists.

A few weeks later, that small facility closed in part because of delays and denials from insurance companies, according to staff and billing records. Moore found herself calling around to treatment facilities to see which ones would accept her insurance. She finally found one, but in October, her depression had become so severe that she needed to be stepped up to a higher level of care.

Moore was able to get a leave of absence from work to attend treatment, which she worried would affect the promotion she had been working toward. To tide her over until she could go back to work, she used up the money her mother sent for her 30th birthday.

She smiles less than she did even a few months ago. When her roommates ask her to hang out downstairs, she usually declines. She has taken some steps forward, though. She stopped drinking and cutting her wrists, allowing scar tissue to cover her wounds.

But she’s still grieving what the denial took from her.

“I believed I could get better,” she said recently, her voice shaking. “With just a little more time, I could discharge, and I could live life finally.”

We’re Investigating Mental Health Care Access. Share Your Insights.

Kirsten Berg contributed research.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Maya Miller and Duaa Eldeib.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/her-mental-health-treatment-was-helping-thats-why-insurance-cut-off-her-coverage/feed/ 0 508023
Incomplete Coverage of an Ominous Syrian Situation https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/incomplete-coverage-of-an-ominous-syrian-situation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/incomplete-coverage-of-an-ominous-syrian-situation/#respond Thu, 12 Dec 2024 15:12:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=155343 When Japan, already considered an enemy of the United States, sent its air force to U.S. territory and bombed Pearl Harbor on December 7, the same date on the calendar that former opposition forces of the Iraq government entered Damascus, the U.S. government and media emphasized the more serious situation ─ the U.S. was at […]

The post Incomplete Coverage of an Ominous Syrian Situation first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
When Japan, already considered an enemy of the United States, sent its air force to U.S. territory and bombed Pearl Harbor on December 7, the same date on the calendar that former opposition forces of the Iraq government entered Damascus, the U.S. government and media emphasized the more serious situation ─ the U.S. was at war with Japan. Press coverage and U.S. government response to the “fall” of the Assad government distracted from the serious situation ─ Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), successor to former Al-Qaeda affiliate, Al-Nusra Front, which the U.S. labelled a terrorist organization and enemy of the United States and previously fought to prevent gaining control of Syria, sent its forces to seize control of Syria.

The conventional U.S. media treated the ominous events as a tale of the daily lives of two individuals — Abu Mohammad al-Jolani and Bashar al-Assad — Jesse James vs the evil banks. Amidst their entertaining stories are misinterpretations, lack of depth in analysis, and inattention to details. More valid discussion of a momentous event and where the United States is centered in the crisis are helpful.

Bashar Assad had already fallen.
With half the population displaced or out of the country, with sanctions depriving the people of energy, and with foreign forces wandering at will throughout the countryside, Syria navigated on fumes. Its government hardly breathed. Assad had already fallen. Considering the coming winter chill, he decided to change residences.

The U.S. had no fingers in the cookie jar.
What a whopper.

  • Is it a coincidence that the U.S. supported Syrian Democratic Forces launched an attack on villages in the northern countryside of Deir Al Zor province on Tuesday, December 3?
  • Is it a coincidence that, on Nov 12, U.S. Central Command in Eastern Syria said, “it had carried out attacks against ‘Iranian backed groups’ in Syria, hitting nine targets at two separate locations in the country over the previous 24-hour period.”
  • Didn’t the U.S. air force bomb, strafe, and repulse militias from the Iraq Popular Mobilization Forces, who tried to enter Iraq and assist the Syrian military?
  • Why did the “US A-10s, B-52s, target dozens of ISIS sites in Syria? Air Force planes dropped roughly 140 munitions on a ‘very broad’ gathering of ISIS fighters early Sunday morning (December 8).” Why weren’t the attacks done before the walkover? Obvious answer ─ previously the U.S. encouraged ISIS’ needling the Syrians. Now, Uncle Sam did not favor ISIS needling the new favorites in the neocon world.

Another U.S. counterproductive and foreign policy failure.
U.S. foreign policy initiatives have one common thread ─ counterproductive and homicidal.

  • Calculated to prevent North Vietnam from obtaining control of all of Vietnam, 10 years of war resulted in 1-2 million Vietnamese casualties and North Vietnam obtaining control of Vietnam.
  • Fifty years of a Cold War struggle, in which the United States inflicted casualties on millions around the world, designed to prevent the Soviet Union from extending its hammer and sickle and challenge U.S. hegemony, resulted in a Russia that extends its territory and vigorously challenges U.S. hegemony.
  • U.S. troops, sent on a mission to feed and stabilize Somalia, shot up the place, paved the road for al-Shabaab, a Salafi terrorist organization, and scurried out of an anarchic Somalia.
  • The U.S. fought twenty years in Afghanistan to replace the Taliban with…..the Taliban.
  • The U.S. invasion of a moribund Saddam Hussein’s Iraq, alleged as an opportunity to remove an international threat, triggered the emergence of a parade of international threats, which terrorized the Fertile Crescent, and solidified the Iraq Popular Mobilization Forces that challenge the U.S. in Iraq. These forces ally with Iran, which the U.S. State Department considers an international threat. The Iraq Body Count project documents 186,901 – 210,296 violent civilian deaths during the Iraq war. In 2007, due to sectarian violence that emerged from the U.S. invasion, Iraq had about 4 million displaced persons. Between January 2014 and August 2015, 2.9 million persons fled their homes in three new mass waves of displacement following offensives by ISIL.
  • Together with NATO, the U.S. replaced Muammar Gaddafi, who suppressed al-Qaeda terrorists, with the same terrorists, and engineered the creation and arming of several terrorists groups in North Africa.
  • After sending its military into Syria’s civil war, a war that estimated deaths at about 600 thousand, more than six million internally displaced, and around five million refugees, with defined purpose of preventing ISSIS from seizing control of Syria, the U.S. enabled Hayat Tahrir al-Sham, the successor to al-Qaeda’s previous partner, Al-Nusra Front, to seize control of Syria.

The release of dissidents from prisons was an incomplete story.
Media attention to Saydnaya prison, “which had become synonymous with arbitrary detention, torture and murder,” would have been genuine if the same attention had been given to similar prisons in Israel, Saudi Arabia, and Egypt. The horrific incarcerations of dissidents in the three mentioned countries cannot be adequately described in less than a 1000 page book. Here are some details.

Israel has, by magnitudes, exceeded Syria in the number of detainees of Palestinian dissidents.

On 11 December 2012, the office of then-Prime Minister Salam Fayyad stated that since 1967, 800,000 Palestinians, or roughly 20% of the total population and 40% of the male population, had been imprisoned by Israel at one point in time. According to Palestinian estimates, 70% of Palestinian families have had one or more family members sentenced to jail terms in Israeli prisons as a result of activities against the occupation.

From the New Yorker magazine, March 21, 2024, “The Brutal Conditions Facing Palestinian Prisoners”:

Israel has also detained thousands of Palestinians from Gaza; prisoners who have described extensive physical abuse from Israeli forces, and, already, at least twenty-seven detainees from Gaza have died in military custody. At the same time, Israeli forces have arrested thousands more Palestinians, mostly from the West Bank, at least ten of whom have reportedly died in Israel prisons.

The Public Committee Against Torture in Israel (P.C.A.T.I.), a non-governmental organization, established in 1990, represents Palestinians and Israelis who claim to have been tortured by Israeli authorities. In the New Yorker article, they claim,

We’re currently looking at almost ten thousand Palestinian detainees from the West Bank and Gaza…We know that the International Committee of the Red Cross (I.C.R.C.) has been banned from visiting all Israeli prisons since October 7th. We also know—through evidence that P.C.A.T.I. and other N.G.O.s have collected—of what we view as systemic abuse and violence by prison guards toward Palestinian detainees since October 7th. We’ve documented nineteen different incidents of torture and abuse in seven different Israel Prison Service (I.P.S.) facilities by different I.P.S. units, all of which have led us to believe that we’re looking at a policy rather than just isolated incidents.

Although the number of arbitrary executions in Saydnaya prison is not known, much mention is made of the executions. Passing mention is made of the hundreds of arbitrary executions of Palestinians in the West Bank, shot while escaping Israeli military, and the tens of thousands murdered in Gaza.

Where are investigations into the number of dissidents held in Saudi and Egypt jails. We read of constant executions in Saudi Arabia and pay no attention to the reports. No execution has matched the grisly slicing and dicing of Saudi journalist, Jamal Ahmad Khashoggi, “who was assassinated at the Saudi consulate in Istanbul on October 2, 2018 by agents of the Saudi government.”

We now have good terrorists.
Questioned, in a CNN interview, as to why the U.S. accepts HTS, designated a terrorist organization by the U.S. and with a $10m bounty on its leader, National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan replied, “The group at the vanguard of this rebel advance, HTS, is actually a terrorist organization designated by the United States. So we have real concerns about the designs and objectives of that organization. At the same time, of course, we don’t cry over the fact that the Assad government, backed by Russia, Iran and Hezbollah, are facing certain kinds of pressure. So it’s a complicated situation.”

Placed in words often described to the hypocritical U.S. government, “Yes, they are bad guys and they are a terrorist organization, but they are our bad guys and they are our terrorist organization.”

We know where Assad is; where is the United States?
Uncle Sam’s voices to the world give their usual empty and meaningless words to a packed and meaningful event — closely monitoring, historic opportunity, a moment of risk and uncertainty, work together with allies and partners to urge de-escalation and protect U.S. personnel and military positions, and strongly support a peaceful transition of power.

The U.S. should be forced to answer why it did not use its power to prevent a Civil War that caused an estimated deaths of about 600 thousand, more than six million internally displaced, and around five million refugees, and why it has not used its power to insist that the more democratically inclined opposition in Syria be immediately given leading roles in the new Syrian government. Isn’t it dangerous to have Mohammed al-Bashir, a deputy in Abu Mohammad al-Jolani’s National Salvation Front, serve as “acting” prime minister for Syria’s transitional government. Will Mohammed al-Bashir “act” for one month, one year, or one decade?

Israel has spoken forcefully; its terrorist country smells and recognizes another terrorist country. The U.S. has spoken by not speaking; it now has the clout of Albania in Middle East affairs.

It’s becoming shameful to be a U.S. citizen.

The post Incomplete Coverage of an Ominous Syrian Situation first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Kim Petersen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/incomplete-coverage-of-an-ominous-syrian-situation/feed/ 0 505760
Darién Gap: The Where of Migration Crisis Coverage, Without the Why https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/darien-gap-the-where-of-migration-crisis-coverage-without-the-why/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/darien-gap-the-where-of-migration-crisis-coverage-without-the-why/#respond Fri, 22 Nov 2024 23:09:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043126  

Chinese migrant with Laura Loomer in the Darien Gap

Far-right activist Laura Loomer confronting a “Chinese invader” in Panama’s Darien Gap (X, 2/22/24).

In February, far-right political activist Laura Loomer—the self-defined “white advocate” and “proud Islamophobe” whom Donald Trump has praised as a “terrific” person and “very special”—descended on Panama to investigate the “invasion of America” allegedly taking place via the Darién Gap.

The Darién Gap, mind you, is 5,000 kilometers away from the US border. The only land bridge connecting South and Central America, it is largely comprised of spectacularly hostile jungle. It has become an epicenter of the global migration crisis, as international refuge seekers are forced to contend with its horrors in the pursuit of a better life. More than 520,000 people crossed the Darién Gap in 2023, while an untold number died trying—victims of rushing rivers, steep precipices, armed assailants and sheer exhaustion.

Over the course of her Darién expedition, Loomer exposed the diabolical logistics of the “invasion” by accosting numerous migrants who had just emerged from the deadly jungle, and now had a mere six countries—and all manner of additional life-imperiling danger—lying between them and the United States.

There were the “invaders from Africa,” for example, several of whom Loomer reported “were wearing tribal outfits.” Then there were the “Venezuelans invaders” [sic] who informed Loomer that Trump was a “bitch,” and the men from Afghanistan who “openly admitted” that they were migrating to “escape the Taliban”—the upshot in Loomerland being that it was “only a matter of time before we have another 9/11-style terrorist attack in our country.” And there was the “Chinese invader” from Beijing who was traveling with two children, and who constituted undeniable proof that “the Chinese Communist Party is actively invading the US via invaders. And they are coming in via the Darién Gap.”

Omission of context

Map of Panama's Darien Gap

Map showing the Darién Gap, which separates the Pan-American Highway into two segments (Wikipedia).

As Trump now prepares to retake America’s presidential reins and realize his dream of manic mass deportations, the likes of Loomer are dutifully standing by with their arsenal of “invading invader” babble. And while US Democrats are generally better at camouflaging their own anti-migrant militance with slightly more refined rhetoric, let’s not forget that President Joe Biden presided over plenty of deportations himself (Washington Post, 12/29/23)—in addition to expanding Trump’s border wall (Reuters, 10/6/23), in contravention of his promise not to do so.

Enter the corporate media, which play an integral role in abetting the bipartisan US war on migrants—even as the more centrist outlets enjoy cultivating the illusion of moral superiority to Trump’s brand of transparently sociopathic xenophobia. Much of the media’s complicity in this war has to do with what is not said in news reports—namely, that the US is itself largely responsible for wreaking much of the international political and financial havoc that forces people to migrate in the first place.

This conscious omission of context has long been on display in the Darién Gap, where, unlike in Loomer’s “reporting,” a constant stream of mainstream dispatches does serve to convey the terrific plight of migrants—but simultaneously excises the US role in the whole sinister arrangement.

‘A hole in the fence’

CNN: On one of the world’s most dangerous migrant routes, a cartel makes millions off the American dream

For corporate media (CNN, 4/17/23), the bad guys are those who help refugees escape, not those who create the conditions they’re escaping from.

Take CNN (4/17/23), which begins one of its countless Darién Gap interventions with a rundown on the various perils: “Masked robbers and rapists. Exhaustion, snakebites, broken ankles. Murder and hunger.”

Throughout the article, we are introduced sympathetically to an array of migrants, such as Jean-Pierre of Haiti, who is carrying his sick son strapped to his chest. According to CNN, Jean-Pierre was driven to leave Haiti because “gang violence, a failed government and the worst malnutrition crisis in decades make daily life untenable.”

This, to be sure, is a rather cursory flyover of the situation in a country where the untenability of daily life is due in good part to more than a century of pernicious meddling by the United States—from military invasion and occupation to support for torture-happy Haitian dictatorships, from repeated coups to economic subjugation. In 2011, WikiLeaks cables revealed that the Barack Obama administration had agitated to block an increase in the minimum wage for Haitian apparel workers beyond 31 cents per hour.

As is par for the corporate media course, CNN deems such history irrelevant, and instead assigns the overarching blame for the human tragedy playing out in the “most dangerous” Darién Gap to migrant traffickers:

The cartel overseeing the route is making millions off a highly organized smuggling business, pushing as many people as possible through what amounts to a hole in the fence for migrants moving north, the distant American dream their only lodestar.

Never mind that, absent the selective US-backed criminalization of migration for the have-nots of the global capitalist system, migrant traffickers would have no business to organize.

‘Seventy miles in hell’

Atlantic: Seventy Miles in Hell

For the Atlantic (8/6/24), economic suffering in Venezuela is the fault of its government’s “corruption and mismanagement,” with US sanctions merely a response to an “authoritarian crackdown.”

Caitlin Dickerson’s recent cover story for the Atlantic, “Seventy Miles in Hell” (8/6/24), similarly purports to show the human side of the story in the Darién Gap—but again without delving too deeply or accurately into the political realities that govern human existence. Traveling through the jungle with a Venezuelan couple, Dickerson offers a brief politico-economic analysis as to why, ostensibly, the pair found it necessary to pick up and leave:

Venezuela’s economy imploded in 2014, the result of corruption and mismanagement. Then an authoritarian crackdown by the leftist president, Nicolás Maduro, led to punishing American sanctions. The future they had been working toward ceased to exist.

This soundbite is no doubt music to the ears of the US establishment, precisely because it all but disappears the fundamental role of the United States in undertaking to destroy Venezuela as punishment for daring to attempt an economic model that deviated from imperial demands.

Hardly a new phenomenon, US sanctions on Venezuela were initially imposed by George W. Bush back in 2005, and extended by Barack Obama in 2015. They were further expanded by Trump in 2017, then intensified in 2019 in hopes of forcing out the government in favor of Juan Guaidó, the right-wing figure who had emerged from virtual obscurity to proclaim himself the country’s interim president. And yet, even prior to the intensification of coercive economic measures, US sanctions reportedly caused more than 40,000 deaths in the country in 2017–18 alone, as per the Washington, DC–based Center for Economic and Policy Research.

Of course, the US is also known for inciting and waging incredibly bloody wars worldwide, as well as contributing disproportionately to the climate crisis, which is also increasingly fueling displacement and migration. The corporate media’s refusal to mention such crucial facts when reporting on the Darién Gap, then, will only feed into Trumpian fearmongering about a migrant “invasion” in which the US is the victim rather than a key aggressor.

‘Migrant highway’

AP: The jungle between Colombia and Panama becomes a highway for migrants from around the world

AP (12/17/23): “Driven by economic crises, government repression and violence, migrants from China to Haiti decided to risk three days of deep mud, rushing rivers and bandits.”

Another xenophobic media habit that feeds Trumpite self-righteousness is that of referring to the Darién Gap as a migrant “highway”—as in the December 2023 Associated Press report (12/17/23) headlined “The Jungle Between Colombia and Panama Becomes a Highway for Migrants from Around the World.” In the article, journalist Christopher Sherman contended that the more than half a million migrants who traversed the Darién Gap in 2023 were “enabled by social media and Colombian organized crime,” which had converted the “once nearly impenetrable” forest into a “speedy but still treacherous highway.”

As I note in my forthcoming book on the Darién Gap, millions of people somehow managed to make their way to Ellis Island without the enabling of either social media or Colombian organized crime—which simply underscores that human beings migrate when they perceive an existential need to do so.

For its part, the New York Times (11/9/22) characterizes the Darién Gap as “a traffic jam” that is playing host to an “enormous flood of migrants.”

And an April Financial Times piece (4/10/24), headlined “The Migrant Highway That Could Sway the US Election,” remarked on the “rapid transformation” of a “once-impenetrable jungle…into a global migration highway.”  “The human tide crossing the Central American isthmus and heading north to the border has swelled to record proportions,” the Financial Times reported. It included a quote from a US Department of Homeland Security Official assuring readers that it was all the fault of “smugglers, coyotes and other bad actors.”

There’s nothing like visions of a migrant deluge surging up the Darién highway and straight into the heart of America to fuel a xenophobic field day under Trump’s second administration. Such rhetoric serves to justify the trampling of rights at home and in the United States’ self-appointed “backyard”—where Mexico already does a hell of a job making life hell for US-bound migrants.

Based on my own incursion into the Darién Gap in January 2024, I can safely say that “highway” is about the last word that comes to mind to describe the place. But the mediatic use of such terminology certainly paves the road for ever more hostile terrain ahead.

When two Venezuelan friends of mine crossed the Darién Gap, separately, in February and March, one reported that women in his group had been raped when they were found to have no money to hand over to armed assailants. The other said she had witnessed women be forced to squat in order to facilitate the probing of their intimate parts for valuables potentially tucked away.

In April, the New York Times (4/4/24) warned that sexual violence against migrants on the Panamanian side of the Darién Gap had reached a “level rarely seen outside war.”

But this is war. And by rendering sectors of the Earth unlivable while simultaneously criminalizing migration, the US is the principal belligerent.

 


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Belén Fernández.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/22/darien-gap-the-where-of-migration-crisis-coverage-without-the-why/feed/ 0 503231
How UnitedHealth’s Playbook for Limiting Mental Health Coverage Puts Countless Americans’ Treatment at Risk https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/19/how-unitedhealths-playbook-for-limiting-mental-health-coverage-puts-countless-americans-treatment-at-risk/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/19/how-unitedhealths-playbook-for-limiting-mental-health-coverage-puts-countless-americans-treatment-at-risk/#respond Tue, 19 Nov 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/unitedhealth-mental-health-care-denied-illegal-algorithm by Annie Waldman

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

For years, it was a mystery: Seemingly out of the blue, therapists would feel like they’d tripped some invisible wire and become a target of UnitedHealth Group.

A company representative with the Orwellian title “care advocate” would call and grill them about why they’d seen a patient twice a week or weekly for six months.

In case after case, United would refuse to cover care, leaving patients to pay out-of-pocket or go without it. The severity of their issues seemed not to matter.

Around 2016, government officials began to pry open United’s black box. They found that the nation’s largest health insurance conglomerate had been using algorithms to identify providers it determined were giving too much therapy and patients it believed were receiving too much; then, the company scrutinized their cases and cut off reimbursements.

By the end of 2021, United’s algorithm program had been deemed illegal in three states.

But that has not stopped the company from continuing to police mental health care with arbitrary thresholds and cost-driven targets, ProPublica found, after reviewing what is effectively the company’s internal playbook for limiting and cutting therapy expenses. The insurer’s strategies are still very much alive, putting countless patients at risk of losing mental health care.

Optum, its subsidiary that manages its mental health coverage, is taking aim at those who give or get “unwarranted” treatment, flagging patients who receive more than 30 sessions in eight months. The insurer estimates its “outlier management” strategy will contribute to savings of up to $52 million, according to company documents.

The company’s ability to continue deploying its playbook lays bare a glaring flaw in the way American health insurance companies are overseen.

While the massive insurer — one of the 10 most profitable companies in the world — offers plans to people in every state, it answers to no single regulator.

The federal government oversees the biggest pool: most of the plans that employers sponsor for their workers.

States are responsible for plans that residents buy on the marketplace; they also regulate those funded by the government through Medicaid but run through private insurers.

In essence, more than 50 different state and federal regulatory entities each oversee a slice of United’s vast network.

So when a California regulator cited United for its algorithm-driven practice in 2018, its corrective plan applied only to market plans based in California.

When Massachusetts’ attorney general forced it to restrict the system in 2020 for one of the largest health plans there, the prosecutor’s power ended at the state line.

And when New York’s attorney general teamed up with the U.S. Department of Labor on one of the most expansive investigations in history of an insurer’s efforts to limit mental health care coverage — one in which they scored a landmark, multimillion-dollar victory against United — none of it made an ounce of difference to the millions whose plans fell outside their purview.

It didn’t matter that they were all scrutinizing the insurer for violating the same federal law, one that forbade companies from putting up barriers to mental health coverage that did not exist for physical health coverage.

For United’s practices to be curbed, mental health advocates told ProPublica, every single jurisdiction in which it operates would have to successfully bring a case against it.

“It’s like playing Whac-A-Mole all the time for regulators,” said Lauren Finke, senior director of policy at the mental health advocacy group The Kennedy Forum. The regulatory patchwork benefits insurance companies, she said, “because they can just move their scrutinized practices to other products in different locations.”

Now internal documents show that United, through its subsidiary Optum, is targeting plans in other jurisdictions, where its practices have not been curbed. The company is focused on reducing “overutilization” of services for patients covered through its privately contracted Medicaid plans that are overseen by states, according to the internal company records reviewed by ProPublica. These plans cover some of the nation’s poorest and most vulnerable patients.

Internal company documents obtained by ProPublica reveal the strategy by Optum, a UnitedHealth Group subsidiary, to scrutinize and reduce outpatient mental health care. (Obtained by ProPublica)

United administers Medicaid plans or benefits in about two dozen states, and for more than 6 million people, according to the most recent federal data from 2022. The division responsible for the company’s Medicaid coverage took in $75 billion in revenue last year, a quarter of the total revenue of its health benefits business, UnitedHealthcare.

UnitedHealthcare told ProPublica that the company remains compliant with the terms of its settlement with the New York attorney general and federal regulators. Christine Hauser, a spokesperson for Optum Behavioral Health, said its process for managing health care claims is “an important part of making sure patients get access to safe, effective and affordable treatment.” Its programs are compliant with federal laws and ensure “people receive the care they need,” she said. One category of reviews is voluntary, she added; it allows providers to opt out and does not result in coverage denials.

ProPublica has spent months tracking the company’s efforts to limit mental health costs, reviewing hundreds of pages of internal documents and court records, and interviewing dozens of current and former employees as well as scores of providers in the company’s insurance networks.

One therapist in Virginia said she is reeling from the costly repercussions of her review by a care advocate. Another in Oklahoma said she faces ongoing pressure from United for seeing her high-risk patients twice a week.

“There’s no real clinical rationale behind this,” said Tim Clement, the vice president of federal government affairs at the nonprofit group Mental Health America. “This is pretty much a financial decision.”

Former care advocates for the company told ProPublica the same as they described steamrolling providers to boost cost savings.

One said he felt like “a cog in the wheel of insurance greed.”

Under ALERT

The year 2008 was supposed to mark a revolution in access to mental health care.

For decades, United and other insurers had been allowed to place hard caps on treatment, like the number of therapy sessions. But after Congress passed the ​​Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act, insurers could no longer set higher copays for behavioral services or more strictly limit how often patients could get them; insurers needed to offer the same access to mental health care as to physical care. The law applied to most plans, regardless of whether federal or state regulators enforced it.

As access to services increased, so did insurers’ costs. Company documents show United was keenly aware of this threat to its bottom line.

But there was a loophole: Insurers could still determine what care was medically necessary and appropriate.

Doing so case by case would be expensive and time-consuming. But United already had a tool that could make it easier to spot outliers.

Called ALERT, the algorithmic system was created years earlier to identify patients at risk of suicide or substance use. The company redeployed it to identify therapy overuse.

Company and court filings reveal that ALERT comprised a suite of algorithms — totaling more than 50 at one point — that analyzed clinical and claims data to catch what it considered unusual mental health treatment patterns, flagging up to 15% of the patients receiving outpatient care.

The algorithms could be triggered when care met the company's definition of overly frequent, such as when patients had therapy sessions twice a week for six weeks or more than 20 sessions in six months. Therapists drew scrutiny if they provided services for more than eight hours a day, used the same diagnosis code with most clients or worked on weekends or holidays — even though such work is often necessary with patients in crisis.

The system was originally designed to save lives, said Ed Jones, who co-developed the algorithm program when he worked as an executive at PacifiCare Behavioral Health, which later merged with United. Using ALERT to limit or deny care was “perverting a process that was really pretty good,” he told ProPublica.

Once patients or therapists were flagged, care advocates, who were licensed practitioners, would “alert” providers, using intervention scripts to assess whether care was medically necessary. The calls felt like interrogations, therapists told ProPublica, with the predetermined conclusion that their therapy was unnecessary or excessive.

ProPublica spoke with seven former employees from Optum who worked with the ALERT system from 2006 through 2021. They requested not to be named in order to speak freely, some citing fears of retaliation.

Even though the reviews were purportedly intended to identify cases where care was inappropriate or violated clinical standards, several former care advocates said these instances were rare. Instead, they questioned care if it passed an allotted number of sessions.

“It had to be really extreme to help the client be able to continue with the care,” said one former care advocate, who was troubled by the practice. “Not everyone with depression is going to be suicidal, but they still need therapy to support them.”

The advocates often overruled a provider’s expertise, a former team manager said. “There was always this feeling, ‘Why are we telling clinicians what to do?’” he said. “I didn’t think it was OK that we were making decisions like that for people.”

If the advocates found fault with therapists’ explanations — or couldn’t persuade them to cut back on care — they elevated the case to a peer-to-peer review, where a psychologist could decide to stop covering treatment.

According to court records, regulators alleged United doled out bonuses to care advocates based on productivity, such as the number of cases handled, and pushed workers to reduce care by modifying a therapist’s treatment or referring therapists to peer review in 20% of assigned cases.

At one point, care advocates were referring 40%, regulators alleged in court filings. Each peer review tended to last less than 12 minutes, offering providers little time to prove they had a “clear and compelling” reason to continue treatment.

Former advocates described feeling like parts of a machine that couldn’t stop churning. “Literally, we had to tell the company when we were going to the restroom,” one advocate said, “and so you would do that and come back and your manager would say, ‘Well, that was a little long.’”

The former workers told ProPublica they were pressured to keep calls brief; the rush added to the tension as therapists pushed back in anger.

“There was an expiration date on those jobs because there was such a pull on you emotionally,” one former care advocate said.

Three of them quit, they told ProPublica, citing damage to their own mental health.

New York and federal regulators started looking into the practice around 2016. A California regulator and the Massachusetts attorney general’s office soon followed.

All concluded that while United may not have set official caps on coverage, it had done so in practice by limiting mental health services more stringently than medical care. Therefore, it was breaking the federal parity law.

While California and Massachusetts got United to scale back its use of ALERT within their jurisdictions, New York was able to stretch its reach by teaming up with the U.S. Department of Labor to investigate and sue the insurer. Together, they found that from 2013 through 2020, United had denied claims for more than 34,000 therapy sessions in New York alone, amounting to $8 million in denied care.

By using ALERT to ration care, United calculated that it saved the company about $330 per member each time the program was used, the regulators said in court records. Cut off from therapy, some patients were hospitalized. The regulators did not specifically address in court filings whether the treatment denials met medical guidelines.

The company, which denied the allegations and did not have to admit liability or wrongdoing, agreed to pay more than $4 million in restitution and penalties in 2021. Notably, it also agreed to not use ALERT to limit or deny care.

The final terms of the settlement, however, only applied to plans under New York and federal regulators’ jurisdiction.

Rebranded Reviews

ProPublica has reviewed documents behind Optum’s ALERT and Outpatient Care Engagement programs. (Obtained by ProPublica)

In the three years since the settlement, the company has quietly rebranded ALERT.

The Outpatient Care Engagement program continues to use claims and clinical data to identify patients with “higher-than-average intensity and/or frequency of services,” according to internal company documents, to ensure “that members are receiving the right level of care at the right time.”

Up to 10% of cases are flagged for scrutiny, public company documents show. If care advocates take issue with a case, they can elevate it to a peer review, which can result in a denial.

The advocates’ script is nearly the same as the one used for ALERT.

Care advocates are even calling therapists from the same phone number.

Overseen by the former director of ALERT, the team’s more than 50 care advocates are tasked with ensuring that “outpatient care follows clinical and coverage guidelines” and “reduces overutilization and benefit expense when appropriate,” according to company documents.

The team conducts thousands of reviews each month, targeting plans that are mostly regulated by states and fall outside of the jurisdictions of previous sanctions. Patients impacted include workers with fully insured plans and people covered by Medicaid.

Nearly 1 in 3 adults in the Medicaid program has a mental health condition, and a fifth of its members have a substance use disorder. “This is probably disproportionately sweeping up those that are most distressed, most ill and most in need of care,” Clement said.

Private insurers that manage Medicaid plans, also known as managed care organizations, are often paid a fixed amount per person, regardless of the frequency or intensity of services used. If they spend less than the state’s allotted payment, plans are typically allowed to keep some or all of what remains. Experts, senators and federal investigators have long raised concerns that this model may be incentivizing insurers to limit or deny care.

“They basically manage the benefits to maximize their short-term profit,” said David Lloyd, chief policy officer with the mental health advocacy group Inseparable and an expert on state-level mental health parity laws.

State regulators are supposed to be making sure private insurers that manage Medicaid plans are following the mental health parity laws. But this year, a federal audit found that they were failing to do so. “They are not well designed to essentially be watchdogs,” Lloyd said. “There’s very little accountability. Insurers can run roughshod over them.”

The internal records reviewed by ProPublica show the plans and geographic areas now scrutinized by the rebranded program. The team conducts two types of reviews, those considered “consultation” and those that question medical necessity.

For the first kind, the team flags members with high use (more than 30 sessions in eight months) or high frequency (twice-a-week sessions for six weeks or more) to engage their providers in “collaborative” conversations about the treatment plan.

Company documents reveal striking similarities between Optum’s ALERT and Outpatient Care Engagement programs. (Obtained by ProPublica)

Internal records indicate that the company uses this “consultation” model for about 20 state Medicaid programs, including Washington, Minnesota, Mississippi, Virginia and Tennessee. The company is also deploying the program with Medicaid plans in Massachusetts and, as of the fourth quarter of this year, New York, which are outside of the jurisdiction of the earlier state agreements.

While the Department of Labor does not have jurisdiction over Medicaid, a spokesperson said it “would be concerned about ‘consultation’ reviews that are conducted in a way that violates [the mental health parity act].” The department did not comment on whether it was investigating the insurer, as a matter of agency policy.

Company records show Optum is applying its more stringent review method, questioning medical necessity, to psychological testing services and a type of therapy to treat children with autism, known as applied behavior analysis, for people with Medicaid coverage in about 20 states. It is doing the same for routine therapy for its members with dual Medicare-Medicaid plans in about 18 states and Washington, D.C. Such plans are largely overseen by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, the federal agency responsible for overseeing both Medicare and Medicaid programs. While the dual plans are not subject to federal mental health parity laws, a CMS spokesperson said the agency was taking steps to “ensure that people enrolled in these plans have timely access to care.”

The internal company records reveal that Optum has continued to use quotas with its medical necessity reviews, setting productivity targets for how many cases its employees scrutinize. According to records from this year, the target was 160 reviews per employee, which the company exceeded with 180 reviews per employee.

Several state agencies that oversee Medicaid programs, including those in New York and Massachusetts, told ProPublica that they follow federal mental health parity laws and have strong monitoring practices to ensure that the private insurers that manage benefits are in compliance.

Katie Pope, a spokesperson for Washington’s Health Care Authority, told ProPublica that ALERT was discontinued three years ago but did not directly respond to questions about the current iteration of the program. Scott Peterson, a spokesperson for Minnesota’s Human Services Department, said that while United’s policies were compliant with federal parity laws, the company’s contract would expire at the end of the year. Last May, the state blocked for-profit insurers, like United, from participating in its Medicaid program.

Amy Lawrence, a spokesperson for Tennessee’s Medicaid program, said United’s outlier review practice entailed “voluntary collaborative conversations on best practices” and did not question the medical necessity of services nor result in denials of treatment. “There are no adverse consequences for providers who elect not to participate,” she said.

Mississippi’s, Louisiana’s and Virginia’s state Medicaid agencies did not respond to ProPublica’s questions. (Read all state responses.)

In response to ProPublica’s questions about its oversight of state Medicaid programs, a spokesperson for CMS said it was “actively engaged with states and other stakeholders to improve compliance and oversight of parity requirements.” (Read the full responses of federal agencies.)

Hauser, the spokesperson for Optum, told ProPublica that the company is committed to working with state Medicaid programs to ensure access to effective and necessary care. She said its new program was separate from ALERT, which she said had been discontinued. (She did not explain why the original ALERT program appears to be still operational in Louisiana, according to a recent company manual.) When the team conducts medical necessity reviews, she said, they are compliant with mental health parity law. (Read the company’s full response.)

Ringing Phones

Therapists who underwent the reviews told ProPublica that they felt the practice was intended to discourage them from providing necessary care, interfering with their ability to treat their patients.

This year, Oklahoma therapist Jordan Bracht received multiple calls from the team related to the care of two patients, who were both on United’s dual Medicare-Medicaid plan. “If we don’t hear back from you within a week,” a care advocate said in a voice message, “then the case will be forwarded to the peer review process to make a decision based upon the information available.”

Both of Bracht’s patients had diagnoses of dissociative identity disorder and required therapy twice a week. “Many of my clients are suicidal and would be hospitalized if I had to cut down the care,” Bracht told ProPublica.

Reviewers pushed for end dates for their therapy. “They really wanted me to nail down a discharge date,” she said. “We are really trying to keep this person alive, and it felt like they were applying their one-size-fits-all model. It doesn’t feel right.”

Virginia therapist Chanelle Henderson got a voice message in 2022 from the same number about her care of a patient with state Medicaid coverage. “We’d like to complete a clinical review,” the caller said. “We’ll follow up with one more call before the case is referred to the peer review process.”

When Henderson called back, a reviewer informed her that her practice had been flagged for providing longer sessions. Henderson tried to explain they were necessary to treat trauma, her practice’s specialty. “She had no trust in me as a clinician,” Henderson said of the reviewer.

The inquiry progressed to questions about other patients, including one who was being treated by a therapist under Henderson’s supervision. The reviewer said that the company did not cover sessions of supervised therapists at practices with less than 12 therapists. At the time, Henderson’s practice had eight.

The reviewer elevated her case, triggering an aggressive audit of the entire practice going back two years that threatened to shut it down.

Citing issues with supervision and longer sessions, United demanded the practice pay back about $20,000 for services it had already provided. Henderson and her business partner pushed back, hiring a biller to help submit hundreds of pages of additional notes and documentation. They also pointed out that during the audit, the company had even changed its policy to allow smaller practices to supervise therapists. United eventually decreased the penalty by half. Neither Optum, United nor Virginia’s Medicaid program directly responded to ProPublica’s questions about the case.

Bethany Lackey, who co-founded the practice with Henderson, said that the reviews felt like a pretext for additional scrutiny. “It’s all set up in order to catch someone doing something so that they can take back payments,” she said. “We all know that behind it is this more malicious intent of getting their money back.”

Bethany Lackey, left, and Chanelle Henderson (Kate Medley for ProPublica)

Maya Miller contributed reporting. Kirsten Berg contributed research.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Annie Waldman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/19/how-unitedhealths-playbook-for-limiting-mental-health-coverage-puts-countless-americans-treatment-at-risk/feed/ 0 502561
Media Coverage of Amsterdam Soccer Riot Erases Zionist Hatred and Violence https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/media-coverage-of-amsterdam-soccer-riot-erases-zionist-hatred-and-violence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/media-coverage-of-amsterdam-soccer-riot-erases-zionist-hatred-and-violence/#respond Fri, 15 Nov 2024 22:43:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043061  

NYT: Antisemitic Attacks Prompt Emergency Flights for Israeli Soccer Fans

The New York Times (11/8/24), like other corporate media, framed the Amsterdam violence in terms of antisemitism—treating anti-Arab violence as an ancillary detail at best.

When violence broke out in Amsterdam last week involving Israeli soccer fans, Western media headlines told the story as one of attacks that could only be explained by antisemitism. This is the story right-wing Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu wants them to tell: “On the streets of Amsterdam, antisemitic rioters attacked Jews, Israeli citizens, just because they were Jews” (Fox News, 11/10/24).

Yet buried deep within their reports, some of these outlets revealed a more complicated reality: that many fans of Israel’s Maccabi Tel Aviv Football Club had spent the previous night tearing down and burning Palestinian flags, attacking a taxi and shouting murderous anti-Arab chants, including “Death to the Arabs” and “Why is there no school in Gaza? There are no children left there” (Defector, 11/8/24).

As Marc Owen Jacobs of Zeteo (11/9/24) wrote, the media coverage revealed

troubling patterns in how racial violence is reported; not only is anti-Arab violence and racism marginalized and minimized, but violence against Israelis is amplified and reduced to antisemitism.

Buried context

Mondoweiss: ‘NYTimes’ biased coverage of Amsterdam soccer violence attempts to hide Israeli racism

James North (Mondoweiss, 11/10/24): “You had to jump to paragraph 7, buried on an inside page, to learn that the Israeli fans had, in fact, been violent and provocative the night before.”

“Israeli Soccer Fans Attacked in Amsterdam,” announced NBC News (11/8/24). That piece didn’t mention until the 25th paragraph the Maccabi fans’ Palestinian flag-burning and taxi destruction, as if these were minor details rather than precipitating events.

Similarly, the Washington Post (11/8/24)—“Israeli Soccer Fans Were Attacked in Amsterdam. The Violence Was Condemned as Antisemitic”—didn’t mention Maccabi anti-Arab chants until paragraph 22, and didn’t mention any Maccabi fan violence.

James North on Mondoweiss (11/10/24) summed up the New York Times article’s (11/8/24) similar one-sided framing:

The Times report, which started on page 1, used the word “antisemitic” six times, beginning in the headline. The first six paragraphs uniformly described the “Israeli soccer fans” as the victims, recounting their injuries, and dwelling on the Israeli government’s chartering of “at least three flights to bring Israeli citizens home,” insinuating that innocent people had to completely flee the country for their lives.

Also at Mondoweiss (11/9/24), Sana Saeed explained:

Emerging video evidence and testimonies from Amsterdam residents (here, here and here, for instance) indicate that the initial violence came from Maccabi Tel Aviv fans, who also disrupted a moment of silence for the Valencia flood victims.

But despite that footage and Amsterdammer testimonies, coverage—across international media, especially in the United States—has failed to contextualize the counter-attacks against the anti-Arab Israeli mob.

Misrepresented video

Screengrab from Annet de Graaf's video of the Amesterdam football riot.

Image from Annet de Graaf’s video showing violence by Israeli soccer fans—widely misrepresented as an example of antisemitic violence.

Several news outlets outright misrepresented video from local Dutch photographer Annet de Graaf. De Graaf’s video depicts Maccabi fans attacking Amsterdam locals, yet CNN World News (11/9/24) and BBC (11/8/24) and other outlets initially labeled it as Maccabi fans getting attacked.

De Graaf has demanded apologies from the news outlets and acknowledgement that the video was used to push false information. CNN World News‘ video now notes that an earlier version was accompanied by details from Reuters that CNN could not independently verify. BBC’s caption of De Graaf’s footage reads “Footage of some of the violence in Amsterdam—the BBC has not been able to verify the identity of those involved.”

The New York Times (11/8/24) corrected its misuse of the footage in an article about the violence:

An earlier version of this article included a video distributed by Reuters with a script about Israeli fans being attacked. Reuters has since issued a correction saying it is unclear who is depicted in the footage. The video’s author told the New York Times it shows a group of Maccabi fans chasing a man on the streeta description the Times independently confirmed with other verified footage from the scene. The video has been removed.

‘Historically illiterate conflation’

Jacobin: Calling a Football Riot a Pogrom Insults Historical Memory

Jacobin (11/12/24): “Far from acting like tsarist authorities during a pogrom, the police in Amsterdam seem to have cracked down far harder on those who attacked Maccabi fans than the overtly racist Maccabi hooligans who started the first phase of the riot.”

It is undoubtedly true that antisemitism was involved in Amsterdam alongside Israeli fans’ anti-Arab actions; the Wall Street Journal (11/10/24) verified reports of a group chat that called for a “Jew hunt.” But rather than acknowledging that there was ethnic animosity on both sides, some articles about the melee (Bret Stephens, New York Times, 11/12/24; Fox News, 11/10/24; Free Press, 10/11/24) elevated the violence to the level of a “pogrom.”

Jacobin (11/12/24) put the attacks in the context of European soccer riots:

There were assaults on Israeli fans, including hit-and-run attacks by perpetrators on bicycles. Some of the victims were Maccabi fans who hadn’t participated in the earlier hooliganism. In other words, this played out like a classical nationalistic football riot—the thuggish element of one group of fans engages in violence, and the ugly intercommunal dynamics lead to not just the perpetrators but the entire group of fans (or even random people wrongly assumed to share their background or nationality) being attacked.

But Jacobin pushed back against media using the word “pogrom” in reference to the soccer riots:

Pogroms were not isolated incidents of violence. They were calculated assaults to keep Jews locked firmly in their social place…. Pogroms cannot occur outside the framework of a society that systematically denies rights to a minority, ensuring that it remains vulnerable to the violence of the majority. What happened in Amsterdam, however, bears no resemblance to this structure. These were not attacks predicated on religious or racial oppression. They were incidents fueled by political discord between different groups of nationalists….

Furthermore, using that designation to opportunistically smear global dissent against Israel’s atrocities in Gaza as classically antisemitic only serves to trivialize genuine horrors. This historically illiterate conflation should be rejected by all who truly care about antisemitism.

Breaking with the Netanyahu government’s spin, former Israeli President Ehud Olmert said that the riots in Amsterdam were “not a continuation of the historic antisemitism that swept Europe in past centuries.” Olmert, unlike Western media coverage of the event, seemed to be able to connect the violence in Amsterdam to anti-Arab sentiment in his own country. In a more thoughtful piece than his paper’s news coverage of the event, New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman (11/13/24) quoted Olmert extensively:

The fact is, many people in the world are unable to acquiesce with Israel turning Gaza, or residential neighborhoods of Beirut, into the Stone Age—as some of our leaders promised to do. And that is to say nothing of what Israel is doing in the West Bank—the killings and destruction of Palestinian property. Are we really surprised that these things create a wave of hostile reactions when we continue to show a lack of sensitivity to human beings living in the center of the battlefield who are not terrorists?

The events in Amsterdam called for nuanced media coverage that contextualized events and condemned both anti-Jewish and anti-Arab violence. Instead, per usual, world leaders and media alike painted Arabs and Pro-Palestine protesters as aggressors and Israelis as innocent victims.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Elsie Carson-Holt.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/15/media-coverage-of-amsterdam-soccer-riot-erases-zionist-hatred-and-violence/feed/ 0 502176
KPFA News Election Night Special Coverage (10pm-midnight) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/kpfa-news-election-night-special-coverage-10pm-midnight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/kpfa-news-election-night-special-coverage-10pm-midnight/#respond Tue, 05 Nov 2024 22:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6d8c397ce6bdc81063477d3d0b42b81b Listen to election night coverage on a special edition of The Pacifica Evening News, broadcast LIVE from 10pm-midnight.

 

The post KPFA News Election Night Special Coverage (10pm-midnight) appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/05/kpfa-news-election-night-special-coverage-10pm-midnight/feed/ 0 500645
ProPublica’s Coverage of the Election Issues That Matter to Voters https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/propublicas-coverage-of-the-election-issues-that-matter-to-voters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/propublicas-coverage-of-the-election-issues-that-matter-to-voters/#respond Sat, 02 Nov 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/election-issues-2024-immigration-abortion-economy by ProPublica

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

With just days to go before Election Day, political coverage is everywhere. At ProPublica, we avoid horse race reporting and focus on telling stories about deeper issues and trends affecting the country.

Here are some stories from the last year about issues that are important to voters.

Abortion

Candace Fails visits the grave of her 18-year-old daughter, Nevaeh Crain, who_ _died after trying to get care for pregnancy complications in three visits to Texas emergency rooms. (Danielle Villasana for ProPublica)

When the U.S. Supreme Court in 2022 overturned Roe v. Wade, the 1970s-era ruling that guaranteed access to abortion throughout the country, states quickly enacted a patchwork of laws restricting the procedure. In all, 13 states now have a total ban on abortion.

ProPublica has thoroughly examined the impact of those laws over the last two years. Doctors have told ProPublica that confusion and fear about the potential for legal repercussions are changing the way their colleagues treat pregnant patients who have complications.

  • In Tennessee, we followed one mother, Mayron Hollis, for a year after she was denied an abortion because of the state’s newly enacted ban. She had become addicted to drugs at 12, and the state had already taken away several of her children. Doctors were concerned that this latest pregnancy, which had implanted in scar tissue from a recent cesarean section, could kill her. The story and visual narrative follows Hollis’ struggles to get care following the birth of her daughter.

  • In Georgia, Amber Thurman took abortion medication to end a pregnancy but died of an infection after her body failed to expel all of the fetal tissue, a rare complication that the suburban Atlanta hospital she went to was readily equipped to treat. But earlier that summer, the state had made abortion a felony, and with Thurman’s infection spreading, doctors waited nearly 20 hours before operating. When they finally did, it was too late. Thurman was the mother of a 6-year-old son. U.S. senators are examining whether the hospital broke federal law by failing to intervene sooner, and an official state committee concluded that her death was preventable. Doctors and a nurse involved in Thurman’s care declined to explain their thinking and did not respond to questions from ProPublica. Communications staff from the hospital did not respond to multiple requests for comment. Georgia’s Department of Public Health, which oversees the state maternal mortality review committee, said it cannot comment on ProPublica’s reporting because the committee’s cases are confidential and protected by federal law.

  • Most abortions in the U.S. take place in the early weeks of pregnancy, and roughly 63% are done using medication. We recently examined how abortion pills work and answered common questions about them.

  • In Texas, Josseli Barnica is one of at least two pregnant women who died after doctors delayed emergency care. She’d told her husband that the medical team said it couldn’t act until the fetal heartbeat stopped. The doctors involved in Barnica’s care at HCA Houston Healthcare Northwest did not respond to multiple requests for comment on her case. In a statement, HCA Healthcare said, “Our responsibility is to be in compliance with applicable state and federal laws and regulations,” and said that physicians exercise their independent judgment. The company did not respond to a detailed list of questions about Barnica’s care.

  • In a second Texas case, 18-year-old Nevaeh Crain, who was six months pregnant, visited two emergency rooms a total of three times after experiencing abdominal cramps and other troubling symptoms. The first hospital diagnosed her with strep throat without evaluating her pregnancy. At the second, she screened positive for sepsis, a life-threatening and fast-moving reaction to an infection, medical records show. But doctors said her fetus had a heartbeat and that Crain was fine to leave. On Crain’s third hospital visit, an obstetrician insisted on two ultrasounds to “confirm fetal demise,” a nurse wrote, before offering a procedure called a dilation and curettage to remove the fetus. Hours later, Crain was dead. Doctors involved in Crain’s care did not respond to several requests for comment. The two hospitals, Baptist Hospitals of Southeast Texas and Christus Southeast Texas St. Elizabeth, declined to answer detailed lists of questions about her treatment.

Immigration

Delmis Jiménez stands on top of the international bridge that divides Ciudad Juárez and El Paso as her family waits for U.S. customs officers to allow them into the United States. Her husband died in a fire at an immigration detention facility while attempting to reach the U.S. eight months earlier. (Paul Ratje for ProPublica and The Texas Tribune)

As the number of migrant encounters at the U.S. border has surged under the Biden administration, immigration has become a top issue for voters. ProPublica has recently explored how this increase differs in key ways from past surges. In recent years, more of the people crossing the border have been turning themselves in and claiming asylum rather than trying to avoid arrest.

  • For decades, lobbyists from the business community shaped immigration legislation and moderated the contours of the debate. But in the Trump era, businesses see far more risk in advocating for these policies, a change that’s made it even harder to get to consensus on immigration reforms, even as businesses in a variety of sectors say they need more immigrant workers.
Economy

Tire technician Juan Cantu works at Tire Town Auto Service in Picayune, Mississippi, last year. Customers there saw price hikes as the shop dealt with supply chain problems, the rising cost of raw materials and trouble finding workers. (Daniella Zalcman, special to ProPublica)

The condition of the U.S. economy is the top concern for voters, according to multiple polls. Across the world, inflation — the rate at which prices increase — surged beginning in 2020 with the COVID-19 pandemic, brought on by supply chain disruptions, surges in demand for goods and services, and the war in Ukraine.

Health Care

Dr. Debby Day said her bosses at Cigna cared more about being fast than being right: “Deny, deny, deny. That’s how you hit your numbers,” Day said. (Andrea Bruce for ProPublica)

Fourteen years after the Affordable Care Act passed, more Americans have health care coverage, but the system itself remains as broken and fractured as ever. ProPublica has investigated various players in the health care system, from doctors accused of wrongdoing to insurers refusing to cover lifesaving treatments. We’ve also extensively explored mental health treatment this year and how, despite rising needs, America’s health care infrastructure can’t provide meaningful support.

  • When companies such as Aetna or UnitedHealthcare want to rein in costs, they turn to EviCore, whose business model depends on turning down payments for care recommended by doctors for their patients. EviCore counters that it develops its guidelines for approvals with the input of peer-reviewed medical studies and professional societies, and that they are routinely updated to stay current with the latest evidence-backed practices. It said its decisions are based solely on the guidelines and are not interpreted differently for different clients.

  • For Americans searching for mental health providers, many of the lists compiled by insurance companies are misleading or outdated. It’s a “ghost network” that leaves patients frustrated and unable to get timely care.

  • Health insurer Cigna tracks every minute that its staff doctors spend deciding whether to pay for health care. One doctor who used to work for the company, Debby Day, said her bosses cared more about being fast than being right: “Deny, deny, deny. That’s how you hit your numbers,” Day said. In written responses, Cigna has said its medical directors are not allowed to “rubber stamp” a nurse’s recommendation for denial. In all cases, the company wrote, it expects its doctors to “perform thorough, objective, independent and accurate reviews in accordance with our coverage policies.” In 2023, ProPublica revealed how Cigna rejects claims from patients without even reading them. In written responses about this program, Cigna said the reporting by ProPublica and The Capitol Forum was “biased and incomplete.” Cigna said its review system was created to “accelerate payment of claims for certain routine screenings,” Cigna wrote. “This allows us to automatically approve claims when they are submitted with correct diagnosis codes.”

Education

Angelica Zavala, a West Phoenix home cleaner and mother of two, considered sending her daughter to a private school using vouchers before deciding her neighborhood school was the better option. (Ash Ponders, special to ProPublica)

Few issues ignite as much passion as educating America’s schoolchildren. ​​School boards and districts are facing battles over school vouchers, book bans and COVID-19 — conflict that is slowly changing how the U.S. educates kids, leaving them on different and unequal paths at school.

Many states led by conservative legislators and governors have pushed a rapid expansion of school voucher programs that promise to allow students and their parents to put state money toward the school — private or public — of their choice.

Foreign Policy

A relative holds the body of a 4-year-old Palestinian girl who died of malnutrition. Earlier this year, two U.S. government bodies concluded that Israel deliberately blocked humanitarian aid to Gaza, but Secretary of State Antony Blinken and the administration of President Joe Biden did not accept either finding. (Ashraf Amra/Anadolu/Getty Images)

The now yearlong war between Israel and Hamas has left tens of thousands dead, and Gaza is facing massive shortages of food, water and medical care. The war has sparked infighting in the Democratic Party and debates within the State Department over how best to manage the situation given the U.S.’s longtime trade and military ties to Israel. Both Trump and Vice President Kamala Harris have signaled their desire to end the war soon, though what will get both sides to agree isn’t entirely clear.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/11/02/propublicas-coverage-of-the-election-issues-that-matter-to-voters/feed/ 0 500134
“Not Medically Necessary”: Inside the Company Helping America’s Biggest Health Insurers Deny Coverage for Care https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/23/not-medically-necessary-inside-the-company-helping-americas-biggest-health-insurers-deny-coverage-for-care/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/23/not-medically-necessary-inside-the-company-helping-americas-biggest-health-insurers-deny-coverage-for-care/#respond Wed, 23 Oct 2024 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/evicore-health-insurance-denials-cigna-unitedhealthcare-aetna-prior-authorizations by T. Christian Miller, ProPublica; Patrick Rucker, The Capitol Forum; and David Armstrong, ProPublica

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

Every day, patients across America crack open envelopes with bad news. Yet another health insurer has decided not to pay for a treatment that their doctor has recommended. Sometimes it’s a no for an MRI for a high school wrestler with a strained back. Sometimes for a cancer procedure that will help a grandmother with a throat tumor. Sometimes for a heart scan for a truck driver feeling short of breath.

But the insurance companies don’t always make these decisions. Instead, they often outsource medical reviews to a largely hidden industry that makes money by turning down doctors’ requests for payments, known as prior authorizations. Call it the denials for dollars business.

The biggest player is a company called EviCore by Evernorth, which is hired by major American insurance companies and provides coverage to 100 million consumers — about 1 in 3 insured people. It is owned by the insurance giant Cigna.

A ProPublica and Capitol Forum investigation found that EviCore uses an algorithm backed by artificial intelligence, which some insiders call “the dial,” that it can adjust to lead to higher denials. Some contracts ensure the company makes more money the more it cuts health spending. And it issues medical guidelines that doctors have said delay and deny care for patients.

EviCore and companies like it approve prior authorizations “based on the decision that is more profitable for them,” said Barbara McAneny, a former president of the American Medical Association and a practicing oncologist. “They love to deny things.”

EviCore says it scrutinizes requests to make sure that procedures recommended by doctors are safe, necessary and cost-effective. “We are improving the quality of health care, the safety of health care and, by very happy coincidence, we’re also decreasing a significant amount of unnecessary cost,” an EviCore medical officer explains in a video produced by the company.

But EviCore’s cost-cutting is far from coincidental, according to the investigation.

EviCore markets itself to insurance companies by promising a 3-to-1 return on investment — that is, for every $1 spent on EviCore, the insurer would pay out $3 less on medical care and other costs. EviCore salespeople have boasted of a 15% increase in denials, according to the investigation, which is based on internal documents, corporate data and dozens of interviews with former employees, doctors, industry experts, health care regulators and insurance executives. Almost everybody interviewed spoke on condition of anonymity because they continue to work in the industry.

An analysis of the company’s own data shows that, since 2021, EviCore turned down prior authorization requests, in full or in part, almost 20% of the time in Arkansas, which requires the publication of denial rates. By comparison, the equivalent figure for federal Medicare Advantage plans was about 7% in 2022.

They love to deny things.

—Barbara McAneny, former president of the American Medical Association

EviCore has several ways to cut costs for insurers. Chief among them is the dial, the proprietary algorithm that’s the first stop in evaluating a prior authorization. Based on data entered by a doctor’s office, it can automatically approve a request.

The algorithm cannot say no, however. If it finds problems, it sends the request for review to a team of in-house nurses and doctors who consult company medical guidelines. Only doctors can issue a final denial.

This is where tweaking the dial comes in. EviCore can adjust the algorithm to increase the number of requests sent for review, according to five former employees. The more reviews, the higher the chance of denials.

Here’s how it works, the former employees said: The algorithm reviews a request and gives it a score. For example, it may judge one request to have a 75% chance of approval, while another to have a 95% chance. If EviCore wants more denials, it can send on for review anything that scores lower than a 95%. If it wants fewer, it can set the threshold for reviews at scores lower than 75%.

“We could control that,” said one former EviCore executive involved in technology issues. “That’s the game we would play.”

Over the years, medical groups have repeatedly complained that EviCore’s guidelines were outdated and rigid, resulting in inappropriate denials or delays in care. Frustration with the rules has led some doctors to refer to the company as EvilCore. There is even a parody account on X.

The guidelines are also used as a tool to cut costs, the investigation found. Company executives “would say, ‘Keep a closer eye on the guidelines for reviews for a particular company because we’re not showing savings,’” said a former EviCore employee involved in the radiation oncology program.

EviCore says that it develops its guidelines with the input of peer-reviewed medical studies and professional societies, and that they are routinely updated to stay current with the latest evidence-backed practices. It said its decisions are based solely on the guidelines and are not interpreted differently for different clients.

EviCore is not alone in engaging in the denials-for-dollars business. The second-biggest player is Carelon Medical Benefits Management, a subsidiary of Elevance Health, the health insurer formerly known as Anthem. It has been accused in court of wrongfully denying legitimate requests for coverage. The company has denied all charges. Several smaller companies do the same kind of work.

Simply put, EviCore uses the latest evidence-based medicine to ensure that patients receive the care they need and avoid the services they do not.

—A Cigna spokesperson in a statement provided on behalf of EviCore

There is no question that prior authorizations play an important role in modern medicine. They serve to guard against doctors who recommend unnecessary and even potentially harmful treatments. They also protect insurers from fraudulent physicians who overbill for services.

In a response to questions, a Cigna spokesperson provided a statement on behalf of EviCore. “Simply put, EviCore uses the latest evidence-based medicine to ensure that patients receive the care they need and avoid the services they do not,” it said.

The statement acknowledged that EviCore used algorithms for some clinical programs, but “ONLY to accelerate approval of appropriate care and reduce the administrative burden on providers.”

The statement noted that doctors have the ability to appeal prior authorization denials, and that the company routinely monitors the outcomes “as part of our continuous quality improvement to ensure accurate and timely medical necessity decision-making.”

Prior authorization reviews provided by EviCore save money for the entire health insurance system, the statement said. “The natural product of improved care quality and reduced waste is savings for our clients, lower out-of-pocket costs for patients, and fewer health care premium increases for Americans.”

Turning the Dial

In the fall of 2021, when the air grew crisp and the leaves reddened in central Ohio, Little John Cupp began feeling short of breath. He gasped while pushing a shopping cart. His feet and ankles swelled. He could only sleep while sitting up.

An echocardiogram revealed that his heart was having trouble pumping blood. Cupp’s doctor suggested more testing, including the insertion of a catheter to examine whether his arteries were blocked.

A few days after the doctor made the request, Cupp received a letter from his insurance company, UnitedHealthcare. The procedure, it said, was “not medically necessary.”

Little John Cupp provided support for his family, including buying a new four-bedroom trailer. (Courtesy of Chris Cupp)

One sentence in 8-point type revealed that the insurer had outsourced the decision to EviCore.

Cupp’s doctor put him on medications to reduce swelling and high blood pressure and tried a second time to win approval for a left heart catheter examination. EviCore turned it down again. He revealed his disappointment in shorthand in Cupp’s medical records: “ideally he needs LHC (denied twice by insurance).”

Cupp was 5-foot-7 and 282 pounds, with a wedding ring the size of a quarter. He had a white beard, his face wide and warm. He wore blue jean overalls and scuffed leather work boots. He had spent most of his life as a welder, working at metal fabrication shops in and around his hometown of Circleville, Ohio, population 14,063. He was 61, nearly the same age as his father when he died from a massive heart attack. Cupp was a stoic, his daughter Chris said, but the denial worried him.

“Well, I have to call the doctor and see what we’re going to do,” he told her after the second rejection.

The doctor decided to give up on getting an approval for the catheter exam. In challenging EviCore, he was fighting not just a company but an industry.

EviCore is the product of a massive, decadeslong push by insurance companies to control health care costs. They point to studies that show 20% to 45% of some medical treatments are wasteful or ineffective. To decrease such spending, insurers began requiring doctors to seek permission for medical care before agreeing to pay for it — a process known as “utilization review.” As treatments became more complex, the reviews proved costly in themselves.

Created from a 2014 merger of two smaller companies, EviCore offered a solution: It allowed insurers to outsource prior authorization decisions for the most specialized and expensive procedures. EviCore today issues recommendations for imaging, oncology, cardiology, gastroenterology, sleep problems and many other fields.

It works with more than 100 insurers across the country, including industry titans such as UnitedHealthcare, Aetna and Blue Cross Blue Shield and some Medicare and Medicaid contractors. Cigna took over the company in 2018, but EviCore maintains its independence by blocking insurers from prying into one another’s proprietary data.

In responses to inquiries, the large insurance companies said they hired EviCore as a way to make sure that customers received safe and necessary medical treatments, while holding down costs for inappropriate care.

EviCore built its business by relying on different types of contracts. In one, a health insurance company pays EviCore a flat rate to review coverage requests.

Another type is more lucrative, providing an incentive for EviCore to cut costs, former employees said. Known as risk contracts, EviCore takes on the responsibility for paying claims. As an example, say an insurer spends $10 million a year on MRIs. If EviCore keeps costs below that figure, it pockets the difference. In some cases, it splits the savings with the insurance company.

“Where you really made your money was on a risk model,” a former EviCore executive said. “Their margins were exponentially higher.”

EviCore teams involved in developing the algorithms and contracting with clients “operate separately” from reviewers “to prevent any potential conflicts of interest,” according to the statement from Cigna’s spokesperson.

Insurers do not make explicit demands for more denials, a former EviCore sales executive said, Instead, they asked about “controlling the spend” — the amount of money paid out on certain procedures, he said. Nor would EviCore always use the word “denials” — they employed circumlocutions like “inappropriate determinations.”

Aetna and Cigna are two of the companies that have requested “high touch” plans — those that would send more cases to clinical review and thus generate more denials, according to the former employee involved in data issues.

Aetna did not directly respond to whether it used “high touch” plans. “Although we never automate medical necessity denials, we automate and provide real-time approval of some services to ease administrative burden and allow providers to focus on patient care,” the insurer said in a statement. Cigna did not respond to questions about its use of such plans.

The fact that these big companies focused on profits and can play all these games is quite disturbing to me.

—Martin Lustick, a former insurance executive

“When you have human eyes on something, you can pick up where there might be a gray area where the algorithm might not pick up,” a former EviCore account executive said. “That is how you would increase the denial rate.”

EviCore can also adjust the algorithm to achieve its internal goals, without the knowledge of clients, former employees said. This happened when EviCore was not generating enough savings to demonstrate its value to insurers, several former employees told ProPublica.

“The pressure from our business leaders was to make sure that we were able to provide evidence of a strong enough impact to justify the contracts with clients,” said the former employee involved with technology.

The system also runs in reverse. When doctors or employer health plans complain about high rejection rates, insurance companies can ask EviCore to back off. The company simply adjusts its algorithm to approve more prior authorization requests.

Dave Jones, a former California insurance commissioner and now director of the climate risk initiative at the University of California, Berkeley School of Law, said arbitrarily increasing or decreasing manual reviews didn’t appear to violate any standards. Still, he questioned whether a payment structure or contract for EviCore based on reducing claims payments or authorizations would result in objective and thorough evaluations of prior authorization requests, as required by law.

“That to me is troubling,” Jones said. “It suggests that the claim settlement procedure is not objective, right?” He added, “It calls into question everything that’s occurring.”

Other industry experts found the manipulation of denial rates upsetting.

“The fact that these big companies focused on profits and can play all these games is quite disturbing to me,” said Martin Lustick, a former insurance executive and the author of a book on industry practices. “They know the more reviews they do, the more denials they get.”

Disputed Guidelines

On March 2, 2022, Cupp and his daughter entered the Adena Regional Medical Center, a gray and glass building surrounded by central Ohio’s low rolling hills.

It had been almost three months since EviCore first turned down coverage for the catheterization. Changing tack, Cupp’s doctor ordered a new exam, which EviCore approved, called a nuclear stress test. It shows how well blood flows through your heart.

A heart catheterization generally costs around $3,500 when done in network, according to Fair Health, a nonprofit that tracks health care prices. A nuclear stress test runs about $315.

Afterward, Cupp greeted Chris in the waiting room. He told her he felt fine. They went for lunch at a favorite hamburger spot. At the time, they did not know the results of the stress test, which showed that his heart was pumping even less blood than indicated by his echocardiogram.

At each step of the way, EviCore had steered Cupp’s medical treatment by denying or approving his doctor’s coverage requests based on its own internal guidelines.

Those guidelines have long been the subject of complaints from doctors. Over the past five years, organizations ranging from the American College of Cardiology to the Society for Vascular Surgery to ASTRO, the American Society for Radiation Oncology, have written to EviCore or regulators that the guidelines are flawed and can interfere with delivering the right care for patients. Benjamin Durkee, a doctor who chairs ASTRO’s payor relations committee, said EviCore had generally made “a good faith” effort to respond to the society’s concerns. But, he noted, the company continues to consistently deny a radiation treatment called proton beam therapy for some pelvic tumors that is more costly but supported by ASTRO’s recommendations.

In a 2019 letter to EviCore, the Society for Vascular Surgery expressed concern about the company’s medical guidelines. (Obtained by ProPublica. Highlighted by ProPublica.)

A 2023 academic study examined the criteria EviCore used to approve payment for imaging of the lower spine in cases of extreme pain. It found the guidelines deficient. Two of five medical experts who reviewed the guidelines even recommended not using them.

A 2018 audit by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, found that Health Care Service Corporation, a Blue Cross Blue Shield insurer, had hired EviCore to review prior authorizations. EviCore, the audit found, played a role in making “inappropriate denials” for 30 patients because it failed to keep its cancer guidelines up to date. As a result, EviCore retrained its staff. HCSC did not respond for comment.

Former employees have also questioned how the guidelines were put to use.

A maternal-fetal medicine physician in Colorado, Gail Miller, took a job as a doctor at EviCore in 2018. The idea of ensuring safe medical practices appealed to her. But she soon grew convinced that EviCore was more interested in saving money.

EviCore rejected her suggestions for improving its maternal fetal health guidelines. Her supervisor required her to decide at least 15 cases an hour — or one every four minutes. She often reviewed requests by physicians outside her specialty.

Nine months after starting at EviCore, Miller quit, disappointed by the attitudes of some of her colleagues. “Most of the physicians who work at these places just don’t care,” she said. “Any empathy they had is gone.”

EviCore noted its clinical staff had “high engagement, satisfaction and retention rates.” It said the most common reason for denying a prior authorization is because doctors neglect to include necessary information.

Results

EviCore meets regularly with insurers and state Medicaid programs. It is a critical part of the business. The company has to demonstrate savings or clients will have little reason to continue their contracts.

Typical was a 2019 meeting with Vermont’s Medicaid program, which for years had used EviCore to review coverage requests for advanced radiology and cardiology scans. A slide show demonstrated how the company had helped lower costs for cardiac imaging through denials. Rates had zigzagged, from a high of almost 15% of requests in one three-month period to a low of 6.1% in another.

But the presentation, obtained through Vermont’s Public Records Act, revealed another way that EviCore saved money for insurers. Prior authorization requests for radiology imaging services had dropped to 3,629, a decline of 16%. Cardiology requests had plummeted even more — down 38% in a little more than a year. Doctors had simply stopped asking for procedures for their patients.

An EviCore executive called this the “sentinel effect” at a legislative hearing in Kansas. It is like the sheriff coming to town. Once doctors know EviCore is watching, they make fewer inappropriate prior authorization requests, he said.

Doctors, however, say that such decreases reflect how difficult it is to fight EviCore and similar companies. Their entrance into the market frustrates doctors from making otherwise legitimate requests.

In its statement, Cigna described the sentinel effect differently. The company said that it helps doctors stay up to date on best practices. “Sentinel effect refers to the reduction in frequency with which physicians order inappropriate services because they are now aware of the latest clinical evidence,” the statement read.

A spokesperson for Vermont’s Medicaid program said the state does not believe that EviCore made unfair or unsound coverage recommendations. Instead, EviCore helped Vermont make “sound decisions from both a fiscal and patient care perspective.”

“It is never a goal for the state of Vermont or our third-party contractors to deny service,” said Alex McCracken, spokesperson of Department of Vermont Health Access. “We are committed to delivery of service for our customers.”

Vermont eventually ended its contract with EviCore because it decided to no longer require prior authorization for advanced imaging scans in its Medicaid program.

“Too Much Say”

The day after his stress test, Cupp drove to his granddaughter’s high school to drop off her archery bow — it had been left behind in the morning rush. He and his wife went shopping at the grocery store. That evening, he watched as his grandkids showed off some baby frogs they had purchased at a pet store.

He went to bed at 8:30 p.m. in order to wake at 2:30 a.m. for the hourlong drive to his job as a maintenance worker at a medical supplies warehouse just south of Columbus.

At about 10:30 p.m., Cupp’s wife, Vivian, shook Chris awake. “Your dad’s breathing funny,” she told her. Chris ran into their bedroom. Her father was gasping for air. Suddenly, he stopped. Chris began CPR. She told her mom to call 911.

By the time the ambulance arrived at Adena Regional Medical Center, where he had received his nuclear stress test 36 hours earlier, his body was mottled and cool. He had suffered cardiac arrest. The time of death was 11:39 p.m.

Chris Cupp, in the home she shared with her family in Bainbridge, Ohio, has been devastated by her father’s death. (Maddie McGarvey for ProPublica) Cupp looks through photos of her parents. (Maddie McGarvey for ProPublica)

ProPublica asked four cardiology experts to review Cupp’s medical situation. One cardiologist said she would not have recommended a heart catheterization. Given his symptoms, which did not include complaints about chest pain, the best diagnostic tool would have been the stress test, she said.

Three others said the heart catheterization was appropriate. One cardiologist noted that Cupp was diabetic, overweight and showed signs of having suffered a prior heart attack. “It’s very reasonable to say we’ll just go straight to a heart catheterization,” the cardiologist said.

If Cupp had received the procedure when first ordered, his life may have been saved, one expert said. “The doctor was absolutely right to order the catheterization. It was certainly necessary,” said Jonni Cooper, president of American Board of Cardiovascular Medicine and a board certified cardiovascular nurse practitioner.

State and federal regulators rarely impose onerous penalties on companies like EviCore.

Connecticut’s Insurance Department recently reviewed EviCore and Carelon. It found no problems with Carelon. EviCore was fined $16,000 this year for more than 77 violations found in a review of 196 files. EviCore is also accredited by two trade associations, which review companies periodically for compliance with industry standards.

Holding the companies legally responsible for their decisions is also difficult. In 2022, Carelon settled a lawsuit for $13 million that alleged the company, then called AIM, had used a variety of techniques to avoid approving coverage requests. Among them: The company set its fax machines to receive only 5 to 10 pages. When doctors faxed prior authorization requests longer than the limit, company representatives would deny them for failing to have enough documentation. Carelon denied the allegations in court and admitted no fault. A spokesperson declined to comment on the lawsuit.

Elevance, Carelon’s parent company, said its subsidiary “is focused on improving health outcomes while also lowering the cost of care.”

This year, Chris, representing Cupp’s estate, sued United Healthcare, EviCore, the Adena Regional Medical Center and Cupp’s doctor, accusing them of malpractice, among other allegations. Cupp’s attorney, John Markus, later decided to drop United and EviCore. Lawsuits against employer-funded health plans, like the one Cupp had with United, must be tried in federal court, where case law favors insurance companies. For instance, insurers found at fault do not pay punitive damages, only the cost of treatment. The medical center and the doctor declined to comment, citing the ongoing litigation. In court, both denied any wrongdoing. United and EviCore declined to discuss Cupp’s case, despite an offer from Chris to sign a waiver of medical privacy rights.

Her father’s death wracked Chris. He had been her best friend. He helped raise her three kids. He provided for the family. Two years before his death, he purchased a new double-wide trailer to replace a rusting single-wide the family had lived in for years. It had four bedrooms, enough for everyone. It stood on the side of a hill, surrounded by oak and maple, a leafy retreat with a view of the valley below.

Cupp was buried at a cemetery across from a cornfield on March 9. A gray granite headstone marks his date of death.

Chris Cupp drives a school bus to make ends meet. For extra pay, she picks up a lot of the trips for night games. She says she hopes that no one else has to go through what she did.

“Insurance has too much say over something that can save your life,” she said. “When it comes to your heart, something that’s going to kill you, they have too much say in that. That’s my thought about it.”

Do You Have Insights Into Dental and Health Insurance Denials? Help Us Report on the System.

Agnel Philip contributed reporting.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/10/23/not-medically-necessary-inside-the-company-helping-americas-biggest-health-insurers-deny-coverage-for-care/feed/ 0 498754
At media summit, China blasts Western coverage of Uyghurs https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/media-summit-china-blasts-western-coverage-10162024135858.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/media-summit-china-blasts-western-coverage-10162024135858.html#respond Wed, 16 Oct 2024 18:12:34 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/media-summit-china-blasts-western-coverage-10162024135858.html China hosted a global media summit in Xinjiang this week, bringing together over 500 participants to discuss artificial intelligence, but also used the event to criticize Western reports about the forced labor of Uyghurs and an ongoing genocide were “fabricated lies.”

Representatives from over 200 media outlets — including executives from Reuters and The Associated Press — government agencies and international organizations attended the 6th World Media Summit, which opened Monday in Urumqi, Xinjiang’s capital, to discuss how artificial intelligence, or AI, is transforming the media industry.

The summit was organized by China’s official Xinhua News Agency and the Xinjiang regional government.

In addition to speeches about AI, Chinese officials blasted Western news reports that have shed light on the oppression of the 12 million Uyghurs who live in Xinjiang, or East Turkistan, as Uyghurs prefer to call it.

Journalists work at the opening ceremony of the 6th World Media Summit in Urumqi, capital of northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Oct. 14, 2024. (Chen Yehua/Xinhua via Getty Images)
Journalists work at the opening ceremony of the 6th World Media Summit in Urumqi, capital of northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Oct. 14, 2024. (Chen Yehua/Xinhua via Getty Images)

The United States and some Western parliaments have said there is credible evidence that China’s treatment of the Uyghurs is a “genocide” and “crimes against humanity.” The U.S. Congress has also passed a law banning the import of goods and materials suspected of being made by Uyghur forced labor.

But Ma Xingrui, Communist Party secretary of the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region, rejected the accusations, saying all ethnic groups in the region live peacefully.

“Some anti-China forces in the world have disregarded the facts, wantonly fabricated lies such as ‘genocide’ and ‘forced labor’ in Xinjiang, China, and maliciously imposed unilateral sanctions,” he said in a speech, according to a post on the Xinjiang government website.

“At present, Xinjiang has a stable society, a prosperous economy, and people of all ethnic groups live and work in peace and contentment, and the development situation continues to improve,” he continued.

Amplifying a narrative

Ma’s comments are an example of how China is amplifying its own narrative about the Uyghurs living happily and enjoying prosperity despite evidence to the contrary, including many stories by Radio Free Asia.

China does not permit journalists to travel freely in Xinjiang and convincing Uyghurs contacted by phone to talk to reporters outside the country puts them at considerable risk of punishment.

Representatives from Al Jazeera, Russian news agency TASS, the Malaysian National News Agency, the Kyrgyz State News Agency, South Africa’s Independent Media, Hungary’s ATV and media organizations from China-friendly countries also attended the event.


RELATED STORIES

Uyghurs sentenced to cumulative 4.4 million years in prison: study

China pushes ‘Sinicization of Islam’ in Xinjiang as Ramadan arrives

Visiting Xinjiang, Xi Jinping doubles down on hard-line policies against Uyghurs


“Their fundamental purpose is to drag the people of all ethnic groups in Xinjiang into poverty and backwardness, and then realize the plot of ‘using Xinjiang to control China,’” Ma said, according to comments from the speech published in Chinese by the Xinjiang government. 

The report went on to make comments that weren’t clearly attributed to any one person, saying, “Everyone appreciates China’s Xinjiang’s remarkable achievements in various fields and fully recognizes Xinjiang’s important contributions to regional social stability, economic development and cultural prosperity.

It said that “China’s Xinjiang has repeatedly been the target of false propaganda and malicious attacks. But it turns out that the narrative about human rights violations in Xinjiang is based on false information and is purely for political purposes.”

Harnessing AI

Also, it comes as no surprise that China is interested in harnessing the power of AI — the theme of the conference — to spread its narratives, said Henryk Szadziewski, research director at the Uyghur Human Rights Project in Washington.

The 6th World Media Summit opens in Urumqi, capital of northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Oct. 14, 2024. (Li Xiang/Xinhua via Getty Images)
The 6th World Media Summit opens in Urumqi, capital of northwestern China's Xinjiang region, Oct. 14, 2024. (Li Xiang/Xinhua via Getty Images)

“Urumqi is, of course, a strategic place because the Uyghur region is one of the leading spaces in China where China is spreading disinformation about conditions on the ground,” he told RFA. “It’s a leading part in China’s messaging to the globe.” 

China’s efforts to promote its narrative appears to be paying off.

Bassam Zakarneh, a member of Fatah's Revolutionary Council of Palestine, who led a delegation of Palestinian and other Arab politicians on a visit to Xinjiang in March, told Xinhua in an interview on Monday that the West was “trying to exploit anything to undermine China's progress and development” through a smear campaign against Beijing’s Xinjiang policy.  

“Our visit and observation on the ground were proof that Western propaganda is false,” he said.   

Translated by RFA Uyghur. Edited by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Shadia Suzuk for RFA Uyghur.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/uyghur/media-summit-china-blasts-western-coverage-10162024135858.html/feed/ 0 497872
Scientist Peter Kalmus: Fossil-Fueled Climate Change Left Out of Media Coverage of Hurricane Helene https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/scientist-peter-kalmus-fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/scientist-peter-kalmus-fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene/#respond Mon, 30 Sep 2024 14:37:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=791ff8beee49d80d3086c1735d23c7e8
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/scientist-peter-kalmus-fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene/feed/ 0 495675
Fossil-Fueled Climate Change Left Out of Media Coverage of Hurricane Helene: Scientist Peter Kalmus https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene-scientist-peter-kalmus/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene-scientist-peter-kalmus/#respond Mon, 30 Sep 2024 12:50:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3df57de1b60330fc640b4a3de63059c9 Seg4 guestandncdamage

Hurricane Helene tears through the southeastern United States as scientists say climate change rapidly intensifies hurricanes. The storm devastated large swaths of the southeastern United States after making landfall in Florida as a Category 4 storm. Officials say the death toll is likely to rise, as many are still missing. Helene is expected to be one of the costliest hurricanes in U.S. history and was fueled by abnormally warm water in the Gulf of Mexico, but most of the media coverage has failed to connect the devastation to the climate crisis. “The planet’s overheating. It’s irreversible. It’s caused by the fossil fuel industry,” says climate activist and climate scientist Peter Kalmus in Raleigh, North Carolina. “This will get worse as the planet continues to get hotter.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/30/fossil-fueled-climate-change-left-out-of-media-coverage-of-hurricane-helene-scientist-peter-kalmus/feed/ 0 495679
Tunisia appeals court upholds Sonia Dahmani’s conviction amid election coverage crackdown https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/tunisia-appeals-court-upholds-sonia-dahmanis-conviction-amid-election-coverage-crackdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/tunisia-appeals-court-upholds-sonia-dahmanis-conviction-amid-election-coverage-crackdown/#respond Fri, 13 Sep 2024 13:45:54 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=416327 New York, September 13, 2024—Tunisian authorities must immediately and unconditionally release commentator Sonia Dahmani, following an appeals court decision Tuesday to uphold her conviction for spreading false news with a reduced eight-month sentence, and allow all journalists and news outlets to cover the upcoming presidential elections freely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

“The sentencing of Tunisian lawyer and media commentator Sonia Dahmani to eight months in prison on appeal, instead of releasing and acquitting her, is unacceptable because she did not belong in prison in the first place,” said CPJ Interim MENA Program Coordinator Yeganeh Rezaian. “Tunisian authorities must release Dahmani, drop all charges against her, and allow all journalists in the country to cover the elections without intimidation.”

The Tunisian appeals court, issuing its verdict without a hearing and without the presence of Dahmani’s legal representatives, reduced her sentence from one year to eight months.

Dahmani, a lawyer and commentator for local independent radio station IFM and television channel Carthage Plus, was arrested on May 11 over comments that authorities deemed critical of President Kais Saied. On July 6, a court convicted her and imposed a one-year sentence.

Dahmani’s defense team said she had been subjected to a “disgraceful body search” while in custody and forced to wear a long white veil typically worn by inmates convicted of sexual offenses.

Tunisian authorities have tightened their grip over media coverage of the upcoming October 6 elections. Last week, authorities banned sales of the September print issue of Paris-based magazine Jeune Afrique featuring an investigative report about Saied, while the Independent High Authority for Elections (ISIE) prevented journalists from attending the announcement of final election candidates. On August 20, ISIE revoked the press accreditation of Khaoula Boukrim, editor-in-chief of local news website Tumedia, which would likely prevent her from covering the elections.

CPJ’s email to ISIE, and its phone call to the Ministry of Interior, requesting comment on Dahmani’s sentencing, and violations regarding the election coverage received no responses.

Editor’s note: The headline was updated to correct a typo.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/13/tunisia-appeals-court-upholds-sonia-dahmanis-conviction-amid-election-coverage-crackdown/feed/ 0 493213
New Biden Administration Rules Aim to Hold Insurers Accountable for Mental Health Care Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/new-biden-administration-rules-aim-to-hold-insurers-accountable-for-mental-health-care-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/new-biden-administration-rules-aim-to-hold-insurers-accountable-for-mental-health-care-coverage/#respond Mon, 09 Sep 2024 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/biden-administration-strengthens-mental-health-care-protections by Maya Miller and Annie Waldman

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The Biden administration announced on Monday that it has finalized new regulations to strengthen protections for mental health care coverage and hold insurance companies accountable for unlawfully denying it.

The rules update the Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act, which was passed in 2008, requiring health insurance plans to provide the same access to mental health care as medical care. The new provisions will force health insurance plans to collect and report more robust data on how they limit and deny mental health claims. If disparities exist between mental and medical care, insurers will need to lay out how they are attempting to address these gaps.

“Mental health care is health care. But for far too many Americans, critical care and treatments are out of reach,” President Joe Biden said in a press release announcing the final rules. “There is no reason that breaking your arm should be treated differently than having a mental health condition.”

The updated rules seek to address a problem captured in numerous studies and reports and examined in a new level of detail in a recent ProPublica investigation.

Although nearly all Americans have health insurance, millions still can't access mental health care. ProPublica found that insurance companies have interfered with patient care, deployed aggressive audits and set reimbursement rates so low that providers felt they had no choice but to quit insurance networks. Our reporting also documented how consequences can be fatal when patients can’t find therapists or mental health treatment.

Federal regulators have struggled to police insurance companies. Nearly all of the recent reports that the Department of Labor has collected from insurers and health plans have lacked enough detail to determine companies’ compliance with the law, the department reported to Congress last year. Some states have passed laws to close those gaps in information, but we found mental health protections often depend on where one lives.

The new rules require insurers to collect and turn over outcomes data, like denial rates, to measure how often patients access care. The companies will have to disclose details on insurance networks, which may include how regularly patients go out of network for mental health treatment and how reimbursement rates are calculated for mental health providers.

The rules also clarify that patients have the right to access this data and require insurers and health plans to furnish records within 30 days of a request.

Republican U.S. Rep. Virginia Foxx, R-N.C., who chairs the Committee on Education and the Workforce, said the rules are too burdensome. “These rules do nothing to improve mental health care access and instead put paperwork over patients,” she said in an emailed statement.

But former U.S. Rep. Patrick J. Kennedy, who sponsored the 2008 parity bill and co-founded the mental health advocacy nonprofit The Kennedy Forum, said the new rules will protect access for patients. “This is an opportunity for consumers to finally have a seat at the table,” he told ProPublica.

The law applies to 175 million people who have private health insurance. Under the new rules, these protections will also cover people with health insurance through state and local governments, about 120,000 additional Americans.

The finalized regulations came after a yearlong review process, in which three departments — Treasury, Health and Human Services, and Labor — collected thousands of public comments. The departments had initially published proposed rules in August 2023. Some of the provisions will go into effect on Jan. 1, said Lisa Gomez, the assistant secretary of employee benefits security at the Department of Labor.

“People living with mental health conditions and substance use disorders continue to face greater barriers,” she said. “That’s not fair, it’s not right and it’s against the law.”

We’re Investigating Mental Health Care Access. Share Your Insights.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Maya Miller and Annie Waldman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/09/09/new-biden-administration-rules-aim-to-hold-insurers-accountable-for-mental-health-care-coverage/feed/ 0 492494
How Russia silences critical coverage of its war in Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/07/how-russia-silences-critical-coverage-of-its-war-in-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/07/how-russia-silences-critical-coverage-of-its-war-in-ukraine/#respond Wed, 07 Aug 2024 20:05:20 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=408543 Russia’s months-long jailing of journalists Evan Gershkovich and Alsu Kurmashevareleased on August 1 as part of a prisoner exchange — was one of the most blatant illustrations of Russia’s muzzling of the press in the wake of its February 2022 full-scale invasion of Ukraine. The war has precipitated what a representative of the now-shuttered Russian Journalists’ and Media Workers’ Union (JMWU) — speaking anonymously due to security concerns — calls the “biggest press freedom crisis in Russia’s recent history.” 

Advocates estimate that hundreds of Russian journalists have fled into exile, where some continue to face transnational repression such as arrest warrants and jail terms in absentia Those who remain are under heavy scrutiny as independent reporting hangs on by a thread. 

A graphic with the language Russia's repression, by the numbers. The impact of the country's efforts to quash reporting since the 2022 start of Ukraine war. 100s of journalists estimated to have fled into exile. 268 journalists and media outlets branded "foreign agents," subjecting them to fines and imprisonment. 20 media outlets deemed "undesirable," effectively banning them. 5 or more imprisoned on allegations of creating "fake" news; several more sentenced in absentia. 18,500 websites blocked in connection with war reporting. Sources: News reports, rights groups, and CPJ reporting.
CPJ/Sarah Spicer

While practicing journalism in Russia has long been difficult, the government has stepped up efforts to quash the work of the media by passing new anti-press laws, amending others, and expanding censorship efforts. “The overall aim, no doubt, if we’re talking about all these tools, of course it’s to muzzle, and they manage to do that, so that people … self-censor,” the JMWU representative told CPJ. 

Here are the most common methods Russia has used to silence the press since the war began: 

Criminalizing ‘fake news’ about the war 

One of the Russian government’s first acts to prevent coverage of the war, in March 2022, was to pass amendments to the criminal code to punish the distribution of “fake news” about the army. At least five journalists are imprisoned for allegedly distributing fake information on the military, one is under house arrest, and several others have been charged in absentia. That includes U.S.-Russian journalist and author Masha Gessen; Russia issued an arrest warrant against Gessen in 2023 for allegedly spreading “fake information” about Russia’s massacre in the Ukrainian city of Bucha in a 2022 interview and sentenced Gessen to eight years in absentia on July 15, 2024. A week later, on July 23, the Russian authorities sentenced Mikhail Zygar,  the former editor-in-chief of the now-exiled Russian broadcaster Dozhd TV (TV Rain) and a CPJ 2014 International Press Freedom Awardee, to eight-and-a half years in absentia over an Instagram post about the Bucha massacre.

Russia has used anti-state laws to retaliate against other members of the press, such as the Wall Street Journal’s Evan Gershkovichconvicted on espionage charges, and Russian journalist Ivan Safronov, who is serving a 22-year prison term for treason. Another journalist, Antonina Favorskaya, was charged with participating in an extremist formation after covering the court hearings of late opposition leader Alexey Navalny. Her colleague Artyom Krieger is currently jailed on similar charges. 

Expanding ‘foreign agent’ and ‘undesirable’ designations 

Russia’s “foreign agent” law, first introduced in 2012 and extended in 2017 to specifically target media outlets and journalists, originally required recipients of foreign funding to apply a “foreign agent” label to any published material and report their own activities and expenses to the government. Initially seen as a badge of honor and opposition by independent news outlets and journalists, the label has become more burdensome during the war. In March 2024, Russia banned advertisements on “foreign agent” outlets, harming the bottom line for many news organizations and YouTube channels. Russia has also made it easier for authorities to impose the “foreign agent” label on individuals and outlets by removing the requirement that the Ministry of Justice prove foreign funding in July 2022. 

A general view shows a court building before a hearing of the case of Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich, who stands trial on spying charges in Yekaterinburg, Russia July 19, 2024. REUTERS/Dmitry Chasovitin - RC24Y8AOUKLI
Wall Street Journal reporter Evan Gershkovich stood trial on spying charges at this court building in Yekaterinburg, Russia, shown here on July 19, 2024. (Photo: Reuters/Dmitry Chasovitin)

According to Dmitrii Anisimov, a spokesperson and campaigner for the human rights news website OVD-Info, as of July 2024, some 268 journalists and media outlets were labeled as “foreign agents” in the country. With the Ukraine war, journalists have been increasingly fined for failing to list their status or submit the required reports, and some even face imprisonment. Prior to her release, Kurmasheva, a U.S.-Russian journalist and an editor for U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, was detained for more than nine months after being accused of failing to register as a “foreign agent” and later sentenced to 6-and-a-half years on charges of spreading “fake” news about the Russian army. Denis Kamalyagin, a Russian journalist in exile, is facing two years in jail for not complying with the law, he told CPJ. 

Since the war, Russia has also been increasingly applying another label—“undesirable” —to media outlets. Widely considered an escalation of the “foreign agent” label, the “undesirable” label was first introduced in 2015 to effectively ban organizations registered abroad from operating in the country. Working for an “undesirable” organization can carry a six-year prison sentence and administrative fines. It’s also a crime to distribute content from an “undesirable” organization or donate to it from inside or outside Russia. 

Before the war, the investigative site Proekt, was the only media outlet deemed “undesirable,” but as of July 2024, 20 have been slapped with the label, according to Anisimov. Between January and June 2024, Russian authorities opened at least 28 media-related cases against individuals for “participation in an undesirable organization,” according to Alexander Borodikhin, a data reporter with independent news outlet Mediazona. Borodikhin told CPJ that of the 28 cases, 12 are against journalists, 14 are against people who reposted “undesirable” content, and two are against journalistic sources. 

Maria Epifanova, CEO of Latvia-based Novaya Gazeta Europe, which was deemed “undesirable” in June 2023, told CPJ that the label impacted the outlet’s work and finances. Freelancers in Russia “have to work in fear, write under pseudonyms,” she said. Anyone who talks to the outlet is also at risk. “We have to hide the names and details that help identify a person. That dramatically influences the credibility of articles,” Epifanova said.

Some outlets can’t survive the designation. HelpDesk media was launched shortly before the full-scale invasion “to show the war in Ukraine through the eyes of ordinary people,” according to the website. On May 20, less than five months after being labeled “undesirable,” it announced its closure, saying it did not have enough funds to keep operating. 

Revoking media licenses and blocking websites

Some Russian outlets are in danger of losing their government-issued licenses over coverage, particularly since Russia passed a July 2022 law allowing authorities to invalidate the registration of media outlets without a court order. According to the Mass Media Defense Center, a Russian group that provides legal aid to journalists and news outlets, as well as other journalists CPJ spoke with, registration has many benefits, including faster responses to requests for comment from officials and eligibility for accreditation to cover official functions. 

Leading Russian independent news site Novaya Gazeta — not to be confused with Novaya Gazeta Europe, made up of ex-employees of the former who fled the country — had both its print and online licenses canceled in September 2022. Nadezhda Prusenkova, the head of the outlet’s press department, told CPJ that the outlet is in survival mode. “No circulation, no advertising, just crowdfunding and [an] online shop. No salary for journalists. No possibility to work officially [from places that require accreditation].” 

Some outlets have their content blocked online before they lose their license. Mark Nebesnyi, the editor-in-chief of independent news outlet Svobodnye Media, told CPJ that the Russian state media regulator, Roskomnadzor, blocked its website shortly after the start of the full-scale invasion without any explanation. He believes the blocking was in retaliation for the outlet’s critical reporting on the war, the Russian government, and the outlet’s investigations into alleged embezzlement of the state budget. After the blocking, which he said caused a significant economic blow, Svobodnye Media lost its license in October 2023. 

Journalists gather at Russia’s Supreme Court during a hearing of a case to revoke the registration of the independent Russian newspaper Novaya Gazeta’s website on September 15, 2022. (Photo: Reuters/Evgenia Novozhenina)

According to a representative of Russian independent internet freedom group Roskomsvoboda, who spoke to CPJ on condition of anonymity due to security concerns, the organization’s records show that more than 18,500 websites had been blocked in connection with their reporting on the war as of May 2024. Many websites pull down their own content in fear of retaliation, Roskomsvoboda reported last year. 

Foreign journalists and their outlets have also faced arbitrary and repressive measures. Several members of the foreign press were forced to leave following the withdrawal of their accreditation or the denial of their visa renewals. In late June, the Russian Ministry of Foreign Affairs announced that access to 81 European media outlets would be blocked because they spread “false information” about the war. 

“[In Russia], independent journalism is still possible. But that’s the problem. You never know how long you’re going to exist and what you’re risking,” the JMWU representative said.

CPJ emailed the Russian investigative committee, the Russian prosecutor general’s office, and media regulator Roskomnadzor for comment on measures against the press, but did not receive any reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Anna Brakha.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/07/how-russia-silences-critical-coverage-of-its-war-in-ukraine/feed/ 0 487604
Journalist shot, 2 detained as Venezuela cracks down on election protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/journalist-shot-2-detained-as-venezuela-cracks-down-on-election-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/journalist-shot-2-detained-as-venezuela-cracks-down-on-election-protest-coverage/#respond Fri, 02 Aug 2024 18:24:39 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=407833 Bogotá, August 2, 2024—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Venezuelan authorities to allow the media to report safely on protests over President Nicolás Maduro’s widely disputed claim to have won the country’s July 28 presidential election.  

Government security forces shot and injured one journalist and arrested six others—two of whom remain in detention—while covering the protests.

“CPJ is extremely concerned about a sharp increase in the harassment and detention of journalists in Venezuela by government security agents following the contentious July 28 presidential election,” said Cristina Zahar, CPJ’s Latin America program coordinator, from São Paulo. “CPJ calls on authorities to allow the media to do its job of keeping the public properly informed in the aftermath of the vote.”

Venezuela’s National Press Workers Union (SNTP) said the state regulator Conatel warned numerous private radio stations in the states of Bolívar, Falcón, Zulia, Carabobo, and Aragua not to report on opposition protests, as broadcasting news that “violates elements classified as violence” could result in fines or the cancellation of their broadcast licenses.

Última Hora, an online newspaper in western Portuguesa state, said Friday that it would close after state governor Primitivo Cedeño accused local media outlets of “inciting hatred” in their coverage of the presidential election and its aftermath, according to the SNTP.  

Members of the National Guard shot Jesús Romero, editor of news website Código Urbe, in the abdomen and leg while he was covering anti-government protests in Maracay, the capital of Aragua state, on Monday. Romero is recovering at a local hospital. 

National Guard troops arrested Yousner Alvarado, a camera operator covering protests that same day for the online news site Noticia Digital, in the western city of Barinas. SNTP reported that he remains detained and has been charged with terrorism. 

Police officers arrested Paul León, a camera operator for online TV station VPI-TV, while he covered protests in the western city of Valera on Tuesday. He remained in detention as of Friday, August 2.

CPJ’s calls seeking comment from Conatel and the Defense Ministry, which controls the National Guard, were unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/08/02/journalist-shot-2-detained-as-venezuela-cracks-down-on-election-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 486953
Media Boosted Anti-Trans Movement With Credulous Coverage of ‘Cass Review’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/media-boosted-anti-trans-movement-with-credulous-coverage-of-cass-review/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/media-boosted-anti-trans-movement-with-credulous-coverage-of-cass-review/#respond Fri, 19 Jul 2024 21:55:02 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040815  

Imagine that you’re the parent of a child who suffers from a rare mental health condition that causes anxiety, depression and suicidal ideation. Psychiatric medications and therapy do not work for this condition.

There is a treatment that has been shown to work in adults, but there’s very little research in kids, apart from a few small studies that have come out of the Netherlands, where they are prescribing these treatments. Doctors in your own country, however, won’t prescribe it until your child is 18, to avoid any unwanted side effects from the medication.

Meanwhile, your child has suffered for years, and attempted suicide multiple times. As a parent, what do you do? Do you take your kid overseas, or let them continue to suffer?

Guardian: 'My body is wrong'

“Awareness of transgender children is growing,” the Guardian (8/13/08) reported 16 years ago.

This is precisely the situation that parents of trans kids in Britain were facing 16 years ago, when the Guardian (8/13/08) ran a story on their efforts to get the country’s Gender Identity Development Service (GIDS) to prescribe puberty blockers for their kids. The Guardian noted how grim the situation was for these kids and their parents:

Sarah believes that anyone watching a teenager go through this process would want them to have the drugs as soon as possible. Her daughter was denied them until the age of 16, by which point she already had an Adam’s apple, a deep voice and facial hair….

“It takes a long, long time to come to terms with. It took us about two years to stop crying for our loss and also for the pain that we knew our child was going to have to go through. No one would choose this. It’s too hard.”

Short-lived success

Hillary Cass

Dr. Hilary Cass told the BBC (4/20/24) that “misinformation” about her work makes her “very angry.”

After years of struggle, UK parents successfully lobbied the NHS to start prescribing gender-affirming medical treatments for minors under 16 in 2011. Their success, however, was short-lived.

In April, NHS England released the findings of a four-year inquiry into GIDS led by Dr. Hilary Cass, a pediatrician with no experience treating adolescents with gender dysphoria. On the recommendation of the Cass Review, which was highly critical of adolescent medical transition, the NHS services in England, Wales and Scotland have stopped prescribing puberty blockers for gender dysphoria. The British government also banned private clinics from prescribing them, at least temporarily.

Though there is much more evidence now to support gender-affirming care than in 2008, there is also a much stronger anti-trans movement seeking to discredit and ban such care.

British media coverage has given that movement a big boost in recent years, turning the spotlight away from the realities that trans kids and their families are facing, and pumping out stories nitpicking at the strength of the expanding evidence base for gender-affirming care. Its coverage of the Cass Review followed suit.

US media, unsurprisingly, gave less coverage to the British review, but most of the in-depth coverage followed British media’s model. Underlying this coverage are questionable claims by people with no experience treating minors with gender dysphoria, and double standards regarding the evidence for medical and alternative treatments.

More evidence, worse coverage

The most impactful—and controversial—recommendation of the Cass Review is that puberty blockers or cross-sex hormones on those under 16 should be confined to clinical research settings only, due to the supposed weakness of the studies underpinning gender-affirming treatments for minors, and the possibility of unwanted side effects:

While a considerable amount of research has been published in this field, systematic evidence reviews demonstrated the poor quality of the published studies, meaning there is not a reliable evidence base upon which to make clinical decisions, or for children and their families to make informed choices.

This stands in direct opposition to guidelines and recommendations from major medical associations, such as the American Academy of Pediatrics, the Endocrine Society and the World Professional Association of Transgender Health (WPATH), which support gender-affirming medical interventions for youth.

WPATH (5/17/24) expressed bewilderment at the Cass Review’s approach, and noted that its reviews “do not contain any new research that would contradict the recommendations” of those groups, which were updated in 2022.

So what could explain the divergence? For starters, the review took place in the context of a rising anti-trans culture in England, and the NHS took the highly unusual approach of excluding experts on pediatric gender-affirming care from the review.

At the same time, the Cass Review, and the NHS England Policy Working Group that preceded it, had clinicians on its team with ties to advocacy groups that oppose gender-affirming treatment for minors, so its bias was questioned even before the review was released. The Cass Review has been a major boon for these advocacy groups, as its recommendations are exactly what those groups have been calling for.

‘Arbitrarily assigned quality’

Mother Jones: The UK’s New Study on Gender Affirming Care Misses the Mark in So Many Ways

“It’s a bad-faith claim that we don’t have enough evidence for pubertal suppressants or gender-affirming hormones,” a Harvard Med School psychiatry professor told Mother Jones (5/10/24).

The systematic review on puberty blockers conducted by the Cass Review excluded 24 studies, with reviewers scoring this research as “low quality.” But Meredithe McNamara, assistant professor of pediatrics at Yale, told FAIR that the scale the Cass Review used to grade study quality is not typically used by guideline developers. Under this methodology, the authors excluded many studies from consideration for what she describes as “arbitrarily assigned quality.”

A recent white paper from the Yale Law School Integrity Project, co-authored by McNamara, explains the flaws more in depth:

They modified the scale in an arbitrary way that permitted the exclusion of studies from further consideration, for reasons irrelevant to clinical care. For instance, in the York SR on social transition, the modified NOS asked if study samples were “truly representative of the average child or adolescent with
gender dysphoria.” There is no such thing as the “average child or adolescent with gender dysphoria”—this is an inexpertly devised and meaningless concept that is neither defined by the authors nor used in clinical research. And yet it was grounds for excluding several important studies from consideration.

The Yale report highlights the problems that come from assigning authors who are unfamiliar with essential concepts in gender care. For example, puberty blockers are not intended to reduce gender dysphoria, but rather halt the effects of puberty. The systematic review looked at gender dysphoria reduction as a metric of the treatment’s success, however, which the Yale report says was an “inappropriate standard.”

Moreover, even studies scored as low quality by more standard scales are not uncommon in medicine, and do not mean “poor quality” (despite Cass’s slippage between the two) or “junk science.” Doctors can and do often make treatment recommendations based on evidence that is rated low quality. A 2020 study in the Journal of Clinical Epidemiology (9/2/20) found that 53% of treatments are supported by either “low quality” or “very low quality” evidence. Many commonly prescribed antidepressants, for example, have low-quality evidence for use in populations under 18—but many families decide, with the help of a doctor, that it’s still the best choice for their child.

This is why the guidelines supported by WPATH do not deviate from the norms of medical practice in recommending puberty blockers based on the large amount of evidence we do have. As with all medical treatments, WPATH recommends doctors should inform patients and their parents of the potential risks and benefits, and allow them to decide what is best. This approach aligns with evidence-based medicine’s requirement to integrate the values and preferences of the patient with the best available evidence.

‘Shaky foundations’

Guardian: Mother criticises ‘agenda from above’ after release of Cass report

Of eight articles the Guardian ran on the Cass Review, only one (4/9/24) quoted any trans youth or their parents.

Cass also conducted a second systematic review on cross-sex hormones, which excluded 19 studies for being “low quality.” In spite of their exclusion, the systematic review still found “moderate quality” evidence for the mental health benefits of these treatments, a fact that Cass omits from her BMJ column (4/9/24) published concurrently with the review’s release, where she claims that pediatric gender medicine is built on “shaky foundations.”

These “shaky foundations” of “poor quality” evidence that Cass trumpeted were largely gobbled up by media, despite the criticisms of both expert groups like WPATH, and trans kids and their parents. Guardian readers almost certainly wouldn’t know that the amount of data we have on these treatments since the paper’s 2008 piece has expanded considerably: Every single one of the 103 studies on puberty blockers and cross-sex hormones for minors that the Cass Review found was published after 2008. That’s not the story that’s being told; in fact, it’s not even mentioned in the Guardian’s initial story (4/9/24) on the findings of the Cass Review, which put Cass’s “shaky foundations” quote in its headline.

That story exemplifies the problem with the frequent media scrutiny of evidence quality that is completely devoid of the circumstances under which trans youth and their parents have sought these treatments for more than a decade. In fact, these teens and their parents have been all but erased from the paper’s coverage.

The Guardian released eight stories and a podcast on the Cass Review in the first month of its coverage. Only two trans youth and one parent were quoted across these nine pieces.

Readers can’t fully understand why trans youth and their parents would seek out a treatment with “low-quality” or “moderate-quality” evidence without understanding their circumstances. And they can’t fully judge a policy decision to restrict these treatments without understanding how much more evidence we have now than we did when desperate parents were seeking them out abroad.

Same problem across the pond

WBUR: 'The evidence was disappointingly poor': The full interview with Dr. Hilary Cass

WBUR‘s interviewer (5/8/24) did not challenge Cass on her nonsensical statements, such as her assertion that “let[ting] young people go through their typical puberty” is the best way to “leave their options open.”

Some US outlets have, unsurprisingly, followed the British pattern in their coverage of the Cass Review, not questioning Cass’s tendentious interpretations, and sidelining the voices of trans youth and their parents.

Boston NPR station WBUR (OnPoint, 5/8/24) aired a lengthy interview with Cass. For almost two hours, host Meghna Chakrabarti gave Cass a friendly platform to pontificate on such matters as how pornography might be causing more kids to identify as trans, without asking her to substantiate her claims:

So we looked at what we understand about the biology, but obviously biology hasn’t changed suddenly in the last 10 years. So then we tried to look at, what has changed? And one is the overall mental health of teenage girls, in particular, although boys, to some degree. And that may also be driven by social media, by early exposure to pornography, and a whole series of other factors that are happening for girls.

While Chakrabarti raised some criticisms of the Cass Review, she never pressed Cass on her answers. For instance, when the host quoted WPATH’s statement that the Cass Review would “severely restrict access to physical healthcare for gender-questioning young people,” Cass suggested that trans youth will still be able to access treatment “under proper research supervision”—yet such research has yet to be announced. Chakrabarti did not press her on when these studies will start, what the criteria for participation will be, or what parents and kids are supposed to do in the meantime. Nor did she ask how long it will take to get into a study; currently the GIDS wait times are over six years.

Cass repeatedly argued that the key for youth seeking gender-affirming care was to “keep their options open.” Yet Chakrabarti never questioned how preventing young people from accessing puberty blockers helps achieve this, even when Cass argued that trans boys shouldn’t receive hormone treatment because male hormones “cause irreversible effects.” By this logic, the Cass Review should have required all trans girls to receive puberty blockers to prevent those same “irreversible effects.” Cass’s double standard also doesn’t take into account that estrogen puberty likewise causes irreversible effects that are not fully or easily reversible, such as height, voice and breast growth.

Incredibly, Cass described decisions about these treatments as very individual ones that need to be made with patients and doctors—which happens to be what WPATH recommends, and what the Cass Review has made virtually impossible. Cass told WBUR:

And for any one person, it’s just a careful decision about balancing, whether you have arrived at your final destination in terms of understanding your identity, versus keeping those options open. And that’s a really personal decision that you have to take with your medical practitioner, with the best understanding that we can give young people about the risks versus the benefits.

Rather than asking how exactly this squares with the Cass Review recommendations that have, at least for now, shut down all NHS medical gender-affirming care, Chakrabati changed the subject.

Chakrabarti’s segment also had a second part, which could have been used to interview an expert who disagreed with Cass’s findings. Instead, she interviewed two pediatric gender clinicians—one of whom, Laura Edwards-Leeper, had been a speaker at a conference against gender-affirming care in 2023—who offered no criticism aside from the fact that requiring mental health treatment for social transition would be impractical in the US, due to a lack of national healthcare.

‘Under political duress’

New York Times: Hilary Cass Says U.S. Doctors Are ‘Out of Date’ on Youth Gender Medicine

“There are young people who absolutely benefit from a medical pathway, and we need to make sure that those young people have access,” Cass told the New York Times (5/13/24)—before adding, “under a research protocol,” even though such research has yet to be announced.

The New York Times (5/13/24), in a published interview conducted by reporter Azeen Ghorayshi, also ignored the realities facing trans kids in Britain as a result of Cass’s recommendations. Cass accused the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) of not being forthright about the evidence around gender-affirming treatments, and suggested its motivations are political:

I suspect that the AAP, which is an organization that does massive good for children worldwide, and I see as a fairly left-leaning organization, is fearful of making any moves that might jeopardize trans healthcare right now. And I wonder whether, if they weren’t feeling under such political duress, they would be able to be more nuanced, to say that multiple truths exist in this space—that there are children who are going to need medical treatment, and that there are other children who are going to resolve their distress in different ways.

Ghorayshi agreed with Cass, asking her how she would advise US doctors to thread this needle:

Pediatricians in the United States are in an incredibly tough position, because of the political situation here. It affects what doctors feel comfortable saying publicly. Your report is now part of that evidence that they may fear will be weaponized. What would you say to American pediatricians about how to move forward?

This entire line of questioning ignored that this issue is politicized in Britain as well. In March, former Prime Minister Liz Truss proposed a legislative ban on gender-affirming medical treatments for minors, which the government later implemented temporarily. The British government has also implemented recommendations that make social transition in schools extremely difficult. Ghorayshi could have pressed Cass on the political situation in her own country, rather than speculating on how doctors in the US are reacting to the one here.

Cass also presented the widely discredited theory that an exponential rise in the number of children and adolescents seeking gender-affirming care over the past decade is evidence of a “social contagion”:

It doesn’t really make sense to have such a dramatic increase in numbers that has been exponential. This has happened in a really narrow time frame across the world. Social acceptance just doesn’t happen that way, so dramatically. So that doesn’t make sense as the full answer.

This gigantic leap in logic goes completely without follow-up by Ghorayshi. Exponential rises can happen easily when a number is low to begin with. According to Cass’s own report, there were fewer than 50 referrals to GIDS in 2009. And while that number increased to 5,000 for 2021–22, this is 0.04% of the approximately 14 million people under the age of 18 in Britain.

Despite Cass’s claims to the contrary, these numbers could easily show that while very few adolescents were comfortable being out as trans at the outset of the 2010s, increased social acceptance has made that possible for more of them. Ghorayshi, however, does not press her to show any evidence for her highly unscientific theory.

The therapy trap

BBC: Cass Review author calls for 'holistic' gender care

A BBC report (5/7/24) cited Cass suggesting “‘evidence based’ treatment such as psychological support” as an alternative to puberty blockers, even though her review found no studies showing psychotherapy as an effective treatment for gender dysphoria.

One of the underlying problems with the Cass Review is that where it (dubiously) claims that medical interventions are not supported by evidence, it pushes psychotherapy as an effective treatment for gender dysphoria—with even less evidence. Most media have blindly accepted this contradiction.

In an article headlined “Cass Review Author Calls for ‘Holistic’ Gender Care,” the BBC (5/7/24) reported on Cass’s claim to the Scottish parliament implying psychotherapy and “medications” are “evidence-based” ways to treat gender-dysphoric children.

However, she told MSPs a drawback of puberty blockers, which she said had become “almost totemic” as the route to get on to a treatment pathway, was they stopped an examination of other ways of addressing young people’s distress—including “evidence-based” treatment such as psychological support or medication.

The BBC did not interrogate this claim. This is especially egregious in light of the fact that Cass’s own systematic review found no studies that show psychotherapy is an effective means of improving gender dysphoria. Moreover, it deemed nine of the ten studies of psychosocial support “low quality.”

Dan Karasic, a psychiatrist who has worked with patients with gender dysphoria for over 30 years, and an author on WPATH’s current treatment guidelines, told FAIR that there’s no evidence for her claim that psychiatric medications could be effective either:

There is absolutely no evidence to support Dr. Cass’s suggestion to substitute antidepressants for puberty blockers. It’s telling that Cass suggests an intervention utterly devoid of any evidence—antidepressants for gender dysphoria—over established treatments.

‘Alternative approaches’

WaPo: A new report roils the debate on youth gender care

The Washington Post (4/18/24) featured an op-ed criticizing the “poor quality of evidence in support of medical interventions for youth gender dysphoria”—by someone pushing evidence-free psychotherapy treatment for youth gender dysphoria.

The Washington Post (4/18/24) accepted this same fallacy when it published an op-ed on the Cass Review by Paul Garcia-Ryan. Garcia-Ryan is the president of the organization Therapy First, which supports psychotherapy as the “first-line” treatment for gender dysphoria. Garcia wrote that in light of the Cass Review’s findings on the evidence behind gender-affirming treatments, psychotherapy needed to be encouraged:

The Cass Review made clear that the evidence supporting medical interventions in youth gender dysphoria is utterly insufficient, and that alternative approaches, such as psychotherapy, need to be encouraged. Only then will gender-questioning youth be able to get the help they need to navigate their distress.

Garcia-Ryan provides no evidence that psychotherapy is an effective alternative to the current treatment model that he is criticizing—which is no surprise, given the Cass Review’s findings. This is especially disturbing, given that his organization has published “clinical guidelines” for treating “gender-questioning” youth.

One of the case studies in the Therapy First’s guidelines involved an adolescent struggling with gender dysphoria, who described their family situation—where they don’t “feel understood and supported,” and their parents “don’t think trans exists”—to a therapist. The therapist then hypothesized that the gender dysphoria may be caused by an “oedipal process,” a subconscious infatuation with the father that the child “dealt with…by repudiating her femininity and her female-sexed body.”

Op-ed pages certainly exist to represent a diversity of viewpoints. But opinion editors have a duty to not let them be used for blatant misinformation. Though Garcia-Ryan protests that Therapy First is “strongly opposed to conversion therapy,” the sort of psychoanalysis he champions has a long, dark history of being used in conversion therapy. The American Psychoanalytic Association did not depathologize homosexuality until nearly 20 years after the American Psychiatric Association did.

‘Notably silent’

WaPo: Psychiatrists learned the wrong lesson from the gay rights movement

The Washington Post (5/3/24) ran another pro-Cass op-ed from Benjamin Ryan, who it described as “covering LGBTQ health for over two decades”; it didn’t mention that much of that coverage has been in right-wing publications like the New York Sun and New York Post.

Rather than publishing any op-eds critical of the Cass Review for balance, the Washington Post (5/3/24) added a second op-ed a week later by freelance journalist Benjamin Ryan, who has recently published several pieces on trans issues for the conservative New York Sun and New York Post. Ryan criticized the American Psychiatric Association (APA) for being “notably silent” on Cass’s findings, and citing the fact that the only panel at its 2024 conference contained supporters of gender transition:

The program for the 2024 APA annual meeting lists only one panel that touches on pediatric gender-transition treatment, titled “Channeling Your Passion and ‘Inner Outrage’ by Promoting Public Policy for Evidence-Based Transgender Care.”

The panel notably includes Jack Turban, a University of California at San Francisco child psychiatrist and a vocal supporter of broad access to gender-transition treatment.

A letter to the editor in the Washington Post (5/10/24) noted that abstracts for the APA were due before the final Cass Review was published, so it would not have been possible to submit a panel examining its findings. This is something the Post could have easily factchecked.

In the US, gender-affirming care bans for minors have taken place amongst a similar backdrop of relentless media assault, based on similarly poor sources (FAIR.org, 8/30/23) and bad interpretations of data (FAIR.org, 6/22/23). The coverage of the Cass Review shows just how much US media have taken their cues from the Brits.


Research assistance: Alefiya Presswala, Owen Schacht


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Lexi Koren.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/19/media-boosted-anti-trans-movement-with-credulous-coverage-of-cass-review/feed/ 0 484783
In Venezuela, restrictions and self-censorship diminish media coverage of opposition ahead of July 28 vote  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/18/in-venezuela-restrictions-and-self-censorship-diminish-media-coverage-of-opposition-ahead-of-july-28-vote/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/18/in-venezuela-restrictions-and-self-censorship-diminish-media-coverage-of-opposition-ahead-of-july-28-vote/#respond Thu, 18 Jul 2024 20:08:57 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=403905 Antonio Di Giampaolo has hosted his popular radio news program En el Aire, Spanish for “On the Air,” for nearly 40 years  On May 17, Di Giampaolo planned to broadcast an interview with opposition presidential candidate Edmundo González, but executives at the station Éxitos 93.1 FM in the western city of Maracay nixed the plan with no explanation, according to the journalist.

“I had already recorded the interview, but they told me it couldn’t be broadcast,” Di Giampaolo told CPJ, adding that it would have been the first radio interview with González since becoming the opposition’s front-runner.

Di Giampaolo believes the radio station, which is waiting for state regulator Conatel to renew its license, did not want to risk offending President Nicolás Maduro, who will face González at the polls on July 28 in a critical presidential election. 

The National Commission of Telecommunications (CONATEL) in Caracas, Venezuela, on February 16, 2017. (Photo: Marco Bello/Reuters)

In a video posted to his social media accounts, Di Giampaolo announced that he had abruptly quit Éxitos 93.1 with “sadness and deep indignation,” and he published his conversation with González on his Instagram page. Speaking by phone from the city of Maracay, Di Giampaolo told CPJ that he “preferred to leave the station while standing than to remain there on my knees.” 

The episode typifies how government control of the media and self-censorship has distorted election coverage in Venezuela and deprived voters of vital information about the presidential candidates, according to journalists and press freedom groups who spoke with CPJ,

They said that TV and radio stations that reach nearly every Venezuelan household provide a barrage of ruling party propaganda and Maduro campaign rallies while mostly ignoring the opposition. By contrast, news about González and his opposition partner María Corina Machado is largely confined to independent news websites, many of which are blocked in Venezuela, and to social media like X, Facebook, Instagram, Youtube, and WhatsApp.

Appearances by opposition politicians in the mainstream media are so rare that when González spoke to TV station Venevisión in April, the resulting commentary on social media ignored the candidates presidential plans and largely focused on the channel’s startling decision to broadcast the interview at all

“This was treated like an extraordinary event when, in reality, it should be the obligation of a TV station to cover the opposition,” said Marco Ruíz, secretary general of the National Union of Journalists

Yet for Ruíz and other veteran press watchers, none of this comes as a surprise. They point out that the Maduro government has spent its 11 years in power closing TV and radio stations, blocking news websites, confiscating newspapers and fomenting fear and self-censorship

The result is a kind of news desert. Indeed, the long-running attack on independent journalism has been so effective that the government has not felt the need to engage in a major media crackdown in the runup to this month’s election.

“The regime has closed 200 radio stations over the past two years, which means there are fewer stations that they need to close now,” Ruíz said.

According to a report by Venezuelan free press group Espacio Público, there have been at least 14 radio stations closed in the country this year. Additionally, at least 297 radio stations from 2003 to 2023 were forced to close for various reasons in connection with the renewal of their broadcast licenses.

Fredy Andrade, who founded Radio Minuto in 1989, in the western city of Barquisimeto, said he received no explanation when state regulator Conatel did not renew the station’s license, forcing it to shutter on April 26. But he pointed out that his daily news programs included reports about the opposition, including polls that showed González with a huge lead over Maduro.  

“González is going to win this election, and I think the government feared we would go on the air on July 28 and announce an opposition victory,” Andrade told CPJ. “They wanted to silence us. This was a preemptive strike.”

There was no response from Maduro’s press office nor from Conatel to CPJ’s requests for comment. 

People walk past a poster of Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro’s re-election campaign on July 11, 2024, as the country prepares for the presidential elections, in Caracas. (Photo: Leonardo Fernandez Viloria/Reuters)

Due to the closure of so many media outlets, budget problems for those that remain in operation, and the lack of visas for foreign correspondents, there are relatively few journalists covering this election, said Carlos Correa, director of Espacio Público.

Independent Venezuelan news sites such as Efecto Cocuyo and El Pitazo provide detailed coverage and analysis of both the Maduro and González campaigns. But these two sites and more than 40 others have been blocked in Venezuela by state and private internet service providers, according to the internet watchdog group Venezuela Sin Filtro.

Determined newshounds can circumvent the blocks and access these sites through virtual private networks (VPNs), but Ruíz said most internet users lack the know-how, patience, and money to set up VPNs. 

As a result, nearly all the news about the opposition comes from social media. These sites are flooded with video clips of speeches and campaign rallies by Machado, the popular opposition leader who has been banned by the Maduro government from running for president and by González who has replaced her on the ballot. 

“Social media does not compensate for government censorship but there is no other way to get news about the opposition,” said Ibis León, a former journalist who now works for the Caracas-based Venezuela Electoral Observatory.

But relying on social media brings a new set of challenges for accessing information in Venezuela. 

Power outages are common, internet connections are slow and often unavailable in rural areas, and the service is expensive in a country where poverty has jumped amid a deep economic crisis. Moreover, with Maduro facing a battle for reelection, his government is inundating X, Facebook, Instagram, and WhatsApp groups with propaganda and fake news.

“For the government, this is war,” said Marianela Balbi, director of the Caracas-based Institute for Press and Society. “State TV, Conatel, the Communications Ministry, the ruling party and the military are all getting involved in slandering the opposition.”

Last month, Machado denounced false reports posted on X by military officials that claimed the Venezuelan Armed Forces would be eliminated should the opposition take power. 

In response to so much disinformation, Efecto Cocuyo has produced a chatbot to help readers weed out lies and distortions while they can also go to the factchecking website Cazadores de Fake News (Fake News Hunters).

Correa of Espacio Público warns that social media sites remain a poor substitute for curated election news that used to come from radio, TV, and newspapers, because most information is fragmented and lacking in context.

“What kind of a candidate proposals and debates can you have on WhatsApp?” he said. “These sites are just not the same as a national TV station dedicated to covering the election.”

Yet Correa admits that the flood of campaign information on X, Facebook, Instagram and other social media has helped the opposition offset the government’s dominance of traditional news media. Judging by Maduro’s poll numbers, it appears that fewer Venezuelans are being swayed by his propaganda.

“The government’s message is unconvincing,” Correa said. “But it remains unclear just how well-informed Venezuelan voters will be on election day.”

González, the opposition candidate, is promising to fully respect press freedom which has inspired new hope among Venezuelan journalists. Speaking of a possible González victory, Di Giampaolo, the former Éxitos 93.1 journalist, said: “I hope better times are coming for journalism and for Venezuela.”


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/18/in-venezuela-restrictions-and-self-censorship-diminish-media-coverage-of-opposition-ahead-of-july-28-vote/feed/ 0 484553
US Media Coverage of Anti-Vax Disinformation Quietly Stops at the Pentagon https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/us-media-coverage-of-anti-vax-disinformation-quietly-stops-at-the-pentagon/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/us-media-coverage-of-anti-vax-disinformation-quietly-stops-at-the-pentagon/#respond Fri, 12 Jul 2024 18:40:37 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9040653  

 

Reuters: Pentagon ran secret anti-vax campaign to undermine China during pandemic

Reuters (6/14/24) reported that the US military was behind social media messages like ““COVID came from China and the VACCINE also came from China, don’t trust China!”

Canada-based news agency Reuters (6/14/24) revealed that the Pentagon, beginning in spring 2020, carried out a year-long anti-vax messaging campaign on social media. Reuters reported that the purpose of the clandestine psychological operation was to discredit China’s pandemic relief efforts across Southeast and Central Asia, as well as in parts of the Middle East.

“We weren’t looking at this from a public health perspective,” a “senior military officer involved in the program” told Reuters. “We were looking at how we could drag China through the mud.”

The Reuters report straightforwardly implicated the US military in a lethal propaganda operation targeting vulnerable populations, centrally including the Filipino public, to the end of scoring geostrategic points against China:

To Washington’s alarm, China’s offers of assistance were tilting the geopolitical playing field across the developing world, including in the Philippines, where the government faced upwards of 100,000 infections in the early months of the pandemic.

The findings were unequivocal. In conjunction with private contractors, the US military created and employed fake social media profiles across popular platforms in multiple countries in order to sow doubt, not only about China’s Sinovac immunization, but also about the country’s humanitarian motivations with respect to their dispersal of pandemic-related aid. The news agency quoted “a senior US military officer directly involved in the campaign in Southeast Asia”:  “We didn’t do a good job sharing vaccines with partners…. So what was left to us was to throw shade on China’s.”

Failure to pounce

NYT: America’s Virulent Anti-Vaccine Lies

This New York Times headline (7/3/24), pointedly critical of the Pentagon’s anti-vaccine disinformation, did not appear in the Times newspaper, but only in a subscriber-only newsletter.

One might be forgiven for assuming that US news media editors would pounce on the fact that the most powerful institution in the US, and quite possibly the world, promulgated anti-vax material on social media over the course of a year. However, nearly a month later, the Wall Street Journal, Washington Post, Politico, CNN and MSNBC have yet to cover the news.

The New York Times, which has consistently covered anti-vaccine disinformation (7/24/21, 8/1/21, 12/28/22, 3/16/24) and extremism (3/26/21, 4/5/21, 8/31/21, 6/14/24), has yet to cover the Pentagon’s unparalleled anti-vax indoctrination efforts in its news section; it ran one subscriber-only newsletter opinion piece (7/3/24) on the story nearly three weeks after Reuters‘ revelations.

Meanwhile, independent (Common Dreams, 6/14/24; WSWS, 6/16/24) and international sources (Al Jazeera, 6/14/24; South China Morning Post 6/16/24, 6/17/24, 6/18/24) immediately relayed the revelations.

‘Amplifying the contagion’

Given the Times’ track record in the fight against vaccine disinformation, one might expect to see that paper in particular give this blockbuster news front-page status. After all, the Pentagon was busy secretly inculcating anti-vax attitudes in its targets when Neil MacFarquhar of the Times (3/26/21) warned that “extremist organizations are now bashing the safety and efficacy of coronavirus vaccines in an effort to try to undermine the government.”

In a New York Times Magazine thinkpiece (5/25/22), Moises Velasquez-Manoff took stock of the “nightmarish and bizarre” conspiratorial “skullduggery swirling around vaccines”:

The process of swaying people with messaging that questions vaccines is how disinformation—deliberately fabricated falsehoods and half-truths—becomes misinformation, or incorrect information passed along unwittingly. Motivated by the best intentions, these people nonetheless end up amplifying the contagion, and the damaging impact, of half-truths and distortions.

Anxiety and doubt around immunizations, readers were told, “may be seeping into their relationship with medical science—or governmental mandates—in general.”

Surely this line of reasoning applies as much if not more so to the Pentagon’s anti-vaccine propaganda offensive in Asia and the Middle East: The US military’s own skullduggery has primed countless victims around the world to be more skeptical of medical technology in general.

Even if Americans weren’t targeted by the Pentagon’s scheme, their tax dollars were employed to materially endanger people throughout Asia and the Middle East, and to undermine public health mandates in general. And in the midst of a global pandemic, infections anywhere threaten peoples’ lives everywhere. But the threat of anti-vax disinformation is apparently not a high priority for the establishment press if the US military is implicated.

In keeping with a rich history of obsequious editorial decision-making when it comes to the Pentagon’s activities abroad, this remarkable lack of attention on the part of the Times and the rest of the corporate US press serves as yet another example of corporate media’s timorous attitude towards structural power in this country.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Tyler Poisson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/07/12/us-media-coverage-of-anti-vax-disinformation-quietly-stops-at-the-pentagon/feed/ 0 483634
ProPublica Reporter Defends Work After Samuel Alito Accuses Outlet of Politically Motivated Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage-2/#respond Thu, 13 Jun 2024 14:44:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=43973b35d2fddbc93c6924751b19f812
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage-2/feed/ 0 479497
ProPublica Reporter Defends Work After Samuel Alito Accuses Outlet of Politically Motivated Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage/#respond Thu, 13 Jun 2024 12:23:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0fbeabb97db68f15a8ec38139bd66566 Seg1.5 elliot scotus

Supreme Court Justice Samuel Alito, caught on a secret recording, recently attacked ProPublica for its reporting on Supreme Court ethics. The nonprofit investigative news outlet has spearheaded coverage of possible conflicts of interest among judges on the nation’s top court, including Justice Clarence Thomas, who has accepted millions in gifts and trips from conservative billionaires. Alito told a filmmaker posing as a conservative activist that ProPublica “gets a lot of money” to dig up “any little thing they can find,” suggesting the reporting was politically motivated. That notion “is just wrong,” says Justin Elliott, one of the lead ProPublica journalists reporting on the Supreme Court. “We took a very hard look at the Democratic-appointed justices, and we simply haven’t found anything close to similar to what we found when it came to Justice Thomas and Justice Alito.” He also says the Senate Judiciary Committee has power it is not currently using to investigate the court amid the ongoing ethics scandal. “There’s really no reason to believe that we actually know all the facts about what these justices have gotten.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/13/propublica-reporter-defends-work-after-samuel-alito-accuses-outlet-of-politically-motivated-coverage/feed/ 0 479448
Callout for Reader Tips: Power ProPublica’s 2024 Election Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/callout-for-reader-tips-power-propublicas-2024-election-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/callout-for-reader-tips-power-propublicas-2024-election-coverage/#respond Wed, 12 Jun 2024 21:45:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=226d52f4741be215e186a6af3aaab63c
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/callout-for-reader-tips-power-propublicas-2024-election-coverage/feed/ 0 479272
Reader Tips Propelled Our Supreme Court Reporting. Now Your Info Could Power Our 2024 Election Coverage. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/#respond Wed, 12 Jun 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/reader-tips-propublica-2024-election-coverage by Justin Elliott

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

A few hours after we published a story on the luxury travel a billionaire provided to Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, the email arrived in my inbox.

A reader had tapped out a single sentence on their iPhone and hit send: We should look, it said, at a relative Thomas had taken in and raised as a son. The reader informed me that Harlan Crow, the same politically connected billionaire who had bankrolled the justice’s travels around the globe, had also paid private school tuition for the relative.

My colleagues and I chased down the tip; a key break came when we found direct evidence of the billionaire’s tuition payments in some bankruptcy filings for one of the private schools in question. As we reported in the resulting story a few weeks later, the billionaire had paid roughly $100,000 for private school tuition, essentially a gift of cash to a sitting Supreme Court justice.

Crow’s office told us that he “has long been passionate about the importance of quality education and giving back to those less fortunate.” Thomas didn’t respond to questions for the story. On Friday, the justice acknowledged for the first time in a new financial disclosure filing that he should have publicly reported two free vacations he received from Crow.

At ProPublica, we often discuss the concept of the “maximum story.” It comes up when we’re deciding whether it’s worth spending a chunk of time reporting on a given topic. In gambler’s terms, it translates to what’s the biggest potential payoff of making this bet? What’s the best story, the one most vital to the public, that we might land?

It’s a useful idea, but the truth is the maximum story is often one we can’t even imagine. That was the case with the private school tuition tip. My co-workers and I had spent the previous four months piecing together the luxury travel provided to Thomas, but we had not dreamed that a billionaire was also secretly paying basic living expenses for a justice.

And we never would have thought to look if not for the reader who made the decision to write in with that tip. I’ve been a reporter here at ProPublica for more than 12 years covering politics and business, and every major story I’ve worked on has been propelled forward by tips.

I spent years reporting on how Intuit, the maker of TurboTax, has worked against making tax preparation easier and less costly. When I wrote about misleading marketing tactics by Intuit that cost Americans tax filers billions of dollars, I relied on tips from employees at all levels of the company. Sometimes we heard from executives who attended strategy meetings; other times we heard from customer service reps who were unsettled by what they were being asked to do.

After we published, we heard from hundreds of readers who’d experienced deceptive tactics, and we wrote about that, too. In the end, those stories directly led to a legal settlement that delivered $141 million back to consumers.

Many of my sources need to be anonymous, so I’m somewhat limited in what I can tell you about them. In the past, they’ve included company insiders like the Intuit employees or whistleblowers who have seen something that troubled them. But I’m constantly surprised by what I think of as the hydraulics of information: something heard in a restaurant, seen on the street or mentioned by a relative. Those, too, are often important leads for our reporting.

The team behind the award-winning Supreme Court series: from left, Brett Murphy, Alex Mierjeski, Justin Elliott, Kirsten Berg and Joshua Kaplan (Sarahbeth Maney/ProPublica)

Going from a tip or rumor to a confirmed story can take weeks or months of reporting, of course. That’s especially true because I focus on the rich and powerful: people, companies and organizations that use money and influence to shield themselves from scrutiny. My ability to home in on those important stories relies on hearing from people like you.

Right now I’m reporting on the election. There’s no shortage of political coverage, but I’m still convinced there are important stories about wrongdoing that haven’t been told yet. I’m interested in the world of Donald Trump — his campaign, businesses and the people around him — as well as the broader 2024 political scene. Tips about other candidates, Democrats and Republicans, are also welcome.

I’m also always looking for under-covered stories about business and politics more broadly, no matter the specific subject.

If you know something you think I should know — a rumor, an observation, something you’ve noticed that’s unusual or concerning — please get in touch. Even if it seems small or you heard it second hand, what you know may be hugely important.

How to Reach Me

My email is justin@propublica.org. You can call or text me at 774-826-6240. If you use the secure messaging apps Signal or WhatsApp, I’m also at that number.

My Mailing Address

Justin Elliott ProPublica 155 Ave. of the Americas 13th Floor New York, NY 10013

Here’s What to Expect if You Reach Out

I’ll read whatever you send. I check my texts and email often. You can also leave a voicemail or even send a physical letter.

Many of my stories rely on people who need to be anonymous, and I take privacy very seriously.

If you have an idea but you think it’s a better fit for another reporter, you can find instructions for how to share information with us securely on our general tips page.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Justin Elliott.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/feed/ 0 479142
Reader Tips Propelled Our Supreme Court Reporting. Now Your Info Could Power Our 2024 Election Coverage. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/#respond Wed, 12 Jun 2024 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/reader-tips-propublica-2024-election-coverage by Justin Elliott

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

A few hours after we published a story on the luxury travel a billionaire provided to Supreme Court Justice Clarence Thomas, the email arrived in my inbox.

A reader had tapped out a single sentence on their iPhone and hit send: We should look, it said, at a relative Thomas had taken in and raised as a son. The reader informed me that Harlan Crow, the same politically connected billionaire who had bankrolled the justice’s travels around the globe, had also paid private school tuition for the relative.

My colleagues and I chased down the tip; a key break came when we found direct evidence of the billionaire’s tuition payments in some bankruptcy filings for one of the private schools in question. As we reported in the resulting story a few weeks later, the billionaire had paid roughly $100,000 for private school tuition, essentially a gift of cash to a sitting Supreme Court justice.

Crow’s office told us that he “has long been passionate about the importance of quality education and giving back to those less fortunate.” Thomas didn’t respond to questions for the story. On Friday, the justice acknowledged for the first time in a new financial disclosure filing that he should have publicly reported two free vacations he received from Crow.

At ProPublica, we often discuss the concept of the “maximum story.” It comes up when we’re deciding whether it’s worth spending a chunk of time reporting on a given topic. In gambler’s terms, it translates to what’s the biggest potential payoff of making this bet? What’s the best story, the one most vital to the public, that we might land?

It’s a useful idea, but the truth is the maximum story is often one we can’t even imagine. That was the case with the private school tuition tip. My co-workers and I had spent the previous four months piecing together the luxury travel provided to Thomas, but we had not dreamed that a billionaire was also secretly paying basic living expenses for a justice.

And we never would have thought to look if not for the reader who made the decision to write in with that tip. I’ve been a reporter here at ProPublica for more than 12 years covering politics and business, and every major story I’ve worked on has been propelled forward by tips.

I spent years reporting on how Intuit, the maker of TurboTax, has worked against making tax preparation easier and less costly. When I wrote about misleading marketing tactics by Intuit that cost Americans tax filers billions of dollars, I relied on tips from employees at all levels of the company. Sometimes we heard from executives who attended strategy meetings; other times we heard from customer service reps who were unsettled by what they were being asked to do.

After we published, we heard from hundreds of readers who’d experienced deceptive tactics, and we wrote about that, too. In the end, those stories directly led to a legal settlement that delivered $141 million back to consumers.

Many of my sources need to be anonymous, so I’m somewhat limited in what I can tell you about them. In the past, they’ve included company insiders like the Intuit employees or whistleblowers who have seen something that troubled them. But I’m constantly surprised by what I think of as the hydraulics of information: something heard in a restaurant, seen on the street or mentioned by a relative. Those, too, are often important leads for our reporting.

The team behind the award-winning Supreme Court series: from left, Brett Murphy, Alex Mierjeski, Justin Elliott, Kirsten Berg and Joshua Kaplan (Sarahbeth Maney/ProPublica)

Going from a tip or rumor to a confirmed story can take weeks or months of reporting, of course. That’s especially true because I focus on the rich and powerful: people, companies and organizations that use money and influence to shield themselves from scrutiny. My ability to home in on those important stories relies on hearing from people like you.

Right now I’m reporting on the election. There’s no shortage of political coverage, but I’m still convinced there are important stories about wrongdoing that haven’t been told yet. I’m interested in the world of Donald Trump — his campaign, businesses and the people around him — as well as the broader 2024 political scene. Tips about other candidates, Democrats and Republicans, are also welcome.

I’m also always looking for under-covered stories about business and politics more broadly, no matter the specific subject.

If you know something you think I should know — a rumor, an observation, something you’ve noticed that’s unusual or concerning — please get in touch. Even if it seems small or you heard it second hand, what you know may be hugely important.

How to Reach Me

My email is justin@propublica.org. You can call or text me at 774-826-6240. If you use the secure messaging apps Signal or WhatsApp, I’m also at that number.

My Mailing Address

Justin Elliott ProPublica 155 Ave. of the Americas 13th Floor New York, NY 10013

Here’s What to Expect if You Reach Out

I’ll read whatever you send. I check my texts and email often. You can also leave a voicemail or even send a physical letter.

Many of my stories rely on people who need to be anonymous, and I take privacy very seriously.

If you have an idea but you think it’s a better fit for another reporter, you can find instructions for how to share information with us securely on our general tips page.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Justin Elliott.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/06/12/reader-tips-propelled-our-supreme-court-reporting-now-your-info-could-power-our-2024-election-coverage/feed/ 0 479143
Martyn Bradbury: Shallow NZ media coverage of Kanaky crackdown focused on white tourists https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/martyn-bradbury-shallow-nz-media-coverage-of-kanaky-crackdown-focused-on-white-tourists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/martyn-bradbury-shallow-nz-media-coverage-of-kanaky-crackdown-focused-on-white-tourists/#respond Mon, 27 May 2024 11:36:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=102118 COMMENTARY: By Martyn Bradbury

The coverage by the New Zealand media over the brutal crackdown in New Caledonia by the French on the indigenous Kanak people as they erupted in protest at France’s naked gerrymandering of electoral law has been depressingly shallow.

To date most mainstream NZ media (with the exception RNZ Pacific, Māori media and the excellent David Robie) have been focused on getting scared Kiwi tourists back home, very few have actually explained what the hell has been going on.

This sudden eruption of protest follows a corrupt new draft law French law allowing French people to vote after only 10 years living there.

A typical NZ media headline during the New Caledonia crisis
A typical NZ media headline during the New Caledonia crisis . . . trapped Kiwis repirted, but not the cause of the independence upheaval. Image: NZ Herald screenshot APR

This law is a direct attack on Kanak sovereignty, it’s a purely gerrymandering response to ensure a democratic majority to prevent any independence referendum.

While no one else is allowed in there, as Asia Pacific Report reports the French are using heavy handed tactics…

Pacific civil society and solidarity groups today stepped up their pressure on the French government, accusing it of a “heavy-handed” crackdown on indigenous Kanak protest in New Caledonia, comparing it to Indonesian security forces crushing West Papuan dissent.

A state of emergency was declared last week, at least [seven] people have been killed — [five] of them indigenous Kanaks — and more than 200 people have been arrested after rioting in the capital Nouméa followed independence protests over controversial electoral changes

In Sydney, the Australia West Papua Association declared it was standing in solidarity with the Kanak people in their self-determination struggle against colonialism.

Don’t stand idly by
We should not as a Pacific Island nation be standing idly by while the French are giving the indigenous people the bash.

We need to be asking what the hell has France’s elite troops being doing while no one is watching. The New Zealand government must ask the French Ambassador in and put our concerns to them directly.

Calm must come back but there has to be a commitment to the 1998 Noumea Accord which clearly stipulates that only the Kanak and long-term residents prior to 1998 would be eligible to vote in provincial ballots and local referendums.

To outright vote against this as the French National Assembly did last week is outrageous and will add an extra 25,000 voters into the election dramatically changing the electoral demographics in New Caledonia to the disadvantage of indigenous Kanaks who make up 42 percent of the 270,000 population.

This was avoidable, but the French are purposely trying to screw the scrum and rig the outcome.

We should be very clear that is unacceptable.

Our very narrow media focus on just getting Kiwis out of New Caledonia with no reflection whatsoever on what the French are doing is pathetic.

Republished from The Daily Blog with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/27/martyn-bradbury-shallow-nz-media-coverage-of-kanaky-crackdown-focused-on-white-tourists/feed/ 0 477376
ProPublica Wins Pulitzer Prize for Supreme Court Coverage #short https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-short/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-short/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 00:11:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4f74957b59001ddae2a19a1d0d94845a
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-short/feed/ 0 473627
ProPublica Wins Pulitzer Prize for Supreme Court Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-2/#respond Thu, 09 May 2024 00:09:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=be505e832751d093c0c223d0775bc2d1
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/09/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage-2/feed/ 0 473635
New York Times Sinks to New Low in Its Psychiatric Drug Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/08/new-york-times-sinks-to-new-low-in-its-psychiatric-drug-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/08/new-york-times-sinks-to-new-low-in-its-psychiatric-drug-coverage/#respond Wed, 08 May 2024 06:00:02 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=321490 Establishment psychiatry, Big Pharma, and the mainstream media have acknowledged that a single antidepressant treatment does not work for the majority of patients; but for nearly twenty years, they have told us that in the “real world,” doctors provide patients who have been failed by their initial antidepressant with another antidepressant, and if that fails, still another, and that this real-world treatment is successful for nearly 70% of patients. This nearly 70% antidepressant effectiveness claim, we’ve been told, is backed by the 2006 Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study. More

The post New York Times Sinks to New Low in Its Psychiatric Drug Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

For those familiar with the disastrous New York Times reporting of weapons of mass destruction (WMDs) in Iraq, it will be no great surprise that once again the Times’ trust in sources with self-serving agendas has resulted in reporting that has tragic societal consequences—this time with respect to the treatment of depression.

Establishment psychiatry, Big Pharma, and the mainstream media have acknowledged that a single antidepressant treatment does not work for the majority of patients; but for nearly twenty years, they have told us that in the “real world,” doctors provide patients who have been failed by their initial antidepressant with another antidepressant, and if that fails, still another, and that this real-world treatment is successful for nearly 70% of patients. This nearly 70% antidepressant effectiveness claim, we’ve been told, is backed by the 2006 Sequenced Treatment Alternatives to Relieve Depression (STAR*D) study.

On April 25, 2024, the New York Times repeated this claim in its article titled “What You Really Need to Know About Antidepressants,” in which it reported: “The largest study of multiple antidepressants—nicknamed the STAR*D trial—found that half of the participants had improved after using either the first or second medication that they tried, and nearly 70 percent of people had become symptom-free by the fourth antidepressant.”

In 2024, however, it is journalistic malpractice to not term STAR*D findings as—at the very least—controversial. Even psychiatrists within establishment psychiatry are questioning STAR*D’s validity, with some psychiatrists demanding its retraction. Other researchers have called STAR*D scientific misconduct, and one investigative journalist has termed it as fraud.

In December 2023, the editor-in-chief of Psychiatric Times, John Miller, published a commentary titled “STAR*D Dethroned?” in which he wrote, “Since 2006, STAR*D stands out as an icon guiding treatment decisions of major depressive disorder. But what if it is broken?” Then in March 2024, two psychiatrists, Nicolas Badre and Jason Compton, titled their Psychiatric Times commentary: “STAR*D: It’s Time to Atone and Retract.”

Investigative journalist Robert Whitaker (winner of both the George Polk Award for medical writing and the National Association of Science Writers’ Science in Society Journalism Award) has been following STAR*D disclosures and re-analyses since STAR*D’s 2006 publication, and in 2023, Whitaker termed STAR*D as “scientific misconduct that rises to the level of fraud.”

Why STAR*D Findings Are Viewed as Invalid

In the year-long STAR*D study of 4041 patients, there were four stages. In each stage, patients who did not remit with one antidepressant were prescribed a different one or augmented with another drug. In 2006, STAR*D investigators claimed a 67% cumulative remission rate.

When STAR*D findings were first published, the reported 67% cumulative remission rate was challenged even within establishment psychiatry as being unjustified by the data. An editorial in the same 2006 issue of the American Journal of Psychiatry that the STAR*D study had been reported, psychiatrist J. Craig Nelson noted that 67 percent remission rate did not account for relapse, and he pointed out: “Among those achieving remission, relapse rates were 33.5% [in Step 1], 47.4% [in Step 2], 42.9% [in Step 3], and 50.0% [in Step 4] . . . . I found a cumulative sustained recovery rate of 43% after four treatments, using a method similar to the authors but taking relapse rates into account.”

This was only the tip of the disastrous STAR*D iceberg. Psychologist Ed Pigott and his co-researchers published an analysis in 2010 that showed of the 4041 patients who entered STAR*D, only 108 remitted, stayed well, and remained in the study to its one-year end. Thus STAR*D investigators could document a get-well/stay-well rate at the end of a year of only 3%. (This in contrast to another 2006 study that examined the remission rates of depressed patients receiving no medication, and which documented a one-year remission rate of 85% for these non-medicated patients.)

Then in 2023, Ed Pigott and his co-researchers, utilizing the Restoring Invisible and Abandoned Trials initiative, conducted a reanalysis of STAR*D, which was published in BMJ Open. Pigott reported that among the 4041 subjects, only 3110 actually had met the depression criteria, and so 931 patients who should have been excluded from the calculation of a remission rate had not been excluded, which inflated the remission rate.

While STAR*D is replete with scientific misconduct, STAR*D investigators moving a group of 931 subjects that had previously been excluded as being non-evaluable into the evaluable patients category, knowing full well that this would dramatically inflate the remission rate, “tells of a conscious act of scientific fraud,” concluded Robert Whitaker in 2023.

STAR*D remission rate was also inflated through violating research protocol by switching the primary outcome measures, and by reversing the protocol on dropouts so that they were no longer viewed as treatment failures. And then results were further inflated by creating a “theoretical” remission rate based on the notion that if the drop-outs had stayed in the trial through all four stages of treatment, they would have remitted at the same rate as those who did stay in the trial to that end—this not justified by what is known from previous research about dropouts.

If STAR*D investigator’s original protocol been adhered to, Pigott concluded, “In contrast to the STAR*D-reported 67% cumulative remission rate after up to four antidepressant treatment trials, the rate was 35%.” Furthermore, that original protocol did not account for relapse.

So, what could have been the motivation for the STAR*D investigators to inflate these antidepressant remission rates? In the 2006 STAR*D report, at its end in small print, are the details of the financial relationships of the two lead STAR*D investigators (psychiatrists A. John Rush and Madhukar H. Trivedi) with multiple pharmaceutical companies, including the manufacturers of several of the antidepressants used in STAR*D, such as Forest Pharmaceuticals (Celexa), Wyeth-Ayerst Laboratories (Effexor), GlaxoSmithKline (Wellbutrin), and Pfizer (Zoloft). Also detailed were the financial relationships of the several other STAR*D investigators with drug companies.

In 2023, John Miller, editor-in-chief of the Psychiatric Times, acknowledged that Pigott and his co-researchers’ reanalysis is “well-researched,” and he concluded: “For us in psychiatry, if the BMJ authors are correct, this is a huge setback, as all of the publications and policy decisions based on the STAR*D findings that became clinical dogma since 2006 will need to be reviewed, revisited, and possibly retracted.”

In March 2024, psychiatrists Nicolas Badre and Jason Compton wrote: “It is our opinion that the importance of STAR*D and its ramifications for the field of psychiatry are too serious to be dismissed. STAR*D is too cited and used too often to justify current prescribing practices. . . . Our patients, our field, and our integrity demand a better explanation of what happened in STAR*D than what has thus been provided. Short of this, the best remaining course to take is a retraction.”

What Explains the New York Times Egregious Reporting?

A simple Google search of “STAR*D” reveals the STAR*D critiques that I have linked to can be found on the first page of such a search. So, why would the New York Times omit all of this?

For one thing, the New York Times is desperate for advertising income, which drug companies provide; and drug companies would not look kindly on real investigative journalism with respect to STAR*D. The obvious purpose of drug-company advertising is to persuade consumers to buy drugs, but drug companies’ capacity to withdraw advertising dollars serves as leverage to intimidate mainstream media from exposing truths about these drugs.

Another possible explanation for the New York Times egregious reporting is that the Times and much of the rest of the mainstream media has been intimidated by a societal narrative financed by drug companies. In this narrative, to be critical of psychiatry and psychiatric drugs is to be anti-science and lacking compassion for emotionally suffering individuals. It is, of course, a false narrative, but a powerful one that has intimidated the mainstream media from true investigative journalism when it comes to psychiatry and psychiatric drugs.

As Noam Chomsky and Edward Herman detailed in Manufacturing Consent: The Political Economy of the Mass Media (1988), reporters and editors in the mainstream media routinely deny that such intimidation and censorship exists, but they have been selected and socialized with internalized assumptions and self-censorship with respect to industry-created narratives, so overt coercion of them is unnecessary.

But perhaps there is a simpler explanation for the egregious reporting by the New York Times. It could just be that its reporters and editors are, in general, incompetent when it comes to journalism.

The post New York Times Sinks to New Low in Its Psychiatric Drug Coverage appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bruce E. Levine.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/08/new-york-times-sinks-to-new-low-in-its-psychiatric-drug-coverage/feed/ 0 473497
ProPublica Wins Pulitzer Prize for Supreme Court Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/06/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/06/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage/#respond Mon, 06 May 2024 19:50:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/pulitzer-prize-announcement-propublica-supreme-court by ProPublica

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

ProPublica won the prestigious public service Pulitzer Prize for what the judges described as “groundbreaking and ambitious reporting that pierced the thick wall of secrecy surrounding the Supreme Court to reveal how a small group of politically influential billionaires wooed justices with lavish gifts and travel, pushing the Court to adopt its first code of conduct.” The prize is given to the staff of a news organization that performed “meritorious public service.” It is the seventh Pulitzer Prize for ProPublica.

The Pulitzer Board also recognized a collaboration between The Texas Tribune, ProPublica and FRONTLINE as a finalist in the explanatory reporting category. The investigation provided a detailed analysis of the deeply flawed law enforcement response to the mass shooting at Robb Elementary School in Uvalde, Texas. The designation is ProPublica’s 17th Pulitzer finalist in 16 years.

ProPublica’s “Friends of the Court” series uncovered the biggest ethics scandal to hit the Supreme Court in the modern era. Reporters Justin Elliott, Joshua Kaplan, Alex Mierjeski, Brett Murphy and Kirsten Berg pierced decades of judicial secrecy and uncovered major gifts to justices from a small set of politically influential donors.

The series began a national conversation about ethics and judicial reform of the Supreme Court. In response to ProPublica’s reporting, the court announced in November that it had unanimously adopted the first ethics code in its 234-year history. Justice Clarence Thomas for the first time acknowledged that he should have reported selling real estate to billionaire Harlan Crow in 2014, writing in his annual financial disclosure form that he “inadvertently failed to realize” that the deal needed to be disclosed. Thomas also disclosed receiving three private jet trips from Crow, two of which ProPublica had already reported. The Senate Judiciary Committee voted to authorize subpoenas of Crow and conservative legal activist Leonard Leo as part of its ongoing effort to investigate ethics lapses by justices.

In the series honored as a Pulitzer finalist in explanatory reporting, the Tribune, ProPublica and FRONTLINE used a trove of unreleased investigative files to produce a startling and exhaustive investigation of the Uvalde shooting, which included a documentary. It revealed what no one else had: States across the country are providing devastatingly insufficient training for law enforcement to confront a mass shooter, leaving critical and long-overlooked gaps in preparedness between children and the officers expected to protect them. The series involved the work of Lomi Kriel, Lexi Churchill, Perla Trevizo and Jessica Priest for ProPublica and the Tribune; Jinitzail Hernández and Zach Despart for the Tribune; and Juanita Ceballos, Michelle Mizner and Lauren Prestileo for FRONTLINE.

After the news investigation, U.S. Attorney General Merrick Garland unveiled the findings of a federal probe into the response. Garland pointed to missteps that led to delays in confronting the shooter. Then he turned to what he said was the biggest failure, one that required the most urgent action to avoid another colossal breakdown such as the one that cost lives that day: the lack of sufficient active shooter training for law enforcement. Garland’s comments validated the investigation’s finding that there is an astounding dearth of such instruction around the country.

ProPublica received Pulitzer Prizes for national reporting in 2020, feature writing in 2019, public service in 2017, explanatory reporting in 2016, national reporting in 2011 and investigative reporting in 2010. Local Reporting Network partner Anchorage Daily News won the Pulitzer Prize for public service in 2020.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/06/propublica-wins-pulitzer-prize-for-supreme-court-coverage/feed/ 0 473256
Transgender Care Coverage Policies in North Carolina and West Virginia Are Discriminatory, Court Rules https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/transgender-care-coverage-policies-in-north-carolina-and-west-virginia-are-discriminatory-court-rules/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/transgender-care-coverage-policies-in-north-carolina-and-west-virginia-are-discriminatory-court-rules/#respond Wed, 01 May 2024 14:45:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/transgender-health-care-ruling-north-carolina-west-virginia by Aliyya Swaby

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

After a federal appeals court ruled this week that transgender people are legally entitled to the same access to medically necessary health care as everyone else, the immediate reaction of the states of North Carolina and West Virginia was to vow to appeal the decision to the U.S. Supreme Court.

The immediate reaction of Hann Henson, an employee of a North Carolina school district who’d spent years struggling to access gender-affirming care, was to break into tears. Last year, ProPublica wrote about his tumultuous journey seeking medical support in his gender transition while living in a state with a long history of discrimination against transgender people.

“Having something that you know is going to help you feel better, is going to help you feel whole, and having it constantly dangled above your head is just dehumanizing,” he said.

The 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, based in Virginia, ruled that the two states violated federal law by banning coverage of certain treatments for transgender people but allowing it for others. These cases were the first of their kind to reach a federal appeals court and the decision could influence states and courts in other parts of the country.

For years, transgender people have argued in court that the North Carolina state employee health plan and West Virginia Medicaid program discriminated against them by refusing to cover certain treatments when they are prescribed for transgender people. The court’s majority agreed with this argument, in line with previous district court rulings, highlighting that West Virginia’s Medicaid program “covers mastectomies to treat cancer, but not to treat gender dysphoria.”

Henson found out about the lawsuit in 2022 soon after he started his job as a communications specialist for a North Carolina school district. He realized he was sprinting against a clock, with the state under a court order to cover gender-affirming care while the legal fight was underway. He scheduled what he hoped would be his last major surgery for November 2023, two months after the appeals court heard oral arguments on the case.

But as he got closer to the date, he realized he had to delay the surgery due to a stomach ulcer. He said the looming court decision was all he could think about for months. He even considered trying to go ahead with the procedure despite his poor health. He finally got the surgery in late March.

Dale Folwell, the state treasurer and a named defendant, used the lawsuit in his campaign for governor. (He lost the Republican primary in March.) He maintained in interviews and court documents that the state health plan should have the authority to determine which employee benefits are covered. He reiterated those comments in a statement this week: “Untethered to the reality of the Plan’s fiscal situation, the majority opinion opens the way for any dissatisfied individual to override the Plan’s reasoned and responsible decisions and drive the Plan towards collapse.”

Hann Henson and his wife, Aly Young, in Asheville, North Carolina, last summer (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

Henson will need a follow-up surgery in five months, a common part of the process. He said he now feels a sense of relief knowing the appeals court decision ensures that he likely won’t lose access to his care at a critical time. But he worries about other transgender people seeking services and imagines them refreshing a court website compulsively just like he did.

For now, the ruling protects access to gender-affirming care for transgender people on both states’ health plans. The decision would apply to any federal court cases brought in other states in the 4th Circuit: South Carolina, Virginia and Maryland. The 11th Circuit is currently considering two similar cases out of Georgia and Florida.

All the active judges on the court heard oral arguments in the case in September. In their ruling Monday, eight of the 14, almost all of whom were appointed by Democratic presidents, ruled in favor of the transgender plaintiffs. “In addition to discriminating on the basis of gender identity, the exclusions discriminate on the basis of sex,” wrote Judge Roger Gregory, who was initially appointed by President Bill Clinton and confirmed under the George W. Bush administration.

The states argued that gender-affirming care cost too much and was medically ineffective, so they were justified in not covering it. The court’s majority opinion dismissed both arguments as lacking support. Evidence shows covering the care would likely cost states very little, and major medical associations support broad access to gender-affirming care, citing evidence that prohibiting it can harm transgender people’s mental and physical health.

The judges who signed the three dissenting opinions were all appointed by Republican presidents. “In the majority’s haste to champion plaintiffs’ cause, today’s result oversteps the bounds of the law,” Judge Julius Richardson, a President Donald Trump appointee, wrote in the principal dissent. “The majority asserts that the challenged exclusions use medical diagnosis as a proxy for transgender persons, despite the complete lack of evidence for this claim.”

North Carolina and West Virginia are planning to appeal the decision to the U.S. Supreme Court, according to press releases from each state. “We are confident in the merits of our case: that this is a flawed decision and states have wide discretion to determine what procedures their programs can cover based on cost and other concerns,” West Virginia Attorney General Patrick Morrisey said in a statement.

It remains to be seen how and whether other states and insurance companies with restrictive policies for covering gender-affirming care will act in response to the opinion.

“It should serve as a cautionary tale not just to states that implement state health plans and Medicaid programs but also to private insurers,” said Omar Gonzalez-Pagan with Lambda Legal, which represented the transgender plaintiffs in North Carolina and West Virginia. “I would hope that this serves as a determining factor in the adoption of any bad policies as an inspiration to get rid of policies that currently exist.”


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Aliyya Swaby.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/05/01/transgender-care-coverage-policies-in-north-carolina-and-west-virginia-are-discriminatory-court-rules/feed/ 0 472481
Police investigate Nigeria’s Foundation for Investigative Journalism after corruption coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/police-investigate-nigerias-foundation-for-investigative-journalism-after-corruption-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/police-investigate-nigerias-foundation-for-investigative-journalism-after-corruption-coverage/#respond Tue, 16 Apr 2024 15:19:58 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=377558

Abuja, April 16, 2024—Nigerian authorities should immediately drop their investigation into the Foundation for Investigative Journalism (FIJ) and its founder, the award-winning undercover reporter, Fisayo Soyombo, and stop intimidating the chairperson of FIJ’s board of trustees, Bukky Shonibare, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On February 21, Soyombo published an investigation detailing how he had smuggled rice into Nigeria with the collusion of Nigeria Customs Service (NCS) officials and accused local businessman Ibrahim Dende Egungbohun of being a smuggler. FIJ’s accompanying documentary was also broadcast by Arise News.

On February 26, Egungbohun’s lawyer, David Olaoluwa Folalu, petitioned the police, Arise News, and the regulatory National Broadcasting Commission (NBC) over FIJ’s investigation, which it described as “defamatory, false and malicious” and “contrary to Section 24 of the cybercrimes (prohibition, prevention) Act, 2015,” according to multiple news reports, including by FIJ. Folalu demanded retractions, apologies, and 500 million naira (US$403,159) in damages, those sources said.

Separately, on March 15, another lawyer for Egungbohun, Bolarinwa Elijah Aidi, wrote to Soyombo, similarly demanding damages and retraction of the story, according to a copy of the letter posted on FIJ’s website.

Allegation of cybercrime

On March 26, FIJ board chairperson Shonibare was questioned by police at the National Cybercrime Center in the capital, Abuja, following their written request to interview her, reviewed by CPJ.

Shonibare told CPJ that the police said they were investigating an allegation of cybercrime in connection with one of FIJ’s articles, which they did not name, and asked about FIJ’s journalistic standards. The police also said they knew that Soyombo was not in Nigeria and instructed Shonibare to return with him, she told CPJ and said in a report on FIJ’s website.

Shonibare said that one official threatened her by saying that the police could access her personal and financial information via records associated with her phone number.

“Nigerian authorities must cease their efforts to intimidate the Foundation for Investigative Journalism, including its founder, the renowned investigative reporter Fisayo Soyombo, and the chairperson of its board of trustees, Bukky Shonibare, and allow them to continue reporting on issues of public interest,” said Angela Quintal, head of CPJ’s Africa program. “The Nigerian police’s investigation into such a reputable media outlet demonstrates the alarming extent to which they are willing to go to silence journalists seeking to expose crime.”

Death threat on social media

Soyombo said that he received a death threat on social media, reviewed by CPJ, telling him to stay away from Egungbohun, whose nickname is IBD Dende. It said, “step back from this called IBD DENDE … does [those] whom are paying you doesn’t [don’t] want you to live long.”

Soyombo said that two friends also warned him to be careful as they feared for his life after speaking with associates of Egungbohun and the Nigeria Customs Service who made threats against him.

On February 24, an opinion piece defending Egungbohun and criticizing Soyombo’s investigation was published in multiple local news outlets.

Soyombo is a winner of the Kurk Schork and Fetisov journalism awards and wrote about the coordinated discrediting of journalists in Nigeria while he was a fellow of the Reuters Institute for the Study of Journalism.

Folalu confirmed to CPJ by phone that he was seeking to press charges for cyberstalking under Section 24 of the law and described the FIJ’s story as “deliberately targeted at the character and reputation of our client” and “purely criminal in nature.”

Folalu said his office had sent a pre-action letter to Arise News, notifying the outlet that they planned to file a civil suit against it demanding 500 million naira (US$403,159) in damages but put the matter on hold after the regulatory NBC wrote to Arise News on the same issue.

A senior member of staff at Arise News confirmed to CPJ, on condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal, that the outlet had received written communication from Egungbohun’s lawyers, which had been forwarded to their lawyers, but declined to provide further details.

Possible criminal case

Egungbohun’s second lawyer, Aidi, told CPJ on April 5, that his office had sent pre- action letters to Soyombo and Arise News, notifying them about the possible civil suit and that their plans did not preclude a possible criminal case against the FIJ.

NCS spokesperson Abdullahi Aliyu Maiwada told CPJ via text message that the customs service remained “resolute in addressing genuine, evidence-based observations” but it was “not formally aware” of FIJ’s investigation.

He rejected the claim by Soyombo’s friends that NCS officials made threats against the journalist.

“Constructive, fact-based criticism channelled through appropriate means are always welcomed,” he said.

NBC spokesperson Ekanem Antia told CPJ on April 15 that the regulator did not receive any petition against Arise News about FIJ’s documentary.

Reached by phone and messaging app, Uche Ifeanyi Henry, director of the police’s National Cybercrime Center, told CPJ that requests for comment on the case should be send via the police’s “official channel,” but he did not specify a contact.

CPJ’s emails to the National Cybercrime Center and the police in Abuja requesting comment did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/16/police-investigate-nigerias-foundation-for-investigative-journalism-after-corruption-coverage/feed/ 0 470074
APR editor criticises NZ media coverage over the war on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/apr-editor-criticises-nz-media-coverage-over-the-war-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/apr-editor-criticises-nz-media-coverage-over-the-war-on-gaza/#respond Thu, 04 Apr 2024 02:32:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=99344 Pacific Media Watch

Pacific media commentator and Asia Pacific Report editor David Robie has criticised New Zealand media coverage of Israel’s war on Gaza, describing it as “lopsided” in favour of Tel Aviv.

He said New Zealand media was too dependent on American and British news services, which were based in two of the countries most committed to Israel and in denial of the genocide that was happening.

New Zealand media were tending to treat the conflict as “just another war” instead of the reality of a “horrendous” series of massacres with a long-lasting impact on Western credibility and commitment to a global rules-based order.

Dr Robie was interviewed on Plains FM 96.9 community radio by Earthwise hosts Lois and Martin Griffiths.

Lois asked: “What is happening to Gaza now is a nightmare, very disturbing, or should be, and yet are we, the public, in New Zealand and other countries, are we getting the true picture from journalists?”

Dr Robie replied, “No, we are getting a very sanitised version through our media, particularly in New Zealand, less so in Australia, but it’s pretty bad there . . .”

He explained the reasons for his criticism.

Praise for AJ and TRT coverage
During the half-hour interview, Dr Robie praised television coverage of the “real war” by independent news services such as the Qatar-based Al Jazeera and Turkey-based TRT World News, which have had Arabic-speaking Palestinian journalists on the ground in Gaza throughout the six-month-old war.

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu threatened Al Jazeera this week with closure of the network’s operations in Israel — under the powers of a new law — because of its graphic and uncensored coverage from the besieged enclave.

Al Jazeera called Netanyahu’s attack “slanderous” and managing editor Mohamed Moawad said: “What we are doing is trying to give voice to the voiceless and try and make sure that the suffering of civilians on the ground is heard by the entire world.”

Almost 33,000 Palestinians and more than 75,000 others have been wounded as outrage grows globally following Israel’s strike and killing of aid workers in Gaza this week.

Dr Robie is the founding director of the Pacific Media Centre and is pioneering editor of Pacific Journalism Review.


Plains FM’s Earthwise talks to journalist David Robie.   Video/Audio: Plains FM


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/04/04/apr-editor-criticises-nz-media-coverage-over-the-war-on-gaza/feed/ 0 467950
‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 19:46:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038899 "It doesn't have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action."

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Evlondo Cooper about climate coverage for the March 22, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Media Matters: How broadcast TV networks covered climate change in 2023

Media Matters (3/14/24)

Janine Jackson: Climate disruption is, of course, one of the most disastrous phenomena of today’s life, affecting every corner of the globe. It’s also one of the most addressable. We know what causes it, we know what meaningful intervention would entail. So it’s a human-made tragedy unfolding in real time before our eyes.

To understate wildly, we need to be talking about it, learning about it, hearing about it urgently, which is why the results of our next guest’s research are so alarming. I’ll just spoil it: Broadcast news coverage of the climate crisis is going down.

Evlondo Cooper is a senior writer with the Climate and Energy Program at Media Matters for America. He joins us now by phone from Washington state. Welcome to CounterSpin, Evlondo Cooper.

Evlondo Cooper: Thank you for having me. I’m excited about our conversation today.

JJ: We’re talking about the latest of Media Matters’ annual studies of climate crisis coverage. First of all, just tell us briefly what media you are looking at in these studies.

EC: So we’re looking at corporate broadcast network coverage. That’s ABC, CBS and NBC. And for the Sunday morning shows, we also include Fox BroadcastingFox News Sunday.

JJ: All right. And then, for context, this decline in coverage that you found in the most recent study, that’s down from very little to even less.

Media Matters: Climate Coverage on Nightly News Programs Declined in 2023 Compared to an All-Time High in 2022

Media Matters (3/14/24)

EC: Yeah, so a little context: 2021 and 2022 were both record years for climate coverage, and that coverage was a little bit more than 1%. This year, we saw a 25% decrease from 2022, which brought coverage to a little bit less than 1%. We want to encourage more coverage, but even in the years where they were doing phenomenal, it was only about 1% of total coverage. And so this retrenchment by approximately 25% in 2023 is not a welcome sign, especially in a year where we saw record catastrophic extreme weather events, and scientists are predicting that 2024 might be even worse than ’23.

JJ: Let’s break out some of the things that you found. We’re talking about such small numbers—when you say 1%, that’s 1% of all of the broadcast coverage; of their stories, 1% were devoted to the climate crisis. But we’ve seen, there’s little things within it. For example, we are hearing more from actual climate scientists?

EC: That was a very encouraging sign, where this year we saw 41 climate scientists appeared, which was 10% of the featured guests in 2023, and that’s up from 4% in 2022. So in terms of quality of coverage, I think we’re seeing improvements. We’re seeing a lot of the work being done by dedicated climate correspondents, and meteorologists who are including climate coverage as part of their weather reports and their own correspondents’ segments, a bigger part of their reporting.

So there are some encouraging signs. I think what concerns us is that these improvements, while important and necessary and appreciated, are not keeping up with the escalating scale of climate change.

Media Matters: Guests featured on broadcast TV news climate coverage again skewed white and male

Media Matters (3/14/24)

JJ: It’s just not appropriate to the seriousness of the topic. And then another thing is, you could say the dominance of white men in the conversation, which I know is another finding, that’s just kind of par for the elite media course; when folks are talked to, they are overwhelmingly white men. But it might bear some relation to what you’re seeing as an underrepresentation of climate-impacted populations, looking at folks at the sharp end of climate disruption. That’s something you also consider.

EC: Yeah, we look at coverage of, broadly, climate justice. I think a lot of people believe it’s representation for representation’s sake, but I think when people most impacted by climate change—and we’re talking about communities of color, we’re talking about low-income communities, we’re talking about low-wealth rural communities—when these folks are left out of the conversation, you’re missing important context about how climate change is impacting them, in many cases, first and worse. And you’re missing important context about the solutions that these communities are trying to employ to deal with it. And I think you’re missing an opportunity to humanize and broaden support for climate solutions at the public policy level.

So these aren’t communities where these random acts of God are occurring; these are policy decisions, or indecisions, that have created an environment where these communities are being most harmed, but least talked about, and they’re receiving the least redress to their challenges. And so those voices are necessary to tell those stories to a broad audience on the corporate broadcast networks.

JJ: Yes, absolutely.

CBS: What is driving extreme heat and deadly rainstorms?

CBS (7/17/23)

Another finding that I thought was very interesting was that extreme weather seemed to be the biggest driver of climate coverage, and that, to me, suggests that the way corporate broadcast media are coming at climate disruption is reactive: “Look at what happened.”

EC: Totally.

JJ:  And even when they say, “Look at what’s happening,” and you know what, folks pretty much agree that this is due to climate disruption, these houses sliding into the river, it’s still not saying, “While you look at this disaster, know that this is preventable, and here is who is keeping us from acting on it and why.”

EC: Yeah, that is so insightful, because that’s a core critique of even the best coverage we see, that there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis. And then there’s no real—solutions are mentioned in about 20% of climate segments this year. But the solutions are siloed, like there are solution “segments.”

But to your point, when we’re talking about extreme weather, when you have the most eyeballs hearing about climate change, to me, it would be very impactful to connect what’s happening in that moment—these wildfires, these droughts, these heat waves, these hurricanes and storms and flooding—to connect that to a key driver, fossil fuel industry, and talk about some potential solutions to mitigate these impacts while people are actually paying the most attention.

CNN: Climate advocates are rallying against the Willow Project. The White House is eyeing concessions to soften the blow

CNN (3/3/23)

JJ: And then take it to your next story about Congress, or your next story about funding, and connect those dots.

EC: Exactly. I mean, climate is too often siloed. So you could see a really great segment, for instance, on the Willow Project, at the top of the hour—and this is on cable, but the example remains—and then later in the hour, you saw a story about an extreme weather event. But those things aren’t connected, they’re siloed.

And so a key to improving coverage in an immediate way would be to understand that the climate crisis is the background for a range of issues, socioeconomic, political. Begin incorporating climate coverage in a much broader swath of stories that, whether you know it or not, indirectly or directly, are being impacted by global warming.

JJ: It’s almost as though corporate media have decided that another horrible disaster due to climate change, while it’s a story, it’s basically now like a dog-bites-man story. And if they aren’t going to explore these other angles, well, then there really isn’t anything to report until the next drought or the next mudslide. And that’s just a world away from what appropriate, fearless, future-believing journalism would be doing right now.

Evlondo Cooper

Evlondo Cooper: “It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action.”

EC: It’s out of step, right? Pull up the poll showing bipartisan support for government climate action, because, whether people know it or not, as far as the science, —and there’s some deniers out there, but anecdotally, people know something is happening, something is changing in their lives. We’re seeing record-breaking things that no one’s ever experienced, and they want the government to do something about it.

And so it’s important to cover extreme weather and to cover these catastrophes. And I know there’s a range of thought out there that says if you’re just focusing on devastating impacts, it could dampen public action. But to me, to your point, report on it and connect it to solutions, empower people to call their congressperson, their representative, their senator, to vote in ways that have local impacts to deal with the local climate impacts.

It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action in their own lives, and to galvanize public support.

And the public wants it. The public is asking for this. So I think just being responsive to what these polls are showing would be a way to immediately improve the way that they cover climate change right now.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Evlondo Cooper of Media Matters for America. You can find this work and much else at MediaMatters.org. Evlondo Cooper, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EC: Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 466376
‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/#respond Tue, 26 Mar 2024 19:46:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038899 "It doesn't have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action."

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed Media Matters’ Evlondo Cooper about climate coverage for the March 22, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

 

Media Matters: How broadcast TV networks covered climate change in 2023

Media Matters (3/14/24)

Janine Jackson: Climate disruption is, of course, one of the most disastrous phenomena of today’s life, affecting every corner of the globe. It’s also one of the most addressable. We know what causes it, we know what meaningful intervention would entail. So it’s a human-made tragedy unfolding in real time before our eyes.

To understate wildly, we need to be talking about it, learning about it, hearing about it urgently, which is why the results of our next guest’s research are so alarming. I’ll just spoil it: Broadcast news coverage of the climate crisis is going down.

Evlondo Cooper is a senior writer with the Climate and Energy Program at Media Matters for America. He joins us now by phone from Washington state. Welcome to CounterSpin, Evlondo Cooper.

Evlondo Cooper: Thank you for having me. I’m excited about our conversation today.

JJ: We’re talking about the latest of Media Matters’ annual studies of climate crisis coverage. First of all, just tell us briefly what media you are looking at in these studies.

EC: So we’re looking at corporate broadcast network coverage. That’s ABC, CBS and NBC. And for the Sunday morning shows, we also include Fox BroadcastingFox News Sunday.

JJ: All right. And then, for context, this decline in coverage that you found in the most recent study, that’s down from very little to even less.

Media Matters: Climate Coverage on Nightly News Programs Declined in 2023 Compared to an All-Time High in 2022

Media Matters (3/14/24)

EC: Yeah, so a little context: 2021 and 2022 were both record years for climate coverage, and that coverage was a little bit more than 1%. This year, we saw a 25% decrease from 2022, which brought coverage to a little bit less than 1%. We want to encourage more coverage, but even in the years where they were doing phenomenal, it was only about 1% of total coverage. And so this retrenchment by approximately 25% in 2023 is not a welcome sign, especially in a year where we saw record catastrophic extreme weather events, and scientists are predicting that 2024 might be even worse than ’23.

JJ: Let’s break out some of the things that you found. We’re talking about such small numbers—when you say 1%, that’s 1% of all of the broadcast coverage; of their stories, 1% were devoted to the climate crisis. But we’ve seen, there’s little things within it. For example, we are hearing more from actual climate scientists?

EC: That was a very encouraging sign, where this year we saw 41 climate scientists appeared, which was 10% of the featured guests in 2023, and that’s up from 4% in 2022. So in terms of quality of coverage, I think we’re seeing improvements. We’re seeing a lot of the work being done by dedicated climate correspondents, and meteorologists who are including climate coverage as part of their weather reports and their own correspondents’ segments, a bigger part of their reporting.

So there are some encouraging signs. I think what concerns us is that these improvements, while important and necessary and appreciated, are not keeping up with the escalating scale of climate change.

Media Matters: Guests featured on broadcast TV news climate coverage again skewed white and male

Media Matters (3/14/24)

JJ: It’s just not appropriate to the seriousness of the topic. And then another thing is, you could say the dominance of white men in the conversation, which I know is another finding, that’s just kind of par for the elite media course; when folks are talked to, they are overwhelmingly white men. But it might bear some relation to what you’re seeing as an underrepresentation of climate-impacted populations, looking at folks at the sharp end of climate disruption. That’s something you also consider.

EC: Yeah, we look at coverage of, broadly, climate justice. I think a lot of people believe it’s representation for representation’s sake, but I think when people most impacted by climate change—and we’re talking about communities of color, we’re talking about low-income communities, we’re talking about low-wealth rural communities—when these folks are left out of the conversation, you’re missing important context about how climate change is impacting them, in many cases, first and worse. And you’re missing important context about the solutions that these communities are trying to employ to deal with it. And I think you’re missing an opportunity to humanize and broaden support for climate solutions at the public policy level.

So these aren’t communities where these random acts of God are occurring; these are policy decisions, or indecisions, that have created an environment where these communities are being most harmed, but least talked about, and they’re receiving the least redress to their challenges. And so those voices are necessary to tell those stories to a broad audience on the corporate broadcast networks.

JJ: Yes, absolutely.

CBS: What is driving extreme heat and deadly rainstorms?

CBS (7/17/23)

Another finding that I thought was very interesting was that extreme weather seemed to be the biggest driver of climate coverage, and that, to me, suggests that the way corporate broadcast media are coming at climate disruption is reactive: “Look at what happened.”

EC: Totally.

JJ:  And even when they say, “Look at what’s happening,” and you know what, folks pretty much agree that this is due to climate disruption, these houses sliding into the river, it’s still not saying, “While you look at this disaster, know that this is preventable, and here is who is keeping us from acting on it and why.”

EC: Yeah, that is so insightful, because that’s a core critique of even the best coverage we see, that there is no accountability for the fossil fuel industry and other industries that are driving the crisis. And then there’s no real—solutions are mentioned in about 20% of climate segments this year. But the solutions are siloed, like there are solution “segments.”

But to your point, when we’re talking about extreme weather, when you have the most eyeballs hearing about climate change, to me, it would be very impactful to connect what’s happening in that moment—these wildfires, these droughts, these heat waves, these hurricanes and storms and flooding—to connect that to a key driver, fossil fuel industry, and talk about some potential solutions to mitigate these impacts while people are actually paying the most attention.

CNN: Climate advocates are rallying against the Willow Project. The White House is eyeing concessions to soften the blow

CNN (3/3/23)

JJ: And then take it to your next story about Congress, or your next story about funding, and connect those dots.

EC: Exactly. I mean, climate is too often siloed. So you could see a really great segment, for instance, on the Willow Project, at the top of the hour—and this is on cable, but the example remains—and then later in the hour, you saw a story about an extreme weather event. But those things aren’t connected, they’re siloed.

And so a key to improving coverage in an immediate way would be to understand that the climate crisis is the background for a range of issues, socioeconomic, political. Begin incorporating climate coverage in a much broader swath of stories that, whether you know it or not, indirectly or directly, are being impacted by global warming.

JJ: It’s almost as though corporate media have decided that another horrible disaster due to climate change, while it’s a story, it’s basically now like a dog-bites-man story. And if they aren’t going to explore these other angles, well, then there really isn’t anything to report until the next drought or the next mudslide. And that’s just a world away from what appropriate, fearless, future-believing journalism would be doing right now.

Evlondo Cooper

Evlondo Cooper: “It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action.”

EC: It’s out of step, right? Pull up the poll showing bipartisan support for government climate action, because, whether people know it or not, as far as the science, —and there’s some deniers out there, but anecdotally, people know something is happening, something is changing in their lives. We’re seeing record-breaking things that no one’s ever experienced, and they want the government to do something about it.

And so it’s important to cover extreme weather and to cover these catastrophes. And I know there’s a range of thought out there that says if you’re just focusing on devastating impacts, it could dampen public action. But to me, to your point, report on it and connect it to solutions, empower people to call their congressperson, their representative, their senator, to vote in ways that have local impacts to deal with the local climate impacts.

It doesn’t have to be about just showing the destruction and carnage. There are ways that you can empower people to take action in their own lives, and to galvanize public support.

And the public wants it. The public is asking for this. So I think just being responsive to what these polls are showing would be a way to immediately improve the way that they cover climate change right now.

JJ: All right, then. We’ve been speaking with Evlondo Cooper of Media Matters for America. You can find this work and much else at MediaMatters.org. Evlondo Cooper, thank you so much for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

EC: Thank you for having me.

 

The post ‘In Even the Best Coverage There Is No Accountability for the Fossil Fuel Industry’<br></em><span class='not-on-index' style='color:#000000; font-size: 23px; font-weight: normal; line-height: 25px; font-family: 'Open Sans','sans-serif'; padding-bottom: -10px;'>CounterSpin interview with Evlondo Cooper on climate coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/26/in-even-the-best-coverage-there-is-no-accountability-for-the-fossil-fuel-industrycounterspin-interview-with-evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 466377
Corporate Climate Coverage a Washout after Storm Ciarán Impacts Tuscany https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/corporate-climate-coverage-a-washout-after-storm-ciaran-impacts-tuscany/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/corporate-climate-coverage-a-washout-after-storm-ciaran-impacts-tuscany/#respond Fri, 22 Mar 2024 21:04:50 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=39058 The historic tourist region of Tuscany in central Italy is world famous for food and wine, agrarian scenery, Renaissance art and architecture (including the Duomo, the Uffizi Gallery, Michelangelo’s David), and its perfect Mediterranean climate. In October-November 2023, however, Tuscany was in the news for torrential, hundred-year rains that killed…

The post Corporate Climate Coverage a Washout after Storm Ciarán Impacts Tuscany appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/corporate-climate-coverage-a-washout-after-storm-ciaran-impacts-tuscany/feed/ 0 465743
Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/#respond Fri, 22 Mar 2024 16:17:13 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038844 Elite media still can’t quite connect images of floods or fires to the triumphant shareholder meetings of the fossil fuel companies.

The post Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

KXAS: Earth on the brink of key warming threshold after year of ‘chart-busting' extremes, researchers say

KXAS (3/19/24)

This week on CounterSpin: 2023 was the warmest year on record. The World Meteorological Organization announced records once again broken, “in some cases smashed” (their words), for greenhouse gas levels, surface temperatures, ocean heat and acidification, sea-level rise, Antarctic sea ice and glacier retreat.

Climate disruption is the prime mover of a cascade of interrelated crises. At the same time, we’re told that basic journalism says that when it comes to problems that people need solved, yet somehow aren’t solved, rule No. 1 is “follow the money.” Yet even as elite media talk about the climate crisis they still…can’t… quite…connect images of floods or fires to the triumphant shareholder meetings of the fossil fuel companies.

Narrating the nightmare is not enough. We’ll talk about the latest research on climate coverage with Evlondo Cooper, senior writer at Media Matters.

 

Stripped for PartsAlso on the show: Part of what FAIR’s been saying since our start in 1986—when it was a fringe idea, that meant you were either alarmist or benighted or both—is that there is an inescapable conflict between media as a business and journalism as a public service. For a while, it was mainly about “fear and favor”—the ways corporate owners and sponsors influence the content of coverage.  It’s more bare-knuckled now: Mass layoffs and takeovers force us to see how what you may think of as your local newspaper is really just an “asset” in a megacorporation’s portfolio, and will be treated that way—with zero evidence that a source of vital news and information is any different from a soap factory.

Rick Goldsmith’s new film is called Stripped for Parts: American Journalism on the Brink. We’ll hear from him about the film and the change it hopes to part of.

 

Plus Janine Jackson takes a quick look back at recent coverage of Israel’s flour massacre.

The post Evlondo Cooper on Climate Coverage, Rick Goldsmith on Stripped for Parts appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/22/evlondo-cooper-on-climate-coverage-rick-goldsmith-on-stripped-for-parts/feed/ 0 465765
Establishment Papers Fell Short in Coverage of Genocide Charges https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/establishment-papers-fell-short-in-coverage-of-genocide-charges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/establishment-papers-fell-short-in-coverage-of-genocide-charges/#respond Thu, 21 Mar 2024 21:19:04 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9038805 Establishment media in the US were slow to cover South Africa’s charge—initially providing the public with thin to no reporting on the case.

The post Establishment Papers Fell Short in Coverage of Genocide Charges appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

South Africa on December 29 presented a historic case to the International Court of Justice (ICJ)—the highest court in the world. In an 84-page lawsuit, South Africa asserted that Israel’s deadly military campaign in Gaza—following the October 7 Hamas attacks, which killed 1,200 Israelis and foreigners—constitutes genocide. So far, more than 30,000 Palestinians in Gaza have been slaughtered, while over 71,000 have been injured in Israeli attacks.

Establishment media in the US were slow to cover South Africa’s “epochal intervention” in the ICJ—initially providing the public with thin to no reporting on the case. While the quantity of coverage did eventually increase, it skewed pro-Israel, even after the court in January found it “plausible” that Israel is committing genocide in Gaza, and ordered Tel Aviv to comply with international law.

Thin early coverage

Wall Street Journal: Israel Expands Operations in Southern Gaza Amid Worsening Humanitarian Crisis

In the Wall Street Journal (12/29/23), the initial accusation of genocide got second billing even in the subhead.

FAIR used the Nexis news database and WSJ.com to identify every article discussing the genocide case published in the print editions of the New York Times and Wall Street Journal for one month, from the announcement of the case on December 29 through January 28, two days after the ICJ’s preliminary ruling.

Under international law, genocide is one of the gravest charges that can be brought against a state. Since its 1948 ratification by the UN, the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide has only been presented to the ICJ on a handful of occasions, and the historic nature of the complaint was not lost on its applicant: “South Africa is acutely aware of the particular weight of responsibility in initiating proceedings against Israel for violations of the Genocide Convention.”

Unfortunately, the two most widely circulating newspapers in the US cannot say the same. In the lead-up to the hearing (12/29/23–1/10/24), the New York Times only published three articles focused on the case (1/8/24, 1/9/24, 1/10/24), while another Times piece (1/10/24) included a brief mention of the genocide charges.

The Wall Street Journal ran no pieces focused on the charges prior to the hearing. The Journal‘s only mention of the genocide case in the pre-trial period came in a broader article about the war (12/29/23), which included six paragraphs about South Africa’s application. The paper did not reference the case again until the trial began.

‘Without any basis in fact’

NYT: Accused of Genocide, Israelis See Reversal of Reality. Palestinians See Justice.

The New York Times (1/11/24) seemed to feel that the accusation of genocide was so serious that it should offer readers as few clues as possible as to whether it was true or not.

During the two-day hearing, each paper ran two articles about it in their print editions. Each published an overview of the case (New York Times, 1/11/24; Wall Street Journal, 1/11/24). For their second piece, the New York Times (1/11/24) looked at both Israeli and Palestinian reactions, while the Journal (1/12/24) focused only on Israeli reactions; the one Palestinian it quoted was identified as an Israeli citizen.

After the trial’s January 12 conclusion, and through January 27, two days after the court’s announcement of its preliminary ruling, the Times ran five more articles in its print edition primarily about the case, while the Journal ran only one.

Experts have said that “all countries have a stake” in South Africa’s application, and that the case “has broad implications” (OHCHR, 1/11/24), but the papers’ thin coverage suggested to their readership that it is of little consequence.

US news outlets’ dismissive reaction to the hearing was consistent with the Israeli narrative surrounding the genocide charges. Israel’s denunciations of Pretoria’s accusation were widely reported—they were “blood libel” (CNBC, 12/30/23); “nonsense, lies and evil spirit” (The Hill, 1/31/23); and “outrageous” (Jerusalem Post, 1/5/24). US officials followed suit, brushing off the allegations as “meritless” (The Hill, 1/9/24) and “without any basis in fact whatsoever” (VoA, 1/3/24).

So while the ICJ case was met with spirited support from the global human rights community, establishment media’s initial choice to treat it as unnewsworthy may have convinced some audiences to believe what Israel and its allies want them to believe—that South Africa’s application has no basis in reality.

Uneven sourcing

The coverage the two papers did offer largely perpetuated US media’s longstanding tradition of skewing pro-Israel (FAIR.org, 8/22/23; Intercept, 1/9/24 ). Though Palestinians are at the center of the case, they often seemed to be an afterthought in the newspapers' coverage of it.

The papers were mirror images in terms of their frequency of quoted pro-Israeli and pro–South African positions in their coverage. The Wall Street Journal’s three articles that focused on the ICJ case included 23 quoted sources. Of these, 11 (48%) expressed or supported Israeli government positions, and 8 (35%) expressed or supported South African government positions. (Four were not clearly aligned with either party.) In the Times' 10 articles focused on the case, the paper featured 65 quoted sources. Those taking a clear position on one side or the other expressed or supported the South African position more often, with 30 sources (46%), compared to 23 expressing or supporting the Israeli stance (35%). (The remainder did not have a discernible stance.)

Palestinian voices, however, were marginalized in both papers. Fourteen of the 65 Times sources were Palestinian (22%); 22 (34%) were Israeli. Five of its 10 articles on the genocide case that appeared in print quoted no Palestinian sources. By contrast, only one—a piece about South African domestic politics (1/27/24)—quoted no Israeli sources.

Of the Journal's 23 sources, five (22%) were Palestinian, and 9 (39%) were Israeli. Two of its articles were evenly balanced between Palestinian and Israeli sources, while one (1/12/24) quoted five Israelis and only one Palestinian—the citizen of Israel mentioned above.

The lack of Palestinian representation is consistent with establishment media trends, which often neglect Palestinian voices in Israel/Palestine coverage. In fact, a 2018 study conducted by 416Labs, a Canadian research firm, found that, in five major US newspapers’ coverage of Israel/Palestine between 1967 and 2017, Israeli sources were cited 2.5 times more often than Palestinian ones.

Consequently, the Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association’s media resource guide advises reporters: “Interview Palestinians. Your story is always incomplete without them."

Unchallenged Israeli talking points

NYT: At World Court, Israel to Confront Accusations of Genocide

The only independent legal expert quoted in this New York Times article (1/10/24) suggested that it was impossible to say whether a genocide was going on while there was still time to stop it.

While the New York Times' sourcing was somewhat more balanced, that did not reflect the absence of a pro-Israel skew. The paper failed at the basic task of evaluating arguments, reducing the grave charge of genocide to an unresolvable he said/she said back-and-forth.

In the Times' most extensive pre-trial article (1/1o/24), Jerusalem correspondent Isabel Kershner and Johannesburg bureau chief John Eligon provided an overview of the hearing. Of 11 quoted sources, only a single independent legal expert was included: William Schabas of Middlesex University, London, who averred that it would be months before South Africa assembled all of its evidence, and "only then can we really assess the full strength of the South African case." Meanwhile, four Israeli sources and a US official were quoted in support of Israel, against three South African sources and one Palestinian source.

The Times piece also uncritically presented easily refutable Israeli claims about the legality of the IDF military campaign in Gaza:

Israel’s military insists that it is prosecuting the war in line with international law. Officials point to the millions of messages, sent by various means, telling Gaza’s civilians to evacuate to safer areas ahead of bombings, and say they are constantly working to increase the amount of aid entering Gaza.

Israel's insistence that it follows international law is contradicted by the International Committee of the Red Cross, Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International, all of which have documented evidence of war crimes committed by Israel in this conflict, as well as in past conflicts. Journalists' job is to hold the powerful to account, not to simply relay their claims, no matter how flimsy. Yet the Times offered no hint of pushback to Israel's assertions.

Moreover, those “millions of messages” are often inaccessible to Gazans under rocket fire. The designated “safe zones” are usually announced on social media posts or via leaflets dropped over Gaza containing QR codes to maps (Guardian, 12/2/23). As the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) said, “It is unclear how those residing in Gaza would access the map without electricity and amid recurrent telecommunications cuts.” Since October 7, Israel has purposely cut Gaza’s electricity and internet supply—another violation of international law (Human Rights Watch, 10/21/23; Al Jazeera, 12/4/23).

Even if Gazans make their way to the designated zones, there is no guarantee that they will find safety; many of the areas that Israel allotted as civilian safe zones have been targeted and bombed by the army (New York Times, 12/21/23). As UNICEF spokesperson, James Elder, told the BBC (12/5/23): “There are no safe zones in Gaza.”

Unscrutinized statements

WSJ: Israel Rebuts Genocide Accusation at World Court

The Wall Street Journal (1/12/24) provided no questioning of the claim that "Israel’s inherent right to defend itself" required the killing of thousands of children.

The idea that the Israeli military is “constantly working to increase the amount of aid entering Gaza” is also patently incorrect. A Human Rights Watch report (12/18/23) found that

Israeli forces are deliberately blocking the delivery of water, food and fuel, while willfully impeding humanitarian assistance, apparently razing agricultural areas, and depriving the civilian population of objects indispensable to their survival.

Nearly the exact same paragraph about Israel sending "millions of messages" and "constantly working to increase the amount of aid" appeared in the Times the next day (1/11/24), without any analysis.

Another Times piece, by Jerusalem bureau chief Patrick Kingsley (1/12/24), offered a brief explanation of the accusations leveled by South Africa, followed by Israel's rebuttal that it is taking “significant precautions to protect civilians.” Again, the Times offered no evaluation of such claims.

The Wall Street Journal (1/12/24) advanced a similar assertion from Tal Becker, chief lawyer for Israel’s Foreign Ministry: “Israel…recognizes its obligation to conduct military operations in line with international humanitarian law, which requires efforts to minimize civilian casualties.”

With no scrutiny of Israeli officials’ statements, US news becomes little more than a bullhorn for government propaganda.


Research assistance: Xenia Gonikberg, Phillip HoSang

The post Establishment Papers Fell Short in Coverage of Genocide Charges appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Lara-Nour Walton.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/21/establishment-papers-fell-short-in-coverage-of-genocide-charges/feed/ 0 465540
Russia jails journalist over plane crash coverage, detains another during election https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/19/russia-jails-journalist-over-plane-crash-coverage-detains-another-during-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/19/russia-jails-journalist-over-plane-crash-coverage-detains-another-during-election/#respond Tue, 19 Mar 2024 19:49:10 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=368089 New York, March 19, 2024—Russian authorities must drop all charges against journalist Sergey Kustov, release him, and stop prosecuting the press to stifle their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On Monday, a court sentenced Kustov, chief editor of local broadcaster Bars, to 10 days imprisonment on charges of disobeying a police officer, according to his outlet, multiple media reports, and a court statement.

Police detained Kustov, who was reporting on the crash of a Russian military aircraft in Ivanovo, a region northeast of the capital, Moscow, on March 12, for four hours before releasing him; his phone was also briefly confiscated.

“The arrest of journalist Sergey Kustov, who was covering a plane crash, is yet another attempt by Russian authorities to stifle any independent reporting,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Russian authorities should immediately release Kustov, drop all charges against him, and let members of the press work freely and without fear of being detained.”

According to the court statement, Kustov “showed disobedience to military police officers, namely, he did not comply with repeated lawful demands of military police officers to leave the area of the IL-76 [Russian military aircraft] crash site.”

Kustov denied that the military police made any demands, saying that “if they had, he would certainly have complied with them,” his outlet reported. CPJ’s messages to the outlet for comment did not receive a reply.

Russia’s Defense Ministry said on March 12 that one of the aircraft’s engines caught fire, resulting in the death of all 15 people aboard, according to Russian state news agency TASS.

Separately, on Sunday, March 17, police in Saint-Petersburg detained Fyodor Danilov, a correspondent with local news outlet Fontanka, while he was covering the election at a polling station, according to his outlet.

Danilov, who was accredited to cover the elections, arrived at the polling station around 11:30 a.m. and was arrested after 5 to 10 minutes for allegedly waving his arms and using obscene language, which he denied. Danilov was released after two hours without charge, he told CPJ, adding on March 18 that he was “continuing” his work.

At noon on that day, thousands of people, led by the Russian opposition, turned up at polling stations in Russia and abroad to peacefully protest the re-election of Vladimir Putin.

CPJ did not receive a response to emails sent to the Saint Petersburg police and Ivanov district court requesting comment on the journalists’ detentions.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/19/russia-jails-journalist-over-plane-crash-coverage-detains-another-during-election/feed/ 0 465045
Mehdi Hasan: How U.S. media fails on Israel-Palestine coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/14/mehdi-hasan-how-u-s-media-fails-on-israel-palestine-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/14/mehdi-hasan-how-u-s-media-fails-on-israel-palestine-coverage/#respond Thu, 14 Mar 2024 18:00:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e7f5797cfba7375e352e7fda1d1450b2
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/14/mehdi-hasan-how-u-s-media-fails-on-israel-palestine-coverage/feed/ 0 464043
Better immunisation coverage needed to prevent Pacific measles, says WHO https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/#respond Wed, 13 Mar 2024 00:44:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=98180 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist

Surveillance and better vaccine coverage is needed to prevent another measles outbreak in the Pacific, says the World Health Organisation’s (WHO) Western Pacific regional director.

Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala said many children missed out on routine vaccinations — including measles and rubella — during the covid-19 pandemic.

According to WHO, measles cases jumped by 225 percent — from just over 1400 cases in 2022 to more than 5000 last year — in the Western Pacific region.

“I think the health workforce were concentrating on covid-19 vaccinations and forgot about routine vaccinations, not only for measles, but other routine immunisation schedule,” Piukala told RNZ Pacific.

“People are going back to fill the gaps.”

From 2022 to 2023, 11 countries in the Western Pacific, including Fiji, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, Palau and Papua New Guinea, conducted nationwide measles and rubella vaccination campaigns.

Catch-up successful
Piukala said the catch-up campaigns had been successful.

“That will definitely reduce the risk,” he said.

“No child should get sick or die of measles.”

In 2019, Samoa had an outbreak that killed 83 people off the back of an outbreak in Auckland.

WHO Regional Director for the Western Pacific Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala
WHO Regional Director for the Western Pacific Dr Saia Ma’u Piukala . . . “No child should get sick or die of measles.” Image: Pierre Albouy/WHO

Piukala said the deaths made people understand the importance of measles and rubella vaccinations for their children.

Fiji, Guam, French Polynesia and New Caledonia are the only countries or territories that have local testing capacity for measles, with most nations sending samples to Melbourne for testing.

Piukala said WHO plans for Samoa, the Cook Islands, and the Solomon Islands to have testing capacity by 2025.

“The PCR machines that were made available in Pacific Island countries during the covid pandemic can also be used to detect other respiratory viruses, including the flu, LSV, and measles and rubella.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/13/better-immunisation-coverage-needed-to-prevent-pacific-measles-says-who/feed/ 0 463692
NZ news media under fire for ‘bias, propaganda’ in Gaza coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/nz-news-media-under-fire-for-bias-propaganda-in-gaza-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/nz-news-media-under-fire-for-bias-propaganda-in-gaza-coverage/#respond Sat, 02 Mar 2024 09:16:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=97603 Pacific Media Watch

New Zealand news media came under fire at today’s Palestine solidarity rally in Auckland calling for an immediate ceasefire in the war in Gaza with speakers condemning what they said was pro-Israeli “bias” and “propaganda”.

About 500 protesters waved Palestinian flags and many placards declaring “If you’re not heartbroken and furious, you’re not paying attention – stop the genocide”, “Killing kids is not self-defence” and “Western ‘civility, democracy, humanity, morality’ – bitch, where?”.

They gave Prime Minister Christopher Luxon’s government a grilling for the “weak” response to Israel atrocities.

Many speakers were angry over the massacre of starving Palestinians when Israeli military forces opened fire on a crowd seeking aid in the central Gaza City area on Thursday with latest Gaza Health Ministry reports indicating that at least 115 Gazans had been killed with 760 wounded.

The overall death toll is now 30,228 Palestinians killed and 71,377 wounded in Gaza since the war began on October 7.

The UN Human Rights office called for a swift and independent probe into the food aid shootings, saying “at least 14 “similar attacks had occurred since mid-January.

The Biden administration has announced a plan with Jordan to airdrop aid into Gaza but former USAID director Dave Harden has criticised the move as “ineffectual” for the huge humanitarian need of Gaza.

Airdrops ‘symbol of failure’
“Airdrops are a symbol of massive failure,” he told Al Jazeera.

The bodies of three more Palestinians killed in the food aid slaughter were recovered.

Responses to the Gaza food aid massacre
Responses to the Gaza food aid massacre . . . “If you’re not hearbroken and furious, you’re not paying attention.” Image: David Robie/APR

The New Zealand media were condemned for relying on “flawed” media coverage and journalists embedded with the Israeli military.

“The New Zealand media ‘scalps’ information to create public perceptions rather than informing the public of the facts so that we can come to the conclusion that what Israel is doing in Gaza is genocide,” Neil Scott, secretary of the Palestine Solidarity Network  (PSNA), told the crowd.


PSNA’s Neil Scott addressing the Palestine solidarity crowd today. Video: APR

“What Israel is doing in Palestine is apartheid, what Israel is doing in Palestine is occupation – each of those three, plus way more, are crimes against humanity.

“And what is the New Zealand media doing and saying about this?”

“Nothing,” shouted many in the crowd.

“Nada,” continued Scott.

‘Puppies are cute’
“Puppies? Puppies are cute. We’ll get those on TV.

“Genocide. Apartheid. Occupation. Crimes against humanity. Don’t give us news.”

Television New Zealand's 1News headquarters in Auckland
Television New Zealand’s 1News headquarters in Auckland . . . target of a protest yesterday and condemnation today over its Gaza war coverage. Image: APR

Scott led a deputation of protesters to the headquarters of Television New Zealand yesterday, citing many examples of misinformation of lack of fair and “truthful” coverage.

But management declined to speak to the protesters and the 1News team failed to cover the protest over TVNZ’s coverage of the war on Gaza.

Criticisms have been mounting worldwide against Western news media coverage, especially in the United Kingdom and the United States, the staunchest supporters of Israel and the source of most of NZ’s global news services, including the Middle East.

CNN ‘climate of hostility’
Yesterday, the investigative website Intercept reported how CNN media staff, including the celebrated international news anchor Christiane Amanpour, had confronted network executives over what they claimed as stories about the war on Gaza being changed and a “climate of hostility” towards Arab journalists.

According to a leaked internal recording, Amanpour told management that the CNN policy was causing “real distress” over “changing copy” and ”double standards”.

Meanwhile, one of some 50 protests across New Zealand today – in Christchurch – was disrupted by a group of counter-demonstrators supporting Israel who performed a haka at the Bridge of Remembrance.

The group from the Freedoms and Rights Coalition – linked to the Destiny Church – waved Israeli flags and chanted “go back to Israel”.  The pro-Palestinian supporters yelled “shame on them” and carried on with their regular weekly march to Cathedral Square.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/02/nz-news-media-under-fire-for-bias-propaganda-in-gaza-coverage/feed/ 0 461708
In Internal Meeting, Christiane Amanpour Confronts CNN Brass About “Double Standards” on Israel Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/in-internal-meeting-christiane-amanpour-confronts-cnn-brass-about-double-standards-on-israel-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/in-internal-meeting-christiane-amanpour-confronts-cnn-brass-about-double-standards-on-israel-coverage/#respond Fri, 01 Mar 2024 17:47:33 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=462040

CNN employees, including the renowned international news anchor Christiane Amanpour, confronted network executives over what the staffers described as myriad leadership failings in coverage of Israel’s war on Gaza, according to a leaked recording of a recent all-hands meeting obtained by The Intercept.

In the hourlong meeting at CNN’s London Bureau on February 13, staffers took turns questioning a panel of executives about CNN’s protocols for covering the war in Gaza and what they describe as a hostile climate for Arab reporters. Several junior and senior CNN employees described feeling devalued, embarrassed, and disgraced by CNN’s war coverage.

The panelists — CNN Worldwide CEO and CNN Editor-in-Chief Mark Thompson, CNN U.S. Executive Editor Virginia Moseley, and CNN International General Manager Mike McCarthy — responded with broad assurances that the employees’ concerns were being heard, while also defending CNN’s work and pointing to the persistent obstacle of gaining access inside the Gaza Strip.

One issue that came up repeatedly is CNN’s longtime process for routing almost all coverage relating to Israel and Palestine through the network’s Jerusalem bureau. As The Intercept reported in January, the protocol — which has existed for years but was expanded and rebranded as SecondEyes last summer — slows down reporting on Gaza and filters news about the war through journalists in Jerusalem who operate under the shadow of Israel’s military censor.

“You’ve heard from me, you’ve heard my, you know, real distress with SecondEyes — changing copy, double standards, and all the rest,” said Amanpour, who was identified in the recording when an executive called her name. “So you’ve heard it, and I hear what your response is and I hope it does go a long way.”

CNN spokesperson Jonathan Hawkins declined to comment on the meeting and pointed The Intercept to the network’s previous statement about SecondEyes, which described it as a process to bring “more expert eyes” to coverage around the clock. “I would add to this that the staff members on this group include Arab staff based outside Israel, and have done since the group was established,” Hawkins said. 

Amanpour did not respond to a request for comment.

Like other mainstream news organizations, CNN has faced a flood of internal and external criticism of its coverage of Israel and Gaza since October 7, accused of minimizing Palestinian suffering and uncritically amplifying Israeli narratives. Just this week, CNN described an Israeli massacre of more than 100 starving people who were gathered to get food as a “chaotic incident.” Earlier this month, The Guardian published an extensive story sourced to multiple CNN staffers who described the network’s Gaza coverage as “journalistic malpractice.”

During the February meeting, a half-dozen staffers spoke candidly about concerns with CNN’s war coverage. They said the coverage has weakened the network’s standing in the region and has led Arab staffers, some of whom entered lethal situations to cover the war, feeling as though their lives are expendable.

“I was in southern Lebanon during October and November,” one journalist said. “And it was more distressing for me to turn on CNN, than the bombs falling nearby.”

The meeting began as an effort for leadership to discuss editorial priorities. Thompson, in his opening remarks, spoke at length about his vision for evenhanded journalism and reiterated his personal openness to critical exchange and inquiry. “There’s something about the essence of CNN — its brand, what it stands for — which to me is great breaking news, with, right in the middle of the frame, a human being, someone you trust and whose background you know, acting as your guide to what’s happening,” he said.

As soon as the C-suite opened the discussion up to staff questions, the interrogation began.

“My question is about our Gaza coverage,” said the journalist who worked from Lebanon in the fall. “I think it’s no secret that there is a lot of discontent about how the newsgathering process — and how it played out.”

Instead of finding solace in CNN’s coverage of the war, the staffer continued, “I find that my colleagues, my family, are platforming people over and over again, that are either calling for my death, or using very dehumanizing language against me … and people that look like me. And obviously, this has a huge impact in our credibility in the region.”

The journalist posed a question to the executives: “I want to ask as well, what have you done, and what are you doing to address the hate speech that fills our air and informed our coverage, especially in the first few months of the war?”

Thompson responded that he’s generally satisfied with how the network has covered Israel’s war on Gaza, while conceding that “it is impossible to do this kind of story where there are people with incredibly strong opinions on both sides,” without “sometimes making mistakes.” He added that CNN has gotten better at admitting mistakes and trying to correct them and suggested, in response to the staffer’s concerns over dehumanization, that holes in coverage are a consequence of limited access to Gaza.

“I think the fact that it’s been very difficult for us until relatively recently, and even today, to get fully on the ground inside Gaza, has made it hard for us to deliver the kind of individualized personal stories of what it’s been like for the people of Gaza, in the way it has been more possible for us with the story of the families of those murdered and kidnapped by Hamas in the original Hamas attack on Israel,” said Thompson, who answered most of the questions.

If the network had the same access to Gaza as it does to the families of Israeli hostages, he continued, “I believe we would have done the same,” citing a story the network ran about one of its own producers caught in Gaza. “I think that we have for the most part tried very hard to capture the … our job is not to be moral arbiters, it is to report what’s happening.”

Another newsroom staffer chimed in to object to the network’s uncritical coverage of statements by Israeli officials, including Defense Minister Yoav Gallant. “I think a lot of us felt very strongly about the fact that there were very senior anchors not challenging people like, comments like, the defense minister using what is considered under international law, genocidal language, ‘human animals,’ all of those things that made up the first seven pages of the South African legal case at the ICJ,” referring to the International Court of Justice.

The employee then turned to SecondEyes: “If we want a culture that truly values diversity, we need to be really honest about, nobody gets it right. But we did not have our key Jerusalem producers on that Jerusalem SecondEyes — we didn’t have an Arab on it for some time.”

The staffer went on to say that Muslim or Arab journalists at CNN were made to feel that they must denounce Hamas to clear their names and be taken seriously as journalists. “I’ve heard this, where a number of younger colleagues now feel that they didn’t want to put their hands up to speak up even in the kind of the local Bureau meeting,” the staffer said. “People were taking their names off bylines.”

Thompson interjected, saying that people seemed to be speaking up now and that he welcomes editorial discussions.

Another staffer disputed that characterization and noted that Arab and Muslim journalists walk a difficult line between feeling proud of working for CNN while facing pressure from their families and communities over working for a network with a pronounced pro-Israel bias. 

“I think it’s very important for you to know that the degree of racism that those of us of Arab and Muslim descent face inside Israel, covering Israel, was disproportionate — the targeting of us by pro Israeli organizations, and what we had to hear,” another staffer added.

Amanpour chimed in toward the end of the meeting. She praised the reports of Clarissa Ward, Nada Bashir, and Jomana Karadsheh and suggested that CNN should have more experts like them on the ground and in the field, especially at the start of a conflict.

“Bottom line, we do actually have to send experts to these unbelievably difficult, contentious, you know, game-changing stories,” said Amanpour, a veteran war reporter. “It isn’t a place, with due respect, to send people who we want to promote or whatever, or teach. Maybe in the second wave, maybe in the third wave — but in the first wave, it has to be the people who know, through experience, what they’re seeing, and how to speak truth to power on all sides. And how to recognize the difference between political or whatever or terrorist attack, and the humanity, and to be able to put all of that into reporting.”

“For me, video is not a talking head on a balcony in a capital,” Amanpour said. “It just isn’t. To me, video is reportage.”

Join The Conversation


This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Daniel Boguslaw.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/03/01/in-internal-meeting-christiane-amanpour-confronts-cnn-brass-about-double-standards-on-israel-coverage/feed/ 0 461750
NZ media people react with ‘shock’ over plan to close Newshub in June https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/#respond Tue, 27 Feb 2024 23:57:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=97469 Pacific Media Watch

Newshub, one of the key media companies in Aotearoa New Zealand, is to close its newsroom on June 30, reports RNZ News.

Staff were told of the closure at an emergency meeting today.

Newshub is owned by US-based global entertainment giant Warner Bros Discovery which also owns Eden, Rush, HGTV and Bravo.

In 2020, it took over the New Zealand channel’s assets which had been then part of Mediaworks.

Staff were called to a meeting at Newshub at 11am, RNZ News reported on its live news feed.

They were told that the US conglomerate Warner Brothers Discovery, owners of Newshub, was commencing consultation on a restructuring of its free-to-air business

This included the closure of all news operations by its Newshub operation

All local programming would be made only through local funding bodies and partners.

James Gibbons, president of Asia Pacific for Warner Bros Discovery, said it was a combination of negative events in NZ and around the world. The economic downturn had been severe and there was no long hope for a bounce back

Staff leave the Newshub office in Auckland today
Staff leave the Newshub office in Auckland today after the meeting about the company’s future. Image: RNZ/Rayssa Almeida

Revenue has ‘disappeared quickly’
“Advertising revenue in New Zealand has disappeared far more quickly than our ability to manage this reduction, and to drive the business to profitability,” he said.

He said the restructuring would focus on it being a digital business

ThreeNow, its digital platform, would be the focus and could run local shows

All news production would stop on June 30.

The consultation process runs until mid-March. A final decision is expected early April.

“Deeply shocked’
Interviewed on RNZ’s Nine to Noon programme, a former head of Newshub, Mark Jennings, said he was deeply shocked by the move.

Other media personalities also reacted with stunned disbelief. Rival TVNZ’s Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver said: “Thinking of my friends and colleagues from Newshub.

“So many super talented wonderful people. Its a terrible day for our industry that Newshub [will] close by June, we will be all the much poorer for it. Much aroha to you all.”

TVNZ Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver reacts
TVNZ Pacific correspondent Barbara Dreaver reacts to news about the plan to close Newshub’s newsroom. Image: Barbara Dreaver/FB

Newshub has broken some important Pacific stories over the years.

Jennings told RNZ a cut back and trimming of shows would have been expected — but not on this scale.

“I’m really deeply frankly shocked by it,” said Jennings, now co-founder and editor of Newsroom independent digital media group.

He said he expected all shows to go, including AM Show and investigative journalist Patrick Gower’s show.

Company ‘had no strategy’
“I think governments will be pretty upset and annoyed about this, to be honest.”

“Unless they have been kept in the loop because we’re going to see a major drop in diversity.

“Newshub’s newsroom has been, maybe not so much in recent times, but certainly in the past, a very strong and vibrant player in the market and very important one for this country and again as [RNZ Mediawatch presenter] Colin [Peacock] points out, who is going to keep TVNZ’s news honest now?

“I think this is a major blow to media diversity in this country.”

“First of all, Discovery and then Warner Bros Discovery, this has been an absolute shocker of entry to this market by them. They came in with what I could was . . . no, I couldn’t see a strategy in it and in the time they owned this company, there has been no strategy and that’s really disappointing.

“If this had gone to a better owner, they would have taken steps way sooner and maybe we wouldn’t be losing one of the country’s most valued news services.”

Loss of $100m over three years
Jennings said his understanding was the company had lost $100 million in the past three years, which was “really significant”.

“I wonder if it had been a New Zealand owner, whether the government might have taken a different view around this, but I guess because it’s owned by a huge American, multi-national conglomerate, they would’ve been reluctant to intervene in any way.”

He said Broadcasting Minister Melissa Lee, a former journalist who ran the Asia Down Under programme for many years, faced serious questions now.

“It’ll be her first big test really, I guess, in that portfolio.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/27/nz-media-people-react-with-shock-over-plan-to-close-newshub-in-june/feed/ 0 460947
N Korea reduces Cuba coverage as its ally enhances ties with South https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nk-media-cuba-02262024000036.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nk-media-cuba-02262024000036.html#respond Mon, 26 Feb 2024 05:03:06 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nk-media-cuba-02262024000036.html North Korean state-run media outlets have minimized their coverage of Cuba after the longtime ally since the Cold War established diplomatic ties with South Korea on Feb. 14.

The Rodong Sinmun, the North’s state-run daily, for instance, has not reported anything about Cuba since Feb. 15 when it briefly covered the Cuban Foreign Minister Bruno Rodríguez’s condemnation of Israel’s attack on Palestinians, as part of a summary of international news items.

Pyongyang’s official Korean Central News Agency has also not mentioned Cuba for more than a week. 

Cuba was not even mentioned in KCNA reports on Feb. 23 and 24 on celebrations at diplomatic missions and U.N. representations in 26 countries and a series of congratulatory visits by dignitaries to mark the 82nd birthday of the former leader Kim Jong Il. 

It is usual for North Korean media to omit Cuba when reporting national events such as the former leader’s birthday. 

South Korea’s presidential office said on Feb. 15 that the country’s move to establish diplomatic relations with Cuba would deal a “political and psychological blow” to Pyongyang, whose diplomatic footing is largely dependent on a small number of Cold War allies.

South Korea did not have diplomatic ties with Cuba for 65 years.

Meanwhile, Cuba continues to maintain close relations with North Korea, which were established in 1960, with their shared socialist ideology and their hostility towards the United States. Cuba maintains an embassy in Pyongyang.

North Korean leader Kim Jong Un has called the late Cuban leader Fidel Castro a “comrade-in-arms,” as cited by its state media. North Korea even observed three days of official mourning in 2016 when Castro died at the age of 90.

Edited by Elaine Chan.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/korea/nk-media-cuba-02262024000036.html/feed/ 0 460585
Sierra Club Statement on Coverage of EPA Vehicle Pollution Standards https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/sierra-club-statement-on-coverage-of-epa-vehicle-pollution-standards/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/sierra-club-statement-on-coverage-of-epa-vehicle-pollution-standards/#respond Tue, 20 Feb 2024 19:08:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/sierra-club-statement-on-coverage-of-epa-vehicle-pollution-standards

Under the tailpipe emissions proposal unveiled last April, the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) projected that EVs could account for 67% of all new light-duty vehicle sales by model year 2032. Citing three unnamed sources, The New York Timesreported Saturday that officials finalizing the plan are adjusting it "so that electric vehicle sales would increase more gradually through 2030 but then would have to sharply rise."

The reporting comes after the Democratic president last month secured the crucial endorsement of the United Auto Workers, which followed a monthslong delay partly related to EV policy and came despite criticism from the UAW and residents of Michigan—the heart of the U.S. auto manufacturing industry—about Biden backing Israel's devastating war on the Gaza Strip.

Ali Zaidi, Biden's senior climate adviser, "declined to discuss the details of the final regulation" and a UAW spokesperson "declined multiple requests to interview" union president Shawn Fain, according to the Times.

Others suggested Biden's concession may be worth it to beat former President Donald Trump, the likely Republican nominee. David Victor, co-director of the Deep Decarbonization Initiative at the University of California, San Diego, told the newspaper that "you have more emissions for a few years but you raise the odds that the rule will stick."

However, Hodgkins argued that "with climate change fast accelerating, this is no time to capitulate to corporate demands."

The campaigner continued:

For decades, Big Auto has employed the same playbook as Big Oil to delay and prevent progress on rules that would clean our air, fight climate change, and save lives. Study after study, including the administration's own annual reporting, shows that the technology to reduce emissions and electrify fleets is not only available, but it will save automakers money in compliance fees and consumers money on fueling and overall costs. Yet, decades of the auto industry dragging its feet to take action means that it is further behind the curve.

Automakers have had decades to drive forward the transition to electric vehicles. They have failed time and again. The only factor that will usher in the needed transition to electric vehicles is firm and specific government requirements. Consumers will embrace electric vehicles when automakers make them the attractive option—which they will only do when the government requires them to do so.

"There's still time for the Biden administration to avoid this epic error and recommit to science-backed actions it has started," she stressed. "The world is on fire. We need the Biden administration to maintain strong emissions rules that are one of the biggest extinguishers."

Sierra Club executive director Ben Jealous similarly pressured the administration in a Tuesday statement, arguing that "strong EPA vehicle standards are essential to protecting clean air for communities across the country."

"Lobbying by auto manufacturers to stall the transition to electric vehicles could have severe consequences: Millions of Americans breathing deadly car pollution, suffering from the impacts of climate change, and spending too much on volatile gas prices," Jealous warned. "Enough excuses from the auto industry."

"Automakers have had more than enough time to prepare for the EV transition, and funding from the Inflation Reduction Act is rolling out the infrastructure necessary to support it," he added. "We can and must have union-made clean vehicles. We urge the EPA to remain steadfast in finalizing a strong rule that will improve public health and protect our future."

While Biden campaigned as a clear climate-friendly alternative to Trump in 2020, the Democrat has come under fire during his presidency for various decisions—including supporting certain oil and gas projects, continuing fossil fuel lease sales, skipping last year's United Nations summit, and declining to declare a national climate emergency.

Nearly two dozen Sunrise Movement campaigners were arrested at the president's campaign headquarters in Wilmington, Delaware last week and the youth-led climate group held dozens of actions across the country on Monday, warning that "Biden can either follow the lead of the young people who helped elect him in 2020 and declare a climate emergency or he's going to lose in November; backing a genocide and giving up our last chance to avert the worst of the climate crisis will be his legacy."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/02/20/sierra-club-statement-on-coverage-of-epa-vehicle-pollution-standards/feed/ 0 459725
At least 18 Bangladeshi journalists attacked, harassed during election coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/at-least-18-bangladeshi-journalists-attacked-harassed-during-election-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/at-least-18-bangladeshi-journalists-attacked-harassed-during-election-coverage/#respond Fri, 26 Jan 2024 22:02:05 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=349920 On Sunday, January 7, 2024, at least 18 journalists were assaulted or harassed while covering alleged election irregularities and violence as Bangladeshis headed to the polls, according to multiple news reports and reporters who spoke to CPJ. 

Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina of the ruling Awami League party returned to power for her fifth term amid an opposition boycott and low voter turnout. The U.S. State Department said the elections were “not free or fair.”

Mujib Mashal, South Asia bureau chief for The New York Times, told CPJ that the newspaper was denied prior approval by the Bangladesh government to report on the polls.

Separately, on Saturday, January 6, the day before the election, the Daily Manab Zamin newspaper’s website was blocked in Bangladesh following its critical reporting on the government, according to Matiur Rahman Chowdhury, the outlet’s editor-in-chief.

Chowdhury said the outlet did not receive a government notice detailing why the website was blocked, and access was restored on Monday, January 8.

At around 1 p.m. on election day, around 15 to 20 men wearing Awami League badges attacked seven journalists– MA Rahim, a correspondent for the broadcaster Ananda TV, Rimon Hossain, a camera operator with Ananda TV; Masud Rana, a correspondent with the online news portal enews71; Sumon Khan, a correspondent with the broadcaster Mohona TV; Elias Bosunia, a correspondent with the broadcaster Bangla TV; Minaj Islam, a correspondent with the newspaper Daily Vorer Chetona; and Hazrat Ali, a correspondent with the newspaper Dainik Dabanol, during their coverage of an assault on independent candidate Ataur Rahman outside a polling station in northern Lalmonirhat district, according to Rahim and Rana.

The men beat several of the journalists with iron rods and bamboo sticks, beat and pushed others, and broke and confiscated multiple pieces of equipment including cameras and microphones—according to those sources and a complaint filed at the Hatibandha Police Station by Rana, which alleged the perpetrators were led by brothers Md. Zahidul Islam and Md. Mostafa, nephews of the incumbent parliamentarian contested by Rahman.

Md. Zahidul Islam told CPJ that he denied involvement in the attack. Islam did not respond to CPJ’s follow-up question about Mostafa’s alleged involvement in the attack.

Saiful Islam, officer-in-charge of the Hatibandha Police Station, did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment.

Separately, at around 2:40 p.m., around 25 men surrounded Sirajul Islam Rubel, a correspondent for The Daily Star newspaper, and Arafat Rahaman, a reporter for The Daily Star, as they tried to leave a polling station in the capital Dhaka after covering an alleged ballot stuffing attempt by Awami League supporters, Rubel told CPJ.

The men grabbed the journalists’ phones, deleted their video footage and photos of the incident, and blocked their exit from the center along with Daily Star reporter Dipan Nandy, who subsequently joined Rubel and Rahaman to report from the station. The trio managed to leave with the assistance of police at around 3:05 p.m., Rubel said.

Separately, at around 2:45 p.m., around 20 to 25 men beat Mosharrof Shah, a correspondent for the daily newspaper Prothom Alo, after he photographed and filmed alleged ballot stuffing by Awami League supporters at a polling station in southeast Chittagong city, the journalist told CPJ.

Shah said that while speaking to an electoral officer about the incident, the men approached the journalist, took his notebook where he wrote what he observed, and deleted footage from his mobile phone in the presence of police. The men repeatedly slapped and punched Shah before he managed to flee the scene after around 30 minutes, the journalist told CPJ, adding that he received his phone back around one hour later with the assistance of his journalist colleagues.

Shah identified one of the perpetrators as Nurul Absar, general secretary of a local unit of the Chhatra League, the student wing of the Awami League. Absar did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment.

Previously, on September 24, alleged members of the Chhatra League attacked Shah on the University of Chittagong campus.

Separately, at around 4 p.m., a group of 20 to 30 men surrounded and assaulted Saif Bin Ayub, a sub-editor for the Daily Kalbela newspaper, and took his laptop, phone, other personal items while he was photographing alleged ballot stuffing by Awami League supporters inside a polling center in Dhaka, the journalist told CPJ.

The men pushed Bin Ayub against a wall and punched him, kicked him in the abdomen, and scratched him while forcibly removing his press identification card from around his neck. The perpetrators then dragged him out of the building as he requested help from police present at the scene, the journalist said. 

Officers did not intervene and the beating continued outside for around 15 minutes, the journalist said, adding that he received his phone and broken laptop back later that day but not his wallet, wristwatch and other items.

Separately, at around 4:30 p.m., around eight to 10 men—including electoral officials and teenagers wearing Awami League badges—pushed Sam Jahan, a Reuters video journalist, out of a vote counting room in a polling station in Dhaka. Two of the teenagers then chased Jahan out of the station, he told CPJ.

Separately, Awami League supporters surrounded and obstructed the work of four journalists with the New Age newspaper—correspondent Muktadir Rashid, photojournalist Sourav Laskar, and reporters Nasir Uz Zaman and Tanzil Rahaman—during their coverage of polling stations in Dhaka, Rashid told CPJ.

Separately, unidentified perpetrators threw bricks from behind at Mohiuddin Modhu, a news presenter and correspondent for the broadcaster Jamuna Television, after the journalist tried to speak to a young teenager who attempted to cast a ballot in the Nawabganj sub-district of Dhaka district.

Biplab Barua, Awami League office secretary and special aide to Prime Minister Hasina, told CPJ that law enforcement took swift action regarding all attacks on journalists on election day. Barua added that the government is committed to launching investigations into all such incidents and bringing the perpetrators to justice.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/26/at-least-18-bangladeshi-journalists-attacked-harassed-during-election-coverage/feed/ 0 455051
Cancelling the journalist: Furore over ABC’s coverage of Israel war on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/cancelling-the-journalist-furore-over-abcs-coverage-of-israel-war-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/cancelling-the-journalist-furore-over-abcs-coverage-of-israel-war-on-gaza/#respond Sat, 20 Jan 2024 03:40:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=95829 By Binoy Kampmark

The Age has revealed the dismissal of ABC broadcaster Antoinette Lattouf last December 20 was the nasty fruit of a campaign waged against chair Ita Buttrose and managing director David Anderson.

The official reason for Lattouf’s dismissal was ordinary: she shared a post by Human Rights Watch about Israel “using starvation of civilians as a weapon of war in Gaza”, calling it “a war crime”.

It also noted the express intention of Israeli officials to pursue this strategy. Actions were also documented: the deliberate blocking of food, water and fuel “while wilfully obstructing the entry of aid”.

Sacked ABC presenter Antoinette Lattouf
Sacked ABC presenter Antoinette Lattouf . . . bringing wrongful dismissal case. Image: GL

Lattouf shared it after management directed staff not to post on “matters of controversy”.

Prior to The Age revelations, much had been made of Lattouf’s fill-in role as a radio presenter — which was intended for five shows.

The Australian, owned by News Corp, had issues with Lattouf’s statements on various online platforms. It found it strange in December that she was appointed “despite her very public anti-Israel stance”.

She was accused of denying that some protesters had called for Jews to be gassed outside the Sydney Opera House on October 7. She also dared to accuse the Israeli Defence Forces of committing rape.

‘Lot of people really upset’
It was considered odd that she discussed food and water shortages in Gaza and “an advertising campaign showing corpses reminiscent of being wrapped in Muslim burial cloths”. That “left a lot of people really upset’,” The Australian said.

ABC managing director David Anderson
ABC managing director David Anderson . . . denied “any external pressure, whether it be an advocacy group or lobby group, a political party, or commercial entity’. Image: Green Left

If war is hell, Lattouf was evidently not allowed to go into quite so much detail about it — at least concerning the fate of Palestinians at the hands of the Israeli war machine.

What has also come to light is that the ABC’s managers were not targeting Lattouf on their own. Pressure had been exercised from outside the media organisation.

According to The Age, WhatsApp messages by a group called “Lawyers for Israel” had been sent to the ABC as part of a coordinated campaign.

Sydney property lawyer Nicky Stein told members of that group to contact the federal Minister for Communications asking “how Antoinette is hosting the morning ABC Sydney show” the day Lattouf was sacked.

They said employing Lattouff breached Clause 4 of the ABC code of practice on “impartiality”.

Stein went on to insist that: “It’s important ABC hears from not just individuals in the community but specifically from lawyers so they feel there is an actual legal threat.”

No ‘generic’ response
She goes on to say that a “proper” rather than “generic” response was expected “by COB [close of business] today or I would look to engage senior counsel”.

Did such threats have any basis? Even Stein admits: “There is probably no actionable offence against the ABC but I didn’t say I would be taking one — just investigating one. I have said that they should be terminating her employment immediately.”

It was designed to attract attention from ABC chairperson Ita Buttrose, and it did.

ABC political reporter Nour Haydar
ABC political reporter Nour Haydar . . . resigned last week citing concern about the ABC coverage of Israel’s war on Gaza. Image: Green Left

Robert Goot, deputy president of the Executive Council of Australian Jewry and part of the same group, boasted of information he had received that Lattouf would be “gone from morning radio from Friday” because of her “anti-Israeli” stance.

There has been something of a journalistic exodus from the ABC of late.

Nour Haydar, a political reporter in the ABC’s Parliament House bureau and another journalist of Lebanese descent, resigned on January 12 citing concern about the ABC’s coverage of Israel’s war on Gaza.

There had been, for instance, the creation of a “Gaza advisory panel” at the behest of ABC news director Justin Stevens, ostensibly to improve coverage.

Journalists need to ‘take a stand’ over the Gaza carnage after latest killings

Must not ‘take sides’
“Accuracy and impartiality are core to the service we offer audiences,” Stevens told staff. “We must stay independent and not ‘take sides’.”

This pointless assertion can only ever be a threat because it acts as an injunction on staff and a judgment against sources that do not favour the line, however credible they might be.

What proves acceptable, a condition that seems to have paralysed the ABC, is to never say that Israel massacres, commits war crimes and brings about conditions approximating genocide.

Little wonder then that coverage of South Africa’s genocide case against Israel in the International Court of Justice does not get top billing on the ABC.

Palestinians and Palestinian militias, however, can always be described as savages, rapists and baby slayers. Throw in fanaticism and Islam and you have the complete package ready for transmission.

Coverage of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict in the mainstream media of most Western countries, as the late Robert Fisk pointed out, repeatedly asserts these divisions.

After her resignation, Haydar told the Sydney Morning Herald: “Commitment to diversity in the media cannot be skin deep.  Culturally diverse staff should be respected and supported even when they challenge the status quo.”

Sharing divisive topics
Haydar’s argument about cultural diversity should not obscure the broader problem facing the ABC: policing the way opinions and material on war, and any other divisive topic, is shared with the public.

The issue goes less to cultural diversity than permitted intellectual breadth.

Lattouf, for her part, is pursuing remedies through the Fair Work Commission and seeking funding through a GoFundMe page, steered by Lauren Dubois.

“We stand with Antoinette and support the rights of workers to be able to share news that expresses an opinion or reinforces a fact, without fear of retribution.”

Kenneth Roth, former head of Human Rights Watch, expressed his displeasure at Lattouf’s treatment, suggesting the ABC had erred.

ABC’s senior management, via a statement from Anderson, preferred the route of craven denial. He rejected “any claim that it has been influenced by any external pressure, whether it be an advocacy group or lobby group, a political party, or commercial entity”.

Dr Binoy Kampmark is a senior lecturer in global studies at RMIT University, Melbourne. This article was first published by Green Left Magazine and is republished here with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/20/cancelling-the-journalist-furore-over-abcs-coverage-of-israel-war-on-gaza/feed/ 0 453479
Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war-2/#respond Fri, 19 Jan 2024 06:55:45 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=311098 What a cowardly act it was.  A national broadcaster, dedicated to what should be fearless reporting, cowed by the intemperate bellyaching of a lobby concerned about coverage of the Israel-Gaza war.  The investigation by The Age newspaper was revealing in showing that the dismissal of broadcaster Antoinette Lattouf last December 20 was the nasty fruit of a campaign waged against the More

The post Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

]]>

Photo of Antoinette Lattouf. Photograph Source: Penguin Random House – CC BY-SA 2.0

What a cowardly act it was.  A national broadcaster, dedicated to what should be fearless reporting, cowed by the intemperate bellyaching of a lobby concerned about coverage of the Israel-Gaza war.  The investigation by The Age newspaper was revealing in showing that the dismissal of broadcaster Antoinette Lattouf last December 20 was the nasty fruit of a campaign waged against the corporation’s management.  This included its chair, Ita Buttrose, and managing director David Anderson.

The official reason for that dismissal was disturbingly ordinary.  Lattouf had not, for instance, decided to become a flag-swathed bomb thrower for the Palestinian cause.  She had engaged in no hostage taking campaign, nor intimidated any Israeli figure.  The sacking had purportedly been made over sharing a post by Human Rights Watch about Israel that mentioned “using starvation of civilians as a weapon of war in Gaza”, calling it “a war crime”.  It also noted the express intention by Israeli officials to pursue this strategy.   Actions are also documented: the deliberate blocking of the delivery of food, water and fuel “while wilfully obstructing the entry of aid.”  The sharing by Lattouf took place following a direction not to post on “matters of controversy”.

Human Rights Watch might be accused of many things: the dolled up corporate face of human rights activism; the activist transformed into fundraising agent and boardroom gaming strategist.  But to share material from the organisation on alleged abuses is hardly a daredevil act of dangerous hair-raising radicalism.

Prior to the revelations in The Age, much had been made of Lattouf’s fill-in role as a radio presenter, a stint that was to last for five shows.  The Australian, true to form, had its own issue with Lattouf’s statements made on various online platforms.  In December, the paper found it strange that she was appointed “despite her very public anti-Israel stance.”  She was also accused of denying the lurid interpretations put upon footage from protests outside Sydney Opera House, some of which called for gassing Jews.  And she dared accused the Israeli forces of committing rape.

It was also considered odd that she discuss such matters as food and water shortages in Gaza and “an advertising campaign showing corpses reminiscent of being wrapped in Muslim burial cloths”.  That “left ‘a lot of people really upset’.”  If war is hell, then Lattouf was evidently not allowed to go into quite so much detail about it – at least when concerning the fate of Palestinians at the hands of the Israeli war machine.

What also transpires is that the ABC managers were not merely targeting Lattouf on their own, sadistic initiative.  Pressure of some measure had been exercised from outside the organisation.  According to The Age, WhatsApp messages had been sent to the ABC as part of a coordinated campaign by a group called Lawyers for Israel.

The day Lattouf was sacked, Sydney property lawyer Nicky Stein buzzingly began proceedings by telling members of the group to contact the federal minister for communication asking “how Antoinette is hosting the morning ABC Sydney show.”  Employing Lattouff apparently breached Clause 4 of the ABC code of practice on impartiality.

Stein cockily went on to insist that, “It’s important ABC hears from not just individuals in the community but specifically from lawyers so they feel there is an actual legal threat.”  She goes on to read that a “proper” rather than “generic” response was expected “by COB [close of business] today or I would look to engage senior counsel.”

Did such windy threats have any basis?  No, according to Stein.  “I know there is probably no actionable offence against the ABC but I didn’t say I would be taking one – just investigating one.  I have said that they should be terminating her employment immediately.”  Utterly charming, and sufficiently so to attract attention from the ABC chairperson herself, who asked for further venting of concerns.

Indeed, another member of the haranguing clique, Robert Goot, also deputy president of the Executive Council of Australian Jewry, could boast of information he had received that Lattouf would be “gone from morning radio from Friday” because of her anti-Israeli stance.

There has been something of a journalistic exodus from the ABC of late.  Nour Haydar, an Australian journalist also of Lebanese descent, resigned expressing her concerns about the coverage of the Israel-Gaza conflict at the broadcaster. There had been, for instance, the creation of a “Gaza advisory panel” at the behest of ABC News director Justin Stevens, ostensibly to improve the coverage of the conflict.  “Accuracy and impartiality are core to the service we offer audiences,” Stevens explained to staff.  “We must stay independent and not ‘take sides’.”

This pointless assertion can only ever be a threat because it acts as an injunction on staff and a judgment against sources that do not favour the accepted line, however credible they might be.  What proves acceptable, a condition that seems to have paralysed the ABC, is to never say that Israel massacres, commits war crimes, and brings about conditions approximating to genocide.  Little wonder that coverage on South Africa’s genocide case against Israel in the International Court of Justice does not get top billing on in the ABC news headlines.

Palestinians and Palestinian militias, on the other hand, can always be written about as brute savages, rapists and baby slayers.  Throw in fanaticism and Islam, and you have the complete package ready for transmission.  Coverage in the mainstays of most Western liberal democracies of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, as the late Robert Fisk pointed out with pungency, repeatedly asserts these divisions.

After her signation Haydar told the Sydney Morning Herald that, “Commitment to diversity in the media cannot be skin deep.  Culturally diverse staff should be respected and supported even when they challenge the status quo.”  But Haydar’s argument about cultural diversity should not obscure the broader problem facing the ABC: policing the way opinions and material on war and any other divisive topic is shared.  The issue goes less to cultural diversity than permitted intellectual breadth, which is distinctly narrowing at the national broadcaster.

Lattouf, for her part, is pursuing remedies through the Fair Work Commission, and seeking funding through a GoFundMe page, steered by Lauren Dubois.  “We stand with Antoinette and support the rights of workers to be able to share news that expresses an opinion or reinforces a fact, without fear of retribution.”

Kenneth Roth, former head of Human Rights Watch, expressed his displeasure at the treatment of Lattouf for sharing HRW material, suggesting the ABC had erred.  ABC’s senior management, through a statement from managing director David Anderson, preferred the route of craven denial, rejecting “any claim that it has been influenced by any external pressure, whether it be an advocacy group or lobby group, a political party, or commercial entity.”  They would, wouldn’t they?

The post Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/19/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war-2/feed/ 0 453287
Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war/#respond Wed, 17 Jan 2024 16:42:19 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=147500 What a cowardly act it was.  A national broadcaster, dedicated to what should be fearless reporting, cowed by the intemperate bellyaching of a lobby concerned about coverage of the Israel-Gaza war.  The investigation by The Age newspaper was revealing in showing that the dismissal of broadcaster Antoinette Lattouf last December 20 was the nasty fruit […]

The post Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
What a cowardly act it was.  A national broadcaster, dedicated to what should be fearless reporting, cowed by the intemperate bellyaching of a lobby concerned about coverage of the Israel-Gaza war.  The investigation by The Age newspaper was revealing in showing that the dismissal of broadcaster Antoinette Lattouf last December 20 was the nasty fruit of a campaign waged against the corporation’s management.  This included its chair, Ita Buttrose, and managing director David Anderson.

The official reason for that dismissal was disturbingly ordinary.  Lattouf had not, for instance, decided to become a flag-swathed bomb thrower for the Palestinian cause.  She had engaged in no hostage taking campaign, nor intimidated any Israeli figure.  The sacking had purportedly been made over sharing a post by Human Rights Watch about Israel that mentioned “using starvation of civilians as a weapon of war in Gaza”, calling it “a war crime”.  It also noted the express intention by Israeli officials to pursue this strategy.   Actions are also documented: the deliberate blocking of the delivery of food, water and fuel “while wilfully obstructing the entry of aid.”  The sharing by Lattouf took place following a direction not to post on “matters of controversy”.

Human Rights Watch might be accused of many things: the dolled up corporate face of human rights activism; the activist transformed into fundraising agent and boardroom gaming strategist.  But to share material from the organisation on alleged abuses is hardly a daredevil act of dangerous hair-raising radicalism.

Prior to the revelations in The Age, much had been made of Lattouf’s fill-in role as a radio presenter, a stint that was to last for five shows.  The Australian, true to form, had its own issue with Lattouf’s statements made on various online platforms.  In December, the paper found it strange that she was appointed “despite her very public anti-Israel stance.”  She was also accused of denying the lurid interpretations put upon footage from protests outside Sydney Opera House, some of which called for gassing Jews.  And she dared accused the Israeli forces of committing rape.

It was also considered odd that she discuss such matters as food and water shortages in Gaza and “an advertising campaign showing corpses reminiscent of being wrapped in Muslim burial cloths”.  That “left ‘a lot of people really upset’.”  If war is hell, then Lattouf was evidently not allowed to go into quite so much detail about it – at least when concerning the fate of Palestinians at the hands of the Israeli war machine.

What also transpires is that the ABC managers were not merely targeting Lattouf on their own, sadistic initiative.  Pressure of some measure had been exercised from outside the organisation.  According to The Age, WhatsApp messages had been sent to the ABC as part of a coordinated campaign by a group called Lawyers for Israel.

The day Lattouf was sacked, Sydney property lawyer Nicky Stein buzzingly began proceedings by telling members of the group to contact the federal minister for communication asking “how Antoinette is hosting the morning ABC Sydney show.”  Employing Lattouff apparently breached Clause 4 of the ABC code of practice on impartiality.

Stein cockily went on to insist that, “It’s important ABC hears from not just individuals in the community but specifically from lawyers so they feel there is an actual legal threat.”  She goes on to read that a “proper” rather than “generic” response was expected “by COB [close of business] today or I would look to engage senior counsel.”

Did such windy threats have any basis?  No, according to Stein.  “I know there is probably no actionable offence against the ABC but I didn’t say I would be taking one – just investigating one.  I have said that they should be terminating her employment immediately.”  Utterly charming, and sufficiently so to attract attention from the ABC chairperson herself, who asked for further venting of concerns.

Indeed, another member of the haranguing clique, Robert Goot, also deputy president of the Executive Council of Australian Jewry, could boast of information he had received that Lattouf would be “gone from morning radio from Friday” because of her anti-Israeli stance.

There has been something of a journalistic exodus from the ABC of late.  Nour Haydar, an Australian journalist also of Lebanese descent, resigned expressing her concerns about the coverage of the Israel-Gaza conflict at the broadcaster.  There had been, for instance, the creation of a “Gaza advisory panel” at the behest of ABC News director Justin Stevens, ostensibly to improve the coverage of the conflict.  “Accuracy and impartiality are core to the service we offer audiences,” Stevens explained to staff.  “We must stay independent and not ‘take sides’.”

This pointless assertion can only ever be a threat because it acts as an injunction on staff and a judgment against sources that do not favour the accepted line, however credible they might be.  What proves acceptable, a condition that seems to have paralysed the ABC, is to never say that Israel massacres, commits war crimes, and brings about conditions approximating to genocide.  Little wonder that coverage on South Africa’s genocide case against Israel in the International Court of Justice does not get top billing on the ABC news headlines.

Palestinians and Palestinian militias, on the other hand, can always be written about as brute savages, rapists and baby slayers.  Throw in fanaticism and Islam, and you have the complete package ready for transmission.  Coverage in the mainstays of most Western liberal democracies of the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, as the late Robert Fisk pointed out with pungency, repeatedly asserts these divisions.

After her signation Haydar told the Sydney Morning Herald that, “Commitment to diversity in the media cannot be skin deep.  Culturally diverse staff should be respected and supported even when they challenge the status quo.”  But Haydar’s argument about cultural diversity should not obscure the broader problem facing the ABC: policing the way opinions and material on war and any other divisive topic is shared.  The issue goes less to cultural diversity than permitted intellectual breadth, which is distinctly narrowing at the national broadcaster.

Lattouf, for her part, is pursuing remedies through the Fair Work Commission, and seeking funding through a GoFundMe page, steered by Lauren Dubois.  “We stand with Antoinette and support the rights of workers to be able to share news that expresses an opinion or reinforces a fact, without fear of retribution.”

Kenneth Roth, former head of Human Rights Watch, expressed his displeasure at the treatment of Lattouf for sharing HRW material, suggesting the ABC had erred.  ABC’s senior management, through a statement from managing director David Anderson, preferred the route of craven denial, rejecting “any claim that it has been influenced by any external pressure, whether it be an advocacy group or lobby group, a political party, or commercial entity.”  They would, wouldn’t they?

The post Cancelling the Journalist: The ABC’s Coverage of the Israel-Gaza War first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/17/cancelling-the-journalist-the-abcs-coverage-of-the-israel-gaza-war/feed/ 0 452528
Iranian Journalists Jailed Over Amini Coverage Granted ‘Temporary’ Release On Bail https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/14/iranian-journalists-jailed-over-amini-coverage-granted-temporary-release-on-bail/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/14/iranian-journalists-jailed-over-amini-coverage-granted-temporary-release-on-bail/#respond Sun, 14 Jan 2024 14:25:25 +0000 https://www.rferl.org/a/iran-journalists-released-bail-amini-coverage/32773867.html More than 6,000 kilometers from Tehran, in treacherous waters off the shores of Singapore, a "dark fleet" of oil tankers waits to offload the precious cargo that helps keep Iran's economy afloat -- a dependency that could also sink it.

The fleet has grown steadily over the past five years, delivering Iranian crude to China as the countries work in concert to circumvent international sanctions that target Tehran's lucrative oil exports. But while the clandestine trade has buoyed Iran's budget, it also comes at tremendous cost and risk to Tehran.

Iran gives China a hefty discount to take its banned oil, taking 12 to 15 percent off the price of each barrel to make it worthwhile for Beijing to take on the liability of skirting sanctions, according to research by the data analysis unit of RFE/RL's Radio Farda.

Additional costs add up as well: ship-to-ship operations to offload the oil, middlemen, hidden-money transfers, and rebranding the oil to mask its Iranian origin and make it appear to come from a third country, said Dalga Khatinoglu, an expert on Iranian energy issues.

Altogether, said Khatinoglu, who contributes to Radio Farda's data analysis unit, Iran's budget figures and official statements indicate that 30 percent of the country's potential oil revenue was wasted last year.

And with the draft budget for the next fiscal year currently being debated by the Iranian parliament, there are no guarantees that Tehran's bet on quenching China's thirst for oil will continue to be a panacea.

With Iran almost entirely dependent on Beijing to take its oil and on other entities to facilitate the trade, Tehran has managed to inject desperately needed revenue into its economy. But Iran has also put itself at risk of seeing its main revenue stream dry up.

"There's definitely an extent to which Tehran has become more dependent on the likes of China or those who would be willing to deal with Iran in spite of Western sanctions," said Spencer Vuksic, a director of the consultancy firm Castellum, which closely tracks international sanctions regimes.

Vuksic said Iran is "definitely put in a weak position by having to depend on a single external partner who's willing to deal with and engage with Tehran."

Oily Deficit

Iran has trumpeted its foreign trade, claiming in December that oil revenue had contributed to a positive trade balance for the first eight months of the year.

But the oil and gas sector, by far the largest part of the Iranian economy, will not be enough to save the current budget of around $45 billion that was approved last year.

The Iranian fiscal year, which follows the Persian calendar and will end in March, is expected to result in a major deficit. In presenting the draft budget to parliament in December, President Ebrahim Raisi acknowledged a $10 billion deficit.

But the shortfall could be much higher -- up to $13.5 billion, the largest in Iran's history -- by the end of the fiscal year, according to Radio Farda. This is because data shows that just half of the expected oil revenues were realized, in part due to lower than expected oil prices and additional costs and discounts related to Tehran's oil trade with China.

Whereas the budget expectations were based on oil being sold at $85 per barrel, the price of crude dipped below $75 per barrel in December and has fluctuated wildly recently amid concerns that tensions in the Middle East could disrupt shipping and production.

An Iranian oil platform in the Persian Gulf (file photo)
An Iranian oil platform in the Persian Gulf (file photo)

And while Iran expected to export 1.5 million barrels of oil per day (bpd), it exported only 1.2 million bpd in the first eight months of the year, according to Radio Farda.

Altogether, Radio Farda estimates that Iran lost some $15 million per day in potential revenue through its trade with China, which accounts for more than 40 percent of the Iranian budget.

For the upcoming budget of about $49 billion, expectations for domestic and foreign oil revenue have dipped by 3 percent, according to Khatinoglu, even as the projected budget itself has risen by about 18 percent.

Accounting for the fluctuation of global oil prices, which fell far short of the average estimated for the current year, the peg has been lowered to $71 per barrel. Tehran is also expecting lower oil-export volumes -- which only briefly met forecasts of 1.5 million bpd, the highest levels seen since 2018 -- with only 1.35 million bpd forecast.

Iran is reportedly expected to plug the gap left by the lower oil revenue by increasing taxes on wealthy individuals and businesses, while Khatinoglu says Tehran will try to boost revenue by raising domestic energy prices.

Shipping Competition

Adding to the uncertainty of Iran's finances is the potential for weaker Chinese demand for its oil and competition from Russia which, like Tehran, sends banned oil to Beijing.

And international sanctions are continuously evolving to punish countries and entities that foster Iran's illegal oil trade, threatening to capsize the dark fleet that helps sustain Tehran's so-called resistance economy.

On the other hand, the mercurial nature of oil price fluctuations and demand could work to Iran's advantage. With Venezuelan oil no longer under sanctions, Russia is left as the only competitor for clandestine oil sales to China.

And Iran's capacity to export oil is greater than ever, allowing it to more easily sell its oil to Beijing when demand is high.

This is largely due to the considerable expansion of the global "dark fleet" of oil since crippling U.S. sanctions targeting Iran's oil exports were restored after the United States unilaterally withdrew in 2018 from the Iran nuclear deal that has been agreed with six world powers.

The deal, known formally as the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action (JCPOA), offered sanctions relief in exchange for curbs on Tehran's controversial nuclear program. After the deal went into effect in January 2016, Iran more than doubled its legal oil exports in a few months, eventually reaching a high of 1.54 million bpd in 2018.

But with the U.S. withdrawal from the deal and subsequent reintroduction of sanctions that year, Iranian oil exports plummeted. And after the exceptions granted to a handful of countries -- including China -- that were allowed to continue to import Iranian oil expired in 2019, Iranian oil exports slowed to a trickle.

This was partly because Iran was not equipped to export its oil and had no immediate customers willing to defy the sanctions. But that changed with the fine-tuning of Iran’s efforts to defy sanctions, the fivefold rise in the number of dark-fleet tankers, and China's willingness to take the risk of doing business with Tehran -- although Beijing has not acknowledged unregistered imports of Iranian oil.

Today the dark fleet of often aging ships -- nearly half of them VLCCs (very large crude carriers) -- has risen to up to 1,000 vessels, according to Vortexa, which tracks international shipping. Many smaller ships are involved in Russian oil exports, which account for about 80 percent of all opaque tanker activity. But Iran had access to nearly 200 tankers, many of them supertankers, as of early 2023, according to Vortexa.

More than 20 ships, 13 of them VLCCs, joined the Iranian fleet in 2023, Vortexa reported in June, contributing to record-high Iranian oil exports under sanctions.

Vortexa attributed the rise to increased Chinese demand, the addition of the new tankers to shuttle Iranian oil after many had switched to shipping Russian oil, and the decline of Iranian inventories drawn down to boost exports amid heightened competition with Russia for the Chinese market.

While Chinese demand for Iranian oil slowed in October, Vortexa noted in a subsequent report, Washington’s removal of oil sanctions on Venezuela that month opened the possibility of higher demand for Iranian oil.

Uncertain Waters

In an October report, the global trade intelligence firm Kpler explained that tankers illegally shipping Iranian oil commonly "go dark" upon entering the Persian Gulf by turning off their transponders, technically known as the automatic identification system (AIS). After visiting Iran's main oil terminal on Kharg Island or other ports, they then reemerge after a few days indicating they are carrying a full load.

From there, the ships offload the oil with ship-to-ship transfers that take place in unauthorized zones, mostly in the Singapore Straits. Eventually the oil, rebranded as coming from Malaysia or Middle Eastern countries, enters China, where it is processed by more than 40 independent "teapot" refiners that have little exposure to international sanctions or the global financial system.

Sanctions Revisited

The challenge for those trying to halt the illicit trade in Iranian oil as a way to hold Tehran accountable for its secretive nuclear activities and dire human rights record, is how to make the negatives of dealing with Iran greater than the financial benefits.

That has put the illicit seaborne trade of oil -- both Iranian and Russian, owing to the ongoing war in Ukraine -- under greater scrutiny by the international community.

"There's continuous refining of the sanctions programs to include and expand sanctions against those involved in evasion, and that includes sanctioning so-called dark fleets," said Castellum’s Vuksic, noting that the number of targeted sanctions against Iranian individuals and entities rose by more than 1,000 last year.

A tanker is photographed by satellite taking on Iranian oil in Asia.
A tanker is photographed by satellite taking on Iranian oil in Asia.

The big question is enforcement, an issue that is being debated in the United States and other countries and is leading to increased calls for countries like Panama to de-flag illegal tankers and for countries to clamp down on dark-fleet ships anchored off their shores.

"My expectation is that governments, including the United States, will take action against these dark fleets, especially the facilitators and the [ship] owners when they're identified," Vuksic told RFE/RL.

Other factors, including concerns about the impact of a broader Middle East conflict potentially involving Iran, could also hurt or help Iran's financial standing.

As Kpler noted while reporting that Chinese imports of Iranian oil had dropped significantly in October, the changing global landscape can have a big effect on the independent Shandong-base refineries that purchase Iranian oil.

"Middle East tensions/threat of stricter enforcement of U.S. sanctions may have turned Shandong refiners more risk-adverse," the global trade intelligence firm wrote in a post on X, formerly Twitter.

In the past week, supply fears also exposed the volatility of global crude prices, potentially to Iran's benefit.

Oil prices rose sharply on January 2 on news that Iran had sent a frigate to the Red Sea and was rejecting calls to end support for attacks by Tehran-backed Huthi rebels that have disrupted shipping in the important trade route.

Prices surged again following the deadly January 3 bombing attack in Iran, for which the Islamic State militant group has claimed responsibility.

But the week ended with questions about the future of Iran's cut-rate deal with the only country willing to help prop up its economy, with Reuters reporting that China's oil trade with Iran had stalled after Tehran withheld supplies and demanded higher prices.


This content originally appeared on News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty and was authored by News - Radio Free Europe / Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/14/iranian-journalists-jailed-over-amini-coverage-granted-temporary-release-on-bail/feed/ 0 451921
Coverage of Gaza War in the New York Times and Other Major Newspapers Heavily Favored Israel, Analysis Shows https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/09/coverage-of-gaza-war-in-the-new-york-times-and-other-major-newspapers-heavily-favored-israel-analysis-shows/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/09/coverage-of-gaza-war-in-the-new-york-times-and-other-major-newspapers-heavily-favored-israel-analysis-shows/#respond Tue, 09 Jan 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=456655

The New York Times, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times’s coverage of Israel’s war on Gaza showed a consistent bias against Palestinians, according to an Intercept analysis of major media coverage. 

The print media outlets, which play an influential role in shaping U.S. views of the Israeli–Palestinian conflict, paid little attention to the unprecedented impact of Israel’s siege and bombing campaign on both children and journalists in the Gaza Strip. 

Major U.S. newspapers disproportionately emphasized Israeli deaths in the conflict; used emotive language to describe the killings of Israelis, but not Palestinians; and offered lopsided coverage of antisemitic acts in the U.S., while largely ignoring anti-Muslim racism in the wake of October 7. Pro-Palestinian activists have accused major publications of pro-Israel bias, with the New York Times seeing protests at its headquarters in Manhattan for its coverage of Gaza –– an accusation supported by our analysis.

The open-source analysis focuses on the first six weeks of the conflict, from the October 7 Hamas-led attacks that killed 1,139 Israelis and foreign workers to November 24, the beginning of the weeklong “humanitarian truce” agreed to by both parties to facilitate hostage exchanges. During this period, 14,800 Palestinians, including more than 6,000 children, were killed by Israel’s bombardment of Gaza. Today, the Palestinian death toll is over 22,000.

The Intercept collected more than 1,000 articles from the New York Times, the Washington Post, and the Los Angeles Times about Israel’s war on Gaza and tallied up the usages of certain key terms and the context in which they were used. The tallies reveal a gross imbalance in the way Israelis and pro-Israel figures are covered versus Palestinians and pro-Palestinian voices — with usages that favor Israeli narratives over Palestinian ones.

This anti-Palestinian bias in print media tracks with a similar survey of U.S. cable news that the authors conducted last month for The Column that found an even wider disparity.

The stakes for this routine devaluing of Palestinian lives couldn’t be higher: As the death toll in Gaza mounts, entire cities are leveled and rendered uninhabitable for years, and whole family lines are wiped out, the U.S. government has enormous influence as Israel’s primary patron and weapons supplier. The media’s presentation of the conflict means there are fewer political downsides to lockstep support for Israel. 

Coverage from the first six weeks of the war paints a bleak picture of the Palestinian side, according to the analysis, one that stands to make humanizing Palestinians — and therefore arousing U.S. sympathies — more difficult. 

To obtain this data, we searched for all articles that contained relevant words (such as “Palestinian,” “Gaza,” “Israeli,” etc.) on all three news websites. We then parsed through every sentence in each article and tallied the count of certain terms. For this analysis, we omitted all editorial pieces and letters to the editor. The basic data set is available here, and a full data set can be obtained by emailing ottoali99@gmail.com.

Our survey of coverage has four key findings.

Disproportionate Coverage of Deaths

In the New York Times, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times, the words “Israeli” or “Israel” appear more than “Palestinian” or variations thereof, even as Palestinian deaths far outpaced Israeli deaths. For every two Palestinian deaths, Palestinians are mentioned once. For every Israeli death, Israelis are mentioned eight times — or a rate 16 times more per death that of Palestinians. 

Graphic: The Intercept
Graphic: The Intercept

“Slaughter” of Israelis, Not Palestinians

Highly emotive terms for the killing of civilians like “slaughter,” “massacre,” and “horrific” were reserved almost exclusively for Israelis who were killed by Palestinians, rather than the other way around. (When the terms appeared in quotes rather than the editorial voice of the publication, they were omitted from the analysis.)

The term “slaughter” was used by editors and reporters to describe the killing of Israelis versus Palestinians 60 to 1, and “massacre” was used to describe the killing of Israelis versus Palestinians 125 to 2. “Horrific” was used to describe the killing of Israelis versus Palestinians 36 to 4. 

Graphic: The Intercept

One typical headline from the New York Times, in a mid-November story about the October 7 attack, reads, “They Ran Into a Bomb Shelter for Safety. Instead, They Were Slaughtered.” Compare this with the Times’s most sympathetic profile of Palestinian deaths in Gaza from November 18: “The War Turns Gaza Into a ‘Graveyard’ for Children.” Here “graveyard” is a quote from the United Nations and the killing itself is in passive voice. In its own editorial voice, the Times story on deaths in Gaza uses no emotive terms comparable to the ones in its story about the October 7 attack. 

The Washington Post employed “massacre” several times in its reporting to describe October 7. “President Biden faces growing pressure from lawmakers in both parties to punish Iran after Hamas’s massacre,” one report from the Post says. A November 13 story from the paper about how Israel’s siege and bombing had killed 1 in 200 Palestinians does not use the word “massacre” or “slaughter” once. The Palestinian dead have simply been “killed” or “died” — often in the passive voice. 

Children and Journalists

Only two headlines out of over 1,100 news articles in the study mention the word “children” related to Gazan children. In a notable exception, the New York Times ran a late-November front-page story on the historic pace of killings of Palestinian women and children, though the headline featured neither group. 

Despite Israel’s war on Gaza being perhaps the deadliest war for children — almost entirely Palestinian — in modern history, there is scant mention of the word “children” and related terms in the headlines of articles surveyed by The Intercept. 

Meanwhile, more than 6,000 children were reported killed by authorities in Gaza at the time of the truce, with the number topping 10,000 today.

Despite Israel’s war on Gaza being perhaps the deadliest war for children in modern history, there is scant mention of the word “children” in headlines.

While the war on Gaza has been one of the deadliest in modern history for journalists — overwhelmingly Palestinians — the word “journalists” and its iterations such as “reporters” and “photojournalists” only appears in nine headlines out of over 1,100 articles studied. Roughly 48 Palestinian reporters had been killed by Israeli bombardment at the time of the truce; today, the death toll for Palestinian journalists has topped 100. Only 4 of the 9 articles that contained the words journalist/reporter were about Arab reporters.

The lack of coverage for the unprecedented killing of children and journalists, groups that typically elicit sympathy from Western media, is conspicuous. By way of comparison, more Palestinian children died in the first week of the Gaza bombing than during the first year of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, yet the New York Times, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times ran multiple personal, sympathetic stories highlighting the plight of children during the first six weeks of the Ukraine war. 

The aforementioned front-page New York Times report and a Washington Post column are rare exceptions to the dearth of coverage about Palestinian children.

As with children, the New York Times, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times focused on the risks to journalists in the Ukraine war, running several articles detailing the hazards of reporting on the war in the first six weeks after Russia’s invasion. Six journalists were killed in the early days of the Ukraine war, compared to 48 killed in the first six weeks of Israel’s Gaza bombardment.   

Asymmetry in how children are covered is qualitative as well as quantitative. On October 13, the Los Angeles Times ran an Associated Press report that said, “The Gaza Health Ministry said Friday that 1,799 people have been killed in the territory, including more than 580 under the age of 18 and 351 women. Hamas’s assault last Saturday killed more than 1,300 people in Israel, including women, children and young music festivalgoers.” Notice that young Israelis are referred to as children while young Palestinians are described as people under 18. 

During discussions around the prisoner exchanges, this frequent refusal to refer to Palestinians as children was even more stark, with the New York Times referring in one case to “Israeli women and children” being exchanged for “Palestinian women and minors.” (Palestinian children are referred to as “children” later in the report, when summarizing a human rights groups’ findings.) 

A Washington Post report from November 21 announcing the truce deal erased Palestinian women and children altogether: “President Biden said in a statement Tuesday night that a deal to release 50 women and children held hostage by Hamas in Gaza, in exchange for 150 Palestinian prisoners detained by Israel.” The brief did not mention Palestinian women and children at all.

Coverage of Hate in the U.S.

Similarly, when it comes to how the Gaza conflict translates to hate in the U.S., the major papers paid more attention to antisemitic attacks than to ones against Muslims. Overall, there was a disproportionate focus on racism toward Jewish people, versus racism targeting Muslims, Arabs, or those perceived as such. During the period of The Intercept’s study, The New York Times, Washington Post, and Los Angeles Times mentioned antisemitism more than Islamophobia (549 versus 79) — and this was before the “campus antisemitism” meta-controversy that was contrived by Republicans in Congress beginning the week of December 5.

Despite many high-profile instances of both antisemitism and anti-Muslim racism during the survey period, 87 percent of mentions of discrimination were about antisemitism, versus 13 percent mentions about Islamophobia, inclusive of related terms. 

A projection declares the Washington Post "complicit in genocide" during a march for Gaza on a worldwide day of action for Palestine, October 12, 2023. Protesters accuse the Post and other Western news outlets of bias in their coverage of the Hamas attacks and their aftermath. Demonstrations are taking place worldwide in support of the innocent Palestinian civilians who had no role in the attacks, but are harmed by the response. (Photo by Allison Bailey/NurPhoto via AP)

A projection declares the Washington Post “complicit in genocide” during a march for Gaza on a worldwide day of action for Palestine, October 12, 2023.

Photo: Allison Bailey/NurPhoto via AP

When Major Newspapers Fail

Overall, Israel’s killings in Gaza are not given proportionate coverage in either scope or emotional weight as the deaths of Israelis on October 7. These killings are mostly presented as arbitrarily high, abstract figures. Nor are the killings described using emotive language like “massacre,” “slaughter,” or “horrific.” Hamas’s killings of Israeli civilians are consistently portrayed as part of the group’s strategy, whereas Palestinian civilian killings are covered almost as if they were a series of one-off mistakes, made thousands of times, despite numerous points of evidence indicating Israel’s intent to harm civilians and civilian infrastructure.

The result is that the three major papers rarely gave Palestinians humanizing coverage. Despite this asymmetry, polls show shifting sympathy toward Palestinians and away from Israel among Democrats, with massive generational splits driven, in part, by a stark difference in news sources. By and large, young people are being informed of the conflict from TikTok, YouTube, Instagram, and Twitter, and older Americans are getting their news from print media and cable news. 

Biased coverage in major newspapers and mainstream television news is impacting general perceptions of the war and directing viewers toward a warped view of the conflict. This has led to pro-Israel pundits and politicians blaming pro-Palestinian views on social media “misinformation.” 

Analysis of both print media and cable news, however, make it clear that, if any cohort of media consumers is getting a slanted picture, it’s those who get their news from established mass media in the U.S.   

Join The Conversation


This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Adam Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/09/coverage-of-gaza-war-in-the-new-york-times-and-other-major-newspapers-heavily-favored-israel-analysis-shows/feed/ 0 450748
CNN Runs Gaza Coverage Past Jerusalem Team Operating Under Shadow of IDF Censor https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/cnn-runs-gaza-coverage-past-jerusalem-team-operating-under-shadow-of-idf-censor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/cnn-runs-gaza-coverage-past-jerusalem-team-operating-under-shadow-of-idf-censor/#respond Thu, 04 Jan 2024 19:41:18 +0000 https://theintercept.com/?p=456482

Whether reporting from the Middle East, the United States, or anywhere else across the globe, every CNN journalist covering Israel and Palestine must submit their work for review by the news organization’s bureau in Jerusalem prior to publication, under a long-standing CNN policy. While CNN says the policy is meant to ensure accuracy in reporting on a polarizing subject, it means that much of the network’s recent coverage of the war in Gaza — and its reverberations around the world — has been shaped by journalists who operate under the shadow of the country’s military censor. 

Like all foreign news organizations operating in Israel, CNN’s Jerusalem bureau is subject to the rules of the Israel Defense Forces’s censor, which dictates subjects that are off-limits for news organizations to cover, and censors articles it deems unfit or unsafe to print. As The Intercept reported last month, the military censor recently restricted eight subjects, including security cabinet meetings, information about hostages, and reporting on weapons captured by fighters in Gaza. In order to obtain a press pass in Israel, foreign reporters must sign a document agreeing to abide by the dictates of the censor.

CNN’s practice of routing coverage through the Jerusalem bureau does not mean that the military censor directly reviews every story. Still, the policy stands in contrast to other major news outlets, which in the past have run sensitive stories through desks outside of Israel to avoid the pressure of the censor. On top of the official and unspoken rules for reporting from Israel, CNN recently issued directives to its staff on specific language to use and avoid when reporting on violence in the Gaza Strip. The network also hired a former soldier from the IDF’s Military Spokesperson Unit to serve as a reporter at the onset of the war. 

“The policy of running stories about Israel or the Palestinians past the Jerusalem bureau has been in place for years,” a CNN spokesperson told The Intercept in an email. “It is simply down to the fact that there are many unique and complex local nuances that warrant extra scrutiny to make sure our reporting is as precise and accurate as possible.”

The spokesperson added that the protocol “​​has no impact on our (minimal) interactions with the Israeli Military Censor — and we do not share copy with them (or any government body) in advance. We will seek comment from Israeli and other relevant officials before publishing stories, but this is just good journalistic practice.”

One member of CNN’s staff who spoke to The Intercept on the condition of anonymity for fear of professional reprisal said that the internal review policy has had a demonstrable impact on coverage of the Gaza war. “Every single Israel-Palestine-related line for reporting must seek approval from the [Jerusalem] bureau — or, when the bureau is not staffed, from a select few handpicked by the bureau and senior management — from which lines are most often edited with a very specific nuance” that favors Israeli narratives.

A shaky arrangement has long existed between the IDF censor and the domestic and foreign press, forcing journalists to frequently self-censor their reporting for fear of running afoul of prohibited subjects, losing their press credentials, and potentially being forced to offer public apology. CNN, like other American broadcasters, has repeatedly agreed to submit footage recorded in Gaza to the military censor prior to airing it in exchange for limited access to the strip, drawing criticism from those who say the censor is providing a filtered view of events unfolding on the ground. 

“When you have a protocol that routes all stories through one checkpoint, you’re interested in control, and the question is who is controlling the story?” Jim Naureckas, editor of the watchdog group Fairness and Accuracy In Reporting, told The Intercept. 

CNN’s team in Jerusalem are the “people closest to the Israeli government,” Naureckas added. “In a situation where a government has been credibly accused of singling out journalists for violent attacks in order to suppress information, to give that government a heightened role in deciding what is news and what isn’t news is really disturbing.”

While CNN has used its standing to obtain raw footage of human suffering inside Gaza, it has also pushed out near-daily updates delivered directly from the IDF to its American and international viewers and embedded reporters alongside Israel soldiers fighting in the war.

Early in the war, on October 26, CNN’s News Standards and Practices division sent an email to staff outlining how they should write about the war. 

“Hamas controls the government in Gaza and we should describe the Ministry of Health as ‘Hamas-controlled’ whenever we are referring to casualty statistics or other claims related to the present conflict. If the underlying statistics have been derived from the ministry of Health in Gaza, we should note that fact and that this part of the Ministry is ‘Hamas-controlled’ even if the statistics are released by the West Bank part of the ministry or elsewhere.”

The email goes on to acknowledge CNN’s responsibility to cover the human cost of the war but couches that responsibility in the need to “cover the broader current geopolitical and historical context of the story” while continuing to “remind our audiences of the immediate cause of this current conflict, namely the Hamas attack and mass murder and kidnap of Israeli civilians.”

BE'ERI, ISRAEL - JANUARY 04: Intense Israeli army activity in Gaza seen from Kibbutz Be'eri as Israeli attacks continue in Be'eri, Israel on January 04, 2024. (Photo by Mostafa Alkharouf/Anadolu via Getty Images)

Intense Israeli army activity in Gaza seen from Kibbutz Be’eri as Israeli attacks continue in Be’eri, Israel, on Jan. 4, 2024.

Photo: Mostafa Alkharouf/Anadolu via Getty Images

The email further instructed reporters and editors to “make it clear to our audiences whether either or both sides have provided verifiable evidence to support their claims.”

In a separate directive dated November 2, Senior Director of News Standards and Practices David Lindsey cautioned reporters from relaying statements from Hamas. “As the Israel-Gaza war continues, Hamas representatives are engaging in inflammatory rhetoric and propaganda. Most of it has been said many times before and is not newsworthy. We should be careful not to give it a platform.” He added, though, that “if a senior Hamas official makes a claim or threat that is editorially relevant, such as changing their messaging or trying to rewrite events, we can use it if it’s accompanied by greater context.” 

The language of the directives mirror similar orders from CNN management at the start of the war in Afghanistan in 2001, when Chair Walter Isaacson ordered foreign correspondents at the network to play down civilian deaths and remind readers that the violence they were witnessing was a direct result of the attacks on September 11.

Also in October, CNN hired a former IDF soldier to contribute writing and reporting to CNN’s war coverage. Tamar Michaelis’s first byline appears on October 17, 10 days after Hamas’s attack on southern Israel. Since then, her name has appeared on dozens of stories citing the IDF spokesperson and relaying information about the IDF’s operations in the Gaza Strip. At least one story bearing only her byline is little more than a direct statement released from the IDF. 

According to her Facebook profile, Tamar Michaelis served in the IDF’s Spokesperson Unit, a division of the Israeli military charged with carrying out positive PR both domestically and abroad. (Last year, the Spokesperson Unit was forced to issue a public apology for conducting psychological operations, or “psyops,” against Israeli civilians.) Michaelis recently locked her profile, which does not indicate the dates of her service in the IDF, and she did not respond to a request for comment. 

“Tamar Michaelis worked with CNN on a freelance basis for a few months last year, and worked in the same way as any freelancer, within our normal guidelines,” the CNN spokesperson wrote. 

CNN’s Gaza war coverage, regardless of where it originates, has been subject to the news organization’s internal review process for reporting on Israel and Palestine. According to an email reviewed by The Intercept, CNN expanded its review team over the summer — as the highly controversial overhaul of Israel’s judicial system moved through Israel’s Parliament — to include a handful of editors outside of Israel, in an effort to streamline the process. 

In a July email to CNN staff, Jerusalem Bureau Chief Richard Greene wrote that the policy exists “because everything we write or broadcast about Israel or the Palestinians is scrutinized by partisans on all sides. The Jerusalem bureau aims to be a safety net so we don’t use imprecise language or words that may sound impartial but can have coded meanings here.” 

But because the protocol could slow down the publication process, Greene wrote, “we have created (wait for it…..)

The Jerusalem SecondEyes alias!”

The CNN spokesperson told The Intercept that Jerusalem SecondEyes “was created to make this process as swift as possible as well as bring more expert eyes to staff it across the day, particularly when Jerusalem is dark.” The spokesperson did not respond to a question about whether CNN has a similar review process in place for other coverage areas.

“Israeli bombings in Gaza will be reported as ‘blasts’ attributed to nobody, until the Israeli military weighs in to either accept or deny responsibility.”

The CNN staff member described how the policy works in practice. “‘War-crime’ and ‘genocide’ are taboo words,” the person said. “Israeli bombings in Gaza will be reported as ‘blasts’ attributed to nobody, until the Israeli military weighs in to either accept or deny responsibility. Quotes and information provided by Israeli army and government officials tend to be approved quickly, while those from Palestinians tend to be heavily scrutinized and slowly processed.”

Join The Conversation


This content originally appeared on The Intercept and was authored by Daniel Boguslaw.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2024/01/04/cnn-runs-gaza-coverage-past-jerusalem-team-operating-under-shadow-of-idf-censor/feed/ 0 449391
DRC journalists Pascal Mulegwa and Réné Mobembo attacked during election coverage, broadcaster ordered off air https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/drc-journalists-pascal-mulegwa-and-rene-mobembo-attacked-during-election-coverage-broadcaster-ordered-off-air/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/drc-journalists-pascal-mulegwa-and-rene-mobembo-attacked-during-election-coverage-broadcaster-ordered-off-air/#respond Fri, 22 Dec 2023 18:24:04 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=343403 Kinshasa, December 21, 2023 – Authorities in the Democratic Republic of Congo must allow the press to report freely on the country’s elections, swiftly investigate and hold accountable those responsible for attacking journalists Pascal Mulegwa and Réné Mobembo, and allow Perfect Télévision to continue broadcasting, the Committee to Protect Journalists said on Thursday.

“Journalists play an essential role in the democratic process, which means their safety is paramount as they report on ongoing electoral processes in the DRC,” said Muthoki Mumo, CPJ Africa representative sub-Saharan Africa in Nairobi, Kenya. “Accountability for the attacks on Pascal Mulegwa and Réné Mobembo, as well as other journalists in recent weeks, must be a priority, and authorities must ensure broadcasters are not censored for their election coverage.”

As the DRC held nationwide elections Wednesday, December 20, supporters of the Union for Democracy and Social Progress (UDPS) political party—which is led by current president Felix Tshisekedi—punched, dragged, and threw Mulegwa into a gutter, according to media reports and Mulegwa, who spoke to CPJ. Mulegwa, a correspondent for the French broadcaster Radio France International, was on assignment covering voting in Kinshasa, the capital.

Mulegwa said his attackers, some of whom were armed with knives, angrily accused him of working for a French outlet that was critical of Tshisekedi. He said the attackers broke his prescription glasses as they dragged him, Mulegwa said he contacted DRC Minister of Communications and Media Minister Patrick Muyaya after the attack. Muyaya then sent a vehicle that took the journalist to a hospital for treatment of a sprained right ankle and discomfort in his jaw.

CPJ’s calls to UDPS secretary general Augustin Kabuya and Muyaya received no response.

Four days before the election, on December 16, Reagean Mata Likenge, the president of the youth league of the Let’s Act for the Republic (AREP) political party in Mankanza, a town in Equateur province, ordered supporters of the party to attack Mobembo, editor-in-chief of the privately owned Radio Liberté Mankanza broadcaster, according to Mobembo and a local civil society actor who requested anonymity for fear of reprisal, who both spoke with CPJ. The attack took place as Mobembo worked to cover the campaign of Guylain Bikoko, a legislative election candidate for the AREP political party.

Mobembo told CPJ that about seven AREP supporters punched him in the face and confiscated his cellphone, which he was using to report on a campaign meeting. Injured on the lips, Mobembo said he then sought treatment at a local hospital for injuries. Mobembo said Mata had previously tried to forbid him from covering the AREP’s campaign.

CPJ called Mata, but her phone was turned off. Contacted by telephone, the provincial governor of Equateur, Dieudonné Boloko Bolumbu, told CPJ that he had not been informed of the attack, before the line disconnected.

Also on December 20, the Congolese media regulator, the Higher Council of Audiovisual and Communication (CSAC), called and ordered a technician from the privately-owned television company Bleusat to cut the Perfect Télévision’s programming signal in Kinshasa, according to media reports and Perfect Télévision’s general director, Peter Tiani, who spoke with CPJ. Tiani told CPJ that the order stemmed from Perfect Télévision’s reports on polling stations not opening on time and missing electoral kits at several voting centers in Kinshasa and across the country. As of December 22, Perfect Télévision remains off air.

Oscar Kabamba, the CSAC’s general rapporteur, told CPJ that he was outside the country and was not informed of the closure of Perfect Télévision. CSAC president Christian Bosembe did not respond to CPJ’s calls or messages.

According to the media reports, the Congolese presidential, legislative and provincial elections on December 20 were marked by numerous delays and logistical problems, and the national electoral commission extended voting until December 21.

CPJ previously documented attacks or threats against at least four journalists during the formal, pre-election campaign period, and the closure of at least one broadcast station.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/22/drc-journalists-pascal-mulegwa-and-rene-mobembo-attacked-during-election-coverage-broadcaster-ordered-off-air/feed/ 0 447489
openDemocracy’s coverage of Russia and Ukraine to end as oDR closes https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/opendemocracys-coverage-of-russia-and-ukraine-to-end-as-odr-closes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/opendemocracys-coverage-of-russia-and-ukraine-to-end-as-odr-closes/#respond Thu, 21 Dec 2023 09:32:59 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/russia-ukraine-coverage-closure-funding-odr/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by openDemocracy RSS.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/12/21/opendemocracys-coverage-of-russia-and-ukraine-to-end-as-odr-closes/feed/ 0 447123
Headline Slams Coverage of Gaza Genocide and Ukraine War https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/headline-slams-coverage-of-gaza-genocide-and-ukraine-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/headline-slams-coverage-of-gaza-genocide-and-ukraine-war/#respond Mon, 20 Nov 2023 21:15:05 +0000 https://reportersalert.org/?p=127
This content originally appeared on Reporters' Alert: Fresh Ideas for Journalists and was authored by anthony.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/20/headline-slams-coverage-of-gaza-genocide-and-ukraine-war/feed/ 0 440250
Writers challenge mainstream coverage of Israel and Gaza, silencing of journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/14/writers-challenge-mainstream-coverage-of-israel-and-gaza-silencing-of-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/14/writers-challenge-mainstream-coverage-of-israel-and-gaza-silencing-of-journalists/#respond Tue, 14 Nov 2023 20:00:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=22877bb2a8799bc975a45dff583a14e2
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/14/writers-challenge-mainstream-coverage-of-israel-and-gaza-silencing-of-journalists/feed/ 0 438429
“Unspeakable”: Dr. Fady Joudah Grieves 50+ Family Members Killed in Gaza & Slams U.S. Media Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/09/unspeakable-dr-fady-joudah-grieves-50-family-members-killed-in-gaza-slams-u-s-media-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/09/unspeakable-dr-fady-joudah-grieves-50-family-members-killed-in-gaza-slams-u-s-media-coverage/#respond Thu, 09 Nov 2023 13:32:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c09893e2d9aa41362ae3bdd64025dbdb Guest fadyjoudah

Israel’s bombing campaign in Gaza has killed more than 10,500 Palestinians, including dozens of family members of award-winning Palestinian American writer, poet and physician Dr. Fady Joudah. “It is really beyond words to describe what it means to be a Palestinian in this moment,” says Joudah, who calls for the humanization of the people of Gaza and allowing more Palestinian voices into the public spotlight. “Palestinians in the West are only alive when they are dying, and that is abhorrent and unacceptable.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/09/unspeakable-dr-fady-joudah-grieves-50-family-members-killed-in-gaza-slams-u-s-media-coverage/feed/ 0 439086
📰 Inside Gaza: Diverse Voices in Israel-Hamas War Coverage #newstoday #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/%f0%9f%93%b0-inside-gaza-diverse-voices-in-israel-hamas-war-coverage-newstoday-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/%f0%9f%93%b0-inside-gaza-diverse-voices-in-israel-hamas-war-coverage-newstoday-shorts/#respond Fri, 03 Nov 2023 13:00:14 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3cd61d092fa98187f80d9592487611ec
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/11/03/%f0%9f%93%b0-inside-gaza-diverse-voices-in-israel-hamas-war-coverage-newstoday-shorts/feed/ 0 438672
Making Sense of the Establishment News Media’s Distorted Coverage of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/making-sense-of-the-establishment-news-medias-distorted-coverage-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/making-sense-of-the-establishment-news-medias-distorted-coverage-of-gaza/#respond Fri, 27 Oct 2023 23:51:00 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=34225 It began with a man rowing a 1,200-pound pumpkin down the Missouri River. That was the first news item I saw on TV after one of the major cable networks…

The post Making Sense of the Establishment News Media’s Distorted Coverage of Gaza appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/27/making-sense-of-the-establishment-news-medias-distorted-coverage-of-gaza/feed/ 0 437099
In Hours of Israel/Gaza Crisis Coverage, a Word You’ll Seldom Hear: ‘Ceasefire’ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/in-hours-of-israel-gaza-crisis-coverage-a-word-youll-seldom-hear-ceasefire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/in-hours-of-israel-gaza-crisis-coverage-a-word-youll-seldom-hear-ceasefire/#respond Tue, 24 Oct 2023 21:03:42 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035890 As casualties in Gaza mount, most TV news outlets have paid scant attention to the growing calls for a ceasefire.

The post In Hours of Israel/Gaza Crisis Coverage, a Word You’ll Seldom Hear: ‘Ceasefire’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Since the October 7 Hamas attacks, and the subsequent, ongoing Israeli airstrikes, US TV news has offered extensive coverage of Israel and Gaza. But as casualties mount, most outlets have paid scant attention to the growing calls for a ceasefire.

UN News: Israel-Palestine: Gaza death toll passes 5,000 with no ceasefire in sight

UN human rights chief Volker Türk (UN News, 10/23/23): “The first step must be an immediate humanitarian ceasefire, saving the lives of civilians through the delivery of prompt and effective humanitarian aid.”

After Hamas killed more than 1,400 people in Israel on October 7 and took some 200 hostages, Israeli bombing killed over 5,000 people in Gaza, as of October 22—including more than 1,400 children—and at least 23 journalists and 35 UN staff (UN News, 10/23/23). Ninety-five Palestinians have been killed in the West Bank as well, by both Israeli government forces and settlers. With Israel enacting a “complete siege” of Gaza, cutting off power, food, water and medical supplies, and nowhere for civilians to seek safety, a broad spectrum of critical voices have decried the humanitarian crisis and insisted on a ceasefire and an end to the siege.

Jewish-led protests in New York and other cities on October 13, and again in Washington, DC, on October 18, made a ceasefire their central message. Progressive lawmakers on October 16 introduced a House resolution “calling for an immediate de-escalation and ceasefire.” And a recent Data for Progress poll (10/20/23) found that 66% of likely US voters agree that “the US should call for a ceasefire and a de-escalation of violence in Gaza.”

Internationally, the head of the UN, the UN human rights expert on Palestine, a growing list of scores of legal scholars, and hundreds of human rights groups—including Save the Children, Oxfam and Doctors Without Borders—have likewise spoken out for a ceasefire.

But the Biden administration has actively tried to suppress discussion of de-escalation. HuffPost reported on October 13 that an internal State Department memo instructed staff not to use the words “de-escalation/ceasefire,” “end to violence/bloodshed” and “restoring calm” in press materials on the Middle East.

At the UN Security Council, a Russian resolution calling for an immediate ceasefire was voted down last Tuesday by the US, Britain, France and Japan; a Brazilian resolution the next day seeking “humanitarian pauses” in the violence was vetoed by the US alone. (On October 24, however, Secretary of State Antony Blinken said that “humanitarian pauses must be considered” to bring help to Gaza civilians—ABC, 10/24/23.)

Broadcast nightly news 

US television news outlets appear largely to be following the administration’s lead, minimizing any talk of ceasefire or de-escalation on the air. FAIR searched transcripts of the nightly news shows of the four major broadcast networks for one week (October 12–18) in the Nexis news database and Archive.org, and found that, even as the outlets devoted a great deal of time to the conflict, they rarely mentioned the idea of a ceasefire or de-escalation.

While ABC World News Tonight, CBS Evening News, NBC Nightly News and PBS NewsHour aired a total of 105 segments primarily about Israel/Gaza and broader repercussions of the conflict, only eight segments included the word “ceasefire” or some form of the word “de-escalate.” (The word “de-escalate” never appeared without the word “ceasefire.”)

NBC and PBS aired three segments each with ceasefire mentions; CBS aired two, and ABC aired none.

'Ceasefire' or 'De-Escalate' on Broadcast Evening News

The October 18 protest on Capitol Hill led by Jewish Voice for Peace and If Not Now demanding a ceasefire—a peaceful protest that ended with over 300 arrests—accounted for half of the mentions, briefly making the evening news that night on all the broadcast networks except ABC. (The protesters’ demand was mentioned in two segments on NBC.)

Diana Odeh, Gaza resident featured on the PBS NewsHour.

Diana Odeh, Gaza resident interviewed on the PBS NewsHour (10/12/23), was one of only two voices who called for a ceasefire on a nightly news show during the study period. (The other was also on the NewsHour10/18/23.)

That was the only day CBS Evening News (10/18/23) mentioned a ceasefire or de-escalation, though correspondent Margaret Brennan also noted in that episode, in response to a question from anchor Norah O’Donnell referencing the protest, that Biden “refrained from calling a ceasefire. In fact, the US vetoed a UN resolution to that effect earlier today.” Brennan continued:

Given that there have now been 11 days of bombing of Gaza by Israel, with thousands killed, there is a perception in Arab countries that this looks like the US is treating Palestinian lives differently than Israeli lives.

Of course, one doesn’t have to live in an Arab country to see a double standard.

Only twice across all nightly news shows did viewers see anyone, guest or journalist, advocating for a ceasefire—both times on PBS NewsHour.

The NewsHour featured a phone interview with Gaza resident Diana Odeh (10/12/23), who described the dire situation on the ground and pleaded: “We need help. We don’t need money. We don’t need anything, but we need a ceasefire. People are getting worse and worse.”

A few days later, the NewsHour (10/18/23) brought on Marc Garlasco, a former Pentagon analyst currently serving as military advisor at PAX Protection of Civilians, who said: “You’re talking about 6,000 bombs in less than a week in Gaza, which is the size of Newark, New Jersey. It’s just incredibly dangerous to the population, and we need to have a ceasefire and get an end to this conflict as quickly as possible.”

Sunday shows and cable

Across the agenda-setting Sunday shows, which are largely aimed at an audience of DC insiders, the word “ceasefire” was entirely absent, except on CNN State of the Union (10/15/23)—but there, only in the context of reporting on a poll from earlier this year that found a strong majority of Gazans supporting the ceasefire that had previously been in place between Hamas and Israel.

Looking at the broader cable news coverage, where the 24-hour news cycle means much more coverage of the conflict, viewers were still unlikely to encounter any mention of the idea of a ceasefire. Using the Stanford Cable TV News Analyzer, FAIR found that mentions of “cease” appeared in closed captioning on screen for an average of only 19.7 seconds per day on Fox, 11.1 seconds per day on CNN, and 9.2 seconds per day on MSNBC. (FAIR used the shortened form of the word to account for variations in hyphenation and compounding; some false positives are likely.)

Meanwhile, mentions of “Israel” did not differ substantially across networks, averaging 18–20 minutes per day. (Note that this is not the amount of time Israel was discussed, but the amount of time mentions of “Israel” appeared onscreen in closed captions.)

Ceasefire Mentions on Cable TV

Fox mentioned a ceasefire roughly twice as often as either CNN or MSNBC, largely to ridicule those on the left who called for one, as with host Greg Gutfeld’s comment (10/18/23):

Enough with the ceasefire talk…. I mean, Jewish protesters calling for a ceasefire is like the typical leftist pleading not to arrest their mugger because he had a bad childhood.

Fox also frequently compared Jewish peace advocates unfavorably with January 6 rioters (Media Matters, 10/19/23).

Anderson Cooper 360: Rami Igra

Former Mossad official Rami Igra opposed a ceasefire on Anderson Cooper 360 (10/16/23) because “our obligation…is to go into the Gaza Strip and eradicate the Hamas.” He went on to note that “there’s 150,000 Hamas operatives in the Gaza Strip.”

CNN on a few occasions featured a guest advocating a ceasefire, such as Dr. Mustafa Barghouti, the leader of the Palestinian National Initiative party. On Situation Room (10/17/23), Barghouti argued forcefully:

The only way out of this is to have immediate ceasefire, immediate supply of food, drinking water to people immediately in Gaza and then to have exchange of prisoners so that the Israeli prisoners can come back home safe to Israel.

On CNN‘s most-watched show, Anderson Cooper 360, the possibility of a ceasefire was mentioned in three segments during the study period—each time in an interview with a former military or intelligence official, none of whom supported the idea. For instance, with former Mossad agent Rami Igra on the show (10/16/23), Cooper asked about negotiating the release of hostages. Igra noted that Hamas had “twice already” said they were “willing to negotiate the release of the prisoners,” contingent upon a ceasefire and release of Palestinian prisoners. But Igra insisted Israel should not negotiate:

IGRA: Israel will do all it can in order to release these prisoners, and some of them will or maybe all of them will be released, but by force.

COOPER: That’s the only way.

IGRA: The only way to release prisoners in this kind of situation is force.

Meanwhile, the only time viewers of MSNBC‘s popular primetime show The Beat heard about the possibility of a ceasefire was when guest Elise Labott of Politico told host Ari Melber (10/12/23) that, for Israel, “this is not a ceasefire situation.” Melber responded:

If you said to someone in the United States, if ISIS or Al Qaeda or even a criminal group came into their home and murdered children or kidnapped children or burned babies, the next day you don’t typically hear rational individuals discuss a ceasefire or moving on. You discuss resorting to the criminal justice system or the war machine to respond.

Melber’s eagerness to lean on the “war machine” left his argument a muddle. Obviously, those calling for a ceasefire are not suggesting simply “moving on”—in fact, a “criminal justice system” response is more than compatible with a ceasefire, as you don’t try to bomb someone that you’re seeking to put on trial.

Netanyahu has been trying with limited success to equate Hamas with ISIS for many years now (Times of Israel, 8/27/14), and the Israeli government continues to try to paint Hamas’s tactics as so barbaric as to justify the mass killings by Israel. (See FAIR.org, 10/20/23.) But it’s passions, not reason, that allow individuals like Melber to gloss over the deaths of thousands of civilians—a child every 15 minutes, according to one widely circulated estimate—in their thirst for revenge.

With Israeli bombing intensifying and a ground invasion appearing imminent, US television news outlets’ refusal to give more than minimal airtime to the widespread calls for a ceasefire fails to reflect either US or global public opinion, and fuels the warmongering march to follow one horror with another.


Research assistance: Keating Zelenke

The post In Hours of Israel/Gaza Crisis Coverage, a Word You’ll Seldom Hear: ‘Ceasefire’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/24/in-hours-of-israel-gaza-crisis-coverage-a-word-youll-seldom-hear-ceasefire/feed/ 0 436392
US Sanctions Missing From Coverage of Russia’s Cuban Soldiers  https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/us-sanctions-missing-from-coverage-of-russias-cuban-soldiers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/us-sanctions-missing-from-coverage-of-russias-cuban-soldiers/#respond Wed, 04 Oct 2023 15:14:48 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035668 US corporate media were almost entirely silent on the US embargo on Cuba, ongoing now for more than 60 years and ramped up under Trump.

The post US Sanctions Missing From Coverage of Russia’s Cuban Soldiers  appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

When Cubans began telling stories of being lured into Russia with promises of jobs and instead being sent to the front lines in Ukraine, many US media outlets seemed eager to report the story. But what might on the surface seem like journalism to expose the plight of the powerless was really just another exercise in bolstering official US narratives and whitewashing US complicity.

Reports emerged that Cuban recruits were promised citizenship and a monthly salary far higher than what most Cubans could ever hope for in their native country, in exchange for what some described as support work for the Russian military—things like construction or driving. Once they arrived in Russia, however, they found themselves sent to the front lines.

The Cuban government blamed a “human trafficking network,” and soon announced that they had arrested 17 people in connection with the scheme. FAIR could find no news reports confirming whether those involved in luring the Cubans were working for Russian or Cuban authorities.

US corporate media were happy to comment on Russia’s military weakness, speculate about the role of the Cuban government and paint a picture of bleak economic conditions in Cuba. But they were almost entirely silent on one of the key causes of that bleakness, which made the victims so susceptible in the first place: the US embargo on Cuba, ongoing now for more than 60 years and ramped up under Trump.

‘To bring about hunger’

Reuters: U.S. trade embargo has cost Cuba $130 billion, U.N. says

Reuters (5/8/18): “The United States has lost nearly all international support for the embargo since the collapse of the Soviet Union.”

The US imposed an embargo on Cuba in 1962 and has steadfastly maintained it since then, in a failed attempt to overthrow the Communist government. President Barack Obama began normalizing relations with Cuba in 2016, but Donald Trump sharply reversed course. He issued a series of new sanctions over the course of his presidency, including curtailing remittances from relatives in the US, barring US tourism and designating Cuba a state sponsor of terrorism—which, combined with the Covid-19 pandemic, helped send Cuba’s economy into a tailspin. Despite campaign promises to restore diplomatic relations, Joe Biden has largely maintained Trump’s sanctions on Cuba.

The purpose of the embargo is precisely to inflict economic hardship on civilians so that they rise up against the government. As the State Department argued in 1960, recognizing that the Castro government had the support of the Cuban people, “The only foreseeable means of alienating internal support is through disenchantment and disaffection based on economic dissatisfaction and hardship.” Therefore, “every possible means should be undertaken promptly to weaken the economic life of Cuba” and “to bring about hunger, desperation and overthrow of government.”

While the embargo has been a miserable failure at its end goal of regime change, it has been much more effective at its intermediary goals of hunger and desperation. In 2018, the UN estimated that the sanctions had cost the country $130 billion (Reuters, 5/8/18); last year Cuba reported that number had risen to $154 billion (UN, 11/3/22). With the tightened Trump-era sanctions and the added impact of the pandemic, Cuba’s economy has nosedived in recent years, crucial context for a story of the exploitation of Cuban citizens.

Economy ‘devastated’—but why?

NYT: Cuba Says Its Citizens Were Lured to Fight in Russia’s War in Ukraine

This New York Times piece (9/5/23) doesn’t mention the economic hardships that would make enticement by Russia effective, but does quote a Miami-based analyst who says that it is “not possible” that the Cuban government would not know about efforts to traffic its citizens.

The New York Times‘ first story (9/5/23) didn’t mention economic conditions in Cuba, let alone the US embargo. In a followup article, the Times (9/8/23) again elided any US role, but did note that “US officials have said that Russia has struggled to attract recruits for its war effort.”

The Washington Post (9/5/23) offered a more in-depth report that included the tale of two victims of the scheme who had been featured on Telemundo (9/3/23). The Post quoted one: “Given the situation in Cuba, we didn’t think twice.”  The article then offered an explanation of Cuba’s “crippled” economy, pointing to a list of causes: “the coronavirus pandemic, lackluster tourism, US punitive action and inefficient policies.”

What “punitive action” might that be, and for what? The Post didn’t bother to clarify.

NPR‘s Morning Edition (9/6/23) chose to cover the story by interviewing Chris Simmons, described as “an expert in Cuban spycraft.” Simmons, who has not worked in counterintelligence in over ten years, and did not claim to have any inside information about the case at hand, nevertheless asserted confidently that “this is just the latest in a long series of criminal enterprises run by the Cuban government.” The Cuban government denies involvement, but aside from noting that perfunctorily, anchor Leila Fadel did not challenge Simmons’ speculation or offer any other perspectives.

Fadel asked if Cuba needs Russia, noting that Cuba “is a relatively isolated place. It’s one of the few remaining Communist countries. It’s facing its worst economic crisis in decades.” Simmons responded: “They absolutely do need Russia. The Cuban economy remains devastated, and the Russians have been their biggest and most generous supporter.” But neither Fadel nor Simmons made any effort to explain why Cuba is isolated, or why its economy is devastated.

A report on NPR‘s website (9/5/23) was more circumspect, offering a brief summary of the facts without “expert” commentary like that of Simmons, but provided only this explanation of the economic context:

Cuba is facing the worst economic crisis in decades. The government is struggling to keep the lights on and Cubans are struggling to keep food on their tables. If already bad relations with the United States deteriorate, things could get worse.

‘Aligned against its foreign policies’

Newsweek: Russian Network Sending Mercenaries to Ukraine Found in America's Backyard

A Newsweek headline (9/5/23) describes Cuba as “America’s backyard.”

Newsweek published an article (9/5/23) explaining that “Russian forces have been badly mauled in 18 months of combat in Ukraine.” Its only mention of US sanctions came in an explanation of Cuba/Russia relations: “Both have been under US sanctions for years and have generally aligned against its foreign policies in the Americas and beyond.”

A second Newsweek piece (9/8/23) cited Luis Fleischman of the Palm Beach Center for Democracy and Policy Research as its only expert source. Fleischman suggested that the Cuban government was involved, and argued that “Cuba’s economy is in dire straits, mainly because Venezuela’s oil bonanza is over.”

Fleischman did mention sanctions, but without reference to who imposed them or how they impact civilians, only the state: “Remember, both countries are under sanctions,” he said. “In other words, there is no reason for both countries to break such a convenient relationship.” Newsweek offered no further context.

In fact, FAIR only found two explicit references in US news coverage to the US embargo as a cause of economic crisis in Cuba. A CNN.com article (9/19/23), headlined “Why Cubans Are Fighting for Russia in Ukraine,” explained in its second paragraph:

Across much of Cuba, the economy has ground to a standstill as the Communist-run island reels from a sharp drop in tourism, spiking inflation and renewed US sanctions.

Time (9/18/23) reported that “Cuba has been crippled by a 60-year US embargo, island-wide blackouts and a hunger crisis.” It gave a sense of why these recruits were such easy targets:

The recruits’ social-media accounts underscore the hardship of their lives in Cuba, with posts begging for medicine and selling everything from cell phone parts to rationed meat on black market sites. “With the money you’ll pay me,” one Cuban man said in a video on WhatsApp addressed to Russian recruiters, “if I’m killed or not, at least I’ll be able to help my family.”

Time also spent most of its lengthy article attempting to establish the Cuban government’s complicity.

Uncovered denunciations

Meanwhile, when both  Cuba and Brazil denounced the US embargo at the UN General Assembly in New York last week, none of those outlets saw fit to mention it.

Not a big enough story? How about when the General Assembly voted for the 30th year in a row to condemn the US embargo, 185–2, with only the US and Israel opposing. (Brazil and Ukraine abstained.) The only one of the above outlets we could find covering the vote was Newsweek (11/5/22).

The US sanctions on Cuba are an act of war, condemned globally and with immense impact on the lives of the Cuban people. US reporting on the plight of Cuban civilians that does not provide that context is little more than state propaganda.


Featured image: A Telemundo report (9/3/23) on Cubans who say they were recruited to Russia’s war effort under false pretenses.

The post US Sanctions Missing From Coverage of Russia’s Cuban Soldiers  appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/10/04/us-sanctions-missing-from-coverage-of-russias-cuban-soldiers/feed/ 0 431907
Russia blocks two more Central Asian news outlets over Ukraine war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/russia-blocks-two-more-central-asian-news-outlets-over-ukraine-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/russia-blocks-two-more-central-asian-news-outlets-over-ukraine-war-coverage/#respond Mon, 18 Sep 2023 20:08:07 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=316170 Stockholm, September 18, 2023—The Committee to Protect Journalists calls on Russian authorities to lift blocks on independent Kyrgyz news website 24.kg and exiled Tajik outlet Payom and to stop censoring foreign media for covering Russia’s war in Ukraine.

“Having already banned domestic media from reporting anything but state-sanctioned information, Russia’s censorship of international media outlets only shows how desperate it is to prevent its own people from accessing independent news about its invasion of Ukraine,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Takedown demands and blocks on Central Asian media outlets, which often have significant audiences in Russia, are unacceptable. All censorship of foreign media should end immediately.”

Roskomsvoboda, a Russian independent internet freedom group, reported that on September 12 an unspecified government agency blocked four of 24.kg’s web pages from October 2022 about the Ukraine war and two of Payom’s articles—a November 2022 speech by a Tajik politician in support of Ukraine and a February 2023 report about Russia potentially drafting individuals of Central Asian origin into the military.

A database maintained by Russian state media regulator Roskomnadzor said that individual pages of those outlets also were blocked.

However, according to Payom’s head of broadcasting Shavkatjon Sharipov and a 24.kg report, both websites were entirely blocked in Russia.

The decisions to restrict access to 24.kg and Payom were taken in November 2022 and May 2023, respectively, but were only implemented on September 12, Roskomsvoboda said.

In its report, 24.kg said that it refused several requests in 2022 from Roskomnadzor to remove articles on the Ukraine war because the articles did not violate Kyrgyz law.  

Sharipov told CPJ by messaging app that his Europe-based outlet, which is blocked in Tajikistan but broadcasts to Tajik nationals in Russia, did not receive any takedown demands and did not plan to remove any of its war coverage.

Since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Russian authorities have blocked several Central Asia media outlets over their reporting on the war, including services affiliated with the U.S. Congress-funded broadcaster Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, the Kyrgyz independent news outlet Kloop, independent Kazakh news websites Ratel.kz and Arbat.Media, and the Central Asian service of independent Russian news outlet Mediazona.

Russian authorities have also requested that at least nine Kazakh outlets remove war-related content, according to data Kazakh media freedom organization Adil Soz sent to CPJ, while independent news website Arbat.Media was summoned to a hearing in February for publishing allegedly false information about the Ukraine war.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/18/russia-blocks-two-more-central-asian-news-outlets-over-ukraine-war-coverage/feed/ 0 427991
“Where Is There to Go?” He Needs Gender-Affirming Surgery, but His State Is Fighting to Deny Coverage. https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/14/where-is-there-to-go-he-needs-gender-affirming-surgery-but-his-state-is-fighting-to-deny-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/14/where-is-there-to-go-he-needs-gender-affirming-surgery-but-his-state-is-fighting-to-deny-coverage/#respond Thu, 14 Sep 2023 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/north-carolina-gender-affirming-care-coverage-federal-appeal by Aliyya Swaby

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

In the spring of 2022, Hann Henson accepted a job as a communications specialist for a North Carolina school district. Not long after his insurance kicked in, he pored over the hundred-page booklet outlining the state health plan for district employees.

When he came to the list of services that aren’t covered, he paused at a tiny footnote: North Carolina’s plan did currently pay for gender-affirming care — but only because of a temporary federal court order.

Henson’s heart rate rose as he considered his options. Since he was a child, he’d been burdened by a sense of deep distress about the mismatch between the gender he was assigned at birth and the gender he knew himself to be.

Henson had grown accustomed to state leaders and insurance plans playing political tug of war with his rights. In 2016, early in his transition, a Republican governor signed into law the country’s first statewide ban on transgender people using the bathroom aligned with their gender — forcing Henson to worry about violence from strangers when entering public restrooms. A Democratic governor largely scrapped it a year later. Henson spent the next several years jumping through every hoop his insurance company required before it would cover one of his transition-related surgeries, with a representative at one point telling him the company didn’t cover “tranny health care.”

Now, yet again, he faced obstacles to health care access because of his gender identity. As Henson found out after he started his new job, North Carolina had been fighting a legal battle since 2019 against transgender people on the state’s health plan, some of whom had sued the state for coverage of transition-related care. In 2022, a judge ordered the state to cover the care while the fight dragged on. But any moment, another court ruling could whisk it away.

Henson relaxes with his dog, JoJo, before leaving for work. (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

As Henson had become more confident as a transgender man, the world around him seemed to grow increasingly hostile, with conservative rhetoric against transgender people accelerating an avalanche of restrictive laws. In the last year, state lawmakers across the country have considered nearly 500 proposals targeting transgender rights, and more than 80 became law — both unprecedented numbers. This legislative session, North Carolina passed laws banning gender-affirming care for youth, limiting instruction in elementary schools about gender and sexuality, and preventing transgender girls from playing on girls’ sports teams. A Republican supermajority in the legislature overrode the Democratic governor’s vetoes on all three.

In May, Dale Folwell, North Carolina’s state treasurer, sat for an interview with a far-right activist to explain his decision to keep fighting the lawsuit filed by transgender people over the state health plan. North Carolina is one of more than a dozen states with a health plan that explicitly denies coverage for gender-affirming care, and this lawsuit — one of several arguing that states cannot block access to the coverage — is the first to make it to a federal appeals court. Folwell, who is running for governor, argued that the state health plan’s board of trustees should have the authority to determine the scope of employee benefits — echoing the argument North Carolina makes in court documents that covering gender-affirming care would be a financial burden.

“When you have a plan this large,” Folwell said in the interview, “you have to focus on doing the most good for the most number of people. That’s how you set benefits.” He did not respond to ProPublica’s questions or interview requests.

Lawyers and experts for the transgender plaintiffs have pointed to evidence showing that covering the care would likely cost the state very little — and have argued that withholding it is discriminatory.

For several weeks this spring, Henson repeatedly checked the federal court website for an update on the lawsuit, gripped by a feeling of panic, “like somebody has got their hands around my neck.” One more major surgery separated him from the relief of his body fully matching his gender, and he wasn’t sure when the court would make a decision.

A few days after Folwell’s interview, Henson learned that the 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, based in Virginia, would hear arguments on the case in late September. It was far from the ideal time: His surgery was scheduled for late November, and he’d need a follow-up surgery about six months later.

The tight legal timeline has made the waiting period for the surgery almost unbearable for Henson: “You’re on the highway in the car and you’re driving and you’re like, ‘I’m gonna make it, I’m gonna make it.’ And then your gas starts running out.”

A 28-year-old self-described nerd with a youthful face and quiet voice, Henson distracts himself with his hobbies: playing video games with friends and attending anime conventions in costume. He regularly visits his parents in rural North Carolina and talks on the phone daily with his fiancee, who lives a few hours away. He has a calm demeanor, except for the nervous giggles that punctuate his speech, especially when he describes his darkest moments.

Henson and his fiancee, Aly Young (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

As the last academic school year came to a close, Henson stayed late to take photos at a school board meeting, sporting a blue suit jacket and hefty camera as he herded together groups of students and teachers who had won awards. He headed down the hall to his office to upload the photos. The live video of the board meeting played on the computer in the background.

Several minutes into the public comment period, a man approached the podium, introducing himself as a clergy member and a parent. His voice grew louder as he questioned whether board members were “perverts” and “child molesters.” He listed children’s books featuring transgender or gender-nonconforming characters and insisted they would be used to groom children, “push down their throat puberty blockers or move them towards mutilation.” As he began to read a passage from the Bible, his mic turned off. His time had run out. The audience applauded him.

Henson watched the screen, horrified. He felt like the man was speaking specifically about him. Few of his co-workers attending the board meeting knew he was transgender. He had cautiously told only his boss and closest colleagues, nervous about gossip or uncomfortable questions. Alone in the room, the office door ajar, he began to cry.

In recent months, Henson had often considered where he would be if the attacks on transgender people had been as aggressive when he first came out a decade ago as they are now. “I probably would be dead,” he said.

During Henson’s senior year of college, North Carolina passed House Bill 2, a prototype for the state bathroom bills that conservatives across the country stamped into law this year. HB 2 prohibited transgender people from using the public bathroom aligning with their gender and stripped the ability from cities and counties to pass local nondiscrimination policies. On the floor of the state House in late March of 2016, Republican lawmakers emphasized that the bill would help people travel more freely across the state, knowing each business would have the same policy.

Henson had moved cautiously through his college experience. Years earlier, as a freshman, he came out as transgender to his new group of friends. It was the first time he had been so widely open about his gender identity, and he hoped they would understand. Instead, they told him he was just looking for attention.

Already burdened by feelings of shame and low self-worth, Henson tried to kill himself. His resident assistant rushed him to the emergency room, where he told a doctor that he’d been stressed about chemistry class and a recent medication change, and had fought with a friend about “some kind of gender identity issues,” according to his medical notes.

Henson never spoke with those friends again, but their comments looped in his mind after he returned to school and continued to move forward in his gender transition.

In his senior year, after several months on testosterone, his beard had begun to grow in, and though it was patchy, he wore it like armor to shield himself from strangers’ scrutiny. It didn’t always work.

He remembers walking into one of the men’s bathrooms on campus the first week after the law passed. A man standing at the urinal turned and asked, “Are you allowed to come in here anymore?”

Henson frequently experienced panic attacks, fearful of potential assault and furious at public policies that restricted his rights. He recalls standing in the middle stall at school and sending an angry email from his phone to then-Gov. Pat McCrory: I’m a transgender man in a public men’s room. Come and get me.

Henson is counting down the days until his final set of surgical procedures. (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

In the months after the law passed, when he and his sister, Ashlee Park, ran errands at the suburban Walmart near her home, she stood outside the men’s bathroom protectively while he was inside. Park knew her brother was struggling. He had recently seen a therapist who waved away his gender dysphoria as a “pathological need to be different,” Park recalled. Since then, he had stopped mental health treatment and continued to spiral.

“He would say things that were just like: ‘I shouldn’t be alive. I’m an abomination,’” Park said. She would respond, “There’s nothing wrong with you. There’s something wrong with the world. You need to get out of your head.”

Henson couldn’t absorb her words. “It just felt like my state had said: ‘I don’t want you. You don’t deserve to be here,’” he said. “And when you’re told you don’t deserve to be here, you sort of feel like, ‘Where is there to go?’”

One day in the spring of 2016, Henson was visiting Park at her home. Park and her mother were about to leave the house, when Park suddenly felt uneasy. She went back inside to look for her brother and found him in her husband’s closet, looking at the collection of firearms in his gun case.

Henson immediately grew ashamed and pleaded with them not to tell anyone that he’d considered killing himself. “He was begging. I remember him standing on the landing in the studio and looking at me with these incredibly brown eyes,” his mother, Kim Crenshaw, recalled. “And telling me how hard it was for him to be in his body and to feel like such a freak.”

He asked his mother and sister not to take him to the emergency room. They agreed, under the condition that he find a good therapist, and they began calling him every week to ensure he was searching for one. Crenshaw thinks back on the effort it took to bring her son back up from his lowest point. “That scares me so badly for all the kids out there that are going through this now,” she said.

With his family’s encouragement and support, Henson began regular therapy after graduating from college and started to feel more comfortable in his identity. He decided to move forward in his medical transition, wanting chest reconstruction surgery so he could stop binding his chest flat every day. But the prospect of engaging with the health care system was daunting.

His medical records from past emergency room visits provide some insight into his experiences: Several times, doctors incorrectly referred to him as “female” (or, in especially erroneous language, as a “transgendered female”), at times using his previous name and alternating between pronouns.

In 2016, the Obama administration prohibited medical facilities and insurance companies from categorically refusing to cover all health services related to gender transition. But despite the new federal rule, his insurance company at the time, Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina, threw up barrier after barrier.

Henson recalled that on one occasion, while on the phone with the claims department, the person on the call threw out a transphobic slur: “We don’t do tranny health care.” He hung up the phone and burst into tears.

At the time, Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina required transgender patients seeking gender-affirming surgery to provide a supportive letter from a doctoral-level mental health professional — an incredibly high hurdle given the shortage of those providers across the country. After an exhaustive search, Henson found one in 2018 and later that year was able to get chest surgery. He remembers the surgery practice’s billing department filing an appeal with his insurance to get the procedure covered. Doctors there told him he was one of their first patients who received insurance approval for chest surgery related to a gender transition.

Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina broadened its policy in 2020 to allow any licensed mental health professional to provide letters for transgender patients seeking gender-affirming care. In response to questions from ProPublica, spokesperson Jami Sanchez said the company provides training on gender identity to its customer service team to “ensure members are treated with dignity and respect.”

As the years passed, Henson found that more and more doctors understood how to treat transgender patients. After he took the job at the school district, he spoke with his general practitioner, Sydney Hendry, about getting a hysterectomy to treat the severe uterine spasms and cramps that can sometimes accompany testosterone therapy.

Henson visits with his doctor, Sydney Hendry. (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

Hendry had to write a letter to the University of North Carolina Health surgical team verifying that Henson met the criteria for a gender dysphoria diagnosis and that a total hysterectomy would improve his quality of life. It was the first letter she had ever written for gender-affirming surgery. UNC Health provided a template that eased the process, avoiding the frustrating series of appeals and revisions that plagued Henson’s previous surgery.

Because of the federal court order, his state employee insurance agreed that it would cover the procedure. Henson had the surgery this March. But Hendry’s other transgender patients have told her that they’re scared about North Carolina limiting gender-affirming care for adults in the next year. “I tell them that they are my priority and that I will advocate for them,” she said.

“It feels like through my transition, there was this shift, where people became more educated about it and more knowledgeable,” Henson said. “And then in the past year or two, it’s starting to go back rapidly at a pace that is kind of scary.”

Henson feels that most people walking by him on the street see his full beard and stocky frame and don’t assume he is transgender. His fiancee, Aly Young, appreciates the sense of safety that comes with Henson “passing” but hates feeling like they’re hiding their true selves. “I don’t have thoughts in the back of my head like: ‘Should I be kissing him in public? Should I be holding his hand in public? Are people looking at us? Are we in danger?’” she said. “But at the same time, it makes me really sad. Because I don’t feel authentic. I don’t think Hann feels authentic.”

Henson and Young at a record store (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica) Henson and Young at Henson’s home. The two live several hours apart and visit each other when they can. (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)

The two met when Henson began attending her small charter school in 11th grade, after years of home-schooling. One day, Young was hanging out in the hallway, when a math teacher called her over and asked her to comfort the new student crying in the bathroom. Young slowly coaxed Henson out and started to pursue a friendship. When Young moved away the following year, she kept in touch, writing letters that Henson now keeps in a box under his bed.

The pair talk often about moving away from North Carolina, even leaving the South altogether.

The South goes back generations in both their family lines, but this home feels increasingly hostile. Henson’s parents live in Sanford, where the Proud Boys showed up to a local brewery to protest a drag brunch. On the drive to Sanford, he passes by a supersized Confederate flag, which the Sons of Confederate Veterans erected in 2020 to protest the removal of Confederate memorials.

Looking forward, Henson counts down the days until his final set of surgical procedures, a genital reconstruction process commonly called bottom surgery. He had used up all his paid sick leave recovering from the hysterectomy, so he scheduled this next surgery for November, letting him use winter break to recover. Even if he is able to get the surgery before a ruling in North Carolina’s favor, the procedure requires a revision surgery about six months later, and Henson worries about being stuck with it incomplete.

On the morning of Sept. 21, all the active judges on the 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals will preside over a second-floor courtroom in Richmond, Virginia, and listen to arguments from lawyers on both sides.

They will hear North Carolina’s case on the same day that they hear a similar one out of West Virginia that will determine whether that state’s Medicaid program must cover gender-affirming surgery. In both cases, federal judges in lower courts have already found the states’ policies discriminatory.

Recently, more than 20 conservative states filed an amicus brief in support of North Carolina, calling gender-affirming care “at best experimental and at worst deeply harmful” — a characterization that contradicts the consensus of major medical associations. More than 15 Democratic-led states wrote a brief in favor of the transgender plaintiffs, citing their own regulations that prevent insurance companies from “discriminating against medically necessary, transition-related care.”

In late August, Henson learned that the pastor who had railed against the school board back in June would soon be meeting privately with district leaders. He realized the man would be coming into the administration building where he works, meaning he could run into him face-to-face.

He thought about the benefits and drawbacks of not being immediately recognized as transgender: feeling safer but also forced underground, in a way, having to hear the vitriol against his community but powerless to stand up to it. He thought about how tired he was of feeling helpless and invisible.

That morning, he got dressed deliberately. Dress pants. A short-sleeved button-down shirt. And on the collar, a heart-shaped symbol of defiance — a pin in the colors of the transgender flag.

Henson’s trangender pride pin (Annie Flanagan, special to ProPublica)


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Aliyya Swaby.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/14/where-is-there-to-go-he-needs-gender-affirming-surgery-but-his-state-is-fighting-to-deny-coverage/feed/ 0 427106
The Slanted Media Coverage of the Pending UAW Strike https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-slanted-media-coverage-of-the-pending-uaw-strike/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-slanted-media-coverage-of-the-pending-uaw-strike/#respond Wed, 13 Sep 2023 04:55:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=294159 One of the major crises facing our country is that eight large media conglomerates control 90 percent of what the American people see, hear, and read. And that kind of corporate ownership is now being seen clearly in the coverage of the labor conflict between the United Auto Workers and the Big 3 automakers. I More

The post The Slanted Media Coverage of the Pending UAW Strike appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/13/the-slanted-media-coverage-of-the-pending-uaw-strike/feed/ 0 426865
In AI Regulation Coverage, Media Let Lawmakers off the Hook https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/in-ai-regulation-coverage-media-let-lawmakers-off-the-hook/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/in-ai-regulation-coverage-media-let-lawmakers-off-the-hook/#respond Fri, 08 Sep 2023 19:10:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035276   “Everyone Wants to Regulate AI. No One Can Agree How,” Wired (5/26/23) proclaimed earlier this year. The headline resembled one from the New Yorker (5/20/23) published just days prior, reading “Congress Really Wants to Regulate AI, but No One Seems to Know How.” Each reflected an increasingly common thesis within the corporate press: Policymakers […]

The post In AI Regulation Coverage, Media Let Lawmakers off the Hook appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Wired: Everyone Wants to Regulate AI. No One Can Agree How

Wired (5/26/23): “It’s a giant challenge to strike the right balance between industry innovation and protecting rights and citizens.”

“Everyone Wants to Regulate AI. No One Can Agree How,” Wired (5/26/23) proclaimed earlier this year. The headline resembled one from the New Yorker (5/20/23) published just days prior, reading “Congress Really Wants to Regulate AI, but No One Seems to Know How.” Each reflected an increasingly common thesis within the corporate press: Policymakers would like to place guardrails on so-called artificial intelligence systems, but, given the technology’s novel and evolving nature, they’ll need time before they can take action—if they ever can at all.

This narrative contains some kernels of truth; artificial intelligence can be complex and dynamic, and thus not always easily comprehensible to the layperson. But the suggestion of congressional helplessness minimizes the responsibility of lawmakers—ultimately excusing, rather than interrogating, regulatory inertia.

Struggling to ‘catch up’

Amid a piecemeal, noncommittal legislative climate, media insist that policymakers are unable to keep pace with AI development, inevitably resulting in regulatory delays. NPR (5/15/23) exemplified this with the claim that Congress had “a lot of catching up to do” on AI and the later question (5/17/23) “Can politicians catch up with AI?” Months earlier, the New York Times (3/3/23) reported that “lawmakers have long struggled to understand new innovations,” with Washington consequently taking “a hands-off stance.”

NYT: As A.I. Booms, Lawmakers Struggle to Understand the Technology

Congress has failed to regulate technology because “lawmakers have long struggled to understand new innovations,” the New York Times (3/3/23) reports—and not because tech firms give millions of dollars to politicians, especially Democrats.

The Times noted that the European Union had proposed a law that would curtail some potentially harmful AI applications, including those made by US companies, and that US lawmakers had expressed intentions to review the legislation. (The EU’s AI Act, as it’s known, may become law by the end of 2023.) Yet the paper didn’t feel compelled to ask why the EU—whose leadership isn’t exactly dominated by computer scientists—could forge ahead with restrictions on the US AI industry, but the US couldn’t.

These outlets frame AI rulemaking as a matter of technical knowledge, when it would be more accurate, and constructive, to frame it as one of moral consideration. One might argue that, in order to regulate a form of technology that affects the public—say, via “predictive policing” algorithms, or automated social-services software—it’s more important to grasp its societal impact than its operational minutia. (Congressional staffer Anna Lenhart told the Washington Post6/17/23—as much, but this notion seems to be far from mainstream.)

This certainly isn’t the prevailing view of the New York Times (8/24/23), which argued that legislators’ lag continues a pattern of slow congressional responses to new technologies, repeating the refrain that policymakers “have struggled” to enact major technology laws. The Times cited the 19th century advent of steam-powered trains as an example of a daunting legislative subject, emphasizing that Congress took more than 50 years to institute railroad price controls.

Yet the process of setting pricing rules has little, if anything, to do with the mechanical specifics of a train. Could it be that delays on price controls were caused more by pro-corporate policy choices than by a lack of technological expertise? For the Times, such a question, which might begin to expose some of the ugly underpinnings of US governance, didn’t merit attention.

The wrong incentives

WaPo depiction of Rep. Don Beyer going back to school

The Washington Post (12/28/22) did a whole story about Rep. Don Beyer (D–Va.) going back to school to learn about AI—with no mention of his investments in AI stocks.

The New York Times need look no further than its own archives to find some more illuminating context for US lawmakers’ approach to AI regulation. Last year, the paper (9/13/22) reported that 97 members of Congress owned stock in companies that would be influenced by those members’ regulatory committees. Indeed, many of those weighing in on AI regulation have a powerful incentive not to rein the technology in.

One of those 97 was Rep. Donald S. Beyer, Jr. (D–Va.), who “bought and sold [shares in Google parent company] Alphabet and Microsoft while he was on the House Science, Space and Technology Subcommittee on Investigations and Oversight.” Beyer, who serves as vice chair of the House AI Caucus, has been featured in multiple articles (Washington Post, 12/28/22; ABC News, 3/17/23) as a model AI legislator. The New York Times (3/3/23) itself lauded Beyer’s enrollment in evening classes on AI, sharing his alert that regulation would “take time.”

Curiously, the coverage commending Beyer’s regulatory initiative has omitted his record of investing in the two companies—which happen to rank among the US’s most prominent purveyors of AI software—while he was authorized to police them.

Elsewhere in its congressional stock-trading report, the New York Times called Rep. Michael McCaul (R–Texas) “one of Congress’s most active filers,” noting his investments in a whopping 342 companies, including Microsoft, Alphabet and Meta, formerly known as Facebook, which also has a tremendous financial stake in AI. McCaul, like Beyer, boasts a top-brass post on the House AI Caucus.

McCaul’s trades were dwarfed by those of fellow AI Caucus member Rep. Ro Khanna (D–Calif.), who, according to the Times, has owned stock in nearly 900 companies. Among them: leading AI-chip manufacturer Nvidia (as of 2021), Alphabet and Microsoft. (Khanna has nominally endorsed proposals to curb congressional stock-trading, a stance contradicted by his vast portfolio.) Save for the Times exposé, none of the above pieces addressed Khanna’s, or McCaul’s, ethical breaches; in fact, Khanna is a recurring media source on AI legislation (Semafor, 4/26/23; San Francisco Chronicle, 7/20/23).

Congressmembers, dozens of whom have historically owned stock in AI companies, surely must be capable of learning about AI—and doing so swiftly—if they’ve been choosing to reap its monetary rewards for years. Why that knowledge can’t be applied to regulating the technology seems to be yet another question media are uninterested in asking.

Defense of toothless action

Yahoo: Senators want to regulate AI before it gets too big. They're running out of time.

Yahoo (5/17/23) assures us that legislators “won’t make same mistake with AI” that they did with social media.

In omitting this critical information, news sources are effectively giving Congress an undeserved redemption arc. Following years of legislative apathy to the surveillance, monopolization, labor abuses and countless other iniquities of Big Tech, media declare that legislators are trying to right their wrongs by targeting an ascendant AI industry (Yahoo! Finance, 5/17/23; GovTech, 6/21/23).

Accordingly, media have embraced policymakers’ efforts, no matter how feeble they may be. Throughout the year, politicians have hosted chummy hearings and meetings, as well as private dinners, with the chiefs of major AI companies to discuss regulatory frameworks. Yet, rather than impugning the influence legislators have awarded these executives, outlets present these gatherings as testaments to lawmakers’ dedication.

CBS Austin (8/29/23) justified congressional reliance on executives, whom it called “industry experts,” trumpeting that corporations like Microsoft, OpenAI, Anthropic, Google and Meta were helping policymakers “chart a path forward.” The broadcaster went on to establish a pretext for business-friendly lawmaking:

Congress is trying to find a delicate balance of safeguarding the public while allowing the promising aspects of the technology to flourish and propel the economy and country into the future.

The New York Times (8/28/23), meanwhile, stated that Congress and the Biden administration have “leaned on” industry heads for “guidance on regulation,” a clever euphemism for lobbying. The Times reported that Congress would hold a forthcoming “closed-door listening session” with executives in order to “educate” its members, evincing no skepticism over what that education might involve. (At the session, Congress will also host civil rights and labor groups, who are theoretically much more qualified than C-suiters to determine the moral content of AI policymaking, but received much less fanfare from the Times.)

The guests of the “listening session,” per the Times, will include Twitter.com‘s Elon Musk, Google’s Sundar Pichai, OpenAI’s Sam Altman and Microsoft’s Satya Nadella. Might the fact that each of them has fought tech-industry constraints have some bearing on the future? Reading the Times story, which didn’t deem this worth a mention, one wouldn’t know.

The post In AI Regulation Coverage, Media Let Lawmakers off the Hook appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julianne Tveten.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/08/in-ai-regulation-coverage-media-let-lawmakers-off-the-hook/feed/ 0 425970
DRC immigration officers attack journalist Soleil Ntumba Mufike to stop eviction coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/drc-immigration-officers-attack-journalist-soleil-ntumba-mufike-to-stop-eviction-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/drc-immigration-officers-attack-journalist-soleil-ntumba-mufike-to-stop-eviction-coverage/#respond Wed, 06 Sep 2023 14:28:41 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=312722 Kinshasa, September 6, 2023—Authorities in the Democratic Republic of the Congo must hold accountable the immigration officers who attacked journalist Soleil Ntumba Mufike and broke his camera, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On Friday, September 1, Ntumba was filming police carrying out the court-ordered eviction of the family of the deputy director of the national agency Direction General of Migration, in the provincial capital, Kananga, when Luhizon Zigabe, the director of that agency, ordered around 10 immigration officers to stop the journalist from recording, according to news reports and Ntumba. 

Ntumba, information director of the privately owned Kananga-based broadcaster Malandji and correspondent for privately owned Kinshasa-based TV broadcaster B One, was the only journalist at the scene, he said, adding that following Luhizon’s orders, the immigration officers grabbed his clothes, dragged him, and threw him to the ground.

Police officers supervising the eviction intervened to end the attack, the journalist said, adding that his camera was broken and he lost his microphone in the struggle. Ntumba was uninjured.

“DRC authorities should hold accountable those responsible for assaulting journalist Soleil Ntumba Mufike and breaking his camera,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator in Durban, South Africa. “Government officials in the DRC should be making the safety of journalists a top priority.”

Contacted via messaging app, Luhizon denied ordering the immigration officers to attack Ntumba, saying he only asked the journalist to leave.

CPJ’s calls to Léon Bassa, Kasai Central’s provincial police commissioner, rang unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/09/06/drc-immigration-officers-attack-journalist-soleil-ntumba-mufike-to-stop-eviction-coverage/feed/ 0 425243
NYT Publishes ‘Greatest Hits’ of Bad Trans Healthcare Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/nyt-publishes-greatest-hits-of-bad-trans-healthcare-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/nyt-publishes-greatest-hits-of-bad-trans-healthcare-coverage/#respond Wed, 30 Aug 2023 18:11:15 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035165 A recent article serves as a greatest-hits album of all of the New York Times’ problematic coverage on adolescent gender-affirming care.

The post NYT Publishes ‘Greatest Hits’ of Bad Trans Healthcare Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NYT: How a Small Gender Clinic Landed in a Political Storm

The New York Times‘ coverage (8/23/23) of a controversy at a Missouri gender clinic led with a photo of Jamie Reed, a former employee who has called for a moratorium on gender-affirming treatment.

The New York Times has taken a lot of heat recently for its coverage of transgender issues. More than 370 current and former Times contributors signed an open letter detailing how the Times has covered trans issues with “an eerily familiar mix of pseudoscience and euphemistic, charged language.” The contributors emphasized the Times’ coverage of adolescent gender-affirming care, and detailed how its articles are being cited in court by states seeking to ban these treatments.

Though the Times’ immediate response was underwhelming, critics had hoped that the paper might take their criticisms to heart in future coverage. That hope was dashed when the Times doubled down with a nearly 6,000-word story about the unsubstantiated claims made by former Washington University in St. Louis gender clinic employee Jamie Reed.

The piece by Azeen Ghorayshi, headlined “How a Small Gender Clinic Landed in a Political Storm” (8/23/23), serves as a greatest-hits album of all of the Times’ problematic coverage on adolescent gender-affirming care, filled with familiar tropes and tactics the paper of record has used to distort the issue.

‘Both sides’ framing

Post Dispatch: Parents push back on allegations against St. Louis transgender center. ‘I’m baffled.’

The St. Louis Post Dispatch‘s coverage (3/5/23) of the controversy put the focus on the patients and their parents.

In February, Jamie Reed, a former employee of the Transgender Center at Washington University in St. Louis, wrote a first-person account for the Free Press (2/9/23), a media company run by former Times reporter Bari Weiss, who left the paper because she said it was censoring viewpoints that go against progressive orthodoxy. Reed accused the clinic of rushing kids into transition, and failing to properly inform them and their parents of the effects of hormone treatments. The same day, Missouri Attorney General Andrew Bailey announced an investigation into the clinic, and revealed that Reed had signed a sworn affidavit detailing her claims.

The St. Louis Post Dispatch (3/5/23) and the Missouri Independent (3/1/23) each interviewed dozens of adolescents and their parents whose accounts contradicted Reed’s claims about the center’s practices. Reed refused to be interviewed by either publication to discuss the discrepancies. Instead, she went to the New York Times, which was more than willing to frame her allegations in a positive light.

The Times uses a “both sides” framing to set up its story on Reed:

Ms. Reed’s claims thrust the clinic between warring factions. Missouri’s attorney general, a Republican, opened an investigation, and lawmakers in Missouri and other states trumpeted her allegations when they passed a slew of bans on gender treatments for minors. LGBTQ advocates have pointed to parents who disputed her account in local news reports, and to a Washington University investigation that determined her claims were “unsubstantiated.”

The reality was more complex than what was portrayed by either side of the political battle, according to interviews with dozens of patients, parents, former employees and local health providers, as well as more than 300 pages of documents shared by Ms. Reed.

That framing suggests an equivalence between the politicians weaponizing Reed’s claims in order to ban youth access to gender-affirming care, and advocates for the people whose rights are being taken away. But what evidence does the paper provide to back up its claim that the clinic was misleading the public?

Misleading numbers

NYT: They Paused Puberty, but Is There a Cost?

In the ninth paragraph of a story on puberty blockers, the New York Times (11/14/22) reported that there are an estimated 300,000 US teenagers between 300,000 who identify as transgender, “and an untold number who are younger.” Forty-two paragraphs later, the Times admitted that the number of trans kids on puberty blockers—i.e., the subject of the st0ry—is a tiny fraction of that, with only 4,780 getting the costly medication paid for by insurance.

Ghorayshi reports that the university found in its internal investigation that none of its 598 patients receiving hormonal medications reported “adverse physical reactions.” She juxtaposes this with a list Reed and clinic nurse Karen Hamon privately created of 76 so-called “red flag cases”:

The list eventually included 60 adolescents with complex psychiatric diagnoses, a shifting sense of gender or complicated family situations. One patient on testosterone stopped taking schizophrenia medication without consulting a doctor. Another patient had visual and olfactory hallucinations. Another had been in an inpatient psychiatric unit for five months.

On a different tab, they tallied 16 patients who they knew had detransitioned, meaning they had changed their gender identity or stopped hormone treatments.

The suggestion, of course, is that the university is covering something up. But having a “complex psychiatric diagnos[i]s,” a “shifting sense of gender” or a “complicated family situation” in no way equates with having an adverse outcome to hormonal treatment. Nor, for that matter, does changing one’s gender identity or stopping hormone treatments.

What’s more, the Times does not report being able to confirm a single adverse physical reaction. In contrast, it does report that it found one of Reed’s claims about a child who had experienced liver damage to be misleading:

Heidi’s daughter indeed had liver damage, a rare side effect of bicalutamide. But she had been taking the drug for a year, records show, and had a complicated medical history. She was immunocompromised, and experienced liver problems only after getting Covid and taking another drug with possible liver side effects.

As for patients who detransitioned, the paper offers two examples that appear to come from Reed, and one it communicated with directly. That’s a total of three detransitions out of 598 patients receiving hormonal medications, or 0.5%.

The Times’ use of Reed’s unverified “red flag list” is perhaps its most egregious use so far of misleading numbers in its coverage on adolescent gender-affirming care. But it’s certainly not the first. The Times (11/14/22) misled its readers in its nearly 6,000-word article on puberty blockers by leading with the fact that 300,000 people between 13 and 17 identify as transgender. Only halfway through the lengthy piece do we find out that only 5,000 of them are on puberty blockers. As Assigned Media (11/14/22) noted:

There are over 25 million youth between the ages of 13 and 17. The percentage of US children ages 13–17 on puberty blockers, therefore, calculates to .02%. The percentage of trans-identifying youth on blockers, according to this article’s own numbers, would be less than 2% of trans-identifying youth. This kind of choice, to include a large number that’s not really representative of the problem, is a common one we’ve found in right-wing outlets that engage openly in anti-trans propaganda to further GOP political goals.

Overemphasis on regret

Twitter: Unfortunately, myself and the 18+ other parents mentioned & interviewed for the story last May were led to believe that our perspectives & + experiences @ the center would be highlighted esp. since discredit JR in many ways. DID NOT HAPPEN!!!

A parent of a patient at the St. Louis gender clinic posted on Twitter (8/24/23) to complain that she and other parents felt their perspectives were downplayed in the New York Times piece.

As in other Times stories on trans healthcare, a small number of detransitioners get a disproportionate amount of column space. The paper reports having interviewed 18 patients and their parents who said they had great experiences with the clinic. It quotes two of these patients and one parent, and spends a total of 173 words describing their experiences.

The article spends roughly twice that much ink talking about detransitioners, despite finding evidence of only three and interviewing only one. It devotes 175 words to the story of the single detransitioner the paper was able to interview, more than the amount offered to all the patients and parents with positive experiences.

None of this is to say that journalists should be doing PR for Washington University’s clinic and only telling positive stories. The St. Louis Post Dispatch (3/5/23), which covered the allegations earlier this year, spoke extensively with parents and kids, just as the Times did. It found one parent who had a negative experience, reporting she felt pressure to start her child on medication. The Post Dispatch devoted seven paragraphs to telling her story, compared to 32 paragraphs describing the experiences of the rest of the kids and parents whose accounts were largely positive and contradictory to Reed’s claims.

One of the parents quoted in the Times story, Becky Hormuth, tweeted about how little their perspectives were included:

Unfortunately, myself and the 18+ other parents mentioned and interviewed for the story last May were led to believe that our perspectives and positive experiences at the center would be highlighted, especially since [they] discredit JR in many ways. DID NOT HAPPEN!!! 😔

Over-emphasizing stories of detransition, regret and complications by using disproportionate sourcing is common in the Times’ gender-affirming care coverage. The paper’s front-page article (9/26/22) on adolescent top surgery, also by Ghorayshi, profiled a single patient happy with their surgery, and two who regretted it.

NYT: The Battle Over Gender Therapy

In search of someone to quote who was unhappy about transitioning, the New York Times Magazine (6/15/22) quoted Grace Lidinsky-Smith without mentioning that she’s the head of an anti–trans care advocacy group.

One of those regretters, Grace Lidinsky-Smith, was also quoted in the Times Magazine‘s heavily criticized “Battle Over Gender Therapy” feature story (6/15/22; FAIR.org, 6/23/22). Along with Lidinsky-Smith—not identified in either Times story as the president of GCCAN, an advocacy group critical of gender-affirming care—that article placed a heavy emphasis on kids who considered transitioning but did not: It quoted three of them, along with a parent who refused to let their kid start hormones. By contrast, it only quoted one child who had happily transitioned, one parent who said they made the right choice, and two adults who said they had made the right choice, though one urged caution.

Meanwhile, rates of detransition are generally estimated to be in the single digits. The current Times article (8/23/23) uses flawed interpretations of studies to suggest detransition rates higher than studies actually show, reporting that “small studies with differing definitions and methodologies have found rates ranging from 2 to 30%.” To corroborate these numbers, the Times links to a literature review whose lead author is Pablo Exposito-Campos, a researcher with ties to the Society for Evidence Based Medicine, an organization that advocates against gender-affirming care for minors.

The 30% number referenced in Exposito-Campos’ review that the Times uses comes from a study that looked at hormone prescription continuation rates in the TRICARE system for family members of military members. The authors noted in the conclusion that their numbers “likely underestimate continuation rates among transgender patients.” They also pointed out that other studies have shown as few as 16% of people who discontinue hormones do so because of a change in gender identity. (If 16% of the 30% of patients who discontinued hormone treatment did so because of a gender-identity change, that would be 0.5% of all patients.)

Missing a genuine problem

NBC: Neither male nor female: Why some nonbinary people are 'microdosing' hormones

NBC (7/13/19) approached the issue of gender care for nonbinary youth as though they were important in their own right, and not just a handy tool with which to bash gender-care providers.

Notably, one of the detransitioners in the current Times article, Alex, did not regret their transition:

After three years on the hormone, she realized she was nonbinary and told the clinic she was stopping her testosterone injections. The nurse was dismissive, she recalled, and said there was no need for any follow-ups.

Alex, now 21, does not exactly regret taking testosterone, she told the Times, because it helped her sort out her identity. But “overall, there was a major lack of care and consideration for me,” she said.

Alex’s story is certainly worthy of being covered. But in attempting to frame the narrative around regret—which it couldn’t even demonstrate here—and a political debate over whether youth should even be able to access gender-affirming care, the Times missed the opportunity to discuss ignorance in the medical community of nonbinary identities, which is a genuine problem in trans healthcare.

NBC (7/13/19) reported on this problem in an extensive story profiling nonbinary people seeking gender-affirming care, and the physicians who treat them:

While the medical community’s understanding of trans and nonbinary people has evolved, most primary care physicians in the United States are still not trained on how to treat them, said Dr. Alex Keuroghlian, director of the National LGBT Health Education Center, which educates healthcare organizations on how to care for lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer people.

This is a particular issue for nonbinary people who may not fit a doctor’s or insurance company’s understanding of gender.

The Times (9/26/22) similarly questioned and manipulated numbers on detransitioners in its story on top surgery. The article referenced a study showing that out of 136 patients, only one regretted having this procedure. But it then cited another study about detransitioners:

Few researchers have looked at so-called detransitioners, people who have discontinued or reversed gender treatments. In July, a study of 28 such adults described a wide array of experiences, with some feeling intense regret and others having a more fluid gender identity.

That study, which specifically sought out detransitioners, did not mention a single person who regretted having top surgery, which was the subject of the article.

‘Lack of mental health treatment’

New York Times photo of Becky Hormuth

Of the ten photos that accompanied the New York Times‘ report (8/23/23) on the St. Louis gender clinic, none were of any of the clinic’s patients—though some were of parents who were supportive of the clinic, like Becky Hormuth (who was critical of the way the Times presented parents’ viewpoints).

A running theme throughout the most recent Times article (8/23/23) is that the Washington University clinic, overwhelmed with new patients, did not place enough emphasis on mental healthcare. The Times gives an account from Hamon, a nurse who worked with Reed on the “red flag list”:

The ER staff, she wrote in an email, had been seeing more transgender adolescents experiencing mental health crises, “to the point where they said they at least have one TG patient per shift.”

“They aren’t sure why patients aren’t required to continue in counseling if they are continuing hormones,” Ms. Hamon added. And they were concerned that “no one is ever told no.”

The Times didn’t provide any evidence that it tried to corroborate Hamon’s claims of trans kids showing up in the ER every day, but it did paraphrase her claims as fact in the piece’s introduction: “Doctors in the emergency room downstairs raised alarms about transgender teenagers arriving every day in crisis, taking hormones but not getting therapy.” It’s a claim that cries out for factchecking, given the relatively small number of patients even treated by the clinic.

The article went on to give gross misinformation about the latest medical guidelines for trans patients, allegedly written to address these issues:

As similar mental health issues bubbled up at clinics worldwide, the international professional association for transgender medicine tried to address them by publishing specific guidelines for adolescents for the first time. The new “standards of care,” released in September, said that adolescents should question their gender for “several years” and undergo rigorous mental health evaluations before starting hormonal drugs.

The first claim is a mischaracterization. The World Professional Association for Transgender Health’s Standards of Care 7, released in 2012, had an 11-page section titled “Assessment and Treatment of Children and Adolescents With Gender Dysphoria.” The new guidelines separate the treatment of children and adolescents into separate chapters for the first time, but the Times makes it sound as if WPATH had never previously issued guidelines on adolescents.

The second claim is inaccurate. The requirement that adolescents question their gender for “several years” was in the draft of the current guidelines, but was removed in the final version. Ironically, the Times links to its own article, “The Battle Over Gender Therapy,” which explains this.

The third claim is correct, that guidelines strongly recommend mental health assessments, but, again, this was also the case in the old standards of care.

Europe envy 

NYT: England Overhauls Medical Care for Transgender Youth

This New York Times piece (7/28/22) is one of two written by the surging number of young people seeking gender treatments.”

The “lack of mental health support” is also contrasted with the approach being taken by several European countries:

In several European countries, health officials have limited—but not banned—the treatments for young patients, and have expanded mental healthcare while more data is collected.

European restrictions are a recurring theme in Times coverage, seemingly used to make restrictions in the US appear more reasonable. It has devoted two stories (7/28/22, 6/9/23) to England’s new restrictions on trans healthcare for adolescents. Disturbingly, neither this article nor the previous ones actually looked at the implications of prioritizing mental health treatments.

There are no studies demonstrating that psychotherapy alone is an adequate treatment for gender dysphoria. One of this approach’s most ardent proponents, the Gender Exploratory Therapy Association (GETA), concedes in its guidelines that “evidence supporting psychotherapy for GD consists only of case reports and small case series.”

The Daily Dot (7/25/23) reported that Stella O’Malley, one of GETA’s founders, admitted the approach lacks evidence:

I think we need to be careful in declaring we’re the “evidence-based side,” as most parents seek psychotherapy for their gender distressed kids and psychotherapy doesn’t have a strong evidence base.

Rather than examine why European countries are now prioritizing treatments that aren’t grounded in evidence, the Times simply expects us to believe that more “mental health treatment” is good.

Questionable sources

Jamie Reed interviewed by Free Press

In an interview (YouTube, 2/14/23), Jamie Reed suggested there should be a moratorium on gender-affirming care until there are “drug studies…in animals.”

The Times gave a substantial amount of deference to the claims made by Reed, a highly questionable source:

Some of Ms. Reed’s claims could not be confirmed, and at least one included factual inaccuracies. But others were corroborated, offering a rare glimpse into one of the 100 or so clinics in the United States that have been at the center of an intensifying fight over transgender rights.

This is a bizarre categorization, considering that the Times found at least two instances where Reed’s claims were contradicted by parents at the clinic. In addition to the parent who disputes Reed’s characterization about bicalutamide causing her kid’s liver damage, they found her claim that no information was being provided on the risks of treatments to be false: “Emails show that Ms. Reed herself provided parents with fliers outlining possible risks.”

The fact that the Times “could not confirm” so many of Reed’s numerous claims made in her 23-page affidavit raises questions about how hard they tried. For example, in her affidavit, Reed claims, “Most patients who have taken cross-sex hormones have experienced near-constant abdominal pain.” One would think the Times could have asked the “dozens of patients, parents, former employees and local health providers” it interviewed for this story about this supposed epidemic of stomach issues.

Reed has also made some incredibly bizarre claims, suggesting a lack of knowledge about gender-affirming treatments. In an interview with Bari Weiss and Free Press contributor Emily Yoffe (Free Press, 2/14/23), she proposed a moratorium on gender-affirming treatments, suggesting they need to be tested in animals first:

In clinical research and research that we do, there are different levels of research before you roll it out to human research studies, and there are things that you have to do first before you try it in humans, and just knowing what I know about clinical research, I think that we need a moratorium, and we need to go back to square one, and square one in drug studies is in animals.

The Times did not bother asking Reed about this claim.

It also failed to mention her affiliation with Genspect, an organization that opposes medical transition for anyone under the age of 25, and opposes bans on conversion therapy. (A 2020 study showed significantly higher rates of suicidal ideation among trans people who have been subjected to conversion therapy.)

Softening extremism 

SPLC: Why is Alliance Defending Freedom a Hate Group?

Reed’s lawyer works with the Alliance Defending Freedom, which “has supported the idea that being LGBTQ+ should be a crime in the US,” according to the Southern Poverty Law Center (4/10/20).

Nor does the Times mention that Reed’s attorney, Vernadette Broyles, works with the Alliance Defending Freedom, an anti-LGBTQ hate group, and once compared LGBTQ people to cockroaches. The Times instead categorizes her as a “prominent parental rights lawyer.” It then softens her extremism by mentioning she has made derogatory comments about the trans rights movement, but omits the hateful language she has used about queer people themselves.

This is a recurring theme in the Times’ coverage, noted in the Contributors’ Letter responding to the Times’ biased coverage:

Another source, Grace Lidinksy⁠-⁠Smith, was identified as an individual person speaking about a personal choice to detransition, rather than the president of GCCAN, an activist organization that pushes junk science and partners with explicitly anti⁠-⁠trans hate groups.

The Times‘ treatment of anti-trans sources encapsulates its failure to live up to its claims of objectivity. The paper has said in response to its critics:

Our journalism strives to explore, interrogate and reflect the experiences, ideas and debates in society—to help readers understand them. Our reporting did exactly that and we’re proud of it.

It’s hard to see how readers are helped to understand these issues with such critical information omitted.

The post NYT Publishes ‘Greatest Hits’ of Bad Trans Healthcare Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Alex Koren.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/30/nyt-publishes-greatest-hits-of-bad-trans-healthcare-coverage/feed/ 0 423958
Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/#respond Fri, 25 Aug 2023 22:18:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035133 News reports largely confused the climate crisis's contribution to the fire, and ignored the role of fossil fuels in planetary heating. 

The post Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

When wildfires tore across Maui on August 9, devastating the Hawaiian island gem, media covered the disaster extensively. Broadcast news featured dramatic photographs that showed the horrors of the island’s destruction, with online videos shared everywhere from the Weather Channel to Inside Edition. Reporting carried testimonial descriptions like “war zone” and “apocalyptic.” On Twitter, before-and-after pictures of Lahaina confirmed that the town, home to Indigenous communities and historic sites, no longer existed.

Most of the corporate press focused on the island’s sensational visual destruction, official responses, body counts and destroyed structures. Meanwhile, news reports largely confused or denied the climate crisis’s contribution to the fire, and ignored the connections between fossil fuel use, increased CO2 levels and planetary heating.

Crisis reporting’s lack of context 

WaPo: Six killed in wildfires burning in Hawaii, authorities urge tourists to stay away

The Washington Post (8/9/23) quoted Hawaii’s governor, ““We never anticipated in this state that a hurricane that did not make impact on our islands would cause these kind of wildfires”—but the word “climate” doesn’t appear in the article.

A long Washington Post piece (8/9/23) described Maui’s power outages, cell phone blackout, clogged roads and evacuations. It made no mention of the climate crisis.

The following day, the Post (8/10/23) reported that “the fires left 89 people dead and damaged or destroyed more than 2,200 structures and buildings.” Headlining the article, “What We Know About the Cause of the Maui Wildfires,” the paper didn’t include “climate change” or its synonyms in the text. Instead, the Post identified three “risk” factors: “months of drought, low humidity and high winds.” What caused the months of drought on a tropical island not previously prone to wildfires? The Post didn’t seem interested in pursuing the question.

The piece also offered no information for understanding the similarities to the fires that had raged across Canada and turned the skies of the Northeast an eerie color of orange only two months earlier (FAIR.org, 7/18/23). The only reference point the Post gave for comparison was Hurricane Lane, which hit the Hawaiian Islands in 2018, causing heavy rains and later burning 3,000 acres of land—yet the reporters made no connection between climate instability and stronger, more intense storms.

The San Francisco Chronicle (8/10/23) published a stand-alone photo essay with captions, many taken with drones or aerial photography, that included a series of before-and-after images of Lahaina and the loss of historic sites, including the scorching of the banyan tree planted in 1870 to mark the 50th anniversary of the arrival of missionaries on the island. Though under the heading of “Climate,” no mention was made of the changing climate.

‘A symptom of human-caused climate change’

NYT: How Climate Change Turned Lush Hawaii Into a Tinderbox

Even when specifically addressing the impact of climate disruption, the New York Times (8/10/23) fails to mention the role of oil and other fossil fuels.

Some in the press did draw connections to the climate crisis. For instance, Axios (8/10/23), in a piece headlined, “The Climate Link to Maui’s Wildfire Tragedy,” framed the disaster within a climate discourse: “Researchers say climate change has likely been a contributing factor to the deadly wildfires in Hawaii.” Axios also drew correlations to the “summer of blistering, record-breaking heat, that puts climate in focus,” referencing the wildfires destroying Canadian forests and creating a health hazard across the US.

Importantly, Axios went further, admitting that climate change is a consequence of human activity: “Increased wildfire risk is also a symptom of human-caused climate change, scientists say.” A link took readers to previous Axios reporting (5/16/22) on research that tracks wildfire risks to the built environment, writing, “Climate change will cause a steep increase in the exposure of US properties to wildfire risks during the next 30 years.” Yet even while making these connections, Axios failed to include fossil fuels and CO2 in the text.

A New York Times piece headlined “How Climate Change Turned Lush Hawaii into a Tinder Box” (8/10/23) seemed focused on climate disruption: “As the planet heats up, no place is protected from disasters.” It documented the “long-term decline” in annual rainfall,” matter-of-factly citing multiple causes such as El Niño fluctuations, storms moving north and less cloud cover. But like Axios, the Times remained silent on what’s at the root of all this: fossil fuel combustion, and the gas and oil industries.

More, the Times asserted “It’s difficult to directly attribute any single hurricane to climate change”—as though there are some weather events that are affected by the climate, and others that are not. This is the discredited language of climate denial and doubt, pushed for decades by Exxon and other mega-fossil fuel corporations. Why include it, when the next sentence acknowledges that bigger storms result from increasing temperatures?

The report released by the IPCC in 2021 (8/9/21) did not mince words:

The alarm bells are deafening, and the evidence is irrefutable: greenhouse gas emissions from fossil fuel burning and deforestation are choking our planet and putting billions of people at immediate risk.

The UN Secretary-General called it “code red for humanity.” Bill McKibben’s 2021 review of the report in the New Yorker (8/11/21) charged humans with “wreaking havoc” on the planet: We are “setting it on fire.”

Much is now understood about climate change and how best to convey information about it clearly. It’s important to lead with the main point that the planet is warming, and that fossil fuel combustion is the greatest contributor. In Communicating the Science of Climate Change (2011), Richard Summerville and Susan Joy Hassol of Climate Communication write that a common mistake in climate messaging is overdoing “the level of detail, and people can have difficulty sorting out what is important. In short, the more you say, the less they hear.

‘Climate change can’t be blamed’

WaPo: Maui fires not just due to climate change but a ‘compound disaster’

The Washington Post (8/12/23) saying that the fires were also caused by “weather patterns that happen naturally” is like reporting that a house didn’t burn down just because of arson, but also because it was made of wood.

Two days later, the Washington Post (8/12/23) had solidified what can be described as a “discourse of confusion” with the headline, “Maui Fires Not Just Due to Climate Change but a ‘Compound Disaster.’”

There is not just one “standout factor,” it asserted, but different “agents acting together.” The article explained that rising temperatures contributed to the severity of the blaze, but “global warming could not have driven the fires by itself.” Other “human influences” on “climate and environment” are causing these disasters to escalate. Making a distinction between planetary warming and other “human influences” on “environment” muddies the connections between a warming planet and extreme weather events, and confuses the realities of climate disruption. It obscures who is responsible and what must change.

For climate scientist David Ho (Twitter, 8/10/23), a professor at the University of Hawaii at Manoa, the cause of the Maui fires was straightforward and stated clearly:

People associate Hawaii with tropical conditions, but rainfall has been decreasing for decades because of climate change, drying out the lush landscape and making it increasingly susceptible to wildfire damage.

Another climate scientist and energy policy expert, Leah Stokes at UC Santa Barbara, was also clear about climate change and the Maui fires. Over a image of Lahaina, she posted (Twitter, 8/9/23): “This is climate change. Every day we delay cutting fossil fuels, more tragedies like this happen.”

When ABC News (8/15/23) went even further and published the headline: “Why Climate Change Can’t Be Blamed for the Maui Wildfires,” climate reporter Emily Atkin, of the newsletter Heated (8/17/23), went to the article’s sources to ask if the headline phrasing accurately reflected their comments. They all said their words had been taken out of context. The headline was later edited to add “entirely” after “blamed.”

The incident was picked by the Poynter Institute (8/18/23), which quoted Atkin saying, “Climate change absolutely can be partially blamed for the severity of the Maui disaster because climate change worsens wildfires, and climate change plays a role in literally all weather events.”

Discouraging action

Democracy Now!: “We’re Living the Climate Emergency”: Native Hawaiian Kaniela Ing on Fires, Colonialism & Banyan Tree

Kaniela Ing (Democracy Now!, 8/11/23): “Donald Trump, Ron DeSantis, Tim Scott, Joe Manchin, oil companies and anyone in power who denies climate change, to me, are the arsonists here.”

That sort of reporting done by the Post and ABC discourages much-needed action—as does reporting like NPR’s “The Role Climate Change Played in Hawaii’s Devastating Wildfires” (All Things Considered, 8/10/23). That piece led with standard crisis reporting and a resident of Lahaina who said everything he had is gone, then moved to details of an island in ruins. Testimonial descriptions included one woman’s story of jumping into the water and witnessing her pet and friend dying. A mobile doctor says, “It just seems unfair.” We are left with feelings of despair.

Reporting on our environmental crisis, heavy on description and ratings-driven horror, and mostly devoid of clear explanations and solutions, most establishment media offer only despair and inevitability. It has long been understood that the presentation of images and discussions of the horrors of environmental and human suffering, presented without direct actions to be taken, are experienced as an anguishing emotional blow.

As Erin Hawley and Gabi Mocatta wrote in Popular Communication (4/22),  addressing planetary suffering should be told with new stories where audiences can “write themselves into the story of building a better future.” Solution-focused storytelling offers accurate documentation of the crisis, but follows with policies able to address our current climate emergency, and even details of available technologies and transformative climate solutions (FAIR.org, 7/18/23).

There are solutions in place, which are rarely mentioned in corporate media. For example, Stanford University published research (One Earth, 12/20/19) that compared alternative energy to the existing model in 143 countries, accounting for 99.7% of the world’s CO2 emissions. Researchers found that transitioning to 100% wind, water and solar (WWS) reduces global energy needs by 57%, energy costs by 61%, and social costs by 91%, while avoiding blackouts and creating millions more jobs than lost.

As Native Hawaiian Kaniela Ing told Democracy Now! (8/11/23): “We need to end and phase out, deny all new fossil fuel permits, and really empower the communities that build back ourselves democratically. That’s the solution for it.”

Corporate journalism is currently failing to tell, accurately and compellingly, the most important story of our time: what the causes of the climate crisis are, and what can be done to stop the destruction of people and the planet as we know it.


Featured Image: Weather Channel (8/16/23)

The post Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Robin Andersen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/feed/ 0 422465
Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/#respond Fri, 25 Aug 2023 22:18:28 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035133 News reports largely confused the climate crisis's contribution to the fire, and ignored the role of fossil fuels in planetary heating. 

The post Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

When wildfires tore across Maui on August 9, devastating the Hawaiian island gem, media covered the disaster extensively. Broadcast news featured dramatic photographs that showed the horrors of the island’s destruction, with online videos shared everywhere from the Weather Channel to Inside Edition. Reporting carried testimonial descriptions like “war zone” and “apocalyptic.” On Twitter, before-and-after pictures of Lahaina confirmed that the town, home to Indigenous communities and historic sites, no longer existed.

Most of the corporate press focused on the island’s sensational visual destruction, official responses, body counts and destroyed structures. Meanwhile, news reports largely confused or denied the climate crisis’s contribution to the fire, and ignored the connections between fossil fuel use, increased CO2 levels and planetary heating.

Crisis reporting’s lack of context 

WaPo: Six killed in wildfires burning in Hawaii, authorities urge tourists to stay away

The Washington Post (8/9/23) quoted Hawaii’s governor, ““We never anticipated in this state that a hurricane that did not make impact on our islands would cause these kind of wildfires”—but the word “climate” doesn’t appear in the article.

A long Washington Post piece (8/9/23) described Maui’s power outages, cell phone blackout, clogged roads and evacuations. It made no mention of the climate crisis.

The following day, the Post (8/10/23) reported that “the fires left 89 people dead and damaged or destroyed more than 2,200 structures and buildings.” Headlining the article, “What We Know About the Cause of the Maui Wildfires,” the paper didn’t include “climate change” or its synonyms in the text. Instead, the Post identified three “risk” factors: “months of drought, low humidity and high winds.” What caused the months of drought on a tropical island not previously prone to wildfires? The Post didn’t seem interested in pursuing the question.

The piece also offered no information for understanding the similarities to the fires that had raged across Canada and turned the skies of the Northeast an eerie color of orange only two months earlier (FAIR.org, 7/18/23). The only reference point the Post gave for comparison was Hurricane Lane, which hit the Hawaiian Islands in 2018, causing heavy rains and later burning 3,000 acres of land—yet the reporters made no connection between climate instability and stronger, more intense storms.

The San Francisco Chronicle (8/10/23) published a stand-alone photo essay with captions, many taken with drones or aerial photography, that included a series of before-and-after images of Lahaina and the loss of historic sites, including the scorching of the banyan tree planted in 1870 to mark the 50th anniversary of the arrival of missionaries on the island. Though under the heading of “Climate,” no mention was made of the changing climate.

‘A symptom of human-caused climate change’

NYT: How Climate Change Turned Lush Hawaii Into a Tinderbox

Even when specifically addressing the impact of climate disruption, the New York Times (8/10/23) fails to mention the role of oil and other fossil fuels.

Some in the press did draw connections to the climate crisis. For instance, Axios (8/10/23), in a piece headlined, “The Climate Link to Maui’s Wildfire Tragedy,” framed the disaster within a climate discourse: “Researchers say climate change has likely been a contributing factor to the deadly wildfires in Hawaii.” Axios also drew correlations to the “summer of blistering, record-breaking heat, that puts climate in focus,” referencing the wildfires destroying Canadian forests and creating a health hazard across the US.

Importantly, Axios went further, admitting that climate change is a consequence of human activity: “Increased wildfire risk is also a symptom of human-caused climate change, scientists say.” A link took readers to previous Axios reporting (5/16/22) on research that tracks wildfire risks to the built environment, writing, “Climate change will cause a steep increase in the exposure of US properties to wildfire risks during the next 30 years.” Yet even while making these connections, Axios failed to include fossil fuels and CO2 in the text.

A New York Times piece headlined “How Climate Change Turned Lush Hawaii into a Tinder Box” (8/10/23) seemed focused on climate disruption: “As the planet heats up, no place is protected from disasters.” It documented the “long-term decline” in annual rainfall,” matter-of-factly citing multiple causes such as El Niño fluctuations, storms moving north and less cloud cover. But like Axios, the Times remained silent on what’s at the root of all this: fossil fuel combustion, and the gas and oil industries.

More, the Times asserted “It’s difficult to directly attribute any single hurricane to climate change”—as though there are some weather events that are affected by the climate, and others that are not. This is the discredited language of climate denial and doubt, pushed for decades by Exxon and other mega-fossil fuel corporations. Why include it, when the next sentence acknowledges that bigger storms result from increasing temperatures?

The report released by the IPCC in 2021 (8/9/21) did not mince words:

The alarm bells are deafening, and the evidence is irrefutable: greenhouse gas emissions from fossil fuel burning and deforestation are choking our planet and putting billions of people at immediate risk.

The UN Secretary-General called it “code red for humanity.” Bill McKibben’s 2021 review of the report in the New Yorker (8/11/21) charged humans with “wreaking havoc” on the planet: We are “setting it on fire.”

Much is now understood about climate change and how best to convey information about it clearly. It’s important to lead with the main point that the planet is warming, and that fossil fuel combustion is the greatest contributor. In Communicating the Science of Climate Change (2011), Richard Summerville and Susan Joy Hassol of Climate Communication write that a common mistake in climate messaging is overdoing “the level of detail, and people can have difficulty sorting out what is important. In short, the more you say, the less they hear.

‘Climate change can’t be blamed’

WaPo: Maui fires not just due to climate change but a ‘compound disaster’

The Washington Post (8/12/23) saying that the fires were also caused by “weather patterns that happen naturally” is like reporting that a house didn’t burn down just because of arson, but also because it was made of wood.

Two days later, the Washington Post (8/12/23) had solidified what can be described as a “discourse of confusion” with the headline, “Maui Fires Not Just Due to Climate Change but a ‘Compound Disaster.’”

There is not just one “standout factor,” it asserted, but different “agents acting together.” The article explained that rising temperatures contributed to the severity of the blaze, but “global warming could not have driven the fires by itself.” Other “human influences” on “climate and environment” are causing these disasters to escalate. Making a distinction between planetary warming and other “human influences” on “environment” muddies the connections between a warming planet and extreme weather events, and confuses the realities of climate disruption. It obscures who is responsible and what must change.

For climate scientist David Ho (Twitter, 8/10/23), a professor at the University of Hawaii at Manoa, the cause of the Maui fires was straightforward and stated clearly:

People associate Hawaii with tropical conditions, but rainfall has been decreasing for decades because of climate change, drying out the lush landscape and making it increasingly susceptible to wildfire damage.

Another climate scientist and energy policy expert, Leah Stokes at UC Santa Barbara, was also clear about climate change and the Maui fires. Over a image of Lahaina, she posted (Twitter, 8/9/23): “This is climate change. Every day we delay cutting fossil fuels, more tragedies like this happen.”

When ABC News (8/15/23) went even further and published the headline: “Why Climate Change Can’t Be Blamed for the Maui Wildfires,” climate reporter Emily Atkin, of the newsletter Heated (8/17/23), went to the article’s sources to ask if the headline phrasing accurately reflected their comments. They all said their words had been taken out of context. The headline was later edited to add “entirely” after “blamed.”

The incident was picked by the Poynter Institute (8/18/23), which quoted Atkin saying, “Climate change absolutely can be partially blamed for the severity of the Maui disaster because climate change worsens wildfires, and climate change plays a role in literally all weather events.”

Discouraging action

Democracy Now!: “We’re Living the Climate Emergency”: Native Hawaiian Kaniela Ing on Fires, Colonialism & Banyan Tree

Kaniela Ing (Democracy Now!, 8/11/23): “Donald Trump, Ron DeSantis, Tim Scott, Joe Manchin, oil companies and anyone in power who denies climate change, to me, are the arsonists here.”

That sort of reporting done by the Post and ABC discourages much-needed action—as does reporting like NPR’s “The Role Climate Change Played in Hawaii’s Devastating Wildfires” (All Things Considered, 8/10/23). That piece led with standard crisis reporting and a resident of Lahaina who said everything he had is gone, then moved to details of an island in ruins. Testimonial descriptions included one woman’s story of jumping into the water and witnessing her pet and friend dying. A mobile doctor says, “It just seems unfair.” We are left with feelings of despair.

Reporting on our environmental crisis, heavy on description and ratings-driven horror, and mostly devoid of clear explanations and solutions, most establishment media offer only despair and inevitability. It has long been understood that the presentation of images and discussions of the horrors of environmental and human suffering, presented without direct actions to be taken, are experienced as an anguishing emotional blow.

As Erin Hawley and Gabi Mocatta wrote in Popular Communication (4/22),  addressing planetary suffering should be told with new stories where audiences can “write themselves into the story of building a better future.” Solution-focused storytelling offers accurate documentation of the crisis, but follows with policies able to address our current climate emergency, and even details of available technologies and transformative climate solutions (FAIR.org, 7/18/23).

There are solutions in place, which are rarely mentioned in corporate media. For example, Stanford University published research (One Earth, 12/20/19) that compared alternative energy to the existing model in 143 countries, accounting for 99.7% of the world’s CO2 emissions. Researchers found that transitioning to 100% wind, water and solar (WWS) reduces global energy needs by 57%, energy costs by 61%, and social costs by 91%, while avoiding blackouts and creating millions more jobs than lost.

As Native Hawaiian Kaniela Ing told Democracy Now! (8/11/23): “We need to end and phase out, deny all new fossil fuel permits, and really empower the communities that build back ourselves democratically. That’s the solution for it.”

Corporate journalism is currently failing to tell, accurately and compellingly, the most important story of our time: what the causes of the climate crisis are, and what can be done to stop the destruction of people and the planet as we know it.


Featured Image: Weather Channel (8/16/23)

The post Maui Fire Coverage Ignored Fossil Fuel Responsibility appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Robin Andersen.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/maui-fire-coverage-ignored-fossil-fuel-responsibility/feed/ 0 422466
Chadian news website Alwihda Info suspended over coverage of president https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/chadian-news-website-alwihda-info-suspended-over-coverage-of-president/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/chadian-news-website-alwihda-info-suspended-over-coverage-of-president/#respond Fri, 25 Aug 2023 16:12:21 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=310398 Dakar, August 25, 2023 – The Committee to Protect Journalists on Friday called for authorities in Chad to immediately reverse the suspension of the privately owned ​​news website Alwihda Info and stop censoring news outlets for their work.

“Chadian authorities should reverse their decision to suspend Alwihda Info at once and ensure media outlets do not face retaliation for covering issues of public interest,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator in Durban, South Africa. “Chadian journalists must be able to criticize authorities and cover public institutions, including the military, without fear of sanction.”

On Friday, August 25, Chad’s High Media and Audiovisual Authority regulator suspended Alwihda Info for eight days starting Saturday, according to a copy of that decision and Djimet Wiché, the outlet’s publishing director, who spoke to CPJ. Wiché said the outlet would comply with the suspension and halt publications on its website and social media starting Saturday.

The decision accused Alwihda Info of broadcasting “insulting remarks” about the president and remarks that were “of a nature undermining the cohesion and discipline within the army.”

Idriss Déby Itno, known as Mahamat Kaka, has been Chad’s transitional president since the 2021 death of his father.

The regulator’s order cited two reports by the outlet: one, on August 19, about Kaka’s dismissal of an army colonel, and another, on August 21, criticizing a speech by Kaka about conflict in the country’s north. The order said that more severe sanctions would follow in the event of recidivism.

CPJ called the regulator’s president, Abderamane Barka, and numbers publicly listed on the regulator’s website for comment, but received no replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/25/chadian-news-website-alwihda-info-suspended-over-coverage-of-president/feed/ 0 422385
Six Tropes to Look Out for That Distort Israel/Palestine Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/six-tropes-to-look-out-for-that-distort-israel-palestine-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/six-tropes-to-look-out-for-that-distort-israel-palestine-coverage/#respond Tue, 22 Aug 2023 17:38:08 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9035060 It is vital that news readers become acquainted with the tropes that dominate coverage of the Israeli occupation.

The post Six Tropes to Look Out for That Distort Israel/Palestine Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Tweet from Nadi Abusaada about asking ChatGPT whether Palestinians and Israelis should be free.

Do Palestinians deserve to be free? “A complex and controversial issue,” says ChatGPT (Twitter, 5/8/23). Do Israelis deserve to be free? “Yes, like all people.”

“This is quite something,” remarked Nadi Abusaada in a May 8 tweet. As many of us have done, the Palestinian academic found himself experimenting with the seemingly boundless powers of OpenAI’s ChatGPT software. But during this activity, he uncovered something disturbing.

“I asked @OpenAI whether Palestinians deserve to be free,” he said. The natural-language processing tool responded to Abusaada’s query ambivalently:

As an AI language model, I do not have personal opinions, feelings or beliefs. The question of whether Palestinians deserve to be free is a complex and controversial issue with many different perspectives and opinions….

But then he posed the same question about Israelis. This time, the chat box did not equivocate:

Yes, like all people, Israelis deserve to be free. Freedom is a fundamental human right that should be protected and guaranteed for all individuals, regardless of their nationality, ethnicity or religion. It is essential that Israelis, like all people, are able to live their lives free from violence, oppression and discrimination….

“Explanation?” demanded Abusaada.

The explanation lies in the overarching attitudes of the 570 GB of data that ChatGPT scrapes from the internet. And, with news media being one of the primary sources of information that the bot is trained on, Abusaada’s experience is hardly surprising.

To say that US news skews pro-Israel raises many an eyebrow, since the public has been conditioned to believe otherwise. With outlets like NPR vilified as “National Palestinian Radio” and papers like the New York Times castigated by pro-Israel watchdogs for lending “the Palestinian narrative” undue credence (CAMERA, 10/15/13), the myth of pro-Palestine bias appears plausible.

Yet such claims have been litigated, and the verdict is plain: US corporate media lean in favor of Israel. As Abeer Al-Najjar (New Arab, 7/28/22) noted: “The framing, sourcing, selection of facts, and language choices used to report on Palestine…often reveal systematic biases which distort the Palestinian struggle.” Some trends are more ubiquitous than others, which is why it is vital that news readers become acquainted with the tropes that dominate coverage of the Israeli occupation.

1. Where Are the Palestinians?

+972: US media talks a lot about Palestinians — just without Palestinians

From 1970 to 2019, the New York Times and Washington Post ran 5,739 opinion pieces about Palestinians. Just 1.4% of these were by Palestinians (+972, 10/2/20).

In 2018, 416Labs, a Canadian research firm, analyzed almost 100,000 news headlines published by five leading US publications between 1967 and 2017. The study revealed that major newspapers were four times more likely to run headlines from an Israeli government perspective, and 2.5 times more likely to cite Israeli sources over Palestinian ones. (This trend was further confirmed by Maha Nassar—+972, 10/2/20).

Owais Zaheer, an author of 416Labs’ study told the Intercept (1/12/19) that his findings call attention to “the need to more critically evaluate the scope of coverage of the Israeli occupation and recognize that readers are getting, at best, a heavily filtered rendering of the issue.”

In its media resource guide, the Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association (AMEJA) counseled reporters: “Former US diplomats, Israeli military analysts and non-Palestinian Middle East commentators are not replacements for Palestinian voices.”

The exclusion of Palestinian voices from corporate media reporting does not stop at sourcing. For example, contrary to its pro-Israel critics, NPR’s correspondents are rarely Palestinian or Arab, and almost all reside in West Jerusalem or Israel proper (FAIR.org, 4/2/18). Editors also overlook obvious conflicts of interest, like when the son of the New York Times‘ then–Israel bureau chief Ethan Bronner joined the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF) (Extra!, 4/10).

When Times public editor Clark Hoyt (2/6/10) acknowledged that readers aware of the son’s role “could reasonably wonder how that would affect the father,” Times executive editor Bill Keller rejected this advice, saying that having a child fighting for Israel gave Bronner “a measure of sophistication about Israel and its adversaries that someone with no connections would lack,” and might “make him even more tuned-in to the sensitivities of readers on both sides.” It’s hard to imagine Keller suggesting this if Bronner’s son had, say, signed up with Hamas.

Hirsh Goodman

Hirsh Goodman, the Israeli spin doctor married to the New York Times‘ Jerusalem bureau chief.

Isabel Kershner, the current Jerusalem correspondent for the Times, also had a son who enlisted in the IDF (Mondoweiss, 10/27/14). Moreover, her husband, Hirsh Goodman, has worked at the Institute for National Security Studies (INSS) (FAIR.org, 5/1/12), where his job was

shaping a positive image of Israel in the media. An examination of articles that Kershner has written or contributed to since 2009 reveals that she overwhelmingly relies on the INSS for think tank analysis about events in the region.

When establishment media outlets privilege one narrative over another, public opinion is likely to follow. Thus, the suppression of alternative viewpoints is among today’s most concerning media afflictions.

2. Turning Assaults Into ‘Clashes’

Reporting on Israel/Palestine often relies on a lexical toolbox designed for occlusion rather than clarity, “clashes” rather than “assaults.” Adam Johnson (FAIR.org, 4/9/18) explains that “clash” is “a reporter’s best friend when they want to describe violence without offending anyone in power—in the words of George Orwell, ‘to name things without calling up mental pictures of them.’”

WaPo: Burning Tires, Tear Gas and Live Fire: Gaza Clashes Turn Deadly

The Washington Post‘s headline (4/6/18) obscures the fact that it is Israel’s “live fire” and not Palestinians’ “burning tires” that are deadly.

FAIR has documented the abuse of “clash” in the Israeli/Palestinian context time and time again: In 2018 Gaza, Israeli troops fired at unarmed protestors 100 meters away. No Israelis perished, but 30 Palestinians were murdered. That was not a “clash,” as establishment media would have you believe; that was a mass shooting (FAIR.org, 5/1/18). During the funeral for Shireen Abu Akleh, the reporter who was assassinated by Israeli gunfire, the IDF beat mourners, charged at them with horses and batons, and deployed stun grenades and tear gas. The procession was so rocked by the attacks that they nearly dropped Abu Akleh’s casket. That was not a clash, that was a senseless act of cruelty (FAIR.org, 7/2/22). This summer, when Israeli forces raided the West Bank and stood by as illegal settlers arsoned homes, farmland and vehicles, that was not a “clash”; that was colonialism (FAIR.org7/6/23).

The choice to use “clash”—and other comparably hazy descriptors of regional violence, like “tension,” “conflict” and “strife”—is bad journalism. Such designations lack substance, disorient readers and above all spin a spurious storyline whereby Israelis and Palestinians inflict and withstand equivalent bloodshed. (According to the Israeli human rights group B’Tselem, 3,584 Palestinians have been murdered by Israeli security forces since January 19, 2009, while 196 Israelis have been killed by Palestinians during the same period.)

AMEJA’s media resource guide reminds journalists that the occupation “is not a conflict between states, but rather between Israel, which has one of the most advanced militaries in the world, and the Palestinians, who have no formal army.”

But when such a power imbalance is inadequately acknowledged, “clash” and its misleading corollaries will not sound out of place, and readers will not have the context necessary to separate the perpetrators from the victims of violence.

3. Linguistic Gymnastics

AP: 2 Palestinians killed in separate episodes in latest West Bank violence

Who killed the two Palestinians? AP (8/4/23) structured its headline to conceal that information.

The passive voice—or, as William Schneider describes it, the “past exonerative” tense—is a grammatical construction that describes events without assigning responsibility. Such sentence structures pervade coverage of the Israeli occupation.

In her 2021 investigation into coverage of the first and second intifadas, Holly M. Jackson identified disproportionate use of the passive voice—i.e., “the man was bitten” rather than “the dog bit the man”—as one of the defining linguistic features of New York Times reporting on the uprisings. The Times used the passive voice to talk about Palestinians twice as often as it did Israelis, which demonstrated the paper’s “clear patterns of bias against Palestinians.”

While Jackson’s study only examined New York Times coverage during the intifadas, passive voice remains a common grammatical cop out—still permeating national newspaper headlines in recent months:

  • “At Least Five Palestinians Killed in Clashes After Israeli Raid in West Bank” (New York Times, 6/19/23)
  • “Two Palestinians Killed in Separate Episodes in Latest West Bank Violence” (AP, 8/4/23)
  • “Israeli Forces Say Three Palestinians Killed in Occupied West Bank” (CNN, 8/7/23)

Other times, raids are miraculously carried out on their own, violence randomly erupts and missiles are inexplicably fired. The now-amended New York Times headline “Missile at Beachside Gaza Cafe Finds Patrons Poised for World Cup” (7/10/14) begged the question: Who fired the missile that, as if it had a mind of its own, “found” Palestinian World Cup spectators?

Similarly, the Washington Post piece “Yet Another Palestinian Journalist Dies on the Job” (5/12/22) leaves the reader puzzled. How exactly did Shireen Abu Akleh—left unnamed in the title—die?

Headlines that omit the Israeli subject are unjustifiably exculpatory, because editors know exactly who the assailant is.

4. Newsworthy and Unnewsworthy Deaths

NYT: More Than 30 Dead in Gaza and Israel as Fighting Quickly Escalates

The New York Times (5/11/21) disguised the reality that 88% of the dead were Palestinian.

Operation Cast Lead, Israel’s three-week military assault on Gaza in 2008, was carnage. According to Amnesty International and B’Tselem, the attack claimed 13 Israeli lives (four of which were killed by Israeli fire), while Palestine’s death toll was nearly 1,400—300 of which were children. Yet the media response was far from proportional.

In a 2010 study of New York Times coverage of Operation Cast Lead, Jonas Caballero found that the Times covered 431% of Israeli deaths—meaning each Israeli fatality was reported an average of four times—while reporting a mere 17% of Palestinian deaths. This means that Israeli deaths were covered at 25 times the rate Palestinian ones were.

The Times is not an outlier. FAIR’s examination (Extra!, 11–12/01) of six months’ worth of NPR Israel/Palestine broadcasting during the Second Intifada determined that 81% of Israeli fatalities were reported on, while Palestinian deaths were acknowledged just 34% of the time. The disparity only widened when Palestinian victims were minors:

Of the 30 Palestinian civilians under the age of 18 that were killed, six were reported on NPR—only 20%. By contrast, the network reported on 17 of the 19 Israeli minors who were killed, or 89%…. Apparently being a minor makes your death more newsworthy to NPR if you are Israeli, but less newsworthy if you are Palestinian.

Media also erase or downplay Palestinian deaths in the language of their headlines. When the New York Times (11/16/14) ran a story entitled “Palestinian Shot by Israeli Troops at Gaza Border” it did not seem to occur to the editor that specifying the age of the victim would be important. The Palestinian in question was a 10-year-old boy. In another headline, “More Than 30 Dead in Gaza and Israel as Fighting Quickly Escalates,” the Times (5/11/21) neatly obscures that 35 out of the “more than 30 dead” were Palestinian, while five were Israeli.

5. Sidelining International Law

CSM: Young Israeli settlers go hippie? Far out, man!

A Christian Science Monitor piece (8/9/09) framed the illegal occupation of Palestinian land as being about “freedom, holiness, righteousness and redemption.”

Attempts to insulate Israel from condemnation also manifest themselves in establishment media’s reluctance to identify the country’s breaches of international law (FAIR.org, 12/8/17).

In Operation Cast Lead coverage, FAIR (Extra!, 2/09) noted that—despite the blatant illegality of Israel’s assaults on Palestine’s civilian infrastructure—international law was seldom newsworthy. By January 13, 2009, only two evening news programs  (NBC Nightly News, 1/8/09, 1/11/09) had broached the legality of the Israeli military offensive. But, only one of those TV segments (Nightly News, 1/8/09) reprimanded Israel—the other (Nightly News, 1/11/09) defended the illegal use of white phosphorus, which was being deployed on refugee camps.

Meanwhile, just one daily newspaper (USA Today, 1/7/08) mentioned international law. But that single reference—embedded in an op-ed by a spokesperson from the Israeli embassy in Washington—was directed at Hamas violations, rather than Israeli ones.

When it comes to reporting on the unlawful establishment of Israeli settlements, media are no better. Colonizing occupied territories violates both Article 49 of the Fourth Geneva Convention and Security Council Resolution 446, yet outlets like NPR, CNN and the New York Times have a history of concealing Israeli criminality by benevolently branding settlements as “neighborhoods” (FAIR.org, 8/1/02, 10/10/14).

Such charitable descriptions have also been extended to settlers themselves. In an October 2009 Extra! piece, Julie Hollar investigated a bevy of articles that characterized settlers as “law-abiding,” “soft-spoken,” “gentle” and “normal.” One tone-deaf Christian Science Monitor headline (8/9/09) even read: “Young Israeli Settlers Go Hippie? Far Out, Man!” As Hollar observed, “ethnic cleansing could hardly hope for a friendlier hearing.”

Even when news media have characterized settlements and settlers as engaging in unlawful colonial practices, they have done so reluctantly. In 2021, Israeli settlement expansion in Sheikh Jarrah culminated in an unlawful campaign of mass expulsion. A New York Times (5/7/21) article on the crisis waited until the 39th paragraph before suggesting that Israel was acting criminally. Similarly, while describing Benjamin Netanyahu’s increasingly aggressive settlement policies, Associated Press (6/18/23) buried the lead by avoiding the “illegal” designation until the middle of the piece.

It’s important to bring up the rule of law not only when Israel is actively injuring innocents or erecting colonial communities. The ceaseless maltreatment of Palestinians constitutes—according to Amnesty International, B’Tselem and Human Rights Watch—apartheid. Apartheid is a crime against humanity, yet news media avoid acknowledging the human rights community’s consensus (FAIR.org, 7/21/23, 2/3/22, 4/26/19). As FAIR (5/23/23) pointed out, it is a journalistic duty to do so:

The dominant and overriding context of anything that happens in Israel/Palestine is the fact that the state of Israel is running an apartheid regime in the entirety of the territory it controls. Any obfuscation or equivocation of that fact serves only to downplay the severity of Israeli crimes and the US complicity in them.

6. Reversing Victim and Victimizer

Reuters: Israel strikes Gaza in retaliation for rocket fire, military says

As is typical, “retaliation” is used by Reuters (9/12/21) to refer to Israeli violence against Palestinians—implicitly justifying it as a response rather than an escalation.

As Gregory Shupak (FAIR.org, 5/18/21) wrote:

Only the Israeli side has ethnically cleansed and turned millions…into refugees by preventing [Palestinians] from exercising their right to return to their homes. Israel is the only side subjecting anyone to apartheid and military occupation.

Nevertheless, US media enter into fantastical rationalizations to make the Israeli aggressor appear to be the victim. Blaming Palestinians for their suffering and dispossession has become one of the prime ways to accomplish this feat.

A 2018 FAIR report (5/17/18) analyzed coverage of the deadly Great March of Return—protests that erupted in response to Israel’s illegal land, air and sea blockade on the Gaza Strip. The ongoing siege bans the import of raw materials and significantly curtails the movement of people and goods. The International Committee of the Red Cross (6/14/10) deplores the blockade: “The whole of Gaza’s civilian population is being punished for acts for which they bear no responsibility.”

Despite the ICRC indictment, FAIR found that established media held besieged Palestinians accountable for Israel’s reign of terror following anti-blockade demonstrations. The New York Times (5/14/18) editorial board went so far as to suggest that Palestinians (and not the siege-imposing Israel) were the only obstacles to peace:

Led too long by men who were corrupt or violent or both, the Palestinians have failed and failed again to make their own best efforts toward peace. Even now, Gazans are undermining their own cause by resorting to violence, rather than keeping their protests strictly peaceful.

Casting Palestinians as incorrigible savages is also easier when US media use defensive language to excuse the bulk of Israeli violence (FAIR.org, 2/2/09, 7/10/14). FAIR (5/1/02) conducted a survey into ABC, CBS and NBC’s use of the word “retaliation”—a term that “lays responsibil­ity for the cycle of violence at the doorstep of the party being ‘retaliated’ against, since they presumably initiated the conflict.” Of the 150 mentions of “retaliation” and its analogs between September 2000 and March 17, 2002, 79% referred to Israeli violence. Twelve percent were ambiguous, or encompassed both sides. A mere 9% framed Palestinian violence as a retaliatory response.

Greg Philo and Mike Berry’s books Bad News From Israel and More Bad News From Israel posit that television’s “Palestinian action/Israeli retaliation” trope has a “significant effect” on how the public remember events and allot blame (FAIR.org, 8/21/20). When Palestinians are consistently portrayed as the aggressive party and Israel as the defensive one, US news media are “effectively legitimizing Israeli actions.”

Coverage of the Russian invasion of Ukraine celebrates the efforts of Ukrainian resistance. With the anti-imperial Palestinian struggle, however, news media refuse to extend the same favor (FAIR.org, 7/6/23), thus creating a

media landscape where certain groups are entitled to self-defense, and others are doomed to be the victims of  “reprisal” attacks. It tells the world that…Palestinians living under apartheid have no right to react to the almost daily raids, growing illegal settlements and ballooning settler hostility.

***

Malcolm X once declared,“If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” As stories about Israel/Palestine continue to bombard our screens and daily papers, readers and journalists alike need to remain aware of the pro-Israel pitfalls that pockmark establishment news coverage. Then maybe one day we can move towards a future where ChatGPT answers “yes” when users like Abusaada ask it whether Palestinians deserve to be free.

 

The post Six Tropes to Look Out for That Distort Israel/Palestine Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Lara-Nour Walton.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/22/six-tropes-to-look-out-for-that-distort-israel-palestine-coverage/feed/ 0 420950
Benin and Burkina Faso suspend media outlets over coverage of Niger coup https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/15/benin-and-burkina-faso-suspend-media-outlets-over-coverage-of-niger-coup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/15/benin-and-burkina-faso-suspend-media-outlets-over-coverage-of-niger-coup/#respond Tue, 15 Aug 2023 17:26:18 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=307356 Dakar, August 15, 2023—Authorities in Benin and Burkina Faso must immediately lift their respective suspensions of La Gazette du Golfe and Radio Oméga, and allow the media to report without fear on regional politics, including the coup in Niger, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On August 8, Benin’s High Authority for Audiovisual and Communication, or HAAC, which regulates the country’s communications sector, indefinitely suspended operations of the privately owned press group La Gazette du Golfe, including its TV, radio, print, and online outlets, according to a copy of the decision and two of the group’s staff members, who spoke with CPJ and requested anonymity for safety reasons.  

Separately, on August 10, Burkina Faso suspended “until further notice” the privately owned outlet Radio Oméga, according to a statement by the government’s information service and a member of the broadcaster’s staff, who spoke with CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing security concerns.

Both suspensions stem from the outlets’ coverage of the recent coup in Niger.

“Authorities in Benin should reverse their suspension of La Gazette du Golfe, and Burkina Faso authorities should also lift their suspension of Radio Oméga at once,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, in Durban, South Africa. “Journalists should be free to provide information about political developments in West Africa, such as regional responses to the coup in Niger, without fear of reprisal.”

In its decision, the HAAC accused La Gazette du Golfe of failing to respect the regulator’s August 3 statement telling the media to “scrupulously respect constitutional and legal provisions” when dealing with information condoning coups in Africa and the region.

When contacted via messaging app, HAAC Secretary-General Julien Pierre Akpaki said he was traveling and could not respond to questions because he did not have reliable internet. Another HAAC representative told CPJ by phone that the suspension of La Gazette du Golfe was related to its August 8 broadcast criticizing possible military intervention in Niger by neighboring states. That representative requested anonymity because they were not allowed to make public comments.

Benin has offered to contribute troops if the Economic Community of West African States uses military force to reinstate Niger President Mohamed Bazoum, who was ousted by soldiers on July 26. Niger’s new military rulers said Monday that they planned to prosecute Bazoum for treason.

Burkina Faso’s official government information service said that authorities suspended Radio Oméga over an August 10 interview with Ousmane Abdoul Moumouni, a spokesperson for Niger’s Council of Resistance for the Republic, which was established to reinstate Bazoum. The statement described Moumouni’s interview as “peppered with insulting remarks against the new Nigerien authorities.”

Burkina Faso, which had two coups in 2022, has warned that it would regard military intervention to reinstate Bazoum as “a declaration of war” against itself as well.

Radio Oméga said in a statement that the state security department of the police summoned and questioned the outlet’s editor-in-chief, Abdoul Fhatave Tiemtoré, on August 11 about his interview with Moumouni. The police held Tiemtoré for several hours before allowing him to leave.

Radio Oméga condemned the suspension as “unfair and unfounded” and said the decision followed “numerous death threats” against its staff by people claiming to support Burkina Faso’s government and calling for the broadcaster to be suspended.

CPJ previously documented threats by government supporters against Radio Oméga reporter Lamine Traoré over his coverage of a meeting between Burkina Faso military leader Ibrahim Traoré and civil society organizations.

CPJ did not receive responses to phone calls and an email sent to Burkina Faso’s government spokesperson, or text messages sent to Fidèle Tamini, general secretary of Burkina Faso’s Ministry of Communication.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/15/benin-and-burkina-faso-suspend-media-outlets-over-coverage-of-niger-coup/feed/ 0 419372
Calf Days and Rationed Broadcasting: The Women’s World Cup https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/13/calf-days-and-rationed-broadcasting-the-womens-world-cup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/13/calf-days-and-rationed-broadcasting-the-womens-world-cup/#respond Sun, 13 Aug 2023 08:33:19 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=143121 FIFA is a funny organisation.  Mafia-run, obscenely corrupt, it governs the most popular game on the planet with a shameless, muscular vigour that must make other criminal enterprises green with envy.  But even its members must find the curious limitations to viewing matches of the 2023 Women’s World Cup being held in Australia and New Zealand odd, especially given the organisation’s efforts to promote the appeal of the game.

Billed as the most popular women’s tournament ever, Australians have been rationed in their share of viewable matches.  A mere 15 matches are available from the free-to-air service on Channel Seven.  If you do fork out for a subscription to the extortionists at Optus Sport, then you can view all 64 matches for a monthly fee of A$24.99.  Existing Optus customers have the pleasure of viewing the matches at the cost $A6.99.

Those attending in person have not disappointed the organisers, and figures have been supremely healthy in both countries, with Australia doing particularly well.  But the broadcasting pay wall has baffled the supporters of various national sides.

When a very entertaining Nigeria advanced to the knockout stages of the tournament, supporters in Australia found their options for viewing the match against England spare.  “Many people have been looking forward to watching the game with England, but not everybody can afford to pay for Optus Sports,” complained the frustrated chairperson of the Nigerian Association of Western Australia, Dr Pedrus Eweama.  “But there’s a limit to what we can do, it’s just part of policy … it’s very disappointing.”

Expatriates from other countries living in Australia were also bemused.  A UK citizen living in Melbourne, Alex Read, found it odd that his friends and family back in the old country could enjoy all the games on free to air platforms, live television or the BBC iPlayer.  “I get that football is a bigger sport in the UK than it may be in Australia, but that should be irrelevant.  You’re not going to show the Olympics and not show the whole thing for live view.”  Well, not unless you are in Australia, where broadcasting is stunningly tribal.

True to form, supporters of the Australian side, the Matildas, have little reason to be concerned about any impending paywall.  Channel Seven has rights to broadcast all their matches without charge.  But their broadcasting has been, for the most part, ordinary, platitudinous and stifled by cliché.  During the Australia-France quarterfinal held in Brisbane, a remark from one of the mathematically challenged commentators stood out: “There have been 50,000 eyes looking on tonight.”  Given the presence of 50,000 attendees, it can only be presumed that 25,000 one-eyed, Cyclopean wonders had stumbled their way into the Suncorp Stadium to witness the Australian victory after a brutally draining penalty shootout.

The viewing arrangements meant that only subscribers could watch the England-Colombia quarterfinal being held in Sydney later in the evening, which furnished those in attendance a thrilling 2-1 spectacle with the England Lionesses prevailing.  The next day, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation made footnote references to the match, focusing with almost exclusive adulation on the achievements of the home side’s efforts against France. That England remains a firm favourite to win the tournament has been all but scratched from the narrative.

For sports journalist and presenter Lucy Zelić, this seemed to conform to a disturbing pattern in the field of football broadcasting down under.  “From the technological disaster with SBS and Optus in 2018, to the limited offering of free-to-air matches for the 2019 Women’s World Cup, history has had an unfunny way of repeating itself.”  The limited offerings on Australian soil were all the more galling given that each of the 32 countries being represented at the tournament “has a proud community living in Australia.”

None of this was helped by the fact that the Women’s World Cup, despite being held on home soil, was not placed on a protected list of salient sporting tournaments that prevent them from falling into the cosmos of pay television.  Such Australian anti-siphoning laws, passed in 1992, were not used to cover the tournament as it was deemed, according to Zelić, not “to be ‘nationally important’ or ‘culturally significant’ for the Australian public”.  Those occupying the portfolio of Communications Minister have been far from sharp in that regard.

The problem was a microcosm of the broader challenges of broadcasting that seemed to have plagued this tournament.  Even before a ball was kicked, a spat arose between the head of FIFA, Gianni Infantino, and public service providers in five European countries over the cost of broadcasting rights.  Infantino was particularly miffed by offerings of US$1 million and US$10 million for the rights, compared with US$100 million to US$200 million for the men’s tournament.

The other tournament story that seemed to suck up the oxygen of discussion has been the cultish obsession with Sam Kerr’s injured calf muscle, which has come to resemble the miracle bone of a medieval saint.  Was the injury mild, severe, or even crippling?  The delicate wonder has featured in press conferences, cod psychology and the circles of endless punditry.  Seen as one of the most potent strikers in women’s football, the Australian has been confined to meandering on the sidelines and releasing words of undisclosed wisdom to her teammates like a sagacious witchdoctor.

In the match against France, Kerr finally made a lengthier show, though the weight of the team in the tournament has been borne with exuberant audacity largely by the likes of Caitlin Foord and Mary Fowler.  Because of their efforts, and those of goalkeeper Mackenzie Arnold, the team has reached their first World Cup semi-final.  At least Channel Seven will broadcast it, if poorly.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/13/calf-days-and-rationed-broadcasting-the-womens-world-cup/feed/ 0 418895
NBC Cites Balloon ‘Threat’ in Fawning Coverage of NORAD https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/07/nbc-cites-balloon-threat-in-fawning-coverage-of-norad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/07/nbc-cites-balloon-threat-in-fawning-coverage-of-norad/#respond Mon, 07 Aug 2023 21:22:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034700 NBC’s framing is structured so that the new technology NORAD is seeking is portrayed as an important part of America’s defense.

The post NBC Cites Balloon ‘Threat’ in Fawning Coverage of NORAD appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NBC: Inside Alaska Command Amid Rising Tensions

NBC News (7/24/23): Three views of the Chinese balloon.

The “Chinese Spy Balloon” has been an important story for fueling New Cold War animus against China, but it is based on a dubious premise. While the phrase “Chinese Spy Balloon” has been repeated ad nauseam in the US press (FAIR.org, 2/10/23),  no publicly available information exists to support that claim (Caitlin’s Newsletter, 2/14/23). While some officials still claim without proof that “we know for sure it was a spy vehicle,” the level of fearmongering from the press was certainly unwarranted. US intelligence agencies had actually tracked the balloon since its launch at Hainan Island (Washington Post, 2/14/23), and after intercepting the balloon with fighter jets, according to the head of NORAD, they quickly “determined it wasn’t a hostile threat” (NBC News, 7/20/23).

Even if the balloon was spying, the Pentagon quickly asserted that there would not be “significant value added over and above what the PRC is likely able to collect through things like satellites in Low Earth Orbit.” Or as the Pentagon spokesperson put it: “Does it pose a significantly enhanced threat on the intelligence side? Our best assessment right now is that it does not.” Another Pentagon official later acknowledged that the balloon “did not collect [intelligence] while it was transiting the United States or flying over the United States.”

Based on weather models, the Washington Post (2/14/23) noted that the most likely cause of the balloon’s unusual course was unexpected wind patterns, raising “the possibility that China didn’t intend to penetrate the American heartland with its airborne surveillance device.”

Despite the lack of any clear threat, the Biden administration blew it out of the sky, along with several other balloons. According to Biden himself (2/16/23), these latter balloons were all “most likely balloons tied to private companies, recreation or research institutions studying weather or conducting other scientific research.” This was almost certainly true in at least one case (Guardian, 2/17/23).

This hysterical reaction by the US not only had consequences on the global stage, but also had the effect of riling up the US public in anti-China fury. As a complement to that, it was also used to fuel concern about our ostensibly inferior military systems, giving advocates an opportunity to demand more resources for the war machine. NBC’s recent segment, “Inside NORAD’s Mission to Defend US Airspace” (7/24/23), is a prime example about how to leverage balloon hysteria into boosting the military/industrial complex.

‘Infamous Chinese balloon’

NBC News: Inside Alaska Command Amid Rising Tensions

NBC (7/24/23) illustrates the “strategic importance” of Alaska’s NORAD base.

The factual content of the segment, presented by NBC fixture Lester Holt, is as follows: NBC recounted the Chinese balloon episode, and toured an Alaskan NORAD base. Base personnel’s routine missions include flying air tankers to refuel F22s, so they can intercept other harmless balloons. The technology they have is more than capable of tracking balloons, but NORAD is seeking new technology anyway.

As plain facts, the story hardly comes across as a “story.” However, the stage-managed presentation served a dramatically different purpose. NBC’s framing is structured so that the new technology NORAD is seeking is portrayed as an important part of America’s defense.

For the NBC report, the first Chinese balloon wasn’t a non-event blown out of proportion, but something that “shined a light” on the “strategic importance” of Alaskan military bases “as adversaries like Russia and China demonstrate new capabilities.” NBC didn’t bother including the Pentagon’s admissions that the balloon was not an intelligence threat, or the likelihood that it drifted into US airspace by accident. Instead, it allowed the earlier pervasive assumption that the balloon represented some kind of crisis to justify the rest of the coverage.

The entire segment also fails to cite any “new capabilities” demonstrated by Russia or China. In fact, if anything, NBC described an even lower intensity than normal: Holt reported that there have actually been fewer Russian planes getting anywhere near US airspace since the Russo-Ukrainian war started. Despite this, Holt asked F16 instructor pilot Maj. Brent Rist, “Is the threat level increasing?” More remarkably, the pilot responded, “I think the threat level is increasing.” If there are fewer Russian planes, then what would the threat be? Nothing was said to support this or follow up, but the key line was delivered unchallenged.

NBC announced that the routine interceptions of other harmless balloons were “critical” missions, citing another balloon interception “just weeks after that infamous Chinese balloon crossed the US.” Here, too, NBC decided not to address the actual threat that this balloon posed, so the audience was left to accept on faith that this and similar missions are in fact “critical.”

At one point, Holt asked a radar operations commander whether or not NORAD’s technology was capable of detecting those kinds of balloons. The answer was a resounding yes; the commander explained that the warning systems were set to alert for objects traveling at higher velocity, but operators have since adjusted their warnings to look for other objects.

The segment immediately cut from there to reporting about how NORAD was looking for new technology that could “see over the horizon.” Instead of questioning why NORAD needed new technology, despite the demonstrated lack of threat and the adequate capability of current systems, NBC used the common neutral news segue “this comes as”—a phrase that implies a relationship without having to explain what exactly it is. That slippery language hid the obvious contradiction between the lack of threat and the desire to increase costs.

Selling shoes, soap or empire

NBC: Inside Alaska Command Amid Rising Tensions

NBC‘s Lester Holt (7/24/23) goes up in a military plane because he can.

NBC’s report went to great lengths to avoid questioning the most expensive institution in the federal government. Instead, the segment was tailor-made to appeal to the common American reverence for the military. Images of men in uniform looking serious, complex machinery whirring away, suited-up pilots and action shots of soaring jets that could have been from Top Gun, and Lester Holt on a military plane, with distorted audio as he addressed the audience through his radio headset. All of this heightened the idea that the military is exciting, thrilling and important. The fact that their “critical” job consists of attacking harmless balloons didn’t get in the way of promoting the militaristic American mythos. The message of NBC’s reporting was clear: Russia and China are coming, and we need a robust military to defend ourselves from these threats. The balloon was just a practice run for more threats from Russia and China. The images on screen did the job of reinforcing this message, despite the fact that there was no logical argument about any danger presented to the audience.

But propaganda isn’t about creating a coherent position, but rather about eliciting an emotional response from the audience. This segment can best be compared to an advertisement: Instead of selling shoes, soap or cars, they’re selling a rapidly expanding budget for the machinery of global empire. Much like the over-reliance on think tanks funded by military contractors (FAIR.org, 6/30/23), this sort of coverage contributes to the overall hawkish character of US corporate media.

All of this relies on the internal assumptions of the New Cold War paradigm, in which the US is facing off against Russia and China in a quest for global dominance. As in the old Cold War, much of the escalation comes from US strategy, but American audiences are kept in the dark about that.


ACTION ALERT: You can send messages to NBC Nightly News at nightly@nbcuni.com (or via Twitter: @NBCNightlyNews). Please remember that respectful communication is the most effective. Feel free to leave a copy of your message in the comments thread of this post.

 

The post NBC Cites Balloon ‘Threat’ in Fawning Coverage of NORAD appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Bryce Greene.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/07/nbc-cites-balloon-threat-in-fawning-coverage-of-norad/feed/ 0 417552
‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ – CounterSpin interview with Dave Zirin on NYT’s vanishing sports section https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/#respond Wed, 02 Aug 2023 20:12:40 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9034670 "When you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important.... It's not all fun and games."

The post ‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed The Nation‘s Dave Zirin about the elimination of the New York Times‘ sports section for the July 28, 2023, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin3230728Zirin.mp3

 

NYT: Why The Athletic Wants to Pillage Newspapers

New York Times (10/23/17)

Janine Jackson: Earlier this month, the New York Times made an announcement: The paper has a plan, they said, to “become a global leader in sports journalism.” Weirdly, the statement accompanied the news that the Times is shutting down its sports page. Times sports coverage is now in the hands of something called the Athletic, a sports website and app that the Times purchased a year and a half ago.

Athletic co-founder Alex Mather explained his outfit’s aspirations in a 2017 interview with, as it happens, the New York Times:

We will wait every local paper out and let them continuously bleed until we are the last one standing. We will suck them dry of their best talent at every moment. We will make business extremely difficult for them.

An Athletic editor tweeted a week or so ago, “Don’t be fooled by the cranky ‘sports journalism is dying’ tweets. The future has never been brighter.” The future of what, exactly, you might ask.

Dave Zirin is sports editor at The Nation as well as host of the Edge of Sports podcast. He’s author of a number of books, most recently The Kaepernick Effect: Taking a Knee, Changing the World, and he’s a writer/producer of the new documentary Behind the Shield: The Power and Politics of the NFL. He joins us now by phone from Takoma Park, Maryland. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Dave Zirin.

Dave Zirin: Oh, it’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Nation: The End of the New York Times Sports Page Is a Tragedy

The Nation (7/14/23)

JJ: Let me ask you, I guess, to start with what you see being lost. Not everything is worth preserving, of course, and not everything new is bad, but this decision represents more than, well, you might want to look somewhere else for box scores, yeah?

DZ: Yeah. I mean, we’ve been losing local coverage all over the country in the world of sports. Now, what does that mean? It doesn’t just mean that your local high school doesn’t get the attention it deserves, although, frankly, that is something.

It also means that all of the local scandals that invariably arrive through sports, whether it’s the public funding of stadiums and all the skullduggery that goes on with that, whether it’s the cozy relationships between political officials and team owners, whether it’s bad behavior by players in a public setting that in some way, shape or form endangers the public: All of these things are a product of local reporting, in terms of informing the public who these people are that we’re cheering for and what these teams represent that we’re cheering for.

The ascension of the Athletic is the negation of that kind of local sports coverage. It’s basically, even though it has a lot of talented reporters, many of whom are my colleagues and friends, a hedge fund posing as a sports operation that aims to hurt local sports pages all over the country.

And the issue here: It’s not just about the quality of the New York Times sports page historically, it’s not just about its Pulitzer Prizes and assorted awards or names that I grew up with, the Dave Andersons, the Harvey Aratons, the Red Smiths, for goodness’ sake, the Bob Lipsytes, these legendary names—Selena Roberts, Sonja Steptoe. It’s not just about that.

It’s the fact that it’s the industry leader, the New York Times, it really signals how dire the situation is nationally.

JJ: And it sounds like there’s things to know, you’ve started to tell us, that we need to know about the Athletic in particular, and the kind of rules by which they run their operation.

DZ: Yeah, it’s a union-busting operation, and it’s about presenting itself as a possibility for outsourcing for your local media baron that is having union troubles. We just saw this in the New York Times, where the New York Times workers, they stood together strong. The journalists stood together. I believe it was a one-day strike. Correct me if I’m wrong.

JJ: I believe so.

Dave Zirin

Dave Zirin: “When you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important…. It’s not all fun and games.”

DZ: And what it did was, it put the Sulzbergers and company back on their heels. What do they do in response to that? Oh gee, by sheer coincidence, hey, we’re shutting down a section of the newspaper, of course populated by Guild workers, union workers, and we’re replacing it with this non-union operation that, frankly, we’re already paying for. And we’re going to put it under the guise of, as Sulzberger said, this is going to make us the leader in sports.

So these people live in Bizarro World, the Superman world where everything is opposite. So they say, “Hey, we’re going to have the best sports coverage in the world.” After you fire or reassign all your sports reporters? That’s how you make the step to have the best sports coverage in the world?

But no, they’ll say, we have the Athletic, it’s a national operation. But as I said earlier, especially when you’re talking about the city of New York, when you get rid of local coverage, what you also get rid of is the watchdog that is so important, because of the corruption so endemic to the business of organized sports. It’s not all fun and games.

JJ: Some of the conversation makes it seem as though people really just were looking for scores from last night’s games. If that’s all you think sports coverage is, well then maybe nothing’s being lost. But that isn’t what it can be, and that isn’t what it is at its best.

And then another thing that was noted in this 2017 New York Times piece, and it’s been noted elsewhere—I like the way it was described, so I’ll use that quote: “They don’t hew to traditional, they would say antiquated, norms” about editorial independence. They have deals with teams, they have ties to gambling apps, and that’s out of the same mouth that they’re talking about quality journalism.

DZ: Amazing. And the infestation of the gambling apps, which I have described on other occasions, is really nothing more than a regressive tax on sports fans, and preying on addiction issues that exist in the general populace, for the broader purpose of further filling the coffers of organized sports. I mean, this has been an economic boom for organized sports.

And it’s the similar mentality of the hedge fund that is really running the Athletic, it’s the hedge fund mentality that says, where is profit to be found? It’s not to be found in creating, it’s not to be found in jobs. Profit is to be found by picking the meat off the bones of what’s left. It’s declinism writ large.

So to fund the gambling that’s done by fans, which further funds sports, which makes the players and particularly ownership that much richer—like I said, a regressive tax—but yet one that goes into the pockets of ownership, not like the lottery, where it goes to state funding for schools or whatever. I mean, it’s like a privately run lottery system, and I mean, frankly, betting is basically a lottery system, as some of us have found out the hard way.

But the second part of that, too, is the connection with the teams themselves, the foregoing of editorial independence, has created—I mean, this is a crisis in sports journalism.

Daily Northwestern: Former NU football player details hazing allegations after coach suspension

Daily Northwestern (7/8/23)

And the quote you read by an editor at the Athletic named Stewart Mandel, about people like myself, “stop bellyaching and crying about the state of sports journalism”—he was using as an example the very inspiring story of the Northwestern sports journalists at Northwestern University.

They uncovered this terrible scandal involving hazing and brutality on the football team. It caused the head coach, who’d been there forever, to get fired. And so he’s saying, “look, sports journalism’s alive and well; look at the Northwestern paper.” But where are these people supposed to work? And how are they supposed to do similar journalism, even if they are lucky enough to get a job, if they work for somewhere like the Athletic that quashes their story?

And even if the Athletic wouldn’t spike a story like this, let’s be honest, anybody who’s worked in mainstream media will agree with what I’m about to say: There is something called the “invisible censor” in every mainstream newsroom, where sometimes you don’t need an editor to spike a story, but you just know, whoa, if I run afoul of the Northwestern football team, then that could somehow affect my prospects, because of the Athletic’s relationship with that powerful institution.

JJ: Absolutely. Well, of course, we at FAIR, and on this show, talk constantly about the conflicts between journalism as a public service and media as a business. This is an attenuation of that, hyped-up evidence of that.

But I always say, can we at least not fall for the same BS again and again? “If you let us merge, we’ll do double the good reporting. Bigness and market dominance is going to lead to quality.” You’ve said it really already, but this is codswallop, this argument.

DZ: It is codswallop. That’s a word I’m going to use in the near future. Thank you.

The part, though, that I want to accentuate before we finish up is something that you just said that I think is so important, which is this conflict between commerce and principled reporting exists in every newsroom, you have to say, under the umbrella of the mainstream media, of course.

And yet, at the very least, in the New York Times sports section case, it was a conflict. This feels so much more like a surrender.

JJ: All right, I’m going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Dave Zirin, sports editor at The Nation. You can find his piece, “The End of the New York Times Sports Page Is a Tragedy,” online at TheNation.com. Dave Zirin, thank you so much for joining us today on CounterSpin.

DZ: Thank you for having me. I really support and respect the work that you do.

 

The post ‘The Athletic Is the Negation of Local Sports Coverage’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/08/02/the-athletic-is-the-negation-of-local-sports-coverage-counterspin-interview-with-dave-zirin-on-nyts-vanishing-sports-section/feed/ 0 416509
Solomon Islands newspaper promised positive China coverage in exchange for funding https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/solomon-china-funding-08012023033741.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/solomon-china-funding-08012023033741.html#respond Tue, 01 Aug 2023 07:46:59 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/solomon-china-funding-08012023033741.html

A Solomon Islands news company was granted more than U.S.$130,000 by the Chinese government in exchange for agreeing to “promote the truth about China’s generosity and its true intention to help develop” the Pacific island country, a funding document and email reviewed by RFA-affiliated news organization BenarNews shows.

The Solomon Islands has become a hotspot in Chinese-U.S. rivalry in the Pacific after the government of Prime Minister Manasseh Sogavare switched the island country’s diplomatic recognition to Beijing from Taiwan in 2019.

The Solomons signed a security pact with China last year, alarming the United States and allies such as Australia, who fear it could pave the way for a Chinese military presence in the region.

The July 2022 funding proposal from the owners of the Solomon Star newspaper and its Paoa FM radio station to the Chinese embassy says a partnership will benefit Beijing by “promoting China as the most generous and trusted development partner in Solomon Islands.”

The pay-for-play arrangement was first reported Sunday by the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project, which is funded by nonprofit foundations and government agencies. It says its Pacific reporting is funded by a no-strings attached U.S. government grant.  

The documents reviewed by BenarNews provide specific details of what was an open secret in some circles in the Solomon Islands about largesse from China’s embassy directed at the country’s media. The Solomon Star is one of two main newspapers in the Solomon Islands.

A July 17 email to several Solomon Star reporters from the paper’s senior journalist, Alfred Sasako, reprimanded the reporters for critical coverage of Sogavare’s official visit that month to Beijing.

“I write to place on record my profound disappointment about our front page article, titled China Trip Exposed,” Sasako said in the email reviewed by BenarNews.

“My further disappointment is the fact that such publicity makes it very difficult for me to deal with the Chinese Embassy on matters pertaining to Chinese Government support for [the] Solomon Star,” he said in the email that also extolled the benefits of China’s assistance to the Solomon Islands.

Sasako didn’t answer calls to his mobile phone.  

AP23191120098816.jpg
Solomon Islands Prime Minister Manasseh Sogavare, right, and his Chinese counterpart Li Qiang review an honor guard during a welcome ceremony at the Great Hall of the People in Beijing, Monday, July 10, 2023. Credit: AP/Pool

An editorial in the Solomon Star’s Tuesday edition defended its Chinese government funding and denied the Chinese embassy had reproached the newspaper for negative coverage or attempted to censor any reports.

“Yes, Solomon Star has nothing to hide,” said the article. “We have received funding support from China.” It claimed that other media organizations and journalists in the Solomon Islands were also receiving or seeking Chinese government funding.

The funding document said the Lamani family-owned Solomon Star approached the Chinese embassy in 2021 about financial assistance and the embassy agreed to provide about U.S.$41,000. 

The agreed funding was increased in June 2022 to about U.S.$133,000 based on a “new Project format” provided by the embassy, it said.

The media outlet’s finances were battered by the COVID-19 pandemic, forcing it to sack half of its 100 staff, and an aging printing press meant it was sometimes unable to print its editions on time, according to the document. 

It expressed concern about delays in getting the funds for new printing equipment, which meant the “intent of our mutual partnership to inform, educate and entertain the people of Solomon Islands about China and its development marvels has suffered as well.” 

The paper prints 6,000 copies daily and estimated readership to be double that.

China, over several decades, has become a substantial source of trade, infrastructure and aid for developing Pacific island countries as it seeks to isolate Taiwan diplomatically and build its own set of global institutions. 

The Solomon Islands has been China’s highest profile success in building influence among Pacific island countries in recent years. 

Under Sogavare, the Solomon Islands has sought to benefit from the rivalry between China and the U.S. by securing more development assistance. The country, an archipelago about 2,100 kilometers (1,300 miles) northeast of Brisbane, Australia, struggles with crumbling roads, limited telecommunications and lack of basic healthcare.

Sogavare was feted by China’s leaders during his week-long visit to the country last month. He, in turn, heaped praise on his hosts including the “visionary” leadership of Chinese President Xi Jinping.

BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Stephen Wright for BenarNews.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/pacific/solomon-china-funding-08012023033741.html/feed/ 0 416048
Mediawatch: NZ election poll analysis unhitches itself from reality https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/23/mediawatch-nz-election-poll-analysis-unhitches-itself-from-reality/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/23/mediawatch-nz-election-poll-analysis-unhitches-itself-from-reality/#respond Sun, 23 Jul 2023 08:50:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=91011 RNZ Mediawatch

Nothing much changed in a 1News Verian poll released last Monday. However, some commentators treated the boring results as a blank canvas on which to express their creativity.

1News presenter Simon Dallow described the results of the newly named 1News Verian poll on Monday as a harsh verdict on the government.

“It is just under three months until the election and Labour seems to have been dented by a series of ministerial distractions,” he said as he introduced the story at the top of the bulletin.

Despite that effort to dress up the poll as a tough verdict on the government, it was mostly notable for how un-notable it was.

Few parties moved more than the margin of error from the last 1News poll in May, which also showed National and Act with the numbers to form the next government — just. National and Labour both dropped the same amount: 2 percent.

You might have thought the damp squib of a result would put the clamps on our political commentators’ narrative-crafting abilities.

Instead, for some it proved to be a blank canvas on which they could express their creativity.

‘Centre-right surge’
At Stuff, chief politics editor Luke Malpass called the poll a “fillip for the right” under a headline hailing a “centre-right surge”.

One issue with that: the poll showed a 1 percent overall drop for the right bloc of National and Act.

“Fillips” generally involve polls going up not down. Similarly, a drop in support doesn’t traditionally meet the definition of a surge in support.

The lack of big statistical swings wasn’t enough to deter some commentators from making big calls.

On Newstalk ZB, political editor Jason Walls said Labour was plunging due to its disunity.

“All [Chris Hipkins] has been really able to talk about is what’s happening within the Labour Party — be it Stuart Nash, be it other ministers who are behaving badly. Jan Tinetti. Voters punish that. And we’ve seen that from the Nats in opposition. They punish disunity.”

It’s uncertain what National’s equivalent 2 percent drop was down to. Perhaps voters punish unity as well.

Wider trends context
Mutch-McKay’s own commentary was a bit more nuanced, placing the poll in the context of wider trends.

On TVNZ’s Breakfast the day after the poll’s release, she said some people inside Labour couldn’t believe the results hadn’t been worse for the party.

Perhaps that air of disbelief also extended to the parliamentary press gallery.

After all, the commentators are right: Labour has had a terrible few months, with high-ranking ministers defecting, being stood down, being censured by the parliamentary privileges committee, facing allegations of mistreating staff, or struggling with the apparently near-impossible task of selling shares in Auckland Airport.

Maybe a sense of inertia propelled some of our gallery members to keep rolling with the narrative of the last few months, in spite of the actual poll result.

Or maybe part of the issue is that hyping up the significance of these polls is a financial necessity for news organisations which pay a lot to commission them.

“You’ve got to squeeze the hell of it. You’ve paid $11,000 or $12,000 for a poll, it’s got to be the top story. It’s got to be your lead. It’s got to have the fancy graphics,” Stuff’s political reporter and commentator Andrea Vance said recently on the organisation’s daily podcast Newsable.

‘Manufacturing news’
“It just feels like we’re manufacturing news. We’re taking a piece of information that’s a snapshot in time and we’re pretending that we know the future,” she said.

Vance went on to say these kinds of snapshot polls don’t actually tell us all much — but she said long-term polling trends are worth paying attention to.

It’s probably no coincidence then that the most useful analysis of this latest poll focused on those macro patterns.

In a piece for 1News.co.nz, John Campbell noted the electorate’s slow drift away from the centre, with Labour losing 20 percent of the electorate’s support since 2020 and National failing to fully capitalise on that drop-off.

He quoted Yeats line, “the centre cannot hold”, before asking the question: “What do Labour and National stand for? Really? Perhaps, just perhaps, this is a growing section of the electorate saying — you’re almost as bad as each other.”

That sentiment has been echoed by other commentators. In his latest column for Metro magazine, commentator and former National Party comms man Matthew Hooton decried the major parties’ lack of ambition.

“At least Act, the Greens and Te Pāti Māori aren’t insulting you with bullshit. Instead they offer ideas they think will make your life better, even if they’ll never happen. So here’s a better idea than falling for the big scare from National or Labour.

‘Reward ideas-based parties’
“How about using your ballot paper to tell them to f*** off and reward one of the three ideas-based parties with your vote instead?” he wrote.

And on his podcast The Kaka, financial journalist Bernard Hickey and commentator Danyl McLauchlan criticised our major parties for their grey managerialism.

“You kind of have to go back to the mid-1990s when so many people just hated the two major parties because they didn’t trust them,” he said.

“We seem to be going through a similar phase now. The two major parties are just these managerial centrist parties. They don’t have much to offer by way of a vision.”

Maybe it’s a little shaky to say anyone’s surging or flopping on the basis of a couple of percentage points shifting in a single poll.

But if you zoom out a bit, at least one narrative does have a strong foundation — voters saying, to quote Shakespeare this time — “a plague on both your (untaxed) houses”.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/23/mediawatch-nz-election-poll-analysis-unhitches-itself-from-reality/feed/ 0 413942
Anti-migrant activists assault Italian journalists, prevent live coverage from Lampedusa https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/anti-migrant-activists-assault-italian-journalists-prevent-live-coverage-from-lampedusa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/anti-migrant-activists-assault-italian-journalists-prevent-live-coverage-from-lampedusa/#respond Wed, 19 Jul 2023 17:05:18 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=300579 On July 4, 2023, several aggressors physically shoved Italian RAI public television reporter Lorenzo Santorelli and his crew on Lampedusa island, preventing their live broadcast on migrant arrivals, according to Santorelli and media reports.

A group of about 10 approached the crew shortly before 8 pm as they were awaiting their on-air segment, accused them of tarnishing the island’s tourism image and threatened them with death. Two or three of the assailants jostled the reporter and two unnamed colleagues aside, these sources said.

Nobody was injured, but the crew’s satellite broadcasting kit was damaged when it fell to the ground, Santorelli told the Committee to Protect Journalists by email.

“If you don’t go away, we will kill you,” Santorelli cited one of the aggressors as saying. The group also warned the journalists not to set foot on the island again.

Santorelli filed a criminal complaint to the police who identified and charged two alleged perpetrators. “Threats and insults unfortunately have happened previously, but we’ve never been prevented from working before”, he told CPJ.

Separately, on the afternoon of July 5, 2023, several individuals kicked in the back an unnamed camera operator working for Mediaset, a private broadcaster, and threw stones at an unnamed reporter who works for Italpress and AGTW, two private news agencies, as they documented migrants’ movements on Lampedusa. Police identified and charged four alleged perpetrators, according to media reports.

The attacks came as Italy’s Interior Minister Matteo Piantedosi and the EU Commissioner for Home Affairs Ylva Johansson visited Lampedusa to observe how authorities are handling the arrival of large numbers of migrants by sea.

CPJ asked the press department of Italy’s Ministry of Interior – the ministry responsible for the police – what measures it intends to implement to protect journalists working on Lampedusa, but did not receive a reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/19/anti-migrant-activists-assault-italian-journalists-prevent-live-coverage-from-lampedusa/feed/ 0 412956
Farmers Insurance to Stop Offering Coverage in Hurricane-Prone Florida https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/farmers-insurance-to-stop-offering-coverage-in-hurricane-prone-florida/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/farmers-insurance-to-stop-offering-coverage-in-hurricane-prone-florida/#respond Wed, 12 Jul 2023 20:32:15 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/farmers-insurance-to-stop-offering-coverage-in-hurricane-prone-florida

Alito did not disclose the trip, which was first reported last month by the investigative outlet ProPublica.

"The reporting stated that you 'attended and helped organize' this event, invited Justice Alito and Paul Singer to attend, and asked Mr. Singer if you and Justice Alito could fly to Alaska on a private jet owned by Mr. Singer, or an entity he owns or controls," Whitehouse and Durbin, the chair of the Senate Judiciary Committee, wrote in their letter to Leo, who is notorious for orchestrating the right-wing takeover of the U.S. court system.

"Additionally, the free lodging for this trip was provided by Robin Arkley II, who has helped fund an advocacy group connected to you that has advocated for issues related to the federal judiciary. Justice Alito did not disclose these gifts of transportation and lodging on his annual financial disclosure form for 2008," the senators continued. "This follows earlier reporting indicating that you also joined at least one of Justice [Clarence] Thomas' undisclosed trips to Harlan Crow's Topridge Camp."

Crow, a billionaire and source of funding for right-wing dark money groups, has stonewalled the Senate Finance Committee's efforts to obtain further details about his many gifts to Thomas, which were also reported by ProPublica.

In their letters to Leo, Singer, and Arkley, Whitehouse and Durbin called on the three to turn over "an itemized list of all gifts, payments, and items of value exceeding $415 given by you, or by entities you own or control or for which you have served as a partner, director, or officer, to any justice of the Supreme Court or a member of the justice's family, including the name of the Justice, the approximate dollar amount of each item, and the date it was extended."

The senators also asked for "an itemized list of all transportation or lodging provided, whether by you; by entities you own or control or for which you have served as a partner, director, or officer; or by others, to a justice of the Supreme Court or a member of the justice's family, which you had a role in facilitating or arranging."

"Answers to these questions will help the committee's work to create reliable ethics guardrails at the court, under Congress' clearly established oversight and legislative authority."

Whitehouse and Durbin's sent the letters days after they announced that on July 20, the Senate Judiciary Committee will mark up and vote on the Rhode Island senator's Supreme Court Ethics, Recusal, and Transparency Act, a bill that would force the high court to adopt a binding code of conduct and strengthen disclosure requirements, among other reforms.

In a series of tweets on Wednesday, Whitehouse wrote that congressional action is necessary given that Chief Justice John Roberts "has barely acknowledged, much less investigated or sought to fix, the ethics crises swirling around our highest court," which has been busy gutting abortion rights, clean water protections, affirmative action, and more.

Earlier this year, Roberts declined Durbin's invitation to testify before the Senate Judiciary Committee in the wake of ProPublica's reporting on the luxury trips Thomas has taken on Crow's dime.

"Senator Durbin and I are demanding more information on gifts given to Supreme Court justices by right-wing court fixer Leonard Leo and two right-wing billionaires implicated in recent reporting on the court's ethics crisis," Whitehouse wrote Wednesday. "Answers to these questions will help the committee's work to create reliable ethics guardrails at the court, under Congress' clearly established oversight and legislative authority."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/12/farmers-insurance-to-stop-offering-coverage-in-hurricane-prone-florida/feed/ 0 411290
China’s social media coverage of French riots rife with misinformation, distortion https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-france-riots-07112023154206.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-france-riots-07112023154206.html#respond Tue, 11 Jul 2023 20:16:24 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-france-riots-07112023154206.html In Brief

The death of a French teenager of African descent shot by police during a roadside confrontation has sparked public clashes with police and riots across France. 

Coverage of the riots by Chinese language Twitter accounts are rife with misinformation accompanied by misleading videos not taken during the riots and fake images “corroborated” by other fake images. 

Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) checked and disproved four such widely circulated stories about the riots. 

In Depth

Are animals running wild on the streets? 

An article published by Liu Hong, the former deputy editor-in-chief of the Chinese news outlet Huanqiu magazine, for the Wechat news column Jinri Toutiao on July 2 mentions that “several lions and elephants” were released from a zoo during the riots, without providing any visuals to support the claim.

A Jinri Toutiao article describing the riots in France. The title reads, “This is an ominous sign that all of Europe is now on edge.” Credit: dcreenshot taken from Jinri Toutiao
A Jinri Toutiao article describing the riots in France. The title reads, “This is an ominous sign that all of Europe is now on edge.” Credit: dcreenshot taken from Jinri Toutiao

After running keyword searches for “riots in France” and “zoos” across both Twitter and Facebook, AFCL found several accounts making similar claims that included various videos as evidence. Two of the most widely circulated clips were of a zebra and lion escaping from the zoo. Image searches using screenshots taken from both videos provided no results due to poor image quality. 

Chinese netizens on Twitter posted videos of animals escaping from the riots in France, including both a zebra (left) and a lion (right). Credit: screenshot from Twitter.
Chinese netizens on Twitter posted videos of animals escaping from the riots in France, including both a zebra (left) and a lion (right). Credit: screenshot from Twitter.

However, a follow-up search for related stories using the phrase “zebra escape france” showed that a similar video clip of the zebra was published in a report by the UK news outlet Daily Mail on April 13, 2020. 

A keyword search revealed that a video released by the Daily Mail matches a clip purporting to show a zebra released during the recent riots. Credit: screenshot taken from Google
A keyword search revealed that a video released by the Daily Mail matches a clip purporting to show a zebra released during the recent riots. Credit: screenshot taken from Google

The report states that the zebra escaped from a zoo in the Paris suburb of Ormesson-sur-Marne during a COVID lockdown in 2020 before being filmed running on the road. 

The clip circulating on Twitter is footage from the original Daily Mail video. Credit: screenshots from the Daily Mail and Twitter.
The clip circulating on Twitter is footage from the original Daily Mail video. Credit: screenshots from the Daily Mail and Twitter.

A separate video spread on Twitter and TikTok with the phrase “saint denis” in the title also purported to show lions let loose during the riots. AFCL searched Google using the phrase “saint denis lion” and found that a user had posted the same video on YouTube in 2020.

Search results showed that a video purportedly showing lions released during the recent riots across France was posted on YouTube three years ago. Credit: screenshot taken from YouTube
Search results showed that a video purportedly showing lions released during the recent riots across France was posted on YouTube three years ago. Credit: screenshot taken from YouTube

Despite the edited version of the video showing only the top half of the original video’s frame, both versions have an identical name of “mardi” located in the lower left frame. The two videos’ identical lighting, framing and content confirm that they come from the same source.  

Comparing the similar sources of light in both videos proves that they come from the same source. Credit: creenshots taken from Twitter and YouTube.
Comparing the similar sources of light in both videos proves that they come from the same source. Credit: creenshots taken from Twitter and YouTube.

Did armed French teenagers hijack a police car?

The same article on Jinri Toutiao that mentioned the animals also included a photo of armed youths driving a police car while holding a French flag, accompanied by a warning to all Chinese tourists in France to avoid areas already hit by the riots and to report any emergencies to the police. 

This same photo was separately posted by a Chinese language Twitter account accompanied by a description that the protesters were armed with military weapons and had hijacked a police car during the course of the riots.

Copies of the same photo supposedly showing French teenagers hijacking a police car. On Jinri Toutiao (left) the caption tells Chinese tourists in France to take precautions and remain vigilant, while a Chinese netizen on Twitter (right)  claims that the car was hijacked by youth armed with military weapons. Credit: creenshots taken from Jinri Toutiao and Twitter
Copies of the same photo supposedly showing French teenagers hijacking a police car. On Jinri Toutiao (left) the caption tells Chinese tourists in France to take precautions and remain vigilant, while a Chinese netizen on Twitter (right) claims that the car was hijacked by youth armed with military weapons. Credit: creenshots taken from Jinri Toutiao and Twitter

Several accounts on the popular Chinese social media site Weibo also reposted the photo, claiming that the police have turned into bandits during the riots in France.

The photo of French youths hijacking a police car was also posted on Weibo. One of the post titles claims that the police in France have turned into bandits. Credit: screenshot from Google
The photo of French youths hijacking a police car was also posted on Weibo. One of the post titles claims that the police in France have turned into bandits. Credit: screenshot from Google

After searching the photo through Google, AFCL found it had originally been posted online in January 2023, before the riots began. One of the results from the search was a link to the Chinese video sharing platform Douyin, where a suggested keyword “Athena movie” and a final search using the phrase found revealed that the photo was actually a still taken from the 2022 Netflix movie Athena.

Google search results show that the phrase “Athena film” appeared in the title of a video posted on Douyin in January 2023. Credit: screenshot taken from Google
Google search results show that the phrase “Athena film” appeared in the title of a video posted on Douyin in January 2023. Credit: screenshot taken from Google

The same image appears at 1:26 in the film’s official trailer, proving that the photo was not taken during the recent riots in France.

The same image appeared in a trailer for Athena. Credit: screenshot from YouTube.
The same image appeared in a trailer for Athena. Credit: screenshot from YouTube.

Were French youths shooting like snipers from the tops of buildings?

A separate photo circulated by Chinese netizens on Twitter shows a young man in a black down jacket aiming down from a tall building while holding what appears to be a sniper rifle, with captions added by the netizens describing the person as a teenage sniper in the riots.

Chinese Twitter users reposted an image of a person who they all separately claim is a sniper amidst the riots in France. Screenshot from Twitter.
Chinese Twitter users reposted an image of a person who they all separately claim is a sniper amidst the riots in France. Screenshot from Twitter.

AFCL searched the photo on Google and found a video uploaded by a Twitter user on June 9, 2023 among the search results.

The photo matches a video posted by a Twitter user on June 9, 2023. The caption reads, “I'm hunting from the roof of the CDI during the 10am break to get ready for lunch.”  Credit: screenshot from Twitter
The photo matches a video posted by a Twitter user on June 9, 2023. The caption reads, “I'm hunting from the roof of the CDI during the 10am break to get ready for lunch.” Credit: screenshot from Twitter

The search also returned sources dated as early as 2022, however the links to these older search results were broken. AFCL was unable to further verify whether the video features a real sniper or is merely a prank. Regardless, the earlier posting dates of all these results verify that this image is unrelated to the recent riots in France. 

Earlier online videos of the same person appeared in 2022, but the link is broken and the original content cannot be checked. Credit: screenshot from Twitter
Earlier online videos of the same person appeared in 2022, but the link is broken and the original content cannot be checked. Credit: screenshot from Twitter

Do French people enjoy sipping wine even during a riot? 

Several Twitter accounts posted the same photo of a man and woman sipping wine on a street with a fire burning directly behind them, accompanied by nearly identical comments that read “French people have big hearts. ...... Find a good spot to watch the action.” 

Several Chinese Twitter users retweeted a photo of French people supposedly sipping wine during the riots. Credit: screenshot from Twitter
Several Chinese Twitter users retweeted a photo of French people supposedly sipping wine during the riots. Credit: screenshot from Twitter
The photo in fact had nothing to do with the current riots. The photo appears in a March 2023 report from the British newspaper The Independent which notes that it was taken during separate protests launched that month against French President Emmanuel Macron’s pension reform. Many Weibo discussions at the time commented on French people's ability to maintain calm in the face of the riots.

The same photo was discussed on Weibo in March 2023. The accompanying caption reads, “On how the French can remain so calm when facing a riot.” Credit: screenshot from Weibo
The same photo was discussed on Weibo in March 2023. The accompanying caption reads, “On how the French can remain so calm when facing a riot.” Credit: screenshot from Weibo

Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) is a branch of RFA established to counter disinformation in today’s complex media environment. Our journalists publish both daily and special reports that aim to sharpen and deepen our readers’ understanding of public issues.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Dong Zhe for Asia Fact Check Lab.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/afcl/china-france-riots-07112023154206.html/feed/ 0 411031
"Why do the Peaceful Protests continue to get much more coverage than the Planetary Crisis" https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/why-do-the-peaceful-protests-continue-to-get-much-more-coverage-than-the-planetary-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/why-do-the-peaceful-protests-continue-to-get-much-more-coverage-than-the-planetary-crisis/#respond Mon, 10 Jul 2023 21:37:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=21f207924e77dcf1225697c784fee23c
This content originally appeared on Just Stop Oil and was authored by Just Stop Oil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/07/10/why-do-the-peaceful-protests-continue-to-get-much-more-coverage-than-the-planetary-crisis/feed/ 0 410787
openDemocracy creates advisory group to support coverage of Russia’s war https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/opendemocracy-creates-advisory-group-to-support-coverage-of-russias-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/opendemocracy-creates-advisory-group-to-support-coverage-of-russias-war/#respond Thu, 29 Jun 2023 13:38:44 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/russia-ukraine-coverage-war-fundraise-crowdfunder-advisory-board-anthony-barnett/
This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Anthony Barnett, Thomas Rowley.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/29/opendemocracy-creates-advisory-group-to-support-coverage-of-russias-war/feed/ 0 408141
As Media Spotlights Titanic Sub, Hundreds of Migrants Who Died in Greek Shipwreck Get Scant Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage-2/#respond Fri, 23 Jun 2023 14:44:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fd05a76525c28019500c3caf064bf18a
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage-2/feed/ 0 406513
As Media Spotlights Titanic Sub, Hundreds of Migrants Who Died in Greek Shipwreck Get Scant Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage/#respond Fri, 23 Jun 2023 12:10:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e3217e86ea4802e026ce266e065f82fc Seg1 migrant ship

As many as 700 migrants are feared to have died after an overloaded fishing vessel capsized last week off the coast of Greece. As search and rescue efforts continue with dwindling expectations, the Greek Coast Guard is facing backlash over its failure to help rescue passengers before the boat sank. Most of the migrants were women and children; many were from Pakistan, Afghanistan, Egypt, Syria and Palestine. They are presumed victims of what may be one the deadliest migrant shipwrecks ever recorded, yet the story has received far less public attention than the search for five passengers aboard a submersible to view the wreck of the Titanic. All five of those passengers were confirmed by the U.S. Coast Guard to have likely died Sunday, days before wall-to-wall media coverage began to speculate about their plight.

We discuss this disparity and the European refugee crisis at large with two guests: Giorgos Kosmopoulos, a senior migration campaigner for Amnesty International, and Laurence Bondard, spokesperson and operations communications manager for SOS Méditerranée, a nongovernmental rescue organization that operates in the central Mediterranean. Bondard has sailed on seven rescue missions with the NGO, part of a growing necessity in the region, where European countries have withheld the resources available for sea rescue. In the last decade, more than 30,000 refugees are estimated to have drowned in the Mediterranean.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/23/as-media-spotlights-titanic-sub-hundreds-of-migrants-who-died-in-greek-shipwreck-get-scant-coverage/feed/ 0 406490
RNZ chief executive apologises after pro-Russian sentiment added to stories https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/12/rnz-chief-executive-apologises-after-pro-russian-sentiment-added-to-stories/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/12/rnz-chief-executive-apologises-after-pro-russian-sentiment-added-to-stories/#respond Mon, 12 Jun 2023 02:03:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=89618 RNZ News

RNZ chief executive Paul Thompson says the New Zealand public has been let down after pro-Russian sentiment was added to a number of its online stories without senior management realising.

It comes after readers noticed the text of a Reuters story about Russia’s invasion of Ukraine published on RNZ was changed.

It has since come to light that a staff member altered the text, and Russian propaganda has been found on more than a dozen other stories.

So far, 250 stories published by RNZ have been audited, with chief executive Paul Thompson saying thousands more would be checked “with a fine-tooth comb”.

Fourteen of the 15 altered articles were from the Reuters wire service, and one was from BBC.

An independent review of the editing of online stories has been commissioned by RNZ.

On Monday, Thompson told RNZ’s Nine to Noon it was a “serious breach” of the organisation’s editorial standards and “really, really disappointing”.

One area of operation
It was one area of the company’s operation and one staff member was under an employment investigation for alleged breaches to RNZ’s policy, he said.

Thompson apologised to RNZ’s audience, the New Zealand public and the Ukrainian community.

“It’s so disappointing that this pro-Kremlin garbage has ended up in our stories,” Thompson said, labelling the act inexcusable.

Thompson said it raised issues with RNZ’s editing process of online news, and showed they were not as robust as they needed to be.

When asked how it happened and no one noticed, Thompson simply said: “I don’t know.”

Most wire copy was only edited by one person, Thompson said, and most of the stories found to have issues only had one or two words changed, making it “very hard” to detect.

However, all added material was “really, really serious”.

‘We have to get to the bottom of what happened’
“I am gutted. It’s painful, it’s shocking and we have to get to the bottom of how it happened,” he said.

Since the weekend, Thompson said a new policy had been put in place where all wire copy needed to be checked twice before publishing, as RNZ required for any other stories being published on its website.

Thompson said he expected to be able to give further information about the external review in the coming days.

He confirmed it would be entirely independent to the organisation and the finding of the review would go straight to RNZ’s board – not him.

Findings would then be released to the public to keep everything fully transparent – as RNZ was doing with its current audit.

Thompson said the situation was a “blow” to RNZ’s reputation.

“We are responding as well as we can and as openly as we can. The really sad thing is how much great work that we do.

‘Fierceness’ of RNZ editorial standards
“The best part of working in RNZ is the fierceness with which we defend our editorial standards and it’s galling that the activity in a very small area of the organisation can affect us all.”

Thompson confirmed RNZ received the complaint from Michael Lidski in October last year, but the email was directed at Broadcasting Minister Willie Jackson. The company was cced in, as well as other media organisations.

He confirmed RNZ does not typically respond to complaints directed at the minister.

In hindsight, Thompson said the organisation could have done something about it at the time.

Thompson said he had contacted both Reuters and BBC and was keeping the organisations updated as to its audit.

Neither had asked anything of him at this time.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/12/rnz-chief-executive-apologises-after-pro-russian-sentiment-added-to-stories/feed/ 0 402921
Ukraine journalists say opaque accreditation process hampers war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/ukraine-journalists-say-opaque-accreditation-process-hampers-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/ukraine-journalists-say-opaque-accreditation-process-hampers-war-coverage/#respond Fri, 09 Jun 2023 14:01:42 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=292262 Paris, June 9, 2023—Ukrainian authorities should ensure that journalists covering the war are not pressured over their reporting and must set clear and transparent qualifications for press accreditation, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

Since March, officers with Ukraine’s SBU security service have repeatedly questioned journalists seeking accreditation from the country’s military and others have been pressured to take certain approaches in their reporting, according to multiple media reports and six journalists who spoke to CPJ.

“Articles and broadcasts from outlets including NBC News, The New York Times, CNN, The New Yorker, and the Ukrainian digital broadcaster Hromadske have led to journalists having their credentials threatened, revoked, or denied over charges they’ve broken rules imposed by Ukrainian minders,” wrote Ben Smith in Semafor.

In at least two cases, SBU officers asked journalists to take lie detector tests. CPJ is aware of one journalist, Ukrainian freelance photographer Anton Skyba, who as of June 8 had not received an accreditation decision after being interviewed twice by the SBU since April.

Journalists told CPJ that they could not cover the frontlines of the war or many other topics in the country without accreditations.

“Ukrainian authorities should renew journalist Anton Skyba’s accreditation immediately and allow him to continue covering the war in the country,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Asking journalists to take lie detector tests is an intimidatory practice and should be stopped at once. Authorities must establish a more transparent process for granting accreditation to members of the press seeking to cover the conflict.”

Under new accreditation rules adopted by the military in March, journalists were required to reapply for a six-month accreditation by May 1.

Skyba, who reports for Canada’s Globe and Mail newspaper, told CPJ that he applied for accreditation for himself and eight Canadian-citizen coworkers in early March. His colleagues all received their accreditation, many within a week.

Skyba told CPJ that during his first interview on April 28, SBU officers asked him about his previous travel to Russia, Belarus, and Russian-occupied territories in Ukraine, his connections to those areas, and whether his parents, who live in the occupied area of Donetsk, had Russian passports.

Skyba described the meeting as “easy-going” and said the SBU officer told him that “everything is fine” and he would receive a response in a few days. However, after he had not received his accreditation by early May, the Globe and Mail sent a letter to the president’s office, which arranged a second meeting between Skyba and the SBU on May 19.

At that meeting, Skyba told CPJ, SBU officers were harsher and “started bombing” him with questions. Officers alleged that Skyba had a Russian passport, which he denied, and asked him about his contacts with officials of the self-declared Donetsk People’s Republic in charge of issuing accreditations to work from separatist-controlled territories. In 2014, Russia-backed separatists in Donetsk held Skyba hostage for five days.

“Of course I know those people, they are the only point of contact for journalists to get formal accreditation from the separatist side to perform journalist’s duties,” Skyba told CPJ. “It displays that they just don’t understand how the journalists work.”

SBU officers also told Skyba that they could not find tax records concerning his contract with the Globe and Mail and said they had no proof he worked for the outlet.

“My work is published every day in the newspaper,” Skyba said, who was nominated for Canada’s National Newspaper Awards in 2022 for his work in Ukraine. He said he planned to file his tax declarations as soon as possible.

“I don’t see you as an enemy, but I’m not sure that your job is aligned with the national interests of Ukraine,” Skyba said he was told by one of the officers. Skyba told CPJ he responded, “It’s not your job to judge my journalism.”

At the end of the May 19 interview, an SBU officer asked Skyba whether he would be willing to take a lie detector test, which the officer said was the SBU’s “standard counter-intelligence measure.” Skyba said he considered the request to be an attempt at intimidation, and did not take the test.

On May 27, the president’s office said it would organize a meeting with its representatives, Skyba, Global and Mail Ukraine correspondent Mark MacKinnon, and representatives from the SBU. That meeting had not taken place as of June 8.

CPJ is aware of at least one other Ukrainian journalist who was asked by the SBU to take a lie detector test. That journalist, who asked to remain anonymous, said he refused to take the test and later received his accreditation anyway.

Another Ukrainian journalist working for a Western media outlet told CPJ on the condition of anonymity that he received his accreditation after being questioned by SBU officers about his previous trips to Russian-occupied territories and his contacts with Russian security services.

That journalist said an SBU officer implied that he could receive his accreditation if he agreed to become an informant for the security services.

“They said that as a good citizen, I should inform them about my contacts with the FSB [Russian security services] and the separatists,” the journalist told CPJ. “I replied that as a journalist, I should [only] inform my editors and my readers, and make public reports.”

Skyba similarly said that he believed the SBU officers were “trying to find any weak spots, someone who is weak can be convinced to cooperate with them.”

Jaanus Piirsalu, an Estonian correspondent with daily newspaper Postimees, told CPJ that he received his accreditation after an informal conversation with SBU representatives about his 2017 trip to Russian-occupied Crimea.

 “SBU thought that I was there via Russia and so I have violated the Ukrainian law. But in fact I had all the permissions from Ukraine and I went in and out via Ukraine,” he told CPJ. After he proved that he had entered Crimea legally, the SBU officers returned his accreditation in about three hours, he said.

Piirsalu told CPJ that he “welcomed the fact that the SBU admitted their mistake” in misunderstanding his trip, but said it took over a month to find the “right people” to ensure his accreditation was renewed. He said that, while it was “quite normal that sometimes the special services have questions to the journalist, especially in war time” he hoped that communications about renewing accreditations could be improved.

In an unsigned email to CPJ, a representative with the Public Affairs Department of the Armed Forces of Ukraine said that since the adoption of the new accreditation rules, “only one” accreditation was canceled “because of a rude violation of the rules of work of a media representative in the combat zone” and that the cancellation was “not related in any way to the report content.” The representative said the military had approved 90% of accreditation requests, and that accreditations were issued “as fast as possible.”

They referred questions about the SBU’s involvement in accreditation to the security service. CPJ emailed the SBU and the president’s office for comment but did not receive any reply.

The representative said that journalists “who do not perform professional tasks in the units of the defense forces and do not visit combat areas” could work in Ukraine without military accreditation.

However, the Ukrainian journalist working for a Western media outlet told CPJ that journalists were so frequently asked to show accreditation even outside of combat areas that it would be very difficult to work without one, saying it had become “sort of the new journalistic press card.” Skyba similarly said it was very difficult to perform his job without accreditation.

Separately, on May 15, a military press officer called Maxim Dondyuk, a freelance Ukrainian documentary photographer who reports for Time magazine, The New Yorker, and the German weekly Der Spiegel, and threatened to cancel his accreditation over his reporting from the frontline city of Bakhmut.

Dondyuk told CPJ that the officer said he would be “punished as a traitor of the motherland.” Dondyuk said he had not received any notification about changes to his accreditation as of June 8.

“Now press officers only want the international media and all Ukrainian media to do only Ukrainian propaganda,” Dondyuk said. “I think you should be able to talk not only about [the] good, but also complicated situations.”

Skyba told CPJ that military press officers sometimes interfered with reporting.

“If a soldier tells me ‘I hate this war so much,’ the press officer asks him to reply ‘yes the war is hard, but we are keeping our spirits up,’” Skyba said.

 “They are dying in the trenches, and [they] cannot share their experience?” Dondyuk added.

On June 7, Natalia Humeniuk, the head of the Joint Coordination Press Center for the Operational Command South, one of four regional commands, told the National Union of Journalists of Ukraine that journalists must have military accreditation to cover the June 6 collapse of a major dam and hydro-electric power plant in Kherson region.

“It sounds concerning that the process of accreditation is not transparent, because some of my colleagues received their accreditation very quickly and some have been waiting for months, without ability to work in the frontline or even in Kyiv on crime scenes,” Katerina Sergatskova, chief editor of Ukrainian independent news outlet Zaborona, told CPJ.

In August 2022, Matilde Kimer, a reporter with Danish public broadcaster DR was stripped of her accreditation with Ukraine’s Ministry of Defense for allegedly producing Russian propaganda. In late 2022, authorities stripped several Ukrainian and international correspondents of their accreditation over their coverage of the liberation of Kherson.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/06/09/ukraine-journalists-say-opaque-accreditation-process-hampers-war-coverage/feed/ 0 402450
Revolving Door Project Reacts to Biden’s Debt Ceiling Cave & the Media’s Incompetent Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/revolving-door-project-reacts-to-bidens-debt-ceiling-cave-the-medias-incompetent-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/revolving-door-project-reacts-to-bidens-debt-ceiling-cave-the-medias-incompetent-coverage/#respond Fri, 26 May 2023 15:08:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/revolving-door-project-reacts-to-bidens-debt-ceiling-cave-the-medias-incompetent-coverage n response to the emergence of the structure of a potential deal between President Biden and Speaker McCarthy, Revolving Door Project Executive Director Jeff Hauser issued the following statement:

“There are three aspects to the substance and coverage of this debate that have been infuriating.”

“First, the notion that `modest cuts’ to spending are inconsequential. As we’ve sought to make clear in the past few weeks—indeed, the past several years—any deal is a disaster since most government departments and agencies are currently severely underfunded. `Non-defense discretionary spending’ is a bloodless way to refer to the agencies required to ensure clean air, safe food, safe workplaces, and protect Americans from all forms of corporate abuse. These agencies bore the brunt of the Obama-Boehner budgets, were thrashed further by the kleptocratic administration of President Trump, and have seen their purchasing power undercut by inflation. These agencies require redoubled investment rather than capricious cuts, and it is the role of the media to make the reality of the work these agencies do clear to the public that depends upon them.”

“Second is the role of inflation. Spending in fiscal year 2023 was negotiated in calendar 2022, and the nominal amounts negotiated in the fall of 2022 are now going to become ceilings for spending throughout most of 2025 even as it’s likely that inflation will undercut the budget’s actual spending power by 7-10 percent. Additionally, the population of the United States is likely to increase by approximately 1 percent over that time. As such, `flat spending’ implies a further reduction in real government funding per person after a decade of Obama-Boehner austerity, followed by Trump’s assaults on the administrative state. This deal would be a catastrophe for government capacity, and coverage that ignores the role of inflation (hardly a low profile issue in 2023!) is wildly and indefensibly misguided.”

“Third, the notion that the President was trapped under the gun of McCarthy is ridiculous. Because the debt ceiling is an unconstitutional, incoherent excuse for a law and because there is an active lawsuit from the National Association of Government Employees, Biden’s status as a hostage merely reflects an advanced case of Stockholm Syndrome. As many have argued (e.g., read here and here), Biden has a wide number of ways out from the debt ceiling and no legal way to implement it. As we have been emphasizing, the National Association of Government Employees lawsuit is sound, and indeed, has been all but endorsed by the President himself. President Biden and Attorney General Garland have no reason to defend the nonsense which is the debt ceiling, besides a vague sense of formality and tradition driven by elite political etiquette that Republicans have long since abandoned. The media needs to quit deferring to the debt ceiling’s political theater and engage more with the essentially uncontroverted legal experts pointing out that it cannot be implemented in a constitutional manner.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/26/revolving-door-project-reacts-to-bidens-debt-ceiling-cave-the-medias-incompetent-coverage/feed/ 0 398713
Journalists harassed, 1 beaten after opposition protest coverage in Pakistan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/#respond Wed, 24 May 2023 18:00:33 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=289354 New York, May 24, 2023—Pakistani authorities must cease harassing journalists covering the country’s political unrest and respect the media’s right to report freely and safely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

Since May 16, police have visited the homes of at least three journalists who reported from the scene of a May 9 protest and attack on an army corps commander’s residence, according to news reports, a statement by the Lahore Press Club reviewed by CPJ, and journalists who spoke to CPJ.

On Tuesday, May 23, the Lahore High Court ordered authorities to cease harassing journalists and media workers who reported from the May 9 protest following a joint petition, according to news reports and one of the petitioners, freelance journalist Shahid Aslam, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

“Pakistani authorities must abide by the Lahore High Court’s order and immediately end the harassment of journalists who reported on recent political gatherings,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “It is crucial for journalists to keep the public informed about the country’s political situation. Authorities must ensure journalists are safe to do so without the fear of surveillance and harassment by law enforcement.”

Following the arrest of opposition Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf party chairman and former Prime Minister Imran Khan on May 9, PTI supporters demonstrated outside the army corps commander’s residence in eastern Punjab province’s capital city of Lahore, broke through the gates, and set fire to the premises.

Shahid Aslam

Police were stationed outside Aslam’s Lahore apartment from May 16 to May 22, he told CPJ, adding that officers asked his roommate at least three times about the journalist’s whereabouts and looked through his windows to check if he was present while he was away reporting in Islamabad, the capital.

Aslam reported on the May 9 protest for his political affairs YouTube channel Xposed with Shahid Aslam, which has over 55,000 subscribers. He told CPJ that a senior Lahore police official informed him that he was not wanted in any specific case and had been identified through geofencing, the practice of identifying all active mobile phone numbers in an area.

Jahangir Hayat

On the evening of May 17, two men in police uniforms and six in plainclothes arrived at Hayat’s home in Lahore, according to Lahore Press Club President Azam Chaudhry and Hayat, chief reporter for the privately owned newspaper Daily Business, both of whom spoke with CPJ by phone. The men did not present a warrant but claimed the journalist was wanted for serious criminal offenses, including murder and kidnapping. They then punched his face, breaking his front teeth, and hit his hand with an iron rod, Hayat told CPJ, adding that the men also shoved his 13-year-old son, leading him to hit his head on a motorcycle, and pushed his wife in the chest. 

Hayat, who reported about the protest on his political affairs YouTube channel BoldNews42, which has more than 5,000 subscribers, told CPJ that the men took him inside his home after the journalist appeared faint, and he then managed to escape and take refuge in the Lahore Press Club.

On May 18, while Hayat and his family remained at the press club, authorities raided the journalist’s home searching for him and broke down its iron doors, he said. Hayat and his family returned home on May 21 after Chaudhry contacted multiple senior Lahore police officials, one of whom informed him authorities would open an inquiry into the attack, the two journalists told CPJ.

Sarfraz Ahmed Khan

Between May 21 and 23, police made about 10 visits to the Lahore home of Khan, deputy bureau chief of the privately owned broadcaster GNN. They searched the premises and police officials repeatedly called Khan to tell him an arrest warrant had been issued for him under the Anti-Terrorism Act, according to news reports and the journalist, who spoke to CPJ by phone. Officers also searched the nearby home of Khan’s friend on May 21, claiming the journalist was hiding there.

A police document reviewed by CPJ showed that the journalist was present at the May 9 protest and was identified using facial recognition software. The document also listed personal details, including his address, and was leaked online, leading the journalist to fear for his safety, he told CPJ. 

On May 22, the Punjab police posted a statement on Twitter claiming that Usman Anwar, inspector-general of the Punjab police, had given orders that no innocent citizen, including journalists, would be punished for the attack on the army corps commanders’ residence, and that the issue with Khan had been resolved.

However, on the evening of May 23, police again arrived at Khan’s home, but left after confirming that a senior Lahore police official had issued an internal letter protecting the journalist from harassment, Khan told CPJ.

Separately, on Tuesday, police failed to present journalist Imran Riaz Khan at the Lahore High Court for a third time following his May 11 arrest. The journalist has been missing since May 11 after police claimed to have released him, his lawyer Azhar Siddique told CPJ by phone.

CPJ’s calls and messages to Punjab Police Inspector-General Usman Anwar and Lahore Capital City Police Officer Bilal Kamyana received no response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/feed/ 0 398011
Journalists harassed, 1 beaten after opposition protest coverage in Pakistan https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/#respond Wed, 24 May 2023 18:00:33 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=289354 New York, May 24, 2023—Pakistani authorities must cease harassing journalists covering the country’s political unrest and respect the media’s right to report freely and safely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

Since May 16, police have visited the homes of at least three journalists who reported from the scene of a May 9 protest and attack on an army corps commander’s residence, according to news reports, a statement by the Lahore Press Club reviewed by CPJ, and journalists who spoke to CPJ.

On Tuesday, May 23, the Lahore High Court ordered authorities to cease harassing journalists and media workers who reported from the May 9 protest following a joint petition, according to news reports and one of the petitioners, freelance journalist Shahid Aslam, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

“Pakistani authorities must abide by the Lahore High Court’s order and immediately end the harassment of journalists who reported on recent political gatherings,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “It is crucial for journalists to keep the public informed about the country’s political situation. Authorities must ensure journalists are safe to do so without the fear of surveillance and harassment by law enforcement.”

Following the arrest of opposition Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaf party chairman and former Prime Minister Imran Khan on May 9, PTI supporters demonstrated outside the army corps commander’s residence in eastern Punjab province’s capital city of Lahore, broke through the gates, and set fire to the premises.

Shahid Aslam

Police were stationed outside Aslam’s Lahore apartment from May 16 to May 22, he told CPJ, adding that officers asked his roommate at least three times about the journalist’s whereabouts and looked through his windows to check if he was present while he was away reporting in Islamabad, the capital.

Aslam reported on the May 9 protest for his political affairs YouTube channel Xposed with Shahid Aslam, which has over 55,000 subscribers. He told CPJ that a senior Lahore police official informed him that he was not wanted in any specific case and had been identified through geofencing, the practice of identifying all active mobile phone numbers in an area.

Jahangir Hayat

On the evening of May 17, two men in police uniforms and six in plainclothes arrived at Hayat’s home in Lahore, according to Lahore Press Club President Azam Chaudhry and Hayat, chief reporter for the privately owned newspaper Daily Business, both of whom spoke with CPJ by phone. The men did not present a warrant but claimed the journalist was wanted for serious criminal offenses, including murder and kidnapping. They then punched his face, breaking his front teeth, and hit his hand with an iron rod, Hayat told CPJ, adding that the men also shoved his 13-year-old son, leading him to hit his head on a motorcycle, and pushed his wife in the chest. 

Hayat, who reported about the protest on his political affairs YouTube channel BoldNews42, which has more than 5,000 subscribers, told CPJ that the men took him inside his home after the journalist appeared faint, and he then managed to escape and take refuge in the Lahore Press Club.

On May 18, while Hayat and his family remained at the press club, authorities raided the journalist’s home searching for him and broke down its iron doors, he said. Hayat and his family returned home on May 21 after Chaudhry contacted multiple senior Lahore police officials, one of whom informed him authorities would open an inquiry into the attack, the two journalists told CPJ.

Sarfraz Ahmed Khan

Between May 21 and 23, police made about 10 visits to the Lahore home of Khan, deputy bureau chief of the privately owned broadcaster GNN. They searched the premises and police officials repeatedly called Khan to tell him an arrest warrant had been issued for him under the Anti-Terrorism Act, according to news reports and the journalist, who spoke to CPJ by phone. Officers also searched the nearby home of Khan’s friend on May 21, claiming the journalist was hiding there.

A police document reviewed by CPJ showed that the journalist was present at the May 9 protest and was identified using facial recognition software. The document also listed personal details, including his address, and was leaked online, leading the journalist to fear for his safety, he told CPJ. 

On May 22, the Punjab police posted a statement on Twitter claiming that Usman Anwar, inspector-general of the Punjab police, had given orders that no innocent citizen, including journalists, would be punished for the attack on the army corps commanders’ residence, and that the issue with Khan had been resolved.

However, on the evening of May 23, police again arrived at Khan’s home, but left after confirming that a senior Lahore police official had issued an internal letter protecting the journalist from harassment, Khan told CPJ.

Separately, on Tuesday, police failed to present journalist Imran Riaz Khan at the Lahore High Court for a third time following his May 11 arrest. The journalist has been missing since May 11 after police claimed to have released him, his lawyer Azhar Siddique told CPJ by phone.

CPJ’s calls and messages to Punjab Police Inspector-General Usman Anwar and Lahore Capital City Police Officer Bilal Kamyana received no response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/24/journalists-harassed-1-beaten-after-opposition-protest-coverage-in-pakistan/feed/ 0 398012
Dehumanization Killed Jordan Neely—and Dominated Coverage of His Death https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/dehumanization-killed-jordan-neely-and-dominated-coverage-of-his-death/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/dehumanization-killed-jordan-neely-and-dominated-coverage-of-his-death/#respond Fri, 19 May 2023 20:38:52 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033625 Much of the corporate press refrained from framing Neely as a victim, and far-right media outlets went even further to excuse the killing.

The post Dehumanization Killed Jordan Neely—and Dominated Coverage of His Death appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Daily News: NYC man threatening strangers on Manhattan subway dies after Marine Corps vet puts him in chokehold: NYPD

An earlier Daily News headline (5/2/23) was “Brawling NYC Subway Rider Dies After Chokehold, NYPD Says.”

Jordan Neely, a 30-year-old unhoused Black man, appeared to be in the throes of a mental health crisis and asking for money on a New York City subway train when another passenger—a 24-year-old white man—put him in a chokehold for several minutes, killing him.

The dozens of other passengers in the car of the northbound F-train did not stop the attack, although in a witness video, one bystander can be heard warning Penny he was “going to kill” Neely. The video also reveals some passengers cheering, while two other men stood above Neely, holding him down while Penny choked him for several minutes until he went limp.

The death was ruled a homicide. The killer’s name, Daniel Penny, was not released to the media for four days. Penny was not charged until May 11, ten days after the killing, and after protests took place across the city demanding that he be arrested. He was charged with second-degree manslaughter, but released on $100,000 bond. A fundraiser on a right-wing Christian crowdfunding website called GiveSendGo has raised more than $2.5 million as of May 19.

‘A man in pain’

NYT: Making People Uncomfortable Can Now Get You Killed

Roxane Gay (New York Times, 5/4/23) raises questions “about who gets to stand his ground, who doesn’t, and how, all too often, it’s people in the latter group who are buried beneath that ground by those who refuse to cede dominion over it.”

Neely, who often busked as a Michael Jackson impersonator, had a history of mental illness and trauma. Before he was killed, he was reportedly yelling on the train, complaining of hunger and thirst and throwing his jacket down in a way some witnesses described as aggressive.

“I don’t have food, I don’t have a drink, I’m fed up,” a witness quoted Neely saying. “I don’t mind going to jail and getting life in prison. I’m ready to die.”

No witness accounts suggested he was physically violent. Even so, much of the corporate press deliberately refrained from framing Neely as a victim, and far-right media outlets have gone even further to dehumanize him and excuse the killing.

An opinion piece by Roxane Gay for the New York Times (5/4/23) rightly grouped this killing in with other recent wannabe vigilante–style assaults: 16-year-old Ralph Yarl shot for ringing the wrong doorbell in Kansas City; 20-year-old Kaylin Gillis fatally shot for pulling into the wrong driveway in upstate New York; competitive cheerleaders Heather Roth and Payton Washington shot after one got into the wrong car in a parking lot in Texas; a father and four members of his family—including an 8-year-old boy—fatally shot for asking his neighbor to stop firing an AR-15 assault rifle in his yard.

Gay writes of Neely:

Was he making people uncomfortable? I’m sure he was. But his were the words of a man in pain. He did not physically harm anyone. And the consequence for causing discomfort isn’t death, unless, of course, it is.

Dehumanization

The New York Daily News (5/2/23) announced Neely’s killing under the headline “NYC Man Threatening Strangers on Manhattan Subway Dies After Marine Corps Vet Put Him in Chokehold.” The lead made it clear that his killer was to be understood as the “good guy” in this story:

A disturbed man threatening strangers on a Manhattan subway train died after getting into a brawl with the wrong passenger—a US Marine Corps veteran who put him in a chokehold.

Of course, Neely didn’t “get into a brawl” with Penny, who by all accounts approached Neely from behind. But this framing of Neely as the instigator of violence was common.

New York Times columnist David French (5/14/23), suggesting that Neely’s death was fundamentally a failure of the “rule of law”—not because of Penny’s vigilantism, but because of the city’s failure to keep Neely behind bars for more than 15 months after a 2021 assault charge—called Neely “reportedly aggressive and menacing.” French’s only evidence of this characterization was Neely’s yelling about needing food and water and being ready to die.

NYT: Jordan Neely's Criminal Record: Man Killed on Subway Had 42 Prior Arrests

As Neely’s killer knew nothing about his arrest record, Newsweek‘s headlining it (5/4/23)  suggests the magazine thinks it should affect how sorry we should be that Neely is dead.

Piling on the dehumanization, Newsweek (5/4/23) published an article centered on Neely’s prior criminal record: “Man Killed on Subway Had 42 Prior Arrests.” While quoting homeless advocates who condemned the ways poor and homeless people are demonized and dehumanized, Newsweek simultaneously framed the piece in a way that demonized and dehumanized Neely, relying on law enforcement accounts.

Sara Newman, director of organizing at the housing justice group Open Hearts Initiative, told Newsweek:

Jordan Neely’s murder is the direct result of efforts to dehumanize and demonize New Yorkers who are experiencing homelessness, living with mental illness or just existing in the world as Black and poor.

But Newsweek‘s piece overall did just what Newman condemned, citing a “police spokesperson” who outlined Neely’s arrests between 2013 and 2021: four for alleged assault and others for low-level crimes and crimes of poverty, including transit fraud, trespassing and violations like having an open container in public.

Activists quoted in the article called out the NYPD’s willingness to disclose Neely’s entire record as an attempt to vilify him and justify his killing, but that didn’t stop Newsweek from leading with the police narrative.

At the time of publication, Penny’s name had still not been public, but nearly a decade of Neely’s prior arrests that had nothing to do with the incident that got him killed were headline news.

‘Was this heroism?’

NBC: Jordan Neely Subway Chokehold Death: Protests, Calls for Charges Grow As NYPD Asks for Help

NBC‘s New York affiliate (5/4/23) asks, “Was this heroism, or vigilantism?”

Reporting on Neely’s death being ruled a homicide caused by the chokehold, NBC New York (5/4/23) still managed to pose the question: “Was this heroism, or vigilantism?” The report described Neely’s killer as someone “initially hailed as a Good Samaritan.”

FoxNews.com (5/4/23) reported that demonstrators chanted “Fuck Eric Adams” and implied that was because the New York mayor had said “that the DA should be given time to conduct his investigation.” In fact, protesters were angered because, as FAIR (6/25/22, 12/7/22, 4/4/22) has documented, Adams’ policies have stigmatized homelessness and mental illness, while inflating police budgets and cutting funds for education—and doing little to make people safer.

New York Times (5/4/23) and NBC (5/4/23) headlines also referred to the killing as a “Chokehold Death.” Even well-intentioned reporting that highlights the demands of protesters is eclipsed by the passivity in this language. If a chokehold causes someone’s death, it’s more than just a death; it’s a homicide.

Gay’s piece for the Times put it best:

News reports keep saying Mr. Neely died, which is a passive thing. We die of old age. We die in a car accident. We die from disease. When someone holds us in a chokehold for several minutes, something far worse has occurred.

A ‘debate’ of their own design

USA Today: Chokehold Death Hardens a Stark Divide

USA Today (5/18/23) suggests that one way to look at Neely’s killing is that a “former Marine” drew “accolades” for “choking him into submission.”

USA Today (5/17/23) illustrated the “Grand Canyon-size rift between the left and the right” in how people view the death of Neely:

A former Marine stops a violent homeless man from harassing subway passengers, choking him into submission and drawing accolades for his willingness to step in.

A well-known Black street performer who struggled with mental health and homelessness for years dies at the hands of a white military man in front of horrified onlookers.

The headline online was, “An Act by a ‘Good Samaritan’ or a Case of ‘Murder’: The Rift in How US Views Subway Chokehold Death.” In print, “Chokehold Death Hardens Stark Divide” says the same thing in fewer words: The value of Jordan Neely’s life is up for debate.

The  New York Times (5/4/23) also both-sidesed New Yorkers’ opinions on this killing, calling it a “debate”:

For many New Yorkers, the choking of the 30-year-old homeless man, Jordan Neely, was a heinous act of public violence to be swiftly prosecuted, and represented a failure by the city to care for people with serious mental illness. Many others who lamented the killing nonetheless saw it as a reaction to fears about public safety in New York and the subway system in particular.

And some New Yorkers wrestled with conflicting feelings: their own worries about crime and aggression in the city and their conviction that the rider had  gone too far and should be charged with a crime.

It later explained, “Many have grown worried about safety on the subway after experiencing violence or reading about it in the news.”

But the overwhelming majority of riders have not experienced violence on the subway themselves. As FAIR (12/7/22) has pointed out, one’s odds of being the victim of a crime while riding New York City public transportation is approximately 1.6 out of 1 million. The NYPD’s own statistics show transit crimes essentially flat for the past 10 years, excluding the dramatic drop during the pandemic, when ridership plummeted. On the other hand, if you follow the news, you’re virtually guaranteed to hear about supposedly rampant subway crime—meaning the fear of rising crime in the city and the subways has been almost entirely manufactured by the news media itself.

‘Paths crossing’

NYT: How Two Men’s Disparate Paths Crossed in a Killing on the F Train

The New York Times (5/7/23) describing a killing as “paths crossed” recalls its reporting (11/23/14) a police officer shooting an unarmed man in a stairwell as “two young men” who “collided.”

A later Times piece was titled “How Two Men’s Disparate Paths Crossed in a Killing on the F Train” (5/7/23). In true Times-style storytelling, a man killing another amounts to “paths crossing.”

“Was this a citizen trying to stop someone from hurting others? Or an overreaction to a common New York encounter with a person with mental illness?” mused the paper of record. The article explained that the type of chokehold Penny used resembled one taught in the Marines. The Times reports the maneuver is meant to cut off blood and oxygen to the brain but not crush the windpipe (it did). It quotes a Marines press release from 2013 that describes choking techniques as a “fast and safe way to knock out the enemy” (1/31/13).

Characterizing Penny’s chokehold as a generally harmless maneuver gone wrong is irresponsible. Chokeholds like the one Penny used are designed for combat—not the subway. In 2021, the Justice Department banned the use of chokeholds by federal law enforcement agencies unless lethal force was authorized.  In a piece for Military.com (5/9/23), Gabriel Murphy, a former Marine who started a petition to prosecute Penny for Neely’s death, explains that these martial arts methods Marines learn in training are “not designed to be non-lethal or safe.”

Unlike much coverage of unhoused murder victims—of whom there are many—the article did offer some humanizing details about Neely’s life: that his mother was murdered when he was 14, and that a former high school classmate remembered him as a good dancer and a well-behaved student.

But it then focused on his record of arrests and use of K2, a potentially dangerous form of synthetic marijuana, and his voluntary and involuntary hospitalizations over the years. The paper paraphrased a hospital employee who spoke on the condition of anonymity, “because they were not authorized to discuss his history.” In other words, the employee was granted anonymity to violate patient privacy laws and air Neely’s personal medical history.

Meanwhile, a “surfing friend” of Penny got the last word in the piece: “He could only guess at Mr. Penny’s mind-set: ‘Knowing Danny and knowing his intentions, it was to help others around him.’”

Right-wing depravity

NY Post: Witness to Jordan Neely chokehold death calls Daniel Penny a ‘hero’ and offers to testify on his behalf

“The rhetoric from Mr. Neely was very frightening, it was very harsh,” the New York Post (5/18/23) quoted an anonymous bystander. “I sensed danger.”

Right-wing media coverage of Neely’s death reached yet another level of depravity. “Shocking Video Shows NYC Subway Passenger Putting Unhinged Man in Deadly Chokehold,” read one New York Post headline (4/2/23). In the piece, the victim was described as a “disturbed man” and a “vagrant,” while the person who killed him for yelling on the subway was a “subway passenger” and a “Marine veteran.”

The Post quoted freelance journalist Juan Alberto Vazquez, who captured the video of the incident. “I think that in one sense it’s fine that citizens want to jump in and help. But I think as heroes we have to use moderation,” he said, adding that if police had shown up earlier, “this never would have happened.” (The Post did not challenge this suggestion that police are not notorious choke-holders themselves—see George Floyd, Eric Garner, Elijah McClain.)

Fox host Brian Kilmeade (Media Matters, 5/4/23) justified the killing, saying the other passengers who “felt threatened” “helped out,” too. He added that Neely had prior arrests for “assault, disorderly conduct, fare beating.”

“I can’t tell you how many times you see this guy—these guys—walking up and down screaming, and you think to yourself, this can be out of control at any moment,” Kilmeade said.  He added:

You have a 24-year-old who we trained in the military, lives on Long Island, hopping on a subway, and said, let me help out the American people again, when I’m not in Afghanistan, let me just grab this guy and hold him down. No cops around, because they are understaffed and they are not on the trains. They are upstairs. And this guy takes action. And now you have people protesting for the homeless guy? Were you protesting when he was throwing garbage at people and threatening people in their face? So, I have no patience for these people.

Assault, disorderly conduct, fare beating, throwing trash and disrupting passengers are not punishable by the death penalty in a court of law—and certainly not by a subway passenger who decided to play judge, jury and executioner on his afternoon ride. No matter how short on patience Kilmeade is for people he sees on his commute to his $9 million/year job, Jordan Neely was a human being.

Mental illness is not a crime

Additionally, Adams’ police “omnipresence” plan deployed more than 1,000 extra officers underground in early 2022. Despite record levels of police underground, the April 2022 subway shooting that injured at least 29 people still happened. Officers on the platform that Michelle Go was fatally shoved off of that same year didn’t stop her murder, either.

In April 2023, the NYPD reintroduced a $74,000 robotic police dog to spy on people in Times Square. Meanwhile, the city’s department of education may lose $421 million in additional budget cuts next school year (Chalkbeat, 4/4/23).

It can’t be repeated enough that mental illness and homelessness are not criminal, and that the demonization of both things are leading to policies and prejudices that cost lives. Homelessness and mental illness are both conditions that make someone more likely to be victims of crimes, not perpetrators (National Alliance to End Homelessness, 1/24/22; NIH, 1/9/23).

But as the corporate media has demonstrated with Neely’s story, even a victim of homicide is framed as guilty when he is Black, unhoused and mentally ill.

The post Dehumanization Killed Jordan Neely—and Dominated Coverage of His Death appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Olivia Riggio.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/19/dehumanization-killed-jordan-neely-and-dominated-coverage-of-his-death/feed/ 0 396279
Media coverage of CPJ ‘Deadly Pattern’ report on journalists killed by Israeli military https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/media-coverage-of-cpj-deadly-pattern-report-on-journalists-killed-by-israeli-military/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/media-coverage-of-cpj-deadly-pattern-report-on-journalists-killed-by-israeli-military/#respond Mon, 15 May 2023 16:20:58 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=287280 On May 9, 2023, the Committee to Protect Journalists published “Deadly Pattern,” a report on the Israeli military’s killing of 20 journalists in 22 years — and how no one has been held accountable for those deaths.

Some of the global coverage of the CPJ report:


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Arlene Getz/CPJ Editorial Director.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/15/media-coverage-of-cpj-deadly-pattern-report-on-journalists-killed-by-israeli-military/feed/ 0 394909
Coverage of Gender-Affirming Care Is an Unequal Patchwork https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/coverage-of-gender-affirming-care-is-an-unequal-patchwork/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/coverage-of-gender-affirming-care-is-an-unequal-patchwork/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/gender-affirming-care-coverage-lawsuits by Aliyya Swaby

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

Transgender people who are trying to get their insurance plans to cover their transition-related health care face a fragmented landscape.

Consider: A transgender retiree on the state of Arizona’s health insurance plan is generally covered for transition-related surgery. But an active state employee is not.

Some of the health plans that the state of West Virginia offers its employees do cover transition-related care, but others don’t.

If you’re a transgender employee of Georgia's state university system, you are covered for gender-affirming care by its insurance plan, but other state employees don’t have that coverage.

The discrepancies illuminate the challenges transgender people face in accessing and affording gender-affirming care, which can include services like long-term hormone therapy and chest and genital surgery. Major medical associations recognize the necessity of those services for transgender people and the harm that can result from prohibiting them. Meanwhile, as conservative state lawmakers propose and pass restrictions on gender-affirming care for both children and adults, transgender people are watching their options for care narrow even further.

“We still have a lot of people who think that this stuff isn’t real or that it’s immoral or sinful and that it shouldn’t be covered,” said Christine Yared, an attorney who has represented transgender plaintiffs against employers that don’t cover gender-affirming care. Changes to these policies, she said, often result from “pressure from the ground up.”

Within some states, different state agencies have made conflicting decisions — either voluntarily or as a result of lawsuits — on whether their various health plans will cover gender-affirming care.

Federal courts have consistently ruled that employers cannot categorically exclude gender-affirming care from health care plans, often referencing federal policies on employment and health care discrimination. ProPublica previously reported that two states — North Carolina and Arizona — and a county in Georgia each spent in excess of $1 million to fight employees seeking coverage for gender-affirming care. The state of North Carolina and Houston County, Georgia, now must offer that care, after rulings in those cases; both are appealing.

But while lawsuits can force employers, including states, counties and big corporations, to cover such care, legal wins sometimes apply narrowly, extending to some of an employer’s transgender members and excluding others.

As a result of another Georgia lawsuit, filed in 2018, the state’s university system agreed to a settlement that awarded the plaintiff $100,000 and began providing coverage for gender-affirming care under the university system’s plan. Transgender employees are now suing the state of Georgia to get it to offer coverage of gender-affirming care through all state insurance plans.

“Lacking any justified or justifiable reason, the only conceivable purpose of the Exclusion is to single out transgender people undergoing a gender transition for inferior compensation as compared to their colleagues, and to avoid covering a stigmatized form of health care,” the complaint against Georgia alleges.

A spokesperson for the Georgia Department of Community Health and State Health Benefit Plan, both defendants in the case, declined to comment on ongoing litigation.

A transgender person working for Arizona’s state government cannot get coverage for gender-affirming surgery — until they retire and sign on to the state retirement system’s health plan. The two plans are administered by separate state departments. The retirement system chose to cover gender-affirming care “for the benefit of our retiree cohort,” said spokesperson David Cannella.

15 States Offered a Health Plan That Didn’t Cover Gender-Affirming Care for State Employees in 2022 Note: Some states have multiple employee health plans with differing policies on coverage for gender-affirming medical care. North Carolina was ordered to remove its exclusion in 2022 by a federal judge, but the state is appealing the ruling. The exclusion was inactive as of December 2022. Source: ProPublica review of health plans in all 50 states and D.C. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

Arizona’s Department of Administration, which oversees the employee health plan, for years had fought to keep excluding gender-affirming care from coverage, even when faced by a federal lawsuit. Arizona is now finalizing a settlement agreement with the plaintiff, a University of Arizona professor. Arizona state officials did not respond to ProPublica’s request for comment by the time of publication.

In 2020, several transgender public employees in West Virginia sued the state to demand it provide coverage of gender-affirming care. One of its health insurance providers agreed to a settlement with employees and began covering the care last year.

But the state Public Employees Insurance Agency, which offers its own health plan options, didn’t agree to settle — and that part of the case stopped short when the plaintiff, a computer technician for a county school board, died unexpectedly last year. Her lawyers agreed with family members to dismiss her claims.

Now West Virginia offers public employees four health insurance choices that don’t cover gender-affirming care and three that do.

Avatara Smith-Carrington, a Lambda Legal lawyer who represented the West Virginia plaintiffs, said it is their hope that another transgender employee will step up to file a lawsuit against the organization that provides the other plans. “It should be challenged,” Smith-Carrington said.

Have You Faced Barriers to Getting Gender-Affirming Care? Help Us Investigate.

Lucas Waldron contributed reporting.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by Aliyya Swaby.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/coverage-of-gender-affirming-care-is-an-unequal-patchwork/feed/ 0 394362
Turkish journalist Muhammed Yavaş assaulted over political coverage in run-up to election https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/turkish-journalist-muhammed-yavas-assaulted-over-political-coverage-in-run-up-to-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/turkish-journalist-muhammed-yavas-assaulted-over-political-coverage-in-run-up-to-election/#respond Fri, 12 May 2023 14:38:51 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=287040 Istanbul, May 12, 2023 – Turkish authorities in the western province of Çanakkale must investigate the recent assault of journalist Muhammed Yavaş and ensure his attacker is held to account, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On Wednesday, May 10, Yavaş, a writer and publisher of the weekly newspaper Çan’dan Haberler, published a post on the outlet’s Facebook page criticizing political banners by the pro-government Grey Wolves nationalist group in the Çanakkale city of Çan. Those banners suggested voting for opposition candidates in Sunday’s elections would be equal to voting for the outlawed Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PKK), which Turkey classifies as a terrorist group.

Later that day, the Çan head of the Grey Wolves, Hasan Dinç, invited Yavaş to meet for tea at a local café and then punched and kicked him, knocked him to the ground, and threatened to kill him, according to news reports and the journalist, who spoke to CPJ. Yavaş said he went to a hospital after the incident but was not seriously injured, and later filed a criminal complaint.

Contacted by messaging app, Dinç claimed that a “brawl” broke out between him and Yavaş because the journalist provoked it. Yavaş told CPJ that he did not fight back during the altercation.

“Authorities in Çanakkale, Turkey, should swiftly and thoroughly investigate the criminal complaint filed by journalist Muhammed Yavaş, who was physically assaulted in public because of his reporting,” said Özgür Öğret, CPJ’s Turkey representative. “Yavaş’ safety should be guaranteed, and authorities should ensure that attacks on the press will carry swift consequences.”

In a video statement on Thursday, Oğuzer Akgün, the Çanakkale provincial head of the Grey Wolves, was seen sitting with Dinç. In the video, Akgün accused Yavaş of inciting the incident, saying the “situation turned into a brawl” over the journalist’s alleged provocations.

Akgün also accused Yavaş of being paid to make that Facebook post, which Yavaş denied. Akgün said the journalist was “spending an extraordinary effort to stir up trouble” prior to that May 10 meeting with Dinç.

Çan’dan Haberler (News from Çan) has about 10,000 followers on Facebook and frequently posts news about local political issues.

CPJ emailed the chief prosecutor’s office in Çanakkale for comment but did not receive any reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/12/turkish-journalist-muhammed-yavas-assaulted-over-political-coverage-in-run-up-to-election/feed/ 0 394488
NYT’s Anti-Trans Bias—by the Numbers – A FAIR study comparing front-page transgender coverage in the New York Times and Washington Post https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/nyts-anti-trans-bias-by-the-numbers-a-fair-study-comparing-front-page-transgender-coverage-in-the-new-york-times-and-washington-post/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/nyts-anti-trans-bias-by-the-numbers-a-fair-study-comparing-front-page-transgender-coverage-in-the-new-york-times-and-washington-post/#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 22:32:14 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033469 The New York Times used its front-page coverage primarily to wonder whether trans people's rights and access to healthcare have gone too far.

The post NYT’s Anti-Trans Bias—by the Numbers appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

More than 180 contributors to the New York Times wrote a letter to Times leadership earlier this year (2/15/23), raising “serious concerns about editorial bias in the newspaper’s reporting on transgender, non⁠binary and gender-nonconforming people.” LGBTQ media advocacy group GLAAD (2/15/23) made similar arguments in a separate letter.

Both letters highlighted a few particular articles and writers, but described an overall pattern of, in the GLAAD letter’s words, “repeatedly platform[ing] cisgender (non-transgender) people spreading inaccurate and harmful misinformation.”

FAIR: NYT Centers Trans Healthcare Story on Doctors—Not Trans People

A FAIR critique (6/23/22) of a New York Times story on trans healthcare.

Many critics, including FAIR (e.g., 6/23/22, 12/16/22), have offered detailed critiques of many of these pieces and writers. This study seeks to document the Times‘ bias in numbers by comparing it to its closest competitor: the Washington Post.

Both elite papers have a national audience and closely cover national political stories—which puts the right’s campaign to criminalize transness very much in their line. And both have a recent history of ceding the framework of their trans coverage to the right wing, as a political football rather than an attack on trans people’s right to bodily autonomy and self-determination (FAIR.org, 5/6/21).

But looking at a full year of front-page coverage from the two papers reveals that, while both papers still need to do a much better job of including trans and nonbinary sources, the Post has given trans issues significantly more attention than the Times, and with an approach largely focused on the right-wing political campaign against trans people. The Times, meanwhile, used its front-page coverage primarily to wonder whether trans people’s rights and access to healthcare have gone too far.

Front-page frequency

In one year, the Post put trans-centered stories on the front page 22 times. The Times did so only 9 times.FAIR examined all front-page stories at the New York Times and Washington Post that centered on transgender and nonbinary people, and the politics and events engulfing them, from April 2022 through March 2023. While not capturing the entirety of a paper’s coverage of an issue, front-page coverage reveals both how important editors believe an issue to be and which angles of that story they believe to be most newsworthy. The Post put trans-centered stories on its front page 22 times during that year-long period; at the Times, trans issues were deemed front-page news only nine times.

Likewise, the Post ran more front-page stories that were primarily about other issues but mentioned the word “transgender,” with 54 to the Times‘ 30. This suggests that not only did the Post take trans-focused stories to be more newsworthy than the Times, it also is paying closer attention to the way trans rights weave into other stories, such as the larger web of right-wing strategies of scapegoating and censorship.

(The Times did finally publish an article on its front page analyzing the increasing centrality of trans issues to the GOP, after the study period—4/16/23.)

Quantity of coverage doesn’t necessarily translate to quality of coverage; after all, a previous FAIR study (5/5/22) found right-wing Breitbart covering trans issues more than either centrist paper, but in a way that didn’t even pretend to treat its subjects with respect.

However, the distinction between the Post and the Times on front-page trans coverage is also one of quality, with the Post—while still problematic at times—clearly coming out on top.

GOP-friendly framing

NYT: Parents and Schools Clash on Gender Identity

The New York Times headline (1/23/23) framed trans students’ right to privacy as a “clash” between parents and schools—rather than centering the people most directly concerned.

Republicans have introduced more than 500 anti-trans bills in 49 states, 63 of which have passed to date this year. They target such rights as trans people’s right to healthcare, to use the bathroom appropriate to their gender identity, to compete in school sports, to be free from discrimination, and to protect their privacy if they are not out to their parents.

These relentless attacks, dressed up in the language of “grooming,” “parents’ rights” and “protecting girls,” demonize and directly harm trans people, particularly trans youth, who already face staggeringly high rates of attempted suicide and homelessness. According to 2022 surveys by the Trevor Project, nearly one in five trans and nonbinary youth have attempted suicide, and 35–39% of trans and nonbinary youth have experienced homelessness and housing instability.

The New York Times, though, has decided that the news about trans issues that’s worthy of the front page is not, primarily, the massive right-wing anti-trans political push and its impact on those it targets, but whether trans people are receiving too many rights, and accessing too much medical care, too quickly.

The Times‘ headlines tell much of the story:

  • “Much Debate but Little Dialogue on Transgender Female Athletes” (5/29/22)
  • “Number of Youths Who Identify as Transgender Doubles in US” (6/11/22)
  • “Pressing Pause on Puberty” (11/22/22)
  • “Parents and Schools Clash on Gender Identity” (1/23/23)

Only two of the paper’s nine front-page headlines (“Swimming Body Bars Most Transgender Women,” 6/20/22; “Roe’s Reversal Stokes Attacks on Gay Rights,” 7/23/22) even began to hint at the dire situation faced by trans people today as a result of the war waged against them by the far right. Even these fell woefully short, with the second of the two not even naming trans people. Neither headlined the perspectives of trans people in the United States or those fighting alongside them.

In contrast, the Post‘s front page abounded with such stories—fourteen of the 22 headlines referenced political or physical anti-trans attacks, and ten centered the personal experiences or perspectives of trans people and their allies. “She Just Wants to Play” (9/1/22, about a trans athlete), “Virginia Restricts Rights of Transgender Students” (9/18/22) and “For Trans CPS Worker, Texas Order Was a Test of the Soul” (9/25/22) all appeared on the paper’s prime real estate in a single month.

The third story explained how Republican Gov. Greg Abbott ordered the Texas Department of Family and Protective Services to investigate parents of trans children for potential “child abuse.” Defending its order in court, the state offered a prominent New York Times article by Emily Bazelon (6/15/22; see FAIR.org, 6/23/22) as evidence that gender-affirming care for trans youth is controversial among medical providers. (It is not.)

That same month, the Times‘ only front-page trans-focused story, “Breast Removal Surgery on Rise for Trans Teens” (9/26/22), worried whether too many trans youth were able to access gender-affirming care. Not once has the Times put the Texas directive story on its front page—or mentioned its own role in the story anywhere in the paper.

New York Times, Washington Post selected front-page headlines on trans issues

Beyond the headlines

When you move past the headlines, the contrasts between the papers persist.

The Times‘ September piece on gender-affirming surgery devoted several paragraphs to people who came to regret having had the surgery. In reality, such experiences are highly uncommon–it’s far more common for trans people to want surgery and be unable to access it than it is for someone to access it and later regret it. A recent systematic review of 27 studies found the prevalence of regret was only 1%; the most recent National Center for Transgender Equality survey (2016) found that more than half of trans people who sought coverage for gender-affirming surgery in the previous year were denied.

Yet “detransitioners” are held up by the anti-trans movement as a key reason to drastically limit or halt all access to gender-affirming care. Offering them a prominent place in such a piece—and not highlighting any trans people who wanted surgery and were unable to access it—skews readers’ perceptions of the most pressing issues surrounding such care.

In the first Times front-page article appearing during the study period (5/29/22), reporter Michael Powell began by describing members of Princeton University’s women’s swim team who “spoke of collective frustration edging into anger” about a record-breaking trans swimmer on a competing team. Powell closed the piece with another cisgender source who found Thomas’s participation not “fair.”

In between, Powell set up the debate over trans participation in college sports:

The battle over whether to let female transgender athletes compete in women’s elite sports has reached an angry pitch, a collision of competing principles: the hard-fought-for right of women to compete in high school, college and pro sports versus a swelling movement to allow transgender athletes to compete in their chosen gender identities.

This is a distinctly right-wing framing, pitting the trans movement against women’s rights rather than recognizing that both trans people and cisgender women face widespread discrimination, in sports and beyond, based on their gender (and that trans women are women). Characterizing women’s right to compete in sports as “hard-fought-for,” in contrast to trans gender identities as “chosen,” suggests that those identities themselves are not hard-fought-for, but simply a whim—or even, as anti-trans sources often argue or imply, a way of skirting those Title IX protections.

NYT: They Paused Puberty, but Is There a Cost?

Two-thirds of trans youth featured in this New York Times story (11/14/22) stopped puberty-blocking treatment; in a medical study, 1.6% of patients receiving such treatment did so.

Powell’s other front-page piece about trans issues, “Vanishing Word in the Abortion Debate: Women” (6/9/22), offered the same transgender-versus-women framing, this time pitting “allies and activists for transgender people” against “feminists.”

Or take the article “Pressing Pause on Puberty” (11/14/22), which ran online under the more revealing headline, “They Paused Puberty, but Is There a Cost?” The investigation was so lengthy it spilled across three pages after the jump, incorporating 18 quoted sources. Only one was a transgender youth happy with her gender-affirming care. Three youths who had undergone treatment with puberty blockers in total were profiled (one anonymously and quoting only her parents); two of those three experienced negative side effects that caused them to stop treatment, and one later detransitioned.

That setup alone suggests far more danger and dissatisfaction with puberty blockers (and youth transition in general) than actually exists: A recent study (Journal of Sexual Medicine, 1/26/23) found that of 882 youth who received puberty blockers at a Dutch clinic between 1997 and 2018, only 14 discontinued treatment. That’s 1.6%, compared to the Times article’s 67%. The misleading methods and inaccurate science in the piece, which was quickly spread approvingly by right-wing media, were lambasted at length by trans medical experts.

The Times, maliciously or ignorantly, published that piece during Trans Awareness Week.

Five days later, a gunman walked into LGBTQ venue Club Q in Colorado Springs and opened fire, killing five—including two trans people—and injuring many more. While the shooting made the Times‘ front page (11/21/22, 11/22/22), the word “transgender” was only mentioned incidentally both times, no identifiably trans or nonbinary people were quoted, and neither story brought up the heated political campaign against trans and queer people that served as a backdrop to the shooting.

A shift in perspective

5 of the Times' 9 front-page articles about trans issues wove narratives of transition being risky, likely to be regretted, or prematurely forced onto unwitting youth, and/or trans people threatening others' rights.

In total, six of the Times‘ nine front-page articles about trans issues wove narratives of transition being risky, likely to be regretted, or prematurely forced onto unwitting youth (9/26/22, 11/22/22, 1/23/23), and/or of trans people threatening others’ rights, such as those of cisgender women and parents (5/29/22, 6/9/22, 7/21/22, 1/23/23). These six articles also consumed far more space in the paper than the other three, averaging 2,826 words versus 1,636, suggesting which kinds of stories about trans people the paper believes are most worthy of deep investigation.

Most of the Post‘s front-page coverage, in contrast, avoided anti-trans framings—with two noteworthy exceptions. The first article in the study period, “In Lessons on Sexuality, the Right Sees ‘Grooming'” (4/9/22), was the focus of a FAIR Action Alert (4/12/22) for its egregious both-sidesing of a story in which the bigoted “side” was given the more prominent platform. As FAIR wrote:

Writers Hannah Natanson and Moriah Balingit (4/5/22) spent the first 12 paragraphs of their article describing and quoting the right-wing claims that teachers talking about gender identity or sexual orientation—and those who support them—”want children primed for sexual abuse.”…

Of those most directly impacted by the bills, no LGBTQ students and only one openly LGBTQ educator were quoted.

The Post did not publicly acknowledge the criticism, but its next front-page trans story, “Grooming Claims Part of Anti-LGBTQ Push in GOP” (4/21/22), revisited the same story with a different reporter and a different framing. Colby Itkowitz began with a Democratic state senator denouncing Republican “grooming” claims, and characterized those claims as “baseless tropes” in the reporter’s own voice in the third paragraph. Itkowitz explained:

The efforts ahead of the midterm elections are intended to rile up the GOP base and fill the coffers of its candidates, without offering evidence that any Democrat had committed a repugnant crime.

Several GOP sources were quoted making anti-LGBTQ claims, but the Post‘s presentation of them made clear they were false, “audacious,” trafficking in conspiracy theories, or “intended to denigrate transgender or nonbinary people.”

Later, an article about whether schools should be required to out transgender students to their parents, “Schools Face ‘High-Wire Act’ When Kids Say They’re Trans” (7/26/22), framed the story in a somewhat similar way to the Times‘ version (1/23/23), pitting trans students’ rights against parents’ rights. But the Post article opened and closed with a trans youth’s perspective, where the Times piece bookended its article from the view of a parent upset with their trans child’s school for not outing the child to them. The Times piece closed:

“The school is telling me that I have to jump on the bandwagon and be completely supportive,” Mrs. Bradshaw said. “There is only so much and so far that I’m willing to go right now and I would hope that, as a parent, that would be my decision.”

Few trans sources

The Times quoted 9 family members of trans youth; 6 expressed concerns, doubts, or disapproval. Only 2 of the Post's 17 family members expressed such concerns.One area where the Post still falls far short is in sourcing. Only 35 of their 243 sources (14%) in these front-page stories about trans issues were trans or nonbinary themselves. The Times did slightly better on this front, as 22 of its 116 sources (19%) were identifiably trans or nonbinary.

Yet, as described above, the Times also included three people who regretted their decision and detransitioned, offering a misleading picture of actual rates of such experiences.

No people who had detransitioned were featured in Post front-page stories during the study time period. (The Post did feature a person describing regrets over their transition on its op-ed page—4/11/22. Both papers have featured multiple anti-trans perspectives on their opinion pages over the past year, none so frequently as new Times columnist Pamela Paul, who pushed anti-trans narratives in no fewer than six columns during the study period.)

The Post also included 36 (15%) representatives of advocacy organizations fighting for LGBTQ rights (eight of whom were also trans or nonbinary themselves). At the Times, there were nine (8%) representatives of LGBTQ advocacy organizations (two of whom were trans).

The Post and Times featured similar percentages of family members of trans youth, with 17 (7%) at the Post and nine (8%) at the Times. But this category served very different purposes at the two papers.

Six of those nine family members featured by the Times expressed concerns, doubts or disapproval of their child’s transition, or of how it was handled by gender-affirming doctors or schools. In contrast, only two of the Post‘s 17 family members expressed such concerns, both in a single story (7/26/22) about school policies on whether schools should out trans youth to their parents. In the Post, the majority of family members talked about government attacks on their children, such as the push by Texas to take trans children away from their parents (9/25/22), or legislation to ban gender-affirming healthcare in Missouri (3/1/23) and Kentucky (3/26/23).

Many parents of trans and nonbinary kids have misgivings about their child’s gender identity. Indeed, less than a third of trans and nonbinary kids find their home gender-affirming, according to the 2022 Trevor Project survey—and the survey also found that those without strong support at home report suicide rates significantly higher than those with that support. When reporting on trans youth and the political and cultural attacks on them, it’s important for reporters to remember whose concerns ought to be at the center of the story.

Comparison of sources in front-page stories on trans issues in New York Times and Washington Post

Speaking for themselves

Despite the Post‘s coverage overall being much less problematic than the Times, this isn’t the first time FAIR has found the Post failing to give trans people the right to speak for themselves. When Texas issued a directive insisting that families with trans kids be investigated for potential “child abuse,” FAIR (5/22/22) found that while the Post ran more stories on it than the Times, its percentage of trans sources (8%) was not only far lower than the Times (27%), it was even lower than that of Breitbart (11%), and tied with the right-wing Daily Caller.

A year earlier, a FAIR analysis (5/16/21) of Post and Times coverage of trans youth likewise found both papers failed to center trans kids, declining to give them (and other trans people) a voice in coverage directly about them.

WaPo: 6 key takeaways from the Post-KFF survey of transgender Americans

The Washington Post (3/23/23) noted that its survey found that “the vast majority of trans adults say they were happier than before they transitioned.”

While trans people have come under such vitriolic attack that it would be understandable if many—especially trans youth—would not want to be publicly interviewed by a national newspaper, it’s still critically important that journalists make every effort to let trans people speak for themselves in stories that focus on trans lives and rights, and the Post needs to do better.

The last two front-page pieces of the study period offered a hopeful sign. These two came from a new “Trans in America” series prominently featured on the Post‘s Gender and Identity webpage, built off of a survey (3/22/23) the paper conducted with health polling firm KFF. Post social issues editor Annys Shin (3/23/23) explained the project:

Since January, state legislators have introduced more than 200 bills that seek to limit transgender rights, whether it is access to gender-affirming care, what children can learn about transgender identity in schools or whether trans girls can play sports.

In this atmosphere of intense polarization around transgender rights, the Washington Post and KFF set out to hear what transgender Americans had to say, on topics ranging from their experiences as children in school to navigating the workplace, the doctor’s office and family relationships as adults. The resulting Post/KFF Trans Survey, which also includes responses from cisgender Americans on trans-related restrictions, is the largest nongovernmental survey of US trans adults to rely on random sampling methods.

This is how responsible journalism is conducted: Take a pressing political issue, identify who is most impacted, and listen to—and amplify—their perspectives. The first article of the series, “In Survey, Most Say Life Is Better After Transition” (3/24/23), featured six sources, all of them trans. The piece described in detail the discrimination and harassment trans people face, and also the relief that transition brings: “Yet most trans adults say transitioning has made them more satisfied with their lives.” It’s a take that was virtually nowhere to be found on the Times front page during the entire year.

It’s up to the Post now to make sure it continues to center trans voices in its coverage of the attacks on their lives. (The paper’s most recent front-page article on trans issues shows that’s far from inevitable—see Present Age, 5/8/23.)

Impact of activism?

New York Times: How a Campaign Against Transgender Rights Mobilized Conservatives

Recent New York Times coverage of trans issues (e.g., 4/16/23) has included the political context that has often been missing.

In response to the letters about its anti-trans coverage, Times leadership forcefully denied any wrongdoing and attempted to silence their critics, threatening retaliation for speaking out against the paper (FAIR.org, 2/17/23).

Yet perhaps the letters did have an impact, as the paper also published three front-page stories on trans rights and politics after the conclusion of the study period, all of which avoided the “just asking questions” approach criticized by the letter-writers: “Conflict Over Transgender Care Brings Statehouse to a Standstill” (4/1/23), “Trans Athletes Facing Limits in Biden Plan” (4/7/23) and “How Transgender Issues Became a New Rallying Cry for the Right” (4/16/23).

As this study shows, such coverage is markedly different from what the Times has been publishing on its front page for the past year. That coverage has systematically underplayed the story of the right-wing assault on trans people, and centered anti-trans framings and perspectives. This has directly fed into the anti-trans panic and the state repression of trans rights and lives, with some laws and directives explicitly referencing Times reporting to support their claims (GLAAD, 4/19/23).

While the Times has been “just asking questions” about trans people on its front page, trans and nonbinary people and the families who support them have seen their lives being torn apart by the steady march of backlash across the country.

 

New York Times and Washington Post front-page stories on trans issues

 


Research assistance: Kat Sewon Oh, Conor Smyth

Note: Article dates referenced are print dates. Web version dates (and headlines) often differ.

 

The post NYT’s Anti-Trans Bias—by the Numbers appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/nyts-anti-trans-bias-by-the-numbers-a-fair-study-comparing-front-page-transgender-coverage-in-the-new-york-times-and-washington-post/feed/ 0 394143
Mexican President López Obrador repeatedly criticizes news outlets and press freedom group over spyware coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/mexican-president-lopez-obrador-repeatedly-criticizes-news-outlets-and-press-freedom-group-over-spyware-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/mexican-president-lopez-obrador-repeatedly-criticizes-news-outlets-and-press-freedom-group-over-spyware-coverage/#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 21:20:59 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=286664 Mexico City, May 11, 2023—Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador must stop making baseless criticisms of local news outlets and the international free expression organization Article 19, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

Since March, López Obrador has sharply criticized Article 19, national investigative magazine Proceso, privately owned online news outlets Animal Político and Aristegui Noticias, and Animal Político investigative reporter Nayeli Roldán over their coverage of the Mexican federal government’s alleged use of illegal spyware.

The president’s statements have led to online abuse and threats of violence against Article 19, the three outlets, and their reporters, according to Roldán, Animal Político’s editorial director Daniel Moreno, and Article 19’s regional director Leopoldo Maldonado, who all spoke to CPJ by phone. 

“Mexican President López Obrador’s recent attempts to discredit journalist Nayeli Roldán, three critical news outlets, and Article 19 are more proof that his administration prefers harassing journalists over solving the country’s catastrophic press freedom crisis,” said CPJ Mexico Representative Jan-Albert Hootsen. “López Obrador’s constant verbal attacks on reporters, which serve only as a distraction from the issues they report on, must stop before they lead to further violence against the press.”

Since he assumed office in 2018, López Obrador repeatedly stated that his government does not engage in illegal surveillance with spyware and denied that his administration uses such applications for anything other than national security.

However, a series of reports published in March 2023 provided evidence that the Mexican military used Pegasus, a spyware developed by the Israeli NSO group, to monitor conversations between human rights activist Raymundo Ramos and two journalists at the Mexico City newspaper El Universal since 2019.

In a March 10 press briefing, Roldán asked López Obrador about those allegations, to which he responded by saying Roldán was “always against his government.” When Roldán insisted the military must explain the legal basis for the spying, he accused her of “not being objective,” and called her “unprofessional” and part of the “tendentious, bribed media.”

During an April 28 press conference, the president told reporters that Roldán was paid in 2022 by the National Institute for Access to Information, a federal autonomous body that handles freedom of information requests and regulates the protection of personal data. López Obrador has been highly critical of the institute, which he claims is “useless,” “onerous, opaque, and unnecessarily expensive,” and opposes his administration and him personally, according to news reports.

During a May 2 press briefing, López Obrador accused Article 19 of being funded by the U.S. government to work “against his government,” therefore “violating our sovereignty” and called the organization “interventionist,” adding that he would send a diplomatic cable to the U.S. government “in protest.”  

Moreno, Roldán, and Maldonado told CPJ that the president’s remarks have led to many hateful comments on social media against them personally, as well as on websites and social media pages of Article 19, Proceso, Animal Político, and Aristegui Noticias. Roldán said she received “vicious” misogynistic comments, while Maldonado said he and his organization received many threats and statements echoing the president’s comments.

“I’ve been receiving lots of insults, an increasing number. I’d even call it stalking,” Roldán told CPJ, adding that the pressure has forced her to keep a lower profile on social media. “I can’t send out a single tweet without it receiving insults.” 

Moreno said the president’s comments have made him and his reporters feel less safe, leading some of his reporters to ask not to be named in bylines. 

“We try to respond to the president, who constantly lies about us and never rectifies false information. His daily press briefing is a far bigger platform than anything we could ever hope to have,” Moreno said. “We have seen an increase in the number of attacks and insults against us, including social media users openly asking who our family members are to accost them as well.”

CPJ contacted presidential spokesperson Jesús Ramírez Cuevas for comment via messaging app but did not receive any response.  

Mexico was the deadliest country in the Western Hemisphere for journalists in 2022. At least three reporters were murdered in direct connection to their work, and CPJ is investigating another 10 killings to determine the motive.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/mexican-president-lopez-obrador-repeatedly-criticizes-news-outlets-and-press-freedom-group-over-spyware-coverage/feed/ 0 394133
Kyrgyz journalist Dilbar Alimova questioned over coverage of authorities https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/kyrgyz-journalist-dilbar-alimova-questioned-over-coverage-of-authorities/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/kyrgyz-journalist-dilbar-alimova-questioned-over-coverage-of-authorities/#respond Thu, 11 May 2023 20:41:26 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=286610 Stockholm, May 11, 2023—Kyrgyz authorities should let the independent news website PolitKlinika work free from fear of legal harassment, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

On May 6, officers with Kyrgyzstan’s State Committee for National Security, or SCNS, summoned PolitKlinika founder and chief editor Dilbar Alimova for questioning about a May 5 article published by the outlet, according to news reports and Alimova, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

Alimova told CPJ that she was outside the capital city of Bishkek at the time, and authorities demanded she return immediately, or they would come with a summons and take her to the city for questioning. However, after she posted about the call on social media, SCNS officers agreed to ask her questions by phone.

The officers did not make it clear why the SCNS was looking into that article, which reported on a letter allegedly written by the speaker of Kyrgyzstan’s parliament to the prosecutor-general, Alimova said, adding that the head of the SCNS was a close political ally of the speaker. The officers asked her about the letter and where the outlet got it from.

After the publication of that article, the speaker’s press secretary said the letter was “fake” and threatened to apply for PolitKlinika’s website to be blocked under Kyrgyzstan’s law on false information unless the outlet deleted its report.

“Alongside their forced closure of RFE/RL’s local service, Kyrgyz authorities seem to have embarked on a systematic course of undermining and intimidating independent media into silence,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Kyrgyz authorities must stop summoning journalists for interrogation over their reporting, and should allow Dilbar Alimova and PolitKlinika to work freely.”

PolitKlinika publishes fact-checking reports, political news, and investigations, those news reports said.

On Monday, May 8, PolitKlinika issued a statement saying the outlet stood by its reporting and noted that it had included a statement from the parliamentary office denying the letter’s authenticity, and had also reached out to the prosecutor-general for comment. The outlet said it was temporarily taking the report down pending a response from the prosecutor-general.

Alimova told CPJ that she felt there was “colossal pressure” on independent media by Kyrgyz authorities, pointing to the April 2023 shuttering of U.S. Congress-funded broadcaster Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s local service Radio Azattyk. 

Separately, on February 20, Kyrgyz state broadcaster EITR filed a lawsuit against PolitKlinika and Tynystan Asypbek, a reporter at the outlet, demanding 10 million som (US$115,000) in damages over a February 3 video report alleging that ElTR had made false claims about government borrowing, according to news reports.

Alimova told CPJ that the ongoing court case – in which the state-run channel is seeking 7 million som (US$80,100) from PolitKlinika and 3 million som (US$34,360) from Asypbek for “undermining the reputation of the channel and its staff” – could force the outlet to close. 

Alimova said she and PolitKlinika have also been the target of online harassment, which she believes to be coordinated involving social media accounts of employees of state media. CPJ reviewed many posts by users calling for legal action to be taken against the outlet.

Also in February, the SCNS summoned Asel Otorbaeva, general director of independent news website 24.kg, for questioning over comments under a 24.kg report, and in March, the SCNS summoned 24.kg editor Anastasia Mokrenko for questioning about a fake bomb threat on a shopping center that was sent to the outlet and others, according to reports by that outlet.

CPJ emailed the Kyrgyzstan presidency, the SCNS, and ElTR for comment but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/11/kyrgyz-journalist-dilbar-alimova-questioned-over-coverage-of-authorities/feed/ 0 394115
Chinese journalist Shangguan Yunkai detained over corruption coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/09/chinese-journalist-shangguan-yunkai-detained-over-corruption-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/09/chinese-journalist-shangguan-yunkai-detained-over-corruption-coverage/#respond Tue, 09 May 2023 17:13:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=285888 Taipei, May 9, 2023—Chinese authorities must immediately release and drop all charges against journalist Shangguan Yunkai and stop persecuting members of the press in retaliation for their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On April 20, police in the central city of Ezhou arrested Shangguan at a tea house on the charge of “selling fake medicine,” according to news reports and a source familiar with the case who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal. 

However, that person and the human rights website China Political Prisoner Concern said the arrest was retaliation for Shangguan’s reporting. The day before his arrest, he published an article about police in an Ezhou courtroom beating a plaintiff in 2021.

“Authorities in Ezhou, China, must immediately drop the apparent retaliatory charges against journalist Shangguan Yunkai and release him unconditionally,” said CPJ’s China representative, Iris Hsu. “Detaining a journalist who covers corruption allegations shows that officials in Ezhou have no intention of abiding by Beijing’s anti-graft campaign.”

The charge against Shangguan relates to advertisements for a balm at the end of the journalist’s articles, according to those news reports and a video by his son Shangguan Xuke, who said the balm was not meant for medical use.

Shangguan has covered alleged corruption for the state-run newspaper Legal Daily and his microblogs “Life in Queensland” and “Huangxiao Native Egg” in and around Hubei province for more than 20 years, on topics such as forgery by agricultural authorities in the Nanbu county of Sichuan Province and the government’s forced demolition of private properties in Ezhou

According to Shangguan’s blog on Weibo, where he has about 24,000 followers, his articles have led to anti-graft authorities reprimanding at least 200 officials. 

CPJ contacted the Ezhou public security bureau for comment via messaging app but did not immediately receive any reply. 

China is the second largest jailer of journalists as of December 1, 2022, with at least 43 journalists behind bars, according to CPJ’s annual prison census.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/09/chinese-journalist-shangguan-yunkai-detained-over-corruption-coverage/feed/ 0 393624
Hong Kong’s security law leads to ‘boring’ news coverage amid climate of fear https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-security-law-05042023164603.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-security-law-05042023164603.html#respond Thu, 04 May 2023 20:46:20 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-security-law-05042023164603.html Hong Kong journalists still working in the city are being reduced to the status of government stenographers, as a climate of fear leads to widespread self-censorship, former reporters from the now-shuttered Apple Daily and Stand News warned in recent interviews with Radio Free Asia.

International press freedom groups say the ruling Communist Party under supreme leader Xi Jinping has "gutted" press freedom in the formerly freewheeling city amid an ongoing crackdown on dissent in the wake of the 2019 protest movement.

Hong Kong journalists who fled the city after Beijing imposed a national security law from July 1, 2020, continue to campaign for press freedom for the city from overseas, while some eke out a freelance living following the closure of pro-democracy news outlets.

Lam Yin-bong, former assignment editor at Stand News, which shut down under investigation by national security police a few months after the Apple Daily was forced to close, said there are plenty of stories that are largely ignored by mainstream media outlets in Hong Kong these days.

"Quite a lot of voices have disappeared in the mainstream media in Hong Kong," Lam said. "For example, protesters who are about to go to prison or are about to be released from prison seem to have disappeared from public view."

ENG_CHN_STOCKPOTHKJournalism_04282023_02.JPG
Copies of Apple Daily's July 1, 2020, edition, with front page titled "Draconian law is effective, one country two system is dead" at the newspaper's printing house in Hong Kong, July 1, 2020. Credit: Vincent Yu/AP

He cited the recent release of "fishball rebellion" protester Lo Kin-man, jailed for "rioting" in the wake of 2016 unrest in the Mong Kok section of the city.

"He was given the longest sentence out of all the defendants, and the Mong Kok riot was a major event in Hong Kong history, and he was the last one to be released from prison, so personally, I think this is a news story," Lam said. 

"Yet when he was released from the fairly remote Tong Fuk Prison, I was the only one waiting for him." 

Trying to fill a gap

Lam, who set up his own ReNews online news service a year ago, said he is trying to fill a gap left by self-censorship in Hong Kong's mainstream media, but lacks resources to make much of a difference.

Meanwhile, the mainstream media is inundated by a seemingly endless supply of trivial reporting on politically important topics, such as the recent visit by Beijing's Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office chief Xia Baolong.

"The Hong Kong government's manipulation of the media is more obvious and its methods more mature than before, and the mainstream media is only too willing, or has gotten into the habit, of following the official lead," Lam said.

ENG_CHN_STOCKPOTHKJournalism_04282023_03.JPG
Stand News Editor Patrick Lam, is escorted by police officers into a van in Hong Kong, Dec. 29, 2021. Credit: Vincent Yu/AP

"When Director Xia Baolong visited Hong Kong, a bunch of journalists filmed him going to Kowloon Bay for dim sum, and even quoted sources as saying what kind of dim sum he had," Lam said. "What is the significance of that information?"

"The mainstream media is flooded with this sort of [trivial] information," he said. "It's not that nobody writes about the other stuff. The problem is that there is a huge amount of boring information in the media ... which drowns out the other stuff."

Risker interviews

Former Apple Daily reporter Shirley Leung, who has moved to the democratic island of Taiwan to set up the Hong Kong-focused Photon News, has carried out in-depth interviews with former 2019 protesters, as well as academics, politicians, civil society leaders and rights activists, in a bid to make sure their voices are recorded.

Those kinds of interviews are now much riskier under the national security law for journalists still in Hong Kong, she said.

"Since the Apple Daily and Stand News went, I would say that 80% of the people who once took part in protests and campaigns have disappeared from mainstream media reporting," Leung said.

"There is an atmosphere of fear that made me feel that I had to be able to write freely or report fully what my interviewees are saying," she said of her move to democratic Taiwan.

"Back when I was in Hong Kong, it was very difficult -- frankly there was a lot of self-censorship and I felt like what I wrote was lifeless."

ENG_CHN_STOCKPOTHKJournalism_04282023_04.JPG
Lam Yin-bong, former assignment editor at Stand News, said there are plenty of stories that are largely ignored by mainstream media outlets in Hong Kong these days. Credit: Lam Yin-bong.

With Photon News, Leung is hoping to exercise the old freedoms once enjoyed by Hong Kong's journalists, and "bring different perspectives back to Hong Kong," she said.

But she said it is getting harder and harder to find people in Hong Kong who are still willing to give media interviews, in the current political atmosphere.

"Those awaiting sentencing are already behind bars, and the ones getting out don't want to talk about it," Leung said. "This is all totally understandable, and very human."

In April, British lawmakers called on their government to issue emergency visas to journalists at risk of arrest or prosecution in Hong Kong, and to apply targeted sanctions to individuals responsible for the arbitrary arrest and pending trial of former Apple Daily founder Jimmy Lai.  

Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Lee Yuk Yue for RFA Cantonese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/hongkong-security-law-05042023164603.html/feed/ 0 392612
French reporter Toufik-de-Planoise charged over protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/french-reporter-toufik-de-planoise-charged-over-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/french-reporter-toufik-de-planoise-charged-over-protest-coverage/#respond Wed, 03 May 2023 16:50:57 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=284918 Berlin, May 3, 2023—French authorities should drop all criminal charges against journalist Toufik-de-Planoise and ensure that members of the press do not face legal retaliation for their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On April 26, police summoned de-Planoise, a reporter with the privately owned local outlets Média 25 and Radio Bip, to a police station in the eastern city of Besançon for questioning, and then detained him for nine hours and charged him with obstructing freedom of assembly and the movement of trains, according to news reports, statements by his outlets and local journalist union SNJ-CGT, and Emma Audrey, a reporter at Média 25 and Radio Bip who spoke to CPJ by phone.

The charges relate to de-Planoise’s coverage of a January 30 protest that disrupted an anti-abortion conference and an April 20 demonstration protesting pension reform, during which protesters occupied a train station for at least an hour. 

His trial is set for June 30 and, if convicted, de-Planoise faces up to one year in prison for obstructing freedom of assembly and up to six months imprisonment for obstructing trains.

“French authorities should drop the criminal charges against journalist Toufik-de-Planoise and ensure that members of the press do not face potential prison time for their reporting,” said Attila Mong, CPJ’s Europe representative. “Reporting on demonstrations is clearly in the public interest, and authorities should stop pursuing charges against journalists for simply doing their jobs.”

Police charged de-Planoise alongside protesters at each event, despite him being clearly identified as a journalist, Audrey told CPJ, adding that police checked de-Planoise’s press credentials at both protests and on April 26, before questioning him called Radio Bip newsroom to confirm his role. At each protest, he was wearing a helmet labeled “press” and carried his local union press card and credentials from both outlets.

According to Audrey and the SNJ-CGT statement, they consider these charges “abusive” and retaliation for his work as a reporter. The statement noted that, according to official police guidelines issued in 2021, journalists covering demonstrations “may, unlike other persons present, circulate freely within the security arrangements put in place.”

In late March, police officers shoved and obstructed de-Planoise while he covered a protest in Besançon.

CPJ’s email to the prosecutor’s office in Besançon did not receive any reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/05/03/french-reporter-toufik-de-planoise-charged-over-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 392237
Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? – A FAIR study of NYT coverage from George Floyd to Tyre Nichols https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/#respond Mon, 24 Apr 2023 20:41:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033212 The New York Times leaned heavily on official sources when reporting on policing policy—giving the biggest platform to the targets of reform.

The post Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

NYT: Democrats Face Pressure on Crime From a New Front: Their Base

The New York Times (6/3/22) often framed police reform from the perspective of Democratic politicians rather than the communities most impacted by police violence.

Since the brutal police killing of George Floyd in Minneapolis in 2020, and the Black Lives Matter protests that spread across the country, how have news media covered issues of policing policy and police reform?

To offer perspective on this question, FAIR looked at which kinds of sources have been most prominent in the New York Times‘ coverage of these issues, and therefore are given the most power to shape the narrative. We compared three time periods: June 2020, when the BLM protests were at their height; May–June 2022, leading up to and encompassing the two-year anniversary of those protests; and mid-January to mid-February 2023, when the police killing of Tyre Nichols was prominent in news coverage and reignited conversations around police reform.

We found that, overall, the Times leaned most heavily on official (government and law enforcement) sources when reporting on the issue of policing policy—giving the biggest platform to the targets of reform, rather than the people who would most benefit from it. We also found a prominent stress on party politics and a lack of racial and gender diversity among sources.

However, we also found that the Times‘ 2023 Tyre Nichols coverage offered a wider diversity of sources, and a greater percentage of Black sources, than in the previous time periods. This appeared to result in part from many of the articles focusing on deeper reporting on the local situation in Memphis, a majority-Black city (unlike, for instance, Minneapolis, where George Floyd was killed).

In contrast, the 2022 articles focused more on policing and crime as an election topic at a national level. The 2020 articles covered the broadest range of issues and geography, but with particular attention to the protests, and the federal and local legislative responses.

The most recent coverage had more voices critical of policing policy and practices than in the previous study periods—though, at the same time, those voices came less from protests on the streets and more from advocacy groups, lawyers, academics, religious leaders and general public sources, and so shifted from the raw anger and “defund the police” demands of 2020 to less radical accountability measures.

Methodology

Eliminating passing mentions and opinion pieces, we examined New York Times news articles centrally about policing policy or reform. We found 10 articles (with 58 sources) meeting our criteria between May 1 and June 30, 2022, and 16 articles (111 sources) between January 13 and February 10, 2023 (two weeks before and after the main day of the Tyre Nichols protests). Because the Times covered the issue so extensively in 2020, we took a random sample of 25 articles (142 sources) meeting our criteria from June 2020.

Sources were coded for occupation, gender, race/ethnicity and party affiliation (for government officials and politicians). Each source could receive more than one code for occupation (e.g., academic and former law enforcement) and race/ethnicity (e.g., Black and Asian American).

The racial binary

The movement to protest racist policing has been led primarily by Black activists, many of them women. It is a movement fundamentally about race, racism and white supremacy. Yet white sources handily outnumbered Black sources in coverage of police reform in two of the three periods studied, and men outnumbered women by roughly three-to-one in all three.

Sources by Race/Ethnicity in NYT Articles on Police Reform

Of sources whose race could be identified, 52% were white and 40% Black in the 2020 data. In the 2022 data, white sources decreased slightly, but dominated Black sources by an even greater margin: 48% to 30%.

In the 2023 data, that trend reversed, and Black sources reached 66%, while white sources dropped to 31%.

One thing that didn’t change across the time periods was the New York Times‘ reliance on male sources: Men were 72% of sources with an identifiable gender in 2020, 74% in 2022 and 76% in 2023.

Policing is not a strictly Black-and-white issue, of course, and the coverage played out against the backdrop of rising xenophobia and anti-Asian hate resulting from the ongoing Covid-19 pandemic, with many using rising bias crimes against people perceived as Asian as an excuse to increase policing. Yet such voices were largely excluded from the conversation at the Times.

In 2020, 6% of sources were Hispanic and 2% were Indigenous; 1% were Asian-American and none were of Middle Eastern descent. In 2022, Times sources expanded a bit from the racial binary, with 14% Hispanic sources and 10% Asian-American. (No Indigenous sources or sources of Middle Eastern descent were quoted in 2022.) In 2023, that diversity disappeared, and of the 99 sources with identifiable race/ethnicity, only 2% were of Asian descent and 1% were Hispanic; none were of Indigenous or Middle Eastern descent.

Government knows best?

The bias toward white and male sources—and the decrease in white sources in 2023—can be explained partly by the New York Times‘ bias toward government and law enforcement sources, both of which are disproportionately white, male fields.

In June 2020, a majority of all sources (55%) were current or former government officials—not including law enforcement, which formed the second-largest share of sources quoted, at 17%. Two years later, government sources had dropped to 40%, while law enforcement stayed roughly the same, at 16%; politicians running for office increased from less than 1% of 2020 sources to 5% of 2022 sources. In 2023, government sources dropped yet again, to only 22% of sources, and law enforcement remained steady at 16%.

Meanwhile, activists (protesters or organizers) accounted for 10% of 2020 sources, and representatives of professional advocacy groups accounted for 11%. In 2022, when street protests were relatively much smaller compared to 2020, activist voices were missing entirely, and professional advocate sources—such as the president of the NAACP and the director of Smart Justice California—increased to 21%. In 2023, the total across these two groups increased, with advocates accounting for 21% of sources and activists for 9%, and a greater number of non-governmental sources such as lawyers, academics and religious leaders appeared than in the previous time periods.

Combined, more than 7 in 10 of all sources quoted in 2020, more than 5 in 10 in 2022, and nearly 4 in 10 in 2023 were the government and law enforcement officials the protests sought to hold accountable. Only about 2 in 10 in 2020 and 2022, and 3 in 10 in 2023, were civil society members protesting or advocating for (or, in some cases, against) reform.

Sources by Occupation in NYT Articles on Police Reform

The proportion of white sources in these stories was high among law-enforcement sources (54% in 2020, 67% in 2022, 56% in 2023) and, less uniformly, among government sources (54% in 2020, 39% in 2022, 33% in 2023). Black sources were represented most among activists (79% in 2020, 89% in 2023) and advocates (20% in 2020, 58% in 2022, 52% in 2023).

In 2020 and 2022, women were likewise better represented among activists and advocates than among government and law enforcement sources. In 2020, 47% of advocate sources and 36% of activist sources were female, as compared to 22% of government and 17% of law enforcement sources. In 2022, 50% of advocates were female, compared to 13% of government and 22% of law enforcement sources.

In 2023, however, female government sources rose to 38%, a higher proportion of women in that year than among advocates (17%) or activists (29%). (Law enforcement sources continued to be a low 17% women.)

The increases in racial and ethnic diversity from 2020 to 2022 came largely within government sources, with officials quoted including the Black mayor of New York City, Eric Adams; Asian-American House representatives Pramila Jayapal and Ro Khanna; and Hispanic legislators Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez and Sen. Ted Cruz.

This diversification of government sources happened along with a shift in partisanship of sources: While Democrats dominated the conversation in 2020, with 51 sources to Republicans’ 25, Republicans were almost entirely absent in 2022, with a single source (Cruz) to Democrats’ 25. The absence of Republican sources continued in 2023, when 18 of 20 sources with party affiliations were Democrats, and one was an independent.

This near-total absence of Republicans from the conversation reflects in part the switch in power at the national level; Republicans controlled both the White House and Senate in 2020, and both had flipped to the Democrats by 2022. It also reflects the reality that the massive nature of the protests forced Republicans to address the issue of police reform in 2020, but they were no longer talking about it much in 2022—nor were outlets like the New York Times forcing them to.

Shift in sources

The striking shift in the race of sources in the 2023 time period is not only about the decrease in government sources; it appears to be partly due to the focus on Memphis, where nearly two-thirds of residents and more than half of the police force (including its police chief, and all five of the officers charged with the murder of Nichols) are Black.

NYT: Crime Dipped in Subway After Increase in Police, Hochul and Adams Say

The online headline of a New York Times story (1/27/23) pointed to the kind of sources whose viewpoint framed the story.

In one front-page article (2/5/23) that focused on the “Scorpion” unit that killed Tyre Nichols, headlined “Memphis Unit Driven by Fists and Violence,” a team of six Times reporters quoted 15 different sources, eight of whom were either victims of the unit or family members of victims; all victims and family members were Black. (These were coded as “General Public”: people without a particular professional or activist affiliation, but with experience relevant to the subject they are speaking on.) Only three of the total sources were government officials, and none were law enforcement.

Some articles not exclusively about the Nichols killing still focused on race. “Officers’ Race Turns Focus to System” (1/29/23) featured 14 sources across an array of nine different types of occupations; none were current or former government, and 11 were Black.

The focus on the Tyre Nichols killing also translated at the Times into more of a focus on police accountability, compared with coverage that did not center on police killings. In the absence of a police killing, an article (1/27/23) focused on policing policy appeared under the print-edition headline, “Heavier Police Presence Sees Success as Crime Drops in New York Subways.” It featured four New York government officials, two of whom touted increased policing. Only one advocate questioned those officials, calling for more frequent subway and bus service as an alternative form of public safety. The headline reflects whose narrative was given more credence by the Times.

That such an article so credulous of increased policing, and so light on critical sources, could appear against the backdrop of the Tyre Nichols story illustrates the blinkered nature of the Times‘ improved coverage. While high-profile incidents of police violence might narrowly prompt more critical coverage, systemic shifts in reporting face an uphill battle against corporate media’s longstanding reliance on and trust in government and law enforcement sources to establish the narrative on policing.

From ‘defund’ to party politics to reform 

In 2020, when protests against police violence erupted across the country, the New York Times covered issues of policing policy and reform with a heavy tilt toward government and law-enforcement sources, and toward white sources.

Activists voicing their grievances against racist, violent policing, and making demands that such policing be rethought in more radical ways, occasionally found their way into the paper of record. Black Futures Lab’s Alicia Garza, for example, was quoted by the Times (6/21/20): “The continual push to shield the police from responsibility helps explain why a lot of people feel now that the police can’t be reformed.”

NYT: Progressive Backlash in California Fuels Democratic Debate Over Crime

When “tough on crime” billionaire Rick Caruso did better than expected in the LA mayoral primary, the New York Times headlined this as a sign that a “restless Democratic electorate” was “concerned about public safety.” When Caruso lost the general election to Karen Bass, the Times (11/16/22) did not frame this as a sign that the electorate was concerned about reforming police after all.

But their voices were largely drowned out by government officials, many of whom wanted nothing more than to make the protests go away, like Minneapolis city council member Steve Fletcher (6/5/20):

It’s very easy as an activist to call for the abolishment of the police. It is a heavier decision when you realize that it’s your constituents that are going to be the victims of crime you can’t respond to if you dismantle that without an alternative.

In letting government sources dominate again in 2022, Times coverage turned primarily to party politics, rather than investigations into whether reforms had been enacted, and whether or how police tactics had changed. The idea of defunding the police shifted from being presented as a concept to be debated to little more than a political punching bag, with law enforcement sources like former New York police commissioner Bill Bratton (6/9/22) calling the Defund movement “toxic.” Most Democrats distanced themselves from the movement, as when Joe Biden (5/31/22) was quoted: “We should all agree the answer is not to defund the police. It’s to fund the police. Fund them. Fund them.”

When Tyre Nichols was killed by police in 2023, it was not against a backdrop of an election season, nor did it spark protests at the scale of 2020. This time, Times coverage dug a bit deeper at the local level, turning to a wider variety of sources, and resulting in a greater emphasis on the need for police accountability.

While at least one source (1/29/23) called for defunding the police, most critical voices called more generally for accountability, and expressed frustration at the lack of any effective reforms since 2020. For instance, in an article headlined “Many Efforts at Police Reform Remain Stalled” (2/9/23), the president of the NAACP was quoted: “Far too many Black people have lost their lives due to police violence, and yet I cannot name a single law that has been passed to address this issue.”

The shift to a more diverse set of sources on the issue at the Times, during this one-month time period, is commendable. While the circumstances and location of Tyre Nichols’ killing offered strong opportunities to bring in more Black sources, the Times could easily have fallen back on its usual reliance on official sources, as it did in 2020 and 2022. Now it’s incumbent upon the Times to apply that more diverse and critical approach across all policing stories—not only when similarly high-profile police killings rock the country.


Research assistance: Luca GoldMansour, Cynthia Nahhas, Kat Sewon Oh, Conor Smyth, David Tapia

Data: 

Sources

Articles

Breakdowns/Charts

The post Who Gets to Talk About How Police Need to Change? appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/24/who-gets-to-talk-about-how-police-need-to-change-a-fair-study-of-nyt-coverage-from-george-floyd-to-tyre-nichols/feed/ 0 390063
Not Shooting Straight: Corporate Media Gives Mass Shootings Blanket Coverage, While Missing Community-Level Gun Violence https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/not-shooting-straight-corporate-media-gives-mass-shootings-blanket-coverage-while-missing-community-level-gun-violence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/not-shooting-straight-corporate-media-gives-mass-shootings-blanket-coverage-while-missing-community-level-gun-violence/#respond Thu, 20 Apr 2023 20:05:13 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=28455 Special thanks to Project Censored’s Summer 2022 intern Sam Peacock for helping with data collection and analysis. Corporate news coverage of US gun violence skews heavily toward mass shootings. The…

The post Not Shooting Straight: Corporate Media Gives Mass Shootings Blanket Coverage, While Missing Community-Level Gun Violence appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/20/not-shooting-straight-corporate-media-gives-mass-shootings-blanket-coverage-while-missing-community-level-gun-violence/feed/ 0 390115
Nigerian police officer attacks journalist Benedict Uwalaka over protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/18/nigerian-police-officer-attacks-journalist-benedict-uwalaka-over-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/18/nigerian-police-officer-attacks-journalist-benedict-uwalaka-over-protest-coverage/#respond Tue, 18 Apr 2023 19:55:14 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=278163 New York, April 18, 2023—Nigerian authorities should investigate the recent harassment of journalist Benedict Uwalaka by a police officer and ensure members of the press can work freely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Tuesday.

On the morning of Monday, April 17, an unidentified police officer attacked Uwalaka, a freelance photojournalist working with the privately owned Daily Trust newspaper, while he covered a protest at an airport in Lagos, according to a report by the Daily Trust and Uwalaka, who spoke to CPJ by phone.

Uwalaka said that the officer injured his hand, which was still painful the following day, and damaged his camera, breaking its screen and preventing its lens from reattaching.

“Nigerian authorities should swiftly and transparently investigate the recent assault of journalist Benedict Uwalaka by a police officer,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator. “Police in Nigeria too often arrest and harass journalists for their work. Authorities should ensure recourse and restitution for those who face such abuses.”

Uwalaka told CPJ that he was covering a protest by aviation workers at the airport when an officer sitting in a police vehicle with two other officers summoned him and criticized the journalist for taking a woman’s photo without her permission.

“He asked me to delete the picture. I said no,” Uwalaka told CPJ, saying the officer then grabbed his camera and punched him in the hand about 10 times.

The officer took Uwalaka to the airport’s police station and left, saying he would return. When he did not come back after about 40 minutes, officers at the station told Uwalaka that he was free to leave.

Uwalaka said he then waited at the station for more than two hours hoping to speak to a supervisor, but left when they did not arrive. Officers at the airport station told Uwalaka that they did not know the officer who had brought him in.

“The police said that unless the person who brought me is available, there is nothing they can do about it,” Uwalaka said. “They do not know him and there is no way they can trace him.”

Lagos police spokesperson Benjamin Hundeyin told CPJ via messaging app that questions should be directed to the airport’s police command.

When CPJ called that office’s spokesperson, Olayinka Ojelade, he said he was not available to comment and would provide contact details for another spokesperson; he had not done so by the time of publication.

Previously, in 2012, hospital workers in Lagos beat Uwalaka with their fists and hit him with bottles and sticks while he covered the aftermath of a plane crash, as CPJ documented at the time. Uwalaka took his attackers to court, but the case was dismissed in September 2019, he told CPJ.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/18/nigerian-police-officer-attacks-journalist-benedict-uwalaka-over-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 388614
Evan Gershkovich’s arrest will damage media coverage of Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 12:21:05 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/evan-gershkovich-wall-street-journal-arrest-impact-foreign-media-russia/ The arrest of the Wall Street Journal reporter is a watershed moment for reliable reporting on Russia


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ilya Yablokov.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/feed/ 0 387394
Evan Gershkovich’s arrest will damage media coverage of Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 12:21:05 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/evan-gershkovich-wall-street-journal-arrest-impact-foreign-media-russia/ The arrest of the Wall Street Journal reporter is a watershed moment for reliable reporting on Russia


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ilya Yablokov.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/feed/ 0 387395
Evan Gershkovich’s arrest will damage media coverage of Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 12:21:05 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/evan-gershkovich-wall-street-journal-arrest-impact-foreign-media-russia/ The arrest of the Wall Street Journal reporter is a watershed moment for reliable reporting on Russia


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ilya Yablokov.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/feed/ 0 387396
Evan Gershkovich’s arrest will damage media coverage of Russia https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 12:21:05 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/odr/evan-gershkovich-wall-street-journal-arrest-impact-foreign-media-russia/ The arrest of the Wall Street Journal reporter is a watershed moment for reliable reporting on Russia


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Ilya Yablokov.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/evan-gershkovichs-arrest-will-damage-media-coverage-of-russia/feed/ 0 387397
Jackson’s Plan B for public media may prioritise Māori and Pacific coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/#respond Thu, 13 Apr 2023 02:10:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=87001 Axing the proposed merger of TVNZ and RNZ saved the New Zealand government a significant amount of money but left it with the problems the merger was supposed to fix. Newsroom co-editor Mark Jennings looks at Labour’s new slimmed down approach to public media.

ANALYSIS: By Mark Jennings

Until weeks ago, the future of Aotearoa New Zealand’s public media organisations was looking so grim the government was prepared to spend $370 million over four years to merge TVNZ and RNZ and future proof the new entity it was calling ANZPM.

Last December, when the merger plan was under intense scrutiny, then Prime Minister, Jacinda Ardern said RNZ “could collapse” if the merger did not go ahead.

Last week, Labour unveiled a very modest plan to strengthen public media. The old, very expensive one, had been thrown on the policy bonfire back in February.

The “burn it” decision had been widely anticipated after new PM Chris Hipkins’ started dumping unpopular policies to focus on cost of living issues.

Broadcasting Minister Willie Jackson stayed on message when he released the new public media plan last week. “We have listened to New Zealanders and now is not the right time to restructure our public media.”

Under the new plan RNZ will get $25 million more a year, NZ On Air will get a one-off boost of $10m for 2023/24 and TVNZ will get nothing.

Jackson claims the extra money will “deliver world class public media for all New Zealanders.” This seems improbable given the earlier dire predictions.

The additional $25 million a year for RNZ represents a 60 percent increase in its funding. It sounds a lot but the broadcaster has been under resourced for the past 15 years.

Coping with pandemic
When National came to power in 2008 it froze RNZ funding for 9 years. The state broadcaster did get an increase from the Ardern government but it has had to contend with the additional costs of reporting on and coping with the covid-19 pandemic.

Lately, the demands of covering the Auckland floods and cyclone Gabrielle have stretched it further. Newsroom understands RNZ is currently running a deficit of close to $5 million.

The lack of funding is illustrated by the rundown premises RNZ occupies nationwide, its ageing equipment and out-of-date IT systems. Under constant financial pressure it has struggled to attract and keep top journalists.

Some of its best and brightest have been lured away to TVNZ, Newshub, Newsroom and Stuff.

Jackson’s media release said $12 million of the extra funding was for current services and $12 million for a new digital platform. $1.7 million is to support AM transmission so people can access information during civil emergencies.

Stuff, the NZ Herald and RNZ itself all reported (presumably from the media release) on the funding for the new multimedia digital platform. But there is no new platform. This was either clumsy language or a clumsy attempt at spin from Jackson and his comms people.

RNZ’s chief executive Paul Thompson told Newsroom the money would be used to make improvements to RNZ’s existing web platform and mobile app.

‘Fixing things’
“It is kind of fixing things that should have been fixed a long time ago. Our website and app are serviceable and do a good job but if we are going to be relevant in the future we need to be better than that.”

Thompson says the increase in the amount of baseline funding was calculated to restore RNZ to its former state, more than anything else.

“How much would it take us to stabilise our current operations and get them to where they need to be, so that’s well overdue. It is everything from our premises through to our content management systems, to our rostering — just having enough staff to do the job we do. It’s sufficient but we are going to have to spend every penny very wisely.”

A big part of the government’s reasoning for the merger was that minority audiences are under-served by the media.

Jackson now seems to expect RNZ to do the heavy lifting in this area. His media release quoted him saying the funding would allow RNZ to expand regional coverage and establish a new initiative to prioritise Māori and Pacific coverage.

Asked how he planned to do this, Thompson was circumspect. “It has got to be worked out . . . we are going to have to prioritise, we can’t do it all at once.”

Jackson wants other media to play an (unspecified) role in reaching these audiences. He has restored $42 million of funding to NZ On Air. Under the merger plan this money, which was the amount NZOA spent funding TVNZ programmes (mainly drama, comedy and off-peak minority programmes), was being handed to ANZPM to decide how it should be spent.

Production community upset
The local TV production community was upset by this as it far preferred NZ On Air to be the gatekeeper and not TVNZ executives who would likely end up working for the merged organisation.

Jackson has also given NZOA a one-off boost of $10 million for 2023/2024.

“The funding will support the creation of high-quality content that better represents and connects with audiences such as Māori, Pasifika, Asian, disabled people and our rangatahi and tamariki. It is vital that all New Zealanders are seeing and hearing themselves in our public media,” he said in his media release.

One-off funding can be of limited benefit. It usually has to be project-based rather than supporting ongoing programming and the staff that go with it. It is possible Jackson is hoping or expects NZ On Air to use more of its baseline funding to sustain new shows and programmes for minorities.

On the same day as Jackson’s announcement, but with less fanfare, NZOA released its own revised strategy.

The document says, above all, funded content must have a “clear cultural or social purpose.”

Priority will be given to songs and stories that contribute to rautaki (strategy for) Māori, support a range of voices and experiences, including those of people from varying ages, races, ethnicities, abilities, genders, religions, cultures, and sexual orientations.

Unclear about TVNZ
It is unclear where Jackson’s plan B leaves TVNZ. Throughout the merger discussions TVNZ executives, while saying they embraced the idea, were critical of the draft legislation, the level of independence the new entity would have and they often emphasised TVNZ’s commercial success.

Jackson has, on a number of occasions, linked TVNZ to the National Party which opposed the merger and was committed to rolling it back if elected in October.

When he became frustrated in an interview with TVNZ’s Jack Tame, before the merger was abandoned, Jackson used the line “your mates in National”.

During question time in Parliament last week, when asked what more he was doing to strengthen public media, Jackson said he was going to “sit down with Simon and the National Party mates over there.”

He was referring to TVNZ CEO, and former National Party minister, Simon Power.

Jackson said he wanted TVNZ to play a more active role in public broadcasting and, “we are going to traverse things with Simon in terms of a way forward.”

Power recently announced his resignation and will leave TVNZ in June. With many of the TVNZ board, including its influential chair Andy Coupe, likely to retire or be replaced in the next month, Jackson will, in reality, be sitting down with a new board and CEO to discuss his public media ambitions for TVNZ.

If he is interested in the job, RNZ’s Thompson must now be in with a real chance.

Thompson unequivocally endorsed the merger idea and was almost the only advocate able to clearly articulate its benefits. A new board, eager to take the company in a direction more sympathetic to its owner’s vision, might find that attractive.

Mark Jennings is co-editor of Newsroom. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/13/jacksons-plan-b-for-public-media-may-prioritise-maori-and-pacific-coverage/feed/ 0 387281
Friend or Foe?: No Corporate Coverage of “Friend Hazing” https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/friend-or-foe-no-corporate-coverage-of-friend-hazing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/friend-or-foe-no-corporate-coverage-of-friend-hazing/#respond Tue, 11 Apr 2023 17:09:43 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=28287 While popular conceptions of hazing involve brutal rites of passage to join fraternities and other social organizations, the new digital trend is “friend hazing,” in which adolescents are victimized without…

The post Friend or Foe?: No Corporate Coverage of “Friend Hazing” appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/11/friend-or-foe-no-corporate-coverage-of-friend-hazing/feed/ 0 390686
Trump’s Idling Plane Got More TV Coverage Than Biden Cutting Healthcare for 15 Million https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/trumps-idling-plane-got-more-tv-coverage-than-biden-cutting-healthcare-for-15-million/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/trumps-idling-plane-got-more-tv-coverage-than-biden-cutting-healthcare-for-15-million/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 23:18:29 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9033040 States are now set to begin dropping people from Medicaid rolls--but if you were watching TV news, you might have missed it.

The post Trump’s Idling Plane Got More TV Coverage Than Biden Cutting Healthcare for 15 Million appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Column: CNN, Sunday Morning Shows Completely Ignore Up To 15 Million Americans Being Thrown Off Medicaid

The Column (4/3/23): “Because the gutting of pandemic-era welfare programs is bipartisan in nature—and President Biden is making no case to protect them—the topic is thus not a partisan conflict.”

Last spring, the Biden administration and a Democratic House approved a policy that would kick 15 million people off of Medicaid. States are now set to begin dropping people from the rolls, reversing the record-low uninsured rate reached early last year. But if you were watching TV news, you might have missed it.

Adam Johnson, a former FAIR contributor and co-host of the media criticism podcast Citations Needed, analyzed the coverage in an article for his Substack (The Column, 4/3/23). As Johnson notes:

None of the agenda-setting Sunday morning shows—NBC’s Meet the Press, CBS’s Face the Nation and ABC’s This Week—mentioned the expiration of Medicaid coverage for the poorest, most vulnerable Americans in recent weeks.

He did find scattered mentions on TV news: MSNBC ran a two-minute segment that mentioned it, ABC News aired a minute-and-a-half segment, and CBS Evening News spent all of 19 seconds on it. But reporting on the Medicaid cuts was almost nonexistent compared to the mountains of coverage given to Trump’s indictment and arraignment–the top media story of the week.

One analysis from Media Matters (4/3/23) found that over an hour-and-a-half period before Trump’s arraignment, CNN aired 48 minutes of B-roll of the idling Trump plane and motorcade, along with shots of Trump Tower and Mar-a-Lago. MSNBC aired 66 minutes of similar footage. As Media Matters noted, this kind of coverage is similar to when networks regularly aired footage of Trump’s empty podiums (FAIR.org, 3/16/16).

The reader can decide what’s more important: A Democratic administration taking healthcare from 15 million, or a con-man war criminal being indicted for some of the least important of his crimes.

Writing in Current Affairs (3/30/23), Rhode Island state Sen. Sam Bell pointed the finger at progressives who didn’t even try to make this a central issue:

A few brave policy experts did speak up, but there was no real, organized campaign. Progressive lawmakers didn’t send out a flood of tweets, speeches and op-eds. They didn’t even threaten to vote no and then cave. They made no noise. The big progressive advocacy groups didn’t run campaigns. Even Representative Ocasio-Cortez, the only Democrat to vote no, didn’t discuss the Medicaid and SNAP cuts at all in her statement on her no vote.

While Trump’s arraignment is historic news, it has almost no effect on the lives of ordinary Americans. Stories that affect millions of lives deserve far more than a few collective minutes of coverage. Media have long privileged sensational news over important policy shifts, leaving audiences in the dark about the forces that shape their lives. This, like many other instances, demonstrates the importance of alternative and adversarial media organizations and outlets.


Featured image: CNN (4/4/23) via Media Matters.

The post Trump’s Idling Plane Got More TV Coverage Than Biden Cutting Healthcare for 15 Million appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Bryce Greene.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/trumps-idling-plane-got-more-tv-coverage-than-biden-cutting-healthcare-for-15-million/feed/ 0 386271
Journalist Victor Ticay arrested over coverage of Easter ceremony in Nicaragua https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/journalist-victor-ticay-arrested-over-coverage-of-easter-ceremony-in-nicaragua/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/journalist-victor-ticay-arrested-over-coverage-of-easter-ceremony-in-nicaragua/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 17:22:04 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=275772 Guatemala City, April 7, 2023—Nicaraguan authorities should immediately release journalist Victor Ticay and cease detaining members of the press for their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On the morning of Thursday, April 6, police in the southwestern town of Nandaime arrested Ticay, a reporter for the privately owned TV broadcaster Canal 10, according to multiple news reports. His detention stemmed from the journalist’s April 5 reporting on Facebook about a Catholic Easter celebration. The government of President Daniel Ortega has banned public expressions of religion.

“The Nicaraguan government has once again shown little respect for the right to freedom of expression amid an absurd climate of total censorship, which extends even to religious activities,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martínez de la Serna, in New York. “Authorities must release journalist Victor Ticay at once and cease their relentless campaign to intimidate and threaten the press into silence or exile.”

Press Freedom Alerts Nicaragua, a social media-based outlet that documents attacks on the media, reported that Ticay posted a video of the Easter celebration on the Facebook news page La Portada, which he runs, but it was taken down following his arrest. An executive at Canal 10 confirmed the journalist’s detention, those news reports said.

CPJ emailed the Nicaraguan national police but did not immediately receive a response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/journalist-victor-ticay-arrested-over-coverage-of-easter-ceremony-in-nicaragua/feed/ 0 386174
Al-Aqsa raid: How BBC coverage is enabling Israeli violence https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/al-aqsa-raid-how-bbc-coverage-is-enabling-israeli-violence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/al-aqsa-raid-how-bbc-coverage-is-enabling-israeli-violence/#respond Fri, 07 Apr 2023 13:22:12 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=86833 ANALYSIS: By Jonathan Cook

The late Archbishop Desmond Tutu, a Nobel laureate and tireless campaigner against South African apartheid, once observed: “If you are neutral in situations of injustice, you have chosen the side of the oppressor.”

For decades, the BBC’s editorial policy in reporting on Israel and Palestine has consistently chosen the side of the oppressor — and all too often, not even by adopting the impartiality the corporation claims as the bedrock of its journalism.

Instead, the British state broadcaster regularly chooses language and terminology whose effect is to deceive its audience. And it compounds such journalistic malpractice by omitting vital pieces of context when that extra information would present Israel in a bad light.

BBC bias — which entails knee-jerk echoing of the British establishment’s support for Israel as a highly militarised ally projecting Western interests into the oil-rich Middle East – was starkly on show once again this week as the broadcaster reported on the violence at Al-Aqsa Mosque.

Social media was full of videos showing heavily armed Israeli police storming the mosque complex during the holy Muslim fasting month of Ramadan.

Police could be seen pushing peaceful Muslim worshippers, including elderly men, off their prayer mats and forcing them to leave the site. In other scenes, police were filmed beating worshippers inside a darkened Al-Aqsa, while women could be heard screaming in protest.

What is wrong with the British state broadcaster’s approach — and much of the rest of the Western media’s — is distilled in one short BBC headline: “Clashes erupt at contested holy site.”

Into a sentence of just six words, the BBC manages to cram three bogusly “neutral” words, whose function is not to illuminate or even to report, but to trick the audience, as Tutu warned, into siding with the oppressor.

Furious backlash
Though video of the beatings was later included on the BBC’s website and the headline changed after a furious online backlash, none of the sense of unprovoked, brutal Israeli state violence, or its malevolent rationale, was captured by the BBC’s reporting.

To call al-Aqsa a ‘contested holy site’, as the BBC does, is simply to repeat a propaganda talking point from Israel, the oppressor state, and dress it up as neutral reporting

The “clashes” at al-Aqsa, in the BBC’s telling, presume a violent encounter between two groups: Palestinians, described by Israel and echoed by the BBC as “agitators”, on one side; and Israeli forces of law and order on the other.

That is the context, according to the BBC, for why unarmed Palestinians at worship need to be beaten. And that message is reinforced by the broadcaster’s description of the seizure of hundreds of Palestinians at worship as “arrests” — as though an unwelcome, occupying, belligerent security force present on another people’s land is neutrally and equitably upholding the law.

“Erupt” continues the theme. It suggests the “clashes” are a natural force, like an earthquake or volcano, over which Israeli police presumably have little, if any, control. They must simply deal with the eruption to bring it to an end.

And the reference to the “contested” holy site of Al-Aqsa provides a spurious context legitimising Israeli state violence: police need to be at Al-Aqsa because their job is to restore calm by keeping the two sides “contesting” the site from harming each other or damaging the holy site itself.

The BBC buttresses this idea by uncritically citing an Israeli police statement accusing Palestinians of being at Al-Aqsa to “disrupt public order and desecrate the mosque”.

Palestinians are thus accused of desecrating their own holy site simply by worshipping there — rather than the desecration committed by Israeli police in storming al-Aqsa and violently disrupting worship.


The History of Al-Aqsa Mosque.  Video: Middle East Eye

Israeli provocateurs
The BBC’s framing should be obviously preposterous to any rookie journalist in Jerusalem. It assumes that Israeli police are arbiters or mediators at Al-Aqsa, dispassionately enforcing law and order at a Muslim place of worship, rather than the truth: that for decades, the job of Israeli police has been to act as provocateurs, dispatched by a self-declared Jewish state, to undermine the long-established status quo of Muslim control over Al-Aqsa.

Events were repeated for a second night this week when police again raided Al-Aqsa, firing rubber bullets and tear gas as thousands of Palestinians were at prayer. US statements calling for “calm” and “de-escalation” adopted the same bogus evenhandedness as the BBC.

The mosque site is not “contested”, except in the imagination of Jewish religious extremists, some of them in the Israeli government, and the most craven kind of journalists.

True, there are believed to be the remains of two long-destroyed Jewish temples somewhere underneath the raised mount where al-Aqsa is built. According to Jewish religious tradition, the Western Wall — credited with being a retaining wall for one of the disappeared temples – is a place of worship for Jews.

But under that same Jewish rabbinical tradition, the plaza where Al-Aqsa is sited is strictly off-limits to Jews. The idea of Al-Aqsa complex as being “contested” is purely an invention of the Israeli state — now backed by a few extremist settler rabbis — that exploits this supposed “dispute” as the pretext to assert Jewish sovereignty over a critically important piece of occupied Palestinian territory.

Israel’s goal — not Judaism’s — is to strip Palestinians of their most cherished national symbol, the foundation of their religious and emotional attachment to the land of their ancestors, and transfer that symbol to a state claiming to exclusively represent the Jewish people.

To call Al-Aqsa a “contested holy site”, as the BBC does, is simply to repeat a propaganda talking point from Israel, the oppressor state, and dress it up as neutral reporting.

‘Equal rights’ at Al-Aqsa
The reality is that there would have been no “clashes”, no “eruption” and no “contest” had Israeli police not chosen to storm Al-Aqsa while Palestinians were worshipping there during the holiest time of the year.

This is not a ‘clash’. It is not a ‘conflict’. Those supposedly ‘neutral’ terms conceal what is really happening: apartheid and ethnic cleansing

There would have been no “clashes” were Israeli police not aggressively enforcing a permanent occupation of Palestinian land in Jerusalem, which has encroached ever more firmly on Muslim access to, and control over, the mosque complex.

There would have been no “clashes” were Israeli police not taking orders from the latest – and most extreme – of a series of police ministers, Itamar Ben Gvir, who does not even bother to hide his view that Al-Aqsa must be under absolute Jewish sovereignty.

There would have been no “clashes” had Israeli police not been actively assisting Jewish religious settlers and bigots to create facts on the ground over many years — facts to bolster an evolving Israeli political agenda that seeks “equal rights” at Al-Aqsa for Jewish extremists, modelled on a similar takeover by settlers of the historic Ibrahimi Mosque in Hebron.

And there would have been no “clashes” if Palestinians were not fully aware that, over many years, a tiny, fringe Jewish settler movement plotting to blow up Al-Aqsa Mosque to build a Third Temple in its place has steadily grown, flourishing under the sponsorship of Israeli politicians and ever more sympathetic Israeli media coverage.

Cover story for violence
Along with the Israeli army, the paramilitary Israeli police are the main vehicle for the violent subjugation of Palestinians, as the Israeli state and its settler emissaries dispossess Palestinians, driving them into ever smaller enclaves.

This is not a “clash”. It is not a “conflict”. Those supposedly “neutral” terms conceal what is really happening: apartheid and ethnic cleansing.

Just as there is a consistent, discernible pattern to Israel’s crimes against Palestinians, there is a parallel, discernible pattern in the Western media’s misleading reporting on Israel and Palestine.

Palestinians in the occupied West Bank are being systematically dispossessed by Israel of their homes and farmlands so they can be herded into overcrowded, resource-starved cities.

Palestinians in Gaza have been dispossessed of their access to the outside world, and even to other Palestinians, by an Israeli siege that encages them in an overcrowded, resourced-starved coastal enclave.

And in the Old City of Jerusalem, Palestinians are being progressively dispossessed by Israel of access to, and control over, their central religious resource: Al-Aqsa Mosque. Their strongest source of religious and emotional attachment to Jerusalem is being actively stolen from them.

To describe as “clashes” any of these violent state processes — carefully calibrated by Israel so they can be rationalised to outsiders as a “security response” — is to commit the very journalistic sin Tutu warned of. In fact, it is not just to side with the oppressor, but to intensify the oppression; to help provide the cover story for it.

That point was made this week by Francesca Albanese, the UN expert on Israel’s occupation. She noted in a tweet about the BBC’s reporting of the Al-Aqsa violence: “Misleading media coverage contributes to enabling Israel’s unchecked occupation & must also be condemned/accounted for.”

Bad journalism
There can be reasons for bad journalism. Reporters are human and make mistakes, and they can use language unthinkingly, especially when they are under pressure or events are unexpected.

It is an editorial choice that keeps the BBC skewing its reporting in the same direction: making Israel look like a judicious actor pursuing lawful, rational goals

But that is not the problem faced by those covering Israel and Palestine. Events can be fast-moving, but they are rarely new or unpredictable. The reporter’s task should be to explain and clarify the changing forms of the same, endlessly repeating central story: of Israel’s ongoing dispossession and oppression of Palestinians, and of Palestinian resistance.

The challenge is to make sense of Israel’s variations on a theme, whether it is dispossessing Palestinians through illegal settlement-building and expansion; army-backed settler attacks; building walls and cages for Palestinians; arbitrary arrests and night raids; the murder of Palestinians, including children and prominent figures; house demolitions; resource theft; humiliation; fostering a sense of hopelessness; or desecrating holy sites.

No one, least of all BBC reporters, should have been taken by surprise by this week’s events at Al-Aqsa.

The Muslim holy fasting month of Ramadan, when Al-Aqsa is at the heart of Islamic observance for Palestinians, coincided this year with the Jewish Passover holiday, as it did last year.

Passover is when Jewish religious extremists hope to storm Al-Aqsa Mosque complex to make animal sacrifices, recreating some imagined golden age in Judaism. Those extremists tried again this year, as they do every year — except this year, they had a police minister in Ben Gvir, leader of the fascist Jewish Power party, who is privately sympathetic to their cause.

Violent settler and army attacks on Palestinian farmers in the occupied West Bank, especially during the autumn olive harvest, are a staple of news reporting from the region, as is the intermittent bombing of Gaza or snipers shooting Palestinians protesting their mass incarceration by Israel.

It is an endless series of repetitions that the BBC has had decades to make sense of and find better ways to report.

It is not journalistic error or failure that is the problem. It is an editorial choice that keeps the British state broadcaster skewing its reporting in the same direction: making Israel look like a judicious actor pursuing lawful, rational goals, while Palestinian resistance is presented as tantrum-like behaviour, driven by uncontrollable, unintelligible urges that reflect hostility towards Jews rather than towards an oppressor Israeli state.

Tail of a mouse
Archbishop Tutu expanded on his point about siding with the oppressor. He added: “If an elephant has its foot on the tail of a mouse, and you say that you are neutral, the mouse will not appreciate your neutrality.”

This week, a conversation between Ben Gvir, the far-right, virulently anti-Arab police minister, and his police chief, Kobi Shabtai, was leaked to Israel’s Channel 12 News. Shabtai reportedly told Ben Gvir about his theory of the “Arab mind”, noting: “They murder each other. It’s in their nature. That’s the mentality of the Arabs.”

This conclusion — convenient for a police force that has abjectly failed to solve crimes within Palestinian communities — implies that the Arab mind is so deranged, so bloodthirsty, that brutal repression of the kind seen at Al-Aqsa is all police can do to keep a bare minimum of control.

Ben Gvir, meanwhile, believes a new “national guard” — a private militia he was recently promised by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu — can help him to crush Palestinian resistance. Settler street thugs, his political allies, will finally be able to put on uniforms and have official licence for their anti-Arab violence.

This is the real context — the one that cannot be acknowledged by the BBC or other Western outlets — for the police storming of Al-Aqsa complex this week. It is the same context underpinning settlement expansion, night raids, checkpoints, the siege of Gaza, the murder of Palestinian journalists, and much, much more.

Jewish supremacism undergirds every Israeli state action towards Palestinians, tacitly approved by Western states and their media in the service of advancing Western colonialism in the oil-rich Middle East.

The BBC’s coverage this week, as in previous months and years, was not neutral, or even accurate. It was, as Tutu warned, a confidence trick — one meant to lull audiences into accepting Israeli violence as always justified, and Palestinian resistance as always abhorrent.

Jonathan Cook is the author of three books on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and a winner of the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. His website and blog can be found at www.jonathan-cook.net. This article was first published at Middle East Eye and is republished with the permission of the author.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/07/al-aqsa-raid-how-bbc-coverage-is-enabling-israeli-violence/feed/ 0 386086
15 Million People Could Lose Coverage as Nightmarish Medicaid ‘Purge’ Begins https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/#respond Sat, 01 Apr 2023 11:12:30 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/medicaid-purge-begins

Beginning on Saturday, states across the U.S. will start the process of stripping Medicaid coverage from millions of people as pandemic-related protections lapse, part of a broader unraveling of the safety net that was built to help families withstand the public health crisis and resulting economic turmoil.

Medicaid's continuous coverage requirements were enacted early in the Covid-19 pandemic to help vulnerable people maintain insurance amid the health emergency, resulting in record-high Medicaid enrollment.

But at the end of last year, congressional negotiators agreed on a bipartisan basis to set April 1 as the beginning of the "unwinding" process for the continuous coverage mandates, which prevented states from conducting regular eligibility screenings for Medicaid recipients.

The bipartisan deal gave states 12 months to determine who is still eligible for Medicaid, but some states—including Arkansas and South Dakota—are jumping at the opportunity to quickly remove people from the program. (State timelines for kicking off the unwinding process can be seen here.)

"Tonight at midnight some people in AZ, AR, ID, NH, and SD will lose their Medicaid coverage," Joan Alker, executive director of the Georgetown Center for Children and Families, tweeted Friday. "South Dakota is especially vexing as expansion kicks in July 1st. The state could structure their renewals to ensure that parents move seamlessly into expansion. But they are erroneously claiming federal rules mean they can't. Not true."

Residents of the 10 states that have refused lifesaving Medicaid expansion under the Affordable Care Act (ACA) are likely to be hit hardest by the end of continuous coverage requirements, which the Biden administration estimates could result in 15 million people losing health insurance nationwide—including millions of children.

"Because those states tend to make only the extremely poor eligible for Medicaid, they will have many people who make too much to qualify for the government health insurance but not enough to reach the income needed to get federal subsidies to afford health plans sold on ACA marketplaces—the coverage the administration is counting on as the main fallback," The Washington Post's Amy Goldstein reported earlier this week.

"The toll will be large, too, in 13 states that have not chosen to extend Medicaid benefits to women for a full year after they give birth," Goldstein added. "Texas falls on both lists."

Because of the administrative barriers associated with income verification and other eligibility tests, many people are likely to lose Medicaid coverage even though they're still eligible for the program.

The Health and Human Services (HHS) Department has estimated that nearly 7 million people could be removed from Medicaid despite still being eligible due to "administrative churning."

The consequences of what one commentator has dubbed "The Great Medicaid Purge" could be disastrous, given the health impacts associated with insurance loss.

As HHS summarized in a recent report:

People who experience churning or coverage disruptions are more likely to delay care, receive less preventive care, refill prescriptions less often, and have more emergency department visits. One study found that unstable Medicaid coverage increased emergency department use, office visits, and hospitalizations between 10% and 36% and decreased use of prescription medications by 19%, compared to individuals with consistent Medicaid coverage. Children with interruptions in coverage also are more likely to have delayed care, unmet medical needs, and unfilled prescriptions.

"I feel sick," said Adam Gaffney, an ICU doctor at the Cambridge Health Alliance. "Some 15 million people will be purged from Medicaid, including 7 million who actually remain eligible for the program but fail to jump through the bureaucratic hoops! Medicaid is not enough: we need seamless, lifelong universal care now."

The Medicaid continuous coverage requirements are the latest pandemic-era protections to fall in recent months.

Starting on March 1, enhanced Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP) benefits were cut off in dozens of states, slashing food aid for tens of millions.

Additionally, the boosted Child Tax Credit (CTC) expired in late 2021 due to opposition from Sen. Joe Manchin (D-W.Va.) and congressional Republicans, resulting in a rapid surge in child poverty. Shortly before the expanded CTC lapsed, boosted unemployment benefits that helped millions weather economic chaos ended.

As the pandemic-era safety net crumbles, congressional Republicans are looking to roll back Medicaid, SNAP, and other key programs even further with spending cuts and punitive work requirements.

"Republican calls to cut government funding put everything from child care to opioid treatment and mental health services to nutrition assistance at risk for millions," Rep. Rosa DeLauro (D-Conn.), the top Democrat on the House Appropriations Committee, warned earlier this week.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/04/01/15-million-people-could-lose-coverage-as-nightmarish-medicaid-purge-begins/feed/ 0 384211
Cop City Coverage Fails to Question Narratives of Militarized Police https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/cop-city-coverage-fails-to-question-narratives-of-militarized-police/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/cop-city-coverage-fails-to-question-narratives-of-militarized-police/#respond Mon, 27 Mar 2023 21:07:16 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9032817 Journalists should clearly present the evidence supporting protesters' and police narratives, given police’s well-documented record of lying.

The post Cop City Coverage Fails to Question Narratives of Militarized Police appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

Protests against the construction of an 85-acre police training facility—dubbed “Cop City”—in a suburban Atlanta forest turned deadly when police shot and killed a demonstrator occupying the area. The police mobilization against the occupation involved the Atlanta Police, DeKalb County Police, Georgia State Patrol, the Georgia Bureau of Investigation (GBI) and the FBI (Guardian, 1/21/23). Manuel Esteban Paez Terán, a protester known by most as “Tortuguita,” was shot at least a dozen times.

Guardian: ‘Assassinated in cold blood’: activist killed protesting Georgia’s ‘Cop City’

After quoting the police justification for Tortuguita’s killing, the Guardian (1/21/23) added, “but they have produced no evidence for the claim”—an observation rarely made in US corporate media coverage of police violence.

Officers claimed they shot Tortuguita (who used gender-neutral they/them pronouns) in response to the protester’s shooting and injuring a Georgia State Patrol officer. A GBI investigation is still underway, and it remains unclear what occurred in the moments leading up to the shooting. The Georgia State Troopers responsible for Tortuguita’s death did not have body cameras. The Atlanta Police in the woods at the time captured the sound of gunshots, and officers speculating the trooper was shot by friendly fire, but no visuals of the shooting.

Tortuguita’s death was reported as the first police killing of an environmental protester in the country’s history. It propelled the “Stop Cop City” protests into broader national and corporate news coverage. Much of the reporting—especially by local and independent outlets—was commendable in its healthy skepticism of cops’ unsubstantiated claims. But other reporting on the shooting and subsequent protests was simply police-blotter regurgitation that took unproven police statements at face value, and demonized Tortuguita and others in the Stop Cop City movement.

Bodycam questions

NPR : Autopsy reveals anti-'Cop City' activist's hands were raised when shot and killed

Almost two months after the police killing of Tortuguita, the Georgia Bureau of Investigation was warning against “inappropriate release of evidence” (NPR, 3/11/23).

Anti–Cop City protests over the first weekend of March led to dozens of demonstrators being arrested and charged with domestic terrorism (Democracy Now!, 3/8/23). The following week, an independent autopsy revealed Tortuguita was likely seated in a cross-legged position with their hands raised when they were shot (NPR, 3/11/23; Democracy Now!, 3/14/23).

The GBI said a gun Tortuguita legally purchased in 2020 was found at the scene, and matched the bullet found in the wound of the officer (Fox5, 1/20/23). But accounts from other protesters, statements from Tortuguita’s family and friends (AP, 2/6/23), and Atlanta Police bodycam footage have cast doubt on the cops’ claims that Tortuguita shot the officer (Democracy Now!, 2/9/23).

ABC (2/9/23) described the video, which includes the voice of an officer seemingly responding to the shootout by saying, “You [expletive] your own officer up.” The Intercept (2/9/23) added that the same officer later walked up to others and asked, “They shoot their own man?”

Both outlets do their due diligence in clarifying that the officer was speculating, and that the GBI’s investigation is still underway.

Truthout (2/10/23) also included another quote from the bodycam footage in the moments after the shooting:

In one video, after gunshots ring out through the forest, an officer can be heard saying, “That sounded like suppressed gunfire,” implying the initial shots were consistent with the use of a law enforcement weapon, not the Smith & Wesson M&P Shield 9 mm the GBI alleges Tortuguita purchased and fired upon the trooper with, which did not have a suppressor.

The piece noted that the sound of a drone can be heard in the background, indicating there may be more footage of the incident that the GBI has not released. An article in the Georgia Voice (2/16/23) also mentions the suppressed gunshots referred to in the videos.

Trailing behind Fox

Blaze: 'This isn't protest. This is terrorism': Five Antifa extremists charged with domestic terrorism, pulled down from their treehouses

The Blaze (12/16/22) shows how to present people sitting in trees as a clear and present danger.

A Nexis search of  “Cop City” reveals that prior to Tortuguita’s killing, coverage of the protests, which have been going on since late 2021, had been relegated to mainly local outlets and newswire coverage. There were, however, a handful of notable exceptions, including the Daily Beast (8/26/21, 9/9/21, 12/14/22), Politico (10/28/21), Atlantic (5/26/22, 6/13/22), Guardian (6/16/22, 12/27/22), Rolling Stone (9/3/22) and Economist (9/27/22).

Right-wing outlets like Fox News (5/18/22, 5/20/22, 7/1/22, 12/16/22, 12/29/22, 12/29/22), Daily Mail (5/18/22, 12/15/22, 12/16/22, 12/17/22, 12/19/22), Blaze (12/16/22) and Daily Caller (12/15/22) all demonized the protesters, often referring to them as “violent” and affiliated with “Antifa” (which, for the record, is not an organized group, but an anti-fascist ideology).

In the first few days following Tortuguita’s January 18 shooting, coverage on major TV news channels and national papers was scant, with most centrist outlets trailing behind Fox in the volume of coverage. A Nexis search for the terms “Tortuguita,” “Terán” or “Cop City,” from the day of Tortuguita’s death (January 18) until the end of January, found that Fox covered the shooting and protest more than all the other national networks combined, dominating the conversation with a pro-cop spin. It raised the issue on eight shows, while CNN covered it four times, ABC and CBS once each, and NBC and MSNBC not at all. Meanwhile, USA Today offered no coverage and the New York Times ran two articles. A separate search of the Washington Post, which is not on Nexis, brings up three articles, one of which was an AP repost.

Beyond the police version 

Democracy Now!: Atlanta Police Kill Forest Defender at Protest Encampment Near Proposed “Cop City” Training Center

Kamau Franklin (Democracy Now!, 1/20/23): “The only version of events that’s really been released to the public has been the police version.”

Independent and local outlets generally led the way in reporting on Tortuguita’s killing. A couple days after the shooting, Democracy Now! (1/20/23) dedicated an entire segment to the murder and movement. Host Amy Goodman interviewed Atlanta organizer Kamau Franklin, who wrote an article headlined “MLK’s Vision Lives On in Atlanta’s Fight Against New Police Training Facility” (Truthout, 1/17/23) the day before Tortuguita was shot.

On Democracy Now!, Franklin said:

The only version of events that’s really been released to the public has been the police version, the police narrative, which we should say the corporate media has run away with. To our knowledge so far, we find it less than likely that the police version of events is what really happened…. As the little intel that we have, residents said that they heard a blast of gunshots all at once, and not one blast and then a return of fire. Also, there’s been no other information released. We don’t know how many times this young person was hit with bullets. We don’t know the areas in which this person was hit. We don’t know if this is potentially a friendly fire incident. All we know is what the version of the police have given.

Many other local and independent outlets also reported on Tortuguita’s death with a healthy dose of skepticism of police claims. Shortly after the killing, the Bitter Southerner published a piece by journalist David Peisner (1/20/23), who had been covering the Stop Cop City protests (12/23/22) and had spent extensive time interviewing the activist. Peisner’s article is essentially a eulogy for Tortuguita, vouching for their character and quoting pacifistic statements they made in interviews. Peisner wrote:

“The right kind of resistance is peaceful, because that’s where we win,” they told me. “We’re not going to beat [the police] at violence. They’re very, very good at violence. We’re not. We win through nonviolence. That’s really the only way we can win. We don’t want more people to die. We don’t want Atlanta to turn into a war zone.”

Piesner acknowledged the possibility that Tortuguita may have been disingenuously advocating peaceful protest, but made clear he saw no evidence of that.

A letter to the editor on Workers.org (2/8/23) pointed out how police’s unproven claims and charges of violence against Tortuguita served to dampen publicity and reduce sympathy for them. Julia Wright’s letter also called out the double standard in dozens of land defenders being charged with “terrorism,” unlike the Capitol insurrectionists, whose deadly riot sought to dismantle US democracy:

The postmortem image of Tortuguita has been twisted and exploited to make them look like a “terrorist,” whereas none of those who invaded the Capitol were charged with or sentenced for terrorism.

Local Atlanta news outlet 11Alive (2/6/23) reported that Tortuguita’s family was publicly questioning the police-driven narrative of their child’s death, and demanding more transparency from the Georgia Bureau of Investigation. While outlining the official narrative, the outlet also offered significant space to those contesting it.

Claim becomes fact

Fox News: Democrats largely silent on anti-police violence in Atlanta after night of chaos, smashed windows

Fox News (1/22/23) condemned Democrats for not speaking out against broken windows in Atlanta.

Other outlets, however, were far less skeptical of the unsubstantiated law enforcement claims, whether presenting claims as facts or simply not challenging those claims.

In its report on the killing, Fox Special Report (1/20/23) played a soundbite from the GBI’s chief: “An individual, without warning, shot a Georgia state patrol trooper. Other law enforcement personnel returned fire in self-defense.” The segment went on to play a short soundbite of unidentified protesters urging people not to believe the police narrative, but correspondent Jonathan Serrie’s outro implied that he did believe it:

Top Georgia officials, including the governor and director of the Georgia Bureau of Investigation, say they embrace the right to protest, but cannot stand by when protesters resort to violence and jeopardize innocent lives.

Just a few hours later on Fox (1/20/23), police claims had become fact, with a brief update beginning, “In Georgia, a protester shot a state trooper without warning.” There was no mention of the incomplete investigation underway, nor the protesters’ accounts.

After further protests, the Wall Street Journal editorial (3/7/23) accused the “left” of “justif[ying] a violent assault on a police-training site,” saying that “Cop City” was under siege from “Antifa radicals.”

The Journal relied entirely on official accounts of the protests, reporting only the police’s account of events that day:

Authorities say Terán refused to comply with officers’ commands and instead shot and injured a state patrol trooper. Officers returned fire, striking Terán, who died on the scene, according to the Georgia Bureau of Investigation. The investigation isn’t finished, but the bureau says the bullet “recovered from the trooper’s wound matches Terán’s handgun.”

As of this writing, even with the most recent autopsy results suggesting Tortuguita’s cross-legged, hands-up position at the time of their death, neither the police’s nor the activists’ accounts have been proven. Still, the Wall Street Journal has already made clear which narrative it finds newsworthy.

Vandalism as ‘violence’

A lack of skepticism of official accounts was not limited to right-wing media. The New York Times (1/27/23), reporting on Georgia’s governor calling in the National Guard amid the protests, wrote, “The authorities claim that Terán fired a gun at a state trooper during a ‘clearing operation’ in the woods before being killed by the police.” No sources were quoted who questioned that claim.

WaPo: Violent protests break out in Atlanta over fatal shooting of activist

The Washington Post headline (1/21/23) implied that protesters were violent—though the only attacks on people described in the piece were police tackling demonstrators.

Covering the protests after Tortuguita’s killing, the Washington Post (1/21/23) made the actions of protesters rather than police the issue, with the headline “Violent Protests Break Out in Atlanta Over Fatal Shooting of Activist.” While the headline implies that the protesters were violent, the only attacks on other humans described in the piece were police tackling protesters. The Post included no reports of protesters committing bodily harm, but parroted Atlanta’s mayor referring to property damage as “violence”—elevating vandalism over assaults on people. (FAIR—2/6/18—has documented that news media do not commonly refer to other, apolitical instances of property destruction—such as sports fans celebrating a win—as “violence.”)

Only toward the end of the article, below a featured image of a car on fire and descriptions of smashed bank windows, did the Post add that the Atlanta police chief “emphasized that those who caused property damage were a small subset among other peaceful demonstrators.”

The headline “In Atlanta, a Deadly Forest Protest Sparks Debate Over ‘Domestic Terrorism’” (Washington Post, 1/26/23) implies the protesters’ actions were deadly—but the only people who caused death were the police who shot Tortuguita.

Another Post piece (3/6/23) offered history on the construction of Cop City and the movement against it under the headline “What Is Cop City? Why Are There Violent Protests in an Atlanta Forest?,” but prioritized depicting the demonstrations as “violent” over describing the shooting that led to the backlash in the first place, using the adjective three additional times in the piece.

(It also referred to Tortuguita using he/him pronouns, though that has been corrected.)

“State authorities claimed self-defense and said that Paez Terán purchased the gun that shot a Georgia State Patrol officer, but the shooting is under investigation,” the article said, without mentioning the protesters’ claims, or the bodycam footage.

Holding back evidence

NYT: A New Front Line in the Debate Over Policing: A Forest Near Atlanta

A New York Times overview (3/4/23) gave a detailed account of how police say Tortuguita was killed—but not what protesters say happened.

Some coverage that did mention the doubts of Tortuguita’s family and supporters failed to explain the evidence that could back their claims. In a New York Times report (3/4/23) that attempted to put the protests in context, the only person quoted supporting Tortuguita’s innocence was their mother. The piece quoted Belkis Terán describing her child as a “pacifist,” and mentioning the first independent autopsy revealed 13 gunshot wounds—but made no mention of the bodycam evidence that suggested the officer may have been shot by friendly fire.

(The second autopsy’s results that indicated Tortuguita was likely sitting cross-legged with their hands up when they were shot were not available when this article was published. At the time of this article’s publication, the Times has not published any articles on the second autopsy’s results.)

The mourning mother’s grief adds emotion to the story and briefly paints Tortuguita in a sympathetic light, but her claims are not granted the same amount of authority and credibility as the cops’ assertions, which are offered in detail:

The Georgia Bureau of Investigation, which is looking into the shooting, has said that on January 18, as the police sought to clear the forest of protesters, Tortuguita fired first “without warning,” striking a trooper. Officers returned fire, according to the authorities.

Despite the investigation being incomplete, the police narrative is still able to stand alone, without any mentions of opposing allegations and evidence.

Ignoring recent history

NBC: Environmental protests have a long history in the U.S. Police had never killed an activist — until now.

To draw a sharp contrast between police treatment of  Cop City opponents and earlier environmental protests,  NBC (2/5/23) had to ignore precedents like police at Standing Rock sending two dozen Indigenous water defenders to the hospital in a single event (Guardian, 11/21/16).

Even after the GBI’s report comes out, journalists should clearly present the evidence supporting protesters’ and police narratives, given police’s well-documented record of lying in reports, affidavits and even on the witness stand (New York Times, 3/18/18; CNN, 6/6/20; Slate, 8/4/20).

In early February, NBC (2/5/23) reported that Tortuguita’s killing was the first of an environmental activist, but made this police killing seem like a fluke. “Police have often been important intermediaries in environmental protests,” the article’s subhead claimed. “In a forest outside Atlanta, they were opponents.”

If you read the story, though, a source acknowledges that “there’s a long history of law enforcement confronting direct-action environmentalist activists and those confrontations turning hostile.” Going back to the 1980s, activists who engaged in civil disobedience “were sometimes dragged away and thrown in vans, sometimes pepper-sprayed.”

To claim that the violence at Atlanta represents an “unprecedented” escalation, as the article argues, requires ignoring recent history like the suppression of the protests against the Dakota Access Pipeline at Standing Rock. There police used water cannons, pepper spray, tasers, sound weapons and more against peaceful—mostly Indigenous—protesters, in one incident injuring 300 and putting 26 in the hospital (Guardian, 11/21/16).

Regardless of who shot the first bullet, the story of Tortuguita’s death is about protests against militarized policing being met with more militarized policing, which ultimately resulted in a fatal shooting. Unquestioningly spreading unproven police claims is not only irresponsible, it misses the story’s entire point.

The post Cop City Coverage Fails to Question Narratives of Militarized Police appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Olivia Riggio.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/27/cop-city-coverage-fails-to-question-narratives-of-militarized-police/feed/ 0 382508
Calls to ‘Fight Back’ Grow as Medicaid Cliff and GOP Attacks Threaten Coverage for Millions https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/calls-to-fight-back-grow-as-medicaid-cliff-and-gop-attacks-threaten-coverage-for-millions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/calls-to-fight-back-grow-as-medicaid-cliff-and-gop-attacks-threaten-coverage-for-millions/#respond Thu, 23 Mar 2023 15:21:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/news/medicaid-cliff-gop-attacks

The rapidly approaching end of pandemic-related Medicaid coverage protections and growing GOP attacks on the program at the state and federal levels have left millions of vulnerable people worried about being thrown off their insurance—and potentially losing access to lifesaving care.

Beginning on the first day of April, states will be allowed to resume Medicaid eligibility screenings and disenrollments that have largely been paused during the coronavirus pandemic to ensure coverage stability.

As part of a government funding package passed in December, Democrats and Republicans in Congress agreed to begin unwinding so-called "continuous coverage" requirements for Medicaid recipients in April—though some provisions were included to help children maintain health coverage.

Estimates from outside analysts and the Biden administration indicate that the unwinding of coverage protections enacted in the early stages of the Covid-19 pandemic could throw upwards of 14 million people off Medicaid over the course of 12 months, which is how long states have to resume eligibility screenings.

Some Republican governors, such as Sarah Huckabee Sanders of Arkansas, are working to accelerate the screening process with the goal of booting as many people from the program as possible. The results could be disastrous: more than a third of Arkansas residents are on Medicaid.

Experts have warned that even people who are still qualified for the program could be kicked off in the coming weeks given the confusion and administrative barriers associated with income verifications and other eligibility tests that states typically require on an annual basis.

Alice Wong, founder of the Disability Visibility Project and a Medicaid recipient based in California, described the stress of the program's redetermination process in a column for Teen Vogue earlier this week.

Even though I've been through this process seemingly countless times, when that thick packet from the county comes in the mail, it still creates a pit of dread in my stomach. One small error can be disastrous, resulting in what's called 'churn,' the gap in coverage that can lead to delays in care while people re-enroll—or people can fall through the cracks altogether. Administrative and procedural barriers can also lead to someone being disenrolled, with low-income people and people of color disproportionately at higher risk due to structural inequities.

It is a lot of work to be poor and disabled. In a country where healthcare is not a right, the Medicaid redeterminations reinforce the precarious state of marginalized communities in relationship to the state. When I go through this process, I am angered as I think of all the people who need assistance trying to understand the form, collecting information, and physically completing it on time. The administrative burden, access barriers, and emotional toll it takes to jump through these hoops for survival is cruel and counterproductive.

"Medicaid expansion saves lives," Wong added. "But perhaps we should question whether we are considered human in the eyes of the GOP. If we don't fight back, the 'great unwinding' could become the great unraveling of the safety net as we know it."

In recent years, disability rights advocates and others have fought tirelessly—and often successfully—against Republican attacks on Medicaid, including efforts to repeal the Affordable Care Act and impose punitive work requirements.

But GOP lawmakers have signaled that they intend to continue targeting the popular program in the coming months, using the need to raise the debt ceiling as leverage to pursue steep spending cuts. Democrats, the minority in the House but retaining a narrow majority in the Senate, have vowed to oppose any proposal to diminish Medicaid.

"We're going to resist them completely," Rep. Frank Pallone, Jr. (D-N.J.) said earlier this month.

The Washington Post reported last month that congressional Republicans have been taking advice from right-wing ideologue Russ Vought, who served as budget director under the Trump administration.

One of the ideas Vought has privately pitched to GOP lawmakers is $2 trillion in cuts to Medicaid.

According to Politico, some Republicans "want to revive a 2017 plan to phase out the enhanced federal match for Medicaid and cap spending for the program—an approach the Congressional Budget Office estimated would save $880 billion over 10 years and increase the number of uninsured people by 21 million."

"Many other Republicans are also pushing for Medicaid work requirements," the outlet added, "though the one state that implemented them saw thousands of people who should have qualified lose coverage."

As congressional Republicans and GOP-led states attempt to weaken the critical healthcare program, North Carolina lawmakers on Thursday granted final approval to legislation that would expand Medicaid, a step that could provide coverage to 600,000 residents.

The move, which brought to an end more than a decade of obstruction by state Republicans, came on the 13th anniversary of the Affordable Care Act.

"This is a victory for North Carolinians and a victory for the 600,000 individuals and their families who will now have access to lifesaving care," Brad Woodhouse, executive director of the advocacy group Protect Our Care, said in a statement. "Even as Republicans in Washington try to gut the Affordable Care Act and Medicaid, this bipartisan action shows what can happen in the states after years of gridlock because the people demanded it."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/23/calls-to-fight-back-grow-as-medicaid-cliff-and-gop-attacks-threaten-coverage-for-millions/feed/ 0 381739
University staff member interrupts student journalist’s coverage at SEC Tournament https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/university-staff-member-interrupts-student-journalists-coverage-at-sec-tournament/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/university-staff-member-interrupts-student-journalists-coverage-at-sec-tournament/#respond Thu, 16 Mar 2023 21:59:37 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/university-staff-member-interrupts-student-journalists-coverage-at-sec-tournament/

While covering the Southeastern Conference Tournament in Nashville, Tennessee, on March 10, 2023, student photojournalist Jack Weaver’s coverage of men’s basketball was abruptly interrupted by a University of Arkansas staff member following the university’s loss.

Weaver told the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker that he was on assignment for The Kentucky Kernel, the student newspaper of the University of Kentucky. He went onto the court after the Arkansas-Texas A&M game to photograph the player and coach reactions, as he had done with previous games.

“As [Arkansas coach Eric Musselman] started making his way toward the tunnel, I took out my phone to grab a video of the team coming off the court. And that did not go as planned,” he said.

Weaver said that just as he began filming, Arkansas’ Director of Internal Operations Riley Hall grabbed the phone out of his hand and threw it.

Weaver said that the three-second clip he posted to Twitter was all that his phone captured before it hit the ground and stopped recording, but that the phone was not damaged.

“I was wearing my press credentials, I had my camera around my neck and I was standing completely to the side by the rail with plenty of room to move there. I wasn’t in anyone’s way and was in an approved area,” Weaver said.

“Obviously I’m fine, all he did was grab my phone and toss it. It’s not like he pushed me or broke my camera,” he said. “But still, nonetheless, you can’t do that. And I think people kind of understand that that’s not acceptable.”

Weaver said the newsroom as well as professors at the university have been supportive. In a statement on Twitter, The Kernel said it was appalled by the incident.

“Jack Weaver always embodies professionalism on the job and no journalist, especially a student journalist, should be subjected to violence for simply doing their job,” the statement read.

Hunter Yurachek, the vice chancellor and director of athletics at the University of Arkansas, posted a statement on Twitter the following day apologizing for the incident, which he characterized as accidental.

“Mr. Hall expressed his regret that while leaving the floor his engagement inadvertently resulted in knocking the reporter’s cell phone from his hand,” Yurachek wrote. “While, based on our discussion, I do not believe there was malicious intent, I have addressed the issue with Mr. Hall and he agrees his actions were not appropriate or reflective of our program.”

Weaver told the Tracker that Hall also called him to apologize, reiterating that it had been unintentional. Weaver said that when he challenged that claim, Hall simply repeated that he was sorry and that it was an accident.


This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/16/university-staff-member-interrupts-student-journalists-coverage-at-sec-tournament/feed/ 0 379949
Maldives parliament considers amendment restricting journalists’ coverage of elections https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/maldives-parliament-considers-amendment-restricting-journalists-coverage-of-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/maldives-parliament-considers-amendment-restricting-journalists-coverage-of-elections/#respond Wed, 15 Mar 2023 21:10:52 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=269732 New York, March 15, 2023—Maldives legislators should reject or revise a recently proposed legislative amendment restricting journalists’ ability to cover elections, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On Monday, March 13, the Maldives parliament opened debate regarding an amendment to the country’s General Elections Act proposed in mid-February by a lawmaker with the ruling Maldivian Democratic Party, which would allow only journalists working for media outlets registered with the government and approved by the Election Commission to report from voting and vote-counting sites on election days, according to multiple news reports and Ahmed Naif, secretary-general of the Maldives Journalists Association, who spoke with CPJ by phone.

The proposed amendment would not permit freelance or foreign journalists to report from those sites. The amendment will be reviewed by a parliamentary committee before coming to a vote, Naif told CPJ.

The Maldives’ next presidential election is set for September.

“The proposed amendment to the Maldives’ General Elections Act restricting journalists’ ability to cover elections will, if enacted, undermine democratic principles and the public’s fundamental right to information,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “Maldives lawmakers should reject or revise the proposed amendment in consultation with civil society groups and journalists and do everything in their power to ensure that the press can freely and safely report on the upcoming presidential election in September.”

In a statement, the Maldives Journalists Association and Transparency Maldives, the national chapter of the anti-corruption group Transparency International, also expressed concern over the amendment.

In July 2022, CPJ joined civil society organizations in a statement calling on the Maldives government to repeal or amend a provision of the Evidence Act allowing courts to compel journalists and news organizations to reveal their sources on the basis of vague and overly broad terms of “terrorism” and “national security.” The act came into effect in January 2023, according to news reports and Naif.

Maldives presidential spokesperson Miuvan Mohamed did not respond to CPJ’s request for comment sent via messaging app. The secretariat of the Maldives parliament did not respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment.  


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/15/maldives-parliament-considers-amendment-restricting-journalists-coverage-of-elections/feed/ 0 379674
Turkish authorities jail 2 journalists over earthquake coverage, detain a third overnight https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/turkish-authorities-jail-2-journalists-over-earthquake-coverage-detain-a-third-overnight/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/turkish-authorities-jail-2-journalists-over-earthquake-coverage-detain-a-third-overnight/#respond Thu, 02 Mar 2023 18:10:50 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=267006 Istanbul, March 2, 2023–Turkish authorities should immediately release two journalists detained over their coverage of the recent earthquakes in the country and ensure that members of the press do not face criminal charges for their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

On the evening of Monday, February 27, police in the eastern province of Osmaniye arrested Ali İmat and İbrahim İmat, two brothers who work as journalists in the area, according to news reports and legal documents shared online by parliamentary deputy Tuncay Özkan.

Authorities accuse the brothers of publicly spreading disinformation about the government’s response to the February 6 earthquake that struck Turkey and Syria, and the journalists remain in custody as of Thursday, according to those sources.

Separately, on Wednesday evening, police in the capital city of Ankara detained Gökhan Özbek, publisher of the independent news website and online broadcasting platform 23 Derece, according to news reports and tweets by the journalist, his lawyer, and his outlet,

Police questioned Özbek about reporting on 23 Derece that quoted earthquake victims and politicians, according to his outlet. On Thursday, he was transferred to a court and then released pending investigation, according to further tweets by the journalist’s outlet and his lawyer.

“Turkish authorities’ attempts to obstruct reporting and intimidate journalists in the aftermath of the terrible earthquakes that hit the country show that even a natural disaster is not enough to stop their harassment of the press,” said Özgür Öğret, CPJ’s Turkey representative, “Authorities should immediately free journalists Ali İmat and İbrahim İmat, drop any investigation into Gökhan Özbek, and ensure that members of the media are not targeted for their work.”

A new disinformation law, passed in October 2022, carries prison terms of up to three years for those convicted of publicly spreading false information that causes concern, fear, or panic.

Ali İmat is the publisher of the local news website Osmaniye’den Haber, and İbrahim İmat published the now-defunct weekly newspaper Ayrıntı before becoming a freelance journalist, according to CPJ’s review of the journalists’ Facebook pages and review of İbrahim İmat’s freelance publications at the national pro-government outlet İhlas News Agency.

The İmat brothers were arrested over posts on their Facebook pages, where they frequently share local reporting, in which they investigated allegations that tents meant for earthquake victims had not been distributed, according to news reports, which said they were being held at the Osmaniye Closed Prison pending trial. CPJ was unable to find contact information for the journalists’ legal representatives.

Authorities have not formally accused Özbek of a crime, according to those tweets about his case.

On February 28, journalist Sinan Aygül was sentenced to 10 months in prison for spreading disinformation, the first conviction that CPJ documented under the new law. Turkey’s largest opposition party, the Republican People’s Party, applied to annul the amendment with the Constitutional Court of Turkey, where it remains pending, according to news reports.

CPJ emailed the chief prosecutors of Ankara and Osmaniye provinces for comment, but did not immediately receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/03/02/turkish-authorities-jail-2-journalists-over-earthquake-coverage-detain-a-third-overnight/feed/ 0 376655
Ethiopian authorities detain 2 Ethio Selam journalists, media worker for coverage of church rift https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/ethiopian-authorities-detain-2-ethio-selam-journalists-media-worker-for-coverage-of-church-rift/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/ethiopian-authorities-detain-2-ethio-selam-journalists-media-worker-for-coverage-of-church-rift/#respond Thu, 23 Feb 2023 18:57:30 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=265169 Nairobi, February 23, 2023 — Ethiopian authorities should unconditionally release two staffers from the internet broadcaster Ethio Selam and drop criminal proceedings into a third, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

Police and security agents in Ethiopia’s capital Addis Ababa arrested Ethio Selam founder Tewodros Asfaw from his home on February 14, his brother Biniam Asfaw told CPJ via phone. Amanuel Asfaw, a third brother and Ethio Selam camera operator, and Meseret Tamiru, an administrative employee, were detained at the broadcaster’s rented studio on February 18; computers and other equipment was also confiscated, Biniam said. Tewodros was released on bail on Wednesday, February 22, but Amanuel and Meseret remain in custody.

Police accused the three men of inciting violence and sowing distrust of the government during a dispute within the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church, according to court documents reviewed by CPJ, but did not file formal charges. Tewodros had covered the controversy extensively on Ethio Selam, which broadcasts to over 34,000 subscribers on YouTube.

“The detention of Ethio Selam staff without charge is unfortunately part of a pattern of Ethiopian police abusing the judicial system to retaliate against critical journalists,” said CPJ Sub-Saharan Africa Representative Muthoki Mumo. “The press should be able to cover religious affairs of critical public interest without fear of imprisonment. Authorities should unconditionally release Amanuel Asfaw and Meseret Tamiru without delay and drop pending criminal proceedings against Tewodros Asfaw.”

The High Court in Addis Ababa granted Tewodros bail of 30,000 birr (US$557) on February 16, but he remained in detention while police appealed. On February 22, a higher court upheld the bail order and Tewodros was released that evening. Amanuel and Meseret will be held until February 28 pending investigation, Biniam said.

After clerics in the Oromia region briefly splintered from the Ethiopian Orthodox Tewahedo Church in January, church leaders accused Prime Minister Abiy Ahmed of interference. Amid protests from church supporters, the government interrupted access to some social media services. Tewodros criticized the government and the prime minister in videos for Ethio Selam, and said the demonstrations would determine the future of the church.

CPJ emailed the federal ministry of justice requesting comment but did not receive a response. Via messaging application, federal police spokesperson Jeylan Abdi declined to respond to CPJ’s queries, saying he could not comment on matters in court.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/23/ethiopian-authorities-detain-2-ethio-selam-journalists-media-worker-for-coverage-of-church-rift/feed/ 0 374936
New York Times Under Fire for Anti-Trans Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/new-york-times-under-fire-for-anti-trans-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/new-york-times-under-fire-for-anti-trans-coverage/#respond Mon, 20 Feb 2023 13:51:25 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/new-york-times-anti-trans-coverage

In a letter to New York Times leadership (2/15/23), more than 180 of the paper’s contributors (later swelling to more than 1,000) raised “serious concerns about editorial bias in the newspaper’s reporting on transgender, non⁠-⁠binary and gender nonconforming people.” What started as a conversation about a paper’s coverage exploded into a battle between media workers who see a problem at one of the most powerful media outlets on earth, and a media management that simply won’t listen.

“Some of us are trans, non⁠-⁠binary, or gender nonconforming, and we resent the fact that our work, but not our person, is good enough for the paper of record,” the letter declared:

Some of us are cis, and we have seen those we love discover and fight for their true selves, often swimming upstream against currents of bigotry and pseudoscience fomented by the kind of coverage we here protest.

The letter was organized by the Freelance Solidarity Project, a part of the National Writers Union.

A similar letter from LGBTQ media advocacy group GLAAD (2/15/23) and over a hundred other LGBTQ groups and leaders made three demands (summarized in a press release):

  1. Stop printing biased anti-trans stories, immediately.
  2. Listen to trans people: hold a meeting with trans community leaders within two months.
  3. Hire at least four trans writers and editors within three months.

As FAIR (1/6/23) and many other progressive outlets and groups have noted, there is a campaign in state legislatures, in the courts, in the streets and in the media to roll back rights for transgender people, fomenting a moral panic about teachers and drag queens coming for America’s children. States like Florida are already banning certain types of medical care for trans people (Tampa Bay Times, 2/10/23), and other states have enacted similar laws (NBC, 2/14/23). States are even looking to restrict drag performances (Washington Post, 2/14/23).

This campaign is often portrayed as coming from the far right, which sees traditional gender roles under attack by a new world order. But liberal and centrist institutions like the New York Times aid and abet this campaign.

‘Patient zero’

Invoking the Times’ early homophobic response to the rise of the gay rights movement and the AIDS crisis, the letter writers argue that the paper has a responsibility to do better. The contributors’ letter cites an article (6/15/22) that

uncritically used the term “patient zero” to refer to a trans child seeking gender⁠-⁠affirming care, a phrase that vilifies transness as a disease to be feared.

The article quoted “multiple expert sources who have since expressed regret over their work’s misrepresentation.” (FAIR and the podcast Death Panel, among others, have detailed many other problems with the article).

The letter points to another piece (1/22/23) about children’s right to safely transition and policies about whether schools can or should withhold students’ gender transitions from their parents. The piece, the letter says, “fails to make clear that court cases brought by parents who want schools to out their trans children are part of a legal strategy pursued by anti-trans hate groups,” which have “identified trans people as an ‘existential threat to society’ and seek to replace the American public education system with Christian homeschooling,” noting that this is “key context” that was not provided to Times readers.

The articles cited in the letter give the impression that we are living in a time of rushed, ill-informed transitions and shady treatments for children that lack oversight. As Samantha Hancox-Li wrote (Liberal Currents, 2/8/23), this is, in fact, the opposite of the truth, because cisgender minors have easier access to treatments they need than trans youth:

This is the reality of trans care in the United States: not children being rushed to experimental treatments, but explicit segregation, discrimination and the denial of basic care. When a trans kid wants to grow out her hair and change her name, it’s national news. When a cis kid wants to do the same thing, it’s Tuesday. When trans kids want hormone replacement therapy, we call it “gender-confirming treatments” and publish article after fretting article about how strange and dangerous they are. When cis kids receive medically identical prescriptions, it’s Tuesday. We don’t even have a name for it. Because what’s normal is invisible.
The question before us isn’t whether we should allow trans kids access to special experimental treatments. The question is whether we enable trans kids to access essential medical care on the same terms we allow cis kids to.

Gender-affirming care is critical because it has been shown to have enormous mental health benefits for trans youth, including reducing the risk of suicide (JAMA, 2/25/22; Scientific American, 5/12/22).

Misrepresenting facts

The letter writers note that the coverage of trans issues has fed into the assault on trans rights at the state level. GLAAD said in its letter:

Every major medical association supports gender-affirming care as best-practices care that is safe and lifesaving and has widespread consensus in the medical and scientific communities. Yet the Times continues to churn out pieces that anti-trans extremists use to harm children and families. In November, the Times published a story that got the science of gender-affirming care so wrong that the WPATH had to write a multi-page tear-down explaining how the Times misrepresented the facts at every turn.

The letters’ examples are far from exhaustive. For instance, columnist Pamela Paul—once again, no relation—regularly uses the platform the Times gives her to spread misleading anti-trans narratives, as FAIR (12/16/22) has documented.

In perhaps the clearest display of out-of-touch-ness, the day after the letter went public, the Times published a column by Paul (2/16/23) defending author J.K. Rowling—who has immense literary fame and cultural power—from charges of transphobia, quoting one advocate saying Rowling “sees herself as standing up for the rights of a vulnerable group.” The vulnerable group here isn’t one of the world’s most marginalized minorities, but people like Rowling who want “spaces for biological women only.” Paul invoked the stabbing of Salman Rushdie in deeming criticism of Rowling “dangerous.”

Rowling has been an outspoken opponent of Scotland’s attempt to enact legislation to protect trans rights (BBC, 10/7/22), which was eventually blocked by the British prime minister (Guardian, 1/16/23). That defeat helped lead to the Scottish first minister’s resignation, which was celebrated by conservative British media (Economist, 2/15/23; Daily Mail, 2/15/23; London Times, 2/16/23).

In other words, Rowling isn’t just saying things trans people don’t like, she’s actively impeding social progress and helping to end the careers of politicians who offend the established order. Paul’s advocacy for Rowling is a reversal of journalism’s mission: She afflicts the afflicted and comforts the comfortable.

Pushed to the margins

Keep in mind, the contributors’ letter isn’t saying that certain viewpoints should be censored because they are offensive or right-wing. The push for the New YorkTimes to keep a skeptical eye on the agenda of resisters of social progress isn’t censorship or anti-free speech. It is saying that trans issues have not been reported on accurately or fairly. That is a discussion that should happen more often in the mediasphere on a whole host of topics.

“It’s really a question of emphasis and resources,” FSP organizing committee member Eric Thurm told FAIR. “The pieces that take the ‘just asking questions’ approach are A1 cover stories, while others are pushed to the margins.”

There’s another important aspect of this letter: It comes from freelancers organized by the FSP, not staffers who have a regular paycheck or longevity at the paper. For freelancers, openly criticizing the editors of a major outlet is a real risk, because it might mean no more commissions in the future. This kind of precarity in journalism has long been denounced as cost-cutting—contractors are just cheaper and more expendable than NewsGuild-represented staff members—but it’s also a good way to enforce ideology at publications, because contractors have far less power to contradict their editors. By banding together publicly, these independent workers are challenging a very important tool corporate media use to manufacture consent.

Letter-signer Steven Thrasher, author of The Viral Underclass and contributor to Scientific American, told FAIR that writers are confronting the “most influential newspaper in the English-speaking world about its trans coverage; it’s not above critique.” Such coverage is “an ungodly amount of pressure being put on such a small percentage of the population.”

Thrasher added, “It’s hard to dismiss this many writers, past and present.”

Declaring war on criticism

Yet dismissing them is exactly what the paper’s leadership has done so far. The paper’s top editor, Joe Kahn, has essentially declared war against the letter—and its signatories. In a memo to staff (Hell Gate, 2/17/23), Kahn characterized the letter as a “protest letter” that “included direct attacks on several of our colleagues, singling them out by name.” “Participation in such a campaign,” Kahn warned, “is against the letter and spirit of our ethics policy.”

Kahn defended the paper’s work without acknowledging or addressing any of the letter’s specific claims, writing, “Our coverage of transgender issues, including the specific pieces singled out for attack, is important, deeply reported, and sensitively written.” He claimed that “any review” of the paper’s coverage “shows that the allegations this group is making are demonstrably false,” without offering any evidence.

Kahn continued:

Even when we don’t agree, constructive criticism from colleagues who care, delivered respectfully and through the right channels, strengthens our report.
We do not welcome, and will not tolerate, participation by Times journalists in protests organized by advocacy groups or attacks on colleagues on social media and other public forums.

The writers offered documented criticism, and Kahn dismissed it—prohibited it—as an attack and a protest organized by an outside group. Remember, these are people the Times clearly regards as worthy enough to write for the paper, but not worthy to have an honest discussion with about the paper’s biases. As Thurm said, the response doesn’t engage “substantively with the issues we’re raising.”

National reporter Michael Powell—author of one of the pieces criticized by the letter writers—likewise responded smugly (Twitter, 2/15/23), “Journalism is meant to ask difficult and discomforting questions, and to question institutions, including the medical establishment.” It’s a clever response, in which the real issues brought up in both the FSP and GLAAD letters are pushed aside and reframed as the Times courageously standing up to Big Medicine.

The paper (Mediate, 2/15/23) also publicly responded to the GLAAD letter, contrasting its own “independent reporting” with the “advocacy” goals of GLAAD. The response argued that the Times “strives to explore, interrogate and reflect the experiences, ideas and debates in society… Our reporting did exactly that and we’re proud of it.”

‘A plain old-fashioned newspaper crusade’

The answer to this line of defense is in a piece cited in the letter itself, an essay by Tom Scocca in Popula (1/29/23):

In the past eight months, the Times has now published more than 15,000 words’ worth of front-page stories asking whether care and support for young trans people might be going too far or too fast…. This is pretty obviously—and yet not obviously enough—a plain old-fashioned newspaper crusade. Month after month, story after story, the Times is pouring its attention and resources into the message that there is something seriously concerning about the way young people who identify as trans are receiving care…. The notion that trans youth present a looming problem is demonstrated to the reader by the sheer volume of coverage. If it’s not a problem, why else would it be in the paper?

But the Times can never engage in a discussion of why it’s obviously problematizing the issue, because it’s wedded to the fiction that the paper only ever reflects reality—and that its coverage does not shape that reality.

That helps explain why Kahn was so angry in his memo to the staff. You could almost hear him muttering the old War on Terror line, “You’re either with us, or with the terrorists.”

GLAAD (2/15/23) responded, “The Times is not only standing behind coverage that hundreds of leaders in journalism, media and LGBTQ advocacy are speaking out against, but boasting that they are proud of it.”

The paper has taken an “us versus them” attitude in its newsroom. The battle here is more than a debate over trans coverage, but a struggle between workers and media bosses over the narrative. Collective action for media reform, especially from many people with influence in the literary world, is more powerful than individual letters to the editor. And as the letter writers say, this isn’t just about how words appear on the page—the trans community and its allies see this as a necessary action in slowing down the growing assault on trans rights. Let’s hope to see more of this kind of action.

“The Times is on the defensive and the people advocating for trans rights are on the offensive,” Thrasher said. “That’s a good thing.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Ari Paul.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/new-york-times-under-fire-for-anti-trans-coverage/feed/ 0 373981
Regardless of For-Profit Coverage, Americans Still Want—and Need—Medicare for All https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/regardless-of-for-profit-coverage-americans-still-want-and-need-medicare-for-all/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/regardless-of-for-profit-coverage-americans-still-want-and-need-medicare-for-all/#respond Mon, 20 Feb 2023 00:47:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/medicare-for-all

Here's one of many indicators about how broken the United States healthcare system is: Guns seem to be easier and cheaper to access than treatment for the wounds they cause. A survivor of the recent mass shooting in Half Moon Bay, California,reportedly said to Gov. Gavin Newsom that he needed to keep his hospital stay as short as possible in order to avoid a massive medical bill. Meanwhile, the suspected perpetrator seemed to have had few obstacles in his quest to legally obtaina semi-automatic weapon to commit deadly violence.

Americans are at the whim of a bewildering patchwork of employer-based private insurance plans, individual health plans via a government-run online marketplace, or government-run healthcare (for those lucky enough to be eligible). The coverage and costs of plans vary dramatically so that even if one has health insurance there is rarely a guarantee that there will be no out-of-pocket costs associated with accessing care.

It's hardly surprising then that the latestGallup poll about healthcare affirms what earlier polls have said: A majority of Americans want their government to ensure health coverage for all. In fact, nearly three-quarters of all Democrats want a government-run healthcare system.

Gallup also found that a record high number of people put off addressing health concerns because of the cost of care. Thirty-eight percent of Americans said they delayed getting treatment in 2022—that's 12 percentage points higher than the year before. Unsurprisingly, lower-income Americans were disproportionately affected.

Women are especially impacted, with more women than men delaying treatment as per the same Gallup poll. The findings were consistent withresults published by researchers at New York University's School of Global Public Health, which found that women's healthcare was increasingly unaffordable, compared to men's—in a study that solely focused on people with employer-based health coverage. Imagine how out-of-reach healthcare is for uninsured women.

Added to that,Republican-led abortion bans have made it even harder for American women to obtain reproductive healthcare. On the 50th anniversary of the recently overturned Supreme Court decision Roe v. Wade,abortion providers in Massachusetts, for example, reported a steady stream of people driving to their state—one where abortion remains legal—to access care.

President Joe Biden and the Democratic Party appear to think that this grim status quo is perfectly acceptable. Democrats' reliance on the Obama-era Affordable Care Act (ACA) as a bulwark against Republican opposition to any government intervention in healthcare seems to be resoundingly successful—at least on paper. In December 2022, Biden touted the fact that 11.5 million Americans, a record high number, had signed up for ACA plans during the last enrollment period. He said, "Gains like these helped us drive down the uninsured rate to eight percent earlier this year, its lowest level in history."

His administration, rather than working to fulfill what a majority of his party's constituents want—a government-run healthcare system—has continued instead to tweak the ACA by extending a period of discounted monthly premiums for private insurance plans. Such tweaks are not permanent. Neither are they a panacea for accessing adequate care. If anything, they are a façade protecting profit-based private insurance companies.

Asurvey by the Commonwealth Fund found that although the number of insured Americans is now at an all-time high, more than 40% of those who bought ACA plans and nearly 30% of those with employer-based plans were underinsured—that is, the plans were inadequate to cover their healthcare needs.

By focusing solely on the number of people who had health plans as a measure of success, the White House is participating in a great coverup of the ongoing American healthcare tragedy.

Meanwhile, just over the horizon from Biden's celebration of record numbers of ACA signups is the fact that millions of people currently enrolled in the Medicaid government health plan could lose access because of theend of an emergency provision that allowed for "continuous enrollment." That provision expires at the end of March 2023. If all Americans were automatically enrolled in government-provided healthcare regardless of eligibility, this would not be a concern.

Right-wing sources, so terrified that too many Americans want a government-run health system, are busy shaping public opinion against it. The Pacific Research Institute'sSally Pipes recently published an op-ed about how Canada's national health system was a good reason why the United States should not have a similar program. Using the deadly logic of a free marketeer, she wrote, "In Canada, healthcare is 'free' at the point of service. As a result, demand for care is sky-high."

The implication is that charging people for service would reduce the demand, just as it would for, say, an electric vehicle. In Pipes' world, people are accessing healthcare just for fun, and if they were charged money for it, their ailments might resolve themselves without treatment.

TheHeritage Foundation also published an attack on Britain's National Health Service (NHS), gleefully claiming that it is "cratering," and warning that it is a lesson for American liberals who might support a similar "single-payer" system in the United States.

The Wall Street Journal's editorial boardpublished a similar warning, claiming that the NHS was "failing patients, with deadly consequences."

It's puzzling why the Pacific Research Institute, Heritage Foundation and Wall Street Journal appear unconcerned about the330,000 Americans who lost their lives during the Covid-19 pandemic simply because they don't live in a nation with a universal healthcare program.

The United Statesspends nearly twice as much per capita on healthcare than other comparable high-income nations. According toHealth Affairs, excessive administrative costs are the main reason for this discrepancy—these are non-medical costs associated with delivering healthcare in a patchwork system of employer-based private health and publicly subsidized plans. In fact, "administrative spending accounts for 15 – 30 percent of health care spending."

Again, right-wing media outlets and think tanks appear unconcerned by this disturbing fact. They only want to convince Americans that a government-run health plan is a bad idea. And, sadly, the Democratic Party leaders like Biden seem to agree.

The National Union of Healthcare Workers, together with Healthy California Now,created an online calculator for individuals to determine how much money they would save if the United States had a single-payer system.

I have an employer-based healthcare plan that is considered very good. Using the calculator, I determined that I would save more than $16,000 if California, the state where I live, had a single-payer system. That's money I could be saving for my children's higher education or for my retirement.

The victims of mass shootings, like the Half Moon Bay survivor, are saddled with high costs of care on top of the trauma of having been shot. Every year, there are more than80,000 survivors of injuries from firearms in the United States. Having a single-payer healthcare system would not fix our epidemic of gun violence. But it would certainly make it easier to bear.

Canada and Britain's state-run systems of health care may be imperfect, but they are a vast improvement on the survival-of-the-fittest approach that the United States takes.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Sonali Kolhatkar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/20/regardless-of-for-profit-coverage-americans-still-want-and-need-medicare-for-all/feed/ 0 373911
Gavin Ellis: Thank God for news media in a storm https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/gavin-ellis-thank-god-for-news-media-in-a-storm/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/gavin-ellis-thank-god-for-news-media-in-a-storm/#respond Wed, 15 Feb 2023 18:19:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=84679 COMMENTARY: By Gavin Ellis

The brave little shrubs are doing their valiant best to stay intact as a plant pot skids across our balcony in Cyclone Gabrielle’s first caress. With much worse yet to come I need to know what, where, and when.

I need information and, if I have to cut my way through a jungle of official sources, I will still be in the rain forest when Gabby takes me in her crushing embrace.

This, I tell myself, is precisely why we need news media. They draw together an overwhelming range of sources and condense information into a readily absorbed format.

Then they keep updating and adding to the picture.

As I write this commentary on Monday, that picture is already changing. An hour ago, the rain was a fine drizzle and there was little wind. Now the rain is heavier, and the wind is coming in strong gusts. In another couple of hours I expect the freight train that Northland residents heard as Gabrielle passed through, and the driveway will be a cascade.

Then the triangle of soil (that has already subsided by about 30 centimetres) may slide from the edge of the adjacent bush reserve into the stream below.

From my study window I see only a small picture, but I need a wider view. I need to know how my brothers and their families are faring in Northland and on the Awhitu Peninsula, what our friends in various parts of Auckland and the North Island will be experiencing. And I have a general concern for the well-being of the city I call home.

Good overall picture
I have been well-served by news media — websites, television, and radio — keeping me updated on the impact of the cyclone. I have a good overall picture of its effects so far and how it is tracking.

And I have details. I know which schools are closed. I know power outages are affecting 58,000 households and where this has closed supermarkets and stores. I know that, if possible, the mail will get through, but that Auckland Airport has cancelled most flights and Ports of Auckland is at a standstill.

While I waited for nature to do its worst (no, I shouldn’t say that because I’m sure Gabrielle isn’t the worst sociopath that climate change will spawn), I embarked on an exercise. I wanted to demonstrate the lengths to which members of the public would have to go to stay informed if they did not have the news media reporting on what may be the worst storm in Aucklanders’ living memory.

I assumed, for the purpose of the exercise I began at 10.30 a.m. on Monday, that the average person did not know a lot about the structures and operations of emergency management.

The Auckland version of civil defence has a name that is hard to remember so I started with the Auckland City website. The first thing I noticed was information on how to pay my rates and book an inorganic rubbish collection. Then I spied a banner right at the top headed “State of local emergency”. There was a link to Auckland Emergency Management (that hard to remember name).

The AEM homepage contained 77 links to other websites and sources of information on everything from the location of evacuation centres to Mayor Wayne Brown’s carefully documented declaration of a state of local emergency (vital information when you are trapped in your house under the crushing presence of a downed macrocarpa).

I clicked on the “latest media update” but the link didn’t seem to work. I was invited to click on “Our Auckland” for the previous update. Um, no, all I found was broad general information and direction back to the homepage.

In search of weather
On my return I went in search of the weather and clicked on a link to the Metservice website. There was a fresh update on the red and orange alerts that had been well-canvassed elsewhere, accompanied by a map that was 24 hours old (it was updated shortly thereafter).

Back to the homepage.

Next, I wanted an update on road travel. I clicked first on the Auckland Transport link and then on road closure warnings. Another click and I was looking at eight area designations and found my residence (on the central Auckland isthmus) under “south urban”. Another click I was confronted by an alphabetical list of street names with no indication of the suburb, but it didn’t matter because these were simply streets with warnings of potential closure. The roads that were closed were on a separate list (another click) that did include suburbs.

But what about the highways and byways outside Auckland? That required separate excursions, first to the Waka Kotahi website then to local authority websites such as the Thames Coromandel District Council’s excellent site which also contained warnings of potential coastal inundations from storm surges.

Back to the AEM homepage and another journey to find out about power outages. There were links to the Vector and Counties Energy websites. To check whether my brother in Northland was still without power, I had to leave the AEM site because he is outside its emergency jurisdiction.

The Northpower outages map was easy to use and took me straight to his location (power restored) while the Vector map for central Auckland seems designed to push anxious customers over the edge.

My other brother’s part of the Awhitu Peninsula has communications links that I might charitably describe as tenuous, so I wanted to check whether he still had cellular coverage. I decided to check the three main providers. Spark’s outages information was top of the home page and informative while 2 Degrees was equally useful even though it required scrolling to the bottom of the homepage.

Sales pitches
Vodafone seemed too intent on selling things to me and I gave up on its website, opting instead for a Google search.

What of Gabrielle’s effect on the rest of the country?

Civil Defence now has the much easier to remember title of the National Emergency Management Agency (NEMA). By and large its Cyclone Gabrielle page points me back to the places I had already been, although it offered the alternative of Facebook pages. East Cape seemed to be in for a pounding, so I clicked on the Tairāwhiti Civil Defence Facebook page. Most of its content was in the form of timely warnings rather than updates. Like all Facebook pages, the order of posts reflected the latest addition, not necessarily relative importance. And there were links and more links to other sites.

I returned to the NEMA homepage and completed my exhausting journey with a click back to the Auckland Emergency Management website, satisfied that I had proven my point, at least to myself. A level of digital competence and almost endless patience is required to access the information we seek in emergencies.

All I can say is thank God for news media. They carry out a vital task in emergencies like Cyclone Gabrielle. They bring together a mass of information which can be readily — and quickly — accessed by the public. To that they add their vital role in holding power to account, as they demonstrated during the Auckland Anniversary Weekend floods and will doubtless do again after this cyclone has passed. You will not find that on an official website.

Crucially, news media are available in forms that do not require digital competence or digital access. Newspapers, television, and radio are readily available and each has its own strengths — print provides in-depth information and advice, television brings home the reality of the storm, and radio has immediacy.

If Gabrielle is as nasty as the scene outside my window is beginning to suggest, we could lose power and mobile coverage. Then all those official websites will count for nothing, but my transistor radio — complete with a new set of batteries — will continue to bring me the news and help me to stay safe.

Dr Gavin Ellis holds a PhD in political studies. He is a media consultant and researcher. A former editor-in-chief of The New Zealand Herald, he has a background in journalism and communications — covering both editorial and management roles — that spans more than half a century. Dr Ellis publishes the website knightlyviews.com where this commentary was first published and it is republished by Asia Pacific Report with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/15/gavin-ellis-thank-god-for-news-media-in-a-storm/feed/ 0 373014
Journalists’ Lack Of Understanding Distorts Economic Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/journalists-lack-of-understanding-distorts-economic-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/journalists-lack-of-understanding-distorts-economic-coverage/#respond Fri, 10 Feb 2023 13:58:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/media-coverage-of-debt-ceiling-economics

There's a lot to gripe about when discussing the Beltway media class in the United States. Progressives at groups like FAIR and Media Matters have spent years rightfully criticizing the press for access journalism, the ever-present need to equate perspectives from both major parties, and corporate-sponsored PR published under the facade of a news article. But a recent study of biases present in the BBC's coverage of UK politics may help us understand yet another major failing of our media. Journalists lack an understanding of basic economic principles, leading them to unwittingly flawed reporting.

The British Broadcasting Corporation commissioned a report from Sir Andrew William Dilnot and Michael Blastland on biases in the BBC's political coverage of the UK. The extensive report, published in November, found that BBC journalists often unknowingly made mistakes that contribute to biased or incomplete coverage of issues—particularly economic issues. Though the details of the study are UK-specific, the conclusions are relevant to understanding the failings of our own media class and how the media covers economic debates in Washington, D.C.

The most important of these conclusions is that journalists often lack sufficient grounding in economic subject matter. This ignorance can lead to flawed reporting, as the authors write: "We think too many journalists lack understanding of basic economics or lack confidence reporting it. This brings a high risk to impartiality."

As we approach the debt ceiling fight and Republicans return to their faux budget hawkery, media coverage will once again be centered around the national debt.

While ideologically-biased media certainly exists in the U.S., much of the biases progressives highlight in mainstream press may be a result of the banal fact that journalists focused on politics just don't know much about economics. The study finds that it is from the basic lack of understanding that journalists perpetuate biases in their reporting. Similar issues in the U.S. result in millions of Americans (and D.C. insiders) consuming flawed news coverage from trusted sources every day. If the American media wishes to be a truly impartial news source it should seek to learn from the BBC. What follows are three key takeaways from the BBC study.

Understanding Debt

One of the most important conclusions of the study is that a lack of economic understanding means misunderstanding public debt. The summary of the study states that "some journalists seem to feel instinctively that debt is simply bad, full stop, and don't appear to realize this can be contested and contestable."

As we approach the debt ceiling fight and Republicans return to their faux budget hawkery, media coverage will once again be centered around the national debt. Far too many reporters will unintentionally buy into the narrative that debt is bad, that future generations will be "burdened" with the obligation to pay off the national debt, and that debt for governments is similar to household debt. For journalists who do not understand economics it's easy to conflate the burden of personal debt (bad) with the much more complicated issue of the national debt.

Budget hawkery is not the only side of debates regarding debt and media portrayals should reflect that.

Media outlets should be working with experts to ensure their reporters are well-versed in the issue prior to discussing it with an audience. Similarly, outlets should seek to invite experts that can explain the stabilizing benefits of permanent national debt and how it functions in the economy. Budget hawkery is not the only side of debates regarding debt and media portrayals should reflect that.

Portraying political choices as inevitable results

Another issue highlighted by Dilnot and Blastland is the desire to portray economic decisions as inevitable natural laws. As they explain:

BBC journalists should exercise extreme caution before suggesting a government 'will have to…' raise taxes, cut taxes, cut spending, raise spending, cut debt, raise debt, etc.—in any area. These are choices. They may be choices with reasonable arguments in their favour, so might the alternatives… Too often, it's not clear from a report that fiscal policy decisions are also political choices; they're not inevitable, it's just that governments like to present them that way.

Journalists have an obligation to help the public understand the choices politicians are making on their behalf. Buying into the inevitability framing—particularly with unpopular policy decisions—allows elected officials to escape responsibility for their decisions. This is often seen in conversations about entitlement reform, where cutting Social Security or raising the retirement age is framed as an inevitability and not the consequence of political choices. Any outlet seeking to be truly unbiased must explain alternatives to any policy. Economic policymaking is the allocation of resources—there is always another option on the table for those bold enough to voice it.

Failure to challenge assertions

Journalists lacking knowledge of economics often rely on respected economists or policymakers to help with their coverage. This extends past the TV talking heads to include quotes in articles and discussions on background. But this too can become a source of bias when journalists lack the knowledge required to push back against unfounded assertions or ideologically motivated statements.

In regards to this issue, Dilnot and Blastland say: "Sometimes, problems can be fixed simply by injecting a little context into an interview, to bring assumptions to the surface and make sure they're challenged, to bring out a trade-off, to bring hype down to earth with a little proportion, and so on. But once again, to know what context you need it helps to be on top of the subject."

If journalists are so unfamiliar with the subject matter as to not know how or when to push back against the assertions of an expert they are doing no better than replacing their ignorance with the biases of the person they are interviewing. When Larry Summers calls for massive unemployment in order to address inflation, reporters should be ready to question if that would be necessary (evidence shows it is not) and what might motivate him to prioritize addressing inflation over the well-being of American workers.

If journalists are so unfamiliar with the subject matter as to not know how or when to push back against the assertions of an expert they are doing no better than replacing their ignorance with the biases of the person they are interviewing.

As Dilnot and Blastland say, economics is about tradeoffs. Journalists should press those they interview not only about those tradeoffs but also explain to the audience why a source might be predisposed towards one way or another (in the case of Summers it is clear that inflation is far more harmful to his Wall Street and Crypto buddies than high unemployment would be.)

In order to cover the ins and outs of Congress and the White House journalists need to improve their economic literacy. Their lack of knowledge leaves journalists unwittingly publishing biased reports, polluting the political ecosystem, and confusing the American populous. If they are truly as committed to impartiality as they claim to be, American journalists should take note of the BBC's failures and seek to address them in their own institutions.

This piece is being published in partnership with our friends at the Revolving Door Project.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Henry Burke.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/10/journalists-lack-of-understanding-distorts-economic-coverage/feed/ 0 371694
Indian journalist Shashikant Warishe killed after coverage of land dispute https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/indian-journalist-shashikant-warishe-killed-after-coverage-of-land-dispute/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/indian-journalist-shashikant-warishe-killed-after-coverage-of-land-dispute/#respond Wed, 08 Feb 2023 14:53:47 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=259865 New Delhi, February 8, 2023 – Authorities in the Indian state of Maharashtra must thoroughly investigate the killing of journalist Shashikant Warishe and ensure those responsible are brought to justice, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

At about 1 p.m. on Monday, February 6, Pandharinath Amberkar, a land-dealer who was recently the subject of Warishe’s reporting, rammed his SUV into Warishe’s motorcycle on a highway in Maharashtra state’s Ratnagiri district, continued driving for several meters with the journalist trapped under his car, and then fled the scene, according to news reports and a report by the media watchdog Free Speech Collective.

Warishe, a reporter for the Marathi-language newspaper Mahanagari Times, was rushed to a local hospital and then transferred to a medical facility in the city of Kolhapur in a comatose state; he died of his injuries Tuesday morning, according to those reports, which said police arrested Amberkar and are investigating him for culpable homicide. CPJ was not able to immediately find contact information for Amberkar’s lawyer for comment.

“Indian authorities must thoroughly investigate all those involved in killing journalist Shashikant Warishe, and ensure they are brought to justice,” said Beh Lih Yi, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator. “The Maharashtra government must take steps to protect all journalists working in the state and seek accountability for those attacked or killed.”

In a report published earlier Monday, which CPJ reviewed, Warishe alleged that Amberkar was involved in illegal land grabs and had threatened locals opposed to the construction of an oil refinery.

CPJ emailed Dhananjay Kulkarni, the Ratnagiri district superintendent of police, but did not receive any reply.

Last year, journalists Subhash Kumar Mahto and Rohit Biswal were killed in two separate incidents in India. India has featured on CPJ’s Global Impunity Index—which highlights countries with the worst records of bringing journalists’ killers to justice—every year since CPJ started tracking impunity data in 2008.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/08/indian-journalist-shashikant-warishe-killed-after-coverage-of-land-dispute/feed/ 0 370851
Russian court summons Kazakh outlet Arbat.Media over Ukraine war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/russian-court-summons-kazakh-outlet-arbat-media-over-ukraine-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/russian-court-summons-kazakh-outlet-arbat-media-over-ukraine-war-coverage/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 15:48:15 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=259216 Paris, February 3, 2022 – Russian authorities must stop their efforts to silence reporting on the country’s invasion of Ukraine and stop harassing foreign outlets covering the conflict, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On January 24, the Leninsky District Court in the western city of Vladimir summoned the Kazakhstan-based independent news website Arbat.Media to a February 17 hearing for publishing allegedly inaccurate information about the war in Ukraine, according to multiple media reports, a report by Arbat.Media, and the outlet’s chief editor Syrym Itkulov, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

Itkulov called the summons “surreal” and added that it “goes without saying” that the outlet’s representatives would not travel to Russia to respond to the summons.

“After cracking down on the coverage of Russia’s war in Ukraine on its own territory, Russian authorities are now trying to censor reporting abroad as well,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “Authorities must immediately drop any legal proceedings against the Kazakh outlet Arbat.Media, and stop trying to put foreign media under the same yoke as Russian outlets. Kazakh authorities, for their part, must send a clear signal that the country’s news outlets are in no way subject to Russian law.”

A court notice published on Arbat.Media’s website states that the Vladimir military prosecutor’s office requested the outlet be banned in Russia and accused Arbat.Media of publishing “false” information about Russian army casualties, Russian forces’ shelling of residential buildings, and the deaths of civilians.

The notice also alleges that an article about Russian forces retreating from the northeastern Ukrainian city of Kharkiv in September 2022 was “misleading,” and accused the outlet of “shaping a distorted perception of current events among the Russian Internet audience and creating dissenting sentiments.” Russian state media regulator Roskomnadzor requested Arbat.Media remove that article in November, but the outlet refused to comply.

In a public letter sent to the Kazakh Ministry of Information on Thursday, independent local free speech organization Adil Soz reminded authorities that “censorship is prohibited in Kazakhstan.”

Adil Soz head Karla Jamankulova told CPJ that she hoped the Kazakh government would take “a public firm stand” to “protect our information space from any attempts of other countries to dictate what our media should write about and how.”

Following Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February 2022, Roskomnadzor said in a statement that all media “must only use information and data received from official Russian sources,” under the threat of being blocked online. Since then, authorities have requested at least 11 Kazakh media outlets to remove war-related content, according to data sent to CPJ by Adil Soz.

The independent media outlet Vlast and the news portal Informburo.kz refused such orders, while other outlets complied, according to reports.

“This is a violation of international jurisdiction,” Itkulov said. “How can a Russian district court summon a foreign media outlet to a trial?”

Roskomnadzor has blocked several Central Asia media outlets, including services affiliated with the U.S. Congress-funded broadcaster Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty, the Kyrgyz independent news outlet Kloop, Kazakh information portal NUR.kz, and the Central Asian service of independent Russian news outlet Mediazona over their war coverage.

CPJ emailed the Leninsky District Court, Roskomnadzor, and the Kazakh Ministry of Information for comment, but did not immediately receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/russian-court-summons-kazakh-outlet-arbat-media-over-ukraine-war-coverage/feed/ 0 369698
Peruvian journalist Manuel Calloquispe harassed, threatened over protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/peruvian-journalist-manuel-calloquispe-harassed-threatened-over-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/peruvian-journalist-manuel-calloquispe-harassed-threatened-over-protest-coverage/#respond Fri, 03 Feb 2023 15:21:34 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=259060 Bogotá, February 3, 2022 – Peruvian authorities must investigate the recent harassment of journalist Manuel Calloquispe, ensure his safety, and take steps to protect members of the press covering political protests, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On January 27, a group of about 200 protesters surrounded Calloquispe’s home in the eastern town of Puerto Maldonado and shouted insults at him, according to news reports and the journalist, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

Later that day, while broadcasting a live TV report on anti-government demonstrations in Puerto Maldonado, Calloquispe said he received a series of screenshots from a WhatsApp group of protesters who discussed killing him, including one who summarized comments by others in the chat saying, “They want to kill Calloquispe because he is a traitor.” 

Calloquispe, who reports for the Lima-based El Comercio newspaper and broadcaster Latina TV, said one of his editors called the police after he saw those threatening messages, and officers escorted him to an airport where he flew to Lima for his safety.

“Peruvian authorities must conduct a swift investigation into the threats to journalist Manuel Calloquispe, ensure that protesters who harassed him are held to account, and guarantee that he can continue covering protests safely,” said Carlos Martinez de la Serna, CPJ’s program director, in New York. “The work of reporters covering the demonstrations is essential, and authorities need to take all possible measures to ensure their safety.”

Calloquispe told CPJ that he believed the threats are a response to his coverage of ongoing protests, which began in December after then President Pedro Castillo was impeached and arrested. He also cited a January 12 report he published in El Comercio alleging that illegal miners were helping finance the protests.

“They want me to stop reporting on the protests. That’s why they attacked me,” he said, adding that he plans to return to Puerto Maldonado to continue reporting.

Calloquispe filed a complaint about the harassment to the attorney general’s office in Lima. CPJ sent text messages seeking comment to prosecuting attorney Roberto Percca, who is investigating the case, and Walter Poma, the police chief in Puerto Maldonado, but did not receive any replies.

Dozens of journalists have been attacked and harassed while covering the protests in Peru.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/03/peruvian-journalist-manuel-calloquispe-harassed-threatened-over-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 369702
“We’re Still Gonna Say No”: Inside UnitedHealthcare’s Effort to Deny Coverage to Chronically Ill Patient https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/02/were-still-gonna-say-no-inside-unitedhealthcares-effort-to-deny-coverage-to-chronically-ill-patient/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/02/were-still-gonna-say-no-inside-unitedhealthcares-effort-to-deny-coverage-to-chronically-ill-patient/#respond Thu, 02 Feb 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/unitedhealth-healthcare-insurance-denial-ulcerative-colitis by David Armstrong, Patrick Rucker and Maya Miller

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

In May 2021, a nurse at UnitedHealthcare called a colleague to share some welcome news about a problem the two had been grappling with for weeks.

United provided the health insurance plan for students at Penn State University. It was a large and potentially lucrative account: lots of young, healthy students paying premiums in, not too many huge medical reimbursements going out.

But one student was costing United a lot of money. Christopher McNaughton suffered from a crippling case of ulcerative colitis — an ailment that caused him to develop severe arthritis, debilitating diarrhea, numbing fatigue and life-threatening blood clots. His medical bills were running nearly $2 million a year.

United had flagged McNaughton’s case as a “high dollar account,” and the company was reviewing whether it needed to keep paying for the expensive cocktail of drugs crafted by a Mayo Clinic specialist that had brought McNaughton’s disease under control after he’d been through years of misery.

On the 2021 phone call, which was recorded by the company, nurse Victoria Kavanaugh told her colleague that a doctor contracted by United to review the case had concluded that McNaughton’s treatment was “not medically necessary.” Her colleague, Dave Opperman, reacted to the news with a long laugh.

“I knew that was coming,” said Opperman, who heads up a United subsidiary that brokered the health insurance contract between United and Penn State. “I did too,” Kavanaugh replied.

UnitedHealthcare Employees Discuss the Denial of Chris McNaughton’s Claim

David Opperman is an insurance broker who works for UnitedHealthcare. Victoria Kavanaugh is a nurse for United. In this recorded phone call from 2021, the two express relief that a doctor has turned down Penn State student Chris McNaughton’s claim as “not medically necessary.”

Opperman then complained about McNaughton’s mother, whom he referred to as “this woman,” for “screaming and yelling” and “throwing tantrums” during calls with United.

The pair agreed that any appeal of the United doctor’s denial of the treatment would be a waste of the family’s time and money.

“We’re still gonna say no,” Opperman said.

More than 200 million Americans are covered by private health insurance. But data from state and federal regulators shows that insurers reject about 1 in 7 claims for treatment. Many people, faced with fighting insurance companies, simply give up: One study found that Americans file formal appeals on only 0.1% of claims denied by insurers under the Affordable Care Act.

Insurers have wide discretion in crafting what is covered by their policies, beyond some basic services mandated by federal and state law. They often deny claims for services that they deem not “medically necessary.”

When United refused to pay for McNaughton's treatment for that reason, his family did something unusual. They fought back with a lawsuit, which uncovered a trove of materials, including internal emails and tape-recorded exchanges among company employees. Those records offer an extraordinary behind-the-scenes look at how one of America's leading health care insurers relentlessly fought to reduce spending on care, even as its profits rose to record levels.

As United reviewed McNaughton’s treatment, he and his family were often in the dark about what was happening or their rights. Meanwhile, United employees misrepresented critical findings and ignored warnings from doctors about the risks of altering McNaughton’s drug plan.

At one point, court records show, United inaccurately reported to Penn State and the family that McNaughton’s doctor had agreed to lower the doses of his medication. Another time, a doctor paid by United concluded that denying payments for McNaughton’s treatment could put his health at risk, but the company buried his report and did not consider its findings. The insurer did, however, consider a report submitted by a company doctor who rubber-stamped the recommendation of a United nurse to reject paying for the treatment.

United declined to answer specific questions about the case, even after McNaughton signed a release provided by the insurer to allow it to discuss details of his interactions with the company. United noted that it ultimately paid for all of McNaughton’s treatments. In a written response, United spokesperson Maria Gordon Shydlo wrote that the company’s guiding concern was McNaughton’s well-being.

“Mr. McNaughton’s treatment involves medication dosages that far exceed FDA guidelines,” the statement said. “In cases like this, we review treatment plans based on current clinical guidelines to help ensure patient safety.”

But the records reviewed by ProPublica show that United had another, equally urgent goal in dealing with McNaughton. In emails, officials calculated what McNaughton was costing them to keep his crippling disease at bay and how much they would save if they forced him to undergo a cheaper treatment that had already failed him. As the family pressed the company to back down, first through Penn State and then through a lawsuit, the United officials handling the case bristled.

“This is just unbelievable,” Kavanaugh said of McNaughton’s family in one call to discuss his case. ”They’re just really pushing the envelope, and I’m surprised, like I don’t even know what to say.”

The Same Meal Every Day

McNaughton on the Penn State campus, where he first enrolled in 2020 (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

Now 31, McNaughton grew up in State College, Pennsylvania, just blocks from the Penn State campus. Both of his parents are faculty members at the university.

In the winter of 2014, McNaughton was halfway through his junior year at Bard College in New York. At 6 feet, 4 inches tall, he was a guard on the basketball team and had started most of the team’s games since the start of his sophomore year. He was majoring in psychology.

When McNaughton returned to school after the winter holiday break, he started to experience frequent bouts of bloody diarrhea. After just a few days on campus, he went home to State College, where doctors diagnosed him with a severe case of ulcerative colitis.

A chronic inflammatory bowel disease that causes swelling and ulcers in the digestive tract, ulcerative colitis has no cure, and ongoing treatment is needed to alleviate symptoms and prevent serious health complications. The majority of cases produce mild to moderate symptoms. McNaughton’s case was severe.

Treatments for ulcerative colitis include steroids and special drugs known as biologics that work to reduce inflammation in the large intestine.

McNaughton, however, failed to get meaningful relief from the drugs his doctors initially prescribed. He was experiencing bloody diarrhea up to 20 times a day, with such severe stomach pain that he spent much of his day curled up on a couch. He had little appetite and lost 50 pounds. Severe anemia left him fatigued. He suffered from other conditions related to his colitis, including crippling arthritis. He was hospitalized several times to treat dangerous blood clots.

For two years, in an effort to help alleviate his symptoms, he ate the same meals every day: Rice Chex cereal and scrambled eggs for breakfast, a cup of white rice with plain chicken breast for lunch and a similar meal for dinner, occasionally swapping in tilapia.

McNaughton at his home in State College, Pennsylvania. When he fell ill with ulcerative colitis he was forced to stop playing college basketball. (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

His hometown doctors referred him to a specialist at the University of Pittsburgh, who tried unsuccessfully to bring his disease under control. That doctor ended up referring McNaughton to Dr. Edward Loftus Jr. at the Mayo Clinic in Minnesota, which has been ranked as the best gastroenterology hospital in the country every year since 1990 by U.S. News & World Report.

For his first visit with Loftus in May 2015, McNaughton and his mother, Janice Light, charted hospitals along the 900-mile drive from Pennsylvania to Minnesota in case they needed medical help along the way.

Mornings were the hardest. McNaughton often spent several hours in the bathroom at the start of the day. To prepare for his meeting with Loftus, he set his alarm for 3:30 a.m. so he could be ready for the 7:30 a.m. appointment. Even with that preparation, he had to stop twice to use a bathroom on the five-minute walk from the hotel to the clinic. When they met, Loftus looked at McNaughton and told him that he appeared incapacitated. It was, he told the student, as if McNaughton were chained to the bathroom, with no outside life. He had not been able to return to school and spent most days indoors, managing his symptoms as best he could.

McNaughton had tried a number of medications by this point, none of which worked. This pattern would repeat itself during the first couple of years that Loftus treated him.

In addition to trying to find a treatment that would bring McNaughton’s colitis into remission, Loftus wanted to wean him off the steroid prednisone, which he had been taking since his initial diagnosis in 2014. The drug is commonly prescribed to colitis patients to control inflammation, but prolonged use can lead to severe side effects including cataracts, osteoporosis, increased risk of infection and fatigue. McNaughton also experienced “moon face,” a side effect caused by the shifting of fat deposits that results in the face becoming puffy and rounder.

In 2018, Loftus and McNaughton decided to try an unusual regimen. Many patients with inflammatory bowel diseases like colitis take a single biologic drug as treatment. Whereas traditional drugs are chemically synthesized, biologics are manufactured in living systems, such as plant or animal cells. A year’s supply of an individual biologic drug can cost up to $500,000. They are often given through infusions in a medical facility, which adds to the cost.

McNaughton receives an infusion of medication to treat his ulcerative colitis at a medical facility in State College. After initially paying for his treatment, UnitedHealthcare began rejecting his insurance claims. (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica.)

McNaughton had tried individual biologics, and then two in combination, without much success. He and Loftus then agreed to try two biologic drugs together at doses well above those recommended by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Prescribing drugs for purposes other than what they are approved for or at higher doses than those approved by the FDA is a common practice in medicine referred to as off-label prescribing. The federal Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality estimates 1 in 5 prescriptions written today are for off-label uses.

There are drawbacks to the practice. Since some uses and doses of particular drugs have not been extensively studied, the risks and efficacy of using them off-label are not well known. Also, some drug manufacturers have improperly pushed off-label usage of their products to boost sales despite little or no evidence to support their use in those situations. Like many leading experts and researchers in his field, Loftus has been paid to do consulting related to the biologic drugs taken by McNaughton. The payments related to those drugs have ranged from a total of $1,440 in 2020 to $51,235 in 2018. Loftus said much of his work with pharmaceutical companies was related to conducting clinical trials on new drugs.

In cases of off-label prescribing, patients are depending upon their doctor’s expertise and experience with the drug.“In this case, I was comfortable that the potential benefits to Chris outweighed the risks,” Loftus said.

There was evidence that the treatment plan for McNaughton might work, including studies that had found dual biologic therapy to be efficacious and safe. The two drugs he takes, Entyvio and Remicade, have the same purpose — to reduce inflammation in the large intestine — but each works differently in the body. Remicade, marketed by Janssen Biotech, targets a protein that causes inflammation. Entyvio, made by Takeda Pharmaceuticals, works by preventing an excess of white blood cells from entering into the gastrointestinal tract.

As for any suggestion by United doctors that his treatment plan for McNaughton was out of bounds or dangerous, Loftus said “my treatment of Chris was not clinically inappropriate — as was shown by Chris’ positive outcome.”

The unusual high-dose combination of two biologic drugs produced a remarkable change in McNaughton. He no longer had blood in his stool, and his trips to the bathroom were cut from 20 times a day to three or four. He was able to eat different foods and put on weight. He had more energy. He tapered off prednisone.

“If you told me in 2015 that I would be living like this, I would have asked where do I sign up,” McNaughton said of the change he experienced with the new drug regimen.

When he first started the new treatment, McNaughton was covered under his family’s plan, and all his bills were paid. McNaughton enrolled at the university in 2020. Before switching to United’s plan for students, McNaughton and his parents consulted with a health advocacy service offered to faculty members. A benefits specialist assured them the drugs taken by McNaughton would be covered by United.

McNaughton receiving infusions of medicine used to treat his ulcerative colitis (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

McNaughton joined the student plan in July 2020, and his infusions that month and the following month were paid for by United. In September, the insurer indicated payment on his claims was “pending,” something it did for his other claims that came in during the rest of the year.

McNaughton and his family were worried. They called United to make sure there wasn’t a problem; the insurer told them, they said, that it only needed to check his medical records. When the family called again, United told them it had the documentation needed, they said. United, in a court filing last year, said it received two calls from the family and each time indicated that all of the necessary medical records had not yet been received.

In January 2021, McNaughton received a new explanation of benefits for the prior months. All of the claims for his care, beginning in September, were no longer “pending.” They were stamped “DENIED.” The total outstanding bill for his treatment was $807,086.

When McNaughton’s mother reached a United customer service representative the next day to ask why bills that had been paid in the summer were being denied for the fall, the representative told her the account was being reviewed because of “a high dollar amount on the claims,” according to a recording of the call.

Misrepresentations

McNaughton, center, at his home in State College with parents David McNaughton, left, and Janice Light, right. (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

With United refusing to pay, the family was terrified of being stuck with medical bills that would bankrupt them and deprive McNaugton of treatment that they considered miraculous.

They turned to Penn State for help. Light and McNaughton’s father, David, hoped their position as faculty members would make the school more willing to intervene on their behalf.

“After more than 30 years on faculty, my husband and I know that this is not how Penn State would want its students to be treated,” Light wrote to a school official in February 2021.

In response to questions from ProPublica, Penn State spokesperson Lisa Powers wrote that “supporting the health and well-being of our students is always of primary importance” and that “our hearts go out to any student and family impacted by a serious medical condition.” The university, she wrote, does “not comment on students’ individual circumstances or disclose information from their records.” McNaughton offered to grant Penn State whatever permissions it needed to speak about his case with ProPublica. The school, however, wrote that it would not comment “even if confidentiality has been waived.”

The family appealed to school administrators. Because the effectiveness of biologics wanes in some patients if doses are skipped, McNaughton and his parents were worried about even a delay in treatment. His doctor wrote that if he missed scheduled infusions of the drugs, there was “a high likelihood they would no longer be effective.”

During a conference call arranged by Penn State officials on March 5, 2021, United agreed to pay for McNaughton’s care through the end of the plan year that August. Penn State immediately notified the family of the “wonderful news” while also apologizing for “the stress this has caused Chris and your family.”

Behind the scenes, McNaughton’s review had “gone all the way to the top” at United’s student health plan division, Kavanaugh, the nurse, said in a recorded conversation.

Victoria Kavanaugh Complains to a United Contractor That McNaughton’s Coverage Request Is “Insane”

McNaughton had been on the treatment for three years and it had put his disease in remission with no side effects.

The family’s relief was short-lived. A month later, United started another review of McNaughton’s care, overseen by Kavanaugh, to determine if it would pay for the treatment in the upcoming plan year.

The nurse sent the McNaughton case to a company called Medical Review Institute of America. Insurers often turn to companies like MRIoA to review coverage decisions involving expensive treatments or specialized care.

Kavanaugh, who was assigned to a special investigations unit at United, let her feelings about the matter be known in a recorded telephone call with a representative of MRIoA.

“This school apparently is a big client of ours,” she said. She then shared her opinion of McNaughton’s treatment. “Really this is a case of a kid who’s getting a drug way too much, like too much of a dose,” Kavanaugh said. She said it was “insane that they would even think that this is reasonable” and “to be honest with you, they’re awfully pushy considering that we are paying through the end of this school year.”

Victoria Kavanaugh Describes Penn State as a “Big Account for Us”

On a call with an outside contractor, the United nurse claimed McNaughton was on a higher dose of medication than the FDA approved, which is a common practice known as “off-label prescribing.”

MRIoA sent the case to Dr. Vikas Pabby, a gastroenterologist at UCLA Health and a professor at the university’s medical school. His May 2021 review of McNaughton’s case was just one of more than 300 Pabby did for MRIoA that month, for which he was paid $23,000 in total, according to a log of his work produced in the lawsuit.

In a May 4, 2021 report, Pabby concluded McNaughton’s treatment was not medically necessary, because United’s policies for the two drugs taken by McNaughton did not support using them in combination.

Insurers spell out what services they cover in plan policies, lengthy documents that can be confusing and difficult to understand. Many policies, such as McNaughton’s, contain a provision that treatments and procedures must be “medically necessary” in order to be covered. The definition of medically necessary differs by plan. Some don’t even define the term. McNaughton’s policy contains a five-part definition, including that the treatment must be “in accordance with the standards of good medical policy” and “the most appropriate supply or level of service which can be safely provided.”

Behind the scenes at United, Opperman and Kavanaugh agreed that if McNaughton were to appeal Pabby’s decision, the insurer would simply rule against him. “I just think it’s a waste of money and time to appeal and send it to another one when we know we’re gonna get the same answer,” Opperman said, according to a recording in court files. At Opperman’s urging, United decided to skip the usual appeals process and arrange for Pabby to have a so-called “peer-to-peer” discussion with Loftus, the Mayo physician treating McNaughton. Such a conversation, in which a patient’s doctor talks with an insurance company’s doctor to advocate for the prescribed treatment, usually only occurs after a customer has appealed a denial and the appeal has been rejected.

When Kavanaugh called Loftus’ office to set up a conversation with Pabby, she explained it was an urgent matter and had been requested by McNaughton. “You know I’ve just gotten to know Christopher,” she explained, although she had never spoken with him. “We’re trying to advocate and help and get this peer-to-peer set up.”

McNaughton, meanwhile, had no idea at the time that a United doctor had decided his treatment was unnecessary and that the insurer was trying to set up a phone call with his physician.

In the peer-to-peer conversation, Loftus told Pabby that McNaughton had “a very complicated case” and that lower doses had not worked for him, according to an internal MRIoA memo.

Following his conversation with Loftus, Pabby created a second report for United. He recommended the insurer pay for both drugs, but at reduced doses. He added new language saying that the safety of using both drugs at the higher levels “is not established.”

When Kavanaugh shared the May 12 decision from Pabby with others at United, her boss responded with an email calling it “great news.”

Then Opperman sent an email that puzzled the McNaughtons.

In it, Opperman claimed that Loftus and Pabby had agreed that McNaughton should be on significantly lower doses of both drugs. He said Loftus “will work with the patient to start titrating them down” — or reducing the dosage — “to a normal dose range.” Opperman wrote that United would cover McNaughton’s treatment in the coming year, but only at the reduced doses. Opperman did not respond to emails and phone messages seeking comment.

McNaughton didn’t believe a word of it. He had already tried and failed treatment with those drugs at lower doses, and it was Loftus who had upped the doses, leading to his remission from severe colitis.

The only thing that made sense to McNaughton was that the treatment United said it would now pay for was dramatically cheaper — saving the company at least hundreds of thousands of dollars a year — than his prescribed treatment because it sliced the size of the doses by more than half.

When the family contacted Loftus for an explanation, they were outraged by what they heard. Loftus told them that he had never recommended lowering the dosage. In a letter, Loftus wrote that changing McNaughton’s treatment “would have serious detrimental effects on both his short term and long term health and could potentially involve life threatening complications. This would ultimately incur far greater medical costs. Chris was on the doses suggested by United Healthcare before, and they were not at all effective.”

It would not be until the lawsuit that it would become clear how Loftus’ conversations had been so seriously misrepresented.

Under questioning by McNaughton’s lawyers, Kavanaugh acknowledged that she was the source of the incorrect claim that McNaughton’s doctor had agreed to a change in treatment.

“I incorrectly made an assumption that they had come to some sort of agreement,” she said in a deposition last August. “It was my first peer-to-peer. I did not realize that that simply does not occur.”

Kavanaugh did not respond to emails and telephone messages seeking comment.

When the McNaughtons first learned of Opperman’s inaccurate report of the phone call with Loftus, it unnerved them. They started to question if their case would be fairly reviewed.

“When we got the denial and they lied about what Dr. Loftus said, it just hit me that none of this matters,” McNaughton said. “They will just say or do anything to get rid of me. It delegitimized the entire review process. When I got that denial, I was crushed.”

A Buried Report

While the family tried to sort out the inaccurate report, United continued putting the McNaughton case in front of more company doctors.

On May 21, 2021, United sent the case to one of its own doctors, Dr. Nady Cates, for an additional review. The review was marked “escalated issue.” Cates is a United medical director, a title used by many insurers for physicians who review cases. It is work he has been doing as an employee of health insurers since 1989 and at United since 2010. He has not practiced medicine since the early 1990s.

Cates, in a deposition, said he stopped seeing patients because of the long hours involved and because “AIDS was coming around then. I was seeing a lot of military folks who had venereal diseases, and I guess I was concerned about being exposed.” He transitioned to reviewing paperwork for the insurance industry, he said, because “I guess I was a chicken.”

When he had practiced, Cates said, he hadn’t treated patients with ulcerative colitis and had referred those cases to a gastroenterologist.

He said his review of McNaughton’s case primarily involved reading a United nurse’s recommendation to deny his care and making sure “that there wasn't a decimal place that was out of line.” He said he copied and pasted the nurse’s recommendation and typed “agree” on his review of McNaughton’s case.

Dr. Nady Cates, a United Medical Director, Explains That He Copied and Pasted the Text of His Decision to Deny McNaughton’s Care

In the deposition, Cates tells McNaughton’s lawyer that he copied the recommendation of Pamela Banister, a nurse for United, rather than writing his own decision.

Watch video ➜

Cates said that he does about a hundred reviews a week. He said that in his reviews he typically checks to see if any medications are prescribed in accordance with the insurer’s guidelines, and if not, he denies it. United’s policies, he said, prevented him from considering that McNaughton had failed other treatments or that Loftus was a leading expert in his field.

“You are giving zero weight to the treating doctor’s opinion on the necessity of the treatment regimen?” a lawyer asked Cates in his deposition. He responded, “Yeah.”

Attempts to contact Cates for comment were unsuccessful.

At the same time Cates was looking at McNaughton’s case, yet another review was underway at MRIoA. United said it sent the case back to MRIoA after the insurer received the letter from Loftus warning of the life-threatening complications that might occur if the dosages were reduced.

On May 24, 2021, the new report requested by MRIoA arrived. It came to a completely different conclusion than all of the previous reviews.

Dr. Nitin Kumar, a gastroenterologist in Illinois, concluded that McNaughton’s established treatment plan was not only medically necessary and appropriate but that lowering his doses “can result in a lack of effective therapy of Ulcerative Colitis, with complications of uncontrolled disease (including dysplasia leading to colorectal cancer), flare, hospitalization, need for surgery, and toxic megacolon.”

Unlike other doctors who produced reports for United, Kumar discussed the harm that McNaughton might suffer if United required him to change his treatment. “His disease is significantly severe, with diagnosis at a young age,” Kumar wrote. “He has failed every biologic medication class recommended by guidelines. Therefore, guidelines can no longer be applied in this case.” He cited six studies of patients using two biologic drugs together and wrote that they revealed no significant safety issues and found the therapy to be “broadly successful.”

When Kavanaugh learned of Kumar’s report, she quickly moved to quash it and get the case returned to Pabby, according to her deposition.

In a recorded telephone call, Kavanaugh told an MRIoA representative that “I had asked that this go back through Dr. Pabby, and it went through a different doctor and they had a much different result.” After further discussion, the MRIoA representative agreed to send the case back to Pabby. “I appreciate that,” Kavanaugh replied. “I just want to make sure, because, I mean, it’s obviously a very different result than what we’ve been getting on this case.”

MRIoA case notes show that at 7:04 a.m. on May 25, 2021, Pabby was assigned to take a look at the case for the third time. At 7:27 a.m., the notes indicate, Pabby again rejected McNaughton’s treatment plan. While noting it was “difficult to control” McNaughton’s ulcerative colitis, Pabby added that his doses “far exceed what is approved by literature” and that the “safety of the requested doses is not supported by literature.”

In a deposition, Kavanaugh said that after she opened the Kumar report and read that he was supporting McNaughton’s current treatment plan, she immediately spoke to her supervisor, who told her to call MRIoA and have the case sent back to Pabby for review.

Kavanaugh said she didn’t save a copy of the Kumar report, nor did she forward it to anyone at United or to officials at Penn State who had been inquiring about the McNaughton case. “I didn’t because it shouldn’t have existed,” she said. “It should have gone back to Dr. Pabby.”

When asked if the Kumar report caused her any concerns given his warning that McNaughton risked cancer or hospitalization if his regimen were changed, Kavanaugh said she didn’t read his full report. “I saw that it was not the correct doctor, I saw the initial outcome and I was asked to send it back,” she said. Kavanaugh added, “I have a lot of empathy for this member, but it needed to go back to the peer-to-peer reviewer.”

In a court filing, United said Kavanaugh was correct in insisting that Pabby conduct the review and that MRIoA confirmed that Pabby should have been the one doing the review.

The Kumar report was not provided to McNaughton when his lawyer, Jonathan Gesk, first asked United and MRIoA for any reviews of the case. Gesk discovered it by accident when he was listening to a recorded telephone call produced by United in which Kavanaugh mentioned a report number Gesk had not heard before. He then called MRIoA, which confirmed the report existed and eventually provided it to him.

Pabby asked ProPublica to direct any questions about his involvement in the matter to MRIoA. The company did not respond to questions from ProPublica about the case.

A Sense of Hopelessness

McNaughton on the Penn State campus (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

When McNaughton enrolled at Penn State in 2020, it brought a sense of normalcy that he had lost when he was first diagnosed with colitis. He still needed monthly hours-long infusions and suffered occasional flare-ups and symptoms, but he was attending classes in person and living a life similar to the one he had before his diagnosis.

It was a striking contrast to the previous six years, which he had spent largely confined to his parents’ house in State College. The frequent bouts of diarrhea made it difficult to go out. He didn’t talk much to friends and spent as much time as he could studying potential treatments and reviewing ongoing clinical trials. He tried to keep up with the occasional online course, but his disease made it difficult to make any real progress toward a degree.

United, in correspondence with McNaughton, noted that its review of his care was “not a treatment decision. Treatment decisions are made between you and your physician.” But by threatening not to pay for his medications, or only to pay for a different regimen, McNaughton said, United was in fact attempting to dictate his treatment. From his perspective, the insurer was playing doctor, making decisions without ever examining him or even speaking to him.

The idea of changing his treatment or stopping it altogether caused constant worry for McNaughton, exacerbating his colitis and triggering physical symptoms, according to his doctors. Those included a large ulcer on his leg and welts under his skin on his thighs and shin that made his leg muscles stiff and painful to the point where he couldn’t bend his leg or walk properly. There were daily migraines and severe stomach pain. “I was consumed with this situation,” McNaughton said. “My path was unconventional, but I was proud of myself for fighting back and finishing school and getting my life back on track. I thought they were singling me out. My biggest fear was going back to the hell.”

McNaughton said he contemplated suicide on several occasions, dreading a return to a life where he was housebound or hospitalized.

If you or someone you know needs help, here are a few resources:

McNaughton and his parents talked about him possibly moving to Canada where his grandmother lived and seeking treatment there under the nation’s government health plan.

Loftus connected McNaughton with a psychologist who specializes in helping patients with chronic digestive diseases.

The psychologist, Tiffany Taft, said McNaughton was not an unusual case. About 1 in 3 patients with diseases like colitis suffer from medical trauma or PTSD related to it, she said, often the result of issues related to getting appropriate treatment approved by insurers.

“You get into hopelessness,” she said of the depression that accompanies fighting with insurance companies over care. “They feel like ‘I can’t fix that. I am screwed.’ When you can’t control things with what an insurance company is doing, anxiety, PTSD and depression get mixed together.”

In the case of McNaughton, Taft said, he was being treated by one of the best gastroenterologists in the world, was doing well with his treatment and then was suddenly notified he might be on the hook for nearly a million dollars in medical charges without access to his medications. “It sends you immediately into panic about all these horrific things that could happen,” Taft said. The physical and mental symptoms McNaughton suffered after his care was threatened were “triggered” by the stress he experienced, she said.

In early June 2021, United informed McNaughton in a letter that it would not cover the cost of his treatment regimen in the next academic year, starting in August. The insurer said it would only pay for a treatment plan that called for a significant reduction in the doses of the drugs he took.

United wrote that the decision came after his “records have been reviewed three times and the medical reviewers have concluded that the medication as prescribed does not meet the Medical Necessity requirement of the plan.”

In August 2021, McNaughton filed a federal lawsuit accusing United of acting in bad faith and unreasonably making treatment decisions based on financial concerns and not what was the best and most effective treatment. It claims United had a duty to find information that supported McNaughton’s claim for treatment rather than looking for ways to deny coverage.

United, in a court filing, said it did not breach any duty it owed to McNaughton and acted in good faith. On Sept. 20, 2021, a month after filing the lawsuit, and with United again balking at paying for his treatment, McNaughton asked a judge to grant a temporary restraining order requiring United to pay for his care. With the looming threat of a court hearing on the motion, United quickly agreed to cover the cost of McNaughton’s treatment through the end of the 2021-2022 academic year. It also dropped a demand requiring McNaughton to settle the matter as a condition of the insurer paying for his treatment as prescribed by Loftus, according to an email sent by United’s lawyer.

The Cost of Treatment

An order form for medications given to McNaughton (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

It is not surprising that insurers are carefully scrutinizing the care of patients treated with biologics, which are among the most expensive medications on the market. Biologics are considered specialty drugs, a class that includes the best-selling Humira, used to treat arthritis. Specialty drug spending in the U.S. is expected to reach $505 billion in 2023, according to an estimate from Optum, United’s health services division. The Institute for Clinical and Economic Review, a nonprofit that analyzes the value of drugs, found in 2020 that the biologic drugs used to treat patients like McNaughton are often effective but overpriced for their therapeutic benefit. To be judged cost-effective by ICER, the biologics should sell at a steep discount to their current market price, the panel found.

A panel convened by ICER to review its analysis cautioned that insurance coverage “should be structured to prevent situations in which patients are forced to choose a treatment approach on the basis of cost.” ICER also found examples where insurance company policies failed to keep pace with updates to clinical practice guidelines based on emerging research.

United officials did not make the cost of treatment an issue when discussing McNaughton’s care with Penn State administrators or the family.

Bill Truxal, the president of UnitedHealthcare StudentResources, the company’s student health plan division, told a Penn State official that the insurer wanted the “best for the student” and it had “nothing to do with cost,” according to notes the official took of the conversation.

Behind the scenes, however, the price of McNaughton’s care was front and center at United.

In one email, Opperman asked about the cost difference if the insurer insisted on only paying for greatly reduced doses of the biologic drugs. Kavanaugh responded that the insurer had paid $1.1 million in claims for McNaughton’s care as of the middle of May 2021. If the reduced doses had been in place, the amount would have been cut to $260,218, she wrote.

United was keeping close tabs on McNaughton at the highest levels of the company. On Aug. 2, 2021, Opperman notified Truxal and a United lawyer that McNaughton “has just purchased the plan again for the 21-22 school year.”

A month later, Kavanaugh shared another calculation with United executives showing that the insurer spent over $1.7 million on McNaughton in the prior plan year.

United officials strategized about how to best explain why it was reviewing McNaughton’s drug regimen, according to an internal email. They pointed to a justification often used by health insurers when denying claims. “As the cost of healthcare continues to climb to soaring heights, it has been determined that a judicious review of these drugs should be included” in order to “make healthcare more affordable for our members,” Kavanaugh offered as a potential talking point in an April 23, 2021, email.

Three days later, UnitedHealth Group filed an annual statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing its pay for top executives in the prior year. Then-CEO David Wichmann was paid $17.9 million in salary and other compensation in 2020. Wichmann retired early the following year, and his total compensation that year exceeded $140 million, according to calculations in a compensation database maintained by the Star Tribune in Minneapolis. The newspaper said the amount was the most paid to an executive in the state since it started tracking pay more than two decades ago. About $110 million of that total came from Wichmann exercising stock options accumulated during his stewardship.

The McNaughtons were well aware of the financial situation at United. They looked at publicly available financial results and annual reports. Last year, United reported a profit of $20.1 billion on revenues of $324.2 billion.

When discussing the case with Penn State, Light said, she told university administrators that United could pay for a year of her son’s treatment using just minutes’ worth of profit.

“Betrayed”

McNaughton looks out a window at his home in State College. (Nate Smallwood, special to ProPublica)

McNaughton has been able to continue receiving his infusions for now, anyway. In October, United notified him it was once again reviewing his care, although the insurer quickly reversed course when his lawyer intervened. United, in a court filing, said the review was a mistake and that it had erred in putting McNaughton’s claims into pending status.

McNaughton said he is fortunate his parents were employed at the same school he was attending, which was critical in getting the attention of administrators there. But that help had its limits.

In June 2021, just a week after United told McNaughton it would not cover his treatment plan in the upcoming plan year, Penn State essentially walked away from the matter.

In an email to the McNaughtons and United, Penn State Associate Vice President for Student Affairs Andrea Dowhower wrote that administrators “have observed an unfortunate breakdown in communication” between McNaughton and his family and the university health insurance plan, “which appears from our perspective to have resulted in a standstill between the two parties.” While she proposed some potential steps to help settle the matter, she wrote that “Penn State’s role in this process is as a resource for students like Chris who, for whatever reason, have experienced difficulty navigating the complex world of health insurance.” The university’s role “is limited,” she wrote, and the school “simply must leave” the issue of the best treatment for McNaughton to “the appropriate health care professionals.”

In a statement, a Penn State spokesperson wrote that “as a third party in this arrangement, the University’s role is limited and Penn State officials can only help a student manage an issue based on information that a student/family, medical personnel, and/or insurance provider give — with the hope that all information is accurate and that the lines of communication remain open between the insured and the insurer.”

Penn State declined to provide financial information about the plan. However, the university and United share at least one tie that they have not publicly disclosed.

When the McNaughtons first reached out to the university for help, they were referred to the school’s student health insurance coordinator. The official, Heather Klinger, wrote in an email to the family in February 2021 that “I appreciate your trusting me to resolve this for you.”

In April 2022, United began paying Klinger’s salary, an arrangement which is not noted on the university website. Klinger appears in the online staff directory on the Penn State University Health Services webpage, and has a university phone number, a university address and a Penn State email listed as her contact. The school said she has maintained a part-time status with the university to allow her to access relevant data systems at both the university and United.

The university said students “benefit” from having a United employee to handle questions about insurance coverage and that the arrangement is “not uncommon” for student health plans.

The family was dismayed to learn that Klinger was now a full-time employee of United.

“We did feel betrayed,” Light said. Klinger did not respond to an email seeking comment.

McNaughton’s fight to maintain his treatment regimen has come at a cost of time, debilitating stress and depression. “My biggest fear is realizing I might have to do this every year of my life,” he said.

McNaughton said one motivation for his lawsuit was to expose how insurers like United make decisions about what care they will pay for and what they will not. The case remains pending, a court docket shows.

He has been accepted to Penn State’s law school. He hopes to become a health care lawyer working for patients who find themselves in situations similar to his.

He plans to reenroll in the United health care plan when he starts school next fall.

Do You Have Insights Into Health Insurance Denials? Help Us Report on the System.

Doris Burke and Lexi Churchill contributed research.


This content originally appeared on Articles and Investigations - ProPublica and was authored by by David Armstrong, Patrick Rucker and Maya Miller.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/02/02/were-still-gonna-say-no-inside-unitedhealthcares-effort-to-deny-coverage-to-chronically-ill-patient/feed/ 0 369215
Albanian journalist Elvis Hila attacked over coverage of court case https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/albanian-journalist-elvis-hila-attacked-over-coverage-of-court-case/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/albanian-journalist-elvis-hila-attacked-over-coverage-of-court-case/#respond Mon, 30 Jan 2023 16:34:59 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=258123 Berlin, January 30, 2023 — Albanian authorities must conduct a swift and thorough investigation into the recent attack on reporter Elvis Hila and his wife, ensure their safety, and hold the perpetrators to account, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday.

On January 25, an unidentified man called Hila, a reporter for the privately owned broadcaster Report TV and the news website Shqiptarja, and insulted him about his recent coverage of a man sentenced to prison for forging court documents, whom the caller said was his relative, the journalist told CPJ via email.

About an hour later, Hila received another call from a man who did not identify himself, and said he could provide information about the case; when the journalist and his wife arrived to meet that man in the northern town of Lezhë, two men assaulted them both, according to news reports, Shqiptarja, and Hila, who said he preferred not to publish his wife’s name.

Hila told CPJ that they both suffered bruises and hematomas for which they were treated in the emergency room of a local hospital. The journalist reported the incident to the police, who opened an investigation and issued arrest warrants for two men, aged 35 and 32, whose names were not released, according to Hila and Shqiptarja.

“Albanian authorities must take the recent attack on journalist Elvis Hila and his wife very seriously, conduct a swift and thorough investigation, and ensure that those responsible are held to account,” said Attila Mong, CPJ’s Europe representative. “Journalists reporting on court cases work in the public interest, and authorities must send a clear signal that acts of violence against them will not go unpunished.”

When Hila and his wife arrived to meet the person who said he had information about the court case, two men approached their car and insisted Hila get out of the vehicle to explain his coverage of the case, the journalist told CPJ.

Hila refused, and the men attempted to open the door; the journalist’s wife then exited the car and tried to push the men away while calling the police, and one of the men punched her in the neck and tried to steal her phone.

The men then kicked the car door and punched Hila through his open car window until the journalist and his wife were able to drive away from the scene.

Hila said that he had not received any news of the suspects’ arrests as of January 30. CPJ emailed the Lezhë prosecutor’s office for comment but did not receive any reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/30/albanian-journalist-elvis-hila-attacked-over-coverage-of-court-case/feed/ 0 368340
Texas judge vacates order limiting murder trial coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/texas-judge-vacates-order-limiting-murder-trial-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/texas-judge-vacates-order-limiting-murder-trial-coverage/#respond Tue, 17 Jan 2023 16:56:48 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/texas-judge-vacates-order-limiting-murder-trial-coverage/

A judge in Waco, Texas, issued a sweeping gag order on Jan. 9, 2023, restricting media coverage ahead of a retrial in a murder case. The order was vacated two days later after attorneys for local broadcaster KWTX successfully argued that it amounted to an unconstitutional prior restraint, the outlet reported.

Judge David Hodges’ order prohibited the press from reporting on basic facts about the case, including testimony or evidence from the initial trial in 2015, that it resulted in a conviction, the fact that the case was reversed or the reason behind the reversal. It also barred any reporting on any pretrial rulings in the case.

The case — which was set to begin on Jan. 9 — was postponed citing concerns that there would not be insufficient jurors from which to select a jury, according to KWTX.

The Waco Tribune-Herald reported that the gag order forced it to hold its reporting on the postponement.

Attorneys for CBS-affiliate KWTX sent a three-page letter to the court arguing against the order the same day it was issued, according to the outlet. KWTX Vice President and General Manager Josh Young declined to comment when reached by email.

Kelley Shannon, executive director of the Freedom of Information Foundation of Texas, told the outlet that the order would have infringed on First Amendment rights and Hodges was right to lift the restrictions on the press.

“Journalists have a right — and a duty — to cover what’s going on at the courthouse to keep the public informed,” Shannon said. “It’s understandable that the judge wants to ensure a fair trial and try to select a local jury, but attempting to restrain what the news media reports is not the answer.”


This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/17/texas-judge-vacates-order-limiting-murder-trial-coverage/feed/ 0 365037
Iranian journalists face long prison terms, lashes, and harsh restrictions over protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/iranian-journalists-face-long-prison-terms-lashes-and-harsh-restrictions-over-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/iranian-journalists-face-long-prison-terms-lashes-and-harsh-restrictions-over-protest-coverage/#respond Wed, 11 Jan 2023 21:10:03 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=252403 Washington, D.C., January 11, 2023 – Iranian authorities must drop all charges filed against journalists in retaliation for their coverage of protests in the country and stop handing down harsh prison sentences to members of the press, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday. 

Iranian authorities have arrested at least 88 journalists since September 2022, when mass protests erupted across the country following the death of a 22-year-old woman, Mahsa Amini, after morality police arrested her for allegedly violating the country’s conservative dress law.

Authorities have charged nearly all of those journalists with “spreading propaganda against the ruling system” and “colluding and acting against national security,” according to sources familiar with their cases who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal.

Under the Iranian penal code, convictions for that propaganda offense carry prison terms of up to one year, and the collusion charge can carry up to five years. However, at least five journalists have received sentences in excess of those legal maximums, including extra prison time, lashes from a whip, bans on working or leaving the country, or mandatory community service.

“Iranian authorities must drop all the dubious charges against journalists detained for covering protests in the country, and should free them immediately and unconditionally,” said Sherif Mansour, CPJ’s Middle East and North Africa program coordinator. “By issuing heavy sentences against journalists, in some cases in excess of what the law allows, authorities are showing the lengths they are willing to go to silence the press.”

At least the following five journalists have received sentences in excess of the legal maximums for collusion or propaganda, and are free while their appeals are pending:

  • Vida Rabbani, a freelance reporter and political commentator covering local news for various Tehran outlets, was sentenced to seven years and three months in prison for collusion and propaganda, according to a December report by the exile-run Human Rights Activist News Agency (HRANA) and a tweet by her lawyer. Rabbani, who is already serving a 10-year sentence on unrelated charges, must serve a minimum of six years behind bars if that sentence is not changed on appeal, according to those sources.
  • Aria Jaffari, a photojournalist for the semi-official state-run Iranian Students’ News Agency (ISNA), was sentenced on December 26 to seven years in prison on propaganda and collusion charges, and was also sentenced to 74 lashes and a two-year ban on leaving the country, according to news reports.  
  • Yalda Moaiery, a freelance photojournalist, was sentenced to six years in prison on both charges, and also received a two-year ban from leaving the country, a three-year ban from working as a journalist, and two-months of community service street cleaning, according to news reports from December and an Instagram post by Moaiery.
  • Ahmadreza Halabisaz, a photojournalist, was reported in December to have been sentenced to five years in prison on both charges, and also received a two-year ban from practicing journalism, according to an Instagram post by Halabisaz and another source familiar with the case who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing fear of reprisal.
  • Mehrnoosh Tafian, a freelance reporter, was sentenced to one year in prison for propaganda and also received a two-year ban on leaving the country, according to a December HRANA report and a source familiar with his case.

Journalists imprisoned in Iran have been frequently denied legal representation and due process, according to CPJ research. At least 36 journalists arrested for covering the protests have been released on bail, which local journalists speaking to CPJ on the condition of anonymity said was often set excessively high.

CPJ’s email to the Iran mission to the United Nations for comment, but did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/11/iranian-journalists-face-long-prison-terms-lashes-and-harsh-restrictions-over-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 363861
Where Oh Where Are the Screaming Headlines About Planetary Destruction? https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/where-oh-where-are-the-screaming-headlines-about-planetary-destruction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/where-oh-where-are-the-screaming-headlines-about-planetary-destruction/#respond Thu, 05 Jan 2023 16:04:08 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/climate-coverage-planetary-destruction

Let me start 2023 with a glance back at a December news moment that caught my eye. To do so, however, I have to offer a bit of explanation.

First, the obvious: I’m an old guy and, though I spend significant parts of any day scrolling through endless websites covering aspects of our ever-changing world, I have a subscription — yes, it’s still possible! — to the New York Times. That’s the paper New York Times. For those of you too young to know, once long ago, in an era when TVs were still black and white and the Internet, at best, a figment of some sci-fi novelist’s imagination, all papers and magazines were printed and sold on actual paper. Hence, of course, the graphically descriptive and definitional name “newspaper.”

In 2023, for those of you of a certain age, that may sound like something from the neolithic era. Still, so it was. And for me, when it comes to the Times — call it nostalgia, if you will — I remain in the age of the newspaper (though, often enough, I also visit its website). Every morning when I get up, it’s there on the mat in front of my door. So, I pick it up and, in my own fashion, face the day just past thanks to a set of front-page headline stories.

On the morning of Wednesday, December 14th, I glanced at the headlines atop the page and saw: “Inflation Slows, Leading to Hope of ‘Soft Landing'” and “Fraud at FTX Started Early, Charges Claim.” At mid-page was: “A Blast of 192 Lasers Achieves a Breakthrough in Nuclear Fusion”; and at page bottom, “Beijing’s Streets Empty as Covid and Fear Surge”; “McCarthy Fights to Clear Path to Speaker’s Seat”; and “With Indiana Jones Era Over, Museums Assess Looted Art.”

Each was a perfectly reasonable story to focus attention on, while the nuclear fusion one actually offered some modest hope of a new way to switch off fossil fuels (even if in a future almost too distant to imagine). That, then, was the shorthand version of the previous day I faced that morning on this ever-stranger planet of ours. Those were the stories the editors of the Times wanted at least the ancient among us to notice, the ones that mattered most as they saw it.

And I reacted accordingly, focusing on them briefly as I wolfed down my breakfast.

Crashes Then and Now

It wasn’t until that night, as I lay on the couch and began leafing through the inside pages of the first section of the Times that, at the bottom of page 12, I noticed a piece, reported by Raymond Zhong, headlined: “In a Rapidly Warming Arctic, Rain Where It Used to Snow, In Scientists’ Annual Assessment, Signs of Climate Change Include Storms Traveling Northward.”

And no, that obviously wasn’t a headline intended to blow me or any other reader away, storms heading northward or not. Admittedly, above it was a dramatic enough photo of what looked like a mountain of ice and snow with the subhead: “A September heatwave in Greenland caused the most severe melting of the island’s ice sheet for that time of year in more than four decades of satellite monitoring.” And as with that caption, here was the weird thing: more or less every other line of that story might, with a little interpretive rewriting, have become a blazing front-page headline focusing us on a planet that’s only expected to get ever hotter in 2023 and beyond, given that — and this should shock any of us — the last eight years have been the warmest on record.

Try just this random line from Zhong’s piece, for instance: “Over the past four decades, the region has warmed at four times the global average rate, not two or three times as had often been reported, scientists in Finland said this year. Some parts of the Arctic are warming at up to seven times the global rate, they said.” Sure, to make it onto the front page, it would have needed a headline that embodied some sentiment like: “It’s raining, it’s pouring, the Arctic is snoring” or a screaming handle about heat soaring in the coldest place on the planet, right?

So, let’s sum it up this way: Yes, the slowing of inflation was the page-one story of that day and certainly mattered to Americans, fearful of how a possible recession might level their lives. And headlined story two was, in a sense, the very opposite — a deflationary tale of how, at his now-collapsed crypto-currency exchange, FTX, Sam Bankman-Fried had already emptied the savings of striking numbers of his customers.

Still, if you stop to think about it, there, on page 12, was what could be considered the most crucial inflationary and deflationary story of our time, maybe of all time. I know, I know, the focus of Zhong’s piece was an assumedly wonky Arctic Report Card that’s been produced by scientists for the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration since 2006. And you could feel that wonkiness in the piece itself.

Still, while inflation — or even the Fed’s attempts to reduce it by eternally upping interest rates — could lead to an economic disaster that would damage the lives of so many Americans, nothing (short of nuclear war) could damage our lives the way climate change is likely to. Honestly, barring some future surprise, shouldn’t it qualify daily as the headline story of our lifetime, potentially of any lifetime? After all, whether in the melting, rainy Arctic or just about anywhere else, what we’re watching is the potential destruction of the only world humanity has ever known.

And when it comes to global warming, we’re not talking about a possible future crash from which, as in the Great Depression of 1929 or the Great Recession of 2009, we can recover in a limited number of years. We’re talking about the potential for a forever crash, the Greatest Depression of all time that lurks all too obviously in our future and is already beginning to clobber us.

My point being: the news isn’t just a matter of what’s reported, but of how and where it shows up, of what’s emphasized and what isn’t. This, to my mind, is especially true with the subject that should, in fact, grip us all daily: that worst version of inflation ever. And yes, the temperature on this planet is indeed rising precipitously thanks to the continuing use and abuse of fossil fuels and the release of staggering quantities of greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. And that, in the end, is likely to cause harm of an unimaginable sort, the kind that newspapers simply aren’t used to covering.

In an all-too-literal sense, that is, we’re creating a hell on Earth. And yet, despite the efforts of figures like the remarkable Greta Thunberg or Bill McKibben or the Sunrise Movement and other groups that have focused tellingly on climate change — despite the increasingly immediate extreme weather it’s been producing from Pakistan to China, South Sudan to Chile, Europe to the United States — global warming remains a largely off-the-front-page phenomenon.

Screaming Headlines

Mind you, the extremes of national (if not global) weather are regularly reported, often with remarkable enthusiasm, just largely without the necessary context. For instance, I watch the NBC Nightly News with Lester Holt and one thing you can say about his show is that it loves extreme — and extremely bad — weather. In news terms, severe storm conditions sweeping across this country, often for days at a time, are pure attention-getters and, as a result, often that show’s lead story, night after night after night.

Such storms are presented as both weather reports and remarkable dramas — tornadoes/floods/snow and ice/the hottest or coldest weather — as they spread damage of all sorts across the United States. On occasion, Holt or his surrogates will, in passing, mention climate change or, on rarer occasions, even have a separate piece on the phenomenon. But at best, it’s the equivalent of a passing footnote. And yet, sadly enough, the fossil-fuelized overheating of our world and its effect via weather events causing increasing damage, including ever fiercer fires, the melting of ever more glaciers and ice sheets, ever more devastating droughts, or the record flooding of countries simply doesn’t register in the way it should — not in a way that might make some difference in how we think about and deal with this planet of ours.

Yes, if climate change, or perhaps I mean climate anxiety, is already part of your worldview (as, for instance, it evidently is with Gen Z) and you’re searching for news about it, you’ll always find some. Let me give you one recent example. If you go online and Google “coal use, 2022,” you’ll get numerous stories. For instance, on December 16th, based on an announcement by the International Energy Agency, CNN reported that (thank you, Vladimir Putin!) demand for coal, the dirtiest and most polluting of the fossil fuels, rose by about 1.2%, or eight billion metric tons, last year. That’s a record — and coal use may stay at that level for several years to come, which, in climate-change terms, simply couldn’t be worse news for this planet.

And yet, honestly, did you even notice that story? Until I mentioned it, did you know that coal use soared again last year? Was it the lead on the TV news you watch or at your crucial mainstream news website? I doubt it. It passed as if in the night, as did stories on the staggering profits of the fossil-fuel industry in 2022 — on, that is, how companies like ExxonMobil and Chevron continue to make unprecedented fortunes off the future devastation of our planet. In inflation terms, that coal report couldn’t have been a more nightmarish tale and yet the inflated use of coal and the inflated profits that go with it really don’t qualify as “front page” news, even if they help ensure that we humans will burn ourselves off this planet.

After all, despite remarkable advances in the development of green-energy sources, as the New Yorker‘s environmental journalist Elizabeth Kolbert wrote last November: “At the time of the Rio summit [in 1992], fossil fuels provided roughly 80% of the world’s primary energy. Thirty years later, fossil fuels still provide roughly 80% of the world’s primary energy. In the meantime, total global energy use has increased by almost two-thirds.”

Under the circumstances, you would think that some screaming headlines were in order, wouldn’t you?

Of course, I don’t mean to suggest that such a reporting phenomenon is restricted to climate change. Take, for example, the funding of the U.S. military. After all, nothing really beats it in importance, when it comes to spending your tax dollar. We’re talking about a 2023 Pentagon budget of $858 billion, or just over half — yes, more than half! — of the full government budget for that year. By perhaps 2027, if not sooner, it’s expected to reach a trillion dollars.

And mind you, that’s not even — not by any means! — the full national security payout. When you include the budgets for the various intelligence agencies, the Department of Homeland Security, Veterans Affairs, and the like, you end up at $1.4 trillion or more. And last year, congressional Republicans and Democrats, who agree on so little, typically upped the military budget by $45 billion more than the Biden administration even requested. Imagine that for a moment and the sort of headlines it should have generated.

I mean, more than half of your tax dollars are going into a military that, since World War II, has essentially won nothing of significance, though to this moment it’s never stopped fighting in distant lands. (Just recently, for instance, American planes were conducting airstrikes in Somalia and U.S. troops were still battling in Syria.)

And again, though you might think screaming headlines were in order, this was basically stuff that, with rare exceptions, the mainstream media was reporting but not making the slightest fuss over. For that, you had to turn to edgy websites like TomDispatch or Robert Reich’s or William Astore’s Substacks.

Yes, such stormy news exists, but the question, as 2023 begins, is: Where is it? Why aren’t such stories eternally screaming headlines in the mainstream?

Replacing the Gods

Looking back on the history of humanity, of us, something regularly jumps out (at me at least). In this era, we’ve figured out two quite different ways to act in a fashion that once was left to the gods, something that you would think might be eternally headline-making material; we’ve discovered, that is, how to potentially destroy ourselves and end life as we know it on this planet in double time.

The first way is, of course, via nuclear weapons, the one kind of disaster that could actually cut short climate change by potentially creating a planetary “nuclear winter” that might starve billions of us. As has been true for decades, the “great” — and who knows why they’re still called that — powers are capable of functionally blowing this planet to hell and back, as are some lesser powers like India and Pakistan. And not faintly satisfied with that, in the coming decades, our country is planning to invest a couple of trillion more of your taxpayer dollars in “modernizing” the American nuclear arsenal. Only the other week, in fact, with staggering hoopla, the U.S. military rolled out an all-new nuclear weapon, a B-21 stealth bomber, as if on a Hollywood set.

And yes, all of this has, in some fashion, been reported and, when Vladimir Putin implied that he might use such weaponry in the Ukraine war, even crept toward the top of the news. Still, neither nuking the planet, nor overheating it beyond compare gets anything like the attention it deserves.

Ending the world as we’ve known it, whether in a matter of weeks or in slow motion over countless decades should, it seems to me, evoke the screaming headlines of our times. And I can’t help eternally wondering not where the reporting on such subjects is but where those headlines are when it comes to potentially the greatest versions of both depression and inflation ever.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Tom Engelhardt.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2023/01/05/where-oh-where-are-the-screaming-headlines-about-planetary-destruction/feed/ 0 362204
The Corporate Media’s Commitment to ‘Both Sides’ Coverage Is Dangerous https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/the-corporate-medias-commitment-to-both-sides-coverage-is-dangerous/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/the-corporate-medias-commitment-to-both-sides-coverage-is-dangerous/#respond Mon, 26 Dec 2022 13:48:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/opinion/corporate-media-both-sides

The Washington Post (12/16/22) had a recent headline: “Can Politics Kill You? Research Says the Answer Increasingly Is Yes.” And the lead of the article, by Akilah Johnson, told readers of two studies that reveal what it calls “an uncomfortable truth”:

The toxicity of partisan politics is fueling an overall increase in mortality rates for working-age Americans.

But when you read further into the article, you find that politics is not really the problem here. One of the studies, the Post reported, found that “people living in more conservative parts of the United States disproportionately bore the burden of illness and death linked to Covid-19.” The other found that “the more conservative a state’s policies, the shorter the lives of working-age people.”

So the problem is not so much “politics” as it is conservatism. Indeed, the article noted that one of the reports found “if all states implemented liberal policies” on the environment, guns, tobacco, and other health-related policies, 170,000 lives would be saved a year.

Still, the analysis in the piece centered around the idea that it is not right-wing ideology, but lack of bipartisanship, that is to blame—as in, “The division in American politics has grown increasingly caustic and polarized.”

You know what would actually benefit politics in the United States? A media system that was willing to point out who was causing demonstrable problems, rather than pretending that “both sides” are always to blame.

Reporting like that could actually save lives.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Jim Naureckas.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/26/the-corporate-medias-commitment-to-both-sides-coverage-is-dangerous/feed/ 0 360346
Fijians have ‘chosen a new way, a new path’ under Rabuka, says Prasad https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/fijians-have-chosen-a-new-way-a-new-path-under-rabuka-says-prasad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/fijians-have-chosen-a-new-way-a-new-path-under-rabuka-says-prasad/#respond Tue, 20 Dec 2022 08:30:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81976 FBC News

An official communication will be sent to Fiji’s President confirming the new People’s Alliance, National Federation Party and Sodelpa government is ready to lead under the new Prime Minister, Sitiveni Rabuka.

NFP leader Professor Biman Prasad said the leaders were pleased to give Fijians a Christmas present of a strong and united coalition government ready to respond to their call for change.

“People have chosen a new way, a new path, and a new government and we the coalition partners — now the People’s Alliance, the NFP and Sodelpa — promise the people of Fiji that a new era will be starting as the new government takes on the power in this country.”

People’s Alliance leader Sitiveni Rabuka thanked Fijians, saying they had voted for change and the coalition had given them that.

He also thanked outgoing FijiFirst Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama and his cabinet for running the affairs of the nation for the past 16 years.

“Losing the election is not the end. I lost in 1999 and I kept trying. I’ve been given the opportunity this time, once in 2018 and again this time and different party. Play your cards right. Lead your team well and work hard.”

Sixteen members of the Sodelpa management board voted in favour of PAP and NFP, while 14 voted for FijiFirst.

Outgoing Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama on TVNZ News
Outgoing Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama on TVNZ News . . . lost the numbers game. Image: TVNZ screenshot APR
jubilant Fijians in Suva celebrating the change of government
jubilant Fijians in Suva celebrating the change of government. Image: TVNZ screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/20/fijians-have-chosen-a-new-way-a-new-path-under-rabuka-says-prasad/feed/ 0 358974
The Fiji Times: Kingmakers and the big post-election reveal! https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/18/the-fiji-times-kingmakers-and-the-big-post-election-reveal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/18/the-fiji-times-kingmakers-and-the-big-post-election-reveal/#respond Sun, 18 Dec 2022 22:20:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81849 EDITORIAL: By Fred Wesley, editor-in-chief of The Fiji Times

It’s the big day today! We will get to know the make-up of our Parliament. The results saw FijiFirst leading the vote count — but failing to gain a majority (26 seats) — followed by the People’s Alliance (21), the National Federation Party (5) and the Social Democratic Liberal Party (3).

Pundits were predicting Sodelpa could become ‘kingmakers” in the event of a tight finish, and based on them getting past the threshold!

Supervisor of Elections Mohammed Saneem has not announced the total voter turnout, but he said yesterday this figure would be known today.

The Fiji Times
THE FIJI TIMES

The 353,247 figure he released on Election Day, he said, was from 1200 or so polling stations, not 1400. There can be no doubts about the interest now focused on the outcome.

It had been a fiery tussle leading up to the elections on December 14.

Campaigns inched out attacks that turned ugly at times, and some became personal. When it mattered, we were told of a low voter turnout. All that will now be cast aside as we await the final announcement.

Will there be an outright winner?

Or will there be a role for Sodelpa to play? Voters would be keenly following how the numbers add up.

The atmosphere has been supercharged, highly emotional, and driving through divisions as party followers cling onto hope.

There is great suspense and anxiety! It isn’t a pleasant scenario.

The Supervisor of Elections has been highly visible, answering questions raised by party supporters and the local and international media.

In the face of that sits the voter, each with emotional responses that are on a leash. There were questions raised by political parties following that glitch on the first night of counting.

Press conferences were called by the parties highlighting their views on the turn of events. Social media has also been rife with claims and counter claims.

In saying that, the race was tight! That sets the stage for the big announcement. For whatever it’s worth, the result will end speculation and may raise discussions on eventualities if things don’t end the way the leading party leaders want it to.

The guessing game is on! Rumours were rife in the Capital City, and emotions were quite intense in many quarters. But we wait with bated breath for the big reveal!

This editorial was published in The Sunday Times on 18 December 2022 and has been edited slightly in the light of developments. Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/18/the-fiji-times-kingmakers-and-the-big-post-election-reveal/feed/ 0 358619
Fiji elections: Rabuka calls for calm after police interrogation https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/fiji-elections-rabuka-calls-for-calm-after-police-interrogation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/fiji-elections-rabuka-calls-for-calm-after-police-interrogation/#respond Fri, 16 Dec 2022 19:59:14 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81772 RNZ Pacific

Fiji police detained the leader of the People’s Alliance Party, Sitiveni Rabuka, last night and questioned him about his activities during this week as the Fijian Elections Office continues with the official vote count of the contested 2022 poll results.

Rabuka was summoned along with his party general secretary, Sakiasi Ditoka. around 8pm local time and interrogated at the Criminal Investigations Department (CID) in Toorak for about two hours before they were both released without being charged.

His arrest comes following comments he made this week calling for a military intervention in the country’s election.

Police also took in the head of the Methodist Church in Fiji and Rotuma, Reverend Ili Vunisuwai, for questioning at the Valelevu police station in Nasinu.

After two hours of police questioning the People's Alliance Party leader, Sitiveni Rabuka, was realeased without charge. He urged his supporters to "remain calm" as he drove away from the Criminal Investigations premises at Toorak in Suva. 16 December 2022
People’s Alliance Party leader Sitiveni Rabuka . . . released without charge after two hours of questioning by police. Image: Kelvin Anthony/RNZ Pacific

Church leader detained
Asked if he had anticipated being summoned by the police, he replied “I don’t want to answer that question” as his vehicle drove away.

Police also took in the head of the Methodist Church in Fiji and Rotuma, Reverend Ili Vunisuwai, for questioning at the Valelevu police station in Nasinu.

Vunisiwai had sent a letter on behalf of the Methodist Church to the Fiji President on Thursday expressing concern about the counting of the votes and inconsistencies in the electronic results management app and included the military commander and police chief in the communication.

Police Commissioner Sitiveni Qiliho has also confirmed to local media they were investigating two candidates from We Unite Fiji party for “allegedly calling for a mass gathering to protest election process” outside the main counting centre in Suva.

RNZ Pacific has contacted Fiji police for comment.

Tight race as official vote count continues
As of 3am Saturday local time in Fiji, Rabuka’s People’s Alliance Party were running a close second to the incumbent Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama’s FijiFirst.

With votes from 717 of 2071 polling stations officially validated, FijiFirst were sitting on 40.2 percent of votes counted so far and the People’s Alliance Party were at 36.9 percent.

In third place was the National Federation Party on 8.1 percent followed by the Social Democratic Liberal Party (5.9 percent) only slightly above the 5 percent threshold required to make it into Parliament.

The Supervisor of Elections, Mohammed Saneem, has said their aim is to complete the official count by Sunday afternoon.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/16/fiji-elections-rabuka-calls-for-calm-after-police-interrogation/feed/ 0 358383
Fiji elections: Poll data app back online after late night glitch https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fiji-elections-poll-data-app-back-online-after-late-night-glitch/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fiji-elections-poll-data-app-back-online-after-late-night-glitch/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 22:41:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81636 RNZ Pacific

The Fiji Elections Office app is back online after a glitch last night forced the suspension of provisional results.

Supervisor of Elections Mohammed Saneem briefed media in the early hours of today saying attempts to restart a failed data transfer had caused the app to glitch out and give a disproportionate amount of votes to some candidates.

Two candidates in particular received a boost of about 28,000 and 14,000 votes respectively.

“The situation occurred because of the termination of a data transfer. And then when we retried to do it, that’s when things got messy. Of course, with the results that are provisional right now, we are uploading you know with the result management system data directly,” Saneem explained.

Saneem reassured media the problem had now been rectified and promised to email media copies of data releases being uploaded to the app going forward to 7am Fiji time, so that they could verify for themselves the data was accurately reflected in the app.

At 7am provisional results stopped being released and the official count began.

No further provisional results were being released, and official results are expected on Sunday.

Reassurances for political parties?
Responding to a question from RNZ Pacific’s regional correspondent Kelvin Anthony about whether he had any reassurances for political parties that might be concerned about the app malfunctioning, Saneem replied: “Well, none of the political parties are at the results centre.

“So, we believe that they have full confidence in the system.”

Saneem stressed that manual data entry had not stopped while the app was down, and that the counting process was well under way and would continue throughout today.

The Supervisor of Elections also wanted to make it clear that data reloaded onto the app for the restart of the provisional results roll-out was from a different set of polling stations than the one released at 9pm last night, hence the difference in the data sets.

The first results released at last night had shown the People’s Alliance Party in the lead with 2600 votes over Fiji First’s 667 votes.

The new results released at the relaunch of the app around 2.30am Fiji time showed FijiFirst leading with 65,949 votes over the People’s Alliance Party who had 50,348 votes, with 531 of 2071 stations counted.

“It’s not the exact same polling stations that we had initially uploaded. But this is 531 sets of data that has been pulled by the laptop,” Saneem explained.

“We will email all the media, the result management system print out in a PDF format for you to be able to verify that the data that is on the app against the provisional results – by party – that has been printed out by the result management system,” he said.

Fiji uses an open list proportional electoral system with the whole nation voting as a single constituency.

This year nine political parties are contesting 55 seats in the country’s unicameral Parliament.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fiji-elections-poll-data-app-back-online-after-late-night-glitch/feed/ 0 357811
Voters share ‘integrity and truth’ vision of a strong Fijian democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/voters-share-integrity-and-truth-vision-of-a-strong-fijian-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/voters-share-integrity-and-truth-vision-of-a-strong-fijian-democracy/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 05:23:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81602 By Cooper Williams, Yasmine Wright-Gittins and Cindy Chand of Wansolwara in Suva

Former politician Remesio Rogovakalali is hoping to see transparency and engagement in the next term of government, no matter which party is elected.

The 77-year-old principal from Corpus Christi Teachers College in Nasese says he wants to see integrity and truth among politicians.

“I’d like to also see more engagement between government, non-governmental organisations and unions,” he told Wansolwara after voting at Suva Grammar School this morning.

“Fijians are more educated than previous years, education is only getting better and this will make Fijian democracy stronger.”

Rogovakalali carries a wealth of experience in politics, having stood for election twice in 2001 and 2006.

Fiji Labour Party Leader Mahendra Chaudhry and wife Virmatee voting
Fiji Labour Party Leader Mahendra Chaudhry and wife Virmatee joined the queue at the USP Statham Campus, Suva Point, today to cast their votes. Image: Yasmine Wright-Gittins/Wansolwara

Reflecting on his time in politics, he believes truth is a powerful tool and must be adopted more in Fijian politics.

“I’ve voted at every election and it carries immense value to be able to have our voices heard. I am urging all Fijians to vote and exercise your right and civic duty,” he said.

Another figurehead at the polls today was Fiji Labour Party Leader Mahendra Chaudhry, who also called on Fijian citizens to cast their votes before 6pm.

FIJI ELECTIONS 2022
FIJI ELECTIONS 2022

The former PM cast his vote at 10.46am at the University of the South Pacific’s Statham Campus polling station in Suva Point with his wife, Virmatee Chaudhry.

He said reports of wide voter turnout across the country were promising signs of Fiji’s interest in the results of the election.

“To citizens still contemplating whether or not they will cast their vote, please come and vote, take part in the election. This is your future and you must exercise your right to vote,” he said.

Voters like Mereani Babara, who moved from Tavua to Baulevu in Nausori five months ago, hopes the elected government would address sanitation and water woes in areas like Waidra, Baulevu.

She looked forward to casting her vote at Koroqaqa Primary School and urged other Fijians to make their way to their designated polling venue before the 6pm deadline.

Published in collaboration with the University of the South Pacific journalism programme’s Wansolwara News.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/voters-share-integrity-and-truth-vision-of-a-strong-fijian-democracy/feed/ 0 357502
Fijians brave the heat as numbers swell – but elections chief calls for voters https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fijians-brave-the-heat-as-numbers-swell-but-elections-chief-calls-for-voters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fijians-brave-the-heat-as-numbers-swell-but-elections-chief-calls-for-voters/#respond Wed, 14 Dec 2022 04:46:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81593 By Yasmine Wright-Gittins, Leila Parina and Geraldine Panapasa of Wansolwara in Suva

Water bottles, umbrellas and fans were common accessories for voters across Fiji today. Lines at polling stations nationwide grew quickly in the early morning, as Fijians tried to beat the midday heat.

Lines at the University of the South Pacific’s Statham Campus polling venue at Suva Point extended across the hot carpark.

In spite of the early morning rush by voters to cast their ballots, by midday Supervisor of Elections Mohammed Saneem noted that voter turnout “is not looking very promising” as only 164,954 voters at 1145 polling stations (27.24 percent of the total registered voters) had cast their ballots by 11am.

FIJI ELECTIONS 2022
FIJI ELECTIONS 2022

He urged every registered Fijian voter to come out and vote, and to make use of the free public transport to get to polling venues in their localities.

“The weather is good, the polling venue is ready, the line is gone, all you have to do now is show up and vote,” Saneem said during the midday Polling Day update at the National Results Centre in Suva.

“If you have voted, check in on your family members who haven’t voted. Take them out and make them vote. Spend the next 5-6 hours to get family members to go out and vote.

“If you need transport on election day, send an SMS of your VoterCard number to 1500. That SMS reply will tell you the number and details of the person monitoring public transport in that area.

‘Go and vote’
“This free public transport service will continue until 4pm so make use of it now, go and vote.”

With temperatures expected to reach 30 deg. Celsius by 1pm, with some voters raised concerns about the lack of shelter in open spaces for queues.

Voter and mother Asinate Colovanua said even although Fijians were used to the heat, there could have been provisions for water and shelter, especially for the older citizens waiting in line.

Elderly voters were eventually offered shelter in air-conditioned cars as they waited their turn to vote at the polling station.

Meanwhile, Saneem reminded Fijian Elections Office staff to refrain from introducing entry requirements for polling agents.

“There were a few issues from the field in relation to candidate agents. I’d like to clarify to FEO staff, you have to let polling agents in. There is no requirement to have their agent appointment forms stamped, do not introduce this as a requirement,” he said.

The 2022 General Election is the third post-2006 coup election and is set to be significant for cementing democracy. The number of registered voters exceeds both the 2018 and 2014 elections.

As many as 606,092 Fijians are expected to cast their votes at 855 venues today.

Fiji’s 2022 General Election will close after the last voter in the queue at 6pm has voted. The commencement of counting is expected to start thereafter with provisional results to be announced by 8pm.

Published in collaboration with the University of the South Pacific journalism programme’s Wansolwara News.

Fiji voters at USP’s Statham Campus, Suva Point
Registered voters wait patiently in the queue for their turn to vote at USP’s Statham Campus, Suva Point. Image: Yasmine Wright-Gittins/Wansolwara

Retired teacher Savitri from Taveuni
Retired teacher Savitri, from Taveuni, says casting her vote today meant giving back to her community. Image: Yasmine Wright-Gittins/Wansolwara

Polling stations at USP's Statham Campus
Polling stations at the USP Statham Campus in Suva Point. Image: Yasmine Wright-Gittins/Wansolwara


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/14/fijians-brave-the-heat-as-numbers-swell-but-elections-chief-calls-for-voters/feed/ 0 357504
Voters turn up in numbers as Fiji’s 2022 election gets underway https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/voters-turn-up-in-numbers-as-fijis-2022-election-gets-underway/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/voters-turn-up-in-numbers-as-fijis-2022-election-gets-underway/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 21:35:48 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81571

By Ioane Asioli, Cooper Williams and Geraldine Panapasa of Wansolwara in Suva

Scores of people along the Nasinu-Suva corridor lined the premises of their designated polling stations as early as 6am today to cast their votes in the Fiji 2022 general election.

While polling venues opened at 7.30am, the light morning drizzle did little to deter voters from exercising their democratic right to vote.

As many as 693,915 Fijians have registered to vote in this year’s election, majority of voters are expected from the Central Division — 9916 had applied for postal ballot, while 77,907 Fijians registered to vote for pre-polling.

Jolame Raisele voting
Jolame Raisele was the first person to cast his vote at the Suva Grammar School polling venue this morning. Imagee: Cooper Williams/Wansolwara

At 7.15am, accredited media participated in a walk-through to take photos and videos at the Suva Grammar School polling station before the first vote was cast at 7.30am.

Last night, Supervisor of Election Mohammed Saneem urged employers to allow their employees to take at least half a day or the morning session to cast their vote after receiving concerns were raised by some employees that their employers were given them ultimatums to either turn up to work at 9am or ‘face the axe’.

FIJI ELECTIONS 2022
FIJI ELECTIONS 2022

“It is not proper for any employer to force their employees to come to work without having voted. Is not only unjust, but it is unconstitutional.

“I cannot apply Section 141 in this circumstance… I would like to invite every single employer in this country to consider Section 23 (2) of the Constitution which reads, ‘Every citizen has the right to free, fair and regular elections for any elective institution or office established under this Constitution’.

“The Constitution does not make any allowance for any person to make law that will prohibit a person from voting. This means that neither Parliament nor an employer has the authority to stop a person from voting. They must allow their employees to vote,” Saneem said.

Voting time for employees
The Fijian Elections Office, he said, had been advocating for employers to allow employees to vote and then report to work.

He said the FEO would not hesitate to take people to court if necessary, if they did not allow employees to vote in the morning, or during the day.

“Employers must immediately rectify all their plans and allow voters to go and vote. Two hours is not enough, you must allow them enough time, that means half the day,” Mr Saneem said.

The 2022 general elections would be Fiji’s third elections under the new electoral system, which features the Open List PR system established through provisions of the 2013 Constitution, and Electoral Act 2014.

Today, 606,092 Fijians will cast their votes at 855 venues. Fiji’s 2022 General Election will close after the last voter in the queue at 6pm has voted. The commencement of counting is expected to start thereafter with provisional results to be announced by 8pm.

Published in collaboration with the University of the South Pacific journalism programme’s Wansolwara News.

Suva Grammar School polling venue
A glimpse of the polling station inside the Suva Grammar School polling venue before the first vote was cast at 7.30am. The media were permitted a walk-through of the polling station prior to the commencement of voting today. Image: Cooper Williams/Wansolwara

Sigatoka Andhra Sangam College polling venue
Registered voters at the Sigatoka Andhra Sangam College polling venue showed up early to cast their vote. Image: Roselyn Bali/Wansolwara

Voters in Nabua
Voters in Nabua were making their way to the polling venue at Saint Agnes Primary School along Mead Road. Image: Geraldine Panapasa/Wansolwara


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/voters-turn-up-in-numbers-as-fijis-2022-election-gets-underway/feed/ 0 357426
Fijians heading to the polls today for third post-coup election https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/fijians-heading-to-the-polls-today-for-third-post-coup-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/fijians-heading-to-the-polls-today-for-third-post-coup-election/#respond Tue, 13 Dec 2022 20:53:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81556 RNZ Pacific

More than 606,000 Fijians are expected to head to the polls today to elect a new Parliament for a four-year term.

This is the country’s third election under the 2013 constitution and since the 2006 military coup.

In the race are 343 candidates from nine political parties and two independents vying for a seat in the 55-member Parliament.

FIJI ELECTIONS 2022
FIJI ELECTIONS 2022

Voting is taking place at 855 polling stations from 7.30am to 6pm Fiji time, or until after the last voter in the queue at 6pm has voted.

The Fijian Elections Office has announced that all voters will be provided free transport today.

Supervisor of Elections Mohammed Saneem said a call centre had been set up for voters — it will be staffed by 40 personnel and operate between 7.30am and 6pm.

“There are 16 venues around the country that are not voting at the location we had previously advertised for various reasons, please take note of the new locations, we will be putting up big sign boards outside these venues. So it will direct you to the new location anyway,” Saneem said.

“We will also upload the the maps to the new places so that you are able to locate it in case you are trying to find out it will be available on the FTO Facebook page,” he said.

90 observers
More than 90 observers from 16 countries and two regional organisations — the Pacific Islands Forum and the Melanesian Spearhead Group — will monitor polling, counting and tallying of the ballots.

In the lead-up to the election, the Multinational Observer Group (MOG) observed no irregularities.

The MOG said there were no significant issues that would prevent registered voters from casting their ballot during pre-polling, postal voting or on election day.

“I would like to acknowledge the statement received released by the multinational observer group in relation to tomorrow’s [Wednesday’s] election. And we look forward to the entire country [which] has waited for the last four years for this very important day,” Saneem said.

“Remember, decisions are made by those who turn up. If you do not turn up, do not complain. So ladies and gentlemen, from tomorrow [Wednesday], we’ll see you at 7.30am at any of our 1600 polling stations. Mark your ballot papers correctly and have your vote counted,” he said.

A total of 77,907 Fijians were registered to vote for pre-polling over the last week.

However, only 54,244 Fijians cast their votes.

Weather on voting day
Fiji is well into the cyclone season and as it has been raining heavily for periods over the weekend, it could affect voter turnout.

The 2018 election was heavily impacted by bad weather and Saneem said they were planning for the worst but hoping for the best.

  • The blackout on campaigning, political advertising and media reporting of political issues, which started at midnight Fiji time on Sunday, will be lifted at the close of polling at 6pm today.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/13/fijians-heading-to-the-polls-today-for-third-post-coup-election/feed/ 0 357384
Fiji elections chief briefs observers ready for tomorrow’s voting https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/12/fiji-elections-chief-briefs-observers-ready-for-tomorrows-voting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/12/fiji-elections-chief-briefs-observers-ready-for-tomorrows-voting/#respond Mon, 12 Dec 2022 21:13:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=81512 RNZ Pacific

Observers of the Fiji election have been briefed by the Supervisor of Elections ahead of polling, which begins tomorrow.

Mohammed Saneem took the observers through a comprehensive presentation on the elections process as well as the preparations of the Fijian Elections Office leading up to the issue of writs in late October.

Saneem said the observers will be deployed from today to various parts of the country where they will be observing electoral processes on the day of polling.

FIJI ELECTIONS 2022
FIJI ELECTIONS 2022

He said it was appropriate to introduce the observers to the election so that they have contextual knowledge, cultural familiarity and understanding of election processes as well as the efforts undertaken in the preparation.

The Fijian Elections Office accredited 97 observers from 16 countries, including two regional organisations.

New Zealand’s Foreign Minister Nanaia Mahuta said the Multinational Observer Group was an important initiative to support the people of Fiji and the international community to have confidence in the election outcome.

Fire damages polling venue
Saneem said his office would release information tonight on alternative voting arrangements for voters registered to cast their ballot at the Vatuwaqa Primary School in Suva.

Yesterday morning, a major fire broke out at the school which is one of 855 election day polling venues.

Despite polling due to begin tomorrow, Saneem said there was no need to panic.

“We are going to try and have it ready for you by tonight so that information can be published for tomorrow,” he said.

“There is no need to panic, we will be making alternative arrangements with suitable locations so that voters are still able to go and vote without any disruption.”

The FEO reports that 1448 voters are registered to vote at the venue.

More than 300 candidates are standing for seats in the 51-member Parliament.

  • There is a media blackout in Fiji for two days prior to the polling.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ. 


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/12/fiji-elections-chief-briefs-observers-ready-for-tomorrows-voting/feed/ 0 357158
Mainstream Ukraine Coverage Is Dominated by Warmongers https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/mainstream-ukraine-coverage-is-dominated-by-warmongers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/mainstream-ukraine-coverage-is-dominated-by-warmongers/#respond Sat, 10 Dec 2022 12:35:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341594
This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by John Kempthorne.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/10/mainstream-ukraine-coverage-is-dominated-by-warmongers/feed/ 0 356811
Millions of Americans Lack Adequate Health Coverage, But the Pentagon Has a New Nuclear Bomber to Flaunt https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/millions-of-americans-lack-adequate-health-coverage-but-the-pentagon-has-a-new-nuclear-bomber-to-flaunt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/millions-of-americans-lack-adequate-health-coverage-but-the-pentagon-has-a-new-nuclear-bomber-to-flaunt/#respond Fri, 02 Dec 2022 19:39:21 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341432

Peace and economic justice advocates responded to the imminent unveiling Friday of the United States Air Force's new $750 million-per-plane nuclear bomber by reiterating accusations of misplaced priorities in a nation where tens of millions of people live in poverty and lack adequate healthcare coverage.

Military-industrial complex giant Northrop Grumman is set to introduce its B-21 Raider on Friday. The B-21, whose development was 30 years in the making and whose total project cost is expected to exceed $200 billion, is tapped to replace the aging B-2 Spirit.

"One thing the world definitely does not need is another stealth bomber," Medea Benjamin, co-founder of the peace group CodePink, told Common Dreams.

"This ominous death machine, with its price tag of $750 million a pop, brings huge profits to Northrop Grumman but takes our society one more step down the road of spiritual death," Benjamin added, referring to Rev. Martin Luther King Jr.'s 1967 anti-war speech, "Beyond Vietnam: A Time to Break Silence," in which the civil rights leader called the U.S. government "the greatest purveyor of violence in the world today."

Noting the B-21's impending introduction, Canadian professor Christopher Stonebanks tweeted on Wednesday: "Hey, how's the good old USA doing on free healthcare, eliminating poverty, and accessible education for all? What? Oh, I see. They have a new stealth bomber. OK. And their citizens are good with that trade-off?"

The Pentagon, which recently failed its fifth consecutive annual audit, is slated to get $847 billion in 2023 after Congress rubber-stamps the next National Defense Authorization Act, possibly as soon as this month. That's more than the combined military spending of China, India, the United Kingdom, Russia, France, Germany, Saudi Arabia, Japan, and South Korea, according to the National Priorities Project at the Institute for Policy Studies (IPS).


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/12/02/millions-of-americans-lack-adequate-health-coverage-but-the-pentagon-has-a-new-nuclear-bomber-to-flaunt/feed/ 0 355076
Fiji Elections chief issues legal order for Times to remove ‘no apology’ article https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/fiji-elections-chief-issues-legal-order-for-times-to-remove-no-apology-article/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/fiji-elections-chief-issues-legal-order-for-times-to-remove-no-apology-article/#respond Sat, 19 Nov 2022 07:23:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80907 By Felix Chaudhary in Suva

Supervisor of Elections Mohammed Saneem has issued a legal direction to The Fiji Times to remove an article which he said misquoted him.

Saneem objected to the headline of the article, which read: “Saneem: I will not apologise.”

Unity Fiji party candidate Riaz Mohammed had demanded that Saneem apologise for initially rejecting his nomination on the grounds of an alleged criminal conviction.

In response, Saneem, declining to apologise, said that if Mohammed wanted an apology “that means we have some malice, there is no malice in this”.

Saneem issued a legal notice to The Fiji Times yesterday under section 144A of the Electoral Act, directing the removal of the online article.

In a separate letter to The Fiji Times, Saneem said he “did not make the statement as quoted in your headline”.

“The headline is clearly misleading and also appears to be fabricated by Fiji Times,” Saneem said.

“If the same is your own views, then you should correctly identify it to yourself and not the SOE.”

Fiji Times disagrees
Section 144A, giving the power to the Supervisor to remove or correct “false statements” was enacted by Parliament last year.

Fiji Times editor-in-chief Fred Wesley replied it was not necessary for the Elections Supervisor to serve legal notices on the newspaper every time he wanted a correction to a news story.

Wesley said he did not agree that The Fiji Times had breached the law but was prepared to remove the article as directed because “it was not an article of great importance”.

Felix Chaudhary is a Fiji Times reporter. Republished with permission.

A screenshot from the Fiji Times 19112022
A screenshot from today’s Fiji Times – the Fijian Elections Office directive and Fiji Times editor-in-chief Fred Wesley’s reply. Image: FT screenshot APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/19/fiji-elections-chief-issues-legal-order-for-times-to-remove-no-apology-article/feed/ 0 352123
Pundits Fortunetelling Coverage Over Actual Reporting Poses a Danger to Democracy https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/13/pundits-fortunetelling-coverage-over-actual-reporting-poses-a-danger-to-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/13/pundits-fortunetelling-coverage-over-actual-reporting-poses-a-danger-to-democracy/#respond Sun, 13 Nov 2022 12:09:11 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/341003

Most people who follow corporate news were probably surprised by the midterm election outcomes, which saw Democrats hold far more seats than predicted.

It's worse than useless; this kind of journalism works to shield politicians from accountability.

"Expected Republican Red Wave Now a Ripple," announced USA Today (11/8/22). "Biden Touts Midterm Results as Democrats Defy Expectations, Avoid GOP Blowout," was ABCNews.com's headline (11/9/22). The Washington Post (11/9/22) reported that "few foresaw that Democrats would defy expectations of a 'Red Wave.'"

But whose expectations, exactly, did Democrats defy? It's true that few in the media foresaw these results, despite the extraordinary amount of time and energy they put into prognostications.

Washington Post columnist Dana Milbank (11/9/22) compiled an illustrative sampling of headlines in the lead up to Election Day that voiced the media consensus, including:

  • "Red Tsunami Watch" (Axios, 10/23/22)
  • "Why the Midterms Are Going to Be Great for Donald Trump" (CNN.com, 10/26/22)
  • "Breaking Down the GOP's Midterm Momentum" (Politico, 10/19/22)
  • "Democrats, on Defense in Blue States, Brace for a Red Wave in the House" (New York Times, 10/25/22)

How did the pundits and journalists get it so wrong? Both Milbank and Judd Legum (Popular Information, 11/10/22) point out that, in the wake of Trump's 2016 victory, his overperformance relative to most polls meant conservative polling firms that forecast stronger GOP performance ended up with more accurate predictions. Those firms, including Trafalgar and Rasmussen, aren't fully transparent and don't follow industry standards for data collection. (Nor do they hide their biases: After the 2020 election, Rasmussen invoked Stalin to suggest that Vice President Mike Pence had the power to overturn Biden's victory.) Yet respected aggregation sites like 538 include and rank them quite highly (Trafalgar an A-, Rasmussen a B). The weight given to these outfits was skewing polling averages in the GOP's favor.

But as Legum notes, even if they had gotten it right, prognostication-as-reporting is utterly dysfunctional. Polling is ultimately a guessing game, which means it's often wrong (see FAIR.org, 10/3/22), and it takes space and resources away from the kinds of substantive coverage that would be actually useful:

Prediction-based coverage comes at a high cost because it crowds out the coverage that voters actually need. To make an informed decision, voters need to know the practical impact of voting for each candidate.

In the case of the 2022 midterms, if Republicans regain control of the House, they will use the threat of a global economic collapse to try to force benefit cuts to Social Security and Medicare. We don't have to speculate about this. We know it is true because Republican leaders have said it publicly. But, as Popular Information previously reported, major publications almost completely ignored the potential impact of the election on Social Security and Medicare.

The political media has substituted polling analysis, which is something only people managing campaigns really need, for substantive analysis of the positions of the candidates, something that voters need.

Horse race election coverage is nothing new, of course; reporting on polls and tactics in place of substantive issues is corporate media's bread and butter (see, e.g., FAIR.org, 10/14/08; Extra!, 11/14). It generates clicks from anxious election watchers without risking charges of bias, whereas seriously talking about the issues would almost inevitably expose how far candidates are from truly representing most people's interests—and some more so than others.

Prediction coverage takes political journalism and flips it on its head: Rather than informing voters so they can make decisions in their best interests at the ballot box, it obscures the most important issues with its endless guessing games about what those voters want.

It's worse than useless; this kind of journalism works to shield politicians from accountability. And in this political moment, it's even more dangerous than that: Setting false expectations is part of the GOP strategy for credibly claiming election fraud. When Republican pollsters release results that suggest they can't lose, Republican voters are primed to disbelieve any losses that happen. And when even "liberal" media enable those false expectations, it lends credibility to those election fraud claims.

While in the vast majority of races this year, GOP candidates appear to be conceding without a fight, in 2024, with a presidential race on the line and hundreds of deniers firmly ensconced in Congress, results that don't go the GOP's way could come under a much stronger challenge. And news outlets' substitution of fortunetelling for substantive reporting could become more consequential than ever.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julie Hollar.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/13/pundits-fortunetelling-coverage-over-actual-reporting-poses-a-danger-to-democracy/feed/ 0 350306
Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Fri, 11 Nov 2022 15:24:31 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030956 The affordable housing crisis is not just capitalism run amok, because that doesn't happen without government involvement.

The post Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

New York Times depiction of affordable housing

New York Times (6/24/22)

This week on CounterSpin: As Eric Horowitz noted at FAIR.org, a lot of elite media coverage of housing problems has focused on the idea that landlords of supposedly modest means are being squeezed; or that people living without homes pose a threat to the lives and property of homeowners, as well as to the careers of politicians who dare to defend them—besides, you know, dragging down the neighborhood aesthetics.

New views are needed, not only about the impacts of the affordable housing crisis, but also about its causes. It’s not just capitalism run amok, because that doesn’t happen without government involvement.

We’ll talk with longtime affordable housing advocate Gene Slater, founder and chair at CSG Advisors.

      CounterSpin221111Slater.mp3

 

NBC News: Inflation Crisis

NBC Nightly News (11/12/21)

Also on the show: Media continue to toss off the term “inflation” as the reason for higher prices, as if in hope that folks will stop their brains right there and blame an abstract entity. We have a quick listenback to our February conversation with Rakeen Mabud of Groundwork Collaborative, when media were working hard to tell the public that “supply chain disruptions” dropped from the sky like rain, rather than being connected to decades of conscious policy decision-making.

      CounterSpin221111Mabud.mp3

 

Combined corporate and government choices—and how they affect the rest of us, this week on CounterSpin.

The post Gene Slater on Housing Crisis, Rakeen Mabud on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by CounterSpin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/11/11/gene-slater-on-housing-crisis-rakeen-mabud-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 349966
Sayed-Khaiyum blasts Fiji Times, CFL media – editor replies ‘doing our job’ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/sayed-khaiyum-blasts-fiji-times-cfl-media-editor-replies-doing-our-job/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/sayed-khaiyum-blasts-fiji-times-cfl-media-editor-replies-doing-our-job/#respond Fri, 21 Oct 2022 07:48:32 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=80202 By Arieta Vakasukawaqa in Suva

FijiFirst party general secretary Aiyaz Sayed-Khaiyum claims they are fighting The Fiji Times and Communications Fiji Ltd — not political parties — in the lead up to the 2022 general election.

He said this while taking a swipe at The Times during a news conference this week at the FijiFirst party headquarters in Suva.

Sayed-Khaiyum claimed the two media organisations were “always parroting” the People’s Alliance and the National Federation Party “without checking the facts”.

“We are not fighting other political parties, we are fighting two mainstream media organisations — Fiji Times and CFL,” he said.

“The Fijian public know that. This is why we have our live Facebook when we have conferences, because we don’t expect these people to do any justification in terms of what we are saying.

“I urge you if you are serious about your profession and the organisation you work for, are independent, not just say ‘independent’.

“The saying goes [that] the proof is in the eating of the pudding.

Another attack on The Fiji Times
Another attack on The Fiji Times by the Attorney-General . . . editor-in-chief Fred Wesley says “we’re doing our job”. Image: FT screenshot APR

“We have a seen a continuous propagation by Fiji Times and by CFL, simply parroting whatever the PAP and NFP says without checking the facts; we have a very sad state of affairs today.”

Sayed-Khaiyum cited as an example that when NFP reported the FijiFirst party to the Fiji Independent Commission Against Corruption about placing a banner on the Civic Car Park, The Fiji Times continued to publish commentary from NFP general secretary Seni Nabou.

“They have absolutely no idea of what due process means, they have absolutely no idea, neither Fiji Times nor does CFL have any idea what an independent process means.

“They throw these words around, bending these words around, yet not understanding what [they] mean.”

Fiji Times editor-in-chief Fred Wesley
Fiji Times editor-in-chief Fred Wesley … “We are not here to make the government look good. We offer a platform for every party to voice their opinions.” Image: The Fiji Times

Fiji Times editor-in-chief Fred Wesley responded that The Fiji Times was being attacked — “as usual” — for doing its job.

“We strive for fair and balanced coverage of the news, especially now as political parties go into election mode,” he said.

“Understandably the pressure is on the government to respond to statements by opposition parties. We offer them a platform to clarify issues and to make statements.

We refer all opposition party criticism to the government for comment. The government rarely, if ever, replies.

“We are not here to make the government look good. We offer a platform for every party to voice their opinions. Some choose to use it and some do not.”

Arieta Vakasukawaqa is a Fiji Times reporter. Published with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/21/sayed-khaiyum-blasts-fiji-times-cfl-media-editor-replies-doing-our-job/feed/ 0 343536
SOTA, one of the last independent news outlets in Russia, doubles down on coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/sota-one-of-the-last-independent-news-outlets-in-russia-doubles-down-on-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/sota-one-of-the-last-independent-news-outlets-in-russia-doubles-down-on-coverage/#respond Tue, 18 Oct 2022 13:50:48 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=237742 Since the outset of Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine in February, Russia has sought to stamp out independent reporting on the war, prompting journalists to flee and newsrooms to shut down or to self-censor under threat of criminal prosecution.  

Remarkably, one local outlet has continued to produce robust reporting despite the repressive environment. SOTA, which counts a staff of 40 journalists and support workers, primarily reports on Telegram, the social media platform to which many Russian media outlets migrated after Russia blocked Facebook, TwitterInstagram, and many websites. 

The publication has covered the protest movement against the war, as well as politics and human rights. SOTA’s journalists have paid a high price for their coverage, facing detentions and arrestsfines, and beatings. Others have left the country and continue to report from abroad. 

Aleksei Obukhov, SOTA’s co-founder and senior editor, spoke with CPJ via messaging app about what it’s like to be one of the few independent media outlets still reporting from inside Russia, the links between journalism and activism, and what he expects Russian journalism to look like in the future. The interview has been edited for length and clarity. 

What is SOTA’s focus and priorities in terms of coverage?

The editorial line is very simple: we write about what we think is important and interesting, with an emphasis on human rights issues. We believe that this is what media should be about. 

Our priorities are human rights and politics. That is courts, elections, and the [now almost non-existent anti-war] protests. We do not focus on international stories, since we are not yet able to have a team of journalists with expertise to report on foreign events. Also, we sidestep covering combat operations in Ukraine, since we can neither verify the information nor obtain it ourselves, and we fear for our employees in Russia. However, we do cover anti-war protests, the refugee situation in Russia, and other domestic stories.

Russian authorities outlawed media from using the word “war” to describe the military operation in Ukraine. How did SOTA decide to keep using that term?  

There was some debate, of course. For about a week, we used various euphemisms until we decided that it was impossible to compromise our consciences. This resulted in an important change: we stopped putting bylines on stories written by journalists in Russia as a way to minimize their risks. We refused to self-censor. 

Some of your Telegram posts use ironicsarcastic language to describe the news. Why?  

Most of the time we approach the news neutrally. We usually allow ourselves irony or sarcasm when introducing big stories, and we regularly consult each other to see if we are going a bit overboard. Basically, we strive for an objective and unbiased reporting, as we are convinced that reality offers the best satire.

Some SOTA journalists were formerly activists. What motivated them to go into journalism and how do you maintain journalistic standards?

I have never been an activist myself. I have picketed twice in my life, and both times [in support of journalist colleagues under threat]. In addition to journalism, my background includes political consulting for various opposition figures. 

Some of my colleagues, indeed, come from activism. But journalism in Russia used to be structured in such a way that it was quite difficult to get into it from off the street [without contacts in the field]. The number of decent outlets was shrinking and they simply had no need for many new employees, so it was not possible to start a career in journalism coming from some random outlet.

I am not the only one with a background in journalism: editor Darya Poryadina has studied journalism, and had to interrupt her studies two months before graduation due to persecution by the [Russian] Investigative Committee [which detained and interrogated her in March 2022 as a witness in a case against Russian opposition leader Alexei Navalny]. 

For some writers, we were the first place they published. Thank god, up until recently, Russia had enough good outlets we could look up to [in order to learn the craft of journalism] — and many of them remain [in operation] to this day, albeit in exile.

What is SOTA doing to protect its correspondents?

At present we have moved the editorial staff abroad — some of our colleagues cannot return due to threats of criminal prosecution. A large part of the staff remains in Russia, working in various regions. To protect correspondents in Russia, we pay for the services of an in-house lawyer. In addition, sometimes publicity and a formal media license helps [protect correspondents from arbitrary prosecution]. 

You’ve still been subject to plenty of threats. 

We received threats through “anonymous” Telegram channels, [when the door of one of our journalists was] marked with the letter ”Z” [a pro-Russian invasion symbol] and in the form of [unwanted attention] by the Investigative Committee and the FSB [the Russian Federal Security Service]. This also includes the search of [editor] Darya Poryadina’s and Aleksandr Peskov’s apartment. 

What is your business model? 

Our business model is sponsorship and grants. Fundraising, especially with the outbreak of war and [foreign governments’] blocking of foreign transfers [to Russia as a way to pressure the Kremlin] has become virtually impossible. Another small amount of money comes from advertising. But we are very selective with our advertisers, so we cannot seriously consider this a source of revenue.

How has your way of distributing information evolved in recent months? What are your options if Telegram gets blocked? 

Our approach to information distribution [which is mainly via Telegram] has not changed since the war began. We have been preparing [to deal with blocks] since 2020, when the protests in Belarus showed that media outlets will only be able to survive on social media [because their websites were blocked]. 

The blocking of Telegram will undoubtedly be the final nail in the coffin of free media in Russia. There is hope that [Telegram founder] Pavel Durov, who has already managed to bypass blocking once [in 2018 by rotating servers and disguising traffic], will be able to do so in the future as well.

With hundreds of journalists leaving Russia in the last year, how can Russian independent media still cover events of public importance? 

We continue to work in the field, as I said, keeping the names of our correspondents confidential. Fortunately, colleagues who cover courts, etc., have not yet drawn the attention of the law enforcement agencies as much as our editors have. However, we cannot hide them completely: we get accreditations from the Central Election Commission, courts, various forums, and so on. 

What do you make of the recent changes in Russia’s media landscape in which reputable and established media outlets have been forced to stop their operations in Russia, creating a vacuum that some new outlets are starting to fill? 

I cannot say that a new generation has emerged. We are rather talking about a reshaping or reinventing of media outlets in the context of the shutdown of editorial offices and censorship. The war did not create something new; it modified the old. The giant dinosaurs have been replaced by small mammals, which are much harder for enemies to chase.

Russian authorities regularly introduce new regulations aimed at muzzling the press. What is next?  

This has been the most important question of all in recent years. The pessimistic answer: we will start to feel the refreshing “Cheyne-Stokes respiration” [a slow death precipitated by belabored breathing]. The optimistic one: we will hear the sound of an invigorating snuff box hit [indicating a quick assassination], but this is unlikely. As for what’s most realistic, nobody knows right now. But it is clear that the dark clouds have definitely thickened, and god knows how and when they will disperse. 


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Anna Brakha.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/18/sota-one-of-the-last-independent-news-outlets-in-russia-doubles-down-on-coverage/feed/ 0 342777
Mediawatch: Coverage vital for NZ’s democracy but fact-checking in short supply https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/mediawatch-coverage-vital-for-nzs-democracy-but-fact-checking-in-short-supply/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/mediawatch-coverage-vital-for-nzs-democracy-but-fact-checking-in-short-supply/#respond Sun, 16 Oct 2022 00:19:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=79990 MEDIAWATCH: By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

Once again Aotearoa New Zealand’s local elections were plagued by low voter turnout and a lack of engagement. Is the media coverage, or lack thereof, contributing to the problem — and what can it do to help?​

In dozens of campaign trail appearances, new Auckland Mayor Wayne Brown told audiences he planned to get rid of board members on the council-controlled organisations Auckland Transport and Eke Panuku.

But just days after his election victory, employment lawyer Barbara Buckett gave RNZ’s Morning Report what appeared to be surprising news on that repeated promise.

“There are legal processes and procedures that have to be followed [with board members’ employment],” she said.

“While he can influence, he certainly can’t interfere.”

Buckett added that the governing body of Auckland Council would have to consent to any changes to the boards.

Interviewer Guyon Espiner seemed startled.

‘He doesn’t have the power’
“So he doesn’t actually have power to do this?” he laughed. “He’s campaigned on something he can’t do?”

That reaction was understandable.

Despite admirable efforts from Stuff’s Todd Niall, the Herald’s Simon Wilson, The Spinoff and publicly-funded Local Democracy reporters, the promises and policies coming from mayoral candidates hadn’t received quite the same level of scrutiny they would have had if this were a general election.

If tough, fact-checking coverage was in comparatively short supply for the most high-profile mayoral election in the country, it was sometimes non-existent in ward races and less-heralded mayoral contests.

Pippa Coom, who lost her seat in Auckland’s Waitematā ward, told Mediawatch she didn’t see much coverage at all of her tight ward race against Mike Lee.

She said some media outlets didn’t publish their usual rundowns on ward races like hers, and as a result the “void was filled by misinformation and attack ads”.

“As a candidate I have to absolutely take responsibility for my own loss and for not reaching my potential supporters and not getting people out to vote,” she said.

“But the media coverage is such an important part of our democracy and our elections. So if it’s not there, it is going to … have an impact on election turnout and the result.”

Lack of coverage, engagement
The lack of coverage was matched by a lack of engagement from the public.

Turnout in this year’s election was around 40 percent across the country. In Auckland, it only reached 35 percent for the second election running.

Auckland Council carried out research where it quizzed non-voters on why they didn’t cast their ballot back in 2017.

The number one reason given was that they didn’t know anything about the candidates. Number two was that they didn’t know enough about the policies — and number three was that they couldn’t work out who to vote for.

In the weeks before the election, RNZ’s Lucy Xia vox-popped some Auckland students who told her that not only did they not vote, but they didn’t know the identity of the city’s mayor.

“I don’t really have an opinion,” one said. “Maybe for the prime minister next year. But for mayor? I don’t have views.”

The lack of engagement weighed on the mind of fill-in presenter John Campbell during last weekend’s episode of TVNZ’s Q+A.

Poorer suburbs lagged behind
In conversation with reporter Katie Bradford, he pointed to turnout in the poorer suburbs of Auckland, which — as usual — lagged behind richer areas.

“You have to say that a turnout below 20 percent in Ōtara is heartbreaking. It’s not good enough either,” he said.

“This is a dismal fail by someone.”

He went on to list some possible culprits for that — including central government, uninspiring local candidates and the election system itself.

There is some evidence pointing toward all of those.

In a BusinessDesk column, Pattrick Smellie said postal voting favours older homeowners, who are more likely to stick around at an address and to send letters than younger people and renters.

“It’s hardly news that no one under 40 has much experience of actually posting a letter. We’ve known for a while that postal voting skews local body voting to the asset-owning classes,” he wrote.

TVNZ reporter Katie Bradford, current press gallery chair.
TVNZ reporter Katie Bradford, current press gallery chair . . . “It’s almost a chicken and egg situation. How much coverage the media does is so much based on what we think the public wants.” Image: TVNZ/RNZ

‘Boring’ consultation processes
Others criticised local government’s consultation processes, which are often boring and inaccessible for people with busy lives, along with the ratepayer roll which gives homeowners a vote for each property they own in different places.

But in response to Campbell, Bradford honed in on the media’s role in voter disengagement.

“I’m passionate about local government and there are lots of people out there who are. But how do we show people why it matters? It’s a frustration as a journalist,” she said.

Bradford told Mediawatch it was unclear whether the comparative paucity of media coverage on local government reflected a lack of public interest in the topic — or vice versa.

“It’s almost a chicken and egg situation. How much coverage the media does is so much based on what we think the public wants, and if people aren’t picking up the paper, or they’re switching off the radio or the TV when local government stories are on, they’re not going to run them,” Bradford told Mediawatch. 

TV and radio had particular difficulty producing interest stories about local government because council meetings aren’t renowned for creating interesting visuals or soundbites, Bradford said.

She thought it would help if stories explicitly connected council decisions to nationally-significant issues like the housing crisis or Wellington’s ongoing problems with its water and sewage.

‘Maybe media partly to blame’
“All of this stuff is so important and I think people think it’s always central government’s fault. They don’t necessarily think there’s council involvement and maybe the media is partly to blame for not explaining that stuff enough,” she said.

“But it’s not just our job. It’s also the job of Local Government NZ and councils to explain that.”

Bradford backed the idea of giving local government a similar amount of attention as central government, which is covered round-the-clock by teams of press gallery reporters.

But the economics of that move likely wouldn’t stack up for newsrooms, which are already experiencing significant financial constraints, she said.

She thought reporters could help by targeting the broken parts of the electoral system and shining a spotlight on the things that keep people from engaging with councils.

“This election shows that turnout didn’t get any better despite quite extensive coverage, despite a big campaign by LGNZ and others.

“Whatever we have right now is not working,” she said. “Something has to change.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/16/mediawatch-coverage-vital-for-nzs-democracy-but-fact-checking-in-short-supply/feed/ 0 342302
Why the Corporate Media’s Coverage of the Latest Jobs Report Is So Awful https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/why-the-corporate-medias-coverage-of-the-latest-jobs-report-is-so-awful/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/why-the-corporate-medias-coverage-of-the-latest-jobs-report-is-so-awful/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 20:46:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/340228

This morning, the Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics reported on jobs and wages for September. I have to chime in on this because the mainstream media coverage is so awful. The coverage makes it sound as if the economy is bounding ahead, when in fact we're in the first stages of a major slowdown.

Big corporations continue to use inflation as a cover to raise their prices and increase their profit margins.

The most important takeaway is that workers continued to become poorer in September, as average hourly earnings again failed to keep up with increases in the costs of living. Hourly earnings climbed 5 percent from a year earlier, while prices rose 6.3 percent.

As wages continue to fall behind prices, wages continue to reduce inflationary pressures.

You'd think this would lessen the likelihood of another Fed interest-rate hike – which makes it more costly for consumers to borrow, reducing their purchasing power even further. But Fed officials continue to fixate on wage growth rather than the major forces pushing up prices—especially corporate profits.  

"Continued strong wage increases will likely put further upward pressure on service price inflation," Lisa D. Cook, a Fed governor, said in a speech on Thursday.

Another Fed governor, Philip Jefferson, said in a speech this week, "In a market with more job openings than workers, the competition to fill vacancies is leading to rapid wage gains now, and the resulting salary compression may lead to further upward wage pressures in the future,"

What can they be thinking? A new report shows that unfilled job offerings fell sharply in August. As Goldman Sachs puts it, almost half of the gap between jobs and workers has been eliminated over the past few months.

Filings for unemployment benefits last week also rose. Companies, including Walmart and Amazon, have announced slowdowns in hiring, while others, including FedEx, have frozen hiring altogether.

Other signs of a slowdown appear in the Bureau's job numbers for September.

Employers added 263,000 jobs last month on a seasonally adjusted basis—down from 315,000 in August. The unemployment rate also fell.

Meanwhile, big corporations continue to use inflation as a cover to raise their prices and increase their profit margins.

As William Meaney, the CEO of Iron Mountain (a data storage and management company with a current market capitalization of $12 billion) told Wall Street analysts in late September, high levels of inflation helped the company increase its margins—and that for that reason he had long been "doing my inflation dance praying for inflation." A few years before, Meaney explained "I pray for inflation every day I come to work because … our top line is really driven by inflation. … Every point of inflation expands our margins."

The Fed's rate hikes will eventually hit corporate profits because corporations depend on workers (who are also consumers) to buy their goods and services. But by the time the rate hikes hit profits, jobs and wages will likely have been crushed in a recession.

Beware.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Robert Reich.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/why-the-corporate-medias-coverage-of-the-latest-jobs-report-is-so-awful/feed/ 0 339992
How US War Coverage Fails to Further the Necessity of Peace https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/how-us-war-coverage-fails-to-further-the-necessity-of-peace/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/how-us-war-coverage-fails-to-further-the-necessity-of-peace/#respond Fri, 07 Oct 2022 05:57:29 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=257306 Much has been said about disinformation as an instrument of war. Russian propaganda has been relentless, but questions have also been raised about Western media. When they deny NATO’s culpability in stoking the flames of war in Ukraine, Americans are left unaware of their most effective tool in preventing further crisis: pressuring their own government to join the negotiating table. Is prolonging the war in Ukraine indefinitely the only option? More

The post How US War Coverage Fails to Further the Necessity of Peace appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Raza Rumi Ahmad.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/10/07/how-us-war-coverage-fails-to-further-the-necessity-of-peace/feed/ 0 339719
Queen Quashes Campaign News? Lack of Coverage is Routine for Social Movements.  https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/queen-quashes-campaign-news-lack-of-coverage-is-routine-for-social-movements/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/queen-quashes-campaign-news-lack-of-coverage-is-routine-for-social-movements/#respond Thu, 29 Sep 2022 05:45:29 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=256307 Democratic campaign fundraisers are complaining about cable news. The reporting they rely on, to attract attention and stir giving, dried up, they say, when US news networks switched their attention from politics and the midterms to Queen Elizabeth II’s death. How do you spark alarm, inform the public, prod people to act, if the media More

The post Queen Quashes Campaign News? Lack of Coverage is Routine for Social Movements.  appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Laura Flanders.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/29/queen-quashes-campaign-news-lack-of-coverage-is-routine-for-social-movements/feed/ 0 337154
‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ – CounterSpin interview with Chris Becker on inflation coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Thu, 22 Sep 2022 15:49:18 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030326 "Unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers' rights and good pay."

The post ‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Janine Jackson interviewed the Groundwork Collaborative’s Chris Becker about inflation coverage for the September 16, 2022, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

      CounterSpin220916Becker.mp3

 

Janine Jackson: In a section labeled “Core of the matter,” the Economist declared: “Despite rosier figures, America still has an inflation problem. Is higher unemployment the only cure?”

Economist: America Still Has an Inflation Problem

Economist (9/13/22)

I guess we’re meant to find solace in the idea that the magazine thinks there might conceivably be other responses, in addition to what we are to understand is the proven one: purposely throwing people out of work, with all of the life-changing harms that come with that.

CNBC‘s story, “Inflation Fears Spur Shoppers to Get an Early Jump on the Year-End Holidays,” encouraged us to think that “inflation is a Scrooge.”

So—an abstraction that is somehow stealing Christmas, to which the healthy response is to make more people jobless while corporate profits soar. It makes sense to corporate media, but if it doesn’t make sense to you, you are far from alone.

Chris Becker is the associate director of policy and research, and senior economist, at the Groundwork Collaborative. He joins us now by phone. Welcome to CounterSpin, Chris Becker.

Chris Becker: Thank you so much for having me, and just having this very important discussion.

JJ: I know that lots of people don’t really understand much about how the economy works, and I don’t hold it against them, frankly. I do hold it, in part, against corporate news media, who I think rely on that lack of knowledge to sell ideas that people wouldn’t buy if they understood them.

So if you’re having a first conversation with someone who says, “Boy, prices are high, this inflation is killing us. And, you know, the paper says it’s wages,” how would you try to reorient that conversation? Where would you start?

CB: Right. I think there is a lot of misinformation and misunderstandings floating around that are perpetuated by the media at times. And so where I would start with the conversation is to say that when we’re thinking about inflation, we need to understand that there are stark differences in how American households and consumers are experiencing the post-pandemic economy, versus how corporations are faring.

So for consumers, what this has meant is higher prices: higher prices at the grocery store line, at the pump, even for essential goods like baby formula that are required for basic nutrition of infants. And so the bottom line for consumers is that it’s become harder and harder to make ends meet.

But corporations have turned consumers’ pain into their own gain. So what we’ve seen corporations do is that they’ve used all these crises as an excuse to pass on higher prices to consumers, padding their pockets in the process, and then funneling the extra money back to their wealthy shareholders and investors.

And like you mentioned, there are a lot of narratives going around that corporations were forced to raise these higher prices, that they had higher input costs, or that wage demands were simply too large, and they had to raise prices to compensate for that.

Truthout: Corporate Profits Surge to an All-Time High of $2 Trillion

Truthout (8/26/22)

But what we’ve seen, actually, is that not only have corporate profits hit record highs, far exceeding what we saw prior to the pandemic, but also profit margins have hit their highest level in 70 years.

And so what that means is that for every dollar that these corporations are earning, a larger percentage of that is going to corporate profits, rather than paying off input costs or paying wages, than what we’ve seen since the 1950s. So not only are corporations making a lot of money, they’re actually squeezing consumers for more than they have in 70 years.

And so, yes, input costs have gone up, wages have gone up, but corporations have passed all of that onto consumers in the form of higher prices, and then a little bit more, so they’re actually making more and more profits than they used to.

JJ: And I just want to add, the way that media framing tends to talk about workers and consumers as though they were different people is very frustrating in terms of understanding what’s going on, right? I’m the one paying at the pump and at the grocery store, and I’m also the one working for wages. So it’s very obfuscating to separate those groups rhetorically.

CB: Yes, absolutely. And one of the biggest problems is that wages are not rising fast enough. We’ve seen that wages have gone up, but not by as much as inflation has gone up.

So the purchasing power of these workers, in terms of what their wage actually buys them, has gone down. And so we actually need higher wages, not lower wages. We need to ensure that workers are being fairly compensated for the higher prices that they’re seeing. That’s exactly right.

JJ: When I see outlets like the Economist toss off phrases like the “remorseless mathematics” of economic policy-making, that’s sending a message, right, to readers that choices aren’t being made. It’s as if it’s the hand of God.

And as well as misrepresenting what you and I know is the very contested nature of economics—if you have different goals, you want different policies—it also seems to encourage a kind of passivity on the part of people. “There’s really nothing you can do about it. It’s just math, you know, it’s just math.” It’s very frustrating.

CB: I think that’s exactly right. And when we’re thinking about corporations, they do have options. They do have other choices of how they want to go about making profits. We often frame it as if it’s this question of, should corporations be allowed to make profits or not? And, of course, in a strong economy, where everyone’s doing well and everyone’s making money, corporations will make profits too.

The real issue is how they’ve gone about making these profits. And so, unfortunately, we’ve incentivized these corporations to really go after this price-gouging, profiteering strategy, rather than pursuing other strategies that could be good for all of us.

So, for example, one option that corporations have is that it’s not obvious that higher prices are always better for corporations either; if corporations keep their prices low, consumers can afford to buy more from them, and they’ll make more money. But, unfortunately, they put all their eggs in this price-gouging basket instead.

In the long run, low prices could be good for corporations. If you keep your prices low and the products are affordable, consumers will see that, and they’re more likely to keep shopping with you. They’re able to expand your customer base.

So I think even the high prices could, in some ways, be short-sighted for corporations, too.

Another big problem is that corporations are not investing this money. We know that corporations are making all these profits. They could be taking this extra money and saying, “Let’s actually invest it so that we can have long-term profitability, long-term sustainability. Let’s try to bring our costs down. Let’s try to expand our productive capacity, so we can produce more in the future and make more money.”

Unfortunately, they’re not doing that either. What we’re seeing instead is that corporations are taking all those extra profits and doing share buybacks and dividends, and funneling extra money to their shareholders.

These shareholders don’t necessarily have the best interest of the corporations in the long run, or the economy as a whole, in mind. They want to see a short-run return right now, make sure they make their money while they can. And so they’re incentivizing these corporations to go all in on price-gouging; funnel the money back rather than taking the more risky investments in the long run that could benefit all of us.

We need to really move away from this model where corporations are so reliant on shareholders who are really prioritizing short-run profits and profiteering over far more investment.

JJ: I was struck by a recent tweet of yours in which you said we can continue arguing about precise causes of inflation, but we have to connect it to corporate profiteering. And you said:

Whether this profiteering is a cause of inflation or just a distributional consequence, we don’t have to accept this. We can build institutions that ensure everyday Americans get a bigger piece of that pie.

I wonder if you could just finally talk a little bit about that. What institutions need to be grown? How do we build them? Just tell us a little bit about that positive vision.

Groundwork Collaborative's Chris Becker

Chris Becker: “Unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers’ rights and good pay.”

CB: Sure. I think that a lot of it goes back to what you were talking about before, where the consumers are workers.

And, unfortunately, we have built a system that relies on exploitation of labor rather than building up workers’ rights and good pay. So corporations are not paying workers well, they’re not giving them proper rights, they’re not respecting their dignity in the workplace. And we see the consequences of this.

We’ve seen it very recently in the labor strike that we’ve seen in the railroad industry. Railroad workers are workers that our economy really depends on; they’re essential workers within our supply chains that allow consumers to access the goods and services that they need. If there’s one thing we’ve learned in this crisis, it’s how important our supply chains are.

But railroads, instead of treating these workers well and taking care of them, have assumed that they can continue to exploit them over and over again, and those workers will always be there when we need them.

And, finally, these railroad workers are saying enough is enough. They’re making very simple demands, just to have basic paid sick leave so that they don’t worry about losing all their income when they get sick.

And so now we are faced with this situation where we could have a railroad strike, which will throw our economy into disruption once again, and raise prices for everyone.

And so we should be investing in workers, investing in higher wages, investing in unions because it’s the right thing to do, but also because it will allow workers to focus on their jobs, get the essential tasks they do done without having to worry about having enough money, being able to make the right choices for their family.

So I think a lot of it just starts with investing in workers first instead of corporate exploitation.

JJ: We’re going to end on that note. We’ve been speaking with Chris Becker, associate director of policy and research, and senior economist, at the Groundwork Collaborative. Their work is online at GroundworkCollaborative.org. Thank you so much, Chris Becker, for joining us this week on CounterSpin.

CB: Thank you.

 

The post ‘We’ve Incentivized Corporations to Go After This Price-Gouging Strategy’ appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Janine Jackson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/weve-incentivized-corporations-to-go-after-this-price-gouging-strategy-counterspin-interview-with-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 335440
Press Coverage of Declining US Life Expectancy Evades the Truth https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/press-coverage-of-declining-us-life-expectancy-evades-the-truth/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/press-coverage-of-declining-us-life-expectancy-evades-the-truth/#respond Thu, 22 Sep 2022 05:54:35 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=255754 Reporting by U.S. news services often takes China to task for its strict preventative measures imposed to prevent Covid-19 infection. Reports point to economic instability and people’s distress resulting from such the uncompromising attitude. The slant of New York Times reporting, which minimized Chinese lives saved, earned sharp criticism on September 9 from the fair.org More

The post Press Coverage of Declining US Life Expectancy Evades the Truth appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by W. T. Whitney.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/22/press-coverage-of-declining-us-life-expectancy-evades-the-truth/feed/ 0 335261
Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 15:20:00 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9030250 For corporate media, being a paid flack for the police in no way disqualifies you to offer analysis of law enforcement.

The post Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

 

John Miller

CNN‘s John Miller

This week on CounterSpin: Journalist-turned-cop-turned-journalist-turned-cop-turned-journalist John Miller makes a blur of the revolving door. For years, he’s been back and forth between the New York Police Department (and the FBI) and news media like ABC. And now he’s the new hire at CNN. Don’t miss the message: For corporate media, being a paid flack for the police in no way disqualifies you to offer what viewers will be assured is a dry-eyed analysis of law enforcement patterns and practices. The hire is part of CNN‘s rebranding under new leadership; the major stockholder cites Fox News as an exemplar. But while it’s tempting to say CNN is acting like the kid who imagines his bully will let up if he offers both his and his little brother’s lunch money, the harder truth is that CNN knows it won’t attract or appease Fox or Fox viewers. So we should focus less on how one network “counters” the other than on whom they’re both ready to throw under the bus—in this case, Muslims. We’ll talk about the Miller hire with Sumayyah Waheed, senior policy counsel at Muslim Advocates.

      CounterSpin220916Waheed.mp3

 

Atlantic: Lowering the Cost of Insulin Could Be Deadly

Atlantic (9/5/22)

Also on the show: Listeners may have seen the “just asking questions, don’t get mad” Atlantic article about how it might make sense to keep pricing insulin out of the reach of diabetics because, wait, wait…hear me out. (The idea was that if insulin winds up cheaper than newer, better drugs, more people might die.)  Other outlets are musing about how higher unemployment might be the best response to higher prices. Why are we doing thought experiments about hurting people? Implied scarcity—”obviously we can’t do all the things a society needs, so let’s discuss what to jettison”—is a whole vibe that major media could upend, but instead enable. We’ll talk about how that’s playing out in coverage of inflation with Chris Becker, associate director of policy and research and senior economist at the Groundwork Collaborative.

      CounterSpin220916Waheed.mp3

 

The post Sumayyah Waheed on CNN’s Copaganda Hire, Chris Becker on Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Fairness & Accuracy In Reporting.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/sumayyah-waheed-on-cnns-copaganda-hire-chris-becker-on-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 333870
Close the Medicaid Coverage Gap https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/close-the-medicaid-coverage-gap/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/close-the-medicaid-coverage-gap/#respond Fri, 16 Sep 2022 05:49:28 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=255261 I have terrible chronic pain that’s left me unable to work for the last few years. I can’t sleep well, and every day is a battle just to take care of myself. It would be life-changing if I could be seen by a doctor. But I’m one of the 2 million Americans caught in what’s More

The post Close the Medicaid Coverage Gap appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Anthony Cook .

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/16/close-the-medicaid-coverage-gap/feed/ 0 333868
‘Monstrous’: Federal Judge Rules HIV Drug Coverage Mandate Violates Religious Freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/monstrous-federal-judge-rules-hiv-drug-coverage-mandate-violates-religious-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/monstrous-federal-judge-rules-hiv-drug-coverage-mandate-violates-religious-freedom/#respond Wed, 07 Sep 2022 18:10:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339554

Legal, healthcare, and LGBTQ+ advocates on Wednesday denounced a ruling by a right-wing federal judge in Texas who found that the federal law requiring insurance coverage of an HIV prevention drug violates a Christian-owned company's religious freedom.

"No one's religious beliefs should ever prevent access to essential lifesaving medication."

U.S. District Judge Reed O'Connor ruled in Braidwood Management Inc., vs. Xavier Becerra that the Affordable Care Act's (ACA) requirement that insurers and employers cover pre-exposure prophylaxis, or PrEP, infringes upon the liberty of a company under the Religious Freedom Restoration Act (RFRA).

"This is monstrous," tweeted Alejandra Caraballo, an instructor at the Harvard Cyber Law Clinic. "No one's religious beliefs should ever prevent access to essential lifesaving medication."

New York University Law School professor Melissa Murray called the ruling "your weekly reminder that the conservative legal movement has no plans to stop at abortion" in the wake of the U.S. Supreme Court's Dobbs v. Jackson Women's Health Organization ruling, which voided half a century of federally guaranteed reproductive freedom.

The plaintiffs in the case—two businesses owned by Christians and six individuals—argued that the ACA's requirement to cover PrEP "forces religious employers to provide coverage for drugs that facilitate and encourage homosexual behavior, prostitution, sexual promiscuity, and intravenous drug use."

One of the companies, Braidwood Management, Inc., is led by Steven Hotze, a medical doctor who chairs the Conservative Republicans of Texas PAC. Hotze once said on live television that the best way to control the HIV/AIDS epidemic would be to "shoot the queers."

In his ruling, O'Connor wrote that the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) did not offer any "compelling" evidence that "private, religious corporations" should be forced to cover PrEP "with no cost-sharing and no religious exemptions."

The judge also concurred with the plaintiffs' contention that the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force (PSTF)—which makes recommendations about what qualifies as preventative care under the ACA—is unconstitutional because it "wields a power to compel private action that resembles legislative authority."

O'Connor was appointed by then-President George W. Bush in 2007 and has authored numerous anti-ACA rulings, including one in 2018 that called the popular healthcare law, commonly known as Obamacare, "unconstitutional."

O'Connor asked both sides to submit supplemental briefings by Friday so he can determine whether the ACA requirement violates the RFRA more broadly.

According to Christopher Wiggins, the senior national reporter at the LGBTQ+ news site The Advocate, O'Connor's ruling "could potentially jeopardize free access to other services, including cancer screenings, medical screenings for pregnant women, and some counseling services across the country."

The Movement for Black Lives asserted that "this ruling directly impacts Black lives and our ability to access lifesaving healthcare. Furthermore, PrEP and other health benefits and services should be free for all and not tied to our labor."

Georgetown Law professor Anthony Michael Kreiss tweeted, "Let us be clear: PrEP is essential to combating the transmission of HIV and keeping the public healthy."

"Today's ruling from Texas is an example of every person becoming a law unto themself in the name of religion but for the sole purpose of subordinating gay men and trans women," he added.

Former Ohio state Sen. Nina Turner, a progressive Democrat, asked, "Which religion bars you from preventing HIV?"

Related Content

An HHS spokesperson told The Advocate that the agency "continues to work to ensure that people can access healthcare, free from discrimination."

"If individuals feel that they have been denied care," they added, "we would encourage them to file a complaint with the Office for Civil Rights."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Brett Wilkins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/07/monstrous-federal-judge-rules-hiv-drug-coverage-mandate-violates-religious-freedom/feed/ 0 330813
America’s Porous Health Care “Safety Net”: Beyond Past Policy Failures To A Universal Coverage Fix https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/americas-porous-health-care-safety-net-beyond-past-policy-failures-to-a-universal-coverage-fix/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/americas-porous-health-care-safety-net-beyond-past-policy-failures-to-a-universal-coverage-fix/#respond Fri, 02 Sep 2022 05:52:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=253831 The long-standing, loosely-woven patchwork of federal, state and local programs in the U. S. includes the emergency rooms and urgent care clinics of public hospitals, community health centers, and local health departments. Their goal is to serve a long list of vulnerable populations —uninsured and underinsured, chronically ill individuals, people with disabilities, mentally ill individuals, More

The post America’s Porous Health Care “Safety Net”: Beyond Past Policy Failures To A Universal Coverage Fix appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John P. Geyman.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/09/02/americas-porous-health-care-safety-net-beyond-past-policy-failures-to-a-universal-coverage-fix/feed/ 0 328907
False Balance in Establishment Press Coverage of Supreme Court’s Decision to Overturn Roe v. Wade https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/false-balance-in-establishment-press-coverage-of-supreme-courts-decision-to-overturn-roe-v-wade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/false-balance-in-establishment-press-coverage-of-supreme-courts-decision-to-overturn-roe-v-wade/#respond Tue, 23 Aug 2022 20:30:07 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=26378 On June 24, 2022, the US Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade, ruling out the constitutional right to abortion. States can now prohibit pregnant women and girls from receiving an…

The post False Balance in Establishment Press Coverage of Supreme Court’s Decision to Overturn Roe v. Wade appeared first on Project Censored.

]]>
On June 24, 2022, the US Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade, ruling out the constitutional right to abortion. States can now prohibit pregnant women and girls from receiving an abortion, forcing them into involuntary servitude regardless of psychological, social, or economic circumstances. How this decision will impact women’s economic freedom and ability to self-govern in our democratic republic is an important question, and one that the establishment press is failing to address.

Various scholars have fought to understand what the Court’s decision signifies and the establishment media’s influence in presenting these debates is a complex political issue. The media frames the ruling in terms of what Dan Froomkin at Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting (FAIR) describes as “both-sidesism.” In doing so, the establishment press attempts to “be fair in a way that doesn’t alert readers to what the real stakes of the situation are,” Duke University professor Nancy McLean told FAIR.

In addition, Froomkin reported that controlling women’s rights—including basic choices about whether and when to have children—undermines women’s equal status and will produce damaging impacts on the economy. “Only if we see how women are hampered in having a truly fair playing field in the economic sphere will we recognize the true burden of forced parenting—and parenting without social and financial support,” Caroline Fredrickson, a senior fellow at the Brennan Center for Justice, told FAIR.

According to Brookings’ Caitlin Knowles Myers and Morgan Welch, research has shown that abortion access has had profound effects on women’s economic and social lives. Legalization of abortion has reduced cases of child neglect and abuse and improved the likelihood of entire generations of college-educated children.

In the most recent survey of abortion patients conducted by the Guttmacher Institute, Myers and Welch stated that 97 percent are adults, 49 percent are living below the poverty line, 59 percent already have children, and 55 percent are experiencing a disruptive life event such as losing a job, breaking up with a partner, or falling behind on rent. Eliminating abortion access will diminish women’s personal and economic lives, as well as the lives of their families.

Some corporate media outlets addressed these issues. MSNBC opinion columnist Kate Bahn compared the link between women’s bodily autonomy and economic opportunity, claiming that over nearly 50 years of abortion access, women obtained “greater assurance and control over when and whether to start a family, allowing them to better share in economic growth.” Furthermore, Forbes reported that a 2020 study concluded that the salaries of individual women ages 15-44 would be $1,610 higher if all abortion restrictions were eliminated. However, these studies do not address the long-term repercussions that women will face as a result of Roe’s overturn. The research underestimates the full economic impact of the Court’s ruling  for women and their families.

Sources:

Dan Froomkin, “Misogyny, Theocracy and Other Missing Issues in Post-Roe Coverage,” Fairness & Accuracy in Reporting, June 30, 2022.

Caitlin Knowles Myers and Morgan Welch, “What Can Economic Research Tell Us About the Effect of Abortion Access on Women’s Lives?” Brookings, November 30, 2021.

Student Researcher: Lauren Reduzzi (Drew University)

Faculty Evaluator: Mickey Huff (Diablo Valley College)

The post False Balance in Establishment Press Coverage of Supreme Court’s Decision to Overturn Roe v. Wade appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/23/false-balance-in-establishment-press-coverage-of-supreme-courts-decision-to-overturn-roe-v-wade/feed/ 0 348543
News Outlets, Press Freedom Groups to DOJ: Don’t Let GOP States Criminalize Abortion Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/news-outlets-press-freedom-groups-to-doj-dont-let-gop-states-criminalize-abortion-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/news-outlets-press-freedom-groups-to-doj-dont-let-gop-states-criminalize-abortion-coverage/#respond Tue, 16 Aug 2022 16:27:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/339076

More than two dozen newsrooms and press freedom groups sent a letter to U.S. Attorney General Merrick Garland on Tuesday, calling on the Justice Department to prevent journalists and their employers from being prosecuted for simply writing about abortion.

"Rather than risk the threat of jail time, fines or legal fees, some news organizations may not be able to publish stories about abortion and possibly even contraceptives."

At issue is a campaign, led by the National Right to Life Committee, to expand the GOP's devastating assault on reproductive freedom and other constitutional rights. In mid-June, anticipating that the U.S. Supreme Court's reactionary majority would soon overturn Roe v. Wade, the forced pregnancy group drafted and circulated model legislation to state lawmakers around the country.

If enacted, the legislation—already under consideration in the South Carolina Legislature, with more Republican-controlled states likely to follow in the near future—would prohibit "aiding and abetting" someone seeking an abortion, including by "hosting or maintaining a website... that encourages or facilitates efforts to obtain an illegal abortion."

As the letter—spearheaded by Mother Jones and Rewire News Group and signed by 24 other outlets and trade associations—makes clear, such a measure "could be loosely interpreted to criminalize news organizations and reporters for merely posting stories about abortion on their websites."

"There is precedent for state legislatures enacting nearly identical laws that trample on people's rights, and there is a history of well-funded organizations and individuals targeting news organizations through legal action that drains resources and can put newsrooms out of business," the letter states.

Mother Jones, for instance, "spent $2.5 million over two years fending off a lawsuit by a conservative billionaire who claimed he had been defamed in one of their 2012 stories," the letter continues. "The ordeal diverted tremendous time and money from normal day-to-day operations," and the magazine's finances "were compromised for years."

If "aiding and abetting" abortion bills are signed into law, "news organizations would be vulnerable in states where they maintain offices, and potentially in states where affected employees reside," says the letter. "Rather than risk the threat of jail time, fines or legal fees, some news organizations may not be able to publish stories about abortion and possibly even contraceptives."

In essence, "such laws would enable state governments to dictate which stories can be reported and published, at a time when an independent press is needed more than ever," the letter notes.

The newsrooms and press freedom groups implored Garland "to honor the protections of the U.S. Constitution and defend the news organizations that play a critical role in bringing attention to all the issues in our society."

"We ask that you publicly reiterate the press freedoms granted under the First Amendment, and remind states that they cannot infringe on those rights when news outlets write about abortion, whether they and their reporters work and live in states where abortion is legal or illegal," they wrote.

"If any state enacts such legislation," they added, "we ask that you intervene and use whatever authority is granted to the Department of Justice to halt the overall law from taking effect or provisions that may punish news organizations and reporters."

All 26 signatories are listed below:

Mother Jones
Rewire News Group
Scalawag Magazine
BuzzFeed News
HuffPost

The Marshall Project
The Intercept
The Nation
The American Prospect
The New Republic

The Center for Investigative Reporting
Capital B
Center for Public Integrity
CalMatters
Chalkbeat
Votebeat
Salon
Dame Magazine
Prism

PEN America
Center for Media at Risk
Institute for Nonprofit News
Radio Television Digital News Association
New York News Publishers Association
Media Matters for America
News Leaders Association


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Kenny Stancil.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/16/news-outlets-press-freedom-groups-to-doj-dont-let-gop-states-criminalize-abortion-coverage/feed/ 0 324041
Will Fiji’s 2022 hotly contested elections further cement democracy? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/#respond Sat, 13 Aug 2022 02:12:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77791 ANALYSIS: By Shailendra Singh of the University of the South Pacific

In Fiji’s politically charged context, national elections are historically a risky period. Since the 2022 campaign period was declared open on April 26, the intensity has been increasing.

Moreover, with three governments toppled by coups after the 1987, 1999 and 2006 elections, concerns about a smooth transfer of power are part of the national conversation.

The frontrunners in the election, which must be held by January 2023 but is likely to be held later this year, are two former military strongmen — Prime Minister Voreqe Bainimarama and former Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka.

Both men have been involved in Fijian coups in the past.  Rabuka took power through the 1987 coups in the name of Indigenous self-determination. He became the elected prime minister in 1992 but lost power in 1999 after forming a coalition with a largely Indo–Fijian party.

Bainimarama staged his 2006 coup in the name of good governance, multiracialism and eradicating corruption, before restoring electoral democracy and winning elections under the FijiFirst (FF) party banner in 2014 and 2018.

FijiFirst was formed by the leaders and supporters of the 2006 coup during the transition back to democratic government via the 2014 election. Many of the FF leaders were part of the post-coup interim government that created the 2013 constitution, which delivered substantial changes to Fiji’s electoral system.

These changes included the elimination of seats reserved for specific ethnicities, replaced by a single multi-member constituency covering the whole country, and the creation of a single national electoral roll. Seat distribution is proportional, meaning each of the eight competing parties will need to get five percent of the vote to win one of the 55 seats up for grabs this year.

Popularity a key factor
As votes for a particular candidate are distributed to those lower down their parties’ ticket once they cross the five percent threshold, the popularity of single candidates can make or break a party’s electoral hopes.

For example, Bainimarama individually garnered 69 percent of FF’s total votes in 2014 and 73.81 percent in 2018, demonstrating the extent to which his party’s fortunes rest on his personal brand.

This will be crucial as FF’s majority rests on a razor thin margin, having won in 2018 with only 50.02 percent of the vote, compared to its 59.14 percent in 2014.

As for his major rival Rabuka, following his split with the major Indigenous Fijian party, Social Democratic Liberal Party (SODELPA), he formed and now heads the People’s Alliance Party (PAP).

The split came after Rabuka lost a leadership tussle with SODELPA stalwart Viliame Gavoka. Rabuka’s departure is seen as a setback for SODELPA, given that he attracted 77,040, or 42.55 percent, of the total SODELPA votes in 2018.

When it comes to issues, the state of the economy, including cost of living and national debt, are expected to be at the top of most voters’ minds. Covid-19 brought a sudden halt to tourism — which before the pandemic made up 39 percent of the country’s gross domestic product (GDP) — putting 115,000 people out of work.

As a result, the government borrowed heavily during this period, which according to the Ministry of Economy saw the “debt-to-GDP ratio increase to over 80 percent at the end of March 2022 compared to around 48 per cent pre-pandemic”.

Poverty ‘undercounted’
The government stated that it borrowed to prevent economic collapse, while the opposition accused it of reckless spending. The World Bank put the poverty level at 24.1 percent in April 2022, but opposition politicians have claimed this is an undercount.

For example, the leader of the National Federation Party (NFP) Professor Biman Prasad has claimed the real level of unemployment is more than 50 percent.

Adding to this pressure is inflation, which reached 4.7 percent in April — up from 1.9 percent in February — and while the government blames price increases in wheat, fuel, and other staples on the war in Ukraine, the opposition attributes it to poor economic fundamentals.

Another factor which could define the election outcome was the pre-election announcement of a coalition between the PAP and NFP. By combining the two largest opposition parties, there is clearly a hope to form a viable multiethnic alternative to FF.

This strategy, however, is not without risks in the country’s complex political milieu. In the 1999 election, the coalition between Rabuka’s ruling Soqosoqo ni Vakavulewa ni Taukei Party and NFP failed when Rabuka’s 1987 coup history was highlighted during campaigning.

This saw NFP’s Fijian supporters of Indian descent desert the party.

Whether history will repeat itself is one of the intriguing questions in this election. According to some estimates, FF received 71 percent of Indo-Fijian votes in 2014, and capturing this support base is crucial for the opposition’s chances.

Transfer of power concerns
Against the background of pressing economic and social issues loom concerns about a smooth transfer of power. Besides Fiji’s coup culture, such anxieties are fuelled by a constitutional provision seen to give the military carte blanche to intervene in national politics.

Section 131(2) of the 2013 Fijian constitution states: ‘It shall be the overall responsibility of the Republic of Fiji Military Forces to ensure at all times the security, defence and well-being of Fiji and all Fijians’.

This has concerned many opposition leaders, such as NFP president Pio Tikoduadua, who has called for the country to rethink how this aspect of the constitution should be understood.

These concerns are likely to increase by the prospect of a close or hung election. As demonstrated after last year’s Samoan general election, the risk of a protracted dispute over the results could have adverse implications for a stable outcome.

As such, it is essential that all candidates immediately commit to respect the final result of the election whatever it may be and lay the foundations for a peaceful transition of power. In the longer-term interest, however, it will be necessary for Fiji to clarify the potential domestic power of the military implied by the constitution to put all undue speculation to rest. 

Dr Shailendra Singh is coordinator of the University of the South Pacific journalism programme. This article is based on a paper published by ANU Department of Pacific Affairs (DPA) as part of its “In brief” series. The original paper can be found here. It was first published at Policy Forum, Asia and the Pacific’s platform for public policy analysis and opinion. Republished with the permission of the author.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/13/will-fijis-2022-hotly-contested-elections-further-cement-democracy/feed/ 0 323401
Journalism training and development vital for better Fiji elections reporting https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/#respond Tue, 09 Aug 2022 22:59:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=77634 By Geraldine Panapasa, editor-in-chief of Wansolwara News in Suva

Addressing the training development deficit in the Fiji media industry can stem journalist attrition and improve coverage of election reporting in the country, says University of the South Pacific journalism coordinator Dr Shailendra Singh.

Speaking during last week’s launch of the National Media Reporting of the 2018 Fijian General Elections study in Suva, Dr Singh said media watch groups regarded Fiji’s controversial media law as having a “chilling effect on journalism” and “fostered a culture of media self-censorship”.

Dr Singh, who co-authored the report with Dialogue Fiji executive director Nilesh Lal, said scrapping or reforming the 2010 Media Industry Development Authority Act was crucial to “professionalising journalism”.

“The Act does nothing for training and development or journalist attrition. In fact, the Act may have exacerbated attrition,” he said.

This situation, Dr Singh said, highlighted the importance of training and development and staff retention, which were longstanding structural problems in Fiji and Pacific media.

“This underlines the role of financial viability and newsroom professional capacity in news coverage.”

He said two core media responsibilities in elections were creating a level playing field and acting as a public watchdog.

“It seems doubtful that these functions were adequately fulfilled by all media during reporting of the 2018 Fijian general elections.”

Advertising spread
Dr Singh said the research also recommended the even distribution of state advertising among media organisations as well as the allocation of public service broadcasting grants fairly among broadcasters to minimise financial incentives to report overly positively on any government.

According to the report, the FijiFirst Party received the most media coverage during the 2018 Fiji general elections and this was expected given its ruling party status.

However, variance in coverage tone and quantity appeared too high.

“The largely positive coverage of the ruling FijiFirst party could be deemed irregular. It questions certain media’s ability to hold power to account,” Dr Singh said.

“Under a stronger watchdog mandate, ruling parties face greater scrutiny, especially in election time. Instead, media coverage put challenger parties more on the defensive which is curious.”

He said challenger parties were forced to respond to allegations in news stories and were grilled more than the incumbent during debates.

“It should be other way around. In such situations the natural conclusion is journalist bias but only to a certain extent,” he said.

Direct political alignment
While the report found that certain media outlets in Fiji seemed to privilege some political parties and issues over others, distinguished political sociologist and Pacific scholar Professor Steven Ratuva said this could be due to several reasons such as direct political and ideological alignment of the media company to a political party or conscious and subconscious bias of journalists and editors.

Professor Steven Ratuva
Professor Steven Ratuva … “Bias is part of human consciousness and sometimes it is explicit and sometimes it is implicit and unconscious.” Image: University of Canterbury

“Bias is part of human consciousness and sometimes it is explicit and sometimes it is implicit and unconscious. This deeper sociological exploration is beyond the mandate of this report,” Professor Ratuva said in the foreword to the report.

“Election stories sell, especially when spiced with intrigue, scandals, mysteries, conspiracies and warring narratives.

“The more sensational the story the more sellable it is. The media can feed into election frenzies, inflame passion and at times encourage boisterous political behaviour and prejudice which can be socially destructive.

“The media can also be used as a means of sensible, intellectual and calm engagement to enlighten the ignorant and unite people across cultures, religions and political ideologies.”

He said keeping an eye on what the media did required an open, analytical and independent approach and this was what the report attempted to do.

Research findings
The research found that after FijiFirst, the larger and more established opposition parties SODELPA and NFP, were next in terms of the quantity of coverage, but were more likely to receive a lesser amount of positive coverage and at times found themselves on the defensive in responding to FijiFirst allegations, rather than being principles in the stories.

The smaller, newer parties had to content themselves with marginal news attention and this was generally consistent across four of the five national media that were surveyed — the Fiji Sun, FBC (TV and radio), Fiji Television Limited and Fiji Village.

“The only exception was The Fiji Times, whose coverage could be deemed to be comparatively less approving of the ruling party and also less critical of the challenger parties,” the report found.

“Besides comparatively extensive and favourable coverage in the Fiji Sun, FijiFirst made more appearances on the major national television stations, FBC and Fiji One, as well as on the CFL radio stations and news website.”

The report noted that even in special information programmes where news media allowed candidates extended time/space to have their say, the FijiFirst representatives enjoyed a distinct advantage over their opposition counterparts in the two national debates, with regards to the number of questions asked, the nature of the questions, and the opportunity to respond.

“When the two major opposition parties were in the media, it was often in order to respond to allegations by the ruling party, or to defend themselves against negative questions,” the report noted.

“The results could explain why the government accuses The Fiji Times of anti-government bias, and the opposition blame the Fiji Sun and FBC TV of favouring the government.”

However, there were other factors other than media/journalist bias that could be attributed to the lack of critical reporting.

“These could range from the news organisation’s and/or newsroom’s partiality towards the ruling party politicians and its policies. The reporting could also be affected by the inexperience in the national journalists corps to report the elections in a critical manner.”

This observation, the report highlighted, was supported by “issues balance” results indicating that key national issues, such as the economy, were understated.

The focus was instead on election processes, procedures and conduct. Another factor in the reporting could be news media’s financial links to the government.

Election reporting
As Fiji prepares for its next general election, Dialogue Fiji’s Nilesh Lal said it was important to put the spotlight on factors that impinged on an even electoral playing field.

“Given the importance of news media in disseminating electoral information and shaping public opinion, it can profoundly influence electoral outcomes, and therefore needs to come under scrutiny,” he said.

“There may also be imperatives to consider safeguards against the negative impacts of unequal coverage of electoral contestants through legislating as other countries, like the US, for instance, have done.

“Alternatively, media organisations can self-regulate by instituting internal guidelines for election reporting. A good example is the BBC’s Guidelines on election coverage. Another alternate could be the formation of an independent commission/committee made up of media organisation representatives and political parties representatives that can set rules and quotas for election coverage.

“For example, in the UK, a committee of broadcasters and political parties reviews the formula for allocation of broadcasting time, at every election.”

Lal said the purpose of the report was not to accuse any media organisation of having biases but rather to show that inequitable coverage of electoral contestants was a problem in Fiji that required redress at some level if “we are sincere about improving the quality of democracy in Fiji”.

He said the co-authors hoped the report would initiate some much-needed public discourse on the issue of equitable coverage of elections by media organisations.

Wansolwara is the student journalist newspaper of the University of the South Pacific. It collaborates with Asia Pacific Report, which prioritises student journalism.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Wansolwara.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/09/journalism-training-and-development-vital-for-better-fiji-elections-reporting/feed/ 0 322126
DRC journalist Jean Christian Bafwa Kabaseke receives death threat over coverage of militant group https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/drc-journalist-jean-christian-bafwa-kabaseke-receives-death-threat-over-coverage-of-militant-group/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/drc-journalist-jean-christian-bafwa-kabaseke-receives-death-threat-over-coverage-of-militant-group/#respond Mon, 08 Aug 2022 20:04:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=220321 Kinshasa, August 8, 2022 – Congolese authorities should take seriously the threats against journalist Jean Christian Bafwa Kabaseke and ensure his safety, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday

On August 4, a person identifying himself as a “general” with the Patriotic Force and Integrationist of Congo (FPIC) armed group sent a message to Bafwa, a reporter and editor with the privately owned broadcaster Candip FM in the northeastern province of Ituri, threatening him over his recent coverage of the group, according to news reports and Bafwa, who spoke to CPJ in a phone interview.

The message, which CPJ reviewed, accused Bafwa of sharing “false messages,” saying he should stop and “will not work with anyone else.”

Later that day, the same person called Bafwa and said he would be killed if he continued speaking publicly about the FPIC, the journalist said.

“Congolese authorities should ensure the safety of journalist Jean Christian Bafwa Kabaseke and all other reporters working across the country to inform the public,” said Angela Quintal, CPJ’s Africa program coordinator, from Durban, South Africa. “The threats received by Bafwa are yet another example of the dangers faced by journalists covering security issues in the eastern DRC.”

CPJ called the two phone numbers the person used to contact Bafwa, but no one answered.

In a July 28 broadcast on Candip FM, Bafwa criticized members of the FPIC, also known as Tchini ta Kilima, over their alleged collection of 2,000 Congolese francs (US$1) at roadblocks on the road between Bunia and Komanda, two cities in Ituri province, the journalist told CPJ.

During the August 4 call where he threatened Bafwa with death, the caller said that people traveling along the road between Bunia and Komanda had paid the armed men voluntarily. Bafwa told CPJ that he stood by his reporting and had rigorously fact-checked his investigation into roadblocks set up by the armed group.

When CPJ called the military governor of Ituri province, Johnny Luboya N’kashama, one of his staff members answered, declined to share their name, and promised to pass a message to the governor about the threats against Bafwa. CPJ had not received any response by the time of publication.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/08/drc-journalist-jean-christian-bafwa-kabaseke-receives-death-threat-over-coverage-of-militant-group/feed/ 0 321741
Japanese journalist Toru Kubota faces prison over Myanmar protest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/japanese-journalist-toru-kubota-faces-prison-over-myanmar-protest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/japanese-journalist-toru-kubota-faces-prison-over-myanmar-protest-coverage/#respond Fri, 05 Aug 2022 16:52:03 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=219652 Bangkok, August 5, 2022 – Myanmar authorities must immediately and unconditionally release Japanese documentary filmmaker Toru Kubota and drop all charges against him, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On July 30, authorities arrested Kubota, a freelance filmmaker who contributes to international media outlets, while he filmed a small protest in the commercial capital of Yangon, according to multiple news reports.

Authorities accuse him of violating the country’s immigration laws and encouraging dissent against the military junta regime, according to those reports. The immigration violation carries a prison term of up to five years, and dissent carries up to three years, according to Reuters and CPJ research.

Kubota entered Myanmar on a tourist visa on July 1, according to an official statement quoted in that Reuters report.

Authorities moved Kubota to Yangon’s Insein Prison on the afternoon of Thursday, August 4, according to a Yangon-based journalist familiar with the situation who spoke to CPJ on the condition of anonymity, citing security concerns.

“Myanmar’s detention of Japanese journalist Toru Kubota shows that the military regime will stop at nothing to suppress independent news reporting,” said Shawn Crispin, CPJ’s senior Southeast Asia representative. “Kobuta must be freed immediately and any charges pending against him should be dropped without delay. Myanmar’s junta must stop treating journalists as criminals.”

Kubota’s personal website shows he has contributed documentary news reports to Yahoo! News Japan, Vice Japan, the BBC, and Al-Jazeera English, among others. The website says his reporting focuses on ethnic conflicts, immigration, and refugee issues.

CPJ emailed Myanmar’s Ministry of Information and the Japanese Embassy in Yangon for comment, but did not receive any replies.

Kubota is at least the fifth foreign journalist to be detained in Myanmar since last year’s coup. Authorities previously detained U.S. nationals Nathan Maung and Danny Fenster, Polish reporter Robert Bociaga, and Japanese journalist Yuki Kitazumi, all of whom were eventually freed and deported, according to news reports and CPJ reporting.

Myanmar was the world’s second worst jailer of journalists, trailing only China, with at least 26 behind bars when CPJ conducted its most recent prison census on December 1, 2021.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/05/japanese-journalist-toru-kubota-faces-prison-over-myanmar-protest-coverage/feed/ 0 321151
#Abortion and #RoevWade coverage in the media has to center #BIPOC abortion seekers. More at our YT. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/abortion-and-roevwade-coverage-in-the-media-has-to-center-bipoc-abortion-seekers-more-at-our-yt/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/abortion-and-roevwade-coverage-in-the-media-has-to-center-bipoc-abortion-seekers-more-at-our-yt/#respond Thu, 04 Aug 2022 21:39:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=00c868e1fc1a0eff27bed2b5fcf7c406
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/04/abortion-and-roevwade-coverage-in-the-media-has-to-center-bipoc-abortion-seekers-more-at-our-yt/feed/ 0 320841
Live coverage of U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s visit to Taiwan. https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosis-visit-to-taiwan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosis-visit-to-taiwan/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 13:27:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=db72d73aac1ad80c893efbd42eadf184
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosis-visit-to-taiwan/feed/ 0 320372
Live coverage of U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi in Taiwan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan-2/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 04:28:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f5dfe8b8d52a2a6e7c289c585748f74b
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan-2/feed/ 0 320229
Live coverage of U.S. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi in Taiwan https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan/#respond Wed, 03 Aug 2022 01:56:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4ea2c6a20c344f1fdb03f1c3c170adee
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/08/03/live-coverage-of-u-s-house-speaker-nancy-pelosi-in-taiwan/feed/ 0 320220
Extended compulsory medical insurance payments spark concerns over coverage in China https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/insurance-payments-07192022062326.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/insurance-payments-07192022062326.html#respond Tue, 19 Jul 2022 10:31:18 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/insurance-payments-07192022062326.html Authorities across China have recently announced changes to employee health insurance lengthening the total overall contribution period to 30 years for men and 25 years for women.

The move has sparked heated online debate, with many suggesting that repeated rounds of mass COVID-19 testing has emptied out government healthcare coffers, leaving regular people to foot the bill.

When the scheme started, women in the southern province of Guangdong were paying into the scheme for a maximum of 20 years, and men for 25 years.

The longer compulsory contribution period for all employees took effect from July 1, 2022.

A resident of the central Chinese city of Wuhan surnamed Gao said he has been asked for additional contributions by his employer to make up the shortfall in minimum contributions.

"In the past, medical insurance payments were limited to 15 years, and you could enjoy lifelong medical cover after that," Gao told RFA. "Before, both men and women paid for 15 years."

"Now that the regulations have been revised, the burden on ordinary people will be heavier, whether they can afford it or not," he said. "This has a huge impact; some people have shorter working lives, and it's simply not possible for them to contribute for 30 years."

Mass COVID-19 testing

Gao blames the incessant rounds of mass testing for COVID-19, which has drained government coffers of more than 300 billion yuan, he said.

The government is now seeking to make up the shortfall in funding with extended contributions from employees, he said.

"There must be a problem with funding; otherwise it wouldn't skyrocket like that all of a sudden," he said.

Guangdong-based sociologist Zhang Yang said the problem is now very serious, because not many people are in a position to pay into the system for three decades.

"Many people can't even get work by the age of 25 nowadays," Zhang said. "Graduates or doctors are of necessity over 30 years old [due to the length of their studies or training]."

"Now the government is asking people to keep paying out for 30 years, but you only pay social and medical insurance if you have a job," he said. "If you don't have a job, you can't pay in."

The eastern province of Shandong was the first to lengthen minimum contribution times at the end of 2021.

Spreading across China

Zhang said similar moves are now afoot across China, and will leave more people forced to pay out of pocket for their own medical care.

"It's like going back to where we were 20 years ago ... when there was no rural cooperative medical care period, so farming communities had no coverage," he said. "That was gradually sorted out under President Hu Jintao."

"But now, what they are asking people to pay for medical care may be too much," Zhang said.

The government is also seeking to cut costs by excluding certain types of drugs from insurance coverage.

According to China's National Medical Insurance Administration, 995 kinds of drugs, including non-steroid anti-inflammatory drug (NSAIDs) and herbal Ganmaoling capsules, have been excluded from the list of reimbursable drugs.

A social welfare researcher who gave only the surname Mao said the moves have been on the cards for some time now.

"The cost of PCR testing in various places is paid from the medical insurance fund," Mao said. "They have gone through the medical insurance premiums paid in by employees and have to extend the payment period for medical insurance to make up for it."

Translated and edited by Luisetta Mudie.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By Gu Ting for RFA Mandarin and Chingman for RFA Cantonese.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/china/insurance-payments-07192022062326.html/feed/ 0 316332
Sick and tired of the sickness – some media try to downplay the pandemic https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/#respond Sun, 17 Jul 2022 00:26:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=76449 By Hayden Donnell, RNZ Mediawatch producer

Covid has now killed around 1700 people in New Zealand, but much of our news reporting and commentary has focused on how we’re moving on from the pandemic. Why is there such a mismatch between that media coverage, and the reality of a virus that’s inflicting more suffering and death than ever before?

On her show last week, Newstalk ZB’s Heather du Plessis-Allan made a momentous announcement in an almost blithe, off-hand manner.

“The pandemic’s over for all intents and purposes but we’re still having to deal with this nonsense. Isn’t that ultimately why we’re feeling miserable because we all want a break? If I was in government what I’d do right now is ‘green setting guys, go for your life, party party, whatever’. Just for the mental break of it.”

The announcement that the pandemic is over would have been news to the families of the eight people reported to have died with covid-19 in New Zealand that day.

But du Plessis-Allan is far from an outlier in wanting to place a still raging pandemic in the rearview mirror.

Recently a senior Stuff executive sent staff a memo telling them their audience is “over covid” and has “actively moved on from covid content”.

It implored them to find cracker non-covid stories on topics including cons, crime, and safety, the cost of living, NZ culture, and stuff everyone is talking about.

Much wider group
Stuff’s audience is part of a much wider group that’s actively moving on from covid.

National leader Christopher Luxon just returned from a whirlwind overseas tour with the news that most people he met were no longer even talking about covid.

“It’s interesting to me I’ve just come back from Singapore, Ireland, and the UK. In most of those places we didn’t have a single covid conversation. In places like Ireland there’s no mask wearing at all.”

Luxon is right. Many places around the world have dropped their covid restrictions.

But even if we’re determined to ignore it, covid has remained stubbornly real, and is continuing to cause equally real harm.

In the United States, hospitalisations and reinfections are rising with the increasing prevalence of the BA.5 strain of omicron.

In the UK, about 13,000 hospital beds are currently occupied by covid patients. Hospitals are dealing with staff absences, exhaustion, persistent backlogs and problems discharging patients, and the UK government is considering bringing back restrictions if the situation gets any worse.

Same story as here
If that all sounds familiar, it’s because pretty much the exact same story is playing out here.

Association of General Surgeons president Rowan French delivered some dire news to RNZ’s Morning Report about hospitals’ current troubles with scheduling elective surgeries.

“It’s the worst I’ve ever seen it,” he said. “We don’t say that lightly but I think it is the worst we’ve ever seen it, particularly with respect to our ability to treat our patients’ elective conditions.”

French said those issues were exacerbated by a wave of covid-19 and winter flu.

Covid patients were taking up a lot of the beds that would normally be used by people recovering from surgery, and he couldn’t see an end in sight to the crisis.

There’s a jarring mismatch between that kind of interview and the concurrent harping about the need to move on from covid.

That’s producing cognitive dissonance, not just in the public, but among media commentators, some of whom are now bobbling between berating our minimal remaining efforts to mitigate covid-19 and lamenting the damage being caused by the uncontrolled spread of the virus.

Mental oscillations
In some cases, these mental oscillations can take place in mere hours.

On the morning of July 6, Newstalk ZB Wellington host Nick Mills had harsh words for the epidemiologists urging caution over covid.

“Michael Baker, let us get on with our lives. You go back to your lab. Do some intelligent work. Get paid truckloads of money doing it, and live in an extremely flash house. But for me, I don’t want to hear from you anymore. I want to get on with my life and our life.”

On du Plessis-Allan’s panel show The Huddle later that day, he had a different message about the severity of the latest wave.

“I’m absolutely terrified because it could be the straw that breaks the camel’s back,” he said. “If we have to go back [to a red setting] – and it will all be based on hospitals gonna have to be overcrowded — these numbers are terrifying.”

Maybe if Nick Mills had listened more closely to Professor Michael Baker, his research on BA.5 wouldn’t have come as such a nasty surprise.

To be fair to these hosts, their contradictory approaches to covid are pretty relatable.

Sick of the sickness
Even without any hard data to hand, it’s safe to say many people are sick of the sickness, and some are prepared to live in a state of suspended disbelief to act like that’s the case.

But covid isn’t over, and now many leading experts are saying it may never be.

Last week The Project commissioned a poll which showed 38 percent of people agree with those experts. They believe covid is here for good.

Afterward presenter Kanoa Lloyd quizzed epidemiologist Dr Tony Blakely about whether those respondents were right.

“It’s possible,” he said. “It’s rolling on. Remember influenza in 1918, we still get influenza every year. This is a coronavirus. It could keep coming up every year.”

Dr Blakely is among a number of epidemiologists and healthcare workers who have gone to the media lately to deliver the message that there is still a pandemic on.

On last weekend’s episode of Newshub Nation, the aforementioned Professor Michael Baker compared covid to the “inconvenient truth” of climate change — a global threat that demands real change and ongoing action to mitigate.

Common sense safety
He went on to link covid precautions to another common sense safety measure.

“If you go out when you have this infection and infect your friends and family, you are going to be killing some people — just like drinking and driving,” he said.

At The Spinoff, microbiologist Siouxsie Wiles stuck with the driving metaphor, imploring people to make popping on a mask as natural as clicking in your seatbelt.

This recent flurry of cautious messaging stands in stark contrast to much of the media coverage over the last few months.

Despite the fact 10 to 20 people per day have been dying of covid-19, that is had a muted response outside of the pro-forma coverage of the Ministry of Health’s 1pm press releases.

When covid-19 has been covered, the death toll has usually been superseded in the news by complaints from businesses about the few restrictions that remain.

Maybe that’s not such a surprise. News organisations have a powerful commercial incentive to give their customers what they want, and as Stuff’s executive said, audiences have moved on.

Like drunk party guest
But, like a drunk party guest at 3am, coronavirus does not care that you’re tired of it and you want it to leave.

A month ago, Newsroom’s Marc Daalder made that point in a prescient piece headlined “Covid isn’t over, it’s just getting started“.

He said the media needed to adjust from covering covid as a crisis to seeing it as an ongoing concern like the road toll or crime.

“It’s no longer temporary. It’s here to stay with us. And I don’t think that journalists have really figured out how to cover it as a daily issue, just like we cover all of the other daily issues that are really problematic,” he said.

“In some respects, it’s a bit bigger because it has a much more serious burden in terms of deaths and hospitalisations and long covid than something like the road toll, but just because it’s not a temporary crisis anymore, doesn’t mean that we should be ignoring it.”

Daalder said reporters could reorientate their coverage, writing more human interest stories on issues like the impact of long covid, and looking forward at how the virus and the fight against it will evolve.

“I think we are poorly served by media coverage, after the peak of the first omicron wave, in which there was no looking forward to what’s going to be happening in the short term or the long term.

Omicron peaked … and then?
“There was just this all this focus on what would happen when omicron peaked, and then it did, and, and nothing filled the void after that. And so I think it’s quite natural for people to assume that covid is over.”

Journalists could also apply more pressure to the government over the continuing levels of preventable suffering and death being caused by cmicron’s spread, Daalder said.

He has advocated for the return of the alert level system, which he believes was much more simple and comprehensible than the traffic light system implemented late last year.

“There’s not really very much accountability journalism that looks at holding the government accountable for essentially abandoning vulnerable people to the whims of the virus,” he said.

“You have this sort of very strange juxtaposition in the [parliamentary] press gallery where the covid minister will be asked by one person: ‘Are you concerned about BA.5? It’s starting to spread in New Zealand. Should we be increasing our restrictions?’

“And then in the next breath, the question is ‘Why aren’t we in green? When will we ever get to green?’.

Better balancing
“I’m not sure that either of those get to the heart of the present issue, which is that the current settings aren’t aren’t even aligned with a non-BA.5 world.”

Daalder said news organisations should find ways to balance their commercial incentives and the public interest role of journalism when it comes to important, but not always clickable, stories like covid or climate change.

“There’s an extent to which you should follow what audiences want. And you shouldn’t necessarily be trying to force something down their throats that they don’t want.

“But with something like covid, where it’s such a huge, important thing that’s happening, and that’s going to keep happening, regardless of whether you write about it or not.

“I think that’s where you know that that mission of journalism to tell the truth really comes in and overrides maybe some of the audience imperatives.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/17/sick-and-tired-of-the-sickness-some-media-try-to-downplay-the-pandemic/feed/ 0 315931
Titanic power struggle tipped for PNG’s ‘game changer’ election https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/titanic-power-struggle-tipped-for-pngs-game-changer-election/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/titanic-power-struggle-tipped-for-pngs-game-changer-election/#respond Fri, 01 Jul 2022 04:58:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=75875 PNG Post-Courier

Today is officially the last day of campaigning in Papua New Guinea’s 2022 National General Election.

Count tomorrow until Monday as rest days, but in politically charged PNG, anything is possible, including illegal last-minute clandestine campaigning.

Polling is set to begin Tuesday, July 4, when millions will exercise their democratic right at the polls to elect their 118 MPs.

The exercise has been tainted by violence, mainly in the Highlands, and allegations of ballot tampering, but this has not discouraged the will of the people to get over this election.

“Wok Mas Go Het Yet” (Work must go on) has been the nationalistic slogan from patriotic Papua New Guineans who see it as their duty to fulfil their electoral obligations by overturning the results of 2017.

The 2022 national ballot will be a game changer for a country that has seen and experienced more upheavals in the past 5 years then any other time in its 47 years of independence.

Since the issue of writs on May 29, poll watchers have predicted a titanic struggle between the two main political parties PANGU (Green), led by incumbent Prime Minister James Marape and People’s National Congress (Red), led by former PM Peter O’Neill.

Red versus Green ‘armies’
Both the PNC Red Army of O’Neill and the PANGU Green Army of Marape have been at loggerheads in various campaign locations but the real test will come down to the wire on polling day.

Who will muster the numbers to gain power when the writs are returned on July 29?

Here is our analysis, based on our political coverage since last year, and based on analysis of the 2017 election results.

There have been many insights released and floated by scientists, political analysts, geologists and even by table mamas, wannabe “glassman” (sorcerers) and journalists on their bets.

The political landscape has been divided between Marape and O’Neill, though there may be other leaders like opposition leader Belden Namah, Patrick Pruaitch, William Duma, Sir John Pundari and the ‘Last Knight Standing’, Sir Julius Chan, who are contenders for this coming election.

However, all eyes are on the resource-rich provinces of Southern Highlands (O’Neill) and Hela (Marape).

This tectonic fracture was clearly evident in November 2020 when O’Neill tried sponsoring a vote of no confidence and he funded the Vanimo Camp, but Marape’s Loloata camp won that contest.

‘Take Back PNG’ mantra
The divide is obvious. Marape has mostly those who are first and second term MPs who are inclined to the “Take Back PNG” mantra and the philosophies behind it, while O’Neill had his old school politicians who all dreamed to be PM some day with the likes of Namah, Pundari, Charles Abel, Davis Steven, Powes Parkop, Sir Julius, Duma and Nick Kuman to name a few.

And as the nation goes into polls in three days time, this divide of the two classes of politicians still remains with the emerging heavyweights yet to show their power.

However, a “dark horse” in the shadows might emerge where we could see the rise of Enga if the battle of the Southern Highlanders does not work according to plan.

While it will be anybody’s game and being in the land of the unexpected, if the trend of the last elections where the ruling party returns to form government (National Alliance in 2007, People’s National Congress in 2012 and 2017) then it should be PANGU in 2022, but will they have the numbers to form government?

While some are sure of victory and already counting their eggs with the grand announcement of coalitions, others are holding their cards close to their chest like a true poker grandmaster.

This is the newspaper’s political projection from the election team at the PNG Post-Courier which will focus on the political party seats likely to win when polling starts on Tuesday.

Election projections
We project that of the 111 MPs in the last five years, 55 percent of sitting MPs will most likely lose their seats in this year’s 2022 National General Election.

Based on the 2017 NGE results, the sitting MPs who we project will not return are those that have scored less than 10 percent of total votes in their first count, and MPs that scored between 10– 20 percent in their first count are at extreme risks of losing their seats.

So these two categories make up about 55 percent of the sitting MPs, which translates to 57-60 MPs who most likely will not return.

To predict the number of seats to be won by each political party, we will use the simple winning percentage technique of each political party in 2017 to predict the potential wins for 2022 seats.

We will adjust for new political parties and also adjust for the PANGU Pati as it is going into this election as the ruling party.

We will also look at the main political parties and the independents and review each political party in 2017 versus the number of candidates each party endorsed in 2017 and the current 2022.

The independents make up 40 percent of the candidate list for 2022 among 53 political party endorsed candidates.

‘Dark horse’ parties
Then we have the “dark horse” parties that we will also talk about including their party leaders.

At the start of this election, PANGU went in with 40 but were down to 38 sitting MPs (2 had died) and the PNC was next with 15, NA 8, URP and ULP (less than 8 MPs).

The 2017 election results detailed that PNC had the highest winning numbers with 29 seats, National Alliance with 15 seats and PANGU and URP both returned 10 seats.

The rest had 5 seats or below with the exception of Independents that won 13 seats.

The tentative projections for the top five political parties and the independents for 2022:

  • PNC endorsed 95 candidates in 2017, won 29 seats, a 31 percent win rate and in 2022 our projection is that of their 97 endorsed, 32 are likely to win.
  • PANGU endorsed 69 in 2017, won only 10 seats, a 14 percent win rate and in 2022 they have endorsed 81 candidates 2022. Projection: 20 seats likely to win.
  • United Resource Party (URP) endorsed 34 in 2017 and won 10 seats, a 29 percent win rate. In 2022, of 49 endorsed candidates, projected to win 14 seats.
  • National Alliance Party (NA) endorsed 73 candidates in 2017, won 15 seats, a 21 per cent win rate. In 2022, they have 63 candidates; they will likely win 12 seats.
  • PNG Party (PNGP) endorsed 87 candidates in 2017, won 4 seats for a 5 percent win rate. In 2022, they have endorsed 84; our projection is that they will win 5 seats again.
  • The Independents had 1921 candidates in 2017 and won 13 seats, a 1 percent win rate. In 2022, they increased to 1500 and our projection is that they will win 10 seats.
  • Of the women candidates, we expect a strong woman rally and predict a 5 seat mandate.

Republished with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/07/01/titanic-power-struggle-tipped-for-pngs-game-changer-election/feed/ 0 311642
Misogyny, Theocracy and Other Missing Issues in Post-Roe Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/misogyny-theocracy-and-other-missing-issues-in-post-roe-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/misogyny-theocracy-and-other-missing-issues-in-post-roe-coverage/#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 21:10:21 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029272 What’s missing from the press coverage is any real discussion of the agenda of having power over women’s lives and destiny.

The post Misogyny, Theocracy and Other Missing Issues in Post-Roe Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>

 

The Supreme Court decision to overturn Roe v. Wade is a shattering blow to women, as well as to anyone who believes that women should have the same rights and same autonomy over their bodies as men. It is an enormous victory for the forces of authoritarianism and misogyny. States will now punish women for having non-reproductive sex by forcing them, if they get pregnant, into involuntary servitude. It is an augur of minority rule.

I don’t consider any of those conclusions controversial. To the contrary, they are essential to understanding what the court’s decision really signifies.

But they are almost entirely missing from mainstream-media news coverage, which has instead presented the erasure of reproductive rights primarily as just another political issue with two sides and some complexity.

“There’s been a lot of good opinion writing,” Nancy MacLean, a scholar of the radical right at Duke University, told me in an interview. “But in the mainstream media coverage, there’s a lot of both-sidesism: an attempt to be fair in a way that doesn’t alert readers to what the real stakes of the situation are.”

“The mainstream media has bought into misogyny and sexism,” Carrie Baker, a professor at Smith College, told me. “I don’t even think it’s intentional misogyny and sexism,” she said. “It’s like unconscious bias. They’re so used to prioritizing the worldviews of white people and men that to do other than that feels biased. It infects the entire media.”

Mona Eltahawy, who writes the Feminist Giant newsletter, put it even more bluntly. “What the US media is incapable of doing is saying clearly that this is a white supremacist Christian movement driven by white supremacist, Christian zealots who are patriarchal to the core,” she said:

They’re tiptoeing around it, they don’t want to call them zealots, they don’t want to call it a theocracy, they don’t want to say they’re patriarchal, they don’t want to say they’re anti-feminist. They just tiptoe around all of this, mostly, because these are white Christian people, including white Christian women.

So let’s take a look at what the feminists I interviewed, and whose work I read, believe  is missing from the mainstream news coverage.

It’s about women

Guardian: Roe v Wade has been overturned. Here’s what this will mean

Guardian (6/24/22)

“We’re looking at women facing involuntary servitude to the state,” said Nancy MacLean. “It’s a war on women—in the context of a war on democracy.“

“What’s missing from the press coverage is any real discussion of the agenda of having power over women’s lives and destiny,” said Jodi Jacobson, a journalist and longtime advocate of reproductive justice. The hostility towards women is on full display on social media, Jacobson said. “Basically, if you look at what these guys are saying online, they’re saying: ‘Your bodies are ours now.’”

Moira Donegan wrote in a stand-out Guardian column (6/24/22) about the many, many things the story was not about (but which the press is nevertheless obsessing over). Among them: “who was right and who was wrong,” “the US judiciary’s crumbling legitimacy” and the “vulgar” question of ”what this withdrawal of human rights might mean for [the Democratic] party’s midterm election prospects.”

She added: “The real story is not about the media who will churn out the think pieces, and the crass, enabling both-sidesism, and the insulting false equivalences and calls for unity.” Then came this powerful conclusion:

The real story is the women…whose lives will be made smaller and less dignified by unplanned and unchosen pregnancies, the women whose health will be endangered by the long and grueling physical process of pregnancy; the women, and others, who will have to forgo dreams, end educations, curtail careers, stretch their finances beyond the breaking point, and subvert their own wills to someone else’s.…

The real story is the millions of women, and others, who now know that they are less free than men are—less free in the functioning of their own bodies, less free in the paths of their own lives, less free in the formation of their own families.

The fury of negation

Atlantic: Roe Rage Who knew losing our rights would feel this bad?

Atlantic (6/27/22)

The news on TV was so disconnected from her own reality that journalist Molly Jong-Fast (Atlantic, 6/27/22) wrote:

The idea that Roe was about anything other than power was so profoundly delusional that I felt like throwing my cellphone in Central Park’s Turtle Pond…. After a weekend of seeing media outlets treat the loss of Roe like everything else, I wanted to write something about how it really feels to watch the rights of my sisters being taken away. I wanted to write something about how it feels to watch the conservative Supreme Court spit on us. I am just one voice, but I want to tell you that I hear you. I understand your rage, and I feel it too.

“The media misses the punitive impulse of the entire right-wing coalition,” MacLean told me. Abortion wasn’t a major political issue until the early 1970s. It wasn’t until “it became associated with the woman’s movement and women’s freedom and autonomy” that the right wingers turned so ferociously against it.

Their core credo, MacLean said: “Women should not be able to engage in non-reproductive sex, and if they do, they should face the consequences.”

The road to Gilead

“I have not heard one media outlet talk about the fact that this is part of a Christian nationalist agenda,” Jodi Jacobson said. “What I have heard is media outlet after media outlet putting on the same people who have lied us to this place.”

Civia Tamarkin, a filmmaker whose 2017 documentary Birthright: A War Story was about the right-wing war on women, told me the old abortion imagery of danger and coat hangers is “missing the point, especially when they say ‘keep abortion safe.’”

“It needs to be jail bars now,” she said. “Abortion is safe, but people are going to self-induce with medication and they’re going to be charged criminally. They’re going to end up in jail.”

Tamarkin described her documentary as “a real-life Handmaid’s Tale.” Now we’re one big step closer to Gilead. “The similarity is government-forced child-bearing to populate a country. That’s what it’s all about,” she said. “’Handmaid’s Tale’ is about a theocratic autocracy, and that’s exactly what we are living now.”

In the book, all-white Gilead is suffering from depopulation. In the US, Tamarkin said, the equivalent is “the white nationalist fear of ‘replacement.’” Replacement theory has recently made a huge public resurgence in the right-wing media. It stipulates that Western elites, manipulated by Jews, are bringing nonwhites into the United States to replace white voters in order to achieve their social and political goals, which ultimately include the extinction of the white race.

The anti-abortion movement—at least in part—“is very much about maintaining white supremacy in a time of a dwindling white population,” said Carrie Baker. But, I asked, won’t an abortion ban also lead to more nonwhite babies? “They can disenfranchise people of color,” Baker said. “But they need more white bodies.”

The economic toll

“What’s really missing is what this means for women’s basic equality,” Caroline Fredrickson, a senior fellow at the Brennan Center for Justice, told me. “Controlling reproduction is what has enabled women any facsimile of equal status.”

Fredrickson said that Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen’s comment in May should have gotten more press coverage. Yellen told a congressional committee: “I believe that eliminating the right of women to make decisions about when and whether to have children would have very damaging effects on the economy and would set women back decades.”

Fredrickson said the economy “depends on women’s liberty, and women’s liberty depends on bodily autonomy, as well as significant investments in family supports.

“Only if we see how women are hampered in having a truly fair playing field in the economic sphere will we recognize the true burden of forced parenting—and parenting without social and financial supports,” Fredrickson said.

The threat to democracy

Salon: The end of Roe v. Wade: American democracy is collapsing

Salon (6/24/22)

Amanda Marcotte wrote a powerful piece in Salon (6/24/22) casting the decision as “a malignant minority imposing an authoritarian will on the majority.”

“The end of Roe isn’t just a tragedy for human rights,” she wrote. “It’s the surest sign yet that American democracy is collapsing, and Republicans are securing the ability to force the majority of Americans that keep voting against them to live under minority rule.”

Similarly, Duke’s Nancy MacLean mocked the view that “Oh we’re not taking away this fundamental right, we’re just giving it back to the states.” With the Supreme Court’s blessing, Republicans who control state governments have rewritten district lines and passed laws that make it almost impossible for Democrats to win even with a majority of the votes.

“It’s a fiction to say that somehow democracy is operating at the state level,” MacLean said. “We’re not going to be able to fix this, because we no longer have operative democracies.”

The science is clear

“I think that what is bad about the media coverage right now is that it is acting as if there are both sides to science and to medicine,” Pamela Merritt, executive director of Medical Students for Choice, said in an interview.

“They don’t do that with any other area of medicine,” she said. “I would like to see the press cover some of the outrageous claims about abortion the same way they covered the use of dog de-wormer to treat Covid,” she said. “They don’t take that kind of aggressive stance” when it comes to anti-abortion conspiracy theories, she said.

Abortion is safe. It is significantly safer than carrying a child to term. It’s also common (as well as popular). Journalists shouldn’t attribute those facts as if they were opinions. (It’s like climate change that way.)

“It is more common than major dental surgery in this country,” Merritt said. “One out of three or four people capable of pregnancy get an abortion,” she said. “Just look at the numbers.”

The anti-abortion movement is a huge, well-funded machine, underwritten by billionaires like Charles Koch and a network of dark-money donors.

“It’s not grandmas out in front of a clinic,” Merritt said. “I don’t appreciate reading articles that make it sound like the pro-abortion and reproductive rights movement lost to a bunch of grandmas in front of clinics. We lost to a well-funded, coordinated national campaign that doesn’t have to address any dissent in their ranks.”

The role of the Catholic Church

There’s been little if anything in the news about the role of the American Catholic Church in getting Roe overturned. But Smith’s Carrie Baker says its role is central, and sinister.

“The architect of the anti-abortion movement in the US is the US Conference of Catholic Bishops,” she said. “The Catholic Church has bankrolled this movement. They bankrolled the packing of the court.” All six justices who concurred in the Dobbs opinion were raised Catholic.

And Baker said it is not a coincidence that the church also has a long and sordid history of condoning pedophilia and sexual abuse of parishioners by priests. “Sexual abuse and forced pregnancy are two sides of one coin,” she said. “And that coin is misogyny.”

Women are notoriously excluded from the Catholic hierarchy. “They want to keep women subordinate,” Baker said. “I think they want to continue the sexual abuses of women and children,” she said. “How else do we make sense of this confluence of events? I think it’s a fundamentally corrupt institution that wants to maintain its power, to be able to take sexual advantage of children and women.”

Usual suspects in denial

One reason the news stories you’re reading and hearing are insufficiently cataclysmic about the extent to which this is an attack on women and a move toward authoritarian theocracy is that the people reporters normally call for comment aren’t talking like that either.

“None of the major pro-choice groups, of which I am no longer a fan, are framing it that way,” said Jacobson.

Medium: Democratic Leadership Must Learn, Talk Is Cheap

Medium (6/28/22)

And while news reporters reflexively turned to Democratic leaders to find out what’s next, opinion writers have correctly pointed out that those Democratic leaders just don’t get it.

“Aside from a very vocal progressive segment, Democrats from President Biden on down have uttered their disdain but frankly, they are devoid of the anger and passion that this perilous moment demands,” independent journalist Nida Khan wrote on Medium (6/28/22).

Indeed, the White House appears to be trying hard to make the overturning of Roe into an “everyone” issue, with President Biden, for instance, stressing “the broader right to privacy for everyone.”

But it’s about women. The top issue for Democratic leaders right now is the midterm elections, not women. So leadership on this issue will have to be found elsewhere.

Sample nut graphs

What are some of the essential paragraphs of context missing from new stories about the overturning of Roe?

Tamarkin answered:

I would put in there that this is not about abortion, this is about control and power and the intersectionality of racism, sexism and classism by a fearful white nationalist portion of the country that is determined to obliterate the line between church and state and create an autocratic theocracy. It’s not about controlling pregnancy, it’s about controlling the population demographics here. It’s about suppressing people of color and a return to the enslavement that comes with economic subjugation.

Merritt said articles should stipulate

that abortion is incredibly safe. It is the most regulated medical procedure in any state in the US. That abortion is common, and that bodily autonomy is fundamentally a human right. I would also add that we cannot stop abortion. You cannot put the pill  back in the bottle. What we’re really talking about is sending people who are capable of pregnancy to jail.

Write more like this

NYT: For Many Women, Roe Was About More Than Abortion. It Was About Freedom.

New York Times (6/29/22)

I’ll end by expressing appreciation and quoting for one excellent piece in the New York Times on Wednesday by Julie Bosman (6/29/22), who wrote:

In dozens of interviews this week, American women who support abortion rights recalled the moment when they heard that Roe had been overturned, and the waves of shock and fury that followed. They reflected on how access to legal abortion had quietly undergirded their personal decisions, even if they had never sought one themselves. They worried that the progress many women have made since abortion was legalized — in education, the workplace and in the culture—would be halted.

And they reconsidered their own plans and those of their children: whether they should live, work or attend colleges in states where abortion has been banned, how they could help other women with unwanted pregnancies, and whether they would ever recover the constitutional right to receive a safe abortion, a guarantee that tens of millions of women have known their entire lives.

“It’s been quite disorienting, in terms of our humanity,” said Jennifer Solheim, 47, who teaches literature at the University of Illinois Chicago.

One article like this isn’t nearly enough, though. That every woman has had her citizenship degraded and that the forces of autocratic theocracy have triumphed is essential context for every story about the death of Roe.


This post originally appeared on Dan Froomkin’s website Press Watch (6/30/22).

The post Misogyny, Theocracy and Other Missing Issues in Post-Roe Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Dan Froomkin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/misogyny-theocracy-and-other-missing-issues-in-post-roe-coverage/feed/ 0 311563
DRC journalist Baby Ndombe Mwilungu detained for 3 hours over coverage of governor https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/drc-journalist-baby-ndombe-mwilungu-detained-for-3-hours-over-coverage-of-governor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/drc-journalist-baby-ndombe-mwilungu-detained-for-3-hours-over-coverage-of-governor/#respond Thu, 30 Jun 2022 19:57:31 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=205146 On June 21, 2022, soldiers with the Democratic Republic of the Congo military arrested Baby Ndombe Mwilungu, general manager of the privately owned Radio Maendeleo broadcaster, at his home in the town of Kasongo, in the country’s eastern Maniema province, according to Ndombe and his lawyer, Richard Lupita, who spoke to CPJ over the phone.

The soldiers carried an arrest warrant signed by the Kasongo military prosecutor, handcuffed Ndombe, and took him to the military prosecutor’s office, the journalist and his lawyer said.

The arrest was conducted in response to a complaint filed by Richard Aruna over Ndombe’s coverage of Afani Idrissa Mangala, Aruna’s uncle, who is serving as governor of Maniema while new elections are organized in the province, according to Ndombe and Lupita. Aruna’s complaint accused Ndombe of public insult, insulting provincial authority, and tending to create a rebellion in Kasongo, they said.

Aruna alleged that the journalist called for listeners of his radio program “Siyasa Inchini” to demonstrate against the May 31 decision by national authorities to invalidate a recent gubernatorial election in Maniema, Lupita said.

Ndombe told CPJ that he simply described authorities’ decision in that broadcast and referred to Mangala as the interim governor, but denied calling for people to protest.

At the military prosecutor’s office, Lupita requested that Aruna show proof that he had permission to bring a legal case against the journalist in the name of the governor, and when Aruna failed to do so, the prosecutor released Ndombe unconditionally and closed the case, Lupita said.

Ndombe told CPJ he had been in custody for about three hours.

Reached by phone, Aruna acknowledged that he had brought a case against Ndombe, but declined to comment further. CPJ called Mangala but he did not answer.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/30/drc-journalist-baby-ndombe-mwilungu-detained-for-3-hours-over-coverage-of-governor/feed/ 0 311534
Militarization & Uvalde: The Context Media Coverage Omits https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/militarization-uvalde-the-context-media-coverage-omits/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/militarization-uvalde-the-context-media-coverage-omits/#respond Fri, 24 Jun 2022 13:09:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f94e0349dc9667ff53f4a99e98815c98
This content originally appeared on The Laura Flanders Show and was authored by The Laura Flanders Show.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/24/militarization-uvalde-the-context-media-coverage-omits/feed/ 0 309896
I reported on Thatcher-era strikes. Here’s what today’s coverage is missing https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/i-reported-on-thatcher-era-strikes-heres-what-todays-coverage-is-missing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/i-reported-on-thatcher-era-strikes-heres-what-todays-coverage-is-missing/#respond Thu, 23 Jun 2022 16:36:27 +0000 https://www.opendemocracy.net/en/i-reported-on-strikes-during-thatcher-heres-what-todays-coverage-misses/ The demise of industrial correspondents allows the Tory press to deliver outlandish, make-believe scare stories


This content originally appeared on openDemocracy RSS and was authored by Nicholas Jones.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/23/i-reported-on-thatcher-era-strikes-heres-what-todays-coverage-is-missing/feed/ 0 309429
‘Calibrated’ Dishonesty: Western Media Coverage of Venezuela Sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/13/calibrated-dishonesty-western-media-coverage-of-venezuela-sanctions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/13/calibrated-dishonesty-western-media-coverage-of-venezuela-sanctions/#respond Mon, 13 Jun 2022 22:00:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9029019 US officials have free rein to continue inflicting collective punishment on Venezuelans without challenge or scrutiny.

The post ‘Calibrated’ Dishonesty: Western Media Coverage of Venezuela Sanctions appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

AP: US to ease a few economic sanctions against Venezuela

AP (5/17/22) reported the US will “ease a few economic sanctions against Venezuela”…

US sanctions, even by outdated estimates, have killed tens of thousands of Venezuelans. The unilateral policies have been widely condemned by multilateral bodies and human rights experts for their deadly impact, as well as for violating international law (Venezuelanalysis, 9/18/21, 9/15/21, 3/25/21, 1/31/19).

But corporate media readers/viewers in the Global North are completely oblivious to this reality, as establishment outlets have gone out of their way to endorse sanctions by whitewashing their effects altogether (FAIR.org, 6/4/21, 12/19/20)—writing for example, that Washington has “sanctioned the government” (AP, 5/21/22) rather than the people of Venezuela.

A recent policy opening, microscopic to begin with and closed quickly enough, put all these dishonest traits on display, illustrating how free a rein US officials have to continue inflicting collective punishment on Venezuelans without challenge or scrutiny.

Stenographers at ‘ease’

NBC: U.S. eases some sanctions against Venezuela

…while NBC (5/17/22) said the “US eases some sanctions” in the present tense…

The US Treasury Department on May 17 allowed the US-based oil company Chevron to talk to PDVSA, the Venezuelan state oil company, to discuss its operations in the country. Officials made clear that the energy giant remained forbidden from drilling or dealing in Venezuelan crude (AP, 5/17/22).

Two weeks later, the White House renewed Chevron’s current license, which only permits maintenance work, until November. Nevertheless, this brief opening revealed some clear trends.

First off, all mainstream outlets had virtually the same headline, writing that the US “eases some sanctions” (NBC, 5/17/22), was “to ease a few economic sanctions” (AP, 5/17/22) or “begins easing restrictions” (Washington Post, 5/17/22) on Venezuela. And though the very narrow scope of the authorization left few word choice alternatives, it certainly did not force corporate journalists to stick to the information spoonfed by “anonymous officials.”

Not a single establishment outlet mentioned that sanctions have an impact on ordinary Venezuelans. Instead, the privilege of “just talking” to oil execs was painted as an incentive for President Nicolás Maduro to resume talks with the opposition.

WaPo: Biden administration begins easing restrictions on Venezuelan oil

…and the Washington Post (5/17/22) told readers that the US “begins easing restrictions.”

The meager background/context provided in most pieces left room for plenty of representations. When referencing why government/opposition talks broke down last October, readers were told that Maduro walked away after the “extradition of a close/key ally” to the US (Washington Post, 5/17/22; AP, 5/17/22). However, there was no mention of the fact that, according to documents disclosed by Caracas, the “ally” in question (Alex Saab) has diplomatic immunity, and that Washington violated the Vienna convention by having him arrested overseas and extradited (FAIR.org, 7/21/21).

Corporate outlets continued the habit of echoing unfounded charges against the Maduro administration as absolute truths, be they about electoral fraud (FAIR.org, 1/27/21), drug trafficking (FAIR.org, 9/24/19) or media censorship (FAIR.org, 5/20/19). The consequence is that by now no editor will flinch at a description of the Venezuelan government as “authoritarian” (Washington Post, 5/17/22), “autocratic” (CNN, 5/17/22) or “corrupt and repressive” (New York Times, 5/17/22).

Establishment journalists were also happy enough to echo mobster-like threats from their anonymous sources, namely that the US will “calibrate” sanctions depending on whether progress in government/opposition talks is deemed acceptable (Reuters, 5/17/22; NBC, 5/17/22; AFP, 5/17/22; AP, 5/17/22). US officials refer to policies that are killing thousands of civilians as though they were a dial they can turn up or down at will, and their enablers in the media see no reason to be alarmed by this.

NYT: U.S. to Offer Minor Sanctions Relief to Entice Venezuela to Talks

The New York Times (5/17/22) more accurately headlined that the US was going “to offer minor sanctions relief.”

For its part, the New York Times (5/17/22) described the steps as “minor sanctions relief” which despite the adjective still seems a bit overstated, considering that sanctions include an oil embargo and this was just an opportunity to talk to Chevron. The paper of record also tried to paint sanctions as having little to do with the collapse of Venezuela’s oil industry, writing that they only began in 2019. In fact, the first measures against PDVSA—cutting it off from international credit—are from mid-2017, after which output collapsed from nearly 2 million barrels a day to 350,000 in three years (Venezuelanalysis, 8/27/21).

Simultaneously, Spain’s Repsol and Italy’s Eni got oil-for-debt licenses that “will not benefit [PDVSA] financially” (Reuters, 6/5/22). And no corporate journalist found any issue with the fact that somehow the US Treasury Department has the power to “let” European corporations deal with Venezuela.

Not all critics created equal

WSJ: Venezuela Sanctions Relief Is a Trap for Biden

Mary Anastasia O’Grady (Wall Street Journal, 5/19/22) warned that the US was “tiptoeing toward a rapprochement with dictator Nicolás Maduro.”

The Biden administration revisiting its sanctions policy even a little bit has generated a ferocious backlash that fed corporate media bias. The Wall Street Journal’s opinion section provided its usual extremism, with editorial board member Mary Anastasia O’Grady (5/26/22) writing that the US might be “tiptoeing toward a rapprochement with dictator Nicolás Maduro that will abandon the cause of Venezuelan freedom.”

The Journal columnist referred to the opposition’s unelected Venezuelan “interim president,” Juan Guaidó, as “internationally recognized,” when the number of countries that actually recognize him is down to 16 (Venezuelanalysis, 12/8/21). She somehow presented the 2002 US-backed military coup that briefly deposed democratically elected President Hugo Chávez as “opponents defend[ing] the rule of law using institutions.”

But there was plenty of bias in news reports as well when it came to weighing pros and cons of the Biden administration’s initiative. Indeed, only “hawkish” criticism of official policy gets airtime (FAIR.org, 5/2/22).

A group of Venezuelan opposition figures, from economists to political analysts to business leaders, penned a letter to the Biden administration in April calling for sanctions relief (Bloomberg, 4/14/22). Though they conceded to the US’s supposed role in solving the country’s political crisis, they pointed out the obvious: Sanctions are hurting the Venezuelan people. Nevertheless, once it was time to discuss the sanctions policy, none of these figures was reached for comment by corporate journalists.

Guardian: West must not lift sanctions on Maduro, says Venezuelan opposition

Lifting sanctions against Venezuela would “hand victory to an autocratic alliance led by Vladimir Putin,” according to whom the Guardian (5/14/22) called “the country’s deputy foreign minister.” 

Instead, the Guardian (5/14/22) reached out to the hardliners, going as far as interviewing someone with a made-up job in Guaidó’s “interim government” and calling her “the country’s deputy foreign minister.” The US-sponsored politician opposed sanctions relief without political concessions and—keeping up with the latest trends in propaganda—warned that “if Maduro is helped, so is Putin.”

A number of US House Democrats have grown increasingly vocal in opposing the administration’s Venezuela policy, based on its humanitarian consequences. Days before the timid overtures, they wrote yet another letter to Biden (The Hill, 5/12/22). But when it was time to evaluate the latest measure, this letter earned a grand total of one sentence in just one report (AP, 5/17/22).

In contrast, Sen. Marco Rubio (Guardian, 5/19/22) and Rep. Michael McCaul (New York Times, 5/17/22), both hardline Republicans, were on hand to accuse the administration of ”appeasing” or “capitulating to” Maduro. The only featured Democrat was notorious anti-Cuba and anti-Venezuela hawk Bob Menendez, whose rejection of showing any mercy to Venezuela was widely circulated (AP, 5/17/22; AFP, 5/17/22; NBC, 5/17/22; Washington Post, 5/17/22; Reuters, 5/17/22).

Remarkably, even after the Biden administration decided to kick the can on Chevron’s license down the road until the midterms, outlets like the Associated Press (5/27/22) still only platformed the hardliners. And so, with next to no changes to Trump’s “maximum pressure” efforts, the corporate media audience will see the White House chastised for “bending over backward to appease an oil despot,” but not for causing a reported 30% of the Venezuelan population to be undernourished (Venezuelanalysis, 8/22/21).

Imperialists in Wonderland

Bloomberg: US Needs to See More From Maduro to Ease Venezuela Sanctions

“The unilateral lifting of sanctions on Venezuela is not going to improve the lives of Venezuelans,” a senior White House advisor absurdly claimed to Bloomberg (5/19/22).

If Western journalists are not keen to tell their audience what sanctions have meant, they are even less eager to challenge outright falsehoods coming from high-ranking Beltway figures.

In a Bloomberg report (5/19/22), writers Patrick Gillespie and Erik Schatzker walked a familiar path by allowing senior White House advisor Juan Gonzalez to play hostage-taker, demanding that sanctions relief will require unspecified “democratic steps” and “bigger political freedoms.” But in the process, they published an outrageous and blatant lie.

“The unilateral lifting of sanctions on Venezuela is not going to improve the lives of Venezuelans,” Bloomberg quoted Gonzalez. Amazingly, the authors let this statement go out unopposed, when in fact lifting sanctions is the most obvious thing the US could do to improve the lives of Venezuelans.

The Venezuelan government, Venezuelan opposition figures/groups, UN special rapporteurs, think tanks, economists, US representatives and even the US Chamber of Commerce have documented or at least recognized the harmful consequences of unilateral sanctions. To not include a single one of these sources to counter Gonzalez’s ludicrous assertion is a choice that is as deliberate as it is dishonest.

The latest Venezuela appearance in the spotlight showed again just how key the corporate media is for US foreign policy. With their “calibrated” efforts to conceal the consequences of sanctions, Western journalists have in fact made thousands and thousands of Venezuelan victims invisible to the public. It is they who deserve to be sanctioned.

 

The post ‘Calibrated’ Dishonesty: Western Media Coverage of Venezuela Sanctions appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Ricardo Vaz.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/13/calibrated-dishonesty-western-media-coverage-of-venezuela-sanctions/feed/ 0 306565
Russian authorities fine Vecherniye Vedomosti newspaper, threaten 60.ru news website over Ukraine war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/russian-authorities-fine-vecherniye-vedomosti-newspaper-threaten-60-ru-news-website-over-ukraine-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/russian-authorities-fine-vecherniye-vedomosti-newspaper-threaten-60-ru-news-website-over-ukraine-war-coverage/#respond Wed, 08 Jun 2022 20:04:24 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=200318 New York, June 8, 2022 – Russian authorities must stop their efforts to silence reporting on the country’s invasion of Ukraine, and drop all fines and penalties issued to outlets covering the conflict, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On June 3, the Kirovsky District Court in the central city of Yekaterinburg fined the independent Vecherniye Vedomosti newspaper 150,000 rubles (US$2,415) for “discrediting the Russian Armed Forces” in its reporting on Telegram, according to the outlet, media reports, and Vecherniye Vedomosti director Guzela Aitkulova, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app.

Separately, on June 5, the Svetlogorsk City Court in the western Kaliningrad region ruled that a list of soldiers killed in Ukraine, published by the privately-owned Pskov-based news website 60.ru, constituted “classified information,” leading the website to take the list down to avoid facing criminal charges, according to multiple media reports. 60.ru’s list had been compiled from information openly published by official sources, according to those reports.

“Russian authorities, after criminalizing the publication of so-called false information about the war in Ukraine, prosecuting journalists, and blocking dozens of news websites, are continuing their effort to silence outlets that report on military casualties and anti-war protests in Russia,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Authorities must overturn the fine imposed on Vecherniye Vedomosti, allow 60.ru to publish freely, and allow journalists to do their jobs.”

The fine of Vecherniye Vedomosti, issued to the newspaper’s parent company Technotorg, stemmed from a March 18 Telegram post by the outlet covering the detention of an artist who allegedly distributed anti-war stickers in the streets of Yekaterinburg, according to Aitkulova and the news reports on that case.

Vecherniye Vedomosti’s Telegram post featured a blurred picture of those stickers, Aitkulova told CPJ, saying there were “no words about the Russian army” in the post.

On June 6, authorities also informed Aitkulova that they were investigating another 54 Telegram posts by the outlet that also allegedly discredited the armed forces, she said. 

“We are outraged that we are, in fact, being punished precisely for our journalistic activities,” Aitkulova told CPJ. “It all looks like revenge for our independent position. And an attempt to destroy us without blocking us – by crushing us financially.”

She said Technotorg intended to appeal the June 3 ruling, and that no hearings concerning the other posts had been scheduled. CPJ emailed the Kirovsky District Court for comment, but did not receive any response.

In its ruling against 60.ru, sparked by a complaint filed by a military prosecutor, the Svetlogorsk City Court said that listing the names of Svetlogorsk residents who died as soldiers in Ukraine constituted the unlawful publishing of classified information, which could be punished by up to seven years in a penal colony, according to the Russian criminal code and media reports.

The state media regulator Roskomnadzor is also authorized by law to block outlets found to have shared such information.

After the court’s decision, a number of online publications associated with the Shkulev Media Holding media network, including 60.ru and 74.ru, removed webpages in memory of Russian soldiers killed in Ukraine citing “the safety of journalists,” according to the nongovernmental group Roskomsvoboda.

When CPJ emailed the Svetlogorsk City Court, a representative sent a press release published on June 8 which stated that an unnamed website published “information revealing losses of personnel of the Armed Forces of the Russian Federation during a special operation, names, and personal details of those killed.”

CPJ emailed 60.ru and 74.ru for comment, but did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/08/russian-authorities-fine-vecherniye-vedomosti-newspaper-threaten-60-ru-news-website-over-ukraine-war-coverage/feed/ 0 305236
Vaccine Equity Coverage Underplays Barrier of Patents https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/vaccine-equity-coverage-underplays-barrier-of-patents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/vaccine-equity-coverage-underplays-barrier-of-patents/#respond Fri, 03 Jun 2022 20:20:04 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028917 Despite US media's occasionally stated concern with vaccine equity, the role of drug companies in perpetuating this gap is rarely mentioned. 

The post Vaccine Equity Coverage Underplays Barrier of Patents appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

While Western countries have largely lifted Covid restrictions and are attempting to put the pandemic behind them, countries in the Global South, where vaccines and treatments are still often hard to come by (e.g., just 11% of the African continent has been vaccinated against Covid-19), have no such privilege. But despite US media’s occasionally stated concern with vaccine equity, the role of pharmaceutical companies in perpetuating this gap is rarely mentioned. 

Covax—the vaccine alliance of non-governmental organizations—has established itself as a mainstay of global vaccination efforts. Wealthy nations that have contributed to this charity have touted it as the singular solution to vaccine inequity worldwide. Vaccinating populations that lack protections against Covid-19 saves lives in those countries and deters the emergence of new variants. 

WaPo: Preserving intellectual property barriers to covid-19 vaccines is morally wrong and foolish

A rare op-ed in corporate media (Washington Post, 4/26/21) that criticized at intellectual property rights as a barrier to fighting the pandemic.

But counting on the world’s rich countries to donate doses to low- and middle-income countries has failed to close the chasm of vaccination, infection and death, with billions of doses still needed. As Lori Wallach, then-director of Public Citizen’s Global Trade Watch, and Nobel laureate economist Joseph E. Stiglitz argued (Washington Post, 4/26/21), the intellectual property (IP) rights to the vaccines—all developed with massive infusions of public money—must be shared freely in order to meet demand:

Pharmaceutical corporations claim the problem is not [IP] barriers, but that companies in developing nations don’t have the skill to manufacture Covid-19 vaccines based on new technologies. This is self-serving and wrong.

Firms in the Global South are already making Covid-19 vaccines. For example, South Africa’s Aspen Pharmacare has produced hundreds of millions of doses of Johnson & Johnson’s vaccine, even though only a fraction of those went to South Africans. Other drug corporations simply refuse to work with qualified manufacturers in developing countries, effectively blocking more production.

Big Pharma’s efforts to address vaccine inequity have prioritized profits over people. An op-ed published by the international advocacy group Health Gap (10/8/20) called on Moderna and other pharmaceutical companies to share 

all the information, know-how, data and biologic resources needed for other qualified vaccine manufacturers to produce the vaccine economically and at scale to meet global need.

Moderna pledged not to enforce its vaccine patents (though it did not agree to share the know-how to manufacture it); Pfizer has not. When Oxford University created its own vaccine early in the pandemic, the Gates Foundation pressured it to enter an agreement with the British/Swedish pharmaceutical company AstraZeneca “that gave the pharmaceutical giant sole rights and no guarantee of low prices” (KHN, 8/24/20). During the pandemic, however, AstraZeneca and Johnson & Johnson (J&J) pledged to sell vaccines philanthropically—pricing doses at not-for-profit prices. 

Critics argue that waiving IP protections could jeopardize companies’ ability to obtain the investments needed to carry out their work. This argument evades the fact that government subsidies and contracts have been easy for the private sector to obtain when the state considered a project vital to the national interest and national security. Indeed, vaccine research and development by pharmaceutical companies like Moderna, Pfizer, J&J and others have been supported by infusions of taxpayer money as part of Operation Warp Speed since the start of the pandemic. 

A means to what end?

LAT: Rich countries getting new COVID vaccine before poorer ones despite U.N.-backed initiative

This LA Times article (3/25/22) on vaccine inequity never uses the words “patent” or “intellectual property.”

In their coverage of vaccine equity, corporate media have complained about the lack of funding available for Covax (Vox, 5/20/21; New York Times, 10/6/21; Politico, 2/17/22) and have been somewhat critical of pharmaceutical companies’ inaction on vaccine equity (AP, 7/18/21; USA Today, 12/1/21, 5/21/21; CBS News, 12/5/21). But few corporate news companies have indicated the existence of a pharmaceutical monopoly on Covid-19 vaccines, and reports commonly fail to talk about the importance of sharing vaccine-making technology and expertise with manufacturers (e.g., LA Times, 5/10/21, 3/25/22; ABC News, 6/29/21, 8/16/21).

US media have focused almost exclusively on the funding and logistical challenges that have impeded vaccine delivery around the world. In doing so, they fail to recognize the root of the systemic problem causing inadequate vaccine access throughout the Global South. 

Relative to reporting on the pandemic, there has been sparse coverage of vaccine equity. A Nexis search for appearances of “Covax” in transcripts from MSNBC, NBC News, ABC News, CBS News and CNN and in articles published in USA Today, the LA Times, New York Times and Associated Press from April 1, 2021, to May 1, 2022, yielded 722 results in total, out of tens of thousands of reports on Covid. 

To determine what percentage of these reports focused on IP rights, we searched within the result for “patent” or “transfer” and found only 82 mentions — just 11% of Covax coverage. Most of these mentions (85%) came from just three of the outlets: the New York Times, Associated Press and CNN. NBC and ABC never touched on these issues of Pharma monopolies, and CBS only did once.

The vast majority of global vaccine equity coverage, then, failed to ask critical questions about the sharing of technology and expertise. For instance, when CNN anchor Michael Holmes  (11/29/21) remarked that wealthy countries fell behind in their pledges to donate vaccine doses to developing nations, he ignored the issue of sharing technology and expertise outright, lamenting vaccine hesitancy instead. 

And when NBC Nightly News (8/5/21) highlighted the “hurdles” in Covax’s distribution of vaccines in Uganda, correspondent Cynthia McFadden noted that “distribution is time-consuming and expensive,” but omitted any criticism of pharmaceutical companies and their patents.

The core problem

Nature: A patent waiver on COVID vaccines is right and fair

Nature (5/25/21): “Every country should have the right to make its own vaccines during a pandemic.” 

“​​The core problem is that vaccine manufacturing, research and development is too heavily concentrated in a small group of high-and middle-income countries,” an editorial in Nature (5/25/21) found. 

As essential as Covax has been in addressing vaccine inequity, efforts to vaccinate the world will continue to stall if pharmaceutical companies fail to collaborate with qualified manufacturers. Expanding vaccine manufacturing would reduce some of the logistical challenges that the initiative has been facing, especially with delivery and storage. 

Without pressure from national governments and the public, pharmaceutical companies will remain reluctant to allocate resources to boost manufacturing capacity worldwide—and without news coverage shedding light on the core problem, that pressure is unlikely to materialize.

The post Vaccine Equity Coverage Underplays Barrier of Patents appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by James Baratta.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/03/vaccine-equity-coverage-underplays-barrier-of-patents/feed/ 0 304153
South Sudan state government suspends Radio Jonglei for five days over political coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/south-sudan-state-government-suspends-radio-jonglei-for-five-days-over-political-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/south-sudan-state-government-suspends-radio-jonglei-for-five-days-over-political-coverage/#respond Wed, 01 Jun 2022 12:37:16 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=198385 On May 19, 2022, John Samuel Manyuon, minister of information and communication in South  Sudan’s east-central Jonglei State, ordered the suspension of the local Radio Jonglei community broadcaster in Bor town, according to media reports, as well as Manyuon and managers at the radio station, who spoke with CPJ over the phone. The suspension was in response to Radio Jonglei “intentionally supplanting and superseding the government protocols and undermining the state leadership,” according to a copy of the suspension order, which CPJ reviewed.

John Achiek De’Mabior, Radio Jonglei’s executive director, told CPJ that on May 19 security forces and other authorities delivered the suspension notice, ordered the staff to leave their offices, and locked the doors. The notice did not specify the length of the suspension. The station reopened on May 24, according to De’Mabior and a copy of Manyuon’s order to lift the suspension, which CPJ reviewed.

The suspension was related to coverage of government officials’ statements on May 16 marking SPLA Day, according to De’Mabior and Radio Jonglei CEO Tijwog Agwet, who also spoke with CPJ, as well as media reports. The day commemorates the 1983 founding of the Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA), which fought for southern autonomy from Sudan.

In an interview with CPJ, Manyuon defended the decision to suspend the station completely and accused Radio Jonglei of violating professionalism and journalistic ethics. Radio Jonglei had given preferential coverage to Jonglei State’s deputy governor over the governor, he said, adding that this amounted to incitement because of the political and ethnic divisions in the state government and South Sudanese society. The governor and deputy governor come from different ethnic groups, Manyuon said.

Manyuon said he ordered the suspension after he had summoned Radio Jonglei staff, who rebuffed his concerns about the coverage and asserted their right to editorial independence.

Agwet told CPJ that he was in Juba, South Sudan’s capital, when he learned of the suspension. He then traveled to Bor town, apologized for the coverage, and opened an internal investigation into the actions of the station’s staff.

“They were planning on…making a government committee to investigate them [the Radio Jonglei staff]. I said I will do my administrative business,” Agwet told CPJ. “I’m investigating my people.”

In his May 19 letter to Manyuon, a copy of which CPJ reviewed, Agwet wrote that  “mistakes” were made in Radio Jonglei’s May 16 coverage by “omitting” the governor’s speech.

Agwet told CPJ that, given the sensitivities surrounding social and political divisions in South Sudan, Radio Jonglei’s coverage of SPLA Day did not adequately include the governor’s voice, but said the suspension was not appropriate.

“There are people who need to have access to information…they are not part of this [dispute],” Agwet told CPJ. “There are other important things that are being aired by the radio. So totally I disagree with the government for suspending and closing down the radio.”

On May 20, Elijah Alier Kuai, managing director of South Sudan’s Media Authority, the country’s media regulator, wrote to Manyuon to “advise” him to immediately lift the suspension of Radio Jonglei and “desist from interfering with the independent editorial policies of media houses.” The letter, which CPJ reviewed and was covered by local media, said any media violation complaints “must be filed with the Media Authority,” citing the 2013 Media Authority Act establishing the regulator.

Manyuon told CPJ that “the Media Authority has the role to advise, but does not have the role to order…We don’t need to take that [the authority’s letter] into account, we did not respond to them.” The suspension was lifted due to Radio Jonglei’s internal investigation and the state government’s desire “for the public to have freedom of press,” Manyuon said, adding that it wasn’t related to “intimidation from the Media Authority.”

Previously, between late August and late September 2021, Radio Jonglei was shut down over coverage of anti-government protests, according to media reports and Agwet.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/06/01/south-sudan-state-government-suspends-radio-jonglei-for-five-days-over-political-coverage/feed/ 0 303403
French reporter ‘paid with his life’ for reliable Ukraine war coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/31/french-reporter-paid-with-his-life-for-reliable-ukraine-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/31/french-reporter-paid-with-his-life-for-reliable-ukraine-war-coverage/#respond Tue, 31 May 2022 21:20:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=74780 Pacific Media Watch

Appalled by French reporter Frédéric Leclerc-Imhoff’s death in Ukraine on Monday, Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has called for a transparent investigation into the circumstances of his death.

At the same time, RSF is stepping up its efforts to provide the best possible protection for journalists in the field.

It says that with the Kremlin “working tirelessly to spread its propaganda” about the war, journalists are needed for verified and independent information.

A video reporter for the French TV news channel BFMTV, Leclerc-Imhoff is the eighth journalist to be killed in the field in Ukraine since the start of the invasion. His body was reportedly still in Bakhmut, in the Donetsk region, but was to be transported to Dnipro for a forensic autopsy, according to a Ukrainian interior ministry adviser.

Leclerc-Imhoff’s BFMTV colleague, Maxime Brandstaetter, and their Ukrainian fixer, Oksana Leuta, who were both slightly injured in the shelling that killed Leclerc-Imhoff, are in the process of being evacuated to Dnipro.

Leclerc-Imhoff, 32, was sitting at the front of a humanitarian truck in Lysychansk when shrapnel from an exploding shell pierced the truck’s armoured windshield and struck him in the neck.

At the time of his death, he was filming the evacuation of around 10 civilians from the eastern front line to a safer location.

Reliable, honest and independent reporting
“Aged 32, Frédéric Leclerc-Imhoff paid with his life in the quest for the reliable, honest and independent reporting that is vital for our democracies,” RSF secretary-general Christophe Deloire said.

“We are saddened and appalled by this tragedy. RSF asks the Ukrainian authorities to display exemplary transparency and independence with the regard to the investigation by the Security Service of Ukraine (SBU) into this violation of the rules of war.”

The Kremlin, which has imposed total censorship on freely reported news and information in Russia and the territories its army occupies in Ukraine, used the state news agency TASS to attack Leclerc-Imhoff’s memory.

TASS called him a “mercenary” in the service of “Ukrainian far-right radical forces” in defiance of the facts.

Since the start of the invasion, RSF had already registered 50 events affecting around 120 journalists that qualify as war crimes.

It has just filed its fifth complaint with the International Criminal Court’s chief prosecutor and with Ukraine’s prosecutor-general, and is continuing to analyse attacks targeting reporters.

Present in Ukraine via its press freedom centres in Kyiv and Lviv, RSF also supplies security gear to news reporters in the field and provides them with safety training and psychological assistance.

The goal is to ensure reliable coverage of the Russian government’s war of aggression and war on information.

Pacific Media Watch collaborates with Reporters Without Borders.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/31/french-reporter-paid-with-his-life-for-reliable-ukraine-war-coverage/feed/ 0 303391
Tajikistan outlet threatened with closure; 4 journalists attacked during unrest coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/tajikistan-outlet-threatened-with-closure-4-journalists-attacked-during-unrest-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/tajikistan-outlet-threatened-with-closure-4-journalists-attacked-during-unrest-coverage/#respond Fri, 20 May 2022 19:00:22 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=195943 New York, May 20, 2022 – Tajikistan authorities must withdraw their official warning against independent outlet Asia Plus, swiftly and transparently investigate attacks on four journalists, and ensure that reporters can freely cover events of public importance, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

On Tuesday, May 17, Asia Plus announced that it was ceasing coverage of ongoing protests in Tajikistan’s eastern Gorno-Badakhshan Autonomous Region (Badakhshan/GBAR) after receiving an official warning from the country’s prosecutor general threatening to shutter the outlet unless it modified its coverage of the events, according to news reports and a statement published on the Asia Plus website.

Separately on May 17, journalist Mullorajab Yusufzoda, known as Yusufi, and video journalist Barotali Nazarov, pen name Barot Yusufi, who both work for U.S. Congress-funded broadcaster Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty’s (RFE/RL) Tajik service, known locally as Radio Ozodi, were leaving an interview with an activist when two unidentified men approached them, beat them, and stole their equipment, according to reports by RFE/RL and Radio Ozodi, and Yusufzoda. The latter spoke to CPJ by telephone.

Later, three unidentified individuals stole the equipment of reporter Anushervon Orifov and camera operator Nasim Isamov with Current Time TV, a Russian-language outlet run by RFE/RL, according to those sources and Orifov, who spoke to CPJ by phone. Orifov and Isamov were also leaving an interview with the same activist, who Tajik authorities have accused of organizing the Badakhshan/GBAR protests, leading the journalists to believe it was a coordinated attack.

“Tajikistan authorities’ actions against Asia Plus amid the continuing internet shutdown in the Badakhshan region constitute censorship and must stop immediately,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “The attacks on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty journalists are unacceptable. Authorities in Tajikistan must conduct a credible investigation into these attacks, hold those responsible to account, and ensure that journalists can provide the Tajik public and the rest of the world with reliable information about events in the region.”

At least 25 people are reported to have died since Tajik authorities sent troops to quell protests that broke out in the ethnically and linguistically distinct Badakhshan/GBAR region on May 14. Since May 16, the internet in the regional capital Khorog and surrounding districts has been shut down, a move authorities previously used in the region following similar anti-government protests from November 2021 to March 2022.

In its statement, Asia Plus said it had received an official warning from the Prosecutor’s Office and an unspecified number of unofficial warnings from other unnamed state agencies accusing it of “one-sided” coverage of events in Badakhshan/GBAR and of “destabilizing the situation in the country.” Authorities ordered the outlet to “address these shortcomings” or else face closure, it said.

CPJ called Asia Plus, but the outlet’s management declined to comment beyond the published statement. Besides not covering the Badakhshan/GBAR conflict since May 17, the outlet appears to have deleted previous coverage of events in the region, according to a CPJ review of its website.

Asia Plus, Tajikistan’s most popular domestic news site, has been intermittently blocked in the country in recent years.

Nuriddin Karshiboev, head of the National Association of Mass Media in Tajikistan, an independent advocacy organization, told CPJ by phone that although there is no specific legal provision in Tajik law stating that authorities can close a media outlet on a second warning, there is a precedent for the Prosecutor General’s Office to apply for the courts to shutter outlets on various grounds if the outlet ignores warnings.

CPJ emailed the Prosecutor General’s Office for comment but did not receive any reply.

The attack on Yusufzoda and Nazarov occurred at around 2 p.m. close to the home of activist and veteran journalist Ulfatkhonim Mamadshoeva in the capital Dushanbe’s Sino district, Yusufzoda told CPJ. As the journalists returned to their car after interviewing Mamadshoeva, two men approached them and demanded that they hand over their cell phones, on which they had recorded the interview.

When Yusufzoda asked the men who they were, they hit the journalist two or three times in the face, pushed Nazarov to the ground, and repeatedly threatened to shoot Yusufzoda if he did not hand over the phones, Yusufzoda told CPJ, adding that the men were not visibly carrying guns.

The men took three phones, a USB flash drive, chargers, a tripod, and Yusufzoda’s wallet but returned his cash and bank cards, the journalist said.

Around 30 minutes later, as Orifov and Isamov were preparing to drive off after interviewing Mamadshoeva in the same area, a vehicle blocked their exit. Three men got out, one of them grabbing Orifov’s phone through his open window, Orifov said. When Orifov asked the men to identify themselves, they refused and demanded that the journalists hand over the camera they had used when they interviewed Mamadshoeva.  

Based on their clothes and appearance, the journalists believe two of the three men were the same as those who attacked Yusufzoda and Nazarov, Orifov said. The men took the camera and cell phones of the two journalists and their driver.

In both incidents, the men promised to return the journalists’ equipment. Yusufzoda and Orifov told CPJ that for this reason and due to the speed and professionalism of the men’s actions, they believed the men were likely law enforcement officers. It was clear that the men were explicitly seeking the interview recording and that they aimed to prevent the Mamadshoeva interview from being broadcast, the journalists added.

None of the journalists was seriously hurt in the attacks, they told CPJ. They filed a complaint with Dushanbe police over the incidents but said they do not expect the attacks to be adequately investigated, citing a lack of progress in investigating a March 2021 attack on Yusufzoda and Radio Ozodi colleague Shahlo Abdulloeva.

On May 18, the day after the attack on the RFE/RL journalists, officers of the State Committee of National Security arrested Mamadshoeva and charged her with calling for the overthrow of the constitutional order, Radio Ozodi reported. CPJ continues to investigate whether Mamadshoeva’s detention is related to her journalism. 

Tajik journalists have previously anonymously reported receiving warnings and instructions to avoid covering unrest in Badakhshan/GBAR and the ongoing war in Ukraine. A manager at Radio Ozodi confirmed to CPJ by telephone that authorities had pressured Ozodi and other outlets to reduce coverage of Badakhshan but requested not to be cited by name, citing safety concerns.

CPJ emailed the Interior Ministry of Tajikistan and called the State Committee of National Security for comment but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/20/tajikistan-outlet-threatened-with-closure-4-journalists-attacked-during-unrest-coverage/feed/ 0 300607
Turkmenistan journalist Nurgeldi Halykov facing retaliation in prison following coverage of his case https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/turkmenistan-journalist-nurgeldi-halykov-facing-retaliation-in-prison-following-coverage-of-his-case/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/turkmenistan-journalist-nurgeldi-halykov-facing-retaliation-in-prison-following-coverage-of-his-case/#respond Thu, 12 May 2022 18:12:21 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=193110 New York, May 12, 2022 – Turkmen authorities should cease retaliating against imprisoned journalist Nurgeldi Halykov, and should release him immediately and unconditionally, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

Authorities first arrested Halykov in July 2020 and sentenced him to four years in prison that September. During his imprisonment, authorities have placed Halykov, a correspondent for the Netherlands-based independent news website Turkmen.news, in a so-called punishment cell three times, with each instance corresponding to his employer’s coverage of his case, according to Turkmen.news director Ruslan Myatiev, who spoke to CPJ in a phone interview.

Prisoners held in punishment cells are not allowed to leave the cell to circulate with other prisoners, are deprived of reading material or other entertainment, and otherwise face worse conditions than regular prisoners, Myatiev said.

“Turkmen journalist Nurgeldi Halykov is already serving a wholly unjustified sentence in retaliation for his work, and further punishing him when his employer raises his case is the height of injustice,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia Program coordinator. “Turkmen authorities must cease placing Halykov in a punishment cell and must also overturn the trumped-up charges against him and release him without delay.”

Halykov is serving a four-year sentence at a prison in the eastern Lebap region on fraud charges, which his outlet believes are retaliation for his journalism, as CPJ has documented.

At the time of his arrest, authorities offered Halykov the choice of admitting to fraud charges or facing rape charges, which are subject to longer prison terms, according to Myatiev.

Myatiev told CPJ that the outlet hoped there could be a change in Halykov’s case after Serdar Berdymukhamedov succeeded his father, Gurbanguly Berdymukhamedov, as the country’s president on March 19.

CPJ called the Turkmen Ministry of National Security and Interior Ministry, which oversees the prison system, for comment, but no one answered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/12/turkmenistan-journalist-nurgeldi-halykov-facing-retaliation-in-prison-following-coverage-of-his-case/feed/ 0 298343
Serbian journalists charged over coverage of environmental protest https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/serbian-journalists-charged-over-coverage-of-environmental-protest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/serbian-journalists-charged-over-coverage-of-environmental-protest/#respond Mon, 09 May 2022 17:24:20 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=191565 Berlin, May 9, 2022 – Serbian authorities should drop all criminal charges against journalists Sava Majstorov and Sara Mikić, and ensure that members of the press do not face legal retaliation over their work, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday.

On April 12, authorities charged Mikić and Majstorov, reporters with the local news website Soinfo in Sombor, northern Serbia, with organizing an illegal December 2021 protest and blocking roads, according to news reports, their employer, and both journalists, who communicated with CPJ via email.

Mikić and Majstorov told CPJ that they worked as journalists covering preparations for a protest against new laws encouraging lithium mining in the area, but did not organize or join the demonstration.

If convicted, the journalists could be fined 150,000 dinars (US$1,347), according to those news reports, which said their court hearing was scheduled for Monday, May 9, but was postponed at the request of the journalists’ lawyers.

“Serbian authorities should drop the criminal charges against journalists Sava Majstorov and Sara Mikić, and ensure that members of the press do not face legal harassment over their reporting,” said Attila Mong, CPJ’s Europe representative. “Reporting on demonstrations is clearly in the public interest, and authorities should stop pursuing journalists simply for doing their jobs.”

The reporters told CPJ that authorities have used articles published in Soinfo and videos of the journalists at the scene as evidence that they allegedly joined and organized the protest.

During the demonstration, 200 to 300 peaceful protesters blocked traffic in Sombor for about two hours, according to those news reports, which said that authorities have filed criminal charges against dozens of the protest’s participants.

CPJ emailed the Sombor prosecutor’s office for comment, but did not immediately receive a reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/09/serbian-journalists-charged-over-coverage-of-environmental-protest/feed/ 0 297307
Omani journalist Mukhtar al-Hanai charged over corruption coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/omani-journalist-mukhtar-al-hanai-charged-over-corruption-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/omani-journalist-mukhtar-al-hanai-charged-over-corruption-coverage/#respond Fri, 06 May 2022 15:27:30 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=191248 New York, May 6, 2022 – Oman authorities should drop all charges against journalist Mukhtar al-Hanai and allow the press to work freely and without fear of legal harassment, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Friday.

The public prosecutor’s office in Muscat, the capital, informed al-Hanai, a reporter for the news website Atheer, on March 15 that criminal charges had been filed against him, according to the London-based human rights organization Oman Centre for Human Rights and the regional human rights group Gulf Centre for Human Rights.

The charges were filed under Article 249 of the Omani penal code, which bars publishing news about ongoing investigations, according to those sources. If convicted, al-Hanai could face up to two years in prison and a fine of up to 1,000 riyal (US$2,600).

“Intimidating journalists who report on embezzlement cases is a counter-intuitive anticorruption strategy, to say the least,” said CPJ Senior Middle East and North Africa Researcher Justin Shilad. “Omani authorities should drop their charges against Mukhtar al-Hanai and stop interfering with journalists covering sensitive issues.”

The charges cite March 9 tweets by al-Hanai reporting that eight government officials had been found guilty of embezzlement and falsifying government records, and that the Omani Ministry of Information had barred local media from reporting on the cases, according to those human rights groups.

Al-Hanai frequently posts on Twitter about Omani politics and alleged corruption, and has about 90,000 followers; he has continued tweeting as of May 3, but CPJ was unable to find the tweets mentioned in the charges, which appear to have been deleted.

A hearing for al-Hanai’s case had been scheduled at the Muscat Court of First Instance for May 8, but was moved to June 19, according to the human rights groups. The Oman Centre for Human Rights noted that Article 249 did not bar people from publishing about trials that had concluded, as the corruption case had.

The Gulf Centre for Human Rights reported that al-Hanai is barred from leaving the country while his case is pending. Authorities previously detained and questioned al-Hanai for three days in 2019 over a report on corruption he published in Atheer, according to the Oman center.

Atheer posted statements on Facebook and Twitter saying that the outlet “stands in solidarity with our colleague Mukhtar al-Hanai” and expressing faith in the Omani judicial system.

CPJ emailed the Omani Ministry of Information for comment but did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/06/omani-journalist-mukhtar-al-hanai-charged-over-corruption-coverage/feed/ 0 296670
The Bias in the Ukraine War Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/the-bias-in-the-ukraine-war-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/the-bias-in-the-ukraine-war-coverage/#respond Sun, 01 May 2022 08:50:53 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=240772

As Russian forces were closing in on a bunker on April 21 in the heavily bombed and surrounded Azovstal steel plant in Mariupol, preparing on an assault on the “fortress-like” underground bunker where an estimated 2000 remaining Ukrainian troops are said to be holed up, Russian President Vladimir Putin reversed his order and told Russian troops to surround the hard-pressed Ukrainians until, out of ammunition, food, and water, they came out voluntarily.

Reporting on this decision, the New York Times, in an update to a story on the city’s final battle, claimed Putin had made the decision to avoid his troops having to fight their way through tunnels taking inevitably heavy casualties. What the Times didn’t mention was Putin’s saying that he also did not want to have fought in the bunker (or clearly, to hit it with a bunker-busting bomb, which could have been done long ago) because of hundreds of civilians said by Ukrainian sources to be “hiding” there. Russia views them as captives being used by the mostly Azov Battalion forces as hostages (itself, if true, a war crime).

To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.
In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

Read over 400 magazine and newsletter back issues here

Make a tax-deductible monthly or one-time donation and enjoy access to CP+.  Donate Now

Support our evolving Subscribe Area and enjoy access to all Subscribers content.  Subscribe


This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Dave Lindorff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/05/01/the-bias-in-the-ukraine-war-coverage/feed/ 0 295108
Protesters repeatedly surround home of Peruvian journalist Ketty Vela, throw rocks and shout insults over coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/protesters-repeatedly-surround-home-of-peruvian-journalist-ketty-vela-throw-rocks-and-shout-insults-over-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/protesters-repeatedly-surround-home-of-peruvian-journalist-ketty-vela-throw-rocks-and-shout-insults-over-coverage/#respond Wed, 27 Apr 2022 20:29:25 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=187971 Bogotá, April 27, 2022 – Peruvian authorities must ensure that protesters who recently harassed journalist Ketty Vela are identified and held to account, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On April 21 and 23, groups of about 50 people surrounded the journalist’s home in the northern town of Tocache, shouted insults at Vela, who hosts and produces news programs on the local independent broadcasters Radio San Juan and TV Cable, and threw rocks at her house, according to Vela, who spoke to CPJ via messaging app, and a report by the Lima-based press group IPYS.

The protesters called Vela a “sellout” over her interviews with supporters of a local water use project, as well as her on-air comments urging protesters against that project to refrain from violence after some had damaged storefronts in Tocache, she told CPJ.

The journalist told CPJ that no one was injured during either protest, and her house was not seriously damaged.

“Those who feel dissatisfied with a journalist’s reporting have no right to respond by laying siege to their home,” said CPJ Latin America and the Caribbean Program Coordinator Natalie Southwick, in New York. “Peruvian authorities must investigate the recent harassment of journalist Ketty Vela, identify those responsible, and send a clear message that violence against the press is unacceptable.”

Vela filmed the April 21 incident in a video that was uploaded in that IPYS report. She told CPJ that the demonstrators frightened her and her 11-year-old son.

Vela told CPJ that she filed a formal complaint with the police, but had not received any reply. CPJ left a voice message seeking comment from Roberto Concha, commander of the Tocache police department, but did not receive any response.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/27/protesters-repeatedly-surround-home-of-peruvian-journalist-ketty-vela-throw-rocks-and-shout-insults-over-coverage/feed/ 0 294134
Primetime Inflation Coverage Blames Workers, Hides Profits https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/23/primetime-inflation-coverage-blames-workers-hides-profits/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/23/primetime-inflation-coverage-blames-workers-hides-profits/#respond Sat, 23 Apr 2022 12:45:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336366 Rising prices directly impact virtually the entire population, so it's not surprising that there has been a constant drumbeat of reports in the corporate media laying out the factors contributing to inflation as well as its economic and political consequences. But while the media cite many legitimate factors, including pandemic-induced effects on supply and demand, their choices of which causes to emphasize can have political and economic consequences of their own.

A FAIR study looking at six months of coverage across six primetime television news shows and NPR's All Things Considered found that segments on inflation put far more emphasis on the contributions of labor shortages and social spending—through driving up the cost of labor—than on the role of corporate profit-taking.

This portrays the economy as a zero-sum game between workers and consumers, who appear to be intractably at odds if corporate profits are left out of the equation.

During the same period, the shows proved capable of hearing workers' demands for higher wages when their coverage framed the issue as a "Great Resignation," or during the shows' scant coverage of "Striketober," when a wave of labor militancy swept through much of the country.

This points to an inconsistency in coverage of the same labor market trends: When the shows were covering inflation, the "tight" labor market was mostly treated with the cool and icy calculation of market logic. But on the comparatively rare occasions when the shows covered the grievances of workers and their demands for dignified work—which are widely popular demands, given that most consumers are in fact workers too—the reports showed a more human side to what would otherwise be numbers on a scorecard, and mentioned the record profits of corporations.

Causal arguments

FAIR analyzed the transcripts from ABC World News Tonight, CBS Evening News, CNN's Situation Room, Fox Special Report, MSNBC's The Beat, NBC Nightly News, and NPR's All Things Considered between September 2021 and February 2022, using the Nexis news database. We searched for stories mentioning "inflation" and identified 310 segments.

We also searched for segments mentioning "labor," "union," or "worker." The labor search terms were meant to identify coverage of worker activism and how it compared to labor market coverage in the context of inflation. The search turned up 73 such segments.

We recorded the main causal arguments identified in inflation segments, grouped into six main categories:

  • Supply ("The supply of new cars was limited by that shortage of semiconductors."—All Things Considered, 1/12/22)
  • Demand ("People just said they had more money from not going out and doing stuff last year."—All Things Considered, 11/26/21)
  • Labor shortage ("There aren't enough truck drivers. So, more containers get stacked up. They don't get delivered."—Situation Room, 11/10/21)
  • Social spending ("The spending plan could create more inflation to the extent that it's pumping more dollars into an economy that has a lot of money flowing around in it."—Fox Special Report, 11/24/21)
  • Covid-19 ("The emergence of the Omicron variant poses increased uncertainty for inflation."—Fox Special Report, 12/22/21)
  • Profiteering ("There's increasing evidence and suspicions that this market power has gone too far and is beginning to hurt consumers."—All Things Considered, 9/13/21)

These categories were non-exclusive; a suggestion that Covid had caused supply problems, for example, would be counted in both categories. Many segments included more than one causal argument, while 116 attributed inflation to no cause in particular.

causal arguments for inflation

We don't talk about profit-taking

Of the 310 segments that covered inflation, eight identified profiteering as a causal factor, while 50 put the focus on workers, either in the form of labor shortage or supply-side social spending arguments (the latter being a proxy for the former). While labor market trends have had an inflationary impact, the disproportionate focus on them, without mention of the underlying conditions that lead to labor shortages in the first place, erases the culpability of corporations. And as economist Dean Baker (Beat the Press, 11/10/21) explained, it would be a "perverse" solution to inflation to put "downward pressure on wages" by increasing unemployment, when companies are already incentivized to "innovate to get around bottlenecks…in ways that could lead to lasting productivity gains."

An NBC Nightly News investigation by Jacob Ward (1/22/22) was one of the only segments that focused on the inflationary impact of market consolidation. Tyson, Cargill, JBS, and National Beef, Ward reported, "control roughly 85% of all beef production in America, and saw their profits tripled during the pandemic." Other references to the meat trusts were limited to Joe Biden's plan to apply pressure to meatpackers and Tyson's decision to raise prices due to "escalating costs" (NBC Nightly News, 12/10/21, 11/15/21). This angle was absent when it came to other powerful industries, however.

David Dayen and Rakeen Mabud of the American Prospect (1/31/22; CounterSpin, 2/11/22) raked through company earnings calls and CEO statements, and found ample evidence for profit-taking in the direct accounts of numerous retail executives:

Corporate profit margins are at their highest level in 70 years, and CEOs cannot help but tout in earnings calls how they have taken advantage of the media commotion around inflation to boost profits. "A little bit of inflation is always good in our business," the CEO of Kroger said last June. "What we are very good at is pricing," the CEO of Colgate-Palmolive added in October. Inflation is being enhanced by exploitation, with companies seeing a "once-in-a-generation opportunity" to raise prices.

Corporations with no choice

Despite this, the decision to raise prices was often reported from the perspective of small business owners. Five such segments appeared across CBS Evening News, including a Houston boutique owner (11/10/21) lamenting that she hates having to raise prices, but that "if they're charging me, I have to turn around and charge my customers."

One of the segments that directly addressed the decision from the perspective of multinationals appeared on ABC World News Tonight (10/22/21), where Gio Benitez reported:

Major companies facing rising costs now expecting to charge more, like Nestle, the world's largest food and beverage company; Unilever, maker of Dove soap and Ben & Jerry's; Procter & Gamble, from grooming products to diapers; and Danone, maker of yogurts and plant-based milks, even Evian water. Inflation shooting up by 5.4% in just a year. That supply chain crisis is taking center stage.

The profitability and market dominance of these firms, especially Nestle and Procter & Gamble, made no appearance—with price hikes instead attributed to corporations "facing rising costs."

Despite this framework, recent polling from Data for Progress suggests that Americans aren't buying it, with only 29% of respondents believing that corporations had no choice but to price-gouge. And with $19 billion being paid out to Procter & Gamble shareholders in the wake of a 14% rise in the cost of diapers, that skepticism is hardly surprising.

Ari Melber of MSNBC's The Beat (1/11/22) covered inflation's disproportionate impact on workers, even citing the "Great Resignation" as a factor in labor shortages, but did not mention monopolistic corporations' price-gouging. Melber pointed out that it is average workers who "bear the risk in our version of capitalism," as opposed to "pandemic billionaires." He described this disproportionate impact as "classism." The omission of the evidence for price-gouging was all the more stark in the context of reporting that ostensibly focused on the interest of workers.

Slamming social spending

Despite the mounting evidence that corporate greed plays a significant role in rising prices, the shows tended to focus on social spending as a possible factor, with 67 segments framing debates around both whether the already-passed stimulus bills were responsible for current inflation, and whether Build Back Better would worsen it.

These debates centered around both supply-side and demand-side factors. On the supply-side, the debate was whether social spending was keeping Americans from seeking work, given that the stimulus provided an alternative form of income. This in turn fueled the labor shortage and strengthened workers' hands, the argument went, contributing to the rising cost of labor and the shortage of goods. It follows that businesses had no choice but to pass these rising costs onto consumers.

Washington Post opinion writer Charles Lane went on Fox's Special Report (10/8/21) to share his view that redistribution will slow job growth and increase inflation: "Two bills of spending that are more than $4 trillion. And we're going to pretend that this is going to have no effect on jobs? No effect on inflation?"

While other networks proved more willing to provide an alternative view when discussing social spending as a possible inflationary cause, they rarely outright refuted the claim, let alone touched on corporate profits.

Kristen Welker (NBC Nightly News, 11/12/21) reported that although Biden was

insisting that while more spending generally drives prices up, his trillion dollars bipartisan infrastructure bill will bring prices down long term…. Moderate Democrat Joe Manchin suggest[ed] the president's spending bills could raise prices even more.

And Republicans were "blasting the president's policies." The report cut to Rep. Jim Jordan (R.–Ohio), who claimed, "Their plan is basically, lock down the economy, spend like crazy, pay people not to work."

To center debates over inflationary causes around redistributive measures, while failing to bring up the stacks of cash lining the pockets of the very corporations raising prices, leaves an impression of scarcity and implies a necessary struggle between workers and consumers. It also ignores the reality that countries like France and Japan, which had larger stimulus packages, actually saw less inflation.

Not only do supply-side social spending arguments blame labor for rising costs, they do so by claiming that workers have it too good. Redistributive measures can't work, they presume, because if labor is not desperate enough to seek alienated, low-wage jobs, the economy will grind to a halt. Something has to give, and it won't be the billionaires who happen to own the media outlets.

On the demand side, opponents of social spending argued that the stimulus put far too much disposable income in the hands of ordinary people, whose spending therefore outpaced supply. To argue that there is too much money in the hands of regular people, in light of more than a decade of quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve—transferring wealth to the very wealthy to prop up stock markets—brings to mind Martin Luther King's statement that this country has "socialism for the rich, and rugged individualism for the poor."

Inconsistent labor reporting

The six-month timeframe coincided with both "Striketober" and the "Great Resignation," moments that together saw workers utilizing their temporarily enhanced bargaining power. While union membership is at a historic low, support for unions is at the highest it's been since 1965. According to Cornell University's Labor Action Tracker, there were 442 strikes and labor protests between September and February—likely an undercount, given the rise in strike activity not sanctioned by unions.

FAIR found that NPR's All Things Considered included 28 segments on labor activism, but the remaining shows had at most half that amount. NBC Nightly News came in second place, with 14 activism segments, while Fox Special Report had 11, ABC's World News Tonight had six, MSNBC's The Beat and CNN's Situation Room had five, and CBS Evening News had four.

labor activism coverage 9/1/21-2/1/22

While the coverage of strikes proved some shows were capable of hearing the concerns of workers bargaining collectively, the focus on labor shortages in inflation reporting highlighted a disregard for the perspective of labor.

When reporting on the John Deere strike that saw more than 10,000 workers walk off the job, Charlie De Mar (CBS Evening News, 10/14/21) noted that it came "as the company is forecasting its best earnings ever"; he listed workers' demands, including "livable hours and benefits."

However, in the show's segments that attributed inflation to labor market trends, workers' grievances were mostly left out of the picture. Carter Evans (CBS Evening News, 12/10/21) reported that the rising costs of "just about everything," from beef prices up by 50% to fuel prices up by 53%, were the result of soaring demand, while the supply chain was hampered by "a shortage of truck drivers to deliver the goods." Never mind the evidence of price-fixing in a meatpacking industry fraught with consolidation, or the poor labor conditions driving people to resign from trucking.

CBS's Scott McFarlane (1/12/22) reported that "a survey by an association of the nation's grocery stores finds 80% of them are having trouble recruiting or retaining workers right now," citing this as evidence that labor shortages were a factor in empty grocery shelves and higher prices. McFarlane neglected to mention the low wages and safety concerns that prompted more than 8,000 Kroger grocery workers in Denver to go on strike that very morning (Wall Street Journal, 1/12/22).

Claims of a trucker shortage received the most emphasis, appearing in 13 unique segments across all shows. ABC's Whit Johnson (10/13/21) included "not enough truck drivers" among a list of inflationary pressure points. Fox News chief correspondent Jonathan Hunt (10/8/21) claimed that "supply and demand is not the problem…. There simply aren't enough truck drivers to get goods to American store shelves." News flash: If there aren't enough drivers, that's a supply problem.

While primetime audiences were made well aware of how few truck drivers are on the highways, they were left in the dark about how trucking deregulation has led to stagnant wages and lack of driver protections (American Prospect, 2/7/22). Segments reporting on ports remaining open 24/7 to alleviate backlogs (NBC Nightly News, 10/13/21) made no mention of the stolen wages and general precariousness of the labor making that happen.

Fickle supply chain

While there were multiple mentions of "supply chain bottlenecks" across the seven shows, the decades-long transformation of the global supply chain to maximize profits at the expense of its resiliency (CounterSpin, 2/11/22) was generally not a part of the story.

Just three ocean shipping alliances control 80% of the market, giving them substantial power to set prices and squeeze wages. In order to keep down the costs of production and distribution, shipping companies promoted a "just-in-time" delivery schedule, reducing warehouse costs but also raising the chances of disruptive shortages. Coupled with the outsourcing of manufacturing, just-in-time delivery supply chain "shocks" are less shocking than they might appear.

But according to Fox News correspondent Jacqui Heinrich (11/24/21), the White House's accusations of price-gouging by the ocean shipping cartel as a driver of inflation were "ominous," as they indicated that supply chain crises may take years to resolve. Not once did she mention the cartel in question made nearly $80 billion in the first three quarters of 2021, giving the companies ample and unaccountable price-setting capabilities (American Prospect, 1/31/22).

News media that feature constant coverage of inflation may appear to be serving the public interest, but with an issue that directly affects so many peoples' wallets, it's important that the corporate media give an accurate portrayal of the contributing factors. And while sympathetic coverage of labor activism may seem pro-worker, that's undercut when the debate about what's making it harder for people to put food on the table is centered around low-wage essential workers saying enough is enough.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Ines Santos, Luca GoldMansour.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/23/primetime-inflation-coverage-blames-workers-hides-profits/feed/ 0 293118
Activists Blockade Corporate Newspapers Over Inadequate Climate Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 08:55:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336336

A group of climate campaigners on Friday blockaded the entrance of a printing plant in New York City in an effort to hamper the distribution of the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, and other corporate-owned newspapers to protest their failure to cover the planetary emergency with "the frequency it deserves."

The activists, operating under the banner of Extinction Rebellion, stressed in a statement that the blockade was targeted not at individual journalists, but "at the board of directors and senior management at these institutions that determine what to include and exclude in each publication."

"Extinction Rebellion stands behind the right to free speech and a free press, and views the breaking of certain concrete mundane laws as a public plea for societal change," the statement reads. "The climate and ecological crisis is already here—destroying people's homes and livelihoods with extreme weather, droughts, and fire—yet governments and corporations, influenced by mass media corporations, are complacent by continuing to ignore the root causes of the crisis and the dire situation humanity is facing."

The demonstration singled out News Corp, The New York Times Company, and Gannett—which respectively own the Journal, the Times, and USA Today—for "enabling the government's gaslighting of the public" by burying critical climate stories below the fold or in later pages. The outlets have also come under fire for plastering fossil fuel company ads alongside their coverage and actively perpetuating climate disinformation.

Such failures, the campaigners argued, make it "easy for government to act like the climate and ecological crisis is years away, ignore scientists' urgent calls to action, and refuse to take the steps we need to start transforming our systems from finite and fragile to strong and resilient."

"They must be clear about the extreme cascading risks humanity now faces, the injustice this represents, its historic roots, and the urgent need for rapid political, social, and economic change," the activists continued. "This includes more front-page coverage of the climate emergency."

The demonstration came as scientists and youth climate activists around the world, marking Earth Day, engaged in rallies and non-violent civil disobedience to condemn their governments' continued support for fossil fuel production as accelerating warming wreaks havoc across the globe.

"This is not a 'happy Earth Day,'" Swedish activist Greta Thunberg tweeted Friday. "It never has been. Earth Day has turned into an opportunity for people in power to post their 'love' for the planet, while at the same time destroying it at maximum speed."

U.S. climate scientist Peter Kalmus, an expert who has taken direct action in recent days as part of a growing worldwide mobilization, tweeted Thursday that "the more we threaten the fossil fuel status quo, the less the media covers it."

"Our experience with the global Scientist Rebellion was almost no media coverage, and then only a little after it had already gone viral," Kalmus added. "The revolution will not be televised."

An online database unveiled earlier this week shows that financial institutions in G20 countries—many of which have pledged meaningful action to combat runaway warming—provided 2.5 times more financing for oil, gas, and coal projects than clean energy between 2018 and 2020, yet another example of governments' refusal to heed the increasingly dire warnings of climate scientists.

"The truth is, we have been poor custodians of our fragile home," United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres said in a statement Friday. "Today, the Earth is facing a triple planetary crisis. Climate disruption. Nature and biodiversity loss. Pollution and waste."

"This triple crisis is threatening the wellbeing and survival of millions of people around the world," Guterres continued. "We need to do much more. And much faster. Especially to avert climate catastrophe."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 292791
Activists Blockade Corporate Newspapers Over Inadequate Climate Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/#respond Fri, 22 Apr 2022 08:55:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/336336

A group of climate campaigners on Friday blockaded the entrance of a printing plant in New York City in an effort to hamper the distribution of the New York Times, the Wall Street Journal, and other corporate-owned newspapers to protest their failure to cover the planetary emergency with "the frequency it deserves."

The activists, operating under the banner of Extinction Rebellion, stressed in a statement that the blockade was targeted not at individual journalists, but "at the board of directors and senior management at these institutions that determine what to include and exclude in each publication."

"Extinction Rebellion stands behind the right to free speech and a free press, and views the breaking of certain concrete mundane laws as a public plea for societal change," the statement reads. "The climate and ecological crisis is already here—destroying people's homes and livelihoods with extreme weather, droughts, and fire—yet governments and corporations, influenced by mass media corporations, are complacent by continuing to ignore the root causes of the crisis and the dire situation humanity is facing."

The demonstration singled out News Corp, The New York Times Company, and Gannett—which respectively own the Journal, the Times, and USA Today—for "enabling the government's gaslighting of the public" by burying critical climate stories below the fold or in later pages. The outlets have also come under fire for plastering fossil fuel company ads alongside their coverage and actively perpetuating climate disinformation.

Such failures, the campaigners argued, make it "easy for government to act like the climate and ecological crisis is years away, ignore scientists' urgent calls to action, and refuse to take the steps we need to start transforming our systems from finite and fragile to strong and resilient."

"They must be clear about the extreme cascading risks humanity now faces, the injustice this represents, its historic roots, and the urgent need for rapid political, social, and economic change," the activists continued. "This includes more front-page coverage of the climate emergency."

The demonstration came as scientists and youth climate activists around the world, marking Earth Day, engaged in rallies and non-violent civil disobedience to condemn their governments' continued support for fossil fuel production as accelerating warming wreaks havoc across the globe.

"This is not a 'happy Earth Day,'" Swedish activist Greta Thunberg tweeted Friday. "It never has been. Earth Day has turned into an opportunity for people in power to post their 'love' for the planet, while at the same time destroying it at maximum speed."

U.S. climate scientist Peter Kalmus, an expert who has taken direct action in recent days as part of a growing worldwide mobilization, tweeted Thursday that "the more we threaten the fossil fuel status quo, the less the media covers it."

"Our experience with the global Scientist Rebellion was almost no media coverage, and then only a little after it had already gone viral," Kalmus added. "The revolution will not be televised."

An online database unveiled earlier this week shows that financial institutions in G20 countries—many of which have pledged meaningful action to combat runaway warming—provided 2.5 times more financing for oil, gas, and coal projects than clean energy between 2018 and 2020, yet another example of governments' refusal to heed the increasingly dire warnings of climate scientists.

"The truth is, we have been poor custodians of our fragile home," United Nations Secretary-General António Guterres said in a statement Friday. "Today, the Earth is facing a triple planetary crisis. Climate disruption. Nature and biodiversity loss. Pollution and waste."

"This triple crisis is threatening the wellbeing and survival of millions of people around the world," Guterres continued. "We need to do much more. And much faster. Especially to avert climate catastrophe."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/22/activists-blockade-corporate-newspapers-over-inadequate-climate-coverage/feed/ 0 292792
Blaming Workers, Hiding Profits in Primetime Inflation Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/blaming-workers-hiding-profits-in-primetime-inflation-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/blaming-workers-hiding-profits-in-primetime-inflation-coverage/#respond Thu, 21 Apr 2022 21:41:59 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9028289 Segments on inflation put far more emphasis on the contributions of labor shortages than to the role of corporate profit-taking.

The post Blaming Workers, Hiding Profits in Primetime Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.

]]>
 

Rising prices directly impact virtually the entire population, so it’s not surprising that there has been a constant drumbeat of reports in the corporate media laying out the factors contributing to inflation as well as its economic and political consequences. But while the media cite many legitimate factors, including pandemic-induced effects on supply and demand, their choices of which causes to emphasize can have political and economic consequences of their own.

NBC News: Inflation Crisis

An NBC Nightly News segment (11/12/21) on the “Inflation Crisis” stressed the role of labor shortages.

A FAIR study looking at six months of coverage across six primetime television news shows and NPR‘s All Things Considered found that segments on inflation put far more emphasis on the contributions of labor shortages and social spending—through driving up the cost of labor—than to the role of corporate profit-taking.

This portrays the economy as a zero sum game between workers and consumers, who appear to be intractably at odds if corporate profits are left out of the equation.

During the same period, the shows proved capable of hearing workers’ demands for higher wages when their coverage framed the issue as a “Great Resignation,” or during the shows’ scant coverage of “Striketober,” when a wave of labor militancy swept through much of the country.

This points to an inconsistency in coverage of the same labor market trends: When the shows were covering inflation, the “tight” labor market was mostly treated with the cool and icy calculation of market logic. But on the comparatively rare occasions when the shows covered the grievances of workers and their demands for dignified work—which are widely popular demands, given that most consumers are in fact workers too—the reports showed a more human side to what would otherwise be numbers on a scorecard, and mentioned the record profits of corporations.

Causal arguments

FAIR analyzed the transcripts from ABC World News Tonight, CBS Evening News, CNN’s Situation Room, Fox Special Report, MSNBC’s The Beat, NBC Nightly News and NPR’s All Things Considered between September 2021 and February 2022, using the Nexis news database. We searched for stories mentioning “inflation” and identified 310 segments.

We also searched for segments mentioning “labor,” “union” or “worker.” The labor search terms were meant to identify coverage of worker activism and how it compared to labor market coverage in the context of inflation. The search turned up 73 such segments.

We recorded the main causal arguments identified in inflation segments, grouped into six main categories:

  • Supply (“The supply of new cars was limited by that shortage of semiconductors.”—All Things Considered, 1/12/22)
  • Demand (“People just said they had more money from not going out and doing stuff last year.”—All Things Considered, 11/26/21)
  • Labor shortage (“There aren’t enough truck drivers. So, more containers get stacked up. They don’t get delivered.”—Situation Room, 11/10/21)
  • Social spending (“The spending plan could create more inflation to the extent that it’s pumping more dollars into an economy that has a lot of money flowing around in it.”—Fox Special Report, 11/24/21)
  • Covid-19 (“The emergence of the Omicron variant poses increased uncertainty for inflation.”—Fox Special Report, 12/22/21)
  • Profiteering (“There’s increasing evidence and suspicions that this market power has gone too far and is beginning to hurt consumers.”—All Things Considered, 9/13/21)

These categories were non-exclusive; a suggestion that Covid had caused supply problems, for example, would be counted in both categories. Many segments included more than one causal argument, while 116 attributed inflation to no cause in particular.

Total Mentions of Causal Arguments for Inflation

We don’t talk about profit-taking

Of the 310 segments that covered inflation, eight identified profiteering as a causal factor, while 50 put the focus on workers, either in the form of labor shortage or supply-side social spending arguments (the latter being a proxy for the former). While labor market trends have had an inflationary impact, the disproportionate focus on them, without mention of the underlying conditions that lead to labor shortages in the first place, erases the culpability of corporations. And as economist Dean Baker (Beat the Press, 11/10/21) explained, it would be a “perverse” solution to inflation to put “downward pressure on wages” by increasing unemployment, when companies are already incentivized to “innovate to get around bottlenecks…in ways that could lead to lasting productivity gains.”

NBC News: Profits Tripled During Pandemic

A report by Jacob Ward (NBC Nightly News1/22/22) was one of the only segments that looked at how corporate consolidation contributed to rising prices.

An NBC Nightly News investigation by Jacob Ward (1/22/22) was one of the only segments that focused on the inflationary impact of market consolidation. Tyson, Cargill, JBS and National Beef, Ward reported, “control roughly 85% of all beef production in America, and saw their profits tripled during the pandemic.” Other references to the meat trusts were limited to Joe Biden’s plan to apply pressure to meatpackers and Tyson’s decision to raise prices due to “escalating costs” (NBC Nightly News, 12/10/21, 11/15/21). This angle was absent when it came to other powerful industries, however.

David Dayen and Rakeen Mabud of the American Prospect (1/31/22; CounterSpin, 2/11/22) raked through company earnings calls and CEO statements, and found ample evidence for profit-taking in the direct accounts of numerous retail executives:

Corporate profit margins are at their highest level in 70 years, and CEOs cannot help but tout in earnings calls how they have taken advantage of the media commotion around inflation to boost profits. “A little bit of inflation is always good in our business,” the CEO of Kroger said last June. “What we are very good at is pricing,” the CEO of Colgate-Palmolive added in October. Inflation is being enhanced by exploitation, with companies seeing a “once-in-a-generation opportunity” to raise prices.

Corporations with no choice

CBS Evening News: Boutique owner Constance Benham

CBS News (11/10/21) made a small business owner the face of corporate America: “If they’re charging me, I have to turn around and charge my customers.”

Despite this, the decision to raise prices was often reported from the perspective of small business owners. Five such segments appeared across CBS Evening News, including a Houston boutique owner (11/10/21) lamenting that she hates having to raise prices, but that “if they’re charging me, I have to turn around and charge my customers.”

One of the segments that directly addressed the decision from the perspective of multinationals appeared on ABC World News Tonight (10/22/21), where Gio Benitez reported:

Major companies facing rising costs now expecting to charge more, like Nestle, the world’s largest food and beverage company; Unilever, maker of Dove soap and Ben & Jerry’s; Procter & Gamble, from grooming products to diapers; and Danone, maker of yogurts and plant-based milks, even Evian water. Inflation shooting up by 5.4% in just a year. That supply chain crisis is taking center stage.

The profitability and market dominance of these firms, especially Nestle and Procter & Gamble, made no appearance—with price hikes instead attributed to corporations “facing rising costs.”

Despite this framework, recent polling from Data for Progress suggests that Americans aren’t buying it, with only 29% of respondents believing that corporations had no choice but to price-gouge. And with $19 billion being paid out to Procter & Gamble shareholders in the wake of a 14% rise in the cost of diapers, that skepticism is hardly surprising.

Ari Melber of MSNBC’s The Beat (1/11/22) covered inflation’s disproportionate impact on workers, even citing the “Great Resignation” as a factor in labor shortages, but did not mention monopolistic corporations’ price-gouging. Melber pointed out that it is average workers who “bear the risk in our version of capitalism,” as opposed to “pandemic billionaires.” He described this disproportionate impact as “classism.” The omission of the evidence for price-gouging was all the more stark in the context of reporting that ostensibly focused on the interest of workers.

Slamming social spending

Despite the mounting evidence that corporate greed plays a significant role in rising prices, the shows tended to focus on social spending as a possible factor, with 67 segments framing debates around both whether the already-passed stimulus bills were responsible for current inflation, and whether Build Back Better would worsen it.

These debates centered around both supply-side and demand-side factors. On the supply-side, the debate was whether social spending was keeping Americans from seeking work, given that the stimulus provided an alternative form of income. This in turn fueled the labor shortage and strengthened workers’ hands, the argument went, contributing to the rising cost of labor and the shortage of goods. It follows that businesses had no choice but to pass these rising costs onto consumers.

Washington Post opinion writer Charles Lane went on Fox‘s Special Report (10/8/21) to share his view that redistribution will slow job growth and increase inflation: “Two bills of spending that are more than $4 trillion. And we’re going to pretend that this is going to have no effect on jobs? No effect on inflation?”

While other networks proved more willing to provide an alternative view when discussing social spending as a possible inflationary cause, they rarely outright refuted the claim, let alone touched on corporate profits.

Biden Under Pressure as Inflation Surges

NBC News (11/12/21) cited Rep. Jim Jordan (via Fox News): “Their plan is basically, lock down the economy, spend like crazy, pay people not to work.”

Kristen Welker (NBC Nightly News, 11/12/21) reported that although Biden was

insisting that while more spending generally drives prices up, his trillion dollars bipartisan infrastructure bill will bring prices down long term…. Moderate Democrat Joe Manchin suggest[ed] the president’s spending bills could raise prices even more.

And Republicans were “blasting the president’s policies.” The report cut to Rep. Jim Jordan (R.–Ohio), who claim ed, “Their plan is basically, lock down the economy, spend like crazy, pay people not to work.”

To center debates over inflationary causes around redistributive measures, while failing to bring up the stacks of cash lining the pockets of the very corporations raising prices, leaves an impression of scarcity and implies a necessary struggle between workers and consumers. It also ignores the reality that countries like France and Japan, which had larger stimulus packages, actually saw less inflation.

Not only do supply-side social spending arguments blame labor for rising costs, they do so by claiming that workers have it too good. Redistributive measures can’t work, they presume, because if labor is not desperate enough to seek alienated, low-wage jobs, the economy will grind to a halt. Something has to give, and it won’t be the billionaires who happen to own the media outlets.

On the demand side, opponents of social spending argued that the stimulus put far too much disposable income in the hands of ordinary people, whose spending therefore outpaced supply. To argue that there is too much money in the hands of regular people, in light of more than a decade of quantitative easing by the Federal Reserve—transferring wealth to the very wealthy to prop up stock markets—brings to mind Martin Luther King’s statement that this country has “socialism for the rich, and rugged individualism for the poor.”

Inconsistent labor reporting 

The six-month timeframe coincided with both “Striketober” and the “Great Resignation,” moments that together saw workers utilizing their temporarily enhanced bargaining power. While union membership is at a historic low, support for unions is at the highest it’s been since 1965. According to Cornell University’s Labor Action Tracker, there were 442 strikes and labor protests between September and February–likely an undercount, given the rise in strike activity not sanctioned by unions.

FAIR found that NPR’s All Things Considered included 28 segments on labor activism, but the remaining shows had at most half that amount. NBC Nightly News came in second place, with 14 activism segments, while Fox Special Report had 11, ABC’s World News Tonight had six, MSNBC’s The Beat and CNN’s Situation Room had five, and CBS Evening News had four.

Labor Activism Coverage From 9/1/21-2/1/22

While the coverage of strikes proved some shows were capable of hearing the concerns of workers bargaining collectively, the focus on labor shortages in inflation reporting highlighted a disregard for the perspective of labor.

When reporting on the John Deere strike that saw more than 10,000 workers walk off the job, Charlie De Mar (CBS Evening News, 10/14/21) noted that it came “as the company is forecasting its best earnings ever”;  he listed workers’ demands, including “livable hours and benefits.”

CBS: Inflation Rises at Fastest Since 1982

CBS Evening News (12/10/21) noted that “a shortage of truck drivers to deliver the goods.” contributed to inflation—but didn’t mention the conditions causes truckers to leave the business.

However, in the show’s segments that attributed inflation to labor market trends, workers’ grievances were mostly left out of the picture. Carter Evans (CBS Evening News, 12/10/21) reported that the rising costs of “just about everything,” from beef prices up by 50% to fuel prices up by 53%, were the result of soaring demand, while the supply chain was hampered by “a shortage of truck drivers to deliver the goods.” Never mind the evidence of price-fixing in a meatpacking industry fraught with consolidation, or the poor labor conditions driving people to resign from trucking.

CBS‘s Scott McFarlane (1/12/22) reported that “a survey by an association of the nation’s grocery stores finds 80% of them are having trouble recruiting or retaining workers right now,” citing this as evidence that labor shortages were a factor in empty grocery shelves and higher prices. McFarlane neglected to mention the low wages and safety concerns that prompted more than 8,000 Kroger grocery workers in Denver to go on strike that very morning (Wall Street Journal, 1/12/22).

Claims of a trucker shortage received the most emphasis, appearing in 13 unique segments across all shows. ABC‘s Whit Johnson (10/13/21) included “not enough truck drivers” among a list of inflationary pressure points. Fox News chief correspondent Jonathan Hunt (10/8/21) claimed that “supply and demand is not the problem…. There simply aren’t enough truck drivers to get goods to American store shelves.” News flash: If there aren’t enough drivers, that’s a supply problem.

While primetime audiences were made well aware of how few truck drivers are on the highways, they were left in the dark about how trucking deregulation has led to stagnant wages and lack of driver protections (American Prospect, 2/7/22). Segments reporting on ports remaining open 24/7 to alleviate backlogs (NBC Nightly News, 10/13/21) made no mention of the stolen wages and general precariousness of the labor making that happen.

Fickle supply chain

While there were multiple mentions of “supply chain bottlenecks” across the seven shows, the decades-long transformation of the global supply chain to maximize profits at the expense of its resiliency (CounterSpin, 2/11/22) was generally not a part of the story.

Just three ocean shipping alliances control 80% of the market, giving them substantial power to set prices and squeeze wages. In order to keep down the costs of production and distribution, shipping companies promoted a “just-in-time” delivery schedule, reducing warehouse costs but also raising the chances of disruptive shortages. Coupled with the outsourcing of manufacturing, just-in-time delivery supply chain “shocks” are less shocking than they might appear.

But according to Fox News correspondent Jacqui Heinrich (11/24/21), the White House’s accusations of price-gouging by the ocean shipping cartel as a driver of inflation were “ominous,” as they indicated that supply chain crises may take years to resolve. Not once did she mention the cartel in question made nearly $80 billion in the first three quarters of 2021, giving the companies ample and unaccountable price-setting capabilities (American Prospect, 1/31/22).

News media that feature constant coverage of inflation may appear to be serving the public interest, but with an issue that directly affects so many peoples’ wallets, it’s important that the corporate media give an accurate portrayal of the contributing factors. And while sympathetic coverage of labor activism may seem pro-worker, that’s undercut when the debate about what’s making it harder for people to put food on the table is centered around low-wage essential workers saying enough is enough.

The post Blaming Workers, Hiding Profits in Primetime Inflation Coverage appeared first on FAIR.


This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Ines Santos.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/21/blaming-workers-hiding-profits-in-primetime-inflation-coverage/feed/ 0 292589
Turkish journalist İbrahim Haskoloğlu arrested over coverage of alleged hacking https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/turkish-journalist-ibrahim-haskologlu-arrested-over-coverage-of-alleged-hacking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/turkish-journalist-ibrahim-haskologlu-arrested-over-coverage-of-alleged-hacking/#respond Wed, 20 Apr 2022 16:31:55 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=186528 Istanbul, April 20, 2022 – Turkish authorities should release journalist İbrahim Haskoloğlu immediately and drop any charges against him, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Wednesday.

On the night of Monday, April 18, police in Istanbul arrested Haskoloğlu, a freelance journalist, for allegedly “illegally obtaining and spreading personal information,” according to multiple news reports. Authorities placed Haskoloğlu in pretrial detention on Tuesday, according to those reports, which said a court date had not been set for his case.

The journalist was detained in response to a complaint filed by the Turkish Interior Ministry over a Twitter thread he published on April 12 in which he claimed to be in touch with hackers who had allegedly accessed government documents connected to President Recep Tayyip Erdoğan, Intelligence Chief Hakan Fidan, and other Turkish citizens.

“Turkish authorities should be more concerned with the alleged hacking of government databases than the journalists who are covering it,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna, in New York. “Members of the press cannot do their jobs properly in an environment in which they can face detention over journalistic posts on social media. Authorities should immediately release İbrahim Haskoloğlu and stop harassing journalists.”

Haskoloğlu is a freelance journalist who covers local and international politics and sports on Twitter, where he has about 540,000 followers, Instagram, with about 100,000 followers, and YouTube, with 79,000 followers.

In his Twitter thread, Haskoloğlu posted photos purporting to be hacked copies of Erdoğan and Fidan’s government identity cards with their personal information redacted, saying that the hackers provided them to prove that they had accessed government databases containing ID cards, college diplomas, financial information, and other data.

He wrote that the hackers had contacted him two months ago and that he had notified authorities at the time. Those news reports said that authorities accused Haskoloğlu of failing to also notify the prosecutor’s office.

When CPJ called Haskoloğlu’s lawyer Emrah Karatay, he confirmed his client was arrested in response to that Twitter thread, and noted that journalist had not actually shared Erdoğan or Fidan’s personal information as those parts of the images were redacted.

CPJ emailed the Interior Ministry of Turkey for comment but did not immediately receive any reply.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/20/turkish-journalist-ibrahim-haskologlu-arrested-over-coverage-of-alleged-hacking/feed/ 0 292217
Indian authorities arrest 2 journalists over coverage of leaked school exams; reporters attacked covering Delhi demonstration https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/indian-authorities-arrest-2-journalists-over-coverage-of-leaked-school-exams-reporters-attacked-covering-delhi-demonstration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/indian-authorities-arrest-2-journalists-over-coverage-of-leaked-school-exams-reporters-attacked-covering-delhi-demonstration/#respond Thu, 07 Apr 2022 15:20:48 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=183567 New Delhi, April 7, 2022 – Indian authorities should release journalists Ajit Ojha and Digvijay Singh immediately, drop their investigation into journalist Meer Faisal, and ensure that members of the press can work freely and safely, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

On March 30, police in Uttar Pradesh’s Ballia district arrested Ojha and Singh, journalists with the privately owned Hindi daily Amar Ujala, in relation to their reporting on leaks surrounding a state school exam, according to multiple news reports.

Separately, on April 3, attendees of a demonstration in Delhi organized by right-wing Hindu groups attacked at least five journalists covering the event, and police opened an investigation into Faisal over his commentary on that attack, various news reports said.

“Police harassment of journalists in Delhi and Ballia mark a worrisome trend of attacks on the free press that need to come to a halt immediately,” said Steven Butler, CPJ’s Asia program coordinator, in Washington, D.C. “Indian authorities must release Ajit Ojha and Digvijay Singh immediately, drop their investigation into Meer Faisal, and hold to account those responsible for attacking journalists in Delhi.”

Police have arrested more than 30 people, including the students’ parents and Singh and Ojha, over the leaks of two school exams in Uttar Pradesh, according to those news reports. Singh was quoted in the Indian Express saying that police had repeatedly asked about the sources for his reporting on the leaks, and Ojha was quoted in The Wire saying that police vandalized his office and manhandled his colleagues while arresting him.

Those reports also stated that Manoj Gupta, a journalist with the Rashtriya Sahara newspaper, had been arrested, but CPJ was unable to immediately determine whether he also covered the leaked exams.

Police are investigating both journalists under Section 66B of the Information Technology Act, pertaining to receiving stolen digital resources, Section 420 of Indian Penal Code, which covers “cheating and dishonesty,” as well as two sections of the Uttar Pradesh Public Examination Act, pertaining to disclosing school exams, according to The Wire.

Convictions under the IT act can carry prison terms of up to three years and fines of up to 100,000 rupees (about US$1,317); convictions under Section 420 of the penal code can carry prison terms of up to seven years and a fine; the Uttar Pradesh exam law can carry penalties of up to five years in prison and a fine of up to 500,000 rupees (US$6,580).

In Delhi, attendees of the April 3 event attacked Faisal, reporters Shivangi Saxena and Ronak Bhat of the news website Newslaundry, freelance photojournalist Md Meharban, and Arbab Ali of the news portal Article 14, and shouted insults at Meghnad Bose of The Quint and another journalist whose name was not disclosed, according to multiple news reports.

Saxena and Bhat wrote that demonstrators hit Bhat, threw his glasses to the ground, tried to steal his equipment, and “one tried to pull his backpack, another his arms and legs.” When Saxena tried to film the assault, “one grabbed her bag, another held her shoulder, a third held her hand in which she had her phone” they wrote. Neither journalist wrote that they sustained any serious injuries.

Ali told Newslaundry that the mob hit him and Faisal in front of the police, and that demonstrators said “don’t give these two to the policemen, just kill them. These are jihadis, they are mullahs.”

Following that attack, police in Delhi opened an investigation into those suspected of assaulting the journalists, and also started an investigation into Faisal, a journalist with Article 14 and the news website Hindustan Gazette, according to those reports and a statement by the police.

Police accuse Faisal of inciting hatred between classes in a tweet he published after the attack, saying the journalists were “beaten up because of our muslim identity by Hindu mob.” Police are also investigating Article 14 for the same offense after it also tweeted about the incident.

If convicted of making statements to create or promote enmity, hatred, or ill-will between classes under Section 505(2) of the Indian penal code, Faisal and the publisher of Article 14 could face up to three years in prison.

CPJ emailed Uttar Pradesh Police Director-General Mukul Goel and Delhi Police Commissioner Rakesh Asthana for comment, but did not receive any replies.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Erik Crouch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/04/07/indian-authorities-arrest-2-journalists-over-coverage-of-leaked-school-exams-reporters-attacked-covering-delhi-demonstration/feed/ 0 288804
What Happened to the Coverage of Pfizer Documents? https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/what-happened-to-the-coverage-of-pfizer-documents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/what-happened-to-the-coverage-of-pfizer-documents/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 13:56:43 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=128017 Why did the allegations of a genocide in Xinjiang disappear from the western media narrative? What happened to the media coverage of the court-ordered release of the Pfizer documents, those documents that the FDA said would take 75 years to redact? Down the media memory hole?

The post What Happened to the Coverage of Pfizer Documents? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

The post What Happened to the Coverage of Pfizer Documents? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/what-happened-to-the-coverage-of-pfizer-documents/feed/ 0 284390
As GOP Blocks Funds, Federal Agency Ends Covid Coverage for Uninsured https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/as-gop-blocks-funds-federal-agency-ends-covid-coverage-for-uninsured/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/as-gop-blocks-funds-federal-agency-ends-covid-coverage-for-uninsured/#respond Wed, 23 Mar 2022 08:34:06 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/node/335579
This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News & Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Jake Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/23/as-gop-blocks-funds-federal-agency-ends-covid-coverage-for-uninsured/feed/ 0 284343
Coverage of Ukraine Reveals the Racist Biases of Western Media https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/coverage-of-ukraine-reveals-the-racist-biases-of-western-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/coverage-of-ukraine-reveals-the-racist-biases-of-western-media/#respond Tue, 22 Mar 2022 14:57:42 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/ukraine-racist-biases-western-media-jeffrey-220322/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by James Jeffrey.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/22/coverage-of-ukraine-reveals-the-racist-biases-of-western-media/feed/ 0 283963
KPFA ‘State of the Union’ Special Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/kpfa-state-of-the-union-special-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/kpfa-state-of-the-union-special-coverage/#respond Tue, 01 Mar 2022 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1fbf04b12e5a6bc87c9efe77870edabc
This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/03/01/kpfa-state-of-the-union-special-coverage/feed/ 0 278098
Across Russia, journalists detained, threatened over coverage of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/across-russia-journalists-detained-threatened-over-coverage-of-russias-invasion-of-ukraine/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/across-russia-journalists-detained-threatened-over-coverage-of-russias-invasion-of-ukraine/#respond Mon, 28 Feb 2022 23:44:44 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=170743 Washington, D.C., February 28, 2022 – Russian authorities must allow reporters to do their jobs covering the country’s invasion of Ukraine and protests against the war without fear of punitive retaliation, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Monday. 

At least five journalists are facing charges and dozens more were detained across Russia following their coverage of anti-war protests, which have sprung up across the country since Russia launched its invasion of Ukraine on February 24.

Separately, on February 26, Russia’s state internet regulator Roskomnadzor said media organizations can only publish official government reports about the conflict in Ukraine. If outlets fail to comply, Roskomnadzor has threatened to block their websites. 

In the same statement, Roskomnadzor announced an administrative investigation into at least 10 independent media outlets for their alleged mischaracterization of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. The investigations could result in fines up to 5 million rubles, currently the equivalent of US $48,000. (Russia’s currency in flux as international sanctions against the country take hold.)

“Russian authorities should stop employing draconian tactics against independent media as a way to control the narrative around the country’s invasion of Ukraine,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna, in New York. “It is essential that the few remaining independent voices in Russia do not become a casualty in this conflict.”

Roskomnadzor said it is investigating the radio station Echo of Moscow (Эхо Москвы); television station TV Rain (Дождь); independent news websites InoSMI (ИноСМИ), Medizona (Медиазона), New Times, Free Press (Свободная Пресса), Novaya Gazeta (Новая Газета), The Journalist (Журналист), Linizdat (Лениздат), and the U.S. Congress-funded Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty website Crimea.Realities. CPJ emailed Roskomnadzor’s press office for comment but did not receive a reply.

The following journalists are facing charges after being arrested while covering anti-war protests across Russia: 

  • Gleb Sokolov, a correspondent with independent news website Sota.Vision, was detained by law enforcement in Moscow on February 25. He was released and charged under Part 5, Article 20.2 of the federal Administrative Code for allegedly participating in the demonstration, according to Sokolov’s editor, Alexei Obukhov, who corresponded with CPJ by messaging app. The charge carries a penalty of between 10,000 rubles (US$93) and 20,000 rubles (US$186) or compulsory work for up to 40 hours.
  • Nika Samusik, a photographer for Sota.Vision, was detained by law enforcement officials in St. Petersburg on February 24. She was held in police custody for two nights and was charged under Part 2, Article 20.2 of the Administrative Code for allegedly organizing the protest, according to Obukhov. The charge carries a fine of 20,000 (US$186) to 30,000 (US$280) rubles, 15 hours of labor, or up to 10 days of administrative arrest.
  • Viktoria Avdeeva, a reporter with local news website Simirsk.City, was detained by law enforcement in the city of Ulyanovsk, approximately 500 miles east of Moscow, on Sunday, February 27. She was also charged under Part 5, Article 20.2 of the Administrative code, according to Radio Svoboda, the Russian Service of RFE/RL. CPJ was unable to independently confirm Avdeeva’s detention. 
  • Igor Ulitin, a reporter for local newspaper Narodnaya Gazeta, was detained by law enforcement in Ulyanovsk on Sunday and charged under Part 5, Article 20.2, according to Radio Svoboda. CPJ was unable to independently confirm Ulitin’s detention.
  • Maksim Kuznetsov, a reporter for the online news website 73 online, was detained by law enforcement in Ulyanovsk on Sunday. He was charged under Part 5, Article 20.2, according to Radio Svoboda. CPJ was unable to independently confirm Kuznetsov’s detention.

CPJ is working to confirm reports that 31 other reporters have been detained by law enforcement across Russia and determine who is facing charges. CPJ’s Facebook and WhatsApp messages to Narodnaya Gazeta and 73 online, and emails to Simirsk.City went unanswered.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/across-russia-journalists-detained-threatened-over-coverage-of-russias-invasion-of-ukraine/feed/ 0 277739
Critics Denounce Racist Double Standard of Western Media’s Ukraine Coverage https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/critics-denounce-racist-double-standard-of-western-medias-ukraine-coverage/ https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/critics-denounce-racist-double-standard-of-western-medias-ukraine-coverage/#respond Mon, 28 Feb 2022 19:09:31 +0000 /node/334954

The Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association on Sunday was among those criticizing coverage from major international news outlets which suggested the Ukrainian people are more worthy of sympathy than victims of other military conflicts in Palestine, Iraq, Afghanistan, and elsewhere outside of Europe.

Standing "in full solidarity with all civilians under military assault in any part of the world," AMEJA listed a number of comments made by correspondents for CBS News, Al Jazeera English, The Telegraph, and French news network BFM TV in which Ukrainians under attack were referred to as "civilized" and "prosperous," with some remarking that the civilians look like an unidentified "us."

"The entire West should do a lot of reflecting on the not so subtle message the past few days sent to Palestinians. 'We are perfectly capable of collective outrage, action, and recognition of international law but with you we just don't care.'"

"They seem so like us," wrote David Hannan of The Telegraph. "That is what makes it so shocking. War is no longer something visited upon impoverished and remote populations."

Comparing Kyiv to cities in Afghanistan and Iraq, Charlie D'Agata of CBS News commented that Ukraine's capital "is a relatively civilized, relatively European" city, "one where you wouldn’t expect that, or hope that [an invasion is] going to happen."

"AMEJA condemns and categorically rejects orientalist and racist implications that any population or country is 'uncivilized' or bears economic factors that make it worthy of conflict," the organization said. "This type of commentary reflects the pervasive mentality in Western journalism of normalizing tragedy in parts of the world such as the Middle East, Africa, South Asia, and Latin America."

"It dehumanizes and renders their experience with war as somehow normal and expected," AMEJA added.

The group called on journalists and newsrooms around the world "to train correspondents on the cultural and political nuances of regions they’re reporting on, and not rely on American- or Euro-centric biases," garnering statements of solidarity from the National Association of Hispanic Journalists in the U.S. and the Asian American Journalists Association.

"I am stunned at these quotes [and] writing from reporters," tweeted Washington Post White House reporter Seung Min Kim of AMEJA's statement. "Fellow journalists, please read this."

AMEJA was among the first large organizations to condemn the suggestion by numerous reporters that the invasion of Ukraine is more shocking or unjust than the U.S. invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq in the early 2000s, the U.S.-led intervention in Syria, the U.S.-backed Saudi offensive in Yemen, and the U.S.-backed military occupation of the Palestinian Territories by the Israeli government.

"If your response to war in Ukraine is 'they're just like us,' remember that so are the people of Yemen, Syria, Kurdistan, Iraq, Afghanistan, Palestine," said Nadia Whittome, a member of British Parliament for the Labour Party, on Sunday. "Everyone has the right to self-determination and safety."

On social media, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky's vehement statements condemning Russia's invasion, rallying the public, and vowing to fight for his country's right to self-determination have captured national attention, as have stories of civilians standing up to the Russian military.

But in one case, a viral video showing a girl confronting a supposed "Russian soldier" was actually a young Palestinian, Ahed Tamimi, who was arrested at age 16 for an altercation with an IDF soldier in 2017 and was imprisoned for eight months in Israel.

The viral video, which was viewed more than 12 million times on TikTok, "really reveals the difference between how white European resistance is treated as opposed to anywhere else," tweeted writer and organizer Joshua Potash.

Philadelphia Inquirer columnist Abraham Gutman also compared the invasion of Ukraine to the Israeli occupation of Palestinian territories.

"The entire West should do a lot of reflecting on the not so subtle message the past few days sent to Palestinians," said Gutman. "'We are perfectly capable of collective outrage, action, and recognition of international law but with you we just don't care.'"

Matt Duss, foreign policy advisor to Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and a Ukrainian American, tweeted that "the bravery of Ukrainians" and "the support being shown by Americans" have made him proud in the past week.

However, Duss added, "as a Middle East analyst I am floored by the blatant double standard on resisting occupation and repression."

With countries across Europe welcoming Ukrainian refugees after aggressively and steadfastly refusing entry to asylum-seekers fleeing wars from South Asia and the Middle East, critics are "demanding that this humanitarianism be extended to all people regardless of background," said Boston Globe opinion writer Abdallah Fayyad.

The remarks of newscasters and the policies of European leaders serves as a "reminder of the kind of rhetoric non-white refugees have had to endure our entire lives, even after we've been given asylum and become citizens," tweeted Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn.). "Every news anchor and world leader doing this is calling black and brown people something other than human."


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams - Breaking News &amp; Views for the Progressive Community and was authored by Julia Conley.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2022/02/28/critics-denounce-racist-double-standard-of-western-medias-ukraine-coverage/feed/ 0 277749
On Ukraine crisis, Vietnam media stray from typical pro-Russia coverage https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/ukraine-reaction-02242022065044.html https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/ukraine-reaction-02242022065044.html#respond Thu, 24 Feb 2022 11:57:00 +0000 https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/ukraine-reaction-02242022065044.html As Russia launches a major military invasion on Ukraine, Moscow’s closest partner in Southeast Asia - Hanoi - has remained passive, giving no substantive comment besides a formulaic call for restraint.

Vietnamese media, on the other hand, are covering the conflict in great detail, surprisingly without much of their usual pro-Russia bias.

When the so-called Euromaidan protest movement rocked Ukraine in 2014, followed by the Russia-Ukraine conflict that led to the annexation of Crimea by Russia, Vietnamese state-run media generally blamed the crisis on “the West.” Fault was seen to lie with the U.S. and on NATO expansion aimed at bringing Ukraine out of Russia’s sphere of influence.

Today, the picture is different.

Nhan Dan daily, the mouthpiece of Vietnam’s ruling Communist Party, reported both sides’ arguments at Tuesday’s United Nations Security Council’s emergency meeting on Ukraine. It carried quotes by not only the Russian and Chinese representatives but also by the U.S. ambassador to the U.N. and a statement from the Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy.

The official Vietnam News Agency’s online newspaper, Bao Tin Tuc, while dedicating more space as usual to the Russian accounts of the crisis, also reported on the West’s condemnation of Russian President Vladimir Putin’s recognition of the two breakaway regions in eastern Ukraine, as well as the European sanctions against Moscow.

An opinion piece went as far as saying that Putin’s action has “destroyed the hope for a diplomatic solution to the conflict.”

The Vietnamese Ambassador to Ukraine, Nguyen Hong Thach, went on national TV to say he was “extremely surprised” and did not expect that Putin would unleash Russian forces that quickly and resolutely.

The Russia-Vietnam relationship goes back a long way to the Soviet era. The Soviet Union was among the first countries to diplomatically recognize the Democratic Republic of Vietnam, now the Socialist Republic of Vietnam, in 1950.

Russia is Vietnam’s first strategic partner and one of its only three so-called “comprehensive strategic partners,” besides China and India. Moscow was also Hanoi’s biggest donor, up until the collapse of the Soviet Union and the Eastern Bloc.

To this day, Russia remains Vietnam’s most important defense partner and the main provider of weapons and military equipment to the Vietnamese armed forces.

For those reasons, any criticism of Russia and Putin’s foreign policy, especially when it doesn’t relate to Vietnam directly, is highly unusual.

Vietnam doesn’t have private media and most of the local media strictly follow the lines given to them by a special arm of the Communist Party called the Central Commission for Propaganda and Education.

Nevertheless, as more than 70 percent of Vietnam’s population has access to the internet and the younger generation of journalists are now able to utilize English-language news sources, more ‘westernized ideas’ have penetrated into the domestic media, to the dismay of conservatives.

People read newspapers by the Hoan Kiem lake in Hanoi, Vietnam May 3, 2018.  Credit: Reuters
People read newspapers by the Hoan Kiem lake in Hanoi, Vietnam May 3, 2018. Credit: Reuters
Warnings about China

The Vietnamese government so far has not said anything about the Russian attacks but on Wednesday released its first statement on the Ukrainian conflict with a well-rehearsed call on all sides “to exercise restraint and resolve differences peacefully through diplomatic means based on the Charter of the United Nations and the main principles of international law.”

However, discussions of the Ukrainian situation are hotting up on Vietnamese social media platforms, particularly Facebook where there are 66 million Vietnamese users.

Vietnamese netizens’ interest in the ongoing conflict some 8,000 kilometers (5,000 miles) away focuses on some main topics: the small community of 6,000-7,000 Vietnamese living in Ukraine, the impact on the world’s economy, and China.

While there fraternal ties between the communist parties of China and Vietnam, there’s also suspicion and rivalry between the two nations, including over their conflicting claims in the South China Sea.

“China has partnered up with Russia to form a new world order,” said former ambassador Nguyen Ngoc Truong, a political analyst.

“Now, Asia should beware of China,” he added.

“The U.S. has made a strategic mistake,” said another Vietnamese analyst who wishes to stay anonymous as he’s affiliated to the government and not authorized to speak to the media.

“They [the U.S.] seem to forget that their real competitor is China. To go to war with Russia is having to fight on two fronts at the same time. Defeat is almost guaranteed,” the analyst said.

The Biden administration says it won’t send troops to fight in Ukraine. And China also maintains it won’t exploit the situation there, saying it has no self-interest in the Ukraine issue. But many Vietnamese voice concern that with Washington distracted by the escalating tension in Ukraine, Beijing would take advantage and push its agenda in the Asia-Pacific.

Taiwan and the South China Sea seem the most obvious targets as China has already been claiming ownership there, the Vietnamese analyst said, adding that how it plays out depends on the developments in Europe.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by By RFA Staff.

]]>
https://www.rfa.org/english/news/vietnam/ukraine-reaction-02242022065044.html/feed/ 0 276455
Peter Kuznick and Victor Pickard Examines Corporate Media’s Superficial Coverage of the Election https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/10/peter-kuznick-and-victor-pickard-examines-corporate-medias-superficial-coverage-of-the-election-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/10/peter-kuznick-and-victor-pickard-examines-corporate-medias-superficial-coverage-of-the-election-2/#respond Tue, 10 Nov 2020 03:07:27 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=23465 Historian Peter Kuznick, co-author with Oliver Stone of the Untold History of the United States, is the first guest in this post-Election 2020 show; he makes the case for Americans…

The post Peter Kuznick and Victor Pickard Examines Corporate Media’s Superficial Coverage of the Election appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/11/10/peter-kuznick-and-victor-pickard-examines-corporate-medias-superficial-coverage-of-the-election-2/feed/ 0 384799
Episode 81 – The Biden Veepstakes and The Media’s COVID War Rhetoric and Bernie Coverage with Dr. Robin Andersen https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/01/episode-81-the-biden-veepstakes-and-the-medias-covid-war-rhetoric-and-bernie-coverage-with-dr-robin-andersen-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/01/episode-81-the-biden-veepstakes-and-the-medias-covid-war-rhetoric-and-bernie-coverage-with-dr-robin-andersen-2/#respond Fri, 01 May 2020 16:12:13 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=22772 Along the Line, is a member of the Demcast network, brought to you by the Media Freedom Foundation. On today’s episode hosts Nicholas Baham III (Dr. Dreadlocks), Janice Domingo,  and Nolan…

The post Episode 81 – The Biden Veepstakes and The Media’s COVID War Rhetoric and Bernie Coverage with Dr. Robin Andersen appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Project Censored.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/05/01/episode-81-the-biden-veepstakes-and-the-medias-covid-war-rhetoric-and-bernie-coverage-with-dr-robin-andersen-2/feed/ 0 385323
News Coverage of Opioid Abuse in Saskatchewan Masks More Widespread Prairie Drug Crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/03/news-coverage-of-opioid-abuse-in-saskatchewan-masks-more-widespread-prairie-drug-crisis-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/03/news-coverage-of-opioid-abuse-in-saskatchewan-masks-more-widespread-prairie-drug-crisis-3/#respond Fri, 03 Apr 2020 22:18:49 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=22621 While opioid abuse has captured media attention, methamphetamine use continued to grow  under the radar in Canada’s prairie provinces in 2019. An article published in the independent newsletter Sask Dispatch…

The post News Coverage of Opioid Abuse in Saskatchewan Masks More Widespread Prairie Drug Crisis appeared first on Project Censored.


This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Vins.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/04/03/news-coverage-of-opioid-abuse-in-saskatchewan-masks-more-widespread-prairie-drug-crisis-3/feed/ 0 385541
Special Pacifica Network Election Coverage – March 3, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/03/special-pacifica-network-election-coverage-march-3-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/03/special-pacifica-network-election-coverage-march-3-2020/#respond Tue, 03 Mar 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fd706787f5b7ed211b570b2fa9e7733e Special Pacifica Network wide coverage of Super Tuesday election results.

The post Special Pacifica Network Election Coverage – March 3, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2020/03/03/special-pacifica-network-election-coverage-march-3-2020/feed/ 0 423159
Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 27, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/27/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-27-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/27/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-27-2020/#respond Thu, 27 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ad31e94ed4d9e0befb200c0fbabc73cf
  • World leaders scramble to respond to coronavirus and prevent widespread panic.
  • HHS Secretary backtracks refusal to ensure coronavirus vaccine’s affordability after criticism.
  • Governor Gavin Newsom says state is ready for virus, as new case of unknown origin reported.
  • Democrats rally for gun control, day after mass shooting in Milwaukee.
  • Lawmakers scrutinize reallocation of military funds for President Trump’s border wall.
  • Environmental group sues major plastic manufacturers claiming liability for ocean pollution.
  • San Francisco officials announce intention to back measure allowing safe injection facilities.
  • California snow survey dismal-46% of the state’s average; officials warn of impending drought.
  • One proposition on March 2, Super Tuesday, ballot-Prop 13-to fund public school upgrades.
  • The post Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 27, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/27/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-27-2020/feed/ 0 423198
    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 20, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/#respond Thu, 20 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=174d4b49be627f83c2c1fab53a261b8e
  • President Trump’s ally, Roger Stone, sentenced to 40 months in prison for obstructing Congress.
  • President Trump floats exonerating Roger Stone during speech in Las Vegas.
  • At Democratic Presidential debate in Las Vegas, billionaire Michael Bloomberg receives criticism.
  • Lawyers for Wikileaks founder, Julian Assange, press for asylum in France.
  • Student advocates sue Education Department over new, tougher, loan forgiveness rules
  • Berkeley Mayor introduces new measure to give renters first right to purchase rentals for sale.
  • California lawmakers apologize for Japanese internment camps during WW2.
  • Measure C in Santa Clara could reduce representation for communities of color.
  • New California legislation aims to protect immigrants.
  • The post Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 20, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/feed/ 0 423253
    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 20, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/#respond Thu, 20 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=174d4b49be627f83c2c1fab53a261b8e
  • President Trump’s ally, Roger Stone, sentenced to 40 months in prison for obstructing Congress.
  • President Trump floats exonerating Roger Stone during speech in Las Vegas.
  • At Democratic Presidential debate in Las Vegas, billionaire Michael Bloomberg receives criticism.
  • Lawyers for Wikileaks founder, Julian Assange, press for asylum in France.
  • Student advocates sue Education Department over new, tougher, loan forgiveness rules
  • Berkeley Mayor introduces new measure to give renters first right to purchase rentals for sale.
  • California lawmakers apologize for Japanese internment camps during WW2.
  • Measure C in Santa Clara could reduce representation for communities of color.
  • New California legislation aims to protect immigrants.
  • The post Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 20, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/20/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-20-2020/feed/ 0 423254
    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 19, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/19/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-19-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/19/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-19-2020/#respond Wed, 19 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bafd0bafc0981f1467489740a3afb575
  • Trump falsely claims he’s nation’s chief law enforcement officer as AG Barr floats leaving the post
  • President Trump’s purge of officials disloyal in impeachment trial continues
  • Democratic presidential candidate, billionaire Michael Bloomberg once touted cuts to medicare
  • Latinx group endores Bernie Sanders for Democratic president
  • Gun control group to ramp up campaign spending election to unprecedented $60 million
  • Governor Gavin Newsom state of state address highlights homeless crisis
  • President Trump rallies in the Central Valley, promises water to farmers
  • Protesters in San Francisco shut down entrance to Chase bank to protest Canadian oil pipeline
  • Cruiseship in Japan became incubator not quarantine for coronavirus
  • The post Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 19, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/19/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-19-2020/feed/ 0 423257
    Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 18, 2020 https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/18/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-18-2020/ https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/18/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-18-2020/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2020 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4f45d487467c3a78aaf77e8fc034e054
  • President Donald Trump grants clemency to white collar criminals and corrupt public officials.
  • Billionaire and former Republican Michael Bloomberg to join Democratic debates in Vegas.
  • United Nations urges for humanitarian corridors in Syria, says fighting could be “war crime.”
  • Youth climate justice activists arrested; stage actions at state capitals across the country.
  • Lawmaker introduces state bill to ban the “Pink Tax.”
  • University of California threatens to fire U.C. Santa Cruz graduate students on strike.
  • The post Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice – February 18, 2020 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2020/02/18/comprehensive-coverage-of-the-days-news-with-a-focus-on-war-and-peace-social-environmental-and-economic-justice-february-18-2020/feed/ 0 423258